Past Fulfilled Prophecies Page 17 2019 on..
:: 12--19 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
UN to America: You CANNOT Avoid Paying Punitive Climate “Reparations”
Written by Selwyn Duke
Fresh on the heels of a warning that the United Nations may use force against countries defying its climate-change mandates, the world body has just informed the United States that “it cannot avoid compensating poorer nations hit by climate change, despite Donald Trump honoring his election promise of leaving the 2015 Paris climate agreement,” reports Breitbart. The bill is high, too, with “green groups” saying the price tag will “top $300 billion annually by 2030 … the majority of which is expected to be invoiced to the U.S.,” Breitbart also tells us. The site further informs: Delegates and observers at the COP25 negotiations in Madrid told AFP that Washington seeks a change to the U.N. climate convention that could release it from punitive “loss and damage” funding for developing nations which is predicted to run into the billions of dollars. Under the bedrock U.N. climate treaty, adopted in 1992, rich nations agreed to help developing countries prepare for unavoidable future climate impacts — the twin pillars of “mitigation” and “adaptation”. But there was no provision for helping countries and small island states now calling for compensation. A new mechanism was established in 2013, but with damage estimates climbing, there is no agreement on where the money might come from or even if it should be paid, although the U.S. is constantly the target of calls for financial reparations because it is rich, successful and a dominant world economic force. Of course, many consider this just another pretext for the redistribution of wealth — with “rich nations” (a.k.a. “Western suckers”) being considered guilty till proven innocent with no proof sufficient. Once just plain old global warming, the shape-shifting phenomenon that was later rebranded “climate change,” then “global climate disruption” — and now, extreme makeover-style, “global meltdown” and “climate collapse” — has predictions as variable as its name. Higher temperatures are supposed prove the man-caused climate change thesis; then again, global warming could mean global cooling, we were told, and more volatile weather proves the theory, too. So unless there’s San Diego weather the world over henceforth, the country with a $23 trillion national debt is going to have to cough it up to the climate aggrieved. That is, unless Americans still govern America. In case they don’t, however, COP25 officials have many ideas for transferring wealth, including “U.N.-administered taxes on financial transactions, international air travel and fossil fuels,” reported Breitbart in an earlier article. This doesn’t mean the United States is alone in being green-targeted for its green. Among the 25,000 delegates who flew into Madrid on CO2-spewing air-transport machines was Carlos Fuller from Belize, who “told the BBC that Brazil, Saudi Arabia, India, and China were ‘part of the problem’ because of their refusal to guarantee any payments for their climate ‘sins,’” reports Climate Change Dispatch. “The only agreement amongst representatives,” the site continues, “is that the U.S. alone might be left with a multi-billion dollar tab.” Yet as is often the case with reparations movements, the would-be takers are to a degree, sometimes, fakers. Consider that major recipients could be island nations such as the Maldives and the Marshall Islands, both of which were recently pleading climate victim status before a UN conference. Yet while an onus is sometimes put on India, both those island nations have greater CO2 emissions per capita than India does, with the Maldives’ figure almost twice as high. So do they owe India climate reparations? The main problem with such wealth-transfer schemes, however, is that the man-caused global-warming thesis is based on a lot of hot air. Consider:
• Climate data appear very unreliable, and many scientists say that the temperature ceased rising approximately 20 years ago. Moreover, insofar as the climate is changing — and it always does — there’s no proof man’s activities are responsible.
• The claim that “97 percent of scientists affirm” man-caused global warming was always false. There’s much disagreement on the matter, and, besides, “consensus” isn’t a term of science, but politics.
• CO2 is not a pollutant, but plant “food,” which is why botanists pump it into greenhouses and why crop yields are greater when levels are higher; it’s why the age of the dinosaurs, when CO2 levels were six to seven times today’s, was characterized by lush foliage everywhere. Also, calling CO2 “carbon” is like calling H2O “hydrogen” — it’s a propaganda term.
• In fact, astrobiologist Jack O’Malley-James warned in 2013 that life on Earth will end because of too little CO2 (in approximately one billion years). Plants can’t photosynthesize when levels are too low.
• Some scientists believe that we’re actually poised to enter another ice age; this would be truly dangerous because people and animals generally fare better in warmer temperatures.
• Danish statistician Bjørn Lomborg, the head of the Copenhagen Consensus Center, calculated in 2017 that reducing the global temperature three-tenths of one degree by the century’s end — meaning, postponing so-called “global warming” less than four years — would cost $100 trillion (no, that’s not a typo).
• Climate models have been consistently inaccurate, yet alarmists still want them to shape policy. Is this logical? Would you take a “hot stock tip” from a broker who’d been consistently wrong for more than a generation?
• Doomsday prognostications have been no better. Professor Paul Ehrlich, Population Bomb author, predicted in 1968 that a famine would cause “hundreds of millions of people … to starve to death” in the United States in the 1970s and that by 1999, our population would have declined to 22.6 million, reported Professor Walter E. Williams in his 2008 article “Environmentalists Wild Predictions.”
One prediction that can be banked on, however, is that when a certain doomsday climate of fear serves to increase politicians’ power and taxation capacity, that climate will not soon be changed.
Selwyn Duke (@SelwynDuke) has written for The New American for more than a decade. He has also written for The Hill, Observer, The American Conservative, WorldNetDaily, American Thinker, and many other print and online publications. In addition, he has contributed to college textbooks published by Gale-Cengage Learning, has appeared on television, and is a frequent guest on radio.
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
UN peacekeepers in Haiti fathered babies then abandoned mothers to lives of poverty, study finds
By Stephen Sorace | Fox News
United Nations peacekeepers fathered children with women and girls in Haiti before abandoning the mothers to lives of poverty in the disaster-stricken Caribbean country, a new study says.
The study, published Tuesday in The Conversation, examined the impact of the UN’s long-running Stabilization Mission in Haiti (MINUSTAH), which ran from 2004 to 2017.
UN HUMAN RIGHTS OFFICE ACCUSED OF HELPING CHINA KEEP AN EYE ON DISSIDENTS
The mission was originally meant to assist Haiti with its political instability and organized crime, but was extended in 2010 following a major earthquake and again after Hurricane Matthew in 2016. Researchers from Birmingham University and Queen’s University, Ontario, interviewed more than 2,500 Haitians for the study, of which 265 subjects – or about 10 percent – told stories of children fathered by UN personnel. It said “girls as young as 11 were sexually abused and impregnated by peacekeepers and … ‘left in misery’ to raise their children alone.” The peacekeepers were often repatriated after the pregnancies became public and offered the mothers no support once the babies were born, according to the study. Locals have labeled the children fathered by peacekeepers as “Petit MINUSTAH.” The study split the accounts of sexual encounters into three categories: sexual violence, transactional sex and “evolving relationships.” HEAD OF UN AGENCY FOR PALESTINIAN REFUGEES RESIGNS AMID ALLEGATIONS OF ABUSES OF AUTHORITY The data collected showed that sexual violence was in the minority of reported encounters, while the more pervasive problem appeared to be transactional sex. The study found in many cases that women and girls would have sex with MINUSTAH personnel in exchange for money or food. “They had sex with the girls not even for money, it’s just for food, for one meal,” a man from Port Salut told the researchers. Other accounts told of peacekeepers and local women becoming involved in casual romantic relationships that some described as “committed and loving,” which resulted in pregnancy. “I had a sister who was dating a MINUSTAH soldier,” another man from Port Salut told the researchers. “My whole family knew about it, my mother as well as other people. She became pregnant … Ever since, my sister’s life is a mess.” Some accounts cited rumors that women sought “fair-skinned” peacekeepers because lighter-skinned children were sometimes seen as desirable. Not all of the mothers received help from their families following the birth of their children, with some being kicked out of their homes to raise the children alone, the study said. The Haitian-based Bureau des Avocats Internationaux (BAI) filed paternity suits in Haitian courts in January 2018 to secure child support payments on behalf of 10 children whose fathers are claimed to be UN peacekeepers. The BAI has slammed the UN as “non-responsive” and uncooperative. A spokesman for UN Peacekeeping told The Times that progress is being made to "end and prevent these abuses" but that "much remains to be done."
https://www.foxnews.com/world/un-peacekeepers-haiti-babies-mothers-study
[ :: 3-25-12
am service :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon? Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up? Where are you my church, where are you?
:: 12-17-19 Clearion Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NY Muslim Patrol Bullies Get Bullied Back by the Bloods
Published December 17, 2019 By Martin Mawyer
Members of New York’s Muslim Patrol recently became embroiled in a near-explosive altercation outside the Masjid Taqwa in Brooklyn with members of the Bloods, a notoriously violent gang. The Muslim Patrol gained international attention in the fall of 2018 after several of its patrol cars — which look like New York Police Department (NYPD) cars –were spotted in Brooklyn and Staten Island. See Clarion Project’s Special Report on New York’s Sharia Patrol The Bloods are a violent African-American street gang known for trafficking drugs and guns. This criminal organization has made national headlines with targeted assassinations, drive-by shootings and deadly gun battles with law enforcement. On December 10, a verbal altercation began in the evening when a teenage boy allegedly “disrespected” a Muslim woman outside the Brooklyn mosque on Fulton Street. The boy did not touch the woman, bystanders say, but did speak to her. A Muslim Patrol member grabbed the teen by the collar and threw him against the gate of the Masjid Taqwa, a local mosque. While the boy was pressed firmly against the fence, the Muslim Patrol member held him by the neck and lectured him. “That MCP [Muslim Community Patrol] officer snatched that boy up,” one witness said. “He grabbed him by the collar and threw him up against the gate and held onto him by the neck area.” After the rebuke, the boy complained to his father, who happens to be a senior member of the local Bloods. The father rallied six other Blood members to join him and went to Masjid Taqwa, where at least one Blood member brandished a weapon. “One of them was strapped,” a witness said of a Blood member who had a firearm. “He raised his jacket and flashed that gun. Those dudes came out there to shoot up that Masjid. The father, he wanted to mess that MCP officer up.” According to the witness, the father said to the Muslim Patrol officer, “Dude, I’m going to bust in your f—— mouth if you ever put your hands on my child again.” The situation escalated after the Muslim Patrol member called for backup. Soon, several Muslim Patrol cars arrived with sirens screaming and lights flashing. Witnesses reported mutual shouting as the Bloods confronted the original Muslim Patrol member, who was quickly shoved into the mosque by his comrades to protect him. “It was going to be something big out there,” one witness said. “The Bloods were shouting, ‘You all are running around here playing like you’re the real police. You all want to put your hands on these little kids. We don’t give a f— about your Masjid. F— your Masjid.” Some bystanders also reportedly taunted the Muslim Patrol, shouting, “Put your hands on me! Come on, put your hands on me!” As tensions rose, a New York Police Department (NYPD) patrol unit arrived and used its loudspeaker to tell the two arguing factions to “disperse” and to “keep it moving.” One witness familiar with the Bloods said, “These Blood dudes are from 8th Avenue in Brooklyn, and they are one of the harder core Bloods over there. So those MCP officers are going to get some beef.” As the Bloods dispersed, one Blood member turned and told the Muslim Patrol members, “This is not over. It’s just begun.” The Muslim Patrol originally said its purpose was to serve as a liaison between Muslims and the NYPD. But after the mosque shootings in New Zealand last March, in which a gunman live-streamed his murder of 51 Muslims on Facebook, the Muslim Patrol publicly altered its purpose. It now describes itself as a law enforcement organization, claiming its goal is to “protect members of the local community from escalating quality-of-life nuisance crimes.” Yet, “bullying” and “gangster-like” tactics have been reported by locals in areas where the patrol operates, creating a backlash against the self-described “civilian patrol organization.”
email&utm_term=0_60abb35148-773cf6324f-6246445&mc_cid=773cf6324f&mc_eid=9a
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dr. Siegel: San Francisco 'awash in human waste,' outbreaks are a concern
By Victor Garcia | Fox News Published 4 days ago
Fox News medical correspondent Dr. Marc Siegel says San Francisco residents should be worried about the homeless crisis' effect on their health after video surfaced of a homeless man defecating in the middle of an aisle at a local grocery store. "Isn't it ironic that a city of germaphobes, of exercise-conscious, environmentally conscious [people] ... are now in a city that's awash in human waste, which is spreading hepatitis A outbreaks every year," Siegel said on "Tucker Carlson Tonight" Tuesday. "Big outbreaks of hepatitis A, rats in the streets feeding off of the garbage in sewage, typhus, typhoid fever, rotten bacterial infections and even the plague may be coming." LA PUSH TO DEVELOP SKID ROW PROMPTS NEW CLASHES IN CALIFORNIA'S HOMELESS CRISIS Shoppers took pictures of the man opening toilet paper and defecating in a Safeway grocery store aisle. According to KRON 4, San Francisco's "poop patrol" received 25,000 complaints in 2019. Siegel warned that feces may spread "medieval" diseases across the state. "It's becoming medieval diseases resurfacing in California. And here's the other thing that's even worse. It's not just the homeless population, right? People trek through those neighborhoods," Siegel said. "They get the poop on their shoes and then they bring it to other neighborhoods and then the diseases spread to other neighborhoods." CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP Siegel said there is only one way to combat the disease: addressing the homeless crisis head-on. "So to actually solve this problem again, we have to offer bathroom facilities in temporary shelters, get cots, get food," Siegel said. "This is what has to happen in California." "It's the only way to avoid a burgeoning health emergency."
https://www.foxnews.com/media/dr-marc-siegel-san-francisco-awash-in-human-waste
:: 12-17-19 Bometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
VeriScan biometrics surpass 1M air passengers processed as Japan, Jamaica, Sweden add checks
Dec 17, 2019 | Luana Pascu
Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority’s Office of Technology has announced its in-house developed veriScan biometric identity verification software has surpassed 1 million outbound international passengers processed, just over a year after its launch. VeriScan is used at Washington Dulles International Airport to streamline passenger verification and enables paperless boarding, while meeting the requirements of U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s (CBP’s) Biometric Exit, according to the authority. “When we set out to meet the congressional safety and security mandate, we took it as an opportunity not only to meet the biometric compliance standards, but to use it as a springboard to help create a better airport experience for our passengers,” comments Goutam Kundu, chief information officer for the Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority. “VeriScan has gained the attention and support of other airports and airlines because it’s cost-effective, extremely simple to deploy and allows passengers to board flights with ease.” The authority says that veriScan flexibility and minimal requirements of a Wi-Fi connection and portable mounting device are a significant advantage over the significant space, large equipment and dedicated wiring and cabling required by other facial recognition systems. VeriScan, which works with CBP Traveler Verification Service for near-instant identity verification, has been implemented with 38 international carriers in six U.S. airports, and has operated with a verification success rate of 98.5 percent. Airports in Japan expand facial recognition to boarding Facial recognition boarding will be installed at three main airports in Japan before the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo to reduce wait times and improve security and boarding processes, writes Nikkei. The technology was already installed at automated passport control kiosks, but now ticket and passport information will be registered at check-in so travelers will no longer have to show the documents in the process. The Japanese government wants 40 million foreigners to visit Japan in 2020. The technology will be deployed at Narita and Haneda near Tokyo and Kansai near Osaka, with a total spend of around 3.2 billion yen ($29.2 million). It will be covered by a departure tax collected from tourists as of January. Starting with the new fiscal year, the tax will go up 8 percent, to some 54 billion yen ($492 million). NEC announced the selection of its biometric technology for curb-to-gate identification for Narita International earlier this year. The Japanese government is considering electronic tags on checked baggage to announce baggage waiting times on a smartphone app or display, and launching a preclearance program for immigration passport control before departure to Japan. The pilot will roll out for Taiwanese travelers going to 13 airports in Japan. Jamaica adds kiosks to ease tourism experiences Jamaica’s airports will also be equipped with facial recognition technology as the country is adding 15 automated immigration kiosks at the Sangster International Airport (SIA) in Montego Bay, St James, according to St. Lucia News Online. Tourism Minister Edmund Bartlett believes this will deliver a seamless travel experience for tourists arriving during winter, as the country is expecting more than 2.68 million stopover arrivals. Jamaica has turned to smart tourism by developing innovative tools and strategies to enhance traveler experience. “The future of tourism is predicated on technology and this move today which is a continuation of the development of a smarter tourism experience and particularly, smarter airport arrangements to facilitate seamlessness in visitor entry experience in our destination,” Bartlett said. When passengers arrive at the kiosks, they introduce immigration cards in the machine, after which they can move on to customs and luggage. “This use of technology to create a smarter entry into the destination is also going to position Jamaica as the leading destination in the Caribbean in so far as smart tourism is concerned. We are looking forward to not only this automated immigration facility but also the E-gates that are coming, the elimination of paper base and more digital arrangements for immigration. The final stage will be facial recognition which will make Jamaica the most technologically savvy destination as it relates to point of entry,” he added. Swedish watchdog to engage with police for pilot In Sweden, the Data Inspectorate will be meeting with the police to consult on how to start a facial recognition pilot at border inspection at Skavsta airport, the institution writes (as per Google Translate). The system involves placing a camera at border control to take a picture of the traveler. Biometric facial recognition is then used to match the image taken with one stored in the passenger’s passport. But to carry out the project, the legislation needs to be reviewed and the technology tested first for the process to be done in a legally secure and non-discriminatory manner. The Data Inspectorate believes under the current legal framework, Swedish police can’t run tests with sensitive biometric data. “Our assessment is that the police have a clear need to carry out the intended test, but in order to make this possible a change in legislation is required. That’s why we send our response to the police’s prior consultation for information to the government,” says Elena Mazzotti Pallard, a lawyer at the Data Inspectorate. Under EU and Swedish law, the police can already run biometric checks at the border. Related Posts
Comparitech analyzes government use of biometrics, surveillance and data sharing
Biometrics Institute launches Ethical Principles for Biometrics to guide responsible industry behavior
Mobile fraud protection startup Paygilant secures investment to expand to US
New technologies for finger vein, voice, and facial biometrics unveiled
Japan considers facial recognition to reduce health insurance fraud
Biometrics and digital ID across Africa this week: crime and its prevention, Red Cross blockchain
:: 12-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
OSIRIS-REx marks the spot: NASA selects a landing site on spinning-top-shaped asteroid 'Bennu' for its sample collection mission in 2020
The OSIRIS-REx mission aims to recover a sample of the asteroid 101955 Bennu
This will allow scientists to learn more about how our solar system developed
The chosen site — dubbed Nightingale — lies in Bennu's northern hemisphere
Sampling will begin in August 2020, with the craft returning to the Earth in 2023
By Ian Randall For Mailonline Published: 08:47 EST, 16 December 2019 | Updated: 09:43 EST, 16 December 2019
NASA has selected the site for its asteroid sample collection mission from the four previously-proposed candidates after a year of study. The spinning-top-shaped asteroid, '101955 Bennu', is a 1,614 feet (492 m) wide near-Earth object with a cumulative 1-in-2,700 chance of hitting Earth from 2175–2199. The chosen primary sample site — dubbed 'Nightingale' — is located in a young crater high up in the asteroid's northern hemisphere. The Origins, Spectral Interpretation, Resource Identification, Security, Regolith Explorer — or OSIRIS-Rex — craft has been analysing Bennu since December 2018.
If successful in its mission, OSIRIS-Rex will be the first US spacecraft to return samples of an asteroid to the Earth for analysis. For NASA researchers, Bennu will act like a time-capsule from the birth of the solar system, containing information on its formation and evolution. Its carbon-rich makeup will provide a window on the formation of the organic compounds that, on the Earth, ultimately enabled the origin of life. The OSIRIS-REx team have spent the last few months evaluating the potential of four candidate sampling sites on Bennu based on close-range data collected by the spacecraft. Each of the four sites — which have been dubbed 'Kingfisher', 'Nightingale', 'Osprey' and 'Sandpiper' — had been initially put forward because they posed the fewest hazards to OSIRIS-REx's safety while still affording great sampling potential. The asteroid's bird-based naming system stems from the name Bennu itself, which is taken from the ancient Egyptian bird deity that is linked with the sun, creation, and rebirth. OSIRIS-REx will collect small (less than .8 inches / 2 cm in diameter) samples from Bennu by first slowly descending onto the asteroid's surface. A burst of nitrogen gas will then be used to blast the samples into a collection scoop at the end of the spacecraft's robotic arm. 'After thoroughly evaluating all four candidate sites, we made our final decision based on which site has the greatest amount of fine-grained material and how easily the spacecraft can access [such],' said principal investigator Dante Lauretta. 'Of the four candidates, site Nightingale best meets these criteria and, ultimately, best ensures mission success,' he added. The Nightingale site is located within a young crater on the north of Bennu that is around 460 feet (140 metres) wide. Images taken of the crater show that its rocky surface material — the so-called 'regolith' — is dark in its colour, with its surface being relatively smooth. The low northern temperatures and young age of the crater mean that the surface material at Nightingale is well-preserved and relatively freshly-exposed. This would allow OSIRIS-REx to take a close-to 'pristine' sample of the asteroid, from which scientists will be able to reconstruct Bennu's geological history. Although Nightingale may have been determined to be the best option from the four proposed sample sites, inherent challenges will still be present. For example, the original OSIRIS-REx mission plan had called for a sample site of around 164 feet (50 metres) in diameter. While the crater surrounding Nightingale has a diameter nearly three times that size, the safe area where the spacecraft can make its brief contact with the asteroid surface is in contrast around ten times smaller than planned. In fact, the touchdown site will only be around 52 feet (16 metres) in diameter — which will call for highly accurate and precise targeting of the surface. To further complicate matters, a building-sized boulder is also located on the eastern ring of the crater surrounding Nightingale, providing a hazard for OSIRIS-REx to avoid as it retreats from the site after samples are collected. 'Bennu has challenged OSIRIS-REx with extraordinarily rugged terrain,' said OSIRIS-REx project manager Rich Burns of NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center. 'The team has adapted by employing a more accurate, though more complex, optical navigation technique to be able to get into these small areas.' 'We'll also arm OSIRIS-REx with the capability to recognise if it is on course to touch a hazard within or adjacent to the site and wave-off before that happens.' The spacecraft has been designed to be able to perform multiple attempts to collect rock samples, but there is the risk that successive tries in one location may end up becoming unfeasible. The hazard-avoiding so-called 'wave off' manoeuvre requires the activation of the probe's thrusters — the exhaust from which has the potential to disturb the surface of the collection site in the low gravity. Such could potential prevent the craft from collecting a sample there on a subsequent attempt. Given this, the researchers have also selected Osprey as a backup sample-collection site, which the OSIRIS-REx spacecraft will visit in the event that it proves impossible to gather material from the Nightingale site. With the primary and backup sample collection sites selected, the mission team will move in January to have OSIRIS-REx perform further reconnaissance flights over both Nightingale and Osprey — with such continuing throughout the spring. When these have been completed, the probe will begin rehearsing its first sample collection manoeuvre, with the actual attempt scheduled for August 2020. Once its sampling is complete, OSIRIS-REx will be departing from Bennu the next year and is expected to return to the Earth in the September of 2023. Osiris-Rex is the first US mission designed to return a piece of an asteroid to Earth. Scientists say the ancient asteroid could hold clues to the origin of life. It's believed to have formed 4.5 billion years ago, a remnant of the solar system's building blocks. The spacecraft launched on September 8, 2016 at 19:05 EST aboard an Atlas V rocket. After a careful survey of Bennu to characterise the asteroid and locate the most promising sample sites, Osiris-Rex will collect between 2 and 70 ounces (about 60 to 2,000 grams) of surface material with its robotic arm and return the sample to Earth via a detachable capsule in 2023. To capture samples on the surface, the craft will hover over a specific area and 'will be sent down at a very slow and gently' 4 inches (10 cm) per second. The spacecraft will also carry a laser altimeter, a suite of cameras provided by the University of Arizona, spectrometers and lidar, which is similar to radar, using light instead of radio waves to measure distance.
:: 12-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
December 17, 2019
With The US Constitution Murdered & The Republic Lost, 'Justice' Is Dead With A Deeply Corrupted Deep State Rewarding And Protecting Their Own And A Global Elite Dedicated To Evil
- With California Officially A 'Schiff-Hole State', If The Left Has Their Way, America Will Follow
By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline
Today, it often seems as if America is ruled by unelected judges. Their rulings become more extreme and outrageous almost daily, and no one…not even Trump…seems to have the courage to stand up to them and defy their more insane rulings. And judicial activism, although it grows steadily worse, has a long history in America. But it really became an issue in 1953 when Eisenhower appointed Earl Warren as Chief Justice; he held that position until 1969. As a Republican California Attorney General he supported the WWII internment of Japanese immigrants, including those who were US citizens, and not just immigrants, but even those Japanese Americans born in the US. These people were never convicted or even accused of any crime, and the internment was ordered by leftist Demoncrap FDR. But, in a pattern we have seen many times since, the same Earl Warren who happily imprisoned innocent citizens with no trial later was responsible for so-called Miranda rights for anyone arrested. He also ruled in favor of forced integration of schools, a noble cause, perhaps, but nothing in our late, great Constitution gives the federal government such power. Warren would later head the Warren Commission and ensure the cover-up of the JFK assassination conspiracy. But it is not only judges who have made it extremely difficult to convict criminals or to protect our borders against invaders. Some prosecutors, while quite adept at railroading innocent Americans for political reasons, simply adore truly vicious rapists, robbers, and murderers, and seemingly want the entire Third World to move here right away. Railroading the innocent and freeing the guilty is classic Luciferian inversion. Remember the Baltimore riots when Freddie Gray, a Black criminal, was arrested by police and died in the van transporting him to jail? There is no evidence of police wrongdoing, and several of the officers were also Black, but Black District Attorney Marilyn Mosby went all out to prosecute them for nonexistent crimes, and advocated giving the rioters “space” to riot. Again, punish the innocent and allow criminal thugs free rein to destroy. We used to be assured that if only more women and “people of color” were in positions of power, America would become a utopia. How is that working out? Rachael Rollins, another female “person of color,” became DA for Suffolk County, Massachusetts, including Boston. She ordered her employees to spy on ICE agents, and gave an easy plea deal to African immigrant Bampumim Teixeira, who already had a criminal record when he did a home invasion and murdered two people. He served only nine months in prison. Of course, he should have been deported long before the two known murders, or, better yet, executed or imprisoned for life. But there is no justice in our former Republic. Reportedly, Rollins and other leftist DAs have been given campaign concentrations from a George Sauron PAC. In 2017 Lawrence S. Krasner became DA for Philadelphia. He was a graduate of the “University” of Chicago and Stanford Law School; our masters always get their tickets punched in such “prestigious” leftist indoc centers. Comrade Krasner had a long career as a “civil rights” and defense attorney before being elected DA by the enlightened and progressive citizens of Boston. He defended BM (Black Lives Matter) thugs. He favors reduced sentences for most crimes, the elimination of bail payments for “minor” offenders, and less supervision of parolees. He has refused to prosecute felons illegally carrying firearms…leftists only want to disarm the honest citizens. On taking office he gutted his department, firing 31 prosecutors (if only Trump had been similarly ruthless with the deep state denizens). Philly was already becoming another schiff-hole city; the process is now accelerating. But the new DA in San Francisco is the champion of all of them. San Francisco, long ruled by leftists, has been a center of Satanic cults like the Bohemian Club (they operate the Bohemian Grove north of the city), Anton LaVey’s Church of Satan, and Lt. Col. Michael Aquino’s Temple of Set in the Presidio, which was approved of by the Army brass. It has long been a kind of Mecca for homosexuals and other perverts. Mass murderer Jim Jones, with the aid of the Demoncrap machine in the city (including Diane Slimestein), recruited many of his victims in the City by the Bay. Under Mayor Gavin Noisome (now Governor of the failed state of California) the city became a virtual sewer, with schiff and garbage piled up on the streets, the tents of the “homeless” blocking the sidewalks, stolen shopping carts left in the streets, drug addicts shooting up in public, crime increasing daily, and citizens being threatened and harassed by bums. Small businesses, already suffering from high taxes and excessive regulation, are failing. San Francisco has become a schiff-hole city and California is becoming a schiff-hole state. The rest of the country, God help us, seems headed in the same direction. But even this is not enough for the “progressive intellectuals” who dominate the city and county. They have elected a new DA, Chesa Boudin, who wants to free most criminals and prosecute ICE agents and police. He says supervising parolees is “racist,” as is prosecution of gang members (to leftists, everything is racist). San Francisco is already a “sanctuary” city (but not a sanctuary for honest American citizens), but Chesa wants to give special free visas to illegal aliens. And just who (or what) is Chesa Boudin? He is the son of Kathy Boudin and David Gilbert, two violent leftist scum who murdered two police officers and one private security guard in an armored car robbery. His father, who was spared the death penalty he deserved, is still in prison, but his mother was later released and is now an assistant “professor” at Columbia Indoc Center. The deep state protects and rewards its own; it is truly amazing how many leftist terrorists and Islamists have been given cushy “university” jobs, despite a complete lack of qualifications. So Chesa was raised by his parents’ terrorist comrades, Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn. This charming couple played a major role in the start of Hussein Obama’s (or whatever his name is) political career. They were arrested for terrorism, and there is a mug shot of young Billy, with his head cocked to one side and an arrogant smirk on his face. He knew he would face no serious punishment, for he was the son of Thomas Ayers, CEO of Commonwealth Edison. Nothing quite like being raised in wealth and privilege and inheriting a few million. Dohrn was from an upper middle class family and greatly admired Charles Manson, which pretty much tells us everything we need to know about her. Following a brief wrist slap, Ayers and Dohrn were released and given cushy do-nothing jobs as “teachers” at “universities.” There is no justice in America. Our Constitution has been murdered and we have lost our Republic. Ironically, some leftist protesters shout “no justice, no peace.” That should be our mantra, not theirs…and we need to follow it up with action…very extreme action.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Justice_Is_Dead_In_America_With_An_Elite_Dedicated_To_Evil.php
:: 12-17-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democrats STOLE BILLIONS in US Aid to Ukraine; Laundered it to themselves. Trying to Impeach Trump to stop Investigation
Nation News Desk 17 December 2019 Hits: 16215
BILLIONS of Dollars of U.S. foreign aid and loans from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) [which were Guaranteed by the U.S.] were STOLEN in Ukraine and laundered back to DEMOCRATS in the US during the Obama administration. Now, the Democrats are trying to Impeach President Trump -on utterly false charge - to stop the investigation into their crimes! Worse, the people screaming the loudest about Trump are the ones who got most of the illicit money, including Hillary Clinton - whose campaign was allegedly given about $10 Million IN CASH FROM UKRAINE prior to the 2016 election, and Andrew Weisman, Chief of the US Justice Department's FRAUD UNIT, who leaked that witnesses from Ukraine wanted to come to the US to testify about the corruption. Those leaks allowed former Vice President Biden to find out trouble was coming and personally intervene to have cancelled, the witness Visa's . . . thus preventing them from coming to the US. We begin with Alexandr Onyshchenko a former Member of Parliament (MP) in Ukraine. Mr. Onyshchenko spoke with media outlets from a hospital room in Germany and laid out what actually happened with the Bidens and Burisma, the Ukrainian natural gas group of companies where Hunter Biden was paid millions to sit on the board while having no experience in the industry. “In 2015, Burisma was considered a corrupt company by the US Government, but a very lucrative and powerful one. Former Ukrainian President Poroshenko was trying to ‘get in’ and get a piece of the action. No one would mess with Burisma with the U.S. Vice President involved. Zlochevsky, an Oligarch who owns/controls Burisma, showed everyone Biden was on the board pushing his father’s name. The problem with the ‘corrupted company’ label in the United States went away quickly in about three months once Biden got on the Burisma Board of Directors. It was amazing." Onyshchenko also said “And of course, Burisma also helped the Clinton campaign prior to the election.” How did they help we asked? “They paid them around $10 million.” Wouldn’t those wire transfers show up? we questioned. “This was Ukraine; everything was done with big bags of cash to the Clintons.” Onyshchenko then went on to describe how he was approached by prosecutors in the U.S. to testify in the United States on American corruption in Ukraine. He showed a letter published below from the Department of Justice in 2016, where he says they provided him a temporary visa to come testify on the theft and money laundering of American aid to Ukraine, and on the illegal money to the Clintons. “Right before I was to leave for the U.S., I received notice that my visa had been cancelled due to the personal involvement of Vice President Joe Biden. He made a personal phone call and the visa was cancelled. I guess he didn’t want me telling what I know so I didn’t make it to the United States to testify.” The cancellation of the visa has been confirmed by a secondary source. According to Onyshchenko, it was customary for twenty percent (20%) of US foreign Aid, to be siphoned-off and kicked-back to US officials! So for $1 Billion in US Aid (or loan guarantees), $200 Million had to be covertly given back to US officials in illegal bribes/kickbacks. The officials who got those hundreds of millions in kickbacks . . . appear to be American Democrats; the very people now moving to impeach President Trump on false pretenses. The claims by the former MP of the Ukraine Parliament seem to be corroborated by investigations run by former US Attorney and New York City Mayor, Rudy Giuliani.Rudy Giuliani @RudyGiuliani
Replying to @RudyGiuliani Dem’s impeachment for innocent conduct is intended to obstruct the below investigations of Obama-era corruption:
- Billions of laundered $
- Billions, mostly US $, widely misused
- Extortion
- Bribery
- DNC collusion w/ Ukraine to destroy candidate Trump
Much more to come.
55.7K 2:13 PM - Dec 15, 2019
HAL TURNER REMARK: Tomorrow, Wednesday, December 18, it is likely the US House of Representatives will formally vote to Impeach President Trump. As you watch who votes in favor of Impeachment, bear in mind that the people screaming the loudest about Trump are the most guilty in the unfolding Ukrainian bribery/kickback scheme. They are trying to oust OUR President to obstruct the investigation into THEIR crimes. Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.
:: 12--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exclusive! The Biggest Scandal In American History About to Be Revealed
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, December 17, 2019 - 13:08.
Impeachment and the possible conviction, or exoneration of Donald J. Trump is not guaranteed either way. This is easily the biggest scandal in American history. Key Democrats Are Guilty of Massive Corruption In Ukraine In the following broadcast, Dave Hodges read directly from a State Department memo which implicated Hunter Biden bribes (eg Latvia, Burisma), John Kerry's stepson (Burisma) and Joe Biden (Burisma with regard to malfeasance of office and bribery). In November, I was pointed in the direction by an insider where I could find proof that linked the Bidens et al to corruption the Ukraine. I was fearful of hanging on to the information, for personal safety reasons, so I made a raw read of the document live on the air as soon as I accessed the document. This was not a rehearsed, but rather a spontaneous reading of damning information which conclusively incriminated key DNC members and eventually some Republicans as well. The evidence against the Bidens, John Kerry's son and a whole host of Democrats and Republicans is strong.
Rudy Giuliani✔@RudyGiuliani Dem’s impeachment for innocent conduct is intended to obstruct the below investigations of Obama-era corruption:
- Billions of laundered $
- Billions, mostly US $, widely misused
- Extortion
- Bribery
- DNC collusion w/ Ukraine to destroy candidate Trump
Much more to come. 50.3K 12:13 PM - Dec 15, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy
The evidence is so strong, that Giuliani was afraid of being Arkancided so he issued the following warning that he, indeed, had a dead man switch in which all would be revealed should he meet an untimely end. I was informed by a deep-insider source that Trump was well aware of who was involved and he was fully intent on exposing all the corruption in any potential impeachment hearings in the Senate. You can bet that several key Democrat and Republican Senators are checking their maps in search of countries that do not have an extradition agreement with the United States. The Wrong Assumption Most people correctly assumed that President Trump would be impeached by the House, largely along party lines. The vast majority of those people wrongly assumed that the conviction for impeachment would be quickly and decisively defeated. The latter assumption could not be more erroneous. Mike Adams nailed a real threat to Trump's Presidency because Republican Senators have been canvassed and threatened by Mitt Romney, John Bolton and Paul Ryan that their past "indiscretions would come out if they did not vote for conviction on the Trump impeachment charges. From Mike Adams on December 15, 2019. What Trump and Giuliani are actually uncovering in all this is the stunning truth that many Americans would be shocked to realize: High-level government officials of BOTH parties — including U.S. Senators — routinely plunder foreign aid cash flows to pad their own pockets. This is almost certainly why GOP Sen. Lindsay Graham is promising to cut short the post-impeachment Senate trial and make sure no witnesses are called who might uncover this massive financial scandal involving both political parties. The swamp is now so saturated with corruption and lies that it cannot even allow any honest investigation without risking its own demise. United States Senators have long been part of this looting operation, skimming from foreign aid funds which are redirected back to their own pockets in exactly the way Joe Biden and Hunter Biden orchestrated.... How are some of the Senate Republicans compromised? Based on deep cover information, on November 2, 2019, I predicted on The Common Sense Show that Republicans would be compromised based on Epstein-style blackmail operations and Trump stood a good chance of getting convicted on the Impeachment charges in the Senate: The process of impeachment is meaningless. Schiff’s unconstitutional and illegal behavior would amount to nothing except he is 1933 Adolph Hitler. The Republican Party is almost as corrupt as the Democrats. Many have been framed on key votes for years (eg Obamacare). The book the Franklin Scandal and many others have discussed how freshman senators and congressman are wined, dined and compromised when they are first elected. In part, it is an Epstein process. Presently, Mitt Romney, Paul Ryan and John Bolton have been canvassing the Republicans on selling them a Mike Pence Presidency, or else. This has always part of the plan. If it wasn’t please tell me why Pence started a 2020 Presidential PAC called the Great Committee and began to wine and dine key Republican contributors, many in the military-industrial-complex? This is why I have been telling my audience to write to the key and knowingly compromised Republican Senators and telling them that if they vote for impeachment, that whatever skeletons they are concealing, the public will turn over every rock and look under every bed to expose their level of corruption and reveal it to all. The Senate is in the process of being compromised on this basis. They have less than 10 votes to procure a conviction vote. This process is so illegitimate. These Republicans that the Hindenburgs’ of the their day. Schiff is Hitler. On November 18, 2019, at 2:16 thru 2:58 on the following broadcast, I repeated something I have said 11 times in October and November when I implored America to contact their Republican Senators and tell them that if they dare to vote for impeachment, there will be nowhere that they can hide. Whatever sex crimes they are hiding, we will expose and end their political career and possibly their freedom. How did I know? I have been fortunate enough to have very good sources. I can also state with confidence that Trump not only knows of this plot, he has the goods on everyone of the Republican Senators who would dare trade their impeachment vote for momentary solitude and protection. The conspiracy is doomed to failure. This is why Trump is so dead set on a trial in the Senate. He wants to expose the despots and traitors in both the Democratic and Republican Party cartels. Part II of this series will explore what is going to happen next and we will not have to wait for long until this issue is decided, one way or another.
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 12-18-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rudy Giuliani Declares War on Obama, Says He’s Ready to Release Some Bombshells
Dean James - December 18, 2019
As we have been reporting all day, Rudy Giuliani has been releasing bombshell after bombshell on Twitter about some of the corruption he has uncovered during his investigations into Ukraine, Biden, Burisma and a hell of a lot more. What we have seen so far is mind boggling to say the least. So we decided to publish a summary of sorts from The National Sentinel which provides even more details than we published earlier.
Giuliani Adds More Context To Recent Bombshells On Obama-Era Corruption In Ukraine, Pledging ‘More To Come’ (Complete Summary)
(TNS) Last week, One America News‘ Chanel Rion, who was traveling throughout Eastern Europe with presidential attorney Rudy Giuliani, was privy to some bombshell findings regarding members of the Obama administration and Ukraine, among other countries. As we reported December 9th: On Saturday before departing for Florida for campaign events, President Donald Trump told the media that his lawyer, Rudy Giuliani
— in Ukraine for more investigative work regarding 2016 election corruption — had “found plenty” of “good information” during his trip there and to other European countries.
The president then said he believes Giuliani wants to present a report to the Attorney General William Barr and to Congress. … No wonder Democrats are moving so quickly with impeachment.
Giuliani found: — Ukrainian officials offered up six criminal cases involving Joe and Hunter Biden, including “money laundering;”
— One Ukrainian official produced official communiques and documents he says proves that Obama’s U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine and ‘impeachment witness’ Maria Yovanovich perjured herself during her hearing;
— Another, Victor Shokin, the former Ukrainian prosecutor general, described how then-President Petro Poroshenko came into his office and told him he’d better stop investigating Hunter Biden or the country would lose a billion dollars in aid, as Joe Biden threatened (Shokin was fired);
— There are dozens of inquiries open into possible misallocation of U.S. funds in Ukraine, with the U.S. Embassy’s involvement.
Giuliani — a former federal prosecutor who knows how to investigate and follow leads — traveled to Kiev, Ukraine; Budapest, Hungary; and Vienna, Austria. Here is Rion’s report: On Sunday, Giuliani added more context to what he has discovered tuis far in a series of sometimes-cryptic tweets, including new reports from Rion: In the second report, Rion mentions that Giuliani found more evidence implicating Democratic National Committee insider Alexandra Chalupa, who had already been outed to some degree by investigative reporter John Solomon in May: In its most detailed account yet, Ukraine’s embassy in Washington says a Democratic National Committee insider during the 2016 election solicited dirt on Donald Trump’s campaign chairman and even tried to enlist the country’s president to help. In written answers to questions, Ambassador Valeriy Chaly’s office says DNC contractor Alexandra Chalupa sought information from the Ukrainian government on Paul Manafort’s dealings inside the country, in hopes of forcing the issue before Congress. Chalupa later tried to arrange for Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko to comment on Manafort’s Russian ties on a U.S. visit during the 2016 campaign, the ambassador said. Chaly says that, at the time of the contacts in 2016, the embassy knew Chalupa primarily as a Ukrainian-American activist, and learned only later of her ties to the DNC. He says the embassy considered her requests an inappropriate solicitation of interference in the U.S. election. “The Embassy got to know Ms. Chalupa because of her engagement with Ukrainian and other diasporas in Washington D.C., and not in her DNC capacity. We’ve learned about her DNC involvement later,” Chaly said in a statement issued by the embassy. “We were surprised to see Alexandra’s interest in Mr. Paul Manafort’s case. It was her own cause. The Embassy representatives unambiguously refused to get involved in any way, as we were convinced that this is a strictly U.S. domestic matter. “All ideas floated by Alexandra were related to approaching a Member of Congress with a purpose to initiate hearings on Paul Manafort or letting an investigative journalist ask President Poroshenko a question about Mr. Manafort during his public talk in Washington, D.C.,” the ambassador further explained, Solomon noted. Why Manafort? Two reasons. Manafort had joined the 2016 Trump campaign as its manager. Also, Manafort was known to have had dealings in Ukraine. The Obama regime’s Justice Department investigated Manafort’s alleged “misuse of Ukrainian government funds,” but that probe resulted in no charges against Manafort. Why? Because charging Manafort then would have also implicated Obama’s former White House Counsel Greg Craig and a State Department envoy, Cliff Sloan. Now we know why Manafort was such easy prey for Robert Mueller’s team of Democrat-donor prosecutors. As for Ukraine and the Bidens and the Obama administration, Giuliani appears to have all the goods. Specifically, Giuliani appears to have uncovered a massive and “classic” money-laundering scheme to funnel $3 million to Hunter Biden via ‘board member fees’ as he sat on the board of the corrupt energy company Burisma: Did Hunter Biden know about this scheme? Or does that even matter, since he received the funds? Did daddy VP Biden know? Seems he was all tangled up in Ukraine’s affairs as “point man” for Obama. There’s more. Remember Democrats’ “star impeachment witness,” former U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine Marie Yovanovitch? Giuliani says she perjured herself when testifying under oath…twice: Giuliani concludes — for now: This is just the tip of the iceberg folks. We hope you took a good look at this intel. Again, it is completely mind boggling. Giuliani Watch! Giuliani Begins Releasing Doomsday Files: Records Suggest Yovanovitch Perjured Herself, Denied Visas to Witnesses Who Could Prove Corruption
Giuliani Uncovers Treasure Trove of Ukrainian Documents, “Biden Money Laundering And Perjury”
Dems Panic as Rudy Giuliani Previews His “Doomsday” Files: $5.3 Billion in US Aid During Obama Crime Spree
Rudy Giuliani: Former VP Biden ‘Bribed’ Ukraine President
Biden campaign demands networks ban & censor Giuliani
Portions of this article originally appeared at The National Sentinel and was republished with permission.
*Some edits have been made.
[:: 7-4-01 Campmeeting 2001 Evening service :: :: :: :: ::]
etc You shall see greater hurricanes, greater tornadoes, greater earthquakes, greater straight winds, drought and famine. etc
:: 12--19 Wikipedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
The 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami (also known as the Boxing Day Tsunami) occurred at 00:58:53 UTC on 26 December, with an epicentre off the west coast of northern Sumatra, Indonesia. It was an undersea megathrust earthquake that registered a magnitude of 9.1–9.3 Mw, reaching a Mercalli intensity up to IX in certain areas. The earthquake was caused by a rupture along the fault between the Burma Plate and the Indian Plate. A series of large tsunami waves up to 30 metres (100 ft) high were created by the underwater seismic activity. Communities along the surrounding coasts of the Indian Ocean were seriously affected, and the tsunamis killed an estimated 227,898 people in 14 countries. The Indonesian city of Banda Aceh reported the largest number of victims. The earthquake was one of the deadliest natural disasters in recorded history. The direct results caused major disruptions to living conditions and commerce, particularly in Indonesia, Sri Lanka, India, and Thailand. The earthquake was the third largest ever recorded and had the longest duration of faulting ever observed; between eight and ten minutes.[10] It caused the planet to vibrate as much as 10 millimetres (0.4 inches),[11] and it remotely triggered earthquakes as far away as Alaska.[12] Its epicentre was between Simeulue and mainland Sumatra.[13] The plight of the affected people and countries prompted a worldwide humanitarian response, with donations totaling more than US$14 billion.[14] The event is known by the scientific community as the Sumatra–Andaman earthquake.[15][16]
Note: full details continue on link below
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2004_Indian_Ocean_earthquake_and_tsunami
:: 12-17-19 Volcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
M 4.3 quake: 11km NNW of Cholame, CA (USA) on Tue, 17 Dec 18h29
Light magnitude 4.3 earthquake at 6 km depth
Earthquake data (USGS):
Date & Time: Tue, 17 Dec 18:29:21 UTC - 2 days ago
Local time at epicenter: 2019-12-17 10:29:21 -08:00
Hypocenter depth: 6.3 km
Magnitude (Richter scale): 4.3
Latest "I-felt-it" reports about this quake: Paso Robles, ca: Shaking, not much rolling. Could hear the rumble. Pendant lights swaying. (MMI IV (Light shaking))
: One strong jolt toward east, quik lesser rebound toward west (MMI VI (Strong shaking))
: Felt the shaking while sitting. Creaking in the room walls. Didnt last very long. (MMI III (Weak shaking))
Cholame ca.: Not much shaking but sounded like something on my roof or grater on asfault (MMI IV (Light shaking))
Paso Robles, CA: The whole house just "shuttered" for a second & my sleeping cat's head & ears perked up suddenly. (MMI IV (Light shaking))
Cam Roberts, CA: We are out at Camp Roberts Roberts, San Miguel CA and heart one big loud boom and then building shook. Then right after, a second smaller boom with a lighter Building shake (MMI V (Moderate shaking))
Paso Robles, Dresser Ranch: Just a shaking , crackling , rumble. Sitting in chair in the house. (MMI IV (Light shaking))
San Luis Obispo: I work in an old modular trailer and it shook enough for me to not be able to continue reading what was on my monitor (MMI III (Weak shaking))
Ridgecrest: It felt like the 4 that Ridgecrest had on the 4th of July. Right before the 6 hit. I really hate earthquakes. (MMI V (Moderate shaking))
: Down in my basement workshop downtown and felt like a lightheaded feeling. Nothing rattled or anything. Coworker on the ground floor did not feel it. (MMI II (Very weak shaking))
3433 S. Higuera, San Luis Obispo, CA: Everyone on our floor felt it. (MMI IV (Light shaking))
:: 12--19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Giant Cracks Are Gradually Fissuring the Desert in Arizona (Videos)
By Strange Sounds
Some arid valleys of central and southeastern Arizona are home to giant earth cracks that swallow everything on their paths. These huge earth fissures threaten people, property, infrastructure and livestock. Giant cracks do not only open up in Mexico, but also in arid Arizona. These earth fissures pose danger to cattle, wildlife, and unwary humans. And, because they tend to develop perpendicular to surface drainage, they can capture runoff and develop into large gullies. Most earth fissures in Arizona occur in the corridor between Tucson and Phoenix, and from Phoenix west along interstate 10. Here an example of one of these Arizona giant cracks that opened up on the Navajo Nation ground. The still growing 900 feet long crack is 12 miles north of I-40. It is up to 500 feet deep in places. The USGS has no real answer other than growing tensions in the local rock formations have caused the cracks to form. This giant fissure sits east of Flagstaff on Luepp Rd and is about one mile west of Leupp gas station. It’s gotten so big, that they had to fence it in. The large crack has many residents on the Navajo reservation and in the state of Arizona concerned as fears grow over the expansion of the crack. In 2017, the crack was measuring and amazing 10 feet wide and up to 30 feet deep in some parts and was the largest fissure in the desert of Arizona… and probably still continues to grow: Finally, with the 2013’s collapse of highway 89 near Page, some local residents wonder what mother nature has in mind for the vast reservation: So How Do These Arizona Cracks Form? As explained on the Arizona’s Earth fissure center: Earth fissures are associated with basin subsidence that accompanies extensive ground water mining. In Arizona, fissures were first noted near Eloy in 1929. Their physical appearance varies greatly, but they may be more than a mile in length, up to 15 ft wide, and 100s of feet deep. During torrential rains they erode rapidly presenting a substantial hazard to people and infrastructure. Moreover, fissures provide a ready conduit to deliver runoff and contaminated waters to basin aquifers. Rapid population growth in southern Arizona is increasingly juxtaposing population centers and fissures. Deep fissure in Arizona desert near Chandler Heights. Picture by Todd C. Shipman/ AZGS As the Arizona Geological Survey (AZGS) writes: Giant desiccation cracks are common in southwestern U.S. playas and have been reported in several areas of Arizona but they are much more common than previously recognized. These giant cracks are similar to mudcracks or large soil cracks, but on an enormous scale. The cracks themselves are up to 3 feet (1 m) wide, up to 9 feet (2 m) deep (apparent depth), and a few are on the order of 1000 feet (300 m) long. They form polygonal blocks that look identical to the shape of mudcracks, but the polygons are characteristically 150-600 feet (45-180 m) across whereas typical mudcracks form polygons 4-8 inches (10-20 cm) across and large soil cracks form polygons 2-6 feet (0.5- 2 m) across. Some giant desiccation cracks are large enough to be mistaken for earth fissures that are caused by subsidence from groundwater pumping. Arizona is gradually being eaten by cracks, sinkholes and fissures in the ground. Picture by Todd C. Shipman and Meagan Shoots/ AZGS
According to the U.S. geological survey, earthquakes come and go in the northern parts of Arizona, which also covers the reservation, it’s not big enough to rattle down buildings, but maybe to create those cracks. In any cases these cracks are gradually swallowing and tearing the instabile limestone ground of Arizona.
:: 12--19 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A freshwater mussel apocalypse is underway—and no one knows why.
Carrie Arnold 2 days ago
To an untrained eye, the crystal waters of the Clinch River, which meanders southwest across the Virginia-Tennessee border, look clean and healthy. But Jordan Richard can spot the dead bodies within seconds. On a crisp fall morning on Sycamore Island, just before the Clinch crosses into Tennessee, Richard bends over to pluck a palm-size brown shell from the riverbed. What remains of the flesh that once clasped the two halves of the pheasantshell mussel (Actinonaias pectorosa) together now protrudes like a foul-smelling, gooey tongue. Noting that this mussel died within the past day or two, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologist tosses the shell into a labeled garbage bag for later analysis. If he’s lucky, this deceased mollusk might hold clues to what is killing the Clinch River mussels. Since 2016, numbers of pheasantshell, once one of the Clinch’s most abundant mussel species, have plummeted by more than 90 percent, according to research by Richard and Rose Agbalog, also a USFWS biologist. Populations of the river’s 30-some species of freshwater mussel have fallen by half. This die-off is one reason the Clinch has the highest concentration of endangered aquatic species on the continent, with 29 endangered mussels and 19 vulnerable fish species. But this is not an isolated incident: Throughout the U.S. and Europe, staggering numbers of freshwater mussels are dying. To make the matter worse, no one knows why, prompting investigations into everything from infectious diseases to climate change to water pollution. Raising the alarm about what Richard calls a freshwater mussel apocalypse has been a challenge, particularly because the mollusks lack the cultural cachet and fuzzy faces of pandas and tigers. (Read about silent streams and the collapse of freshwater species worldwide.) Yet mussels are crucial to their ecosystems, both by cleaning water of impurities and creating shelter for other species via their shells (after their decades-long lifespans are over). Although freshwater mussels aren't edible—they’re tough and taste bad—there are freshwater mussel fisheries that serve an industry for buttons and pearls worth a few million dollars each year in the U.S. What’s more, ecologists estimate the invertebrates provide millions of dollars of services to the environment. Tony Goldberg, a wildlife disease expert at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, puts mussels' importance more bluntly. Without them, he says, “the freshwater ecosystem will change forever.” Cracking a mussel mystery When Richard first joined the USFWS office in Abingdon, Virginia, in the fall of 2016, he had no idea he was stepping into one of the biggest ecological mysteries of the decade. A few weeks later, locals in Kyles Ford, Tennessee, reported an explosion of dead mussels. So Richard and Agbalog piled into their battered SUV and drove an hour south to the Clinch, filling several trash bags with shells of dead mussels and bringing them back to the USFWS office. The pair’s initial analysis didn’t reveal a cause of death. And when they went back a week later, they found the bottom of the river was once again covered in dead pheasantshells. In fall 2017, the same thing happened: a spike in dead pheasantshells. By 2018, other species began to succumb, including the Cumberland moccasinshell, dromedary pearlymussel, cracking pearlymussel, birdwing pearlymussel, and, as the die-off spread upstream from Tennessee into Virginia, the fluted kidneyshell. When Richard reached out to the close-knit freshwater mussel research community, scientists from around the country reported similar collapses, from Washington State to Oklahoma to Wisconsin. At that time, ecology Ph.D. student Traci DuBose and her advisor, Caryn Vaughn of the University of Oklahoma, began investigating mussel die-offs in the Kiamichi and Mountain Fork Rivers. DuBose and Vaughn’s research tentatively explained their mussel deaths as a result of severe drought. But for every other population, the cause remained a mystery. The lack of a solution ate at Richard, who ransacked the office searching for old documents that might contain any clues, filing them in a knee-high stack of brown accordion folders that have become bent and tattered from use.
One clue: In 1998, a truck filled with rubber accelerant overturned in a ditch next to the Clinch River, killing nearly all the mussels for hundreds of feet downstream. But the spill also annihilated scores of other species from the river—something neither Richard nor Agbalog had seen evidence of in recent times. Across the pond, 26 European countries have reported up to 90 percent declines in various mussel populations, particularly the freshwater pearl mussel. The same potential threats are at play, in addition to dams, invasive species, and declines in host fish, which help mussels reproduce. Research challenges To figure out what was killing the Clinch River’s mussels, Richard knew that he was going to have to start thinking more systematically. With help from Goldberg, Richard created an experiment to compare populations of sick mussels with healthy ones—a case-control study designed to see if there was something different about the sick mussels that might explain their deaths. But with no idea what the disease might be—or if it was a disease at all—Richard and Goldberg had to cast a wide net, both literally and figuratively. So they started DNA-sequencing tissue from dead mussels to identify potential pathogens or stress-induced changes in their microbes that might leave the invertebrates susceptible to disease. In early 2018, Richard and Agbalog divided their study sites at the Clinch River at the state border. In Tennessee, they chose areas where pheasantshell mussels were dying; sites north, in Virginia, appeared to have healthy mussels (those would be the controls in the experiment). But as soon as the field season started in late August, they ran into problems. (See amazing pictures of rivers.) Whatever was killing the mussels had so devastated their Tennessee study sites that few mussels were left for them to study. Even worse, pheasantshells at some of the Virginia sites, including Sycamore Island, began dying in massive numbers. Only a single site remained unaffected. But the biologists persisted, returning again and again to the same sites in 2019. So far, this year is just as grim as the previous three—and the biologists still aren’t any further along in figuring out the cause. At your service As she wades into the clear, rushing water beside Sycamore, Agbalog stops at a shoal in the middle of the river. “This used to have 60,000 mussels. Now it only has 2,000 to 3,000,” she says. Raising his voice over the loud burbling of the water, Richard adds that mussels filter every drop of water that passes over their shoal at least three times. It’s a tremendous cleaning service for rivers, but it also means the mussels exposed are over and over to many pathogens. “A mussel’s immune system is a healthy river,” Agbalog says. (Read more about threats to freshwater ecosystems.) As he drives along the Clinch, Richard points out all the ways in which the river is suffering. There’s the changing climate, which could be giving the mussels heat stress. But Richard believes a bigger factor is logging, which robs the streams of the large hardwoods that provide shade and cool the water. Not only does heat itself stress mussels, which may make them more susceptible to disease, but also the increased temperatures can negatively affect the species on which mussels depend for food. “This is what an extinction looks like. It has brought a population to its knees,” says Richard. “Can’t these guys catch a break?” Give mussels a chance Regardless of what is causing the mass die-offs, there’s no question a river without mussels has huge ripple effects on the river’s inhabitants, as the University of Oklahoma’s DuBose discovered. When the mussels die, their decomposing bodies spur a brief pulse of productivity, followed by a steep decline in species diversity as rivers become cloudier and darker without mussels to filter the sediment. It’s a phenomenon Agbalog and Richard have seen along the Clinch. “It’s not just mussels. Freshwater streams are declining in general,” says Rachel Mair, a biologist with the Harrison Lake National Fish Hatchery in eastern Virginia, who previously worked on the Clinch. “It’s very upsetting that mussels might not be around for future generations.” Figuring out what’s going on with the mussels can help biologists like Mair develop a plan to propagate the remaining mussels in hatcheries and eventually release them back into the wild. But finding the funds for such an endeavor won’t be easy, especially for a species that many people aren’t even aware of. But they should be, Richard says. “What’s the worst that could happen if we care? We’d have a cleaner river.”
:: 12-17-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
EXCLUSIVE! Phone Call w/ VA Nat'l Guardsman on Martial Law/Gun Control (12-17-19)
33,728 views
•Dec 17, 2019
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cS1hOfPfFWs
[ :: 7-11-04
pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom
and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle
and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow.
I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her,
then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s
destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or
ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion
of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..
[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc
:: 12-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Trans Agenda Is An Attempt To Normalize Madness In America: Transgender Activists Want To Prevent People From Thinking In Terms Of 'Male' And 'Female'
- Transgender is part of a continuum of denying reality
By Maria Kneas for All News Pipeline December 17, 2019
The transgender movement involves a LOT more than just allowing transgenders to deny reality and act out their delusions. The stated goal of transgender activists is to “burn the binary.” By that they mean making people become incapable of thinking in terms of male versus female. An example of this is transgender activist Riki Wilchins, who has gone through sex change surgery. He wrote an article titled "We’ll Win the Bathroom Battle When the Binary Burns." What does he mean by "binary"? He describes that as being the "dominant, hetero-binary structure of boy vs. girl." You may be thinking that nobody would actually do that in real life. Unfortunately, they are already working on this agenda in practical ways. For example, a school district in Austin, Texas will be teaching children to avoid using "gender-specific” words such as "father" and "mother." Why? Because such language "can limit [the children’s] understanding of gender into binaries." In other words, this is first step toward Riki Wilchins’ goal of burning the binary. In addition, they will teach children how to do oral sex and anal sex. Transgenderism is especially harmful because it results in undermining the sanity, faith, and morals of children, starting at very young ages. Some American public schools are pushing transgenderism on five-year-olds in kindergarten. In England, transgenderism is being pushed on children at even younger ages. Sometimes this is done to two-year-old children. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Transgenderism is the beginning of a kind of denial of reality that expands to include race, age, and species (human versus animal). Eventually it winds up with people who claim to be things that don’t even exist. Once upon a time, people who seriously denied reality like this were said to be delusional. But now some people are trying to normalize such delusions and make them become politically correct. TRANS-GENDER: When men imagine that they are women (or vice versa), that is transgender. Instead of trying to get their thinking to line up with reality, these people try to force reality to change in order to line up with their imagination. This starts out with wearing different clothing, and eventually can wind up with people getting sex change surgery and taking hormones in order to try to look like what they feel like. But “trans” goes even further than that. For example, some people think that they are an animal trapped inside a human’s body. And some people have found other ways to try to re-define themselves. TRANS-AGE: A married man with seven children decided that he is really a six-year-old girl. He left his wife and children and has found an older couple to take care of him. A grown man with children believes that he is a child, and in order to live out his fantasy, he has abandoned his wife and seven children. TRANS-RACE: Rachel Dolezal was born white but she identifies as being black. She used to work for the NAACP, but when it was learned that she was really white, then she lost her job. She is calling for “racial fluidity” to be accepted. The state of Delaware has proposed an education regulation that allows children to self-identify their gender and race, without the knowledge or consent of their parents. That includes attending gender-specific classes about sexuality, and participating in sports as members of their self-chosen gender. In other words, a white girl can formally claim to be a black boy (and vice versa), and act accordingly, without having their parents know anything about it. TRANS-SPECIES: The early stage of trans-species can be seen in "human pups." These are people who dress up like dogs. They can take this to extremes, such as sleeping in a dog training crate. There are 10,000 "human pups" in England alone. "Furries" carry this a step further, and take on the persona of the animal. This can include sexual behavior. A "fur" convention in Reno, Nevada drew 3,000 people, 700 of whom were in "fursuits." With the "fur pups" and even with the "furries" there is strange thinking and behavior, but it is reversible. If these people change their thinking, then However, there are other people who make drastic changes they can take off their costumes and go back to a relatively normal life. that cannot be reversed. We see that with the transgender people who get sex change surgery. Clothing can be changed, and hormone therapy can be reversed, but the surgery is permanent. There are also some trans-species people who do things that are permanent. There is a man who believes that he is a tiger that is trapped inside a human body. He has gotten his entire body and face tattooed to look more like a tiger. He has had surgery and dental work done so that his face and teeth look more tigerish. He has gotten false whiskers implanted into his face. Another man identifies with his pet parrot so much that he got his ears cut off in order to look more like him. He also got his face and eyeballs tattooed, and he wants to get surgery in order to make his nose look more like a beak. TRANS-REALITY: There is a man who believes that he is a female dragon who is trapped in a man’s body. He has had his ears and nose removed in order to look more like a dragon. He has extensive tattoos, including eye coloring, and he has a forked tongue. This man also has a child, a beautiful little boy. I can’t imagine what this must be doing to his son. Most transgenders (and trans-speciesists etc.) probably don’t realize it, but when they try to define what they are themselves, instead of accepting the way that God created them, then they are trying to play God. They are setting themselves up above God. That is a recipe for moral and spiritual disaster, and it can have devastating practical consequences. For example, what will happen to children in Delaware who try to change their gender and/or their race without telling their parents? What will happen to that little boy whose father claims to be a female dragon? Is that his daddy or his mommy? Or is he living with a dragon? And what will happen to the children of that man who now claims to be a 6-year-old girl? That level of rejection and abandonment must be devastating, and their father’s example of denying reality could set them on the path for tragic events in their lives. THE BOTTOM LINE When God set boundaries for our identity and our sexuality, He did that in order to protect us. What these people have been doing makes it all too obvious that fallen human beings need that kind of protection from God. We need to do things God’s way, as described in the Bible. If we don’t do that, then we will self-destruct, and we are likely to harm others in the process. The sexual anarchy movement is producing “experts” who want to tell us what to think and how to live. However, God knows more about us than such people do. Therefore, we need to trust what God says in the Bible, instead of falling prey to the delusions of these self-proclaimed “experts.” “On Christ the solid Rock I stand, All other ground is sinking sand.”
(A special thanks to Maria Kneas for this story. Her book "Prepare For Persecution" can be found here.)
:: 12-17-19 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tue Dec 17, 2019 - 9:34 am EST
Trudeau moves to criminalize therapy for unwanted same-sex attraction
OTTAWA, December 17, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) — A bill that will criminalize “conversion therapy” in Canada is a “despicable” attack on religious liberty that could lead to Christians going to jail for proclaiming that homosexual individuals can change, warns Canada’s pro-life, pro-family organization Campaign Life Coalition. Introduced last week by Independent Senator Serge Joyal, Bill S-202 will make it an indictable offense punishable by up to five years in jail to benefit materially or financially indirectly or directly from the provision of “conversion therapy” to anyone under 18 years of age. The bill further amends the Criminal Code to make advertising “conversion therapy” a crime punishable by up to five years in jail. Not only that, but Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s Liberal government plans to introduce a similar bill in the House of Commons when Parliament reconvenes in January. In his mandate letters to ministers setting out the Liberals’ legislative objectives, Trudeau instructed justice minister David Lametti to “amend the Criminal Code to ban the practice of conversion therapy and take other steps required with the provinces and territories to end conversion therapy in Canada.” Given that this is the case, it’s expected that Senate Bill S-202 will “move forward very quickly,” says Campaign Life Coalition campaigns manager David Cooke. Bill S-202 defines “conversion therapy” as “any practice, treatment or service designed to change an individual’s sexual orientation or gender identity or to eliminate or reduce sexual attraction or sexual behaviour between persons of the same sex. For greater certainty, this definition does not include a surgical sex change or any related service.” This sweeping definition includes “Christian counselling, prayer, and evangelism directed at the LGBT community” as well as “medical or psychological practices,” Cooke said. “In other words, if you publicly proclaim (‘advertise’) the message that homosexuals can be saved and changed, you will go to prison,” he added. “And if a young homosexual (under age 18) is converted at your church and starts contributing to the offering (providing a financial ‘benefit’), your church leadership will go to prison.” “Christians could actually become criminalized for just being Christian. The Canadian government intends to make conversion efforts illegal if they are in any way directed at those who identify as LGBT,” he warned. Campaign Life has launched a petition against the bill, stating it is “absurd and totalitarian for any government” to jail people for “helping someone overcome unwanted same-sex attractions or gender dysphoria,” as well as “a violation of the fundamental human rights of those who want to change.” A problem in opposing this law is that the “LGBT lobby and its political allies” are using the public’s misperception of conversion therapy as leverage to pass it, Cooke noted. Some 50 years ago, a “small number of doctors” used “very questionable psychological techniques” such as “electroshock therapy or vomit-inducing chemicals to create a mental aversion to homosexual impulses,” he noted. “These were heinous, non-Christian practices that have been rightfully discontinued — and we heartily denounce them.” That’s echoed by Jack Fonseca, director of political operations at Campaign Life. “The mainstream media has been flat out lying about conversion therapy” in the past few years to “whip up the public to support a ban on this important treatment option that many people want and should have available if they desire it,” he told LifeSiteNews. The fear-mongering by liberal journalists “about forcible electroshock therapy on homosexuals is total rubbish. It does not happen at all. And it probably has not happened for half a century,” Fonseca said. What the “caring professionals in the field of psychology and psychiatry” use today to overcome unwanted same-sex attraction “is simply standard, clinical ‘talk therapy’, in which patients who want help talk to a counsellor or therapist about the significant moments in their life, especially childhood trauma which may be contributing to the unwanted homosexual or transgender feelings,” he said. This process, which is also referred to as “reparative therapy,” is “very effective,” added Fonseca. Pioneer and foremost authority on reparative therapy Dr. Joseph Nicolosi “consistently found” that a third of his same-sex attracted patients “recovered their heterosexual nature and were able to move on to get married to a person of the opposite sex and to have a family,” he said. Another third “made significant progress but still struggled with same-sex attraction,” while “one-third experienced no change,” Fonseca noted. “In terms of efficacy in comparison to other forms of the psychiatric or counselling treatments, this is actually a very good success ratio.” Cooke noted that Kristopher Wells, Canada research chair for the public understanding of sexual and gender minority youth at Edmonton’s MacEwan University, and adviser to the government on the conversion therapy ban, was clear that churches are under threat over conversion therapy. Wells told a roundtable in Edmonton in August that Lametti was considering “revoking charitable status,” of “churches [and] faith communities that continue to use or promote conversion therapy,” Global News reported at that time. Openly homosexual M.P. Randy Boissonnault, special adviser to Trudeau on LGBT issues, told the same roundtable Lametti is committed to the cause. “The reason you criminalize conversion therapy is so that we stamp it out… so that people know that if you’re trying to change somebody’s sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression, you’re breaking the law and you should go to jail,” Boissenault said. Fonseca blasted criminalizing of reparative therapy as a violation of religious freedom and parental rights. Individuals have the right to seek help for unwanted same-sex attraction, and parents have the right and obligation “to seek out a psychotherapist who can get to the bottom of the underlying psychological or emotional problem (or sexual abuse as is often the case)” for a child suffering gender dysphoria, he said. “For Trudeau to insert himself between a parent and their child in this manner is despicable and disgusting,” he added. Campaign Life is urging all Canadians to contact their M.P.s and their senators to oppose Bill S-202, and to sign CLC’s petition, which Campaign Life will be presenting to the Senate and Trudeau government, Fonseca told LifeSiteNews. He also asked concerned Canadians to talk to their priest or pastor and “urge them to speak out against this law, and to promote our petition in their church.” To find out who your M.P. is, go here. To find out who your senator is, go here. To sign the petition, go here.
:: 12-17-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exorcists Condemn Children’s Book on Summoning Demons
By Thomas D. Williams, Ph.D.17 Dec 2019
ROME — The International Association of Exorcists (AIE) has issued a statement warning parents of the dangers of a 2019 children’s book that gives instructions on how to summon up demons. The statement refers to A Children’s Book of Demons, a book targeting children aged 5-10 by Aaron Leighton, an illustrator and “fan” of occult practices. The book invites children to summon demons as a way of dealing with unpleasant problems such as chores, homework, and getting rid of bullies. “Summoning demons has never been so fun!” it proposes. The book, published by Koyama Press, presents a number of demons, each accompanied by a sigil, to be drawn by kids as a means of conjuring the demons for their personal benefit. “Leighton’s renderings of the multieyed, multiarmed, sharp-toothed demons are outlandish without being creepy, and the creative concept will likely inspire some readers to create demons of their own,” Publishers Weekly declares in its review of the book. Not everyone is so sanguine in evaluating the potential impact of Leighton’s book on child readers. The author presents the calling up of demons as something “ordinary and recommendable,” says AIE president Father Francesco Bamonte, “inviting children them to ally themselves with them, to take advantage of them.” The priest notes that Leighton teaches children to summon demons by drawing the demonic seal, or sigil, that represents them. “Thus, the children reproduce symbols very similar to those featured in the grimoires, manuals of magic spells that teach, with meticulous detail, the procedures necessary to contact evil spirits,” he said. According to Father Bamonte, the book forms part of a broader trend to propose satanism as “a normal alternative to other religions,” deserving of the same respect and freedoms. Teaching children to summon demons is like suggesting they get help from a criminal, Bamonte suggests, while warning that such an activity can damage a child “morally, psychologically, and spiritually.” “You don’t mess around with demons. Whoever invites a child to summon a demon is like a person who puts a grenade in their hands to play with. Sooner or later the child will pull the pin and the bomb will explode in their hands,” the AIE said in its statement, posted last week. In their statement, the exorcists warn that a book like Leighton’s totally subverts the “discernment between what is good and what is bad.”
https://www.breitbart.com/faith/2019/12/17/exorcists-condemn-childrens-book-on-summoning-demons/
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc
:: 12-17-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bloomberg Shows Reporters are Political Operatives
And there’s no room for them on Republican campaigns.
Tue Dec 17, 2019 Daniel Greenfield
Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. There will never be a President Michael Bloomberg. Not unless some bankrupt African country decides to auction off the privilege to the highest bidder. But while Bloomy is no real threat to the Democrats or Republicans, his campaign is unintentionally telling the obvious truth about the role of the media. The billionaire famously banned staff from his eponymous outlet from investigating him or fellow Dems while declaring an open season on President Trump. He responded to criticism by saying that his reporters, “get a paycheck. But with your paycheck comes some restrictions and responsibilities.” Those restrictions and responsibilities are to serve the political interests of the guy signing the checks. The distinction between Bloomberg’s media outlet and presidential campaign are non-existent. Five staffers from the outlet, an executive editor, news editor, senior editorial page editor, social media editor, and another editorial page editor, have joined the presidential campaign of the same name. The name of the guy signing their paychecks. In response, President Trump denied press credentials to Bloomberg News reporters to cover his campaign. That was followed by GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel stating that, "Media outlets should be independent and fair, and this decision proves that Bloomberg News is neither." And that the GOP would no longer provide credentials to Bloomberg News personnel. “We condemn any action that keeps quality news media from reporting fairly and accurately on the presidency and the leadership of the country,” New York Times executive editor Dean Baquet objected. But Is there anything wrong with banning political operatives from gaining access to your campaign? “We have covered Donald Trump fairly and in an unbiased way since he became a candidate in 2015 and will continue to do so despite the restrictions imposed by the Trump campaign," John Micklethwait, the editor-in-chief of Bloomberg News, insisted. But the restrictions weren’t imposed by Trump, but by his own boss. Micklethwait can’t say so because of the signature on his paychecks. There are lots of things he can’t say and things that he must say. In the memo put out by Micklethwait after his boss launched his campaign, he described the Bloomberg News "tradition of not investigating Mike (and his family and foundation) and we will extend the same policy to his rivals in the Democratic primaries. We cannot treat Mike's competitors differently from him." There's no problem though with treating his Republican competitors differently, as Micklethwait noted that, "our P&I team will continue to investigate the Trump administration." Corruption can be a tradition. And refusing to investigate your own boss is corruption. Or it is if you accept the media’s self-definition as public interest organizations searching for the truth. But as Michael Bloomberg demonstrated, the media are nothing more than political operatives. The Media Research Center filed an FEC complaint against Michael Bloomberg, Bloomberg News, and the Bloomberg 2020 campaign, for violating the law by giving Bloomberg, but not Trump, a pass. "Bloomberg News knowingly and willfully announced that it would be giving the Candidate and the Candidate's Committee (as well as all candidates running for the Democratic nomination) a thing of value - continued investigations and reporting into the Candidate's political opponent while refraining from investigations into the Candidate," the complaint notes. When Michael Bloomberg launched his campaign, he also announced that Bloomberg News would function as his political operatives. There’s no meaningful distinction between Bloomberg News where, as MRC points out, the guy whose name is on the masthead owns 89% of the shares, and the campaign. The journalists who work for Bloomberg News quickly switched, officially or unofficially, to political operatives working for the Bloomberg 2020 campaign. Which are both controlled by the same guy. And he should be praised for his honesty. The media aren’t biased. That’s a meaningless term. Everyone is biased. Like Bloomberg News, the media is an infrastructure of political operatives who are pretending to provide a public service. The ‘quid pro quo’ is more hidden than when Bloomberg orders his people not to investigate him, but it’s just as real. Could a pro-Trump journalist survive for long at the New York Times, the Washington Post or CNN? Forget the ideological lean of the leadership. Their audiences would never tolerate it. The Post’s ‘Democracy Dies in Darkness’ brand dedicated it to a war on Trump. And that paid off with a massive influx of subscribers and readers. The ideological diversity of the paper, always marginal, dropped off the charts. The Washington Post no longer has any conservative contributors. Its former Republican section, Max Boot, and Jennifer Rubin, to a lesser degree George Will, are a choir who all write on the same topic that makes these papers profitable, the evils of Donald J. Trump. Much as at Bloomberg News, that’s what the people who sign the paychecks want. Unlike Bloomberg News, there isn’t a single signer. Instead it’s the mass of subscribers who want the Washington Post to be wholly dedicated to destroying Trump. The phenomenon can be seen at the New York Times which, unlike the Post, has a few remaining conservatives, but no Trump supporters, and the paper comes under fire every time one of them questions some core leftist tenet of faith such as global warming The media is caught in its own vicious cycle of partisanship. Its partisan skew narrows its readership and viewership to an echo chamber. And that radical echo chamber demands ideological purity. The media radicalizes its audience. And that audience radicalizes the media. This vicious cycle has transformed the media into a purely political operation whose outlets no longer recognize any journalistic standards. It’s not just Bloomberg News. The media is a political operation that employs political operatives. A radical wealthy urban subscriber base is signing the media’s checks to fight their culture war against Republicans and the rest of the country. The media’s journalists, corporate or non-profit, are the political operatives indirectly employed by the same people who clog ActBlue with donations. Michael Bloomberg took that relationship out of the musty closet and into the bright light of day. And that’s a good thing. Political operatives are at their most dangerous when they pretend to be concerned citizens, public servants, or anything other than what they are, the compensated proponents of a political cause. Everything from onerous environmental regulations to the impeachment crisis had its roots in political operatives functioning under the guise of everything from noble scientists to dedicated FBI agents. And the media is the worst example of political operatives pretending to be something they’re not. Michael Bloomberg will never be the President of the United States. He poses no threat to President Trump. But his ambitions and ego have already inflicted a severe blow on the media. Bloomberg’s actions have opened up a debate within the media about the legitimacy of his outlet’s coverage. Even while starring in his very own version of Citizen Kane, he exposed the truth about what the media is. Some conservatives are content to criticize media bias. But the media is no more biased than Joe Biden, Bernie Sanders, or Michael Bloomberg are biased. They’re politicians. The media is a political operation. Its personnel are political operatives. Their goal is no different than that of the politicians they support. Some politicians employ them, as in Bloomberg’s case, or, as is more common, their major donors do. President Trump and the GOP were right to dump Bloomberg News. The Washington Post and the New York Times should be next.
Political operatives don’t deserve press credentials on the campaigns they’re working to undermine.
:: 12-17-19 Spectator USA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Richard Jewell was a victim of ‘fake news’
Over two decades ago, the security guard hero’s life was ruined by an agenda-driven media
Jack Hunter • December 17, 2019
Few things enrage journalists more than when President Trump accuses the media of creating ‘fake news’ or calls them the ‘enemy of the people’. Reporters and pundits understandably take it as a threat — not only to themselves but also to the First Amendment and the bedrock notion that a free press is necessary for a free society. Some have interpreted Trump’s remarks as emerging fascism or even wondered if they could end up in jail for criticizing this administration (though the media curiously didn’t make as much of a stink when President Obama was trampling reporters’ constitutional rights). Yet to date, no journalists have been locked up. No fascist measures have been taken against the press. But Trump’s anti-media comments have never really been a challenge to journalists’ existence or their important role. That’s just how they usually take them. The president’s irritation has always appeared to be that he believes too many aren’t doing their jobs properly. That instead of merely pursuing truth and keeping the public informed, the press is agenda-driven, developing and promoting false narratives of their own making. That is exactly what happened to Richard Jewell. In the Clint Eastwood-directed Richard Jewell, the film’s namesake is a hero who saved many lives during the 1996 bombing of the Summer Olympics in Atlanta’s Centennial Park. After a few days of praise, the FBI makes Jewell their top suspect based on nothing more than the fact that he fit one of their criminal profiles. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution broke the story with their front-page headline, ‘FBI Suspects ‘Hero’ Guard May Have Planted Bomb’ and the rest of the media followed their lead. In a matter of days, Jewell had been virtually convicted in the court of public opinion thanks to an avalanche of national stories that screamed guilt to readers and viewers. Yet, Jewell was completely innocent. He deserved a medal, not a jail sentence and certainly not 24/7 media harassment. Should the AJC or any other outlet have reported that Jewell was an FBI suspect? Of course. It was news and therefore, newsworthy. But for the media to invest completely in only what the FBI was saying at the time instead of also questioning the authorities was a mistake. The failure of journalists to ask probing questions created a national story that simply wasn’t true and that did significant damage to Jewell and his family. His 1996 controversy is a prime example of what any reasonable observer might call ‘fake news’. Fake news can take many forms. Right up until Robert Mueller released his much anticipated report on alleged collusion between Donald Trump and Russia during the 2016 presidential election, most of the mainstream media was invested in the president being found guilty of something, even if it wasn’t clear what that might be. When that didn’t happen, most of what CNN, MSNBC and other mainstream and left-leaning outlets had been reporting for a few years certainly seemed like fake news. MSNBC and CNN’s ratings took a significant hit. ‘There was no market for skepticism about it,’ said an anonymous MSNBC employee in the wake of the Mueller report. ‘As a business model, they see the ratings, and we were getting rewarded for this every day.’ Like the media in 1996 relying on the FBI in the Jewell case, the American press throughout much of ‘Russiagate’ listened primarily to government officials who were already opposed to the president. Glenn Greenwald was one of the few progressive journalists who never bought into the zeitgeist. ‘Not only did MSNBC and CNN use those people as their sources, they hired them as their news analysts,’ Greenwald said of those news outlets CIA sources. ‘So if you turn on CNN or MSNBC, it was basically state TV,’ Greenwald said. ‘It was CIA TV.’ Greenwald suggested after the Mueller report was released that MSNBC should ‘go before the cameras and hang their head in shame, and apologize for lying to people for three straight years exploiting their fears to great profit.’ In 2008, former CNN reporter Jessica Yellin revealed that her former bosses seeking profits over real news is part the reason the media failed to ask the right questions in the lead up to the Iraq War in 2003. Yellin said that the corporate heads of her network did not want negative stories about Iraq, thus preventing reporters from challenging the George W. Bush administration. ‘The press corps was under enormous pressure from corporate executives, frankly, to make sure that this was a war presented in a way that was consistent with the patriotic fever in the nation and the president’s high approval ratings,’ Yellin admitted over a decade ago. ’And my own experience at the White House was that the higher the president’s approval ratings, the more pressure I had from news executives… to put on positive stories about the president.’ Yellin said news executives, ‘would push me in different directions. They would turn down stories that were more critical, and try to put on pieces that were more positive.’ There were so many questions that should have been asked before the Iraq War debacle. They weren’t. Press freedom must always be protected. This doesn’t mean the media is forever shielded from criticism about what they do with that freedom. Fake news should be called out. A press that runs stories slandering innocent individuals, creates ideologically-driven and factually dubious charges against the president or neglects to effectively question the government in the lead up to a war, is not doing its job. One might even call them an ‘enemy of the people’ precisely because they keep failing the people. Just like they did Richard Jewell.
:: 12--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Deals with the Devil
By Hal Lindsey
Nikki Haley, former US Ambassador to the United Nations, recently characterized a Canadian vote at the UN as “a deal with the devil.” That’s strong language coming from a well-regarded diplomat. I assume she meant it figuratively. But something literal is at work. Canada’s recent about-face on Israel is a capitulation to the growing forces of darkness in our world. In recent years, the nations of the UN have been making a lot of deals with the devil — the actual devil. Haley was referring to a vote on an anti-Israel resolution sponsored by North Korea. That’s right, those paragons of respect for human rights — North Korea’s government leaders — sponsored a resolution condemning Israel for “occupying” East Jerusalem, Judea and Samaria. The resolution also says that the wall Israel built “severely impedes the right of the Palestinian people to self-determination.” That wall was built to stop terrorist activity in Israel. It has been highly effective. It was necessary because Palestinian leadership continues to act as a major sponsor of terrorism. Israel tries to make peace while Palestinian leaders encourage their constituents to randomly stab people and blow things up. When Israel responds to these terrorist acts, the Palestinians decry Israel’s actions. Israel continues to try to make peace. But while they work for peace, they must keep their people secure. Thus, the wall. A few years ago, the seat of world antisemitism could be found in the Islamic nations. But more and more it is moving back into the lands where it manifested its greatest evil — Europe. According to UN Watch, “In the current 74th session of the UN General Assembly (2019-2020), all EU member states voted for one resolution each to criticize (1) Iran, (2) Syria, (3) North Korea, (4) Crimea, (5) Myanmar, and (6) the U.S., for its embargo on Cuba. “By contrast, EU states are expected to vote for 15 out of 20 resolutions singling out Israel. Yet these same EU states failed to introduce a single UNGA resolution on the human rights situation in China, Venezuela, Saudi Arabia, Belarus, Cuba, Turkey, Pakistan, Vietnam, Algeria, or on 175 other countries.” Think about the numbers — 20 resolutions against Israel. All EU nations are expected to vote for 15 of them. All (or almost all) of the 20 resolutions either have passed or are expected to pass in the General Assembly. Contrast that with 6 resolutions against the rest of the world combined! There were 20 against Israel while there was one against the number one state sponsor of terror in the world, Iran. There was one against Syria — the nation whose leader uses chemical weapons against his own people. There was one against North Korea — which starves, tortures, imprisons, or murders all who oppose its “Supreme Leader.” There were no resolutions against Venezuela, where the leader kills his enemies and systematically starves his people. There were none against China where the war on religious freedom results in government-approved rape and pillage. There were none against Russia where opposing the Putin regime often equals death. Yet there were 20 against Israel. This level of hatred and vitriol is not natural. Jesus called Satan “the prince of this world.” He is a being at war with God. He believes that if he can destroy Israel, he will win the war by making God a liar. And so, he fights Israel with all the venom he can muster. (And that’s a lot of venom.) Eventually, he will try to destroy Israel by enacting a peace treaty between his man, the Antichrist, and the nation of Israel. But even then, God will keep His promises.
These are troubled times. But don’t despair. Instead, look up. Your redemption draws near.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-11-2019/
:: 12-17-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
FISA court slams FBI over surv illance applications, in rare public order
By Andrew O'Reilly, Bill Mears | Fox News
In a rare public order Tuesday, the chief judge of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court [FISC] strongly criticized the FBI over its surveillance-application process, giving the bureau until Jan. 10 to come up with solutions, in the wake of findings from Justice Department Inspector General Michael E. Horowitz. The order, from the court's presiding judge Rosemary M. Collyer, came just a week after the release of Horowitz's withering report about the wiretapping of Carter Page, a former campaign adviser to President Trump. "The FBI's handling of the Carter Page applications, as portrayed in the [Office of Inspector General] report, was antithetical to the heightened duty of candor described above," Collyer wrote in her four-page order. "The frequency with which representations made by FBI personnel turned out to be unsupported or contradicted by information in their possession, and with which they withheld information detrimental to their case, calls into question whether information contained in other FBI applications is reliable." "As [FBI Director Christopher Wray] has stated, the inspector general’s report describes conduct by certain FBI employees that is unacceptable and unrepresentative of the FBI as an institution," the bureau responded in a statement Tuesday night. "The director has ordered more than 40 corrective steps to address the report’s recommendations, including some improvements beyond those recommended by the IG." FISA REPORT DROPS: 7 TAKEAWAYS FROM DOJ WATCHDOG'S RUSSIA PROBE REVIEW Horowitz said he did not find significant evidence that FBI agents were involved in a political conspiracy to undermine Trump's candidacy in 2016. However, the report did find numerous errors and inaccuracies used by FBI agents to obtain permission to monitor Page's phone calls and emails. While Collyer's order did not specify exactly what reforms the FBI needed to implement to its policies for obtaining permission to wiretap people under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act, or FISA, the order did say that the FISA court will weigh in on whether the reforms are deemed sufficient. "The [FISA court] expects the government to provide complete and accurate information in every filing with the court," Collyer wrote. "Without it, the [FISA court] cannot properly ensure that the government conducts electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence purposes only when there is a sufficient factual basis." The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court has dealt with some of the most sensitive matters of national security: terror threats and espionage. Its work, for the most part, cannot be examined by the American public, by order of Congress and the president. Its work has been mostly secret, its structure largely one-sided. "The most unusual thing is that there is a body of law that the court has created, but as a practitioner that is part of that law, we have between zero and some very limited knowledge of what that law is," Michael Sussmann, a former Justice Department prosecutor and current private attorney in the consumer and computer-privacy field, told Fox News. "But, it's the fact that there is a secret law and a secret body of law that makes it the most vexing." CLICK TO READ THE IG REPORT Tuesday's order from the court came amid a Republican-led push to reform FISA. Reps. Chris Stewart, R-Utah, and Brad Wenstrup, R-Ohio, last week introduced the FISA Improvements Act in a bid to "stop these abuses" and effectively amend FISA by adding requirements on the FBI, the DOJ and on the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which would also give Congress "critical new insight to perform oversight of the FISA powers." "The deceptive actions of a few high-ranking officials within the FBI and the Department of Justice have eroded public trust in our federal institutions," Stewart stated. "They flattened internal guardrails, deceived the FISA court, and irreparably damaged the reputation of an innocent American" - a reference to Page. The GOP bill would mandate that amicus curiae – an impartial court advisor – be assigned to all cases where a U.S. person is involved. It also would ensure that the DOJ disclose "any usage of unverified information in the application," and include a provision in which any FISA extensions are heard or denied by the same judge which "ensures that the government is not able to obfuscate details of an expiring order's newly gathered evidence to support renewal." The House voted earlier this year against a bipartisan amendment to FISA, proposed by Michigan Rep. Justin Amash -- then a Republican -- and Rep. Zoe Lofgren, D-Calif., which would have halted the 2020 funding for FISA's Section 702, which was authorized in 2008 as a means to monitor communications by foreign nationals outside the U.S. Amash later left the Republican Party to become an independent. Collyer's order was met with praise by some Republican lawmakers, including Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham, R-S.C. "Very pleased to see the FISA court condemn the FISA warrant application and process against Carter Page," Graham said in a statement. "As Inspector General Horowitz’s report describes in great detail, the FISA process falsified evidence and withheld exculpatory evidence to obtain a warrant against Mr. Page on numerous occasions." Horowitz's report was hardly the first time the court has come under scrutiny. In 2013, self-confessed National Security Agency [NSA] leaker Edward Snowden revealed a secret FISC order approving government collection of mass amounts of so-called metadata from telecom giant Verizon and leading Internet companies, including Microsoft, Apple, Google, Yahoo and Facebook. The revelations triggered debate about national security and privacy interests, and about the secretive legal process that set government surveillance in motion. Approvals would come from a rotating panel of federal judges at the FISC, deciding whether to grant certain types of government requests -- wiretapping, data analysis and other monitoring for "foreign intelligence purposes" of suspected terrorists and spies operating in the United States. The Snowden revelations confirmed the scope of the NSA's efforts had greatly expanded -- along with the court's original mission. No longer were FISC judges approving individual surveillance requests. Now, in essence, they were reinterpreting the Constitution, expanding the limits of privacy and due process, critics said. "The laws have been secretly interpreted in a way that now allows the government to monitor the communications of all of us-- a dragnet of surveillance," said David Sobel, a senior counsel at the Electronic Freedom Foundation. "Based on the statistics we have, the court appears to be a rubber stamp but part of the problem is because this process is secret, and because the public can't see what the court is doing or read the opinions, it is hard to assess the extent the court is asking tough questions and holding the govt.'s feet to the fire."
Fox News' Jason Donner, Jake Gibson and Hollie McKay contributed to this report.
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Anti-Semitism in US linked to BDS movement, new NGO-backed report finds
Talia Kaplan
By Talia Kaplan | Fox News
EXCLUSIVE — A new report, obtained Sunday by Fox News, has exposed what it called “unprecedented similarities between the BDS [The Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions] movement and far-right groups to propagate anti-Semitism in the United States.” The 120-page report, titled “The New Anti-Semites,” is scheduled to be released on Monday and is backed by 23 Jewish and Christian American non-governmental organizations. “The wide coalition behind the report illustrates the growing concern about the spike in anti-Semitism in the United States,” the report's authors said. “Much of this hatred is often disguised under the veil of the delegitimization campaign against the Jewish State of Israel.” The report warned that “this bigotry does not end with the Jewish people; it threatens to dismantle American values and result in mass violence,” one of the report’s authors, StopAntiSemitism.org director Liora Rez, told Fox News. JERSEY CITY MAYOR: KOSHER MARKET ATTACK WAS A HATE CRIME, ANTI-SEMITISM MUST BE CALLED OUT Last week, in Jersey City, N.J., Mayor Steven Fulop said the shooting that unfolded at a kosher market was a “targeted attack,” in what he called an act of hate. Two shooters sparked a chaotic scene of gunfire; six people died, including a police officer, the shooters and three bystanders. The shooters had been linked to the Black Hebrew Israelite movement, a militant group whose members believe they're descendants of the ancient Israelites and who have been known to rail against white and Jewish people. “What we are seeing is a phenomenon amongst all the radical movements, with BDS being one of the leaders, and making anti-Semitism mainstream to incite hate against Jews,” Rez said. “I think that the BDS movement has put anti-Semitism in the spotlight with a massive megaphone that they have been granted on college campuses. It basically opens the Pandora’s box.” StopAntisemitism.org and the Zachor Legal Institute authored the report. The authors said the report detailed how the BDS movement “directly drives anti-Semitism and radicalizes public discourse in Western democracies,” documenting more than 100 examples in the United States and around the world. Zachor Legal Institute founder Marc Greendorfer, a co-author, told Fox News the research began two years ago. He said what prompted him to start putting together the report was his involvement in supporting state anti-BDS laws. “We knew, because we have done other work, we had done research, where BDS was formed, how it was formed, who supported it, and what we found was that there was a very strong terror organization component to the founding and management of BDS,” Greendorfer told Fox News. He said he then talked to other organizations and asked them if they had specific examples of BDS “both making very blatantly anti-Semitic statements and affiliating with hate groups.” “All the groups consolidated their information and we prepared the report from that,” Greendorfer added. The report uncovered “an increasingly public intellectual and philosophical alliance between the BDS movement and far-right groups,” according to the authors. They also said it “brings to light numerous incidents in which the anti-Semitic rhetoric used by far-right groups and white supremacist networks has been embraced by left-wing BDS leaders and activists.” The report said the “delegitimization campaign” has been anti-Semitic, as defined by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance [IHRA]: bigotry against Jewish people often used by the U.S. government and other governments. “This report builds on the idea that BDS is backed by terror, but specifically it investigated the burgeoning ties between extreme left and extreme right anti-Semitism,” Greendorfer told Fox News. “We compiled an analysis of examples of anti-Semitism that has been spread over the years going all the way back to the Middle Ages, really, and to the Nazi regime and then anti-Israel activism once Israel was established as a state.” The report said, “The BDS movement and its agenda against Israel is also being promoted by the more ‘mainstream’ and center-stage white supremacists of the United States.” One example: former Ku Klux Klan leader David Duke’s “newfound support.” It provided examples from Duke’s Twitter account. “For the first time we are seeing David Duke changing his vocabulary. Rather than using 'Jews,' he is spotlighting 'Israel' and 'Zionism.' And, in my opinion, this is a direct result of the radical BDS movement coming into play,” Rez told Fox News. Greendorfer said the report reached two major conclusions. “The groups today that spread anti-Semitism are using the same style, message and sometimes even images that have historically been used by anti-Semites,” Greendorfer said. “The second part is the intersection of the extreme left and the extreme right, that they are now united in spreading these messages.” UN RELEASES FIRST-EVER REPORT ON ANTI-SEMITISM HIGHLIGHTING UPTICK He added, “There is a terrorist element behind this and that’s what we are trying to expose and now the left and right are uniting in anti-Semitism.” Rez said, “For far too long, BDS has been able to masquerade as a social justice movement in America, while spreading vile Jew-hatred and inciting hate and violence.” She added, “By exposing the history, methods, and networks of the new anti-Semites, we are empowering the American people to effectively combat it.” The report is scheduled to be released five days after President Trump signed an executive order targeting anti-Semitism on college campuses. The order broadened the federal government’s definition of anti-Semitism to include the IHRA’s definition, which can include criticism of Israel, and instructed it to be used in enforcing laws against discrimination on college campuses under Title VI. Under the order, the Department of Education could withhold funding from schools that it found in violation of Title VI. “The president did exactly what this report was encouraging,” Greendorfer told Fox News. He also said Trump “did exactly what he had hoped for, but it would be much more comprehensive if Congress also acted.” The report called on federal and state governments to incorporate the IHRA’s definition into “clear, enforceable laws.” These measures would include increased social and academic education on modern anti-Semitism and legislation “preventing social media sites from serving as a platform for anti-Semites to spread their hatred,” according to the report’s authors. The Palestinian BDS National Committee, which, according to its website, is the coalition of Palestinian civil society organizations that leads and supports the BDS movement, did not immediately respond to Fox News’ request for comment. The Associated Press contributed to this report.
Talia Kaplan is a reporter for FoxNews.com. Follow her on Twitter @taliakaplan
https://www.foxnews.com/us/anti-semitism-bds-movement-report
:: 12-17-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Blasts Impeachment In Fiery Letter to Pelosi
Tuesday, 17 December 2019 02:58 PM
President Donald Trump is angrily objecting to the House of Representatives’ articles of impeachment, accusing Democrats of “perversion of justice and abuse of power” in their effort to remove him from office. In a fiery letter Tuesday to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi on the eve of his expected impeachment, Trump maintained that he did nothing wrong in seeking foreign investigation of political rivals, and he attacked Democrats for focusing on impeachment rather than other issues. Trump also repeated his objections to the process of the House inquiry, claiming “more due process was afforded to those accused in the Salem Witch Trials.” Trump says he doesn’t believe his letter will change anything, but that he is registering his objections “for the purpose of history.” Meanwhile at the Capitol, House Democrats and Republicans sparred over the rules of debate for Wednesday’s historic votes on impeaching Trump, dispatching the lofty rhetoric of constitutional duty for the rugged politics of the House action and Senate trial that is expected to follow. The Democratic-majority House Rules Committee met through the day Tuesday, with lawmakers arguing over the parameters for Wednesday’s debate, which is expected to culminate in votes to make Trump the third president to be impeached in American history. “It’s unfortunate that we have to be here today, but the actions of the president of the United States make that necessary,” said Chairman Jim McGovern, D-Mass. “The evidence is as clear as it is overwhelming.″ He said the president “jeopardized our national security. and he undermined our democracy” and added that “every day we let President Trump act like the law doesn’t apply to him, we move a little closer” to rule by dictators. Republicans disagreed, firmly. The top committee Republican, Rep. Tom Cole of Oklahoma, said the split view among Americans over impeachment should be reason enough not to proceed with the rare action. “When half of Americans are telling you what you are doing is wrong, you should listen,” he said. House Democrats are planning Wednesday to launch the debate and, likely, votes to impeach Trump, formally accusing him of abusing his power as president in dealing with Ukraine to help himself politically and then obstructing Congress by blocking the later investigation. Votes will follow. No Republicans are expected to vote to impeach Trump. But one by one Democrats are amassing a majority from their ranks as lawmakers, including many freshmen who could risk re-election in fall from districts where Trump is popular, announced they will join in voting for the two articles of impeachment. “We must impeach this president,” said a statement from Democratic Rep. Chrissy Houlahan of Pennsylvania, an Air Force veteran who is among a group of newly-elected former national security officials calling for impeachment. “I grieve for our nation. But I cannot let history mark the behavior of our President as anything other than an unacceptable violation of his oath of office.” Speaker Nancy Pelosi, who warned against pursuing a strictly partisan impeachment, is now all but certain to have the numbers as voting begins. As impeachment appears set in the House, attention is shifting to the Senate which, under the constitution, is required to hold a trial on the charges. It is expected to begin in January. Hoping to dispatch with lengthy proceedings, Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell is rejecting the Democrats’ push for fresh impeachment testimony in a last-ditch plea for the House to “turn back from the cliff” of Wednesday’s expected vote. McConnell’s remarks Tuesday effectively slapped the door shut on negotiations for a deal proposed by the Democratic leader, Sen. Chuck Schumer, who wants to call top White House officials for the Senate trial, which is set to start next year if the House impeaches Trump this week. “If House Democrats’ case is this deficient, this thin, the answer is not for the judge and jury to cure it here in the Senate,” McConnell said. “The answer is that the House should not impeach on this basis in the first place.″ Schumer’s proposal was the first overture in what were expected to be negotiations between the two leaders over the contours of a weeks-long trial. Trump wants a more showy proceeding to not only acquit but vindicate him of the impeachment charges from the House, though he has instructed officials not to appear in the House. McConnell and most GOP senators prefer a swift trial to move on from impeachment. Many centrist House Democrats have begun to signal that they, too, are ready to vote and move on. Senate Democrats want to hear from John Bolton, Mick Mulvaney and others as the proceedings push to the chamber for the trial. “Why is the leader, why is the president so afraid to have these witnesses come testify?” asked Schumer from the Senate floor. “They certainly ought to be heard.” Trump faces two articles of impeachment brought by Democrats. They say he abused the power of his office by pressuring Ukraine to investigate Democratic rival Joe Biden ahead of the 2020 election and obstructed Congress by aggressively trying to block the House investigation from its oversight duties as part of the nation’s system of checks and balances. The president “betrayed the Nation by abusing his high office to enlist a foreign power in corrupting democratic elections,” says the 650-page report from the House Judiciary Committee. He withheld military aid from the ally as leverage, the report says, and ”Trump, by such conduct, has demonstrated that he will remain a threat to national security and the Constitution if allowed to remain in office.” The report says the president then engaged in an unprecedented attempt to block the investigation and “cover up” his misconduct. The report also includes Republican rebuttals. Trump, tweeting from the sidelines after instructing the White House not to participate in the House inquiry, insisted anew he had done nothing wrong. He has promoted lawyer Rudy Giuliani’s investigation of Biden and a widely debunked theory that it was actually Ukraine not Russia that interfered in the 2016 election, a conspiracy-laden idea that other most other Republicans have actively avoided. Americans are not fooled, Trump tweeted on Tuesday, by the “Scams and Witch Hunts, as phony as they are.” As the House prepared for Wednesday’s vote, many Democrats announced they would be voting for impeachment. A handful or even fewer are expected to break ranks as Speaker Pelosi marches her majority toward a vote she hoped to avoid having Democrats take on their own. One freshman Democrat, Rep. Jeff Van Drew of New Jersey, saw several staff members resign Monday after he said he would vote against impeachment and indicated he was switching parties to become a Republican. Another Democrat, Rep. Collin Peterson, a Minnesota centrist, had not decided how he will vote, his spokeswoman said, McConnell is facing criticism for saying he’s taking his “cues” from the White House for the expected trial. Republicans say Schumer acted much the same two decades ago when the Senate prepared to vote on convicted President Bill Clinton.
https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/trump-impeachment/2019/12/17/id/946306/
:: 12-16-19 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Following in Trump’s footsteps, Johnson to pass anti-BDS law
Queen Elizabeth is expected to announce new legislation on Thursday as she inaugurates the new parliament.
by Israel Hayom Staff Published on 12-16-2019 12:37 Last modified: 12-16-2019 14:27
British PM-elect Boris Johnson hailed as a 'true friend of Israel'
British Prime Minister Boris Johnson gestures as he speaks after being announced as the new leader of the Conservative Party in London in July | Photo: AP/Frank Augstein
Like US President Donald Trump, newly reelected UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson is expected to pass landmark anti-BDS legislation. According to local reports in the UK, Johnson will present the legislation as part of a list of measures he wants to put forward on Thursday. The measure will be presented as part of the Queen’s Speech, where she is expected to speak in front of the newly elected parliament and lay out the priorities of the incoming government. As such, Johnson’s Conservative Party – which won 365 seats in last week’s election – is expected to pass legislation preventing local councils from boycotting products made abroad. The legislation was initially revealed in the party’s manifesto which was published last month. “We will ban public bodies from imposing their own direct or indirect boycotts, disinvestment or sanctions campaigns against foreign countries. These undermine community cohesion,” the document read. Speaking in Jerusalem Sunday night, Special Envoy for post-Holocaust issues, Eric Pickles, slammed the BDS movement while addressing the Institute for Strategic Dialogue’s conference. "BDS is anti-Semitic and should be treated as such," Pickles said. Such a measure is expected to prevent Labour-led councils from targeting Israel and boycotting products made in the Holy Land. Had Labour won the election, it is almost certain it would move forward with its promise to stop selling arms to Israel and recognize a Palestinian state. As for Johnson, he’s been a longtime advocate against the BDS movement. Ever since 2015, Johnson was quoted as dismissing the movement as a “completely crazy” carried out by “lefty academics.”
https://www.israelhayom.com/2019/12/16/following-in-trumps-footsteps-johnson-to-pass-anti-bds-law/
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.
[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.
[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc
[
:: 12-23-18
am service (sixth word) ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
[ :: 1-28-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc
etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc
:: 12-16-19 I24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Report: 'New Palestine' state in draft of Trump Middle East peace plan
i24NEWS December 16, 2019, 4:32 PM - latest revision December 17, 2019, 9:36 AM
Arab report states 'Deal of the Century' would be a trilateral agreement between Israel, PLO and Hamas
Lebanese Hezbollah-backed Al Mayadeen TV channel claimed on Monday to have obtained parts of a draft of US President Donald Trump’s much anticipated Israeli-Palestinian peace plan proposal. The so-called “Deal of the Century” would see a trilateral agreement signed between Israel, the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and Hamas, with the establishment of a Palestinian state branded “New Palestine” on the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The state would not include existing Israeli settlements, as well as isolated settlements, to remain under Israeli sovereignty. In regards to Jerusalem, the draft states that it will not be divided and that it will be “shared between Israel and New Palestine,” having the Israeli-Arab population living mostly in East Jerusalem become residents of the Palestinian state. According to the draft, the Jerusalem municipality will be responsible for all the lands of Jerusalem, except for the education services provided by the New Palestine, which in turn will pay the Jewish municipality property taxes and water expenses. nor will the Arabs be allowed to purchase Jewish homes, and “additional areas will not be annexed to Jerusalem, and the holy sites will remain as they are today,” according to Al Mayadeen. In regards to the Hamas controlled enclave, the draft stipulates that new lands would be handed to New Palestine by the Egyptians for the purpose of setting up an airport and factories, agriculture and for commercial use, “without permitting the Palestinians to live in them.”
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 12-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Next Pearl Harbour? China's Gold-Backed Crypto Currency Will Blindside US Dollar
by Tyler Durden Mon, 12/09/2019 - 01:00
“A date which will live in infamy.” Indeed, this weekend marks the 78th anniversary of the attack on Pearl Harbor in Hawaii, which opened the door for the United States to enter World War II. Turn on your TV and you will see military mavens rambling on, pontificating about ‘the defense of the realm’, all the while completely aloof and unaware of the American empire’s real Achilles heel. Recent, financial pundit and TV host Max Keiser outlined such a scenario, and warned that the US will be blind-sided the day that China introduces its gold-backed crypto currency – an absolute game changer which would create a “catastrophic trapdoor opening underneath the US economy,” said Keiser. Not surprisingly, very few mainstream financial pundits in the West are willing to admit that China possesses gold reserves in excess of 20,000 tons, and by introducing a gold-backed cryptocurrency, it has the ability to “kill the US dollar deader than a door nail …. a new Pearl Harbor-type event and it’s coming in the next six to nine months.” Watch:
[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc
:: 12-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Is Moving to Control the World's Mineral Resources: America Is Facing Death by a Thousand Cuts
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, December 10, 2019 - 13:00.
An article about an airplane crash would seem obscure and trivial based on what is normally covered on the CSS. However, this airplane craft is significant because it further signals how the CHICOMS are trying to compensate for the inability to project their military power across the globe in a manner consistent with what the United States can do. However, the Chinese are attempting to seize key natural resource elements across the planet, thus denying access of these resources to the United States in an attempt to level the military playing field. The crisis in Chile is an example of this looting of several countries natural resources by China. This will all be exposed in this breaking and exclusive report. The CSS was hours ahead of the MSM on this story which was produced before midnight Mountain Standard Time. This video is an excellent preview of what is coming. This story begins with the description of a mysterious C-130 plane which has crashed in route to Antarctica after departing from Chile. Missing Flight The Chilean Air Force revealed that last night, Monday, a C-130 Hercules aircraft has gone missing after taking off from an air base in Puntas Arenas, Chile. The C-130 was bound for the Eduardo Frei Montalva air base in Antarctica. Chilean Air Force officials stated that the craft is presumed "lost at sea." A rescue mission has been launched however, the conditions of the water are so harsh, that the hope of finding survivors is almost nonexistent. Chilean President Sebastian Pinera tweeted that he was en route to Cerrillos to monitor the search and rescue operation along with the Chilean defense minister. aircraft had departed from the Chilean capital of Santiago and stopped briefly in Punta Arenas near the country's southern tip. The Chilean government is reporting that the aircraft then continued toward the country's Antarctic base before losing radio contact near the Drake Passage, which is a body of water between the tip of South America and Antarctica. The chances of finding the craft and the bodies is slim. The Drake Passage ocean depths are between 11,500 and 15,500 feet deep. A Contrary Explanation of the Craft and Its Circuitous Route Within an hour of the plane crash, Paul Martin contacted me and one of his sources said there had been strongly suspected foul play with regard to abovementioned plane crash. It is clear that a cover-up is underway. Paul Martin’s source describes the path of the ill-fated C-130 as being much different than the apparent cover story created by the Chilean government. The following is what Paul Martin sent me from his source. This represents a Spanish to English translation, therefore, the idioms make the reading of this difficult but it is still understandable: Chilean Leadership aboard C130 went down in drake passage... Note they were heading south on VZ and Argentinian, China controlled area of ops. Plane went down. Chilean Leadership bagging ass for Antarctica. On that particular flight path... Why?
Makes no sense, when they can supposedly go through own airspace, kick out away from Argentina at the tip then vector in
There are twitter accounts now appearing on the event (how's your Spanish?)
https://twitter.com/MekWarrior21/status/1204246593739927552?s=09
https://twitter.com/MekWarrior21/status/1204246593739927552?s=09
The route of the airplane has been fabricated in the mainstream media. I have had this confirmed with a source that contacted me in the early morning hours after I sent out an all-call for information. I have a source that was willing to give me limited information. The sources stated that a cover story has been created to lead people off the trail about who was killed and who and what was behind the take-down of this C-130 plane. So what exactly is going on? We have a C-130 plane allegedly with a passenger list of military personnel and contractors. The truth of the matter as the CSS was told by a CI, that the intelligence word on the street is that some of the people killed in the C-130 crash are top level government bureaucrats. What is interesting is that passenger list was missing several key people, government officials, who were on that flight. The back-story, which is now being restated by a second source is that these officials were summoned to their intended destination and foul play is strongly suspected. Why? This will be covered in the conclusion as the CSS will connect all the dots. As a starting point to where this story is going, let's look at China's extreme interest in rare earth mineral resources as well as oil. South Africa I have been in contact with a former South African pastor, Abri Bracken, who relocated to New Zealand in order to escape the persecution of whites in South Africa. Previously Pastor Bracken sent me the following email: Hi Dave. Dave FYI, President Trump needs to move on the South African issue. China is taking Southern Africa and it is linked to the land grab from farmers in South Africa. China has reportedly deployed and installed a dreaded new generation of surface-to- air missiles (SAM) in Zimbabwe, in what is seen as direct preparation for defending her vast economic interests in the country. The story broke today on South African Radio stations as well. (Editor's Note: The link for the story connected to the missiles is listed below. Certainly, the Chinese do not need SAM missiles to defend against any African military. These missiles intended for the United States should they intervene in South Africa in order to stop the genocide against whites which is in the early stages of unfolding. The South African ANC ruling party would surely welcome Chinese military support against a potential US intervention force.).
https://www.thezimbabwean.co/2018/08/china-places-strategic-ground-to-air-missiles-in-zimbabwe/
Again, from Pastor Brancken about the Chinese incursion into South Africa.
Hello Dave. ...I was right. There is much more behind the white farm confiscations than what meets the eye. China is behind it! An article just broke in a credible SA news agency (Maroela Media -www.maroelamedia.co.za) that the reason why the ANC government is "stealing" the first two farms is not for agricultural reasons. It is for the minerals, coal to be specific. It will go to the Chinese. The farms are game farms, you cannot do agricultural farming there, meaning that the confiscation of the first farm is not to produce food or to enable new black farmers to learn about agricultural farming. It is used for high end game hunting. China is moving into Southern Africa for the fertile quality of agricultural land in order to produce food for China and for the natural resources, gold, diamonds and coal. That is why they are placing surface to air missiles in Zimbabwe. What do they fear? Southern Africa is not exactly the best and most advanced when it comes to air forces. No Southern Africa country will strike them. Are they expecting a greater power to counter their moves? USA? The Communist ANC is fulfilling the wishes of the communist Chinese. Blessings, Abri Brancken
Afghanistan For at least 9 months, the US government has known that the Chinese have established a base of operations in Afghanistan. From the Military Times:
There is mounting evidence that Chinese ground troops are operating inside Afghanistan, conducting joint counter-terror patrols with Afghan forces along a 50-mile stretch of their shared border and fueling speculation that Beijing is preparing to play a significantly greater role in the country's security once the U.S. and NATO leave. The full scope of China's involvement remains unclear, and the Pentagon is unwilling to discuss it. "We know that they are there, that they are present," a Pentagon spokesman said. Yet beyond a subtle acknowledgement, U.S. military officials in Washington and in Kabul would not respond to several detailed questions submitted by Military Times. What is in Afghanistan? Drugs, lots and lots of drugs and since the Chinese control the drug cartels, this makes a lot of sense. Venezuela As I investigated further, I discovered that the Chinese ships in Venezuela, were not there for humanitarian aid as had been previously stated. This flotilla contained Chinese oil workers who work under the umbrella of the Chinese military. The Chinese all but control Mexico's Pemex oil. The Chinese coalition is located off of the EAST coast of Venezuela. This will make sense after one reads the following paragraphs. From Reuters on September 14, 2019: China and Venezuela had signed a “memorandum for cooperation in Ayacucho bloc 6,” located in Venezuela’s vast oil-rich Orinoco Belt, without elaborating. China will drill 300 wells in Ayacucho and extend $184 million in financing for the joint oil venture Petrozumano, the statement added. A source at Venezuelan state oil company PDVSA , who asked to remain anonymous because he is not allowed to speak to media, said oil services and procurement at Sinovensa would be handled by Chinese companies. The Chinese are also after Venezuelan Palladium as well. Mexico It is common knowledge that the Chinese are active in Mexico. They largely control the cartels and reap profits from drug and child-sex-trafficking. Additionally, the CHICOMS largely control PEMEX oil and it is also common knowledge that the Chinese maintain a strong military presence in Northern Mexico. I have previously published. Chile Chilie is unbelievably rich in mineral resources and it is easy to see why the Chinese have set their sights on Chile as evidenced by the following: From AZO Mining: Globally, Chile is:
A leading producer of Copper, accounting for 34% of global production
Iodine, 60% of global production
Rhenium, 52% of global production
Lithium, 35% of global production
The second largest producer of arsenic
The third largest producer of boron and molybdenum
The fifth largest producer of silver
The sixth largest producer of pumicite and refined selenium
Six months ago, I began to publish accounts of Chinese incursions into Chile. It was reported that entire Chinese villages were being imported to Chile, ostensibly to take over the mines when the ongoing regime change is completed. Further, it has been widely reported that the CHICOMS have have infiltrated local Chilean police and are among the most brutal when supressing the ongoing riots. I published notifications from the local American consulate advising ex-pates to stock up on supplies and to bascially be prepared to be on their own. China is fueling the ongoing revolution. The United States The Chinese have a clear pattern of attempting to garner as much of the world's mineral resources as possible. Ultimately, this is a direct threat to the United States, both economically and militarily. This past summer, I published a transcript of a speech made by Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe, which was made to the CCP. In the speech, Fenghe stated that it Chinese policy to eventually occupy the United States so they could extract America's vast mineral wealth. Co-tenancy was eliminated in Fenghe's speech. He was very specific about the genocide that he wanted to bring to American how it would be completed. Connecting the Dots It is clear that a strong case can be made in favor of China's intention to control the world's mineral resources. There is another factor that should be considered when it comes to the Chinese and it has to do with their modus operandi. Both people and nations follow repeat behaviors when dealing with a certain kind of issue. The Chinese are no different. After the murder of the 9 Americans in Mexico, Trump issued a warning to AMLO to clean up his mess or America would do it for them. It was clear that America was baited into coming across the border and that would have invited UN intervention under the Kigali Principles. AMLO moved to arrest the Guerro gang members who committed these murders. The Chinese were futrious and used the Guerros and retaliated by attempting to assassinate the Mexican Secretary of the Navy. Marilyn Rupar and myself published a twitter of the Mexican National Guard involved in a high-speed test to run down the Guerros in which five gang members were killed. We documented the story from the Mexican media. This attempted assassination was a clear warning to AMLO, by the Chinese, to not play ball with the Americans. The Chinese Modus Operandi continues in Chile. Both Paul Martin and myself have information which states that several top Chilean bureaucrats were on board the crashed C-130. As published, Paul Martin received a communication that the C-130 followed a highly irregular flight path and flew over an area controlled by the Chinese. If we can infer that the best predictor of future behavior is past behavior. the Chinese brought down this C-130 as a way to intimidate the existing administration. The Chinese are beginning to exhibit a proclivity to assassinate top level bureaucrats, and not heads of state. Why? Because the general public is none the wiser and intimidation comes right to the forefront. I already have information that the passenger manifest has been forged. Again the long-term devastation that will be directed against US interests cannot be overstated. This is a death by a thousand cuts strategy. This is an open story and updates will be provided.
:: 12-11-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Turkey: Murder of Women Reaches Epidemic Proportions
by Uzay Bulut December 11, 2019 at 4:00 am
The cause of 50% of the killings was not determined, but 16% of the women were killed because they wanted to make decisions about their lives, such as wanting a divorce, rejecting offers of reconciliation or even for not answering the phone when called by their men. 13% of the women were killed for "economic reasons." According to the Turkish women's-rights platform, "We Will Stop Femicide," 652 women were killed by men in the year-and-a-half period prior to November 2018 -- 36 of whom were murdered in October of that year. "One of the reasons why such a large number of women fall victim to violence is the reluctance and even prevention of relevant institutions to implement current laws." — The Central Women's Committee of Turkey's Human Rights Association (HRA), "Violence against women is a result of discriminatory policies," August 26, 2019. "There was no finger left unbroken, no women left unbeaten for the last two seasons of a show aired on a pro-government TV channel..." — İlhan Taşcı, Republican People's Party deputy and Radio and Television Supreme Council Member. "In our religion, the life, dignity and rights of women are untouchable and entrusted [to men]." — Ali Erbaş, President of Diyanet, Turkey's Directorate of Religious Affairs. On November 25, the International Day for the Elimination of Violence against Women, thousands of Turkish women took part in demonstrations at Istanbul's Taksim Square. The women were protesting the increasing number of murders in the country committed by men against female family members. After reading a statement to the press, the demonstrators were attacked by police with tear gas and plastic bullets.
The murder of women by male relatives -- particularly spouses or former spouses -- has become a dangerous trend in Turkey. The brutal murder, on August 18, of 38-year-old Emine Bulut by her ex-husband -- in front of their 10-year-old daughter -- is one particularly noteworthy case. Bulut was stabbed multiple times in the neck at a café in the city of Kirikkale, where she had gone to meet the man from whom she had been divorced for several years. In a video of the attack, which went viral on social media, Bulut is seen covered in blood, shouting, "I don't want to die," as her terrified child screams along with her. In response to the attack, women across Turkey held demonstrations to condemn the killing and called on the government to guarantee their protection. Bulut's gruesome murder, however, was only one of many attacks against women in Turkey at the hands of the men in their lives. The following examples, from the month of August alone, illustrate the gravity of the situation:
On August 22, a woman was stabbed to death by her abusive husband. Four days prior to her murder, she had taken out a restraining order.
On August 24, a woman who had just given birth was beaten and stabbed by her husband in her hospital bed. The woman had filed for divorce due to domestic violence.
Also on August 24, a man murdered his wife and daughter.
On August 25, the body of a woman, who had been shot in the head, was found near her home. Her husband was arrested as a suspect.
Also on August 25, a woman was shot by her husband after asking him for a divorce.
On August 27, a woman seeking a divorce was stabbed and severely injured by her husband in front of their 4-year-old daughter.
Also on August 27, a man strangled his wife to death with her headscarf.
According to the Turkish women's-rights platform, "We Will Stop Femicide," 652 women were killed by men in the year-and-a-half period prior to November 2018 -- 36 of whom were murdered in October of that year. The perpetrators of 37% of the cases in October have not been identified, but the rest were found to be husbands, boyfriends, ex-boyfriends, brothers, fathers or other male relatives. The cause of 50% of the killings was not determined, but 16% of the women were killed because they wanted to make decisions about their lives, such as wanting a divorce, rejecting offers of reconciliation or even for not answering the phone when called by their men. 13% of the women were killed for "economic reasons." The Central Women's Committee of Turkey's Human Rights Association (HRA) released a statement on August 26, titled "Violence against women is a result of discriminatory policies," which reads, in part: "Protecting women from male violence can only be realized through state policies focusing on gender equality. One of the reasons why such a large number of women fall victim to violence is the reluctance and even prevention of relevant institutions to implement current laws. "The provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW), which Turkey ratified in 1985 and put into effect, are not being implemented. The Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women's General Recommendation No. 35 on gender-based violence against women significantly states in its 16th paragraph the following: 'Gender-based violence against women, may amount to torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment in certain circumstances, including in cases of rape, domestic violence or harmful practices, among others.' "The Istanbul Convention was signed and ratified by Turkey on 11 May 2011 and 14 March 2012 respectively. The purposes of the convention are to protect women against all forms of violence, and prevent, prosecute and eliminate violence against women and domestic violence; contribute to the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women and promote substantive equality between women and men, including by empowering women; design a comprehensive framework, policies and measures for the protection of and assistance to all victims of violence against women and domestic violence; promote international co-operation with a view to eliminating violence against women and domestic violence; provide support and assistance to organizations and law enforcement agencies to effectively co-operate in order to adopt and integrated approach to eliminating violence against women and domestic violence. The incidents, however, reveal the ways in which these provisions are not being implemented, how its articles are not complied with, and how they have not been institutionalized. "Moreover, if the authorities had even enabled the sufficient implementation of the Constitution and Law No. 6284 violence against women would have been prevented." The lack of law enforcement, however, is only part of the problem, according to the HRA, which says that the media and the country's chief religious institution both share culpability: "...Violence is normalized in various programs and shows on TV. 16,000 complaints have been lodged before the Radio and Television Supreme Council's communication center within the last 8 months due to violent content on TV, but not a single one was discussed at the council's meetings, according to İlhan Taşcı, CHP [Republican People's Party] deputy and Radio and Television Supreme Council Member. Deputy Taşcı has expressed the horrifying truth about violence against women by saying, 'There was no finger left unbroken, no women left unbeaten for the last two seasons of a show aired on a pro-government TV channel...' "The statement by Diyanet [Turkey's Directorate of Religious Affairs] on violence against women is indeed an explicit expression of the mindset that forms the basis of violence. The president of Diyanet, Ali Erbaş, said: 'In our religion, the life, dignity and rights of women are untouchable and entrusted [to men].' By saying so, he declares that all the rights of women are entrusted to men; he thus objectified women. But we women are not entrusted to men or the government that represents male [supremacy]." By saying that women's life, dignity and rights are "entrusted to men," Erbaş effectively stated that women do not have the right or ability to make their own life choices, independent of men's approval or permission. He thus appears to see women as "men's objects," implying that it is men who are in charge of the implementation of women's rights, including the right to life. Erbaş -- like many other Islamist state authorities in Turkey -- fails to understand that women's rights are women's fundamental, natural, inalienable rights and women are entitled to these rights. The HRA listed a set of demands to rectify the intolerable situation. These include: The number of women's shelters should be increased and protected employment opportunities should be offered.
Effective investigations should be initiated into those engaging in violent acts against women; impunity policies should be dropped; reduced sentences should be handed out, for instance, for good conduct, and those based on judges' personal opinions should be put to an end.
Agencies based on gender equality should be established and these should not be male-dominant, but based on women.
The structure of the law enforcement and the judiciary should be revised, focusing on protecting individuals, not the family; officers should be trained within this scope.
Broadcasts and published material that legitimize violence against women should be discontinued without delay.
Misogynistic statements by some government authorities demonstrating their opposition to gender equality; law enforcement and judiciary officials who fail or refuse to apply laws that would protect women; the extremely violent TV content targeting women; and religious teachings that promote violence against women all appear to lead to widespread murders and abuse of women in Turkey. Uzay Bulut, a Turkish journalist, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at the Gatestone Institute.
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15246/turkey-murder-of-women
[ :: 12-2-17
am service :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
::]
:: 12-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Behind The Façade Is Proof America's 'Would-Be Masters' Are Pathetic, Feeble Varmints With Mysterious Pasts, Long-Standing Ties To Sociopaths & Black Magic & Phony To The Core
By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline December 10, 2019
We are told that the movers and shakers in our society are, for the most part, extremely intelligent, competent, well-informed people who have mostly good intentions. But, gradually, we are learning of the depths of corruption and sheer evil that infect the deep state and the New World Order (NWO) elite who control the state. Collectively our elites resemble the Wizard of Oz, who, seemingly so formidable, turned out to be a weak little man hiding behind a façade. No less a figure than Tucker Carlson has pointed out that our would-be masters, underneath their arrogance and pretentiousness, are not the brilliant intellectuals they imagine themselves to be, but, for the most part, are mediocre intellects or worse. Sure, they have impressive sounding degrees, possessing scraps of paper from “prestigious universities” like Hahvahd and Yale and Stanford, the places where the children of the rich go to have their tickets punched so as to be admitted to the club. These institutions were probably never quite as good as they were hyped to be, and standards in all our former schools and universities have declined drastically over the last few decades. Many of our beloved historical figures are not what we have been led to believe. The sainted Abraham Lincoln was a corporate lawyer working for the railroads before entering politics. He supported a constitutional amendment to keep slavery legal. He waged an illegal and bloody war against the Confederate states and only “freed” the slaves in those states, which he did not yet control. He advocated shipping all the Blacks out of the country, preferably back to Africa…which is how the nation of Liberia was born. He suspended habeas corpus, dissolved the Maryland legislature, and imprisoned his political opponents. With his Civil War he killed more Americans than any other President…so far. FDR pretty much hid the fact that he was mostly confined to a wheel chair. His New Deal measures actually prolonged and worsened the Great Depression. He waged an illegal secret naval war on Germany before Pearl Harbor, and knowingly left us vulnerable to attack at Pearl Harbor. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) We are told that the Witch Hillary is a brilliant intellectual, because, after all, she is of the female gender and she is a Demoncrap. She was graduated from law school; even if she actually earned her degree, this mainly just requires the talent and discipline to memorize reams of information. She failed the Illinoying bar exam, and passed the bar exam in Arkansas…after Slick Willy became a powerful and influential figure in that state. Leftists pretended that George (Bush) II was an idiot, meaning that they considered him a conservative (he was not) and believe that all conservatives are fools (wrong again). They hinted that he did not earn his degrees, and they may have been right…but this applies equally to many prominent figures on the left. And we have all seen videos of the Witch and others of the elite at book signings, surrounded by their adoring fans, who are there to see and be seen by the right people. Yet most of us know that few who buy the books will ever read them (or much of anything else for that matter). We also know that creatures like the Witch do not write the books themselves; that would require self-discipline and some mastery of the English language. They are produced by ghost writers and are mostly lies. The elites are phonies to the core. The best example of this is Hussein Obama (or whatever his name is). We are told that he graduated from an exclusive private high school in Hawaii, passed numerous courses at Occidental College, graduated from suitably leftist Columbia University, got a law degree at Hahvahd, and edited the Hahvahd Law Review. We are told that he was an adjunct professor of constitutional law at the University of Chicago, another den of leftist termites. The problem is that there is no proof that he ever even graduated from high school. At least one former student at Occidental remembers him sitting in on classes, but no transcripts have been revealed. No one remembers him at Columbia and Hahvahd. No one has come forward to write a book about being Hussein’s roommate, lover, teacher, student, or classmate at any of those institutions. Such a book would have been a best seller, and the writer could appear on talk shows…who could resist such wealth and fame? It appears that, almost certainly, Hussein never even attended any of these institutions, let alone graduated. And then there is the matter of his birth certificate. Early in his campaign for the Presidency, patriots demanded to see his birth certificate, since there was, from the start, some doubt that he was a “natural born citizen,” or a citizen at all. Finally, grudgingly, he released his short form birth certificate, but the Hawaiian short form certificate is issued with no verification of the birth required. This raised even greater suspicions, and, finally, he released his long form certificate, but there were problems with the document, including the fact that it was out of sequence and Hussein’s father’s race was listed as “African,” but that term, for race, was not in use at the time of his alleged birth; Black people were officially referred to as “Negroes.” While the controversy was still raging, Loretta Fuddy, Hawaii Health Director (the department in charge of birth records) was the only fatal victim of a mysterious plane crash. Stranger still, she and Stanley Ann Dunham (Hussein’s alleged mother) both belonged to the Indonesian Subud cult. And Hussein’s social security number (or, rather, the number he alleged was his) was issued in Connecticut, a state where he never lived or worked. Hussein claimed to be heterosexual, but he had been something of a regular at a homosexual bathhouse in Chicago, along with Rahm Emmanuel, his WH Chief of Staff and later Mayor of the failed city of Chicago, and more than one person (at least one of whom died mysteriously) claimed to know that Hussein was a homosexual, a member of Chicago’s “down low” subgroup of closeted Black perverts. Aside from the fact that he is a communist (meaning fascist) and probably a homosexual, we know next to nothing about this creature. He is, incredibly, probably an illegal alien. We don’t know if his alleged father was really his father; we can’t even be certain his alleged mother was really his mother. If he was not legally qualified to be President, all of his executive actions, every law he signed, and all his judicial appointments are invalid, null and void. Yet this scarcely matters in a nation that is no longer a free republic and no longer enjoys the rule of law. Even more incredibly, there are some very serious questions about Hussein’s alleged wife, “Michelle” Obama, or whatever her(?) real name is. Supposedly she(?) was born Michelle Robinson 1/17/64, and graduated from Princeton with a degree in sociology and a minor in “African American Studies.” It has always been well known that students too stupid and lazy to earn a degree in a real academic subject would go for a degree in sociology or education. But all the various “studies” courses, none of which require any study, are for people too stupid to get a degree even in sociology. Nevertheless, she was given a degree, and then a degree from Hahvahd Law. She and Hussein were allegedly married by the “Reverend” Jeremiah Wright at his “church,” where he preached hatred of Whites and hatred of America. But, all along, people have noticed that “Michelle” appears unusually tall and athletically built and has rather masculine features. All of that proves nothing, but there are videos on the web showing “Michelle” wearing tight pants and displaying an unmistakable bulge in her crotch area. Unless she keeps her spare socks there, “she” is not a she. So Hussein could be a homosexual communist illegal alien “married” to a transvestite, and God only knows where they got their alleged children. We just don’t know, but, clearly, things are not as they seem. And Hussein is not the first President with a mysterious past. We know who Slick Willy Clinton’s mother was, and his father is presumed to have been her first husband. But Slick was conceived when her husband was in the military in Italy; it would have been extraordinarily difficult for him to have travelled back to Arkansas. And if his biological father was his stepfather as a result of an affair while she was still married to her first husband, why not just admit it and end the controversy? And Slick was a Rhodes scholar; these scholarships were set up by homosexual elitist Cecil Rhodes to groom American and British Commonwealth young men for positions of power and influence. This was his only scholarship; rest assured that his devoted worshippers in and out of the slimestream media would have let us know if he had won any others. His mother and stepfather were dirt poor gambling addicts and his stepfather was also an alcoholic. Slick never dirtied his hands with anything so common as a job, save for clerking one summer for Senator Fullbright (another Rhodes scholar and a leftist). So who paid for his four years at Georgetown and his years at Yale Law School? Clearly, someone very rich and powerful had selected Slick for something big while he was still in high school. Perhaps that someone was his real father or someone connected with him. But even if he was the son of, say, one of the Rockefeller clan, why not just admit it? The film The Devil’s Advocate was about a young Southern lawyer whose father turned out to be none other than Satan. Keep repeating: It’s only a movie. And the Witch Hillary was born at the time Jack Parsons, Aleister Crowley, and L. Ron Hubbard (yes, that L. Ron Hubbard) were performing magical rituals to bring about the birth of the Whore of Babylon, who they said would be named “Hilarion.” Of course, that’s just a meaningless series of coincidences. Of course. Some of our would-be masters allegedly served heroically in the military. Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, who testified for the Demoncraps at their latest impeachment farce, showed up at the hearing wearing his Army dress blues and a Purple Heart, Combat Infantryman’s Badge, and jump wings and a ranger tab. Now it takes a little will power to step out from the door of a plane hundreds of feet up; I know whereof I speak. And the US Army Ranger School is a nightmarish ordeal requiring extreme physical strength and fitness. Graduates have to complete scary confidence courses and endure weeks of food and sleep deprivation. When I saw the pudgy Vindman on TV with his weak, girly man face, I began to have some doubts. Yes, I know that appearances can be deceiving, and he was probably once more fit than today. I have met some special operators who had a perfectly ordinary appearance. Maybe Vindman really is the man he claims to be. But the Army, a few years ago, began lowering standards and given women extra time and special preparation so that they could “graduate” from Ranger School. So why should we trust any badges or patches worn by military personnel? The sleazy Robert Mueller was allegedly a USMC infantry officer and Vietnam vet, and an airborne ranger as well. Maybe so. A man can be tough and fearless and also be a sociopath; consider the Japanese soldiers of WWII, or the Waffen SS. But we know that the military brass are denizens of the deep state swamp, and they lie and lie and lie. The Demoncraps are demanding Trump’s tax returns all the way back to the last ice age. What would we find if we could see Slick Willy’s returns, or Diane Slimestein’s? Given the proven arrogance and politicization and corruption of IRS officials, how do we know that the tax returns of prominent figures mean anything at all? How do we know that Hussein Obama, for example, ever really paid taxes? Question everything. Save your belief for God.
http://allnewspipeline.com/All_Lies_And_Untruths_Behind_The_Facade.php
:: 12--19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Gov. Ralph Northam: Register Your AR-15 with Government or Hand It Over
Gov. Ralph Northam (D) announced Monday his “assault weapons” ban will mean AR-15 owners can either register their guns with the government or hand them over. The Virginia Mercury reported Northam spokeswoman Alena Yarmosky used a statement to say, “The governor’s assault weapons ban will include a grandfather clause for individuals who already own assault weapons, with the requirement they register their weapons before the end of a designated grace period.” Yarmosky made clear details on other gun controls will be made known before the start of the 2020 session in which Democrats take charge. On December 10, 2019, Breitbart News reported dozens of Virginia counties have declared themselves Second Amendment Sanctuaries, vowing not to enforce new gun controls which Democrats intend to pass. CNN reported that the total of number of Second Amendment Sanctuary counties in Virginia exceeds 40. Gov. Northam made clear his intention to launch a war on guns just days after the Democrats won legislative victories. He has a number of gun control plans in addition to an “assault weapons” ban. AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him directly at awrhawkins@breitbart.com. Sign up to get Down Range at breitbart.com/downrange.
:: 12-11-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
This Man Saves Children From Cartel Trafficking Operations
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, December 11, 2019 - 10:34.
How An Ex-LA County Sheriff's Deputy Turned Pastor Rescues Sex-Trafficked Girls From the Cartels In USA-Joseph Travers-CSS
Joseph Travers has 40 years of experience as a former law enforcement officer, private investigator, and police and fire commissioner for the City of Oceanside, CA. Ten years ago Joseph Travers read an article about a missing teen girl and a group of retired Terror Hunters aiming to end child sex slavery in the news: “I was reading an article from the Orange County Register, “Retired Terror Hunters Hope to End Child Sex Slavery” (in foreign countries),” said Travers. “This brought to mind the news I heard recently regarding a missing 17-year-old girl who left her parent’s home in New York. Brittanee Drexel was last seen in a hotel video in South Carolina on April 25th. Where was she?”. Tragically, this girl was sexually abused and murdered. This article touched Travers heart and subsequently set into motion a series of events which compelled him to figure out how he could stem the tide of child sex trafficking, mostly associated with the drug cartels. After networking with professionals who had backgrounds in the military, the legal profession and business, these selfless indivudal formed the group, Saved In America, which is now a nonprofit organization that works conjunction with local law enforcement to rescue trafficked children. Many of the participants in Saved in America are ex-Navy Seals as they began their operations back in 2014, they’ve since successfully found and returned more than 300 children to their parents, by using a network of former police officers, former military and private investigators who focus on offering their services free of charge to parents. Here is the story of this organization who saves children from the drug cartels right inside the USA.
:: 6-12-19 ISSUU :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
2019 Summer Homefront Magazine
Published on Jun 12, 2019
2019 Summer Homefront Magazine. In and around Tecumseh Michigan
https://issuu.com/tecumsehhomefront/docs/2019_summer_-_web_links
:: 12-10-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Behind the Scenes with Celeste-Magnetic Excursion-Societal Warfare-Radical Food Change-Whitewashing-Human Insect Vaccines
by Celeste Solum December 10, 2019
https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste-144
:: 12--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Keith Getty: Modern worship mov't is 'utterly dangerous,' causing 'de-Christianizing of God’s people'
By Leah MarieAnn Klett, Christian Post Reporter
“In Christ Alone” writer Keith Getty is warning church leaders about the modern worship movement, which he describes as one of “cultural relevance” that is “utterly dangerous” and is contributing to the “de-Christianizing of God’s people.” In an interview with The Christian Post, Getty said many modern worship songs focus on emotionalism rather than sound doctrine and Scriptural truths. This, he said, leads to a generation ill-equipped to understand or defend the Christian faith. “An authentic generation doesn’t begin with catharsis; it has to begin with an authentic picture of the God of the Bible,” he explained. “Over 75 percent of what are called the great hymns of the faith talk about eternity, Heaven, Hell, and the fact that we have peace with God. Yet, less than 5 percent of modern worship songs talk about eternity.” “Many worship songs are focused on this Earth,” Getty said. “I believe that the modern worship movement is a movement for cultural relevance. It’s a de-Christianizing of God’s people. It’s utterly dangerous. I have no quibbles saying, ‘Enough is enough.’ This can’t happen to build an authentic generation.” Keith Getty and his wife, Kristyn, are passionate about fostering a “reformation” in worship music: “Part of our campaign is to get our generation to know the great hymns of the faith,” Getty told CP. “It’s not about a fascination with the time period; it’s about writing music that explains the Gospel and is also beautiful art." “Beautiful art lasts," he said. "At the end of the day, a song you sing for 50 years is more valuable than one you sing for 50 months. We live in the most exciting generation to be a Christian, but it’s also the most challenging generation. This idea that Christianity is cool or easy is not biblical. It’s a misnomer for our generation. Through music, we want to build deep believers who know and love Christ.” In October, the Gettys released their latest album, Sing! An Irish Christmas – Live at the Grand Ole Opry House. Recorded live at the iconic Grand Ole Opry House in Nashville, Tennessee, the Gettys brought together a group of world-class guest artists to perform song selections that span across hundreds of years of celebration of Jesus' birth. “We are promoting songs we want you to sing around your house and in your churches and for years to come,” the Northern Irish Christian singer shared. “The heart of this album is to get listeners to know and sing the great carols of the faith to themselves and as a family this Christmas.” In the album, the Gettys present new interpretations on Christmas staples such as "Joy To the World," “Come Thou Long Expected Jesus,” and “Silent Night.” The songs will be performed live by the Gettys and friends on TBN's special "Sing! An Irish Christmas" airing this December. Getty, who has been writing Christmas music for 10 years, said he is continually struck by the “pastoral” impact Christmas carols have on audiences. “I look at people at a cold winters night huddled together and singing, ‘Come Thou Long Expected Jesus,’ and I wonder what sadness or disappointments they’ve had this year,” he shared. “What doctor’s news have they had this year; what person is no longer there this Christmas? What aspect of their life needs to know that, dear Christ will enter in?” Other familiar songs such as “Silent Night” and “God Rest Ye Merry Gentleman” drive home the importance of the Sabbath, Getty said. “People in Manhattan on the 18th of December, for example, don’t understand rest. They’re trying to balance kids and church, family dysfunction and getting ready for Christmas. Sitting in the quiet, singing, ‘Silent Night,’ is so healing,” he stressed. According to Getty, Sing! An Irish Christmas combines his love of his historic carols and passion for congregational singing. “In a culture where marriage is in a state of confusion, children are growing up in dysfunction, and we can’t even have a frank discussion about social and political issues, what could be more radical than people gathering together to sing about the Christ-child?” he declared. “What could be more community building and affirming than the Good News of the Gospel?” Three years ago, the Gettys — who this year won a Dove Award for Inspirational Album of the Year — launched the Sing! Conference to bring together worship leaders, pastors, and those involved in church music ministry to explore together the connection between music, theology, and artistry. Now, the Sing! Conference is a global movement. This year, the couple hosted sell-out Sing! conferences at the Belfast arena in their native Northern Ireland, and another at Edinburgh's Usher Hall, marking the launch of the first Sing! global arena tour. In August, the Sing! Conference in Nashville featured speakers John Piper, Joni Eareckson Tada, along with musical performances by the Gettys, Ellie Holcomb, and Trip Lee, among others. The three-day event saw over 13,000 attendees, nearly half of whom were younger than 40 years old. “We think, after this year, with the number of universities getting involved, the Sing! Conference will be a majority under 40s conference,” Getty said. “There are 82 church music conferences in America and this is the largest. And this is the only one that doesn’t work with contemporary radio. We don’t use the lights-camera-action stuff of the previous generation. We’ve dumped all of that, yet we’re getting more under 40s of any church music conference.” The success of the Sing! Conference with millennials, the songwriter noted, indicates younger generations are “less convinced by the seeker-sensitive purpose-driven hype of making Christianity seem cool.” “They want to know, ‘is this true or not?’” he contended. “People think this conference is conservative and on one level it is, but on another level, the range of denominations attending is pretty broad. They’re all terrified of what the next generation is singing and don’t know what to do.” “We don’t know all the answers,” Getty added, “but we’re trying to get people to sing doctrine and get hymn writers that are writing high-quality music with artistic merit.”
:: 12-10-19 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hungarian PM, Orban, Says Only Solution to World’s Problems Is Return to Christianity
by Russia Insider · Published December 10, 2019 · Updated December 10, 2019
Hungarian PM, Orban, Says Only Solution to World’s Problems Is Return to Christianity from Russia-Insider Hungary’s prime minister believes that the Christians, who are being protected from persecution today, may rise and save Europe tomorrow. Hungarian PM Victor Orbán gave a powerful speech in Budapest during the Second International Conference on Christian Persecution. Orbán declared: ‘I’m convinced that in order to save Europe, those who could provide us with the biggest help are those whom we’re helping right now. We’re sowing a seed, giving the persecuted what they need and getting back from them the Christian faith, love, and persistence.’ Orbán argues that his country’s Christian identity gives Hungary an obligation to help other Christian communities. ‘Hungarians believe Christian values lead to peace and happiness, and this is why our Constitution states that protection of Christianity is an obligation for the Hungarian state,’ he said. ‘It obligates us to protect Christian communities throughout the world who suffer persecution,’ Mr Orbán added. Orbán contrasted the large number of Christians among those who suffer for their faith with the indifference of most of Europe. ‘Four out of five people persecuted for their faith are Christians and some 245 million Christians around the globe suffer extreme persecution, and yet Europe remains silent again and again. European politicians seem paralyzed and unable to do anything, insisting that it is all a matter of human rights.’ The Hungarian Prime Minister argued that Christian persecution is not only an attack on people but on an entire culture, ‘including here in Europe.’ This persecution is sometimes violent but sometimes more subtle, including population exchange through mass migration, stigmatization, mockery, and the muzzle of political correctness. Orbán said also that Western Europe’s indiscriminate acceptance of mass migration is a time bomb for the future. ‘Western Europe has already provided dozens of militants to the Islamic State, and uncontrolled immigration has produced a radical change in the demographics of the population,’ he said. The Prime Minister said that the only solution is for Europe to discover its Christian roots and reaffirm its Christian identity. By April this year, the Hungarian initiative had given the equivalent of $26,200,752 to Christians living and working in their home countries, which include five Middle Eastern and two sub-Saharan nations.
:: 12-10-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Are Lonely, Miserable And Depressed – The Legacy Of A Society That Has Rejected Family, Faith And Patriotism
December 10, 2019 by Michael Snyder
What in the world has happened to us? Once upon a time, America was made up of tightly-knit communities that were united by family, faith and patriotism, but now we are more isolated than ever before. Of course one of the biggest reasons for this is the fact that we are all spending countless hours staring at screens instead of interacting with real people, and this is something that I covered in a previous article. However, our fundamental beliefs are also significantly shaping how we behave. For the past couple of generations, we have de-emphasized family, faith and patriotism as a nation, and instead we have become an extremely “me-centered” society that is primarily focused on doing whatever makes ourselves happy in the moment. But this single-minded pursuit of individual happiness has resulted in much of the country being perpetually mired in loneliness, depression and/or addiction. When you look at the numbers, they truly are startling. For example, a recent survey that was conducted by Cigna found that almost half of all Americans feel lonely… Nearly half of Americans are lonely, according to a survey of 20,000 people across America by Cigna, which used the well-regarded UCLA Loneliness Scale to measure responses. Indeed 46% said they sometimes or always feel alone and 47% say they sometimes or always feel left out. And other surveys have produced numbers that are even more alarming. A Harris Poll that was conducted a few years ago actually discovered that 72 percent of all Americans “experience loneliness”… The survey of more than 2,000 Americans conducted by the Harris Poll last month on behalf of the American Osteopathic Association, showed that almost three-quarters (72 percent) of Americans experience loneliness. And for many, it’s not just a once-in-a-while occurrence — one-third said they feel lonely at least once a week. Of course this is commonly known as “the happiest time of the year”, but for many it just magnifies their loneliness. People see love, warmth and community modeled in television commercials and in Hallmark movies, and they assume that most people out there must be living lives like that. Sadly, that is not true at all. What we see on our televisions are echoes of the way that America used to be, and many of us would love to see that type of culture make a roaring comeback. But for now, America is a very, very lonely place, and this reality is reflected in a song that was just released by one of our most popular pop singers… Mabel, the singer behind the hit “Don’t Call Me Up,” has a new track for those who struggle with loneliness during the holidays. Titled “Loneliest Time of Year,” Mabel captured how for some people, the holidays can heighten feelings like loneliness, loss and depression. In the song, released Friday, she sings lines like, “Sorry I’m not so merry/But I feel like this yearly/Christmas time isn’t my vibe/Brings no joy into my life” and “If I’m feeling lonely/I can’t be the only one.” Yes, millions of American families will gather during the holidays, but way too many of those gatherings are filled with bitterness, resentment, strife and discord. In fact, another new survey has found that the average American only needs 3 hours and 54 minutes “before they start to feel sick of their families”… The holidays are supposed to be a time to come together with family and celebrate, but a new survey finds that most Americans can barely get through an evening with their family before needing a break. A total of 2,000 Americans who usually travel to visit family during the holidays took part in the research, and 75% say they will inevitably need to get away from their relatives and indulge in some much needed “me time.” In fact, it only takes respondents an average of three hours and 54 minutes before they start to feel sick of their families. This isn’t how it is supposed to be. We were created to love and to be loved. And when you remove love from the equation, people become very miserable quite rapidly. In America today, “deaths of despair” are happening at the highest rate in all of U.S. history. The following information comes directly from the United States Congress Joint Economic Committee… Anne Case and Angus Deaton famously chronicled a dramatic rise among middle-aged non-Hispanic whites since 1999 in “deaths of despair”—deaths by suicide, drug and alcohol poisoning, and alcoholic liver disease and cirrhosis.1 The Social Capital Project has extended Case and Deaton’s research to cover the full American population as far back as available data permit: to 1900 in some cases, and to 1959 or 1968 in others. We present here a snapshot of the long-term trends in deaths of despair. We also attach our full dataset for use in future research, including results broken down by age, sex, and race. Mortality from deaths of despair far surpasses anything seen in America since the dawn of the 20th century. (The trend for middle-aged whites reveals a more dramatic rise but only goes back continuously to 1959.) The recent increase has primarily been driven by an unprecedented epidemic of drug overdoses, but even excluding those deaths, the combined mortality rate from suicides and alcohol-related deaths is higher than at any point in more than 100 years. So it would appear that our very unhappy nation is rapidly becoming even unhappier. And it doesn’t take a genius to figure out what this is happening. As a society, we decided that marriage wasn’t important. So now we have one of the lowest marriage rates and one of the highest divorce rates in the entire world. As a society, we decided that children weren’t important. So now our birth rate has dropped below replacement level and a third of all U.S. children live in a home without a father. As a society, we decided that patriotism wasn’t important. So now the American flag is being banned by some schools as a “divisive symbol” and most of our young people have never even read the entire U.S. Constitution. As a society, we decided that God wasn’t important. So now just about every form of evil that you can possibly imagine is exploding in our society, and we are literally on a path that leads to national suicide. If you feel lonely, miserable or depressed this holiday season, I would definitely encourage you to get my latest book entitled “Living A Life That Really Matters”. It is filled with very practical advice that will enable you to start turning things around immediately. But even more importantly, reach out to those that you love during this holiday season. Life is way too short to live it alone. Society would have us believe that those that have the most money are the most “successful”. But that is not true at all. In reality, those that love the most are really the most “successful”, and so let us endeavor to be people of great love. About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.
:: 12-11-19 ABC TV15 Arizona :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mysterious lights hovering over Mesa skies Sunday night puzzle residents
Posted: 4:58 PM, Dec 09, 2019 Updated: 1:33 PM, Dec 11, 2019 By: Cameron Polom
MESA, AZ — Mysterious lights hovering above the east Valley have many wondering if we've had a close encounter. "It was pretty bright, it was about straight up over here, and it went straight that way, stopped, and it didn't seem like it was too far," said DJ Maier and Kerri Burnett, describing what they saw. The couple says they spotted the phenomenon outside their Mesa home on Sunday around nine that night. They say the object seemed to come from the southeast. "It started moving kind of diagonal across, I was trying to figure out which way it was heading, and that's when we noticed it started dropping things from it," said Burnett. The object captured on two cell phones looks like a bright orb hovering silently in the sky. Every few moments, the object appears to drop what looks to be flares towards the ground. "And it wasn't just us, our neighbors next door they were out, they weren't even filming. They were more in amazement, like statues, just watching it," said Maier. Maier immediately posted the video to Facebook, and the comments rolled in but none had any explanation for what they were seeing. "Some said it may be an aircraft, others said aliens or a comet," said Maier. The entire event harkens back to 1997 and the mysterious Phoenix Lights phenomenon -- a mystery that remains in hot debate even today. ABC15 reached out to several aviation experts who theorized the lights seen Sunday could be from parachute flares used by the military or even helicopters or other aircraft dropping flares during training. In fact, the Outlaw Military Operations Area sits not far from where the video was shot. But video found online of those types of exercises just doesn't seem to match. "There were no navigation lights. Even the military has to have navigation lights on. That's an FAA rule," said Maier. ABC15 reached out to the Federal Aviation Administration, Luke Air Force Base and the Army National Guard, but none could say for certain what it was. It leaves the answer to what was caught on camera to anyone's guess. "I know what I saw, and I don't think it was from here, and I think it was definitely something else," said Maier.
[ :: 2-11-18 am service [ third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc.
:: 12-9-19 Strange Sounds:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Cod Apocalypse: Feds Close Gulf of Alaska Fishery for the First Time Ever After Historically Low Stock
By Strange Sounds - Dec 9, 2019
In an unprecedented response to historically low numbers of Pacific cod, the federal cod fishery in the Gulf of Alaska is closing for the 2020 season. It’s a decision that came as little surprise (Fukushima?), but it’s the first time the fishery has closed due to concerns of low stock. “We’re on the knife’s edge of this over-fished status,” North Pacific Fisheries Management Council member Nicole Kimball said during talks in Anchorage Friday afternoon. Warming ocean temperatures are wreaking havoc on a number of Alaska’s fisheries, worrying biologists, locals and fishermen with low returns that jeopardize fishing livelihoods. A stock assessment this fall put Gulf cod populations at a historic low, with “next to no” new eggs, according to NOAA research biologist Steve Barbeaux, who authored the report. At their current numbers, cod are below the federal threshold that protects them as a food source for endangered Steller sea lions. Once below that line, the total allowable catch goes to zero — in other words, the fishery shuts down. After the report was released, the stock assessment still had to pass through the NPFMC for review. The council unanimously passed the final decision to close the fishery Friday in Anchorage. Is the Blob Responsible for Low Stock of Cod in the Gulf Of Alaska? Up until the emergence of a marine heatwave known as “the blob” in 2014, Gulf cod was doing well. But the heat wave caused ocean temperatures to rise 4-5 degrees. Young cod started dying off, scientists said. “A lot of the impact on the population was due to that first heat wave that we haven’t recovered from,” Barbeaux said during an interview last month. Following the first heat wave, cod numbers crashed by more than half, from 113,830 metric tons in 2014 to 46,080 metric tons in 2017. The decline was steady from there. “Retrospectively, we probably should have shut the fishery down last year [too],” Barbeaux said. Signs of Another Warming Event Cod only enter the fishery at age three, so the environmental effects on the fishery are somewhat delayed. There are now signs of a second warming event. Scientists like Barbeaux and say it’s hard to predict what the future of the fishery will look like. “We’re just well beyond what we’ve ever seen before. It’s this very unusual, warm event,” said Mike Litzow, a NOAA fisheries ecologist based in Kodiak. “What the climate scientists are showing us, our best understanding is that this is going to be the new average within a short time frame.” Uncertainty Looming Among Cod Fishermen in Alaska With uncertainty looming, Gulf cod fishermen in Kodiak are struggling with a decline of what used to be a major part of the island’s winter economy. Many fishermen have already moved on from cod. For the few remaining, the federal fishery closure further jeopardizes their livelihoods. State cod fishery limits for 2020 have yet to be set. “It’s kind of devastating,” Kodiak-based pot cod fisherman Frank Miles said last month, hoping at the time that the situation would turn around for next year’s season. Before the first heat wave, Miles said about 70 percent of his income came from cod fishing. Since then he’s worked to diversify, but he’s still concerned for the future. “I’m more worried about my son and his generation, the younger guys coming up,” he said. “I’m 60, I’m probably just about done. I’d like to think that I could fish cod one more time before I retire, but I don’t know. I simply don’t know where we’re going here.” This is dramatic, for the fishermen and for all other cod and fish consumers. By devastating our environment, we are also devastating parts of our agro-alimentary economy… And we are all going to pay for that. [Alaska Public]
:: 12-12-19 News Target :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Inevitable
12/12/2019 / By News Editors
If you watched any of the impeachment clown show yesterday you should understand that Civil War is inevitable. These Democrats/Communist will never accept what us Deplorables did to them. They will never accept Trump. But more importantly they will never accept us. They will not accept our views of the world, our ideals, our guns and our religions. We are a very different people from these commies on the left. We value the individual. We value free thought, free speech, free religion, we value freedom. They hate us for it. They aim to rule us, and we will not be ruled by them. They will never give up their quest to implement socialism/communism. They never quit and they’ll never stop. We the People are the enemy. Yesterday should have shown everyone that. Not just with the clown show, but also the IG Report that everyone was waiting breathlessly for. I figured they’d pull a Comey. Lay out all these crimes and then say oh well, what’s done is done, sorry about that, we’ll do better in the future. Now everyone is saying, just wait until the Durham report comes out then we’ll get to hang these traitors for their crimes, yeah right. (Article by Wes Rhinier republished from NCRenegade.com) What are we waiting for gentlemen? Everyone who is awake knows there is a fight coming. We are the enemy to this Deep State/Commies/Democrats, however you want to refer to them. I prefer Domestic Enemies. I swore an oath to defend our country against these bastards. I can’t do it alone. These traitors in our country are coming for those who will not acquiesce to their plans for America. All that remains is how we the people will react. I hope we Deplorables have had enough and are ready to fight. So many things are in play right now that could blow this whole thing wide open. The two biggest things right now are Virginia and Impeachment. Virginia is a test. Since they havent fully decided to remove Trump yet, they are going to see if they can disarm a state and install their communist utopia starting with Virginia. The shot heard round the world will happen again if these fools decide to try and disarm the people of Virginia. With impeachment, removal = civil war. I fully believe if they bring this to a vote in the house to send it to the Senate for trial, they already know they have their 20 republican senators they need to vote with them for removal. They do not want to endure this trial in the senate, for it will be ugly, but it will be worth it if they already know its a done deal and the trial will all be just a show. So if he is impeached and removed the SHTF immediately. Trump was not my guy. I did not vote for him in the primaries. I did vote for him in the general and am very grateful for the time that he gave me to prepare further. Trump is not going to save us. No one is coming to save us. We have to save ourselves. We have to fight for our country. We have to fight for our freedom. We have to fight for our children and the future we would like for them to have. It’s going to be hard. It’s going to be messy. It’s going to be downright scary. But stand up and fight we must. These Democrats/DeepState/Commies have opened up a can of worms they simply do not understand the consequences of. War is upon us. It’s time to decide how to react. We have a choice to make. Wes Read more at: NCRenegade.com and DeepState.news.
https://www.newstarget.com/2019-12-12-inevitable.html
:: 12-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With The Globalists Needing An 'End Game False Flag Event' To Finalize Their Coup Over America & Fully Cement Tyranny Into Place, Prepare To Defend Your Families And Loved Ones
- Mysterious, Slow Moving Blob That Caused White House Lock Down Hints Of False Flag Ahead
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 10, 2019
In this December 8th story by Mike Adams at Natural News titled "Democrats are 'summoning the DEMON of political violence,' and the next phase of their criminal coup will unleash blood in the streets", his story confirms what we've long reported on ANP: essentially, if Democrats can't 'control' society, they'll destroy it. Perfectly illustrated in their 'bloodlust, media-hyped hatred' of anything Christian, Conservative, pro-America or pro-President Trump that has led to innocent people, often the elderly, being brutally attacked in the streets for simply wearing a MAGA hat or t-shirt, we've long been warned of a future 'end game event' that Democrats/globalists would 'manufacture' then 'use' to 'cement' tyranny into place. And while that 'event' hasn't yet arrived in America, possibly bringing with it an unfolding of tyranny of the worst nature, a tyranny sure to be heavily 'resisted' by tens of millions of well-armed Americans, we may have recently gotten a small hint of what that 'event' might be with globalists/leftists happy to use 'false flag terrorism' to accomplish their goals, with false flags getting nations into global wars dating back decades. So we're going to be taking a look within this story at that recent 'event' that has concerned many in the Washington DC area while looking back at the history of 'false flag terrorism', perfectly summed up in this November 29th ANP story by William B. Stoecker titled "The Traitorous CIA's Role In The Attempted Overthrow Of America Goes Back DECADES Using One False Flag After Another & Their Total Infiltration By America-Hating Communists & Muslims". Also perfectly seen in now declassified 'Operation Northwoods' which stated.: Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to commit acts of terrorism against American civilians and military targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba. The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities. The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy. With those proposals rejected by President Kennedy and JFK then assassinated before he could even finish out his first term in office, as Stoecker pointed out in this story, the 'CIA/deep state apparatus' back in the 1960's is essentially the same group in power in 2019 with 'continuity of government' long in place and Operation Northwoods provided Americans 100% proof of Stoecker's story's subtitle: "US Intelligence Agency Traitors Have Long Tortured & Murdered Americans With Impunity". If anyone were to 'orchestrate violent terrorism in US cities in 2019', they'd be shot dead on sight (except, of course, the 'agent provocateurs' who are welcomed back to the 'swamp' with a heroes welcome!) Surely Operation Northwoods must lead the thinking person to ask, how many more 'false flag terrorism events' have been carried out by such 'agent provocateurs' and their 'useful idiots' since Kennedy's assassination? And might the 'deep state apparatus' attempt to carry out more such false flags/assassinations in the future? As Global Research reported in this story, there have been AT LEAST 53 confirmed 'false flag' events in the past, many of them involving the 'deep state apparatus' here in America. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) While NBC News reported two weeks ago that the so-called 'airspace violation' that triggered a lockdown at the White House recently could have been triggered by a flock of birds or a weather balloon or even a drone, and that 'the event' was resolved without incident after initial fears of a potentially hostile plane flying into the restricted airspace, WTOP radio in Washington DC reported two days later in this story titled "Inside the frantic response to mysterious ‘slow-moving blob’ flying over Washington" why some are very concerned. As WTOP had also reported on November 26th story reporting upon the initial alleged violation, NORAD is investigating the event because "They need to know that this was not a deliberate act by somebody to try to trick their system. It is extremely important that their systems be accurate". Yet as they also reported, they may have witnessed just that with the 'mysterious slow moving blob' detected moving towards the White house that simply 'disappeared' a potential harbinger of danger ahead. The mysterious “slow-moving blob” detected in the skies over Washington Tuesday prompted a frantic response from security officials on the ground as they raced against the clock to assess the potential threat. From the moment the object was picked up on radar, US officials across several agencies only had about 10 minutes to determine whether American lives were in danger and respond accordingly. Senior national security officials across the agencies immediately convened to coordinate and monitor the situation, ordering a lockdown at the White House and the Capitol Building to be placed on “restricted access” as a precaution. A Capitol Police source told CNN the US Capitol went to “Aircon yellow” at 8:27 a.m., ET, when the object was first identified. AIRCON is the alert status triggered when an aircraft enters the restricted airspace in Washington without authorization. It took 11 minutes before the object was 15 minutes from the Capitol, the range that causes the alert to go to “Aircon orange.” This suggested that the blob was moving slowly. The speed of the object combined with the fact that it appeared on radar, then dissipated, led some to speculate it may have just been a flock of birds despite a Pentagon spokesman initially telling CNN that an aircraft was involved. And then they reported on why the big concern; while this time, no hostile plane flew into White House airspace, the 'next time' a 'mysterious blob' shows up on radar, it could be used to 'mask' a real terror attack upon Washington DC, the White House, the Pentagon or any other number of critical targets. From the WTOP story. A challenge for radar operators Military officials have told CNN they believe the object was not an aircraft or drone but are still analyzing all possibilities, including whether the blob seen on radar was caused by birds or an atmospheric anomaly. While Leighton said that the response Tuesday was appropriate given the small window of time for commanders to make a decision, he also told CNN that “a trained radar operator should be able to differentiate between a flock of birds and an aircraft.” “But this mistake is actually a fairly common one. How the flock of birds appears on a radar screen can be very similar to the radar ‘look’ of a small aircraft,” he said. And while there are several different technical means for verifying whether a radar target poses a real threat or is an atmospheric anomaly or another natural occurrence, Leighton said Tuesday’s incident highlights a potential problem for radar operators in the future. “There’s quite a bit of talk about some rogue states (like Iran) as well as terror groups using swarms of drones to conduct attacks. Such attacks could show up on radar as a “blob” and that would make it really difficult to get a positive ID on such a radar target,” he said. “So, it’s definitely possible that a future situation in which a radar “blob” like the one we saw yesterday could mask an attack. It’s something we’ll have to be prepared for,” Leighton added. Yet with the source for that WTOP radio story being CNN, might something else be at play? With all of the Democrats/globalists hatred of President Trump and his supporters in 2019, we shouldn't put anything past these rat bastards, especially with the 'deep state apparatus' well versed at 'regime change'. So let's come back now to this story we mentioned in our opening paragraph by Mike Adams over at Natural News in which he warns Democrats are preparing to unleash even more political violence upon America if they don't get their way, quite akin to a child throwing a massive temper tantrum, as Adams also discusses in the first video at the bottom of this story. As Adams warns, throughout most of recorded history, prior to 'elections' in civilized societies, the rulers of nations were determined by 'violence', and with 'the left' now seemingly abandoning 'elections' as the 'decider' of who runs America, with their treason and sedition against President Trump leading all the way back to the Obama administration. From Mike Adams' must-read story.: Democrats are “summoning the demon of political violence,” meaning they are taking active steps right now that will result in blood spilling onto the streets of America. And they are doing it willfully. This is the outcome they want (see below for why). Essentially, Democrats operate from the rule that if they can’t control society, they will destroy it. To understand how this is going to happen, recognize that elections are a civil replacement for political violence. Before elections and democracy emerged, the rulers of nations were largely determined by who could kill their political enemies and seize power. For millennia, nearly every national ruler was a mass murderer, since obtaining political power required killing anyone who stood in their way. Elections sought to make the process of regime change more civil, allowing the people to choose their representatives in a system of voting that, to function in a civil manner, requires all participants to agree to the outcome of the vote, even if their favored candidate loses. Similarly, the brutality of violence was also supposed to be replaced by a fair, transparent justice system where no person is above the law and every person receives the same rights when accused: The right to face your accuser, the right to call witnesses in your defense, the right to cross examine the prosecution’s witnesses, and so on. Democrats have abandoned every pillar of civil society. The reason this is important to understand is because Democrats have thrown these pillars of civil society out the window in their desperation to destroy Trump and overthrow America, turning it into an authoritarian regime run by a twisted combination of techno-fascists (like Google and Twitter) conspiring with deep state operatives who despise the Constitution. Together, they have silenced free speech in America, deprived the President of the United States any shred of due process (in the treasonous Schiff impeachment trials) and sought to nullify the will of the People who voted for Trump in 2016. Yet as William B. Stoecker had pointed out and history has proven, with absolute proof 'the powers that be' will use false flag terrorism to accomplish their goals, and the mainstream, completely complicit in treason media happy to report their lies to the masses, further 'dumbing them down' to 'truth', we should all keep our eyes wide open for the next, and possibly final, false flag event that ushers in tyranny and prepare to protect our friends and families and the innocent from whatever insanity leftists unleash upon America in the coming days, weeks and months leading up to the 2020 election and well into 2021 no matter who wins. And while Democrats and globalists surely want their 'slaves', the American people, to be disarmed, as Sheriff Scott Jenkins of Culpeper County, Virginia recently wisely stated as heard in the 2nd video below, with the 2nd Amendment now under fire in Virginia, "The right to bear arms—some believe that the Second Amendment gives us that right, when in fact it’s a God-given right. If you don’t believe in God, it’s a law of nature that every creature can defend their lives from threats." Amen.
http://allnewspipeline.com/White_House_Evacuated_Hint_Of_False_Flag_Ahead.php
:: 12--19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Alaska in the news again for all the wrong reasons! Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded: Unprecedented warmth is killing Alaska's fragile ecosystem.
Extremely low cod numbers have lead feds to close the Gulf of Alaska fishery for the first time ever.
Salmon all but have gone. Die-offs of massive amounts of unspawned chum, sockeye, and pink salmon.
Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded in Alaska.
Alaska's low on December the 9th was warmer than the average high for the time of the year.
Anchorage recorded a high of 51 deg F, on Monday, (10.5 deg C), which is more than double the December average.
In 2019, Alaska has broken heat records in the Spring, the Summer, Autumn and now Winter.
Parts of Alaska recorded their warmest February and March on record with temperatures +40 deg F above normal killing off the Crab fishing season.
In July, Alaska hit 89 degrees F, (32 deg C), to break the all-time highest temperature ever recorded: Campbell Creek hit 91 degrees F, (33 deg C)
July 2019 now stands as Alaska’s hottest month on record.
Record warmth has been recorded more or less all year long in Alaska this year and the trend shows no sign of stopping anytime soon. Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded in the State. Incredibly, Alaska's low on December the 9th was warmer than the average high for the time of the year. The average high in December is 25 deg F, which is -4 deg C, Anchorage recorded a high of 51 deg F, on Monday, (10.5 deg C), which is more than double the December average. Alaska has seen a lot of record-breaking warmth in 2019, there were broken records in the Spring, the Summer, Autumn and now Winter, according to Meteorologist Danielle Banks. This record warmth may be good news for the average Alaskan but it's killing Alaska's fragile ecosystem. Parts of Alaska recorded their warmest February and March on record with temperatures +40 deg F above normal killing off the Crab fishing season. The record warmth affects the seal population who give birth on solid ice but the ice has melted. Amy Holman, the regional coordinator for Alaska at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, "said the warmth has, in addition, had a deep impact on transportation as two-thirds of communities in Alaska are not accessible via roads." Full story In July, Alaska hit 89 degrees F, (32 deg C), to break the all-time highest temperature ever recorded: Campbell Creek hit 91 degrees F, (33 deg C) and the records kept tumbling! Full story Anchorage experienced six days in a row of 80-plus deg F (27-plus deg C) weather - the longest stretch on record for the city. Full story July 2019 now stands as Alaska’s hottest month on record, which was the latest benchmark in a long-term warming trend with ominous repercussions ranging from rapidly vanishing summer sea ice and melting glaciers to raging wildfires and deadly chaos for marine life. Full story Hundreds of fires broke out in the Arctic, wildfires exploded with areas of northern Siberia, northern Scandinavia, Alaska and Greenland engulfed in flames. Alaska alone burning 1.6 billion acres, due to the heat in July. Full story As summer 2019 continued Alaska baked, more birds seals and other marine life continue to die in unprecedented numbers with experts claiming the "Pacific Blob" had returned. Full story
Extremely low cod numbers have lead feds to close the Gulf of Alaska fishery for the first time ever. In an unprecedented response to historically low numbers of Pacific cod, the federal cod fishery in the Gulf of Alaska is closing for the 2020 season. It’s a decision that came as little surprise, but it’s the first time the fishery was closed due to concerns of low stock. “We’re on the knife’s edge of this over-fished status,” North Pacific Fisheries Management Council member Nicole Kimball said during talks in Anchorage Friday afternoon. It’s not over-fishing to blame for the die-off, but rather, climate change. Warming ocean temperatures linked to climate change are wreaking havoc on a number of Alaska’s fisheries, worrying biologists, locals and fishermen with low returns that jeopardize fishing livelihoods. Full Story Unusually warm temperatures across Alaska this summer led to die-offs of massive amounts of unspawned chum, sockeye, and pink salmon. Warm waters also sometimes this summer acted as a "thermal block" - essentially a wall of heat salmon don't swim past, delaying upriver migration. Full story Climate Change Front Page
Posted by Gary Walton at 11:19 am
http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/12/alaska-in-news-again-for-all-wrong.html
[ :: 7-11-04
pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom
and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle
and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow.
I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her,
then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s
destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or
ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion
of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..
[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc
:: 12-8-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trannies and lightsabers: Star Wars director says franchise is about to go full LGBT
Monday, December 09, 2019 by: Ethan Huff
(Natural News) Dear Star Wars fans: Are you ready for some intergalactic LGBT action? Because that’s what you’re going to get in the next franchise installment, according to director J.J. Abrams. During a recent interview, Abrams revealed that the soon-to-be-released Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker episode will feature the Disney-owned series’ first-ever homosexual, or possibly transgender – he didn’t specify which – subplot. The creators behind Star Wars have reportedly been talking about incorporating LGBT characters and themes into the franchise since Star Wars: The Force Awakens was released back in 2015 – and they’re actually now doing it. Rumors have apparently been circulating that Disney might turn the platonic relationship between the reboot trilogy’s two main characters, Finn (John Boyega) and Poe (Ex Machina‘s Oscar Isaac), into a “gay” relationship, which is something that Abrams had personally hoped would happen. Because the decrepit Western mindset can’t comprehend the idea of a close relationship between two men that isn’t overtly sexual, some Star Wars fans have been eagerly awaiting an LGBT pairing between the Finn and Poe characters – and it seems they might just get their wish. “Personally, I kind of hoped and wished that maybe that would’ve been taken further in the other films, but I don’t have control,” Isaac, who plays Poe, confessed during a recent interview about how he, too, has been fetishizing for an LGBT outcome between his character and Finn. Just in time for Christmas, Isaac, Abrams, and other LGBT-craving Star Wars fans will finally see their dream come true, Abrams admitted in so many words about how he has always “strived to find a cast for Star Wars that ‘looked more the way the world works than not.'” “And in the case of the LGBTQ community, it was important to me that people who go to see this movie feel that they’re being represented in the film,” Abrams is quoted as saying. “I will say I’m giving away nothing about what happens in the movie, but I did just say what I just said.” Disney wants your children to be homosexual, transgender, queer, or other-sex – ANYTHING but straight Those who’ve been following the sordid history of Disney and its perverted, child-centric programming probably won’t be surprised by this news, seeing as how Disney went all-in with the LGBT agenda a long time ago. Back in 2018, for example, Disney theme parks unveiled LGBTQ “pride” ears for children to wear around the property in “celebration” of sexual deviancy. Disney has also been a longtime ally of communist China, as well as the abortion industry, which murders children for profit. Disney is a sick, sick operation, in other words, and one that seeks for nothing more than to turn your impressionable children into gays, lesbians, bisexuals, transgenders, queers, or one of the many other colors of the pride “rainbow.” And by taking them to see Star Wars films, you, too, are promoting the LGBT indoctrination of your own kids. “I’ve been wondering for a while why Disney was spending so much money to buy boys’ attention (Marvel, Star Wars). I now know why: to destroy them,” wrote one Newsbusters commenter about how Disney has an obvious agenda to destroy, specifically, young men by indoctrinating them with LGBT propaganda laced into their favorite films. “We all get to be Cinderella now, whether we like it or not.” “Congratulations! You are now a member in the Destroy Morality Club! . “Yuk. Leftists truly DO destroy everything they touch.” To keep up with the latShow the kids the brave sodomites on the Death Star,” wrote another Newsbusters commenterest news about LGBT perversion being forced on innocent children by the “rainbow” mafia, be sure to check out Gender.news or HollywoodHater.com. Sources for this article include: Newsbusters.org NaturalNews.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-12-09-star-wars-is-about-to-go-full-lgbt.html
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 12-11-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Portland, OR to require all new buildings, incl. private homes, provide ‘rest and welcome’ to homeless
Posted on December 11, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 57 Comments
More insanity from the city government of Portland, Oregon. Lashay Wesley reports for KATU News that on Nov. 12, 2019, the City of Portland’s 11-member Planning and Sustainability Commission narrowly approved a controversial change to the design process language to say all property owners must “Provide opportunities to rest and be welcome” to homeless people. The change was introduced by Commissioner Oriana Magnera (see her LinkedIn page here), who has a B.A. in Women’s Studies and is also the climate and energy policy coordinator of Verde, a local “environmental justice” non-profit. She said: “Just one of the realities of Portland right now is that we have a lot of folks who are unhoused who benefit from some of these spaces that provide weather protection.” Some are rightly concerned that the change to the city of Portland’s design review process would lead to homeless people camping on private property. Questions were raised even by members of the Planning and Sustainability Commission: Commission Chair and architect Katherine Schultz asked: “What does it mean to rest? Am I providing a place to sleep?” Commissioner and attorney Jeff Bachrach said: “I’m concerned that this is going to become quite controversial. I think for us to put into design review some loaded words that suggest we want some design commissioners to think about people resting for hours, pitching tents, I think we’re just putting too great of a burden on design review.” KATU News reached out to each member of the commission, but no one would agree to talk about the proposal on the record, including Magnera who had proposed the idea. Commission Chair Schultz provided this statement to KATU News: The discussion around ‘Guideline 6: Provide opportunities to rest and be welcome’ was one of the most robust of the Planning and Sustainability Commission’s November 12 work session on the Design Overlay Zone Amendments (DOZA) project. Commissioners discussed how private development can provide places for people to feel welcome and safe, as well as allow space for people to rest, especially in light of our current housing shortage. The Commission will talk about this further at our next work session and will provide suggested language to the Design Commission that helps clarify the intent of the word “rest.” The Design Commission is the recommending body to City Council for proposed new design guidelines. The City design review program and guidelines that are the subject of DOZA affect the design of new buildings but do not control the use of properties. The City of Portland also declined to comment, but provided this letter from the Planning and Sustainability Commission: Understanding we are talking about private property here, we still want to ensure the openness and welcoming factors contribute to the development. Specific to the phrasing of the guideline itself, we suggest making it even more clear that development should provide supportive space for people to feel welcome and safe and should allow space for people to rest, especially under our current housing shortage. The definition of “rest” was quite involved. We think the background should address this more fully and clarify the intent of the word. The PSC will talk about this further at its [Dec. 17] work session and will provide suggested language to the Design Commission after our discussion. According to BizPacReview, this is not yet a done deal as the motion must pass more committees before a final vote.
Drudge Report has gone to the dark side. Check out Whatfinger News, the Internet’s conservative frontpage founded by a military veteran!
:: 12--19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bill Gates Wants to Export India's National ID System Around The Globe
by Tyler Durden Authored by Daniel Taylor via OldThinkerNews.com,
It’s not just a social credit score system spreading around the world from China that threatens the free people of the world; India’s Aadhaar National ID program has the full support of Bill Gates and the World Bank as a model for other countries to follow. Gates said in a 2018 CNBC interview that it was “too bad” if someone thought that Aadhaar was a privacy issue: The Gates Foundation has pledged to fund the World Bank in an effort to take the ID program to other countries. Despite Gates plea that there are no privacy issues with Aadhaar, several court cases have gone to India’s supreme court on grounds of privacy violations. The ID system has had serious security breaches, with access to a billion identities being sold for less than $10 through WhatsApp. One of the court filings (Mathew Thomas vs Union of India) details the rise of China’s social credit system, comparing the Indian Aadhaar initiative to the Chinese program. Perhaps the most sensational angle to this story is that the same international tech company that provides the infrastructure to Aadhaar also makes drivers licenses in the United States. Idemia (formerly Morpho), is a billion dollar multinational corporation. It is responsible for building a significant portion of the world’s biometric surveillance and security systems, operating in about 70 countries. Some American clients of the company include the Department of Defense, Homeland Security, and the FBI. The company website says that Morpho has been “…building and managing databases of entire populations…” for many years. In the United States, Idemia is involved in the making of state issued drivers licenses in 42 states. Idemia is now pushing digital license trials in the U.S. Delaware and Iowa are among five states involved in the trials this year. With the mobile licenses, law enforcement will be able to wirelessly “ping” a drivers smartphone for their license. The Indian government recently announced a facial recognition program to monitor all social media platforms, called the Advanced Application for Social Media Analytics. Big tech companies are using China, India, South Korea and other countries as testing grounds for smart cities, surveillance systems and command and control tech that are being stealthily rolled out in the west.
https://www.zerohedge.com/health/bill-gates-wants-export-indias-national-id-system-around-globe
:: 12-11-19 Michelle Malkin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Blood on Open Borders Boston’s hands
By Michelle Malkin • December 11, 2019 07:40 AM
Here is a chilling case of sanctuary chickens coming home to roost.
Upon being convicted of armed robbery, kidnapping, home invasion and the brutal murders of two doctors on Tuesday, African criminal Bampumim Teixeira taunted the Massachusetts prosecutor who won the case and vowed to rape his wife. “You better hope I don’t get out of jail,” Teixeira threatened as he was dragged away in handcuffs by a quartet of court security officers. The killer appeared to greatly enjoy the media spectacle while striking fear into the hearts of innocents. He will be sentenced on Friday. I am outraged on behalf of the victims’ families and pray for the prosecutor’s loved ones. But let’s be clear: This homicidal beast is a beneficiary of liberal Bay State policies that coddle foreign evildoers and give them cover to wreak havoc in our homeland. The architects of open borders Boston have blood on their hands. Teixeira was a repeat offender well-known to law enforcement and government officials before he snuck into the South Boston condo of Richard Field and Lina Bolano in 2017, bound and gagged them, slit their throats and stabbed them to death. A homeless vagrant from Guinea-Bissau in West Africa, Teixeira had been convicted of two bank robberies and was released from prison just weeks before the massacre at Field and Bolano’s condo. This thieving bum’s lawyer secured a deal with the Suffolk County district attorney’s office to sentence him to 364 days for the second heist and downgraded the second felony crime to larceny. Why one day shy of a year? Why the reclassification of a felony to a misdemeanor? The soft-on-alien-crime agreement allowed him to escape deportation, which any green card holder would normally face for committing crimes of moral turpitude or crimes that result in sentences of 365 days or more. Ultimately, he served only 9 months behind bars. This evilness is part of a nationwide move by far-left Democratic prosecutors, many subsidized and supported by open borders billionaire George Soros, to minimize “collateral immigration consequences of criminal convictions” and help immigrants evade “disproportionate collateral consequences, such as deportation. All in the name of “public safety” and celebrating diversity, of course. For those outside of New England, let me tell you about the infamous public enemy, Suffolk County DA Rachael Rollins. In March, she ordered her employees to monitor and snitch on federal ICE officers hanging around any courthouse while trying to do their jobs. She is overseeing a radical “restorative justice” agenda to decrease arrests, detentions and prosecutions for both citizens and noncitizens. Our office, she announced, “will begin to factor into all charging and sentencing decisions the potential of immigration consequences.” Let me translate that for you: If foreign adults commit crimes that would separate them from their families and lead to imprisonment and deportation, DA Rollins will drop charges or shorten sentences in the name of social justice — the law-abiding victims of these criminal immigrants be damned. The anarchy-promoting DA grudgingly admitted to Boston talk show legend Howie Carr earlier this year that the Teixeira case was a “horrific situation.” She said she would have “no problem” deporting convicted criminal immigrants, but only after they “shoot or rape or kill somebody.” In other words: Always look the other way at immigration crimes until it’s too late to save the lives of innocent people sacrificed at the altar of open borders. As the people of Boston face a crucial vote by their city council this week on whether to make their sanctuary policies even more radical and welcoming for the world’s homeless, jobless, drug dealers and gangbangers, I have questions: Why shouldn’t foreign law-breakers face “immigration consequences” for every single civil and criminal law they violate? Why are Soros-bots across the country elevating the rights of criminal immigrants above law-abiding citizens? Why aren’t more Americans rising in revolt against open borders-sponsored politicians and prosecutors turning our neighborhoods into safe spaces for foreign outlaws? Over the past three months, thousands have joined me at rallies to Stand with ICE and defend American First in so-called sanctuary cities from Boston to Aurora to Portland to Montgomery County, Maryland? What about the rest of you? What’s your excuse? Michelle Malkin ‘s email address is MichelleMalkinInvestigates@protonmail.com
http://michellemalkin.com/2019/12/11/blood-on-open-borders-bostons-hands/
:: 11-25-19 Breaking News Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Scientists Admit: Snakes Once had Legs as Described in Book of Genesis
By Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz November 25, 2019 , 10:43 am
Let them lick dust like snakes, Like crawling things on the ground! Let them come trembling out of their strongholds To Hashem our God; Let them fear and dread You!” Micah 7:17 (The Israel Bible™) Paleontologists in Argentina reached for their Bibles after finding fossils of snakes with hind legs. The report published in the journal, Science Advances, estimates the fossils found in the Rio Negro Province, Patagonia in 2013. The fossil is believed to be 95 million years old. The new discovery was appropriately named najash rionegrina. The term najash is based on the Hebrew word נחש (nachash, snake). The scientists based their theory on fragments of a nearly complete skull which indicated they were very similar to lizards. Their shared anatomy led scientists to conclude that snakes evolved from lizards. Previous theories held that snakes evolved from small worm-like burrowing lizards with four legs. No fossils were ever found to corroborate this theory. One theory suggested that the two-legged fossils represented a temporary stage in which the snakes transitioned from four legs to none but the researchers concluded that the two-legged stage lasted tens of millions of years. Though some lizards are legless, the new discovery is of a skull with a large mouth and sharp teeth which is entirely different than that of lizards. The skull also had mobile joints for the jaw, much like modern snakes. The najash probably fed on large prey and were similar in size to the modern-day big-headed, big-bodied lizards like the Komodo dragon. “Snakes are famously legless, but then so are many lizards. What truly sets snakes apart is their highly mobile skull, which allows them to swallow large prey items”, said Dr. Alessandro Palci, from Flinders University in Australia told The Daily Mail. “For a long time, we have been lacking detailed information about the transition from the relatively rigid skull of a lizard to the super flexible skull of snakes.” Researchers say that Najash has the most complete, three-dimensionally preserved skull of any ancient snake ever found. “It has some, but not all of the flexible joints found in the skull of modern snakes. Its middle ear is intermediate between that of lizards and living snakes, and unlike all living snakes it retains a well-developed cheekbone, which again is reminiscent of that of lizards”, said Dr. Palci. The new discovery is consistent with the story in Genesis which states that the snake was punished for tempting Eve. Then Hashem said to the serpent, “Because you did this, More cursed shall you be Than all cattle And all the wild beasts: On your belly shall you crawl And dirt shall you eat All the days of your life. Genesis 3:14 Since the punishment was to crawl on its belly, it is surmised that prior to the punishment, the snake did not crawl and may have had legs. In gematria (Hebrew numerology) nachash (snake) נחש equals 358, the same as Moshiach (Messiah) משיח. The Zohar (the basis of Jewish mysticism) explained that the evil inclination, personified by the snake in Eden, will make a resurgence in the days before Messiah, tempted to come and drink sustenance from the enormous levels of holiness that will appear in the world in the end-of-days. Another connection between the lowly snake and holiness is implicit in the Hebrew words. The letters of the word נחש (nachash; snake) can be rearranged to spell חושן (choshen; breastplate), worn by the high priest in the Temple. The Zohar states that the tikkun (fixing) of the snake’s sin in the Garden of Eden would be accomplished in the Third Temple by way of the breastplate. Perhaps, after the Third Temple is built, snakes will once again walk on their legs. But the most remarkable non-snake-like aspect of the new find was a well-defined sacrum supporting a pelvis and functional hind legs outside of its ribcage. Another theory held that snakes developed as marine reptiles, losing their legs in the oceans, evolving from now-extinct marine lizards called mosasaurs. Though some species of sea snakes still have vestigial legs, the najash was decidedly a desert dweller. “This snake is an important addition because it is the first snake with a sacrum. This represents an intermediate morphology that has never before been seen,” says Hussam Zaher, curator of herpetology at the University of São Paulo in Brazil, and part of the research team told New Scientist. “‘Snakeness’ is really old, and that’s probably why we don’t have any living representatives of four-legged snakes like we do all of the other lizards,” Michael Caldwell, a vertebrate paleontologist at the University of Alberta and a co-author of the study, explained to the New York Times. “Snakes probably were one of the first lizard groups to start experimenting with limblessness, but what’s really intriguing is that they were also very clearly showing the characteristics of their skulls, which are their specialization,” he added.
https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/140524/scientists-admit-snakes-once-legs-described-book-genesis/
:: 12-4-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Reign of Lawlessness
By Hal Lindsey
Mexico’s new socialist president has taken a novel approach to crime fighting. He calls it, “hugs not bullets.” To see how that strategy is working out, look at the story of Ovidio Guzmán. He is the son of the man once known as the world’s most powerful drug trafficker — “el Chapo.” In October, the young Guzman was captured by Mexican police. But the government of Mexico freed him when hundreds of crime syndicate henchmen began an assault on the country’s security forces. Because of what happened that day, Mexico is a different place. Citizens long suspected that crime lords run their country. Now they know it. Newspaper man Ismael Bojórquez described the change. “Life goes on,” he wrote, “but not in the same way.” President López Obrador sees it as a good thing. “This is no longer a war,” he said. “It is no longer about force, confrontation, annihilation, extermination, or killing in the heat of the moment. This is about thinking how to save lives and achieve peace and tranquility in the country using other methods.” But in fact, this is not about saving lives. Just the opposite. It is about a government’s capitulation to the forces of evil. It is about the reign of lawlessness. Jesus said that in the last days, “lawlessness will abound.” (Matthew 24:12) In London a few days ago, a terrorist named Usman Khan stabbed five people, killing two. He had previously been convicted for his part in an al-Qaeda inspired terror plot back in 2012. He served five years and was then released from prison without going before a parole board as the law previously required. The Australian news service, News.com.au, reported, “Khan had been helped by ‘Learning Together’ after he was released from prison in December last year. And he was used as a poster boy by the program after he thanked them for helping him get a computer.” The two people killed by Khan — Saskia Jones, 23, and Jack Merritt, 25 — were volunteers with “Learning Together.” They were both outspoken advocates for more leniency in Britain’s criminal justice system. “Learning Together” is an initiative of the Cambridge University Institute of Criminology. The director of the institute, Professor Loraine Gelsthorpe, said that Jack Merritt advocated “for a politics of love.” It sounds a lot like “hugs not bullets.” And that sounds nice until we remember that God instituted human government for the protection of rights, the protection of children and families — protection from lives of fear. The United States is not immune from the growing lawlessness in the world. In Chicago, the county prosecutor announced three years ago that shoplifters would no longer be charged with a felony if they stole under a $1000 worth of merchandise, or if they were juveniles. Criminals are said to carry calculators into stores to make sure they are under the limit. That way they will be free to come back for more. According to CBS 2 in Chicago, “They grab what they want and then they take off.” Alderman Brian Hopkins says, “We’re seeing store security guards being pepper sprayed, maced and physically attacked…. [Shoplifters] have no fear and they’re acting with impunity.” The same thing has happened in California where the law changed 1 ½ years ago. Any theft below $950 can only be charged as a misdemeanor. The owner of a small hobby shop in Sacramento says the new law has made it hard for him and other small retailers to stay in business. “It’s just pretty much open season,” he said. “They’ll pick the $800 unit and just grab it and run out the door.” Rachael Rollins serves as the District Attorney for Suffolk County, Massachusetts. The county includes Boston. She was elected promising not to prosecute certain crimes. They include theft of personal property under $250, disorderly conduct, trespassing, receiving stolen property, wanton or malicious destruction of property, drug possession, drug possession with intent to distribute, and resisting arrest. Think of the consequences of giving people a free pass on the things on that list. Initially, lawlessness leads to anarchy. But it never stays there long. It quickly becomes the excuse for criminal control such as we see in Mexico, or for the formation of a police state. Either way, freedoms are quickly lost.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-4-2019/
:: 9-29-16 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Things Fall Apart
by Hal Lindsey
“The Second Coming” by William Butler Yeats is one of the most widely quoted poems from the 20thCentury. In fact, one firm that watches such things says it’s being quoted this year more than ever. The title does not refer to the return of Christ, but to the return of an ancient monster — paganism. The newfound popularity of a poem written in 1919 tells us a great deal about where the human race sees itself in 2016. And, without meaning to, it serves as a potent reminder that Jesus is coming very soon! The poem begins; Turning and turning in the widening gyre The falcon cannot hear the falconer; Things fall apart; the centre cannot hold; Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world. “Gyre” means spiral or vortex. Yeats pictures the falcon flying in a circle too large for the falconer to maintain control. Then, with brilliant simplicity, he expresses the human dilemma from the time of Adam and Eve’s sin until now — “Things fall apart.” Last month, The Wall Street Journal ran an article on the reasons for the poem’s rising popularity and influence. The Journal called it, “A warning of sorts for a world entering a dark, anarchic age.” An analysis by the media database, Factiva, shows that the poem was quoted more in the first few months of 2016 than in any full year of the last three decades. “Things fall apart” is the most quoted line. The next most quoted goes back to Yeats’ picture of the falcon and the falconer — “The centre cannot hold.” “Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world” is the third most quoted phrase. In his biography of Yeats, Oxford Professor Roy Foster, wrote, “There’s a sense of insecurity, instability, risk, and a feeling that something appalling is around the corner. I think we have seen rough beasts arise, notably in desert countries.” Surely some revelation is at hand; Surely the Second Coming is at hand. The Second Coming! Hardly are those words out When a vast image out of Spiritus Mundi Troubles my sight: somewhere in sands of the desert A shape with lion body and the head of a man, A gaze blank and pitiless as the sun, Is moving its slow thighs.… The phrase “Spiritus Mundi” means “world spirit.” Yeats used the sphinx as the embodiment of this spirit. “A shape with lion body and the head of a man, A gaze blank and pitiless as the sun.” The monster’s moving, but where? Yeats saw it headed toward Bethlehem — the pitiless beast on its way to devour the Christ child. The darkness drops again; but now I know That twenty centuries of stony sleep Were vexed to nightmare by a rocking cradle, And what rough beast, its hour come round at last, Slouches towards Bethlehem to be born? Yeats was no prophet of God. He had a lifelong love affair with the occult, practiced “automatic writing,” and admired Mussolini. Wikipedia says, “During séances held from 1912, a spirit calling itself ‘Leo Africanus’ apparently claimed it was Yeats’ Daemon.” “The Second Coming” presents a nightmare view of the future, with Satan winning in his war with God. It’s a picture the devil would like everyone to buy into. And with interest in the poem so high, that’s apparently happening. People turn to it today because the imagery seems to depict the world of 2016. In a time of terror, corruption, economic danger, and nuclear menace, people relate to and identify with the phrases, “the centre cannot hold,” “mere anarchy is loosed upon the world,” and, most of all, “things fall apart.” But I have good news. Things are not falling apart. Yes, these are troubled times. Humpty Dumpty is having a great fall. And the leaders of the world have no idea how to fix it. “But there is a God in heaven!” Daniel said. And that’s still the answer. Our God knows the end from the beginning, and nothing catches Him by surprise. Daniel went on to say, “He has made known… what will take place in the latter days.” (Daniel 2:28 NASB) In an article posted on the Rapture Ready website, Jan Merkel wrote, “Things are not falling apart — they are falling into place.” That’s exactly right. These are not days for Christian despair, but hope and awe. Before our eyes, Planet Earth is taking the shape God’s word described 2,500 years ago! In the world, even the most powerful men and women feel insecure. The ultra-rich are building massive, luxury bunkers beneath their homes. Among regular houses, the biggest trend is to add a “safe room.” People are afraid. They sense that something huge is happening, but they don’t know how to get ready. How exciting that we who are in Christ have the answer! And to prove it, God gave prophecy that predicts our times to a tee. May we be faithful to let them know. “There is a God in heaven and His word will be fulfilled!”
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-29-2016/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 12-10-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iran is building tunnels in Syria near Iraq border for weapons
Iran has begun building tunnels at its Imam Ali base in Syria, which is a key part of Iran’s infrastructure that links Iran via Iraq to Syria and Lebanon.
By SETH J. FRANTZMAN DECEMBER 10, 2019 20:46
Iran has begun excavating tunnels at its Imam Ali base in Syria near the Iraqi border that will be used to store and move weapons, according to new satellite images and a report from Fox News. The base has been under construction for more than a year and is a key part of Iran’s infrastructure in Syria linking Iran via Iraq to Syria and Lebanon. Syrian, regional Arabic media and Russian sources have accused Israel of airstrikes at or near the location going back to June 2018. The tunnels are estimated to be 130 meters long and wide enough to drive a car through. Image Sat International (ISI), which provided the satellite images and wrote a report, noted that at least one tunnel is being excavated and that the construction accelerated “a few weeks after the base was attacked for the first time,” on September 9, 2019. In the wake of that attack, an Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps group attempted to fire rockets at Israel from near Damascus. “The tunnel excavation began not only in spite of the compound airstrike, but even as a lesson learned from the mentioned attack,” ISI wrote. Fox News said it consulted with Western intelligence sources which reviewed the information. The US has recently linked Iranian-backed groups to at least nine attacks near areas with US bases over the last year. These have involved rockets. In addition, Iraq’s government has accused Israel of several attacks in July and August. And Qais Khazali, leader of the Asaib Ahl al-Haq militia that was sanctioned by the US last week, has threatened the US and Israel. A New York Times report last week said that Iran transferred short range ballistic missiles to Iraq. Iran is building the Imam Ali base near a new border crossing at Albukamal in Syria. The border was reopened at the end of September after many years when it was closed due to the war on ISIS. But Iran’s base is in the desert just over some sand dunes near the crossing. It is now linked to the crossing. A shed has been used to hide the entrance to the tunnel. “Large dirt piles appeared at the opposite end of the tunnel,” Fox News reports. Western intelligence sources say that missiles and weapons will be stored in the tunnel. The tunnel now looks like the latest addition to a network of Iranian infrastructure near the border. It will add to Iran’s entrenchment in Syria and Iran’s “land bridge” or road to the sea that goes through several areas near the Euphrates River and then to way-points on the road to Damascus and Homs, called T2, T3 and T4. The latter is an air base called T-4 or Tiyas, which has been hit by airstrikes and where Iran tried to bring in its 3rd Khordad air defense system in April 2018. Iran has also brought drones and other weapons to T-4 using large civilian-style transport planes. A report in Russian media claimed that Russian Sukhoi Su-35s scrambled on December 6 to stop an Israeli airstrike at T-4. Israel has been accused of carrying out other airstrikes at the same location. In February 2018 Iran launched a drone from T-4 that entered Israeli airspace and was shot down by a helicopter. The new Imam Ali base is a serious Iranian investment and shows its plans to link Syria and Iraq vi Tehran’s hand. This is also here precision guidance, which might be trafficked to Hezbollah, a key concern. Israel warned that Hezbollah is trying to upgrade its 150,000 rockets with precision guidance in August. ISI has provided numerous reports and images of the Albukamal location, , going back to June 2018. It wrote a report on the Iranian “land bridge” in July 2018 and has consistently updated the report and images since. This was true in September after an airstrike where it was revealed several buildings at the Imam Ali base were struck. They appeared to be storehouses of some sort. Now, Iran is seeking to go underground. Iran has expertise in building tunnels and bunkers. Hezbollah built tunnels near the border with northern Israel. Some were revealed last December during Operation Northern Shield, which sought to locate and destroy Hezbollah tunnels. In May 2018, ISI revealed that Iran had built tunnels at its Fordow nuclear enrichment facility. “The imagery of Fordow enrichment facility shows a large presence of buses and private vehicles, as well as an opened gate which leads to underground tunnels.”
:: 12-10-19 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump to sign executive order defunding colleges that fail to fight anti-Semitism
by Tim Pearce | December 10, 2019 11:12 PM
President Trump is expected to sign an executive order that will allow the administration to cut funding from colleges and universities that have failed to quell anti-Semitism on their campuses. Trump’s order will be delivered on Wednesday, according to the New York Times. The order reclassifies Judaism as a race or nationality, affording Jews Title XI anti-discrimination protections under the 1964 Civil Rights Act. The boycott, divestment, and sanctions movement calls for cracking down on Israel for its treatment of Palestinians living in Israeli-controlled territory. Congress passed a bipartisan condemnation of BDS as a movement that "promotes principles of collective guilt, mass punishment and group isolation, which are destructive of prospects for progress towards peace." The BDS movement has gained traction on college campuses in recent years. The movement, along with a rise in anti-Semitic attacks against Jews, has motivated lawmakers on both sides to push for legislation through Congress similar to Trump’s executive order. David Krone, who was chief of staff to Sen. Harry Reid, applauded the expected move by Trump. "I know people are going to criticize me for saying this, but I have to give credit where credit is due," Krone said.
[ :: 1-28-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc
etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc
:: 12-10-19 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New Zealand police open investigation into deaths at volcano
By Rebecca Klar - 12/10/19 09:25 AM EST
New Zealand police are investigating the deaths and injuries at the site of a volcano eruption where officials said at least five people died. Authorities announced on Tuesday that an investigation into the “circumstances of the deaths and injuries” on White Island, an active volcano that operates as a tourist destination, has begun. Police said it is “too early to confirm” if there would also be a criminal investigation, correcting an earlier statement. Police are working with other agencies to determine the conditions on the island, including the gas levels in the atmosphere, as officials continue the recovery and investigation process, officials said. “We understand people’s desire to recover their loved ones and we are working around the clock to get onto the island so we can recover them as soon as possible,” New Zealand police said in the statement. Five people have been confirmed dead and eight are missing and presumed dead, police said. Nine people from the United States were on the island at the time of the eruption, officials added. There also were 24 people from Australia, two from China, four from Germany, one from Malaysia, five from New Zealand and two from the U.K.
:: 12-10-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Guatemalan President-elect: World must recognize Jerusalem
Guatemalan President-elect Alejandro Giammatte praises Israelis for 'making the desert bloom.'
Yoni Kempinski, 10/12/19 20:59
Guatemalan President-elect Alejandro Giammatte was honored at a ceremony at the Friends of Zion Museum in Jerusalem Tuesday. Giammatte said at the ceremony: "When we talk about history, we believe in the word of G-d. We must recognize that the people of Israel are entitled to live in their own land. The world recognized a few years ago Israel's right to a state, we have repaired a historical injustice." "You manage to make the desert bloom. I hope I can come back here a lot more. With the help of the JNF you managed to make the land bloom. You did it with a lot of love. It's a once-in-a-millennium event. "We have nothing left but to invite the world leaders to build here and recognize that Jerusalem is the capital of Israel. There is no other way," he stated. World Chairman of KKL-JNF Daniel Atar told President Giammattei: "Your decision to come here even before your inauguration speaks for itself. I would like to thank you very much for your recognition of the importance of warm and special relations with Israel, and you intend to preserve and deepen them." "Special thanks for your important decision to declare Hezbollah a terrorist organization, and not to allow its people to operate from the territory of Guatemala. "Precisely at this time, when anti-Semitism seems to be lifting its ugly head again and manifestations of hatred are increasing, warming the heart to realize once again - as on that November day - it is important that there are also true friends of Israel."
http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/272990
:: 12-3-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Top Los Angeles Homeless Official Resigns: Homelessness Up 33% Despite $780 Million Spent & Quadrupled Staff Over 5 Years
Dean Garrison - December 3, 2019
Los Angeles is a glowing example of the destructive policies that drive California politics. Liberal policies have resulted in Los Angeles County having arond 59,000 homeless people and that number shows no signs of slowing down. On Monday, Peter Lynn of the LA Homeless Services Authority announced his intention to resign and leave by the end of 2019. Peter Lynn, who saw homelessness rise 33% during his five years as head of the Los Angeles Homeless Service Authority, said he would leave the job by Dec. 31. “Over these five years of explosive growth, LAHSA deployed more than $780 million in new funding to address homelessness. We doubled our staff and then doubled it again,” Lynn said in a written statement.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 12-2-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
U.S. homeland security proposes face scans for U.S. citizens
by Reuters Monday, 2 December 2019 23:46 GMT
The plan has already drawn opposition from some privacy advocates
By Ted Hesson
WASHINGTON, Dec 2 (Reuters) - The Trump administration intends to propose a regulation next year that would require all travelers - including U.S. citizens - to be photographed when entering or leaving the United States, according to the administration's regulatory agenda. The proposed regulation, slated to be issued in July by the Homeland Security Department, would be part of a broader system to track travelers as they enter and exit the United States. The plan has already drawn opposition from some privacy advocates. Jay Stanley, a senior policy analyst with the American Civil Liberties Union, blasted the idea in a written statement on Monday. "Travelers, including U.S. citizens, should not have to submit to invasive biometric scans simply as a condition of exercising their constitutional right to travel," he said. The Trump administration contends in its regulatory agenda that the face scan requirement will combat the fraudulent use of U.S. travel documents and aid the identification of criminals and suspected terrorists. The public typically has 30 to 60 days to comment on a proposed U.S. regulation. The federal agency then needs to review and respond to comments, a process that can be time-consuming for major regulations. The Trump administration also said in its regulatory agenda that it plans to issue a separate fast-track regulation this month that would allow the entry-exit project to move beyond a pilot status. U.S. Customs and Border Protection, which is part of DHS, has already conducted pilot programs that collect photographs and fingerprints from foreign travelers.
A 2018 internal audit found technical and operational problems during a pilot program at nine U.S. airports. The problems raised questions about whether DHS would meet a self-imposed deadline to confirm all foreign departures at the top 20 U.S. airports by fiscal year 2021. The non-partisan Pew Research Center estimated in 2006 that 45 percent of immigrants in the United States without legal status entered on a valid visa but did not depart when it expired. (Reporting by Ted Hesson; Editing by Dan Grebler)
http://news.trust.org/item/20191202231619-0717f
:: 12--19 Fox 5 New York :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Data on your spending habits could be a gold mine for banks
Published 5 days ago Consumer Associated Press
NEW YORK - There’s a powerful new player watching what you buy so it can tailor product offerings for you: the bank behind your credit or debit card. For years, Google and Facebook have been showing ads based on your online behavior. Retailers from Amazon to Walgreens also regularly suction up your transaction history to steer future spending and hold your loyalty. Now banks, too, want to turn data they already have on your spending habits into extra revenue by identifying likely customers for retailers. Banks are increasingly aware that they could be sitting on a gold mine of information that can be used to predict — or sway — where you spend. Historically, such data has been used mostly for fraud protection. “Ten years ago, your bank was like your psychiatrist or your minister — your bank kept secrets.” Suppose you were to treat yourself to lunch on Cyber Monday, the busiest online shopping day of the year. If you order ahead at Chipotle — paying, of course, with your credit card — you might soon find your bank dangling 10% off lunch at Little Caesars. The bank would earn fees from the pizza joint, both for showing the offer and processing the payment. Wells Fargo began customizing retail offers for individual customers on Nov. 21, joining Chase, Bank of America, PNC, SunTrust and a slew of smaller banks. Unlike Google or Facebook, which try to infer what you’re interested in buying based on your searches, web visits or likes, “banks have the secret weapon in that they actually know what we spend money on,” said Silvio Tavares of the trade group CardLinx Association, whose members help broker purchase-related offers. “It’s a better predictor of what we’re going to spend on.” While banks say they’re moving cautiously and being mindful of privacy concerns, it’s not clear that consumers are fully aware of what their banks are up to. Banks know many of our deepest, darkest secrets — that series of bills paid at a cancer clinic, for instance, or that big strip-club tab that you thought stayed in Vegas. A bank might suspect someone’s adulterous affair long before the betrayed partner would. “Ten years ago, your bank was like your psychiatrist or your minister — your bank kept secrets,” said Ed Mierzwinski, a consumer advocate at the U.S. Public Interest Research Group. Now, he says, “they think they are the same as a department store or an online merchant.” The startup Cardlytics, one of the field’s pioneers, runs the offer programs for Wells Fargo, Chase and other banks. Though these partnerships, Cardlytics says it gets insights on about $2.8 trillion worth of annual consumer spending worldwide. A Cardlytics rival named Augeo runs a similar program with other banks, which it declined to name. American Express has an in-house program for its cardholders. Visa targets offers on Uber’s app for credits toward rides and food delivery. Even though banks only know where you’ve shopped — and not specifically what you bought — they’re often able to make educated guesses. After all, it’s not likely you’re at a liquor store for the potato chips. The bank can then infer other things you may like. It would have a pretty good idea that you’re about to travel if you’ve charged a flight or hotel stays. HSBC is looking into using that data to set up automatic alerts, so that it wouldn’t decline your card use as fraudulent when you start charging for meals in Kathmandu or Karachi. The next step is to make location-specific offers, perhaps for a car rental, as soon as you land. Marcos Meneguzzi, HSBC’s U.S. head of cards and unsecured lending, said cardholders will welcome such offers, at least when they’re relevant. But he warns that banks could easily overstep and lose their customers’ trust. Many of these efforts remain in their infancy, and it’s not yet clear how well they’ll catch on. The Cardlytics programs, for instance, don’t push offers through notifications. You have to look for them in your banking app or website. Abeer Bhatia, an executive with Chase’s credit-card business, said commissions barely cover operational costs. To Chase, the program is more important for incentivizing rewards-conscious consumers to use its cards. If a Chase card gets you an extra 10% at Rite Aid, why pull out your Citi card? As far as these companies are concerned, Americans have repeatedly demonstrated that they value freebies and discounts more than intangible privacy concerns. “Consumers understand the banks are giving them ways to save money based on how they shop,” said Scott Grimes, CEO and co-founder of Cardlytics. But banks often don’t explain clearly what they’re doing with your data, even though they sometimes share your transactions with outside data companies such as Cardlytics to process offers. And many banks don’t seek explicit consent, instead including these programs by reference in general agreements for the card or online banking. “It’s totally long, and people don’t read that,” said Saisattha Noomnual, a graduate student in Chicago who gets targeted offers through her Chase and Bank of America cards. Under federal law, banks merely have to let you withdraw from marketing, or opt out. That’s difficult to do if you’re not aware it’s happening. Noomnual said she can only guess she gets more offers for Starbucks because she visits Starbucks a lot. She reasons that based on how well banks analyze her spending for fraud alerts. While she said she doesn’t mind that, she wishes banks were more forthcoming. Bank of America declined comment. Chase said it tries to keep disclosures simple and understandable without overwhelming consumers. Banks insist they don’t share personal information with other companies because they replace names with anonymous ID numbers. Privacy researchers, however, have shown that such data can be “de-anonymized” under the right conditions. Privacy advocates worry that past transactions could come back to haunt you. Frequent visits to fast-food joints might flag you as a health risk, which could be a problem if your health insurer could pay to learn about that. Auto insurers might grow wary of cardholders who run up large bar tabs. And ultimately, these targeted offers could inadvertently encourage people to overspend or double down on unhealthy habits such as fast food. “Consumers aren’t aware of the subtle nudges apps are giving them to buy, buy, buy,” Mierzwinski said. “They are basically digging deep into your psyche and figuring out how to manipulate you.”
https://www.fox5ny.com/news/data-on-your-spending-habits-could-be-a-gold-mine-for-banks
[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing. Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..
:: 12-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Coming Communications Breakdown In Battleground Colorado: Ex-Special OPS Will Be Opposed by UN Forces-Dave Hodges and Paul Martin
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 2, 2019 - 22:26.
Jade Helm 16 was, in part, about taking down Colorado's contingent of retired intel and most of all special operations members in the Mile High state. There are an estimated 25,000 said members. THey often live and guard the entrances to various roads into the high country. These men have their own communications systems which is covered in this interview with Paul Martin, an ex-Marine, who knows some of the players. For years, Paul Martin and myself have been reporting on the various UN-related troops in Northern Colorado and Southern Wyoming. Two years ago, Paul Martin and myself reported on UN vehicles, equipped with strange and specialized antenna, which were bolted down on the ground near Rawlins, Wyoming. Paul Martin and myself had the antenna analyzed by experts and were told it is the type, unique to the UN which are designed to survive and EMP attack as the communications remain functional. In this broadcast, Paul Martin reveals that the ex-special operations forces, operating as a confederation, have specialized communications and they carry these devices in a faraday box. They are getting ready for the takeover. Additionally, Paul and myself have repeatedly reported on foreign troops who have been brought in by the UN to counter this presence. These troops would include the Gurkas (anti-guerrilla forces), the Russian Spetsnaz, Turkish troops, etc. In 2013, I published photos of the Spetsnaz in Colorado on the CSS website. In a related reported, I have previously reported on similar US ex-spec-ops forcs in the Ozarks. This broadcast connects many of these dots and more. One more thing, Youtube demonitized the video before publication. What does that say about being over the target? The story's cover photo is one of the photos of the EMP proof antenna that were independently sent to Paul and myself. Please note that Paul has encountered Russians and the Gurkas on his shooting range in the past and we reported the events in real time on the CSS.
:: 5-4-17 News Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The End Of The Line-5 Cities That Will Be Wiped Off the Map by Natural Disasters
Economy Collapse, End Of The Days, Natural Disaster, News, Science
May 4, 2017
No matter how technologically advanced humans become, we’ll always spend a good portion of our time pathetically flailing at nature and the various disasters it attempts to grind us down with. Which makes it all the more awesome that many have actually chosen to live right on the bulls-eye of mother nature’s bazooka practice target. As we all go blithely about our daily lives, just remember …
5. New York Is Due for a Hurricane Worse Than Sandy There’s no shortage of hazards that can be associated with New York: Muggings, terrorist attacks, and terrible celebrity chef restaurants are all par for the course when it comes to the Big Apple. Yet the most dangerous of them all tends to go unmentioned … right until it throws a skyscraper at you. Most of us were shocked to find out that New York was in hurricane territory at all, then all of a sudden the city gets sideswiped by Irene and Sandy. They flooded subways, collapsed quite a few buildings and dealt billions in damage. And they were nothing compared to what is (eventually) coming. Both of those storms were only Category 1 when they hit, meaning that they were not that powerful — even though they still tore up plenty of shit in the region, some of which still hasn’t been fixed. Which is to say that it could have been much worse. As in, Roland Emmerich worse. In fact, New York City has a pretty good chance of being hit by a category 3 Hurricane this very decade. And the next one. And, in fact, each and every decade. A Category 3 hurricane, in case you were wondering, is defined by the phrase “Devastating damage will occur.” We’re talking demolished houses, damaged skyscrapers, and destroyed infrastructure, here. We’re talking JFK airport under 19 feet of water, according to the people who study this sort of thing. Because of New York’s unique geography (and in case anyone needed an extra reason to dislike New Jersey), Northeast New Jersey and Western Long Island form a bottleneck for hurricanes to pass right into. Essentially, any storm with great intensity has a decent chance of a direct hit. This, incidentally, subjects the city to far worse things than just a “mere” Category 3: New York’s near future can very well see a full-on “Oh shit” hurricane of the Category 5 classification. Destruction wise, this storm would be a dozen times worse than a Category 3. Survival MD is 205 Pages Ebook of medical field survival guide showing you how to treat yourself and loved ones in an emergency / Disaster when doctors, pharmacies and hospitals are shut down. Because Doctors and emergency rooms may be unavailable or severely overloaded. You need to be prepared to stand on your own through whatever life sends your way.–watch this FREE video! So, What Can Be Done? Luckily, New York City is prepared for pretty much anything. And when we say prepared, we mean they know precisely how screwed they’re going to be. Using a Category 4 hurricane as a sort of average of terror, authorities have calculated that a massive hurricane would do about $500 billion worth of foreseeable damage — that is, four times as much as Hurricane Katrina managed. Hell, a mere Category 2 would turn the subway into an aquarium in 40 minutes, with Grand Central and Penn Stations flooding as well. There is also the matter of the 15-foot wall of water expected to hit three of the five N.Y. boroughs with all the havoc a mini-tsunami with New York attitude can wreak. Bottom line for hurricane survival in New York: When it hits, be in Cleveland. Though it could be worse… 4. Amsterdam Lives in Constant Dread of Drowning Amsterdam is the capital of Netherlands, and the Red Light Districted obligatory rest stop for backpackers who want to take pictures of each other giggling nervously over a ridiculously oversized and overpriced blunt. It is a beautiful city with hundreds of years of history and wonderful art museums, with the added bonus of hash bars freaking everywhere. It’s also about to be eaten by the ocean, every single minute of the day. Most of Netherlands resides below sea level, and if anything — anything, anywhere, at all — goes wrong, Amsterdam will take an entire ocean right in the face. Subsequently, the map of the Netherlands would look a little something like this: See the black blip labeled “Amsterdam” that’s right in the middle of the fucking blue? That’s what happens if just one of the various, intricate failsafe barriers and dams surrounding the country goes down. Not only the city (highest point: seven feet above sea level), but in fact much of the entire country (lowest point: minus 23 feet) is at constant risk of being claimed by the sea. The good news is, Amsterdam’s an old hand at fighting water and the authorities have actually set up the elaborate not-getting-drowned network that is keeping them safe. The bad news: They absolutely blow at keeping said network up to date. In fact, only 50 percent of the defenses are somewhat capable of handling their task of keeping people’s feet dry. The Netherlands had their latest hazardous flood defense failure in 2010, and rest assured there will be more: Many experts are not even sure some of the dams will hold if they get just the tiniest of hairline cracks.
https://www.newsprepper.com/end-line-5-cities-will-wiped-off-map-natural-disasters-2/
:: 12-2-19 TECHNOCRACY.NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
World’s First Human Composting Facility Coming To Seattle In 2021
Posted By: Emma Fiala December 2, 2019
Earth worship is complete by offering your dead body back to nature as compost in the ‘death-care revolution.’. All that’s missing is the euthanasia center to hasten the process, as in the 1973 cult movie, Soylent Green. ⁃ TN Editor In a move hailed as a positive step by environmentalists, Washington became the first U.S. state to legalize the composting of human bodies in May of this year. And now, the Evergreen State will become home to the world’s first human composting facility in 2021 thanks to Katrina Spade, founder and CEO of Recompose, after the legislation she helped enact goes into effect in May 2020. According to its website, Spade founded the revolutionary company with the goal of offering “natural organic reduction to the public,” a system that converts human remains into soil as an alternative to cremation or burial. Recompose’s website explains the benefits of natural organic reduction: “By converting human remains into soil, we minimize waste, avoid polluting groundwater with embalming fluid, and prevent the emissions of CO2 from cremation and from the manufacturing of caskets, headstones, and grave liners. By allowing organic processes to transform our bodies and those of our loved ones into a useful soil amendment, we help to strengthen our relationship to the natural cycles while enriching the earth.” In November, around 75 people attended what was described by the Seattle Times as “a housewarming party for a funeral home where bodies would not be burned or buried, but laid in individual vessels to become clean, usable compost.” Spade told the crowd, made up of investors, doctors, architects, funeral directors, legislators, and lawyers:
“You are all members of the death-care revolution.” When all is said and done, the process will yield about a cubic yard of soil per person. The soil can be taken home by friends or family and used to grow a tree or a garden. Remaining soil will be used on 640 acres of conservation land in southern Washington that will one day become an ecologically sustainable village. In contrast, those who have opted to be cremated as a means to save money or take up less space geographically, have inadvertently left a burden on their family members. Spade explained: “These days, some families regard even ashes from cremation as a burden, not a joy. As in, ‘we’ve had these ashes in the garage for six years.’ And we’re creating a cubic yard of soil.” While Recompose is not yet up and running, the company is aiming for a $5,500 price tag for its natural organic reduction services while a green burial in the state of Washington averages around $6,000, cremation can range anywhere from $1,000-$7,000, and a conventional burial in a cemetery can set you back at least $8,000. The idea may seem outlandish or uncomfortable to some, but Recompose is more than just a pipe dream. As an architecture student, Spade first became interested in the funeral industry back in 2012. She quickly delved into the idea of “environmentally sustainable, urban-focused method of disposition of the dead,” after seeing a lack of environmental ethic in both the cremation and burial industries. In 2014 Spade’s idea took a turn toward reality when she received the Echoing Green Climate Fellowship. With the funding that followed she founded the non-profit Urban Death Project (UDP) and began working with soil science researchers, law professionals, and those in the funeral industry to lay the groundwork for a revolutionary system of death care the world had never seen. Over the next few years Spade continued to work on UDP before securing over $90,000 via a Kickstarter campaign. Her idea also reached wide audiences through worldwide media coverage. Then in 2017 Space founded Recompose, a public benefit corporation, to bring her idea to reality—a reality now taking shape in a warehouse in SoDo, where the company is ready to live out their mission to “offer a new form of death care that honors both our loved ones and the planet earth.” Read full story here…
https://www.technocracy.news/worlds-first-human-composting-facility-coming-to-seattle-in-2021/
:: 12-3-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israeli scientists find way to treat deadly pancreatic cancer in 14 days
The tumor in one mouse that was injected with human cancer cells completely disappeared.
By MAAYAN JAFFE-HOFFMAN DECEMBER 3, 2019 05:45
A new treatment developed by Tel Aviv University could induce the destruction of pancreatic cancer cells, eradicating the number of cancerous cells by up to 90% after two weeks of daily injections of a small molecule known as PJ34. Pancreatic cancer is one of the hardest cancers to treat. Most people who are diagnosed with the disease do not even live five years after being diagnosed.
Read More Related Articles ‘Antisemitic’ Belgian carnival to mock Jews again, gives up UNESCO status
Hugh Grant backs Chief Rabbi Mirvis, criticizes Jeremy Corbyn One Thing All Liars Have in Common, Brace Yourself (TruthFinder) Recommended by The study, led by Prof. Malka Cohen-Armon and her team at TAU’s Sackler Faculty of Medicine, in collaboration with Dr. Talia Golan’s team at the Cancer Research Center at Sheba Medical Center, was recently published in the journal Oncotarget.
Specifically, the study found that PJ34, when injected intravenously, causes the self-destruction of human cancer cells during mitosis, the scientific term for cell division. The research was conducted with xenografts, transplantation of human pancreatic cancer into immunocompromised mice. A month after being injected with the molecule daily for 14 days, “there was a reduction of 90% of pancreatic cells in the tumor,” Cohen-Armon told The Jerusalem Post. “In one mouse, the tumor completely disappeared.” “This molecule causes an anomaly during mitosis of human cancer cells, provoking rapid cell death,” she said. “Thus, cell multiplication itself resulted in cell death in the treated cancer cells.” Moreover, she said, PJ34 appears to have no impact on healthy cells, thus “no adverse effects were observed.” The mice, she said, continued to grow and gain weight as usual. She added that she first published about the mechanism in 2017 when it was used to effectively treat triple-negative breast cancer implanted in xenografts. This type of breast cancer – which tests negative for estrogen receptors, progesterone receptors and excess HER2 protein – like pancreatic cancer, is very hard to treat and many women don’t live more than five years after being diagnosed.
Though Cohen-Armon said the team did not specifically study whether or not the treatment could prolong the lifespan of a patient, one can assume such an effect could result if the cancerous cells are eliminated. How long will it take to move from mice trials to human trials? She estimates that would take “at least two years on the condition that we get enough funding. First, she said, the group will test the treatment on pigs and then apply for permission from the FDA to administer humans with this molecule. “I am optimistic,” Cohen-Armon concluded. Tags tel aviv university cancer Cancer Treatment
:: 12-2-19 verdensalt.dk :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
November 02, 2019
? ~ ? Heart Of The Elephant Promo (NVS) ? ~ | Blogger: [Waaauv!... Producers are Steve Quayle & Peter Lamberti] ... Verdensalt follow SQ once in a while, but I think his message board are too aggressive in nature, a mix of transhumanism hybrid age and "gun ho" (sorry the expression), end-of-world survivalist apocalypse. Some even calls him an extreme right wing conspiracy theorist, pseudohistorian, religious fundamentalist, doomsday fearmonger... Buuuutt, forgetting about the naysayers, the prophecies, books dealing with advanced ancient technology and civilizations, this trailer, looks promising, an inspirational heartwarming film about "how humans, could learn a lot from the magnificence of elephants, and how they cherish they young" (his words)... |
https://www.verdensalt.dk/2019/11/heart-of-elephant-promo-blogger-waaauv.html
:: 12-2-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Federal Reserve Proposes New Rule To Let Inflation Run "Hot" Ahead Of Next Recession
by Tyler Durden Mon, 12/02/2019 - 10:05
As the Federal Reserve remains unable to stoke inflation (because it refuses to measure it correctly) and refuses to factor in asset price inflation... ... it has now considered launching a new rule that would let inflation run above its 2% target to make up for lost inflation, reported the Financial Times. Though the Fed's policies are to protect big Wall Street banks and keep liquidity ample in the financial system, its policies have overwhelmingly created deflation through supporting zombie companies and blowing financial bubbles. So to "make up" for lost inflation, the Fed will temporarily increase the target range above 2%, also known as "symmetric" overinflation. The policy would "make it clear that it's acceptable that to average 2 percent, you can't have only observations that are below 2 percent," according to Eric Rosengren, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, who recently spoke with FT. Fed members have expressed concerns that reverting the federal funds rate to the zero lower bound will drive inflation expectations lower, a real risk of Japanification, something Albert Edwards is especially concerned about. Officials have also lamented that the since the fed funds rate is so low compared to history, any recession could make monetary policy ineffective, though there is always the reality that the Fed will merely unleash negative interest rates during the next recession. Meanwhile, Fed members have been experimenting with new monetary tools ahead of the next downturn. Janet Yellen said the new rule could be like "forward guidance," which enabled the Fed to pressure short-term interest rates lower. This eventually allowed longer-term rates to fall as well. Rosengren said, "future committees might not be as comfortable with that formulaic approach. This is why I prefer something that is a little bit more flexible, maybe not as constraining, but makes it a little clearer that we should be having [some inflation readings] over 2 percent." Fed governor Lael Brainard, spoke with reporters last week, said the new rule is to complex to elaborate on with the public. She said if inflation drops, the Fed should allow inflation to run hot, perhaps in a range of 2 to 2.5%. In plain English, the Fed is afraid that its its own policies are Japanifying the US economy and in response is willing to... drumroll... double down which will somehow push inflation run above target, when in reality it will simply unleash even more deflation! The strategy clearly shows the Fed is making up policy as it goes ahead of the next recession, where monetary policy will be less effective than ever before. The silver lining: risk prices will be at all time high as the world careens toward the next global recession.
:: 12-2-19 Pakstan Defense :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Discussion in 'China & Far East' started by beijingwalker, Tuesday at 2:39 PM.
China’s Schoolchildren Are Now the Smartest in the World
By William Horobin MON, DEC 2 20196:11 AM EST
Chinese students far out-stripped peers in every other country in a survey of reading, math and science ability, underscoring a reserve of future economic strength and the struggle of advanced economies to keep up. The OECD’s triennial study of 15 year-old students across the world found that the four Chinese provinces tested -- Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu and Zhejiang -- outperformed in science and mathematics, even if household income is well below members’ average. In reading, the 10% most disadvantaged Chinese students tested had better skills than the OECD average. “The quality of their schools today will feed into the strength of their economies tomorrow,” OECD Secretary General Angel Gurria said. A League of Their Own China and Singapore scored significantly higher in reading than all others Source: Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
The PISA study of 600,000 students in 79 countries shines a light on the difficultly of improving education, sometimes irrespective of the resources that are dedicated to it. That appears to be particularly problematic for OECD countries that have increased spending on primary and secondary students by more than 15% in the past decade. “It is disappointing that most OECD countries saw virtually no improvement in the performance of their students since PISA was first conducted in 2000,” Gurria said. The report also highlights disparities in educational achievement depending on socio-economic background. In some countries, even where government spending on education is high, the background of a student still plays a significant role in their educational outcomes. Overcoming Obstacles Socio-economic background plays a greater role in reading achievement in some countries On average, 12% of the variation in student reading performance within each country was associated with socio-economic status. In several European countries, including France and Germany, that measure rises above 17%.
https://www.bloomberg.com/news/arti...ducation-as-richest-economies-fail-to-improve
https://defence.pk/pdf/threads/chinas-schoolchildren-are-now-the-smartest-in-the-world.644850/
[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.
:: 12-2-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Unintentional Viral Video Of Microchipping Homeless In Austin Explodes
Transient describes globalist population control program while receiving haircut
Infowars.com - December 2, 2019
An Austin homeless man revealed how homeless people around the city are being approached to receive an implantable microchip, a phenomenon Infowars first reported on months ago. In the following video, a homeless man receiving a barbershop haircut discusses how one shelter required they receive injectable microchips prior to entry. “We asked ’em about it and they were like, ‘We’ll give further, like [information], like when you get to the warehouse,'” the man tells an interviewer. “It’s some kind of chip, I guess. Some kind of device you put on your body and then all you do is scan and then you don’t have to pay for anything anymore, you just scan.” The homeless man’s revelations have caused the video to go viral, receiving over 1.4 million views within a matter of days. Alex Jones first brought you news of the UN social engineering plan last October, breaking down the Austin, Texas rollout of the UN’s ID2020 microchip vaccination program being tested on vulnerable groups. Owen Shroyer also took to the streets of Austin and asked homeless individuals what they thought about the creepy program:
https://www.infowars.com/unintentional-viral-video-of-microchipping-homeless-in-austin-explodes/
:: 12-2-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The ACLU sues to make sure unborn babies can be dismembered, piece by piece, in cruel, inhumane abortions
Monday, December 02, 2019 by: Tracey Watson
(Natural News) Abortion is a divisive and controversial subject, and even among those who claim to be either pro- or anti-abortion there are wide differences in opinion. There are those who are totally opposed to abortion no matter the circumstances, and those who believe a woman’s right to choose means she should be allowed to terminate a pregnancy under any circumstances. Then there are those who are opposed to abortion except when the baby is irreversibly deformed or the mother’s health is at risk. And there are those who feel that a woman who has been raped should not be forced to carry her rapist’s child to term but should have the right to an abortion. Even among those who view themselves as pro-abortion, however, there are many who are repulsed by the concept of dismemberment abortion – the act of dismembering a living but unborn child piece by piece between the 11th and 24th weeks of gestation. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) does not share that sentiment. The organization immediately filed a lawsuit in federal court after Governor Eric Holcomb signed off on Indiana’s Enrolled Act 1211. The Act allows for felony charges to be brought against anyone who performs a dismemberment abortion in the state, and the ACLU claims this will place an “unwarranted burden” on women who want to obtain abortions in their second trimester of pregnancy. (Related: Leftist baby-murderers are now creating mutant mice out of aborted baby parts for Big Pharma drug testing.) What is dismemberment abortion? Sadly, dismemberment abortions are common, and even preferred by some abortionists because they are cheaper than other forms of abortion. They also provide a fresh supply of organs for the lucrative illegal trade in human baby parts.
Life Site News explains: Indiana House Enrolled Act 1211 allows for felony charges against abortionists who cut unborn babies with beating hearts into pieces using abortion dismemberment techniques. Such procedures are frequently performed during the second trimester of gestation, while babies are almost fully formed. After first dilating the mother’s cervix, the abortionist inserts steel instruments into the womb to dismember the baby and then pull out the baby’s parts. Abortionists typically perform dismemberment abortions between 11 and 24 weeks of gestation. Unborn babies at 11 weeks have detectable heartbeats and brain activity. They respond to touch, show signs of being right- or left-handed, and suck their thumbs. Babies born at 24 weeks of gestational age have at least a 40-percent survival rate. Many legislators are repulsed by this procedure and have campaigned tirelessly to outlaw it. Gov. Holcomb’s signature protects the unborn, making it a felony to “knowingly or intentionally” perform a dismemberment abortion, unless there are serious medical grounds for doing so. Since a dismemberment abortion is now a level 5 felony, perpetrators will face prison terms of up to six years along with fines of as much as $10,000. The ACLU goes on the attack The ACLU routinely fights to overturn pro-life laws across the country, and the latest Act is no exception. “HEA 1211 will discourage women from obtaining abortions and will impose a substantial and unwarranted burden on women’s ability to obtain second-trimester, pre-viability, abortions,” claims Ken Falk of the Indiana branch of the ACLU. The case has been filed with U.S. District Court of the Southern District of Indiana, and will be presided over by Judge Jane Magnus-Stinson, an Obama-nominee. President Obama was one of the most pro-abortion presidents ever to sit in the Oval Office. While the ACLU will argue that the new law interferes with a woman’s right to privacy, most would agree that a fully formed baby’s right to life supersedes any such privilege. Learn more at Abortions.news. Sources include:
LifeSiteNews.com, NWITimes.com, LifeSiteNews.com, FRC.org
[ :: 2-11-18 am service [ third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc.
:: 12--19 Blog.no :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It’s snowing on the First Day of Summer in Australia – Up to 1 Foot of Fresh Snow.
0 kommentarer
Posted on 05.12.2019 kl. 07:50
IT’S THE FIRST WEEK OF SUMMER AND RATHER THAN SUNSHINE AND HEAT, IT’S SNOWING.
[ :: 4-22-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see. Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc
:: 12-2-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Water Wars that Defined the American West Are Heading East
Urban growth and surge in irrigation fuel fight between Georgia and Florida; soybeans or oysters?
Murray Campbell on his peanut farm near Camilla, Ga. ‘What we’re seeing is periods of drier dries and wetter wets,’ Mr. Campbell said. Jesse Newman/The Wall Street Journal
By Jesse Newman Dec. 2, 2019 2:35 pm ET
CAMILLA, Ga.—Water stress, a hallmark of the American West, is spreading east. The shift is evident on Casey Cox’s family farm in Georgia’s agricultural heartland, where she turned on five giant rotating sprinklers to see her sweet corn through weeks of hot, dry weather last spring etc. [To Read The Full Story SUBSCRIBE]
:: 12--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Alpha Conference 2020 At Hillsong Church In Phoenix Will Feature A Mass By Roman Catholic Priest And Promote The One World Religion Of Antichrist
by Geoffrey Grider
In addition to promoting the Catholic Church to Hillsong church members, The Alpha Conference 2020 will also feature compromising apostates like Francis Chan who endorses such Charismatic heretics like Todd White and Joyce Meyer. The Alpha Conference is now endorsed by all the Laodiceans and apostates that make up the One World Religion of Antichrist currently being formed by Pope Francis. We call it Chrislam, and it’s a thing. “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron;” 1 Timothy 4:1,2 (KJV)
Endorsements For The Alpha Conference From Many Of Your Favorite One World Religion Players:
The Alpha Conference 2020 hosted by Hillsong Church is proud of their endorsements and you can see them all here. But please pay careful attention to the mixture of Laodicean Christians, Charismatics and Roman Catholic priests and bishops who all think this is a great thing.
“Alpha Courses … are opportunities to strengthen ecumenical togetherness among Christians, and a joint proclamation of faith in Christ in today’s world.”– Cardinal Walter Kasper, President of the Pontifical Council for Promoting Christian Unity
“One of the most effective evangelism tools for the 21st century.”– Rick Warren, Senior Pastor, Saddleback Church
“In my opinion Alpha accomplishes an incredible task, in making people interested in faith and in making faith relevant to the modern man. I especially appreciate the ecumenical spirit of the Alpha Course: There is no pressure on anybody to join a different denomination, but just to join Jesus and to put Jesus at the centre.”– Father Raniero Cantalamessa, Preacher to the Papal Household
“The Alpha format is definitely a huge improvement and right for our time, because process is involved instead of a quick presentation and it is more communal.”– Tim Keller, Author & Senior Pastor, Redeemer Presbyterian Church
“To me, Alpha is an expression of the work of the Holy Spirit… It’s accessible, it’s easy, and it’s user-friendly. It’s extraordinary. It’s leading people into a personal relationship with Jesus and building a community that engages with the world and changes it for the better.”– Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury
“Alpha is a tool for mobilizing men and women to present the gospel of Jesus to the lost.”– Joyce Meyer, Joyce Meyer Ministries
In addition to promoting the Catholic Church to Hillsong church members, The Alpha Conference 2020 will also feature compromising apostates like Francis Chan who endorses such Charismatic heretics like Todd White and Joyce Meyer. Rick Warren, one of the early promoters of Chrislam, loves the Alpha Conference.
As Reformation Charlotte noted: Francis Chan, for several years, has been on the speaker circuit for several heretical crusades. On of the most popular crusades he’s frequented has been IHOPKC’s annual One Thing conference alongside such heretics as Todd White, Michael Brown, Joyce Meyer, and Seventh Day Adventist, Ben Carson. This conference is not only heretical due to its theological grounding steeped in New Apostolic Reformation ideology, it’s also ecumenical, and holds a Catholic track. READ MORE
This Is The Roman Catholic Priest That Will Be Performing Mass At Hillsong Church At Alpha Conference 2020 Roman Catholic priest James Mallon says that he is happy to be working for “the new evangelization” and will be bringing his roadshow to Hillsong Church in January 2020 at The Alpha Conference. In the first 3 minutes of the video below, he promotes the Vatican, papal authority and the “universal” Catholic Church. So we clearly see that “the new evangelization” is a dog whistle for the One World Religion. Catholic Priest Recalls Time Rick Warren Taught Him Catholic Doctrine
Roman Catholic priest James Mallon recalling the time that he and 30 other Catholic priests met with laodicean heretic Rick Warren, and he taught them about Catholic doctrine. When a Catholic priests says you are a “holy man” that is a guarantee you’re a heretic. Rick Warren is one of the proud endorsers of The Alpha Conference, is it all making sense to you now? Francis Chan And His Endorsement Of Charismatic False Teachers This video is about Francis Chan endorsing false teachers like Benny Hinn, Todd White, Heidi Baker. From what I have read and studied, Francis Chan holds to Christian Orthodoxy. I’m not calling him a false teacher or a heretic based on his theology; but exposing his compromise and acceptance of known false teachers (a form of heterodoxy—a position/opinion that runs contrary to orthodoxy). Much of Chan’s message in his teachings and in his books are based on sound doctrine – which he practices. He’s just not applying these same biblical standards of doctrine to other speakers and authors (False Teachers: Bill Johnson, Todd White, Todd Bentley, Mike Bickle, Lou Engle, Heidi Baker).
:: 10-25-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Behind the Scenes with Celeste: Extinction Special
by Celeste B. October 25, 2019
Go to the site Click on: Shepherdsheart.life
:: 12-4-19 3CCorp.net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Global Leader Of The Salvation Army General Brian Meddle Met With Pope Francis At The Vatican To ‘Foster Ecumenical Relations’ And Told Him ‘We Stand Behind You’
By me on December 4, 2019 •
World leader of the Salvation Army Brian Meddle lays down before Rome and tells Pope Francis in the Vatican that the ‘Salvation Army stands behind you’. As we have been showing you, Pope Francis has decided that 2019 is the year in which he would make his biggest push to date for creating the One World Religion that Revelation 13, 17 and 18 all say that the Vatican will do. Just last month, Pope Francis invited the world leader of the Salvation Army to Rome to meet at the Vatican to discuss ‘ecumenical relations’. What does that mean? It means yet another Christian organization is now allied with the Whore of Revelation. “And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.” Revelation 17:5,6 (KJV) This Is From The Salvation Army site:
Following a profitable time of sharing, the delegation then had an opportunity to meet with Pope Francis in the Papal Library. The General had a time of private conversation before the Salvation Army representatives were presented to Pope Francis. General Peddle presented his message and Pope Francis responded. The General then prayed with the Pope. During the visit, The Salvation Army delegation was given privileged access into the Sistine Chapel and St Peter’s Basilica. It is intended that beyond this historic visit there would be a series of meetings, which will strengthen relationships and cooperation in areas of mutual concern and service. READ MORE This Is From The Vatican Regarding The Meeting: I am happy to have this opportunity to renew to you and to all the members and volunteers of the Salvation Army my grateful appreciation for the witness you give to the primacy of discipleship and service to the poor. This makes you an evident and credible sign of evangelical love, in obedience to the Lord’s commandment: ‘Love one another; even as I have loved you, that you also love one another. By this everyone will know that you are my disciples’ (John 13:34).
As I have mentioned on several occasions – and again just now, when we spoke – it was by encountering members of the Salvation Army that I received, many years ago, from my grandmother, my first lesson in ecumenism – I was four years old!. Their example of humble service to the least of our brothers and sisters spoke louder than any words. I am reminded, General, of the insight expressed by your predecessor when we met five years ago: “Holiness transcends denominational boundaries.’ READ MORE Denomination boundaries exist for a reason, and that reason is because different denominations have different beliefs, different bibles, and different doctrine. For example, the Roman Catholic Church believes that they and they alone are the only way to Heaven. That is certainly a different position from say, the Baptists, who believe that we are saved by grace through faith and not by works. The reason why ecumnical relations are so deadly is because in order to have them, a minimum of one side has to compromise what they believe in order to work with the other side. Now, ask yourself, when has Rome every compromised? The answer is never. So that means it was the Salvation Army who has taken a dive. But actually it’s not the first time.
The Salvation Army USA would like to apologize to the LGBT community for any hurt we may have caused in the past. Whether through the sin of omission or commission, we have done harm to countless of our brothers and sisters and we are truly sorry. We ask for the forgiveness of those whom we have hurt and pray that you will extend us the opportunity to prove ourselves anew. Being gay is not a sin, but being judgmental is. READ MORE
Back in 2006, the Salvation Army signed onto the Contemplative and Emergent Church Movement, which is nothing more than the New Age spirit channeling wrapped up in a neat, little package and sprinkled with christianese buzzwords. Of course, that means that they have aligned themselves with the Charismatic Church and Prosperity Gospel as well. The Salvation Army is also moving towards the LGBTQ+ as well. That has been well documented here, here and here as well.
So don’t worry about Chick-fil-A pulling donations from the Salvation Army, they will do just fine in their new alliance with the Vatican.
World Leader Of The Salvation Army Tells Pope Francis at Vatican ‘We Stand Behind You’
With his face beaming like a schoolgirl who has a crush on a boy in her class, world leader of the Salvation Army Brian Meddle lays down before Rome and tells Pope Francis that the Salvation Army ‘stands behind you’. Why didn’t he give the pope the gospel and tell him that he needs to get saved and repent of the heresy of the Catholic Church?
Facebook is cracking down on Conservative content. Many of you have complained that you never see our content in your newsfeeds.When you share with your friends, however, you greatly help distribute our content. Please take a moment and consider sharing this article with your friends and family and on your Facebook wall or other social networks that you use! Thank you.
:: 12-1-19 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Intellectual Dark Web Professor Says Christianity Contrary to Values Needed to “Govern” Earth
Written by Selwyn Duke Sunday, 01 December 2019
“Christians are exclusionary,” is the common gripe, usually registered by those who’d exclude Christianity. “We need to govern the world with universal values,” is the appeal, usually issued by those who scoff at true universals. These ideas again came to the fore in a recent social media debate involving a man who, though enduring job termination due to political correctness, himself became politically correct. That fellow is biologist Bret Weinstein, 50, who in 2017 resigned from Evergreen State College after refusing to participate in a campus “day without white people” event. Now, though, laments Information Liberation’s Chris Menahan, he’s apparently advocating a world without Christian people (orthodox ones, anyway), saying that all and sundry must “agree on values, ground rules and assumptions” to “govern the Earth” — with one ground rule being that Christians should relinquish their “exclusionary claims.” Weinstein and his 54-year-old brother, Eric, are part of what’s known as the Intellectual Dark Web, a termed coined by the elder Weinstein. This is simply “a grouping of public personalities who oppose what they believe to be the dominance of identity politics and political correctness in academia and the media” and which is sometimes described “as the ‘anti-woke’ left,” as Wikipedia puts it. But call them that, the “alt-left,” or something else, what they really represent and reflect is modernist confusion. As an example, the social media argument catching Menahan’s eye appears to have begun when Bret complained about the trending Twitter hashtag #JesusistheSonofGod. As he tweeted: Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein
It would be very different if the hashtag had been “#JesusWasACoolDude” or something. What I saw trending proclaimed “#JesusistheSonofGod” or some other nonsense shibboleth that puts most of the world in an awkward spot. Golden-Rule vs. Onward-Christian-Soldier. See the problem? https://twitter.com/cvaldary/status/1197684705530982407 …
He’d also tweeted that day, engaging in debate, “Faith serves a purpose. Having one particular faith trend triumphantly on Twitter is not going to lead anywhere good.” This was followed by the idea that the orthodox Christian claim “reinforces a dead-end. God is not looking out for us. We need to do that, and we’re doing a terrible job relative to the long term,” as Bret lamented.
The next day he tweeted: Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein
I’m not asking Christians to “give up” much. I’m asking them to participate in a world in which a majority don’t share their priors. I ask the same of everyone. I don’t want Jews announcing they are “chosen”. I don’t want atheists asserting faith is a pathology. Get it? https://twitter.com/Samuel_Hawkins1/status/1197990888250712064 …
Sam Hawkins @Samuel_Hawkins1
Replying to @BretWeinstein Among other things, it appears you're missing the self-referential problem of claiming as a universal truth that others shouldn't make claims to universal truth. Which tells me that maybe you don't know what you're asking Christians to give up.
844 11:59 PM - Nov 22, 2019
Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein
Some of history’s darkest chapters involved brutal coercion of people because they didn’t accept that “Jesus is the son of God”. Assuming Christians have outgrown that inclination, they’d be wise to quit broadcasting this exclusionary claim. Seems obvious. What am I missing? https://twitter.com/normonics/status/1197951150642941955 …
Joe Norman @normonics
Really we need the opposite of this attitude
Who cares if no one is coercing you? Focus on coercion, not abstract belief sets. Let people be. Live and let live. Ok done with Bret for a bit. https://twitter.com/BretWeinstein/status/1197723008514674688 …
443 4:01 PM - Nov 22, 2019
The answer is much. For starters:
• That Jesus is the second person in the Holy Trinity, the son of God, is the very basis of Christianity; asking Christians to shed this belief amounts to asking them to abandon their faith. It’s tantamount to pressuring Muslims to reject their dogma, “There is no God but Allah, and Muhammad is his messenger.” Would you and do you, Prof. Weinstein, demand that Muslims view Allah as mythical and Mohammed as “just a cool guy”? Moreover, would you characterize their exclusive claim as a nonsense “shibboleth” (a belief considered outdated or irrelevant)? Don’t lose your head pondering that one.
• What ideology’s, philosophy’s, or faith’s “priors” are shared by a world majority? How many people subscribe to your atheism’s priors, professor? Note that Christianity can at least claim a plurality of the world, having 2.4 billion adherents. Atheism also claims a 2.4 number — that percent of the world. All non-religious together are just 12.5 percent.
• As for some of “history’s darkest chapters” allegedly having Christian authorship, Weinstein is likely alluding to the Crusades and inquisitions. But the former were responses to Muslim aggression, as I demonstrated here; the inquisitions also are largely misunderstood, as I explained here. In reality, some of “history’s darkest chapters involved brutal coercion of people” because they did accept that “Jesus is the son of God” — see Joseph Stalin, China, the French revolutionaries et al.
In Menahan’s piece, he points out how despite trumpeting tolerance and inclusivity, the Weinsteins and others are very willing to exclude, and don’t appear very tolerant of, “unfashionable” ideologists. For example, earlier this year Eric Weinstein was aghast that renowned Canadian psychology professor Jordan Peterson met with Hungarian prime minister Viktor Orban.
Eric’s distaste for Orban, a “Trumpian” European leader, was explained via a tweet (below) he sent earlier this month. etc. etc. etc. etc. the article continues on and ends with: Many have, understandably, focused on Weinstein’s first sentence. To those aware of world government’s implications, after all, it’s a scary prospect. But whether or not he was advocating such (and this doesn’t seem entirely clear), the rest of his tweet is far more interesting. There are Only Two Ways of Governing: By Principle and by Preference. One reason to reject the terminology and notion of “private faith” is that it transmits the very idea to which Weinstein has fallen victim: that we’re not talking about universals here. Religion is just a hobby, a diversion, a question of taste. Allegorizing the issue, however, Christians aren’t saying, “Hey, we know flavors are a matter of whatever piques the palate and that most people prefer vanilla to chocolate. But we demand they eat chocolate, anyway!” Rather, they’re saying, “These are the actual laws of human nutrition — and mankind cannot reject them and be healthy.” Whether or not you agree with the Christian prescription, the point is that a major thrust of sincere religious endeavor corresponds largely to what Weinstein stresses (though he uses atheistic terminology). What should be man’s “values, ground rules and assumptions”? And, once determined, how best to cultivate a situation in which “all populations maintain compatibility with” what we’d like to make the “common belief system”? Moderns who ponder this striving for universals and fancy them new, as Eric Weinstein seemed to fancy libertarianism new, ought to consider that “Catholic,” as in the church, is a Greek word meaning “universal.” The point is that whether we’re talking about Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, humanism, liberalism, libertarianism, conservatism, socialism, or some other ism (certainly outside of Satanism and occultism), sincere believers are all united in one thing: the conviction that their beliefs’ universal embrace would improve the world. Note that this conviction is the only good reason to market a political party (all too common power lust doesn’t qualify). So any mature discussion of this subject begins with the above understanding. Without it you can descend into Weinstein’s error: essentially saying, without self-awareness, “Shed your dogmas and exclusionary beliefs.” “Embrace my dogmas and exclusionary beliefs!” Remember that the statement “We must have no dogmas” is itself a dogma; an inclusive belief that rejects exclusionary beliefs is itself an exclusionary belief. Why, the mere act of defining a belief for an audience’s consideration excludes what doesn’t meet the definition. In point of fact, only the people of faith impugned as “absolutists” have any business speaking of universals. For while we all need water, calories, and air to live, there are no “universals” in the sense of morality universally embraced; and there can be no morality that “should” be universally embraced without the basis for “should”: Truth, meaning, a standard of right and wrong reflecting the divine and thus transcending man. The beliefs of moderns such Weinstein, properly understood, don’t actually purport to be prescribing any moral universals, as in transcendent absolutes. (Mis)informed by moral relativism/nihilism, these would-be philosophers are actually saying, “Everything we call a social code, tradition, cultural norm, ethic, or even moral is just a flavor of the day. Still, though, we want you to embrace our flavor.” So I’d suggest that Weinstein ponder something. How, professor, do you resolve arguments concerning biology? Do you merely try to get people “to agree on values, ground rules and assumptions,” erroneous or not, regarding the discipline? Or do you ferret out Truth about the physical world via the scientific method, present it for consideration, and achieve universal acceptance by convincing others it is true? If there is no Moral Reality (Truth) just as there is Physical Reality, then there’s no rational basis for saying “My way is how things ‘should’ be” because then it really is just your way, “private” faith in a preference. For then who is to say what’s “good” or “bad,” “better” or “worse,” “right” or “wrong”? Just drop the pretense and accept occultist Aleister Crowley’s conclusion, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.” A “common belief system’s” validity presupposes the reality of Truth. And its becoming more common requires that we seek Truth and embrace it — even if it does so happen to end up prioritizing someone’s sacred book.
:: 1-25-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Friday Nov 25
Hal Lindsey Report: 11/25/2016
Low Resolution Flash Video - Click Here
https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-11252016/508/
:: 11-25-19 Breaking Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Scientists Admit: Snakes Once had Legs as Described in Book of Genesis
By Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz November 25, 2019 , 10:43 am
Let them lick dust like snakes, Like crawling things on the ground! Let them come trembling out of their strongholds To Hashem our God; Let them fear and dread You!” Micah 7:17 (The Israel Bible™)
Paleontologists in Argentina reached for their Bibles after finding fossils of snakes with hind legs. The report published in the journal, Science Advances, estimates the fossils found in the Rio Negro Province, Patagonia in 2013. The fossil is believed to be 95 million years old. The new discovery was appropriately named najash rionegrina. The term najash is based on the Hebrew word נחש (nachash, snake). The scientists based their theory on fragments of a nearly complete skull which indicated they were very similar to lizards. Their shared anatomy led scientists to conclude that snakes evolved from lizards. Previous theories held that snakes evolved from small worm-like burrowing lizards with four legs. No fossils were ever found to corroborate this theory. One theory suggested that the two-legged fossils represented a temporary stage in which the snakes transitioned from four legs to none but the researchers concluded that the two-legged stage lasted tens of millions of years. Though some lizards are legless, the new discovery is of a skull with a large mouth and sharp teeth which is entirely different than that of lizards. The skull also had mobile joints for the jaw, much like modern snakes. The najash probably fed on large prey and were similar in size to the modern-day big-headed, big-bodied lizards like the Komodo dragon. “Snakes are famously legless, but then so are many lizards. What truly sets snakes apart is their highly mobile skull, which allows them to swallow large prey items”, said Dr. Alessandro Palci, from Flinders University in Australia told The Daily Mail. “For a long time, we have been lacking detailed information about the transition from the relatively rigid skull of a lizard to the super flexible skull of snakes.” Researchers say that Najash has the most complete, three-dimensionally preserved skull of any ancient snake ever found. “It has some, but not all of the flexible joints found in the skull of modern snakes. Its middle ear is intermediate between that of lizards and living snakes, and unlike all living snakes it retains a well-developed cheekbone, which again is reminiscent of that of lizards”, said Dr. Palci. The new discovery is consistent with the story in Genesis which states that the snake was punished for tempting Eve. Then Hashem said to the serpent, “Because you did this, More cursed shall you be Than all cattle And all the wild beasts: On your belly shall you crawl And dirt shall you eat All the days of your life. Genesis 3:14 Since the punishment was to crawl on its belly, it is surmised that prior to the punishment, the snake did not crawl and may have had legs. In gematria (Hebrew numerology) nachash (snake) נחש equals 358, the same as Moshiach (Messiah) משיח. The Zohar (the basis of Jewish mysticism) explained that the evil inclination, personified by the snake in Eden, will make a resurgence in the days before Messiah, tempted to come and drink sustenance from the enormous levels of holiness that will appear in the world in the end-of-days. Another connection between the lowly snake and holiness is implicit in the Hebrew words. The letters of the word נחש (nachash; snake) can be rearranged to spell חושן (choshen; breastplate), worn by the high priest in the Temple. The Zohar states that the tikkun (fixing) of the snake’s sin in the Garden of Eden would be accomplished in the Third Temple by way of the breastplate. Perhaps, after the Third Temple is built, snakes will once again walk on their legs. But the most remarkable non-snake-like aspect of the new find was a well-defined sacrum supporting a pelvis and functional hind legs outside of its ribcage. Another theory held that snakes developed as marine reptiles, losing their legs in the oceans, evolving from now-extinct marine lizards called mosasaurs. Though some species of sea snakes still have vestigial legs, the najash was decidedly a desert dweller. “This snake is an important addition because it is the first snake with a sacrum. This represents an intermediate morphology that has never before been seen,” says Hussam Zaher, curator of herpetology at the University of São Paulo in Brazil, and part of the research team told New Scientist. “‘Snakeness’ is really old, and that’s probably why we don’t have any living representatives of four-legged snakes like we do all of the other lizards,” Michael Caldwell, a vertebrate paleontologist at the University of Alberta and a co-author of the study, explained to the New York Times. “Snakes probably were one of the first lizard groups to start experimenting with limblessness, but what’s really intriguing is that they were also very clearly showing the characteristics of their skulls, which are their specialization,” he added.
:: 11-24-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Son of former Syrian leader claims he can help find spy Eli Cohen’s remains
Khalid al-Hafidh, now living in New Zealand, tells local media that Mossad sought his help, but cut off contact after he demanded $1 million for services
By TOI staff 24 November 2019, 11:32 pm
The son of the former Syrian leader who was in power when Israeli spy Eli Cohen was executed has said that he believes he can help Israel discover the location of Cohen’s remains, and has demanded a substantial sum of money for his assistance, according to the New Zealand-based Newshub service. Khalid al-Hafidh, son of former Syrian president Amin al-Hafiz, moved to New Zealand as a refugee and now lives in a suburb of Auckland, according to the report. He told Newshub on Sunday that Israel’s spy agency, the Mossad, once showed interest in him providing information on the whereabouts of the remains. Hafidh said that, two years ago, New Zealand’s Secret Intelligence Service (NZSIS) tried to broker a deal on behalf of Mossad, in which Hafidh demanded $1 million in return for telling them everything he knows, while also trying to pry information from his father’s friends. “I am the son of the only person on this planet who knows where the remains are buried,” Hafidh said. “They wanted me to help.” Cohen, who spied for Israel in Syria during the 1960s, provided valuable intelligence that was said to have greatly assisted the Israeli military in the 1967 Six Day War. Cohen was caught and eventually executed by Syrian authorities in 1965. Israel has worked to retrieve his remains for decades. Hafidh told Newshub that when NZSIS contacted him, it indicated it was acting on behalf of another agency. “I was cooperating with the New Zealand Secret Intelligence Service in a mission with the Mossad of Israel to help find — to try to find — the remains of the Israeli spy Eli Cohen,” he said. Communication was reportedly via text messages with an agent identified only as “Carl.” In some of the messages shown to Newshub, Carl wrote, “I have passed your response to our partners and am waiting a reply.” In another the agent wrote, “Ensure safety mechanisms are in place for your future.” Hafidh said that he had demanded $1 million for his services, taking into account the dangers involved in visiting the war-torn country and the possibility that he might be found out as working for the Mossad. In a message to Carl he wrote, “1M for the minimum for kick start. Thanks,” and sent his bank details. But the Mossad then apparently gave up on the idea and never responded. “Reminding them that they came to us and [the] inconvenience this has placed on you,” Carl wrote to Hafidh. “We have advised them this comms silence is unacceptable. We have told them that if we do not hear from them by the end of next week, all bets are off.” After that, there was no more contact. Although he admits to having debts, Hafidh said, “I did not want to do it for the money. I did not want to do it for Mossad. I wanted to do it for the wife and children of Eli Cohen.” “It was all for good intentions,” Hafidh said. “It went wrong, really wrong.” Nonetheless, he said he is still willing to help out. Feeling that he had been treated unfairly, Hafidh filed a complaint with the Inspector General of Intelligence and Security, who wrote back that “there is a basis for your complaint.” The inspector noted that NZSIS is “obliged to take reasonable care not to harm human sources,” Newshub reported. “Your complaint raises a question whether NZSIS took reasonable care in all its actions with you,” the inspector wrote. The NZSIS said in a statement that it “works with a range of international intelligence agencies” and that “this cooperation brings significant benefits to New Zealand’s national security.” The term “partner” is generic when referring to other agencies and “does not imply any special relationship or endorsement,” the service said. New Zealand’s Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern and the Israeli ambassador did not respond to Newshub. Amin al-Hafiz was Syrian president from 1964-1965, until ousted from power. After years of exile in Iraq, Hafiz returned to Syria and died there in 2009. He was a personal friend of Cohen — albeit believing he was a fellow Syrian. Hafidh told Newshub that despite the circumstances of Cohen’s death, his father would have seen to it that he received a proper burial. There has been renewed interest in Cohen’s life, and death, following the release this year on Netflix of “The Spy,” which tells his story and stars Sacha Baron Cohen. Cohen’s remains have yet to be returned, despite pleas from his family. Last year, Israel was able to retrieve Cohen’s wristwatch from Syria and return it to his family. JTA contributed to this report.
[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.
:: 11-15-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Police Officer Shot in the Chest Says Bible in His Pocket Saved His Life
Lori Arnold | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, November 15, 2019
A Bolivian police officer who was shot in the chest during civil unrest over the ousting of Bolivia's now-former president Evo Morales said he was saved by a Bible tucked into his left breast pocket. “Yes, it was a miracle,” the unnamed officer, a devout Christian, told Bolivian media. Pictures of the Bible appeared in local media and on a Spanish-language Facebook post chronicling the incident. The front of the blue Bible shows a small hole about the size of a pencil eraser. An exit hole on the back cover is larger and shows several pieces of its pages torn and dangling from the damage. The officer also carried brass knuckles in the pocket, which was broken in half by the bullet. Oscar Gutierrez, head of the Special Force of the Fight Against Crime of Santa Cruz, said the officer was part of a contingent of law enforcement trying to restore order in the town of Yapacani on Wednesday when he was “shot by a projectile” believed to be a 9mm round. “He is a young officer whose life was saved miraculously, he was shot by a projectile,” Gutierrez declared, adding the patrolman “had a Bible that stopped the projectile.” The police supervisor said the uninjured officer was taken to a Santa Cruz hospital for routine tests and was expected to return to work soon. The skirmishes in Yapacani were part of nationwide protests following an apparent military coup against President Evo Morales, who fled to Mexico. His supporters began protesting in the capital city of La Paz just hours after the swearing-in ceremony for interim president Jeanine Anez and her new cabinet. The violent clashes spread to other cities, including Yapacani, located in the eastern region of Bolivia, about 450 miles from La Paz. Police in Yapacani were reportedly working to open a main road in the city when the officer was shot. “I know the weapons used were stolen from the Bolivian police,” Gutierrez told reporters. Protesters are also believed to be using tear gas stolen from law enforcement.
:: 12-3-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump hits Macron for ‘non-answer’ on ISIS fighters, in tense meeting overseas
Adam Shaw
By Adam Shaw, Danielle Wallace | Fox News
President Trump on Tuesday tangled with French President Emmanuel Macron in a tense exchange in front of reporters in London, where Trump asked Macron if he’d like to take back “some nice ISIS fighters” and then dinged him for his “non-answer” — just hours after he challenged the French president's rebuke of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). “I have not spoken to the president about that — would you like some nice ISIS fighters?” he asked Macron, when asked about ISIS fighters from Europe captured in Syria. “I can give them to you, you can take every one you want.” TRUMP TALKS UP 'SPECIAL RELATIONSHIP' WITH MACRON, HOURS AFTER THREAT TO SLAP TARIFFS ON FRENCH WINE After Macron’s answer, in which he urged Trump to “be serious” and called for a broader push against ISIS overall, Trump took another swipe. “This is why he’s a great politician, because that’s one of the greatest non-answers I’ve ever heard,” Trump joked. That exchange came hours after Trump criticized a “very, very nasty statement” about the NATO alliance — referring to comments Macron made that recent U.S. troop actions in Syria contributed to the “brain death” of the military alliance. “Nobody needs NATO more than France,” Trump said, alluding to France being invaded twice during both World Wars. “It’s a very dangerous statement for them to make,” Trump said. “Frankly, the one that benefits the least is the United States. We are helping Europe unite and go against a common foe – may not be a foe – I can't tell you." “It is a very tough statement to make when you have such difficulty in France when you look at what is going on," Trump continued. "They have had a very rough year. You just can't go around making statements like that about NATO. It is very disrespectful." Macron’s remarks came weeks after Turkey – a member of NATO – invaded northern Syria. FRANCE'S MACRON CLAIMS NATO EXPERIENCING A 'BRAIN DEATH' IN WAKE OF US TROOPS MOVEMENTS IN SYRIA "What we are currently experiencing is the brain death of NATO," Macron told The Economist magazine in the wake of the United States' decision to withdraw troops from northeastern Syria. He said the U.S. appears to be "turning its back on us." "So as soon as you have a member who feels they have a right to head off on their own, granted by the United States of America, they do it," Macron said, referring to Turkey's military offensive into Syria following the troop withdrawal. "And that's what happened." But on Tuesday the two were more conciliatory, with Macron repeatedly saying they “agree” on Trump’s quest to get countries to stump up more in defense spending. As part of the NATO alliance, countries commit to spending at least 2 percent of their own gross domestic product (GDP) in the bloc's defense. A number of countries have spent less than that, including France and Germany, while the U.S. spends significantly more. That push appears to work, with NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg telling Congress earler this year that it had a "real impact" and that allies are now adding billions — with European allies and Canada expected to have spent an additional $100 billion by the end of next year.
"NATO has come a long way in three years and it's become very, very powerful and it's become I think a much fairer statement in terms of the United States," Trump said Tuesday. Macron noted that the U.S. has “overinvested” for decades and that he is a strong advocate of a stronger European component in NATO. But he also warned against putting too much emphasis on the cost, rather than the overall strategy. “When we talk about NATO, it is not just about money, we have to be respectful with our soldiers,” he said. He also called for allies to unite on a definition of terrorism — noting that in the Syria conflict, Turkey has been fighting against the Kurds, which have traditionally stood alongside the West in fighting against ISIS. Another issue between the two countries is Macron’s recent decision to impose a French digital services tax on American companies, including Facebook, Google and Twitter. The White House this week announced that the tax, which it claims “discriminates” against U.S. companies, will be met with tariffs of up to 100 percent on $2.4 billion worth of French products such as cheese, yogurt, sparkling wine and makeup, The Washington Post reported. “I’m not so in love with Facebook, Google, or Twitter — well, I do well on Twitter from the other side,” Trump said. “But I don’t want France taxing American companies.” He repeated that sentiment in the press conference on Tuesday: “They’re not my favorite people because they’re not exactly for me — but that’s OK, I don’t care, they’re American companies and we want to tax American companies....that's not for somebody else to tax.” This comes as Trump is set to meet with NATO members during a two-day summit in London. Trump would not confirm if he'll meet with Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan. Turkish media in late November quoted Erdogan's adviser saying the country was considering dropping out of NATO. Fox News' Greg Norman and the Associated Press contributed to this report.
https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-emmanuel-macron-nato-france-needs-alliance-brain-dead
[ :: 6-2-19
am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc If you don’t have a good King James Bible get one before they change that, trust in the amplified before they change that. For they are making bibles now that are gender friendly, they’re changing many things causing them to be extremely unscriptural. etc
:: 12-3-19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development In Talks At Paris Forum Discussing A Global Tax System Possible Prophetic Harbinger
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is running the initiative, was scheduled to meet Thursday and Friday in Paris to discuss a proposal that would set a standard global tax rate for a company’s global operations and allow individual governments to tax profits above that based on sales accounted for by each country. The new rules would represent a departure from current regulations that look at where companies are based and where they hold patents and brands. Dubbed the “unified approach,” the rules would apply to companies with annual revenues of more than $830 million in consumer-facing industries. Corporate tax chiefs are trying to assess the potential implications of a proposal for a new global tax system for consumer-facing businesses, an effort that is being complicated by what some companies describe as a lack of critical details. For many of you, a story about a global tax is pretty dry stuff, something you wouldn’t really much care about. But to prophecy watchers and students of the Bible, this is fascinating and nothing short of an end times harbinger of prophetic fulfillment. You see, there was another time in world history that we read about a global tax under a One World Government, and it heralded the First Coming of Jesus Christ. Now 2,000 years later, and the world is once again talking about a global tax, could it possibly be an indication we are getting close to His Second Coming? “And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city.” Luke 2:1-3 (KJV) If you don’t have a King James Bible, this incredible end times prophecy clue is lost to you, erased like it never existed. While the King James rightly calls it a ‘tax’, all the other versions have removed it. The RSV says ‘enrolled’, the NIV says ‘census’, the CSB says ‘registered’, with even the NKJV jumping ship and saying ‘registered’ as well. God wants you to know that a global tax was present at the First Coming so that when you again see a global tax 2,000 years later in the end times, you will know how near you are to everything wrapping up. But the satanic committees of the new versions want you in the dark, and have removed ‘tax’ just like the NIV did to the word ‘selah‘, another all-important prophecy time marker removed. Removing the word ‘tax’ in connection to the First Coming of Jesus Christ in Luke breaks the connection to verses written by the prophet Daniel about the time of Antichrist, global tax, and the One World Government. “Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.” Daniel 11:20,21 (KJV) So we can clearly see that one of the harbingers of the coming kingdom of Antichrist under the One World Government will involve a global tax, which as the article below from the Wall Street Journal, is being formulated as we speak. That’s how close we are to everything wrapping up, and we who are saved getting out of here on Flight #777 on Titus213 Airlines.
CLICK THE READ ABOUT THE ONE WORLD RELIGION BEING FORMED RIGHT NOW BY POPE FRANCIS
Corporate Executives Try to Assess Potential Impact of Global Tax
FROM THE WSJ: The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is running the initiative, was scheduled to meet Thursday and Friday in Paris to discuss a proposal that would set a standard tax rate for a company’s global operations and allow individual governments to tax profits above that based on sales accounted for by each country. The new rules would represent a departure from current regulations that look at where companies are based and where they hold patents and brands. Dubbed the “unified approach,” the rules would apply to companies with annual revenues of more than €750 million ($830 million) in consumer-facing industries, a broad term that includes technology companies—which have been in the spotlight for their tax practices—and other firms selling services and goods to consumers. Companies—some of which are still working through the OECD’s 2016 framework on base erosion and profit shifting, which abolished various tax loopholes, or the 2017 U.S. corporate tax overhaul—could be required to again make sweeping changes to their global tax structure within a short period. The OECD aims to have agreement among its 36 member states on the unified approach by 2020. That has caused high-profile companies and business associations to voice their concerns publicly ahead of this week’s meeting. “Before deciding on the final proposal, we encourage the OECD to clarify a number of issues,” music-streaming company Spotify AB said in published remarks to the organization. READ MORE The Coming Global Tax Is there such a thing as the New Global Tax? There is one major country that taxes and regulates its citizens no matter where they live in the world. That country is the United States. For people who want to make sure they’ve got long term offshore plans, one question that they ask themselves is: whether other countries will do the same?
:: 11-20-19 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
First commercial biometric credit card in Switzerland issued through FPC, Gemalto, Visa partnership
Nov 20, 2019 | Chris Burt
Swiss Corner Bank has launched a biometric credit card in partnership with Visa, Gemalto and Fingerprint Cards, which is the first limited commercial launch of its kind, according to an announcement from FPC. The new Cornèrcard Biometric Gold Visa is produced by Gemalto with Fingerprint Cards’ T-Shape sensor module and software platform. The limited-edition card will be issued to 100 Swiss Corner Bank customers, giving them the ability to make contactless payments with no amount cap. The card features an integrated LED which indicates a successful biometric match. Customers will be required to enter their PIN code for the first transaction, and thereafter only in special circumstances, or if the fingerprint is not recognized. “At Visa, we are constantly investing in innovation to make payment easier, more convenient and safer. That’s why we are very happy to launch a Visa card with fingerprint sensor in collaboration with our long-standing partner, Cornèrcard,” summarizes Jörg Metzelaers, Switzerland country manager for Visa. “With Cornèrcard’s Visa biometric card, we are marking a turning point in the Swiss payments world. Consumers are becoming more comfortable with new forms of biometric authentication and recognize that they make their lives easier.” Fingerprint data is stored on a secure chip on the card, and is not accessible in the case of loss or theft. “We are proud to offer this exclusive innovation to our customers in Switzerland. By simply touching the card, the payment process is done quickly and securely,” comments Cornercard Director Davide Rigamonti. “The biometric payment card not only has a special appearance. It also provides a special payment experience and fits perfectly into the day-to-day lives of the modern consumer.” Goode Intelligence has forecasted some 579 million biometric payment cards will be used globally by 2023, and Gemalto Director of Biometrics Fred Martinez told Biometric Update earlier this year that his company is prioritizing the quality of its payment card pilots, rather than the quantity.
:: 11-6-19 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Interstellar object may have been alien probe, Harvard paper argues, but experts are skeptical
CNN Digital Expansion 2017. Steve George
Ashley Strickland-Profile-Image
By Steve George and Ashley Strickland, CNN Updated 1:43 PM ET, Tue November 6, 2018
(CNN) A mysterious cigar-shaped object spotted tumbling through our solar system last year may have been an alien spacecraft sent to investigate Earth, astronomers from Harvard University have suggested. The object, nicknamed 'Oumuamua, meaning "a messenger that reaches out from the distant past" in Hawaiian, was discovered in October 2017 by the Pan-STARRS 1 telescope in Hawaii. Since its discovery, scientists have been at odds to explain its unusual features and precise origins, with researchers first calling it a comet and then an asteroid before finally deeming it the first of its kind: a new class of "interstellar objects." A new paper by researchers at the Harvard Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics raises the possibility that the elongated dark-red object, which is 10 times as long as it is wide and traveling at speeds of 196,000 mph, might have an "artificial origin." "'Oumuamua may be a fully operational probe sent intentionally to Earth vicinity by an alien civilization," they wrote in the paper, which has been submitted to the Astrophysical Journal Letters. The theory is based on the object's "excess acceleration," or its unexpected boost in speed as it traveled through and ultimately out of our solar system in January. "Considering an artificial origin, one possibility is that 'Oumuamua is a light sail, floating in interstellar space as a debris from an advanced technological equipment," wrote the paper's authors, suggesting that the object could be propelled by solar radiation. The paper was written by Abraham Loeb, professor and chair of astronomy, and Shmuel Bialy, a postdoctoral scholar, at the Harvard Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics. Loeb has published four books and more than 700 papers on topics like black holes, the future of the universe, the search for extraterrestrial life and the first stars. The paper points out that comparable light-sails exist on Earth. "Light-sails with similar dimensions have been designed and constructed by our own civilization, including the IKAROS project and the Starshot Initiative. The light-sail technology might be abundantly used for transportation of cargos between planets or between stars." In the paper, the pair theorize that the object's high speed and its unusual trajectory could be the result of it no longer being operational. "This would account for the various anomalies of 'Oumuamua, such as the unusual geometry inferred from its light-curve, its low thermal emission, suggesting high reflectivity, and its deviation from a Keplerian orbit without any sign of a cometary tail or spin-up torques." 'Oumuamua is the first object ever seen in our solar system that is known to have originated elsewhere. At first, astronomers thought the rapidly moving faint light was a regular comet or an asteroid that had originated in our solar system. Comets, in particular, are known to speed up due to "outgassing," a process in which the sun heats the surface of the icy comet, releasing melted gas. But 'Oumuamua didn't have a "coma," the atmosphere and dust that surrounds comets as they melt. Multiple telescopes focused on the object for three nights to determine what it was before it moved out of sight. Going forward, the researchers believe we should search for other interstellar objects in our sky. "It is exciting to live at a time when we have the scientific technology to search for evidence of alien civilizations," Loeb wrote in an email. "The evidence about `Oumuamua is not conclusive but interesting. I will be truly excited once we have conclusive evidence." Is this just fantasy? Other mysteries in space have previously been thought of as signs of extraterrestrial life: a mysterious radio signal, repeating fast radio bursts and even a strangely flickering star, known as Tabby's Star. The mysterious radio signal was later determined to be coming from Earth, the repeating fast radio bursts are still being investigated, and new research suggests that Tabby's Star is flickering because of dust -- rather than being an alien megastructure. So what does that mean for 'Oumuamua?
"I am distinctly unconvinced and honestly think the study is rather flawed," Alan Jackson, fellow at the Centre for Planetary Sciences at the University of Toronto Scarborough, wrote in an email. "Carl Sagan once said, 'extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence' and this paper is distinctly lacking in evidence never mind extraordinary evidence." Jackson published a paper in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society in March that suggests that 'Oumuamua came from a binary star system, or a system with two stars. Jackson said the spectral data from 'Oumuamua looks like an asteroid or a comet, while that of a solar sail would look very different. The new paper proposes that the sail has been coated in interstellar dust, which obscures its true spectral signature. "Any functional spacecraft would almost certainly retract its solar sail once in interstellar space to prevent damage," Jackson said. "The sail is useless once away from a star so there would be no reason to leave it deployed. If it was then deployed again on entering the solar system it would be pristine. Even if it was left deployed the dust accumulation would be primarily on the leading side like bugs on a windshield."
'Oumuamua also travels in a complex tumbling spin, but a functioning solar sail would have a much smoother path and obvious radiation-driven acceleration, Jackson said. Even the spinning motion of a damaged solar sail would be far more strongly influenced by the radiation forces than seen, he explained. The solar sail would also be thinner than the authors of the new paper describe, he said.
"The sail on IKAROS is 7.5 micrometres thick with a mass of only 0.001g/cm^2, 100 times lower than their estimate," Jackson said. "While a combined spacecraft and sail could have a higher net mass the sail itself needs to be extremely light. That would also significantly change their estimate for how far it could travel before falling apart -- though as I said, I doubt any functional craft would leave its sail deployed in interstellar space." Solar sails also can't change course after being launched, so if 'Oumuamua was truly a solar sail, it would be traceable back to its origin. So far, there is no obvious origin for 'Oumuamua. "Beyond that, it becomes difficult to trace because of the motion of the stars and any hypothetical alien civilisation would face the same issue in charting a course that long in the first place (aside from arguments about whether they would want to launch a craft they knew would not reach its destination for many millions of years)," Jackson said. Concerning 'Oumuamua, there is little evidence because astronomers weren't able to observe it for long, which opens it up to speculation in the name of science. "The thing you have to understand is: scientists are perfectly happy to publish an outlandish idea if it has even the tiniest 'sliver' of a chance of not being wrong," astrophysicist and cosmologist Katherine Mack tweeted. "But until every other possibility has been exhausted dozen times over, even the authors probably don't believe it." But it's important to distinguish that the researchers who wrote the new paper have expertise in solar sails, so they're suggesting that 'Oumuamua could be like a solar sail, said Coryn Bailer-Jones of the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy. Bailer-Jones' paper on possible origin sites for 'Oumuamua was accepted by the Astrophysical Journal in September. "Aliens would only come into all of this if you accept their assumption (and that's what it is; it doesn't come from the data) that 'Oumuamua is sail-like, and also assume nothing like that can be natural," Bailer-Jones wrote in an email. "In fact, they only mention the word 'alien' once, when they mention in passing that 'Oumuamua might have been targeted to intercept the solar system. "I have no problem with this kind of speculative study," Bailer-Jones added. "It's fun and thought-provoking, and the issue of whether there is alien life out there is really important. But the paper doesn't give any evidence for aliens (and the authors don't claim that, I should note.)"
https://www.cnn.com/2018/11/06/health/oumuamua-alien-probe-harvard-intl/index.html
:: 11-21-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Thanks to Trump, the Mullahs Are Going Bankrupt
by Majid Rafizadeh November 21, 2019 at 4:00 am
One of the reasons behind IMF's gloomy picture of Iran's economy is linked to the Trump administration's decision not to extend its waiver for Iran's eight biggest oil buyers; China, India, Greece, Italy, Taiwan, Japan, Turkey and South Korea.
Iran's national currency, the rial, also continues to lose value: it dropped to historic lows. One US dollar, which equaled approximately 35,000 rials in November 2017, now buys you nearly 110,000 rials.
The critics of President Trump's Iran policy have been proven wrong: the US sanctions are imposing significant pressure on the ruling mullahs of Iran and the ability to fund their terror groups.
Before the US Department of Treasury leveled secondary sanctions against Iran's oil and gas sectors, Tehran was exporting over two million barrel a day of oil. Currently, Tehran's oil export has gone down to less than 200,000 barrel a day, which represents a decline of roughly 90% in Iran's oil exports.
Iran has the second-largest natural gas reserves and the fourth-largest proven crude oil reserves in the world, and the sale of these resources account for more than 80 percent of its export revenues. The Islamic Republic therefore historically depends heavily on oil revenues to fund its military adventurism in the region and sponsor militias and terror groups. Iran's presented budget in 2019 was nearly $41 billion, while the regime was expecting to generate approximately $21 billion of it from oil revenues. This means that approximately half of Iran's government revenue comes from exporting oil to other nations. Even though Iran's Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, boasts about the country's self-sufficient economy, several of Iran's leaders recently admitted the dire economic situation that the government is facing. Speaking in the city of Kerman on November 12, Iranian President Hassan Rouhani acknowledged for the first time that "Iran is experiencing one of its hardest years since the 1979 Islamic revolution" and that "the country's situation is not normal." Rouhani also complained: "Although we have some other incomes, the only revenue that can keep the country going is the oil money. We have never had so many problems in selling oil. We never had so many problems in keeping our oil tanker fleet sailing.... How can we run the affairs of the country when we have problems with selling our oil?" Thanks to the US policy of "maximum pressure," the Islamic Republic's overall economy has taken a major beating as well. Lately, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) has again adjusted its forecast for Iran's economy and pointed out that Iran's economy is expected to shrink by 9.5% rather than 6% by the end of 2019. One of the reasons behind IMF's gloomy picture of Iran's economy is linked to the Trump administration's decision not to extend its waiver for Iran's eight biggest oil buyers; China, India, Greece, Italy, Taiwan, Japan, Turkey and South Korea. Instead of showing economic growth in 2019, Iran's economy would be 90% of its size by the end of 2019 in comparison to two years ago, based on a recent report from the World Bank. Iran's national currency, the rial, also continues to lose value: it dropped to historic lows. One US dollar, which equaled approximately 35,000 rials in November 2017, now buys you nearly 110,000 rials. In addition, the Islamic Republic appears to be scrambling to compensate for the loss of revenues it is encountering. A few days ago, for example, Iran's leaders tripled the price of gasoline. It appears a sign of desperation to generate revenues in order to fund their military adventurism in the region and support their proxies and terror groups. This increase immediately led people to rise up against the government. In the last few days, several Iranian cities have become the scenes of widespread protests and demonstrations. The protests first erupted in Ahvaz and then spread to many other cities in the Khuzestan province as well as in the capital Tehran, and Kermanshah, Isfahan, Tabriz, Karadj, Shiraz, Yazd, Boushehr, Sari, Khorramshahr, Andimeshk, Dezful, Behbahan and Mahshahr. Tehran's diminishing resources have also caused Iranian leaders to cut funds to the Palestinian terror group Hamas and the Lebanese militant group, Hezbollah. Hamas was forced to introduce "austerity plans" while Hassan Nasrallah, the leader of Iran's proxy, Hezbollah, has also called on his group's fundraising arm "to provide the opportunity for jihad with money and also to help with this ongoing battle." To the likely dismay of Washington's critics, President Trump's Iran policy has been heading in the right direction. By escalating economic sanctions, the ruling mullahs and their proxies are going bankrupt. Other nations now need to join the US by also adopting a "maximum pressure" policy -- even if they would rather continue to do business with Iran and undermine President Trump's administration -- to them, a "twofer". If Iran succeeds in developing its nuclear weapons breakout capability, in the end it will be used to blackmail precisely them. Dr. Majid Rafizadeh is a business strategist and advisor, Harvard-educated scholar, political scientist, board member of Harvard International Review, and president of the International American Council on the Middle East. He has authored several books on Islam and US foreign policy. He can be reached at Dr.Rafizadeh@Post.Harvard.Edu
Follow Majid Rafizadeh on Twitter
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15183/iran-mullahs-bankrupt
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
[ :: 8-28-16
am service second word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
For the world has become very evil
and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous
and they desire to walk the way of the evil.
You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil
and reject that which would be good. This
is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my
judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc
:: 11-20-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
IT’S HAPPENING: Colorado public schools now requiring students to role play child sacrifice “poems” as part of rape training indoctrination
Wednesday, November 20, 2019 by: Mike Adams
(Natural News) The greatest challenge in covering the actual events taking place in our world today is that most people still don’t recognize the level of depravity, perversion and evil that has overtaken liberals and Democrats. So they can’t mentally grasp the reality of what’s actually happening all around them because it’s “unthinkable.” So when a 16-year-old Colorado girl was “violated” by sexually explicit role playing assignment in public school — where she was required to role play rape and sodomy concepts while the teacher demanded she read out loud lines like, “fu##ed in the a–” and similar language — most people dismiss the reality because they can’t fathom it being real. But it is real. And it just happened in Steamboat Springs, Colorado. Here’s the picture of the girl, Skylar Cason, and her father Brett: Skylar is 16 years old and attends public school in Colorado. Her teacher required Skylar to role play sexually explicit rape and sodomy scenarios in front of the class, where she was required to read out vulgar lines from a poem known as “Howl,” which include explicit words and phrases like “c–t” and “granite c–k.” As Fox News reports, “In another assignment students were asked to review a song that talked about sexting and offering sexual favors to a teenager, something that “blindsided” school officials when they found out about it from Cason.” Some of the lines from the “Howl” poem, all required to be read by Skylar, are: “let themselves be fu–ed in the a– by saintly motorcyclists, and screamed with joy” “a vision of ultimate c–t and come eluding the last gyzym of consciousness” “sweetened the snatches of a million girls trembling in the sunset” “who cut their wrists three times successively unsuccessfully” “who blew and were blown by those human seraphim, the sailors, caresses of Atlantic and Caribbean love” The rest of the poem reads like the crazed rantings of a mentally ill psychopath. The poem’s author, Allen Ginsberg, is of course celebrated by Leftists as some sort of genius thought leader of left-wing culture. In truth, he was just another insane person who took too many recreational drugs and managed to find traction by translating his twisted, graphic hallucinations into “poetry.” Ginsberg died in 1997 from liver cancer — no surprise — and was known throughout his live for promoting illegal drug use and sexual promiscuity, including homosexuality. Not surprisingly, he also promoted socialism. Critics called his work “indecipherable.” Much of it is flatly incoherent, which is exactly what made him a cultural hero among the mentally ill “progressives” who are almost universally obsessed with the idea of self-annihilation and the destruction of innocence. Perhaps that’s why teachers in Colorado public schools now require students to act out Ginsberg’s madness — because it’s a very effective form of brainwashing and psychological terrorism to prepare students for the left-wing rape culture and pedophilia training that now features “Drag Queen Story Hour” perverts and convicted pedophiles reading books to children in public libraries, all while progressive parents celebrate their children being made “tolerant” of transgenderism, pedophilia and rape. And Jeffrey Epstein didn’t kill himself. First Liberty Institute now representing Cason The Texas law firm First Liberty Institute is representing Skylar Cason and has sent a demand letter to the Steamboat Springs school superintendent Brad Meeks. “Students should never feel shame and guilt as part of an assignment at school,” Jeremy Dys, First Liberty special counsel for litigation and communications, told Fox News (link above). Meeks has issued an apology letter to parents, lamenting that fact that, “they were not given advance notice that would have allowed them to opt their child out of participating.” Incredibly, Meeks did not say that the teacher did anything wrong or that children in his school district should not be subjected to sexually explicit rape training exercises in class, only that parents might be able to “opt their child out” if they happen to be given notice of the planned training exercises… and of course no notice was given. Thus, Brad Meeks is in effect endorsing the sexually explicit rape training agenda in his school district, which is of course entirely consistent with a school system that’s run by demonic entities who prey on children for their own perverted sexual pleasure. Teachers have become the predators, and students are the “fresh meat” to be preyed upon in Democrat-run public schools, where almost every teacher, counselor and administrator is a left-wing, Trump-hating, transgender-pushing lunatic. Poem author Allen Ginsberg sings praises to Moloch, the ancient pagan god of child sacrifice Even more shocking is the fact that the “Howl” poem required to be role played by students in public school celebrates “Moloch,” the ancient pagan god of child sacrifice. Democrats routinely worship Moloch, as InfoWars reports. Fox News recently fired radio host Todd Starnes for accurately stating that Democrats celebrate this pagan god of child sacrifice. From the “Howl” poem, here are some of the snippets citing Moloch: Moloch! Children screaming under the stairways! … Moloch who entered my soul early! Moloch in whom I am a consciousness without a body! Moloch who frightened me out of my natural ecstasy! Moloch whom I abandon! Wake up in Moloch! Light streaming out of the sky! … Moloch! Moloch! Robot apartments! invisible suburbs! skeleton treasuries! blind capitals! demonic industries! spectral nations! invincible madhouses! granite cocks! monstrous bombs! They broke their backs lifting Moloch to Heaven! … Note carefully that the so-called “poet” Ginsberg talks about Moloch the child sacrifice demon entering his soul. “Moloch in whom I am a consciousness without a body,” he writes. He describes this child sacrifice demon as “Light streaming out of the sky!” These are not merely the twisted rantings of a mad man, but rather the demon-infested screams of a human skin bag possessed by demonic spirits in desperate need of an exorcism. And this is exactly what many Democrats have become: Demon-infested vile creatures of death, pain and suffering that prey on children. The horrifying truth is that these demon-infested nightmare lunatics are now running most of the public schools across America. Read my article to learn more: Making the case that many Democrats are no longer human, but rather biological vessels of “Demonic Obsession”. This is not unusual: Public schools are now demon-celebrating pedophilia rape training centers to indoctrinate youth and prepare them for repeated rapings by Democrat elitists Here in the independent media, we’ve sounded the alarm on the rampant pedophilia indoctrination and sexually explicit rape training of youth, warning that public schools would be transformed into precisely the kind of traumatic brainwashing centers that are now being reported. In fact, it was just a few weeks ago that I reported this would start happening. In an article entitled, “25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office,” I described the depravity and perversion of Democrats and predicted that public schools would be turned into “orgy training” centers “involving live LGBT pedophiles performing sex acts in classrooms while progressive parents cheer.” From the story: Way beyond “sex ed,” public schools will actually host anal sex orgies, complete with on-site instruction and demonstrations involving pedophile teachers. Classrooms will become orgy theaters, with live video streaming sold online to raise money to fund “public education.”
If you think this is an exaggeration, note that Austin public schools have just approved sex role playing indoctrination training for all public school students, where they are required to participate in role playing scenarios involving “coerced oral sex,” anal sex and drunk sex. As The College Fix reports: A controversial sex-ed curriculum for third through eighth grades that has connections to Planned Parenthood has been approved by the Austin Independent School District, despite fierce opposition. The curriculum “normalizes child sex” using role playing games. “Caryl Ayala, the director of Concerned Parents of Texas, told KVUE that the curriculum’s goal is ‘to normalize these behaviors and to teach them to children so that they can feel OK with engaging in these behaviors,’” reports The College Fix. Now, it’s coming true even more rapidly than I had feared. In Colorado, there is no action being taken against the school teacher who subjected 16-year-old Skylar Cason to sexually explicit “rape training” trauma. We’re not posting the name or photo of the teacher here, but you can see his twisted, perverted face in this Fox News story. In my opinion, he looks like a sicko child abusing pedophile. No wonder he’s not being fired. Consider this the ultimate argument in favor of home schooling: If you don’t home school your kids, they will be subjected to rape training and pedophilia indoctrination at your local public school. And school administrators won’t even stop the evil when it’s brought to their attention because they’re part of it. What else is coming if demon-infested Democrats rule society Everything covered above concerns just one prediction out of 25 that I made in this November 3, 2019 article published on Natural News. If you want to know the 24 other things that are also about to happen if Democrats rule society, read that article and prepare to weep for humanity.
We are not merely watching the dangers of a communist-oriented political ideology; we are witnessing Democrats and Leftists being consumed by demonic entities that now unleash pure evil upon this realm while pretending to be filled with “tolerance” and “love.” The child molesters are running the schools, and the are teaching the children demonic poetry that celebrates the pagan god of child sacrifice. This is America. This is real. Yet most are asleep and living in denial. Our culture, our rule of law, our nation and our Christian heritage is being overrun by demonic evil that has infiltrated everything: Public schools, Congress, the courts, pop culture and more. The evil has a label: “Demoncrats.” Will you stand for life, liberty and divinity against this hellish insanity?
:: 11-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Liberal Tyranny & Insanity Now On Full Display: 'Parents Should Not Have The Final Say' In Raising Children Says Public School Teacher In Response To Parental Backlash Against Drag Queen Being Brought Into Class
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine November 19, 2019
The majority of public schools here in American are nothing more than indoctrination centers. That seems like a sweeping and hyperbolic statement, doesn't it? It isn't. Over the years we have seen and documented communism and socialism being pushed on school aged children, to the point where now, an increasing amount of college aged students actually favor socialism over capitalism, with no idea what socialism really is or of the total death toll via communism/socialism. We have seen and documented school children as young as kindergarten-age being taught, without parental approval, that there are more than two genders, and encouraging children to "choose" there own gender, totally ignoring the gender they were born as. Here is a clear example, from an AP article in May 2019, discussing how California overhauled their "sex education" guidance for teachers, which includes teaching middle-schoolers about masturbation and more: It gives tips for discussing masturbation with middle-schoolers, including telling them it is not physically harmful, and for discussing puberty with transgender teens that creates “an environment that is inclusive and challenges binary concepts about gender.” “As the parent of three kids, we’re on a careful trajectory here not to be introducing things as though they are endorsed in some way,” board president Linda Darling-Hammond said.
But Patricia Reyes, a 45-year-old mother of six, doesn’t believe that. She traveled more than 400 miles (about 644 kilometers) from her home in Southern California to attend Wednesday’s hearing, bringing along her 4-year-old daughter, Angeline, who held a sign that read: “Protect my innocence and childhood.” “It’s just scary what they are going to be teaching. It’s pornography,” she said. “If this continues, I’m not sending them to school.” Much of the pushback focused not on the framework, but on the books it recommends students read. An earlier draft of the document suggested high schoolers read the book: “S.E.X.: The All-You-Need-to-Know Sexuality Guide to Get You Through Your Teens and Twenties.” It includes descriptions of anal sex, bondage and other sexual activity. Several parents read from the book and held it up so board members could see the pictures, which many described as “obscene.” The board responded by removing the book, plus a few others, from the guidance. A look over at College Fix and Campus Reform shows that this type of indoctrination in children is just the tip of the iceberg as communist educators in colleges around the nation are creating little monsters to send out into the world, where the Pledge of Allegiance is banned because the U.S. is "oppressive," and liberal Antifa goons swamp conservative students, as radical liberal activists just walk out of class to support illegal immigration...... so much more can be found each and every day. Note how each of these controversial issues are positions and ideologies pushed by liberals as our nation's children continue to be indoctrinated into radical liberalism. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to the recent unforeseen events, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the days ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHER SAYS PARENTS 'DON'T KNOW WHAT IS BEST' FOR THEIR KIDS Willis High School in Texas found themselves in the midst of a firestorm when angered parents spoke out about the cosmetology class teacher inviting a drag queen into the school to help teach about make-up application. The drag queen in question, Lynn Adonis-Deveaux, had no qualifications to teach, no certification or formal training, and parents were not informed ahead of time. The Willis High School Cosmetology Twitter account posted a picture of the visit, shown above. That post by their twitter account, and apparently the entire Twitter account has been removed since because upon clicking it we receive a "This account doesn't exist" error message. According to multiple reports, after the parental backlash, the school has made some changes in the approval process for outside visitors, but during the controversy, an English teacher, Anthony Lane, who had nothing to do with the whole controversy decided to insert himself right into it, with a few eye opening statements about what some teachers really think their positions are, and his view on "parental rights." Lane put out a Facebook post in response to the parental backlash over the drag queen, informing the public that teachers are afraid of parents because they are "given so much authority." Lane further opined that raising a child is the responsibility of the community and that "parents should not have the final say." Lane continued on to say "Let's be honest, some of you don't know what is best for your kids." Read the entire post: Note that Lane admits that he has learned about his own son from his child's teachers instead of the other way around, but to counter that point, one only has to ask, wouldn't he be more informed about his own son if he spent less time attempting to usurp other parents' roles in their own childrens lives and spent more time learning about his own son?
There is simply so much wrong with his post, on so many levels, but it is a prime example of the disdain many educators today feel about parental rights. The right to teach your child the values you believe in. The right to determine when your child learns about sexuality and issues associated with it. The right to determine what is and is not appropriate for your child at his or her age. These pompous, arrogant educators like Lane should not be allowed to "teach" other peoples' children. BOTTOM LINE
We have said it before, and will say it again. Homeschool your children, or help homeschool your grandchildren if need be, or nieces or nephews. Advertise to be a tutor to help those that have both parents working. Anything that can be done to keep our nation's children away from these communist educators, should be. The children are our future and if we leave them in the hands of people like Lane, that future will be very, very bleak indeed.
http://allnewspipeline.com/PS_Teacher_Parents_Should_Not_Have_Final_Say.php
:: 11--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Kanye West Performed With Satanist Travis Scott At Astroworld 2019 As Marilyn Manson Sang ‘Antichrist Superstar’ And Burned The Bible
Just eight days before Kanye West took the stage at Lakewood Church to perform his Sunday Service with false teacher Joel Osteen, Kanye was on the other side of Houston as one of the headliners at a hip-hop festival called Astroworld run by Travis Scott who is dating West's sister-in-law Kylie Jenner. Travis Scott is a longtime and hardcore satanist, and his yearly Astroworld festival is filled with all sorts of bottom feeders from the pit of Hell. Think I exaggerate? Think again. Marilyn Manson sang his hit ‘Antichrist Superstar’ and burned the Bible at the very same AstroWorld show that was headlined by ‘born again christian’ Kanye West Just eight days before Kanye West took the stage at Lakewood Church to perform his Sunday Service with false teacher Joel Osteen, Kanye was on the other side of Houston as one of the headliners at a hip-hop festival called AstroWorld run by Travis Scott who is dating West’s sister-in-law Kylie Jenner. Travis Scott is a longtime and hardcore satanist, and his yearly Astroworld festival is filled with all sorts of bottom feeders from the pit of Hell. Think I exaggerate? Think again. “Abstain from all appearance of evil.” 1 Thessalonians 5:22 (KJV)
Another one of the headliners of AstroWorld 2019 was Marilyn Manson, who needs no introduction, one of the most evil and reprobate performers in the music world ever. Among the many numbers performed by Manson, you might be interested to know that he sang one of his hits called ‘Antichrist Superstar’ as he burned a Bible in front of cheering and frenzied fans. This is the very same AstroWorld show that Kanye West lent his name to and performed at. Still think that Kanye West is a “baby Christian”? He’s not, he’s a stone cold deceiver. THE KANYE WEST DECEPTION: The Truth Behind Sunday Service and ‘Jesus Is King’ The AstroWorld Festival was created by Travis Scott, baby daddy to Kylie Jenner and soon the be brother-in-law-to Kanye West, and this is the second year in a row for its production. AstroWorld feature an unbelievable assortment of the dirtiest, filthiest and openly satanic hip-hop music you could possibly imagine. Yet Kanye West hasn’t spoken a word against it, and was one of the main performers at this year’s show. What are we to make of that? Is this the type of music a born again Christian could make? No, no, a thousand times no as DL Moody used to say. A true born again Christian wouldn’t even attend a show like this much less be one of the main acts. If you want to see how much of a satanist that Kanye’s future brother-in-law is, take a look at this, but pray first because it’s nasty. Why do you think that so much of the music in Kanye West’s Sunday Service is so dark and gothic sounding? He performed on the stage at Lakewood church for 2 hours on Sunday night and they were all dressed in black and other dark colors on a very dim stage. Why? Take a look at this video you will know why. Kanye West Used The All-Seeing Eye Of Horus Stage Set At Lakewood Church
So Kanye West brought his travelling Sunday Service road show to Joel Osteen’s Lakewood Church on Sunday night, and by all accounts it was a rousing success. But not in any of the accounts I have come across thus far make any mention of the odd styling of the stage set used. From ground level it appears to be a well-lit and professionally choreographed stage set, but when the camera shows us the birds-eye view, we see a completely different story. What do we see? The all-seeing Eye of Horus that is so beloved by the Hollywood Illuminati, smack dab in the middle of the Jesus Is King Sunday Service. Hmm, I wonder how that happened? ? I will say it again, once more and louder for all you lukewarm Laodiceans out there. Kanye West perform at a hip-hop show run by satanists where Marilyn Manson sang ‘Antichrist Superstar’ as he burned the Bible onstage. And Kanye did that a mere 8 days before bragging about his “christianity” with Joel Osteen. Watch these two videos about Travis Scott and his Astroworld Festival, and if after all this you still think that Kanye West is saved, maybe you’re not.
Travis Scott: The Forbes Interview AstroWorld 2019 Highlights This is AstroWorld 2019 as created by satanist Travis Scott, watch this at your own risk. It is filled with profanity-laced language, and loud, evil sounding satanic music. If you start watching at 1:33:35 you will see Travis Scott introducing his future brother-in-law Kanye West, and the filthy language doesn’t stop. Watch as Kanye West leads the crowd in singing along with the evil, filthy lyrics. The frenzied crowd shouts “Yeezy!, Yeezy!” as Kanye receives their worship. AstroWorld is the real Sunday Service that deceiver Kanye West is selling.
:: 11--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Boots On The Ground: Days in the Life of an Average American Nobody
By Doug “Uncola” Lynn via TheBurningPlatform.com
Up at 6:30 AM. Showered, dressed, and cooking breakfast by 7:00 AM. Eggs, toast, fruit, and coffee ingested. Boots on, and laced, and out the door by 7:35 AM. Drove to the county seat and made two stops there. Then off to the Department of Transportation (DOT) center located across town by a now near-empty shopping mall. Slowed onto the highway off-ramp at approximately 10 AM. While waiting at the stoplight at the bottom of the ramp, a woman was seated on a street meridian just ahead. She was wearing blue jeans, a hat, mittens, a soiled winter coat, and holding a sign. The sign was a petition for money and at the bottom, in red letters, it said: “Any amount will help”. Near the woman, in a perpendicular line of cars that were about to enter the on-ramp of the highway, an obese lady in a mini-van quickly searched her purse then handed some cash to the sign-holder. As I drove off, I saw the porcine and smiling driver glowing with the satisfaction of having her sins self-atoned for that morning. It was a beautiful act of virtue-signaling that I found ironic as I drove by a restaurant less than a block away with a help-wanted sign prominently displayed in its front window. Upon arrival at the DOT center around 10:15 AM, I drew my number from the dispenser. It was 96. In looking around the room, I saw there were no empty chairs. The place was packed. As I glanced upwards over a veritable riff-raff of humanity, I saw six terminals of which only three were in use. Over each one there were electronic red digital numbers – all in the low sixties. It meant I had to wait for over thirty people ahead of me. For the next hour or so, I noticed how the middle terminal was being monopolized by what appeared to be either an Algerian or Moroccan interpreter. I speculated these were the nationalities because those whom he represented appeared to be from North Africa as they spoke to each other in French. It was just an educated guess. In any event, at least four of the foreign language speakers had drawn numbers in sequence far prior to me and the DOT employee was having great difficulty understanding the interpreter’s… shall we say… thickly accented English. I found myself wondering how these people would assimilate into our area without being able to speak English, let alone their capabilities of driving a car and navigating city traffic. One of the male (previously mentioned) future Democratic Party voters, likely delivered here courtesy of Catholic Charities USA, had a little ebony-skinned girl with him who cutely kept pestering a teen-aged gal and her mother in the adjacent terminal. The mom and teen didn’t quite know what to do. They were trying not to be rude but clearly wanted to focus on their business with the DOT employee. The little girl’s father, wearing a frayed red white and blue sweater, was oblivious. As the other DOT worker was still busy cryptically gesticulating with the interpreter, the mother and daughter finished their business and got up to leave. After taking a few steps, the mother stopped, dug in her purse, and pulled out a piece of candy. She walked back to give it to the little north-African girl. First, she made hand signals with the girl’s father who couldn’t understand what was happening until he saw the woman pointing at the candy and then to the girl. The father smiled and nodded. The lady gave the kid candy and walked away, smiling smugly. Although a part of me thought the gesture was generous, a more cynical part marveled at yet another act of virtue-signaling; as another matron glowed with the self-satisfaction of having her sins propitiated that morning. Twice in one day. This was no coincidence. Indeed. Americans are very kind. Even so, by then, I was in a sour mood; and, after more than an hour of waiting, the numbers above remained only in the mid-eighties. Nature called and I looked for a bathroom. There were no public restrooms within, or in the immediate proximity, of the DOT facility. Obviously, this convenience was not deemed a priority to benefit the Department of Transportation’s (mostly?) tax-paying customers. So, I exited the facility and walked across the parking lot to the segment of a dying mall that still remained open to the public. Upon entering the once majestic indoor plaza, I mentally compared memories to the mall in its prime with what appeared before me just then. What a difference. Amidst scores of empty storefronts on two floors, there were a total of four businesses with their lights on; two clothing stores, an upscale confectionary, and an armed services recruiting center. Inside them all I saw only employees. No customers. I found the bathroom right where I remembered it to be. It was centered between what once was a bookstore that I used to enjoy frequenting and a sports store where I often bought running shoes. But, now, both businesses were long gone like the U.S. Constitution, the attorney-client privileges of Republican presidents, bi-partisan politics, and Joe Biden’s presidential aspirations. Upon exiting the restroom, I looked around and made a mental note to never let my wife walk alone to these particular facilities, should that necessity ever arise. After a brisk walk back to the DOT center and waiting for another twenty minutes to conduct my five minutes of processing, I got back on the highway at around noon or so. Upon returning home and devouring a quick sandwich, I sat at my desk and ran a YouTube replay of the morning’s impeachment hearings. These featured Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Vindman and vice-presidential aid Jennifer Williams. The most interesting segment occurred when Chairman Adam Schiff interrupted House Republican Devin Nunes during a line of questioning to Vindman. It seemed Schiff thought Nunes’ questions were getting too close to revealing the identity of the alleged CIA whistleblower, who everyone knows is an intelligence spook named Eric Ciaramella. But, if both Schiff and Vindman denied knowing the identity of the whistleblower, then how could they know his identity was about to be revealed during that line of questioning? This was, of course, the whole point and was appropriately raised by Nunes in the hearing. Also during his fracas with Nunes, Schiff once again falsely cited “whistleblower protection” law. This was maliciously deceptive because Schiff surely understood that U.S. Code Section 3033 prohibited only the Intelligence Community Inspector General from releasing a name, and not anyone else. Besides, Ciaramella is a CIA spy and not a real whistleblower anyway. Regardless, by late afternoon, I switched to the live testimony of former special representative to Ukraine, Kurt Volker, and National Security Council (NSC) official Tim Morrison. It was just more of the same. No evidence of criminality and never-ending statements of mere opinion and hearsay regarding Trump’s July 25, 2019 phone transcript with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky. Undoubtedly, of the seven people who listened to the Trump-Zelensky phone call, only Lt. Col. Vindman chose to overtly undermine Trump’s powers under Article II of the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, Vindman admitted to working outside of his chain-of-command to do so. Therefore, it has become clear that it was Vindman who leaked the content of the July 25th Trump-Zelensky call to the CIA spy Eric Ciaramella. Although, NSC official Tim Morrison expressed concerns over the call regarding “political fallout” (that the Democrats have validated with their inquisition) and vice-presidential aide Ms. Williams testified the president’s requests were “unusual and inappropriate” – NONE of the witnesses who listened to the phone call had evidence of anything other than their personal bias while acknowledging they knew very little as to why Trump wanted entities such as Crowdstrike and Burisma to be investigated. As the hearings continued past the dinner hour and into prime time television, I eventually took a break. Perhaps unsurprisingly, therefore, by the time the evening news rolled around, the following was reported from newsrooms around the nation:
“Although Republicans have decried ‘hearsay’ over impeachment testimony from those not listening in on President Trump’s July 25, 2019 phone call with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky, the officials who testified today actually listened in on the call and they found Trump’s requests to be ‘unusual and inappropriate’. And now to local happenings with…” So today is another new day. And, as of this writing, the Ambassador to the European Union, Gordon Sondland, has testified to his personal “presumptions” of Trump’s “quid pro quo”. And, after a strategic press conference by the Democrats during the morning’s first five-minute break, all of the Orwellian Media headlines were released into the United States of Oceana. This, of course, occurred before Sondland later admitted to having no evidence of quid pro quo while citing a phone call where Trump told him directly that no quid pro quo was necessary. Nevertheless, the Democrats on the Intelligence Impeachment Committee claimed the jig was up for Trump by that point, and that the president’s motives have been impure and highly suspicious during this entire sordid affair. Even now, as these words are typed, more government officials of whose names will be hard to remember two days from now are said to soon testify regarding their opinions and lack of evidence regarding President Trump’s alleged misdeeds. The bullshit will never end. And this is due, in large part, to the fact that Epstein didn’t kill himself.
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
:: 11-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With A Wolf In Sheep Skin At The Door, Voters Have A Right To Know About The Democrats 'Dark Agenda' To Destroy Christianity
- The MSM Completely Ignores The 'Party Of Death's' War Upon God, Life, Women & Children
By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline November 21, 2019
Since Pete Buttigieg is the most vocal “Christian” in the Democrat presidential race, he should stop his fuzzy, fractured even false references to the Bible. Principled Christians resent having the Bible twisted like a pretzel to prove a false point of view. Even the media is sarcastically calling him “St. Pete” because of his many biblical references and his talk of morality. A Federalist article really pegged him rightly when they wrote about his speaking of morality: “But someone who lives in sexual immorality and supports abortion right up until birth is quite obviously the wrong person to do it.” Bingo! They nailed him to a post. Voters want to know if Pete is a genuine Christian or simply a church member. Does he really believe that Christ is the Way, the Truth, and the Life? If not, he is a professor but not a possessor making him a pretender. That means he is using Christianity for self-aggrandizement. If he is not a sheep, he is a wolf in sheep’s skin. Pete could be similar to Julian the Apostate who, according to Will Durant in his eleven volume History of Civilization, “conformed in all externals to the Christian worship, and even read the Scriptures publicly in church.” Julian was the Roman Emperor from 361 to 363 and was the last non-Christian emperor. Frankly very few of them were true Christians, including Constantine. Julian was from a long line of “Christians” who had been corrupted by a corrupt Christianity. He was an unannounced pagan (at the time) while reading the Bible in church! Of course, there are plenty of pompous pagans in the pulpits in our day. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Even an apostate can do some things right as proved by Julian’s dismissal of thousands of servants, eunuchs, and superfluous government officials. He also slashed taxes and streamlined administrative procedures. Julian established the principle that a man was presumed innocent until proven guilty. He was the first political leader to take that position to my knowledge. Julian was a pagan who practiced animal sacrifices while heading up the “Christian” empire, attempting to revive paganism to replace the quickly advancing paganized Christianity! Could Pete be philosophically related to Julian the Apostate? Desperately trying to sound normal, Pete has promised he “would bring Christianity back to the White House if he were elected president.” Well, “Christianity” is not something that can be toted around. It is a faith, “the evidence of things not seen.” Pete said, “Faith doesn’t have to be something to divide us.” But faith does divide us since some believe the Muslim faith, others the Hindu faith, others the Christian faith. Christ said Luke 12:51 “Suppose ye that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you, Nay; but rather division.” And only a fool or fanatic says all faiths are equal or that one is as good as another. Christ divides light from darkness, truth from error, and good from bad; however, radicals don’t like such absolutes. I see Pete as a man who has rejected biblical standards as well as common decency and is using biblical language to confuse shallow voters and steal their votes with his deception. Pete went on to decry Georgia’s abortion law where they have male politicians telling a woman “what she ought to do with her body.” No, if a woman had made the right decisions about her body she would have stayed out of bed, kept her knees together and yelled, “no.” Failing to do that, she wants to kill the innocent child. And Pete wants to guarantee her that right. Surely an innocent child’s right to live is far more precious than a woman’s right to slip into her form-fitting evening gown for a night on the town—something a pregnant body would make cumbersome. When Pete and his “husband” move into the White House, he will provide an example to people “who are guided by a faith tradition in making their decisions about what they think is right and wrong.” However, he does not tell us the standard that will be used to make those decisions. If the Bible is used, then Pete and his “husband” would not be in the White House or any house since sodomy is clearly condemned in the Bible as the most gross and shameless act of depravity. Are Christians “on the wrong side of history” as to LGBTQ issues as Pete told CNN? Is Pete totally unaware of history? Sodomy has been known as the sin (and crime) “against nature”; “that unspeakable sin”; “that unmentionable vice;” and “crime without a name.” While Pete is now promising to bring Christianity “back to the White House,” he was critical of Vice-President Pence for actually doing that. Of Pence, Pete said, he was “fanatical.” Pence, not wanting to be tarred and feathered by the LGBTQ crowd said of Pete, “I see him as a dedicated public servant and a patriot.” While Pence is a kind, decent, and good man, he is not a committed warrior in support of truth. He is also a politician. Pete is not aware that a homosexual is at war not only with himself, but with his Maker. He must not know the Bible truth about homosexuality that has been confirmed by all religions since the beginning of time—perversion will destroy a society. You may have noticed, they are no longer gay in Sodom. Why can’t people believe that perversion is wrong without being haters, bigots, and homophobes? Even if one agrees that criticism of LGBTQ positions is bigotry, why can’t Pete’s crowd be tolerant of the intolerant? Or, is tolerance a one-way-street? However, Pete suggests that he will use the Bible (but not Leviticus or Romans) to guide him in making decisions. He will use some of the “safer” commands of Christ such as “For I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat.” However, what Pete doesn’t know is that Christ was speaking to persons, not governments. It is people who are to have compassion and reach into their purse and feed the hungry and take in the stranger. It has nothing to do with government action at any level. To make it otherwise is a perversion of truth. Governments are in place to protect the liberties of the citizens from internal and external threats, not feed us, house us, cloth us, suckle us, regulate us, educate us, or provide health care. But then, Government must have some excuse to take what we produce so they provide all the goodies that people are too lazy to provide for themselves. Pete implied that if God belonged to a political party, it wouldn’t be the Republican party. And neither would it be the Democrat Party; after all, God was booed at the last Democrat convention! No, Christ would overturn their conference tables, rip the microphones out of their outlets, break their television cameras, and whip the whole crowd (with few exceptions) out of Washington. Pete has castigated Conservative Christians for supporting Trump, suggesting that we approve of his unseemly actions. Yet, Pete expects the voters to elect him when he doesn’t even know what is natural, acceptable, and biblical by slipping between the sheets with another man. Pete talks about Christianity but he speaks of a false, pagan religion totally unknown to the Scriptures. I am viciously attacked for my stand against baby killing and all forms of perversion by the same people who believe Bruce Jenner is a woman, males can use female restrooms, a person is whatever gender he or she desires, Blacks can’t be racists, Elvis is still alive, and believe two people of the same gender make up a family—so my critics aren’t the best thinkers on planet Earth.
(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. ; and visit his blog. Send request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)
http://allnewspipeline.com/Voters_Have_A_Right_To_Know.php
[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..
:: 11-19-19 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Foreign-Born Researchers At US Agencies Were Secretly Working For China And Recruiting Others, Senate Report Finds
Luke Rosiak on November 19, 2019
Foreign-born researchers working for U.S. agencies were secretly on China’s payroll, signing side agreements to send sensitive research to that country as part of a recruitment operation called the Thousand Talents Plan, a Senate report found.
10,000 Chinese nationals in 2018 conducted research in the Department of Energy’s National Labs, and one even had colleagues write him letters of recommendation to the Communist Party-run recruitment program, the bipartisan report stated.
Agencies like NIH do not even track attempted foreign influence, the Department of State denies only 5% of suspicious visas, and the FBI shut down a key program, according to the report.
Foreign-born researchers working at U.S. agencies secretly joined China’s payroll, sending sensitive U.S.-funded research to the country while U.S. government agencies took almost no defensive measures against a major recruitment operation, a Senate investigation found. Researchers linked to the Chinese government formed a Chinese cell within the Department of Energy, attained access to American genomic data, and recruited other U.S. researchers to join, the bipartisan report stated.
China’s Thousand Talents Plan (TTP) aims to get foreign governments to finance the communist power’s military and economy by buying off researchers who are doing work abroad. The experts apply to the program, and if approved by the Communist Party, they join China’s payroll and sign secret side agreements that the experts will share their research with that country, according to the investigation.
Some of the information captured by TTP had significant military value. For example, in 2016, Dr. Long Yu, a Chinese citizen and U.S. permanent resident working for a U.S. defense contractor, applied for Chinese talent plans and was arrested for attempting to give hundreds of gigabytes to China, including design info on military jet engines, according to the investigation. “China wins twice. First, the American taxpayer funds China’s research and development. Second, China uses that research to improve its economic and military status,” Sen. Rob Portman, an Ohio Republican who chairs the Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, said in a statement. Sen. Tom Carper, a Delaware Democrat whose staff co-wrote the report, said “there are serious consequences that come from giving a foreign government so much control over the vital research we rely on to drive our country’s economic competitiveness and bolster our national defense.” As China announced its plans and reportedly recruited 7,000 researchers in countries other than China, virtually every U.S. government agency made missteps, with some taking almost no actions to prevent the infiltration, the report stated. Department of Energy At the Department of Energy, which the FBI said is the most frequent target for penetration and which works on nuclear weapons, multiple researchers joined TTP.
While one was working at a National Lab, he allegedly brought over dozens of other Chinese nationals, at least four of whom were TTP members. He “attempted to initiate official sharing agreements between the laboratory and a Chinese organization,” the report stated. Energy’s Office of Intelligence and Counterintelligence had trouble investigating because of the “language barrier” and “insular nature” of the group of Chinese nationals working on six sensitive projects paid for by the U.S. government. More than 35,000 foreigners, including 10,000 Chinese, are conducting research at the National Labs, the investigation found. The counterintelligence office also found a postdoctoral fellow removed 30,000 files and went to China. He applied to TTP while he was working at the Energy Department, and U.S. colleagues wrote him letters of recommendation for the Chinese program, the report stated. He allegedly told China his “research area in the United States would play a critical role in advanced defense applications,” and promised to keep in touch with specific National Labs research teams after returning to China. An Energy spokesperson told The Wall Street Journal the department had taken steps to address the threat. National Institutes of Health Meanwhile, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) permitted access to genomic data to companies linked to the Chinese government, without considering “national security risks, such as weaponizing for biological warfare,” the investigation found. Nor did it consider “whether the [principal investigator] is in a foreign country that is on a United States Government watch list,” it stated. The NIH, which gives out over $31 billion in research grants a year, does not require potential researchers to be run against any law enforcement database — rather, its vetting consists of “reviewing the first page of results from a Google search,” the report stated. This was especially ineffective since the Chinese government scrubbed all mention of the TTP program from its websites after it attracted infamy. NIH could not say how many applications including foreign conflicts of interest (FCOIs), because its software does not even track it. And it conducted only three reviews of foreign conflict of interest cases in 2018, down from 28 in 2013, the report stated. A spokeswoman told TheWSJ the agency is “addressing the problem through a variety of avenues, including extensive outreach to the institutions that receive NIH awards.”
State Department In September, Zhongshan Liu, the head of the New York office of a Chinese government agency focused on “International Exchange of Personnel,” was criminally charged with conspiracy to commit visa fraud, for allegedly conspiring to “to obtain research scholar visas fraudulently for people whose actual purpose was not research but recruitment.” That kind of action was apparently the exception, not the norm. The department does not systematically track applicants linked to China’s recruitment plans, and stores materials only as scanned images that are impossible for other agencies to search, the report stated. “State denied less than five percent of the visa applications it determined warranted additional scrutiny due to concerns that the applicant might violate export control laws,” it reads. Federal Bureau of Investigation The FBI took nearly 10 years to respond after China announced its plan to recruit overseas researchers in 2008, the report stated. FBI Director Christopher Wray testified in 2018 to the Senate that China had turned to “nontraditional collectors, especially in the academic setting, whether it’s professors, scientists, students” and was exploiting “naiveté on the part of the academic sector.” Yet one week later, the FBI disbanded its “National Security Higher Education Advisory Board (‘NSHEAB’) designed to facilitate security cooperation with the U.S. higher education community.” The subcommittee held a hearing Tuesday at which John Brown, the FBI’s assistant director of the Counterintelligence Division, said, “With our present-day knowledge of the threat from Chinese talent plans, we wish we had taken more rapid and comprehensive action in the past, and the time to make up for that is now.” National Science Foundation NSF policy prohibits federal employees from participating in foreign recruitment plans, but does not apply to NSF-funded researchers — the very ones who would be the likely candidates for recruitment, it said. The NSF relies on universities for vetting — despite a track record of universities showing an unwillingness or inability to do so, according to the investigation. “NSF has no dedicated staff to ensure compliance with NSF grant terms,” the report stated. “Openness, transparency and collaboration are essential for basic research,” the NSF said in a statement, TheWSJ reported. “Unfortunately, certain actors are benefiting from the system while not upholding these values.”
Department of Commerce The Department of Commerce issues licenses to forms that employ foreign nationals working on controlled technology, but its denial rate was only 1.1% in 2018. “Commerce officials told the Subcommittee that it has not revoked a deemed export license in the past five years, despite the recent listing of new entities on Commerce’s Entity List that require additional scrutiny,” the report stated. The Commerce Department “issued at least 20 licenses to Chinese nationals associated with various Chinese talent recruitment plans,” and 150 licenses to Chinese nationals associated with one of the country’s defense universities, according to the report. It issued 65 licenses to Chinese nationals who previously worked for or received support from Huawei, a communications firm tied to Chinese intel agencies. The Commerce and State Departments did not immediately respond to the DCNF’s requests for comment.
:: 11-21-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russia to Impeachment One Big Coup – Kevin Shipp
By Greg Hunter On November 21, 2019 In Political Analysis 64 Comments
By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com
Former CIA Officer and whistleblower Kevin Shipp says from the Russia collusion delusion to the sham impeachment, it’s all really just one big Deep State coup. At the center of the coup is billionaire George Soros, who hates American sovereignty and “America First” President Donald Trump. Shipp explains, “Soros has been funding attempts to overturn a U.S. election and remove a President of the United States. If he’s been funding that or advocating that in any other form, that is sedition. If it is connected to a foreign government or a foreign power, that would rise to the level of treason. This coup leads back to George Soros and his multi-tentacles connections. Now we know Victoria Nuland and the State Department were advocating Soros NGO’s at the time along with this so-called whistleblower who has been in contact with these Soros organizations as well. We are seeing the picture come out now. They don’t want this whistleblower to testify because if he does under oath and he is pressed, this whole disgusting beast could come out into full view. They don’t want that to happen because it is a continuation of the Russia collusion coup. Now, it’s gone into this false impeachment coup, and they are trying their level best to keep these facts from the public. This is one big coup.” Shipp goes on to point out, “As a matter of fact, the Russia collusion coup began in Ukraine. Obama had staff member in Ukraine. Hillary Clinton had two attorneys in Ukraine. John Brennan (CIA Director) traveled to Ukraine under a false passport. . . . A DNC operative was in Ukraine with the rest of these people to dig up dirt on Trump from high level Ukrainian oligarchs. Those oligarchs went to the Russians for information. All that information wound up in, guess what, the ‘Steel Dossier’. . . .Information was derived from and used from Russian intelligence officials that provided this information for Hillary Clinton, the DNC and, ultimately, the ‘Steele Dossier.’ It was all with Ukrainian connections, and that’s as close to espionage as you can get. It’s a dark dirty operation, and it was, without question, a coup against the President of the United States.” Is this the reason why Democrats are making up false charges in the impeachment hoax in their rabid desire to get rid of President Trump? Shipp says, “It’s all coming out. That is why they don’t want the whistleblower to testify. That’s why the kangaroo courts they are putting on look so ridiculous because they are desperate to cover these things up.” Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with former CIA Officer and counterintelligence expert Kevin Shipp. (To Donate to USAWatchdog.com Click Here) After the Interview:
Kevin Shipp’s website is called FortheLoveofFreedom.net. There are multiple ways to support Shipp with donations if you scroll down to the middle of the page. To join Shipp’s Patreon channel, click here.
To get a copy of Shipp’s book “From the Company of Shadows,” click here.
https://usawatchdog.com/russia-to-impeachment-one-big-coup-kevin-shipp/
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
[ :: 8-28-16
am service second word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
For the world has become very evil
and they desire the evil more than they desire those
things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.
You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil
and reject that which would be good. This
is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no
turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc
:: 11--19 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Suspect Allowed to Go Free
CC0 / kat wilcox / crime scene tape
In August 2016 Victoria Martens was drugged with methamphetamine, raped, murdered and then dismembered by a group of drug addicts, including her mother. The shocking case is slowly proceeding through the US courts but a judge has released a key suspect. Legal analysts and law enforcement experts reacted with shock on social media when a judge allowed Fabian Gonzales, 34, to walk free on Wednesday, 20 November. Gonzales was one of a group of drug addicts who were there on the night of 23 August 2016 when Victoria Martens - who had turned 10 the day before - was injected with meth, raped, strangled and then dismembered in Albuquerque, New Mexico. The case has shocked residents in Albuquerque, a city which became synonymous with methamphetamine after it was used as the location for the hit TV show Breaking Bad. Gonzales’ girlfriend was Victoria’s mother, Michelle Martens, who has pleaded guilty to child abuse resulting in the death of her daughter but told police her boyfriend’s cousin, Jessica Kelley, had killed the girl. Police say Martens “liked watching Victoria being raped” by Gonzales and Kelley and “did nothing to stop attack, even though her daughter begged”. Martens, 35, told police she used a dating website to find men willing to sexually abuse her daughter while she watched. She now faces 15 years in jail. Kelley, 31, pleaded no contest to child abuse recklessly causing or resulting in death, tampering with evidence and aggravated assault. Kelley claimed in her plea agreement that she was "tweaking" and suffering paranoid delusions after taking methamphetamine on the afternoon she agreed to mind Victoria while Martens and Gonzales went out. She claimed an unknown man came into the apartment and killed Victoria. Murder charges were dropped against Gonzales but he still faces charges of child abuse and tampering with evidence. Last week Judge Charles Brown caused consternation when he agreed to release Gonzales without GPS monitoring after ruling the state had failed to prove he was a danger to the community.
Victoria’s remains were found dead wrapped in a burning blanket. No date has been set yet for Gonzales’ trial and police say they believe a fourth person was involved in the incident. A man's partial DNA sample was found on the little girl's body and he has been indicted as a "John Doe." Prosecutors have appealed against the decision to release Gonzales.
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.
:: 11--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
King Abdullah of Jordan said on Friday that Israel must implement Two State Solution to be considered part of Middle East
King Abdullah said that Israel is not a part of the Middle East, and will not be considered as part of the Middle East, until they finally decide to give into international pressure and divide their land for the Palestinians. We refer to this demonic nonsense as the the Two State Solution, I call it the the ‘final solution‘. The irony of course being that the phony Palestinians are actually Jordanians who are pretending to be Palestinians in order to get rid of Israel. The rabbit hole goes very deep. Will Israel divide the land? Joel says they will, and it will be a major reason for the Battle of Armageddon, listen:
“I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land.” Joel 3:2 (KJV) Israel has been back in the land for over 71 years now, and as you can see, their neighboring Muslim neighbors in no way accept them as a sovereign state until and unless they give into their demands and give up huge pieces of the land of Israel including Jerusalem, of course. And this is the way it’s going to go all the way up to the start of the time of Jacob’s trouble. Count on it. King Abdullah: Relations with Israel at their worst FROM THE JPOST: King Abdullah said this at a meeting of the Washington Institute for Near East Policy in New York. He added, “We hope that Israel will be able to determine its future, either in the coming weeks or in the coming months.”
“If we won’t be able to solve the Israeli-Palestinian issue,” King Abdullah said, “Israel cannot really become a part of the Middle East,” Mako reported. Noting that the alternative to a two-state solution, one for the Jewish society in Israel and the other for Palestinians, is “much worse,” the king claimed that during “every year we lose to indecision it becomes much more complex and difficult for Israelis and Palestinians to progress.” The King publicly prayed and kissed the ground of Naharayim, which is known as Baqura in Jordan, in early November after insisting Israel hand over the land as was agreed upon in the 1994 Peace Treaty. Israeli farmers who own lands in what is now Jordan will need a visa to enter them. The laws governing such lands will be Jordanian laws. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu offered the King to connect “the train from Haifa all the way to Saudi Arabia” but the project is currently “stuck.” Netanyahu said so during a special conference on Israeli-Jordanian ties, together with the Institute for National Security Studies at Tel Aviv University. READ MORE
UN: Jordan’s King Abdullah II pushes for two-state solution at UNGA King Abdullah II of Jordan called for the two-state solution to be implemented to bring an end to the Israel-Palestine conflict during his speech at the 74th United National General Assembly debate in New York City on Tuesday. “The two-state solution is the only genuine solution. Because, what is the alternative? One state, segregated, with unequal laws, dependent on force, betraying the deepest values of the good people on both sides? That is a formula for enduring conflict not a path to stability, security and peace.” (video from last month at the UN).
[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: ::]
etc. You will see the global warming as it continues, as the icebergs continue to drop off, as the ocean level continues to rise, as the seashore vanishes. You shall see a shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, you shall see many troubles, many troubles caused by the global warming, as the temperatures continue to rise, places that are hot will become much hotter. Water supplies will become less and less, the ground will be parched. The cost of living will continue to rise because of all of this. New sicknesses you have not seen or heard of before shall come. More people trying to sneak into this country causing more problems, taking jobs from others, costing more money. etc.
:: 11-20-19 RFD TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Lights out in California again with high wildfire danger
Posted: Nov 20, 2019 4:45 PM EST Updated: Nov 20, 2019 4:45 PM EST
SAN FRANCISCO (AP) — Pacific Gas & Electric Co. turned off electricity Wednesday for about 170,000 people in Northern California to prevent power lines from sparking wildfires as the region faced a new bout of windy and warm weather. The utility originally said that about 150,000 customers, or about 375,000 people, would be affected by the outages but significantly lowered that number after some areas got rain or increased humidity that lowered the fire threat. Vanrenen said about 35,000 more people were told they could lose power later Wednesday if weather conditions do not improve in their communities. People who lost power were expected to get it back Thursday. A virtually rainless fall has left brush bone-dry and forecasts called for low humidity and winds gusting at times to 55 mph (89 kph), which might fling tree branches or other debris into power lines, causing sparks that could set catastrophic fires in the region, PG&E officials said. The blackout is the latest in a series of massive outages by the country’s largest utility, including one last month that affected nearly 2.5 million people and outraged local officials and customers who accused the utility of overkill. Officials have accused the company of using the blackouts as a crutch after years of failing to harden its infrastructure to withstand fire weather. PG&E CEO Andy Vesey acknowledged the outages have been “terribly disruptive” and said the company is taking steps to avoid them in the future, but for now, “we won’t roll the dice on public safety.” Meanwhile, California’s utility regulators are demanding answers from wireless, internet and landline providers whose equipment failed during previous outages, leaving hundreds of thousands of people without a way to get emergency alerts or make 911 calls. Representatives from eight communications companies, including AT&T, Comcast/Xfinity, T-Mobile and Sprint, appeared before the California Public Utilities Commission Wednesday, fielding questions about whether they would support a rule requiring backup power and whether they would disclose outage information publicly and immediately during disaster situations. Verizon, T-Mobile and AT&T officials said they would disclose outage information. In a letter calling for the meeting, commission President Marybel Batjer said “lack of service is not a mere inconvenience— it endangers lives.” She said residents do not have the luxury of failed internet or cellphone connections during a wildfire or other disaster. Some local public officials who planned to speak at the hearing could not because of the latest power outage. And Lake County Supervisor Moke Simon made comments before rushing back to Northern California county, where the lights had gone out again. He said AT&T’s network went down right away during an outage in late October, risking the county’s sewer and alarm systems. There was no backup in place, he said. “That really put us in a dire straits situation,” he said. Batjer told communications company representatives she was surprised by their lack of preparation given California’s long history of wildfires. “It’s sort of stunning that you go, ‘Well, we just learned a lot in the last three weeks,’” she said. More than 450,000 people were left without communications, according to a group representing rural counties in California. Half of Marin County’s cell sites were out of service. Consumer advocates urged the commission to establish backup power requirements and make the companies provide detailed information about outage locations. The California Governor’s Office of Emergency Services has called the companies’ level of engagement unacceptable at a time when redundant infrastructure is necessary. In written responses in advance of Wednesday’s meetings, the companies said they did communicate with authorities but the outages were unprecedented in scope. The companies said they are improving backup power sources but added that doing so might not be possible in some locations and that generators are not always safe. Comcast said that its network “like any modern network, fundamentally relies on commercial power to operate.” Meanwhile, warnings of extreme fire danger covered a large area. California’s state fire agency placed fire engines and crews in position in some counties and had crews ready to staff aircraft and bulldozers. The weather was expected to ease by Thursday morning, allowing PG&E to begin restoring power, said Mark Quinlan, PG&E’s senior director of emergency preparedness and response.
https://www.rfdtv.com/story/41350813/lights-out-in-california-again-with-high-wildfire-danger
[ :: 12-31-02
/ 1-01-03
New Years (eve) service (sixth word) ::]
etc. Volcanoes shall spread because of the shifting below the earth. Earthquakes shall be in a higher range than man normally sees etc.
:: 11-29-19 End Times Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Powerful Magnitude 6.3 Earthquake Strikes Mexico
Nov 20, 2019
Express – A powerful magnitude 6.3 earthquake has struck in the Mexican state of Chiapas today according to the United States Geological Survey (USGS). The quake struck at 10.27 pm local time (4.27 am GMT) at an approximate depth of 11km (6.8 miles). Moreover, such was the strength of the earthquake, that John Cassidy, an earthquake seismologist from Vancouver Island said that “Seismic waves from the earthquake off the coast of Mexico are now rolling across Canada.” There have been no reports of casualties or damage to buildings as of yet. According to reports, seismic activity was also felt in El Salvador and Guatemala. Dr. Falh Daim, from the University of New South Wales, tweeted to explain the occurrence of the earthquake. He said: “Seismic waves from the earthquake off the coast of Mexico are now rolling across Canada.” Following the earthquake in Mexico, the USGS has also reported a magnitude 6.3 quake in the Sea of Okhotsk between Russia and Japan. READ MORE
https://endtimeheadlines.org/2019/11/powerful-magnitude-6-3-earthquake-strikes-mexico/
:: 11-21-19 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Donald Trump, Impeachment and Bait and Switch
By Dave Daubenmire|November 21st, 2019
Dave Daubenmire
Meet the New Boss…Not Like the Old Boss
It appears complicated when we try to analyze what is going on in the Impeachment Inquiry in Washington. There are so many moving parts that it is nearly impossible to see the connections. Much of what is going on is simply bait and switch. But because the average American does not have the time or the interest to follow the charade it becomes doubly difficult for them to keep their eye on the ball. Confusion is one of the weapons that the dark side is relying on. They are devious enough to realize that the average American has no understanding of the difference between Russia and The Ukraine. Many Americans think that The Ukraine issue is simply a continuation of the Russia investigation. They believe that Russia and The Ukraine are actually the same country. As a result, many folks view the current show-trial in DC as nothing more than a continued investigation into the Russia scandal. The Democrats have played to this ignorance masterfully. But the real issue is much simpler than that. What we see happening in the Swamp is no different from what has probably happened in your working career. There is a new boss in the office and the employees are concerned about the change. Human beings do not like change. They want to make sure that their life is not going to be disrupted by the new kid on the block. Most have spent entire careers nestling down in their cozy positions and they are very concerned about a new boss rearranging the furniture in their department. They want to be sure that the new boss is the same as the old boss. They hate disruption. But Donald Trump is different. This new boss is like nothing they have ever seen and the entire establishment way of doing things is under direct attack. His America-first approach is foreign to the career paper pushers who fear losing their cushy positions and the many benefits they have worked so hard to secret away. Most of my adult career was spent in the field of athletics. There is no other business where the turnover in the position of CEO is as common as in the sports world. Coaches are often fired mid-season if the team is not winning. Just study big time athletics and you will see how short lived the position of head coach is. The President of the United States is the Head Coach of America. If all goes well he will hold the job for eight years. Like athletics, if the coach gets fired during the season the players still remain in their positions. Changing coaches is a fast way to change the direction of the team. But government is different. Most team members are not loyal to the head coach but rather to the system. Career politicians tend to hold their jobs regardless of who occupies the Oval Office. In fact, the employees like it when they are able to pick their own new boss. Electing “their guy” is good because it usually keeps the apple cart from being tipped over. Do you ever watch what happens in the NFL when the old coach gets fired? The new coach “cleans house” because he wants to be sure that all of the coaches working for his team are loyal to HIM and not simply to the franchise. Assistant coaches advance on the merit system. If the head coach is successful the assistants know that their chances of advancement increase as well. Loyalty to the Head Coach is far more important than loyalty to the system. Government promotion is different than sports. Advancement in government is cronyism, while advancement in the sports world is tied to merit. Career government employees have learned to “play the system” and the last thing they are looking for is some “new boss” who might come in and disrupt their plan. Generally, government employees are loyal to a system or ideology. They couldn’t care less who the new boss is as long as he doesn’t disrupt the cozy arrangement that they have worked their entire career to cash in on. The last thing they want is a new boss that isn’t the same as the old boss. Polls show that upwards of 80% of government employees vote for the status quo. They prefer Hillary or one of the Bushes over some orange haired outsider. Trump understands business, not government. Hence, he is not trusted. He is a threat to the Swamp’s security. They don’t want a new boss, just a new face…any face…as long has he has experience in “government.” The truth is plain for those who have eyes to see. Government is an organism unto itself which has nothing to do with the governing of the American people. The goal of Government is the advancement of government. It is not focused on “we, the people.” Government employees protect the government. We think they are protecting us. President Trump is getting very little support from his own party because both parties are not designed to serve the people. The ever-increasing advancement of government is their job and their PERSONAL wealth and power is their main focus. Government produces nothing. They are fearful that President Trump is going to break up their club. The Constitution requires a new boss at least every eight years. The swamp doesn’t mind a new boss as long as he comes out of the same incestuous governmental breeding ground. Big Government is Big Business and there are a lot of hands in the cookie jar. Me thinks many government officials have cookie stains on their hands and Donald Trump is the ultimate Cookie Monster. It really is not any more complicated than that.
E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com
http://newswithviews.com/donald-trump-impeachment-and-bait-and-switch/
:: 11--19 Down Detector :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
[Bank of America]
[Home] Possible problems at Bank of America
Bank of America offers retail bank services to individuals and businesses, including checking, savings, credit cards, mortgages and loans. Clients can review their account balances and transactions, deposit checks and tranfer money through online banking and mobile banking apps for iPhone, iPad, Android, Windows Phone, Blackberry, Kindle Fire and other mobile operating systems.
https://downdetector.com/status/bank-of-america/
[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.
[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..
:: 11-20-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
There has been "An Incident" in the South China Sea -- UPDATE 11:17 PM EST: RADIATION DETECTED!!!!
World News Desk 20 November 2019 Hits: 168751
Oceanographic instruments monitoring the South China Sea have reportedly registered a significant undersea EXPLOSION. Details are sketchy as of 6:22 PM eastern US time, but military sources are saying an explosion took place at a depth of approximately 50 Meters, which caused an underwater shock wave of such sudden presence, and of such strength, that the explosion itself "had to be between 10 and 20 Kilotons." Those sources (military) also say explicitly "An earthquake has been ruled out." United States submarines routinely operate in that area of the world's oceans. If an explosion of that magnitude took place, it could reek havoc with the submarine(s) and their instruments; perhaps forcing them to leave an area, or perhaps put into port for re-calibration or repairs. There is nothing in the area of the South China Sea which, on its own, can account for such a possible event. Details remain very sketchy at this hour, but tune-in to the Hal Turner Show tonight on WBCQ (7.490 or 5.130 AM) or WRMI (9.455 AM) or KYAH 540-AM "Utah's Talk Authority" for the latest details. You can also tune-in here on the net using the LISTEN ONLINE button in the menu bar above. (Those internet links do not go active until about an hour before the show starts, and stream commercial-free music until the show begins at 9:00 PM eastern US time (GMT -0500) UPDATE 11:17 PM EST -- Radiation is now being detected at shore monitoring points around the South China Sea! According to this official map from the uRADMonitor Global Environmental Monitoring Network, "significant" radiation readings are now registering on their radiation monitors, shown on the map below: You can view these LIVE readings for yourself HERE Did China detonate a small, tactical, nuclear device to send a warning to the United States over the US Senate and US House approving the Hong Kong Democracy Act, which China views as an "assault" upon China's internal affairs? Has China had enough of US "freedom of navigation" exercises in the South China Sea? Is China feeling the sting of economic downturn from its Trade War with the USA, and are they "upping-the-ante" signaling actual war? Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.
:: 11-19-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Goodwin: Why Dems are so worried after latest round of impeachment hearings
By Michael Goodwin November 19, 2019
If coup-coup Nancy Pelosi has a panic button, now would be a good time to lean on it. With signs that Americans are tuning out the impeachment hearings, the clock is ticking on Democrats’ chance to make their case. Pelosi is clearly worried, telling fellow Dems it’s a “weak response” to “let the election decide” whether President Trump should be removed. “That dangerous position only adds to the urgency of our action, because POTUS is jeopardizing the integrity of the 2020 elections,” the speaker wrote in a “Dear Colleague” letter to her House members. The letter seemed strange enough when it became public Monday, but Tuesday’s hearing more than justified her fear and desperation. With her party now having failed to hit anything close to pay dirt after three long days of public testimony, she is trying to keep her members on board the impeachment train, lest the whole effort crash in failure and disgrace. Alas, Tuesday wasn’t much help. As they did in the first hearings last week, Dems again failed to make the Ukraine issue the crime of the century or even of the Trump presidency. Their hyperbolic descriptions are not even close to the pedestrian evidence they’re producing. Their problem last week largely centered on the fact that none of the witnesses were actual witnesses to any relevant events, including the July 25 phone call between Trump and Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky. They solved that problem early Tuesday with the day’s first two witnesses, Jennifer Williams and Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, both of whom listened to the call in the White House. Finally, the impeachment zealots had someone with firsthand knowledge, as opposed to the second- and third-handers last week. They got even closer in the afternoon, with former officials Tim Morrison and Kurt Volker higher up the food chain. In contrast to all the other witnesses, both had actually met Trump! But still the end zone proved elusive. The closest Dems came was when Williams, an aide to Vice President Mike Pence, said she found the July 25 call “unusual.” Vindman declared it an “inappropriate and improper” demand and reported it to lawyers. Quickly, though, Republicans cleverly succeeded in contrasting those two reactions, with Texas Rep. John Ratcliffe saying, “There is no consensus about what you heard,” and that any impeachment case “must be clear, overwhelming and compelling.” Earlier, Ratcliffe had stacked the transcripts of 10 long depositions and noted that not a single witness had accused Trump of “bribery,” the focus-group-tested word Dems have now adopted as their battle cry. The cumulative effect was to create a sense of doubt about the heart of impeachment. Was there really a crime, or was it just a difference of opinion? And how much of it is purely partisan? The doubts took a leap when Vindman conceded that lawyers said it was legal for Trump to temporarily withhold more than $400 million in aid to Ukraine. Once fair-minded Americans seriously entertain the question of whether the actions involved even amount to a crime, most will probably find it difficult to conclude Trump represents an urgent threat and must be removed immediately. All the more so when they can read the call transcript for themselves, as well as learn that Ukraine got the promised aid and never launched any of the investigations Trump requested. And so Day Three of the public hearings went pretty much as the first two. Long hours of testimony, some it interesting and relevant, punctuated by mutual expressions of contempt between Democratic Chairman Adam Schiff and Republican members. Vindman was a strong witness, but a strange one, too. He presented himself as an Alexander Haig-like “I’m in charge here” figure, when he was actually far down the pecking order. His inflated sense of self-importance seemed to be key to his alarm over the phone call. As he put it, he believed “that if Ukraine pursued an investigation in the 2016 elections, the Bidens and Burisma, it would be interpreted as a partisan play” and Ukraine would lose bipartisan support, which in turn would “undermine US national security and advance Russia’s strategic objectives.” He conceded, smugly, that he even advised Zelensky “to stay out of US domestic politics.” He said Trump would be acting against US policy if he got the investigations. Although he later conceded that Trump as president could change the policy, he didn’t seem to mean it. And yet Vindman, wearing his Army uniform and medals, including a Purple Heart he was awarded after being injured in Iraq, was the Dems’ star of the day. He could be a major figure in the secretive run-up to the hearings, a notion bolstered when Vindman, with Schiff running interference, refused to name a person in the intelligence community he told about the call. Because the so-called whistleblower was a CIA officer, some in the GOP believe Vindman set the whole saga in motion and helped to shape the Dems’ case. Adding to the surreal quality of the hearings is a crucial fact that gets too little attention: Trump’s policy toward Ukraine has been far stronger than President Barack Obama’s. Providing Ukraine with antitank weapons to counter Russian invasions is a direct slap at Vladimir Putin, a move Obama rejected because he feared it would provoke Putin. Thus, removing Trump would benefit Russia, proving that, for Dems, Ukraine’s security is just another pawn in their war against the president.
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
:: 11-20-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Vatican says Israeli-Palestinian peace process at risk after U.S. move
The Roman Catholic Church says it supports the right of Israel to live in peace and security but the decision by the Trump administration to back Jewish settlements in the West Bank 'undermines regional stability'
Reuters|Last update: 11.20.19 , 15:44
The Vatican said on Thursday the search for peace between Israelis and Palestinians had been put at risk after the United States backed Israel's building of settlements in the West Bank. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced Monday that the U.S. is softening its position on Israeli settlements in the West Bank and parts of East Jerusalem, the latest in a series of Trump administration moves that weaken Palestinian claims to statehood. "In the context of recent decisions that risk undermining further the Israeli-Palestinian peace process and the already fragile regional stability, the Holy See reiterates its position of a two-state solution for two peoples, as the only way to reach a complete solution to this age-old conflict," the Vatican said in a statement. "The Holy See supports the right of the State of Israel to live in peace and security within the borders recognized by the international community and supports the same right that belongs to the Palestinian people, which must be recognized, respected and implemented," it added. Pompeo repudiated a 1978 State Department legal opinion that held that civilian settlements in the occupied territories are “inconsistent with international law.” The move angered Palestinians and immediately put the U.S. at odds with other nations working to end the conflict. "Israel’s legal system, which has proven itself fully capable of addressing legal questions related to the settlements, is the appropriate place for these matters to be adjudicated - not biased international forums that pay no attention to history or facts," Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said after the decision.
https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5629066,00.html
:: 11-20-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Grandmas for Abortion Group Promotes Killing Grandchildren in Abortion at Taxpayer Expense
National Micaiah Bilger Nov 20, 2019 | 6:38PM Washington, DC
As unbelievable as it may seem, some grandmas are advocating for the deaths of their own grandchildren through abortion. This fall, Grandmothers for Reproductive Rights, or GRR!, is celebrating the fact that Maine taxpayers now are being forced to pay for them, too. The Colby Echo reports the Maine pro-abortion group is becoming widely-known for its state lobbying efforts and bright yellow T-shirts. Founded in 2013, the group promotes abortion on college campuses and at farmers markets across Maine, writes letters to the editor and urges state lawmakers to support abortion on demand, according to the report. Member Elayne Richard, of Fairfield, bragged to the Echo that her group is one of the reasons why the state now forces taxpayers to fund elective abortions through the state Medicaid program. The legislation passed in May. State taxpayers will pay an estimated $375,000 for abortions annually under the law, WABI TV reports. “Now, we’re able to have MaineCare pay for abortions; [it is] why we’re able to have other medical providers provide abortions as long as it’s in its scope of practice,” Richard said. She said her group of grandmothers often show up at the Maine State House in their bright yellow T-shirts to lobby for abortion. Here’s more from the report: This recognizable presence serves a more important purpose than just visual recognition: “For laws that are being discussed and debated that are really tough, like MaineCare covering abortion, it’s really important to our supporters there to have us there having their backs. That’s where we sit, right behind them, and that’s what gives them the strength to do what they need to do.” When asked why GRR! adopted yellow as its signature color, Richard responded, “I think it’s because it’s bold but it’s cheery at the same time. That’s kind of a grandma, bold and cheery.” Follow LifeNews.com on Instagram for pro-life pictures and videos. There is nothing cheery about advocating for the deaths of one’s own grandchildren, but that is exactly what the group is doing. Richard said they want abortion advocates to start talking more about abortion, too. GRR! is urging people to bring up abortion at the Thanksgiving table this year, according to the report. Encouraging abortion activist to try to find common ground with pro-life family members, Richards said: “If we can start from that, ok we’re not always agreeing on this but when people can see that they have a lot more in common than they don’t have in common, you start seeing people just a little bit different. Also, I think if you’re really passionate and believe in reproductive justice [then] the core of that, that everyone has a right to have children, everyone has a right to not have children, and everyone has a right to raise the children that they chose to have in safe and sustainable communities, that’s pretty hard to argue about.” Perhaps unsurprisingly, Grandmothers for Reproductive Rights has roots in eugenics. Founder Julia Kahrl grew up in a rich, privileged household. Her father, Clarence Gamble, was a doctor who worked with Planned Parenthood founder Margaret Sanger, according to The Bangor Daily News. Both Sanger and Gamble were active in prominent eugenics groups that believed that some human beings are less worthy of basic human rights than others. Gamble began an international organization called Pathfinder Fund to push abortions and birth control as population control measures in developing countries. It was through her work with Pathfinder that Kahrl decided to begin her grannies abortion advocacy group in Maine, according to the Bangor Daily News.
:: 11-19-19 Townhall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Did Today’s Witness Out Himself as the Leaker Who Reached Out to the Trump-Ukraine Whistleblower?
Matt Vespa| @mvespa1 Posted: Nov 19, 2019 2:05 PM
Well, the first round of today’s Trump impeachment hearings has concluded. Jennifer Williams, an adviser on Russia to Vice President Mike Pence and Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, Director for European Affairs for the United States National Security Council. It was nothing all that groundbreaking. It was once again another set of government bureaucrats who disagreed with President Trump on Ukraine policy, leaked it, and are now part of the Democratic Party’s quasi-coup to remove the president based on shoddy quid pro quo allegations. This stems from the Trump-Ukraine whistleblower, who alleged that in a July phone call between Trump and the Ukrainian political leadership, the president threatened to withhold military aid unless a corruption probe was opened into Hunter Biden’s position on a Ukrainian energy company; Biden has zero experience in the energy sector. This quid pro quo nonsense is just the second wave in the Left’s push to impeach Trump. They tried to use Russian collusion, which turned out to be a total myth but failed. Now, they have an even shakier cause, but 2020 is right around the corner. The economy is still going strong. Trump is on a path to re-election and their 2020 crop is quite mediocre. This their best shot to remove the president. They have to take it.
And yet, who is this so-called whistleblower? A name has been floated around, but there has been zero confirmation. Rep. Adam Schiff (D-CA), chair of the House Intelligence Committee, has made it known that he will shut down questioning that might lead to the whistleblower being outed.
Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC Asked and answered!
Comrade Schiff shutting down questions about who leaked what to whom https://twitter.com/LizRNC/status/1196797999583842304 …
Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC
Will Comrade Schiff again shut down GOP questions, like he did behind closed doors? "When we asked Vindman who he spoke to after important events in July--Schiff says, 'no, no, no, we're not going to let him answer that question'"
What is Schiff hiding?https://www.foxnews.com/politics/gop-reps-say-schiff-stopped-impeachment-witness-from-answering-certain-gop-questions …
105
10:44 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy 77 people are talking about this
Brit Hume @brithume
Adam Schiff keeps saying the whistleblower has a “statutory right to anonymity.” He said it again this morning. It is nonsense. Only the IC official who receives a whistleblower complaint is required to withhold the name, and not in all circumstances.
31.8K
10:51 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy 13.6K people are talking about this
All of this while he lied about his office not having contact with this person. Schiff’s staff did—they knew the contents of the complaint before it was formally filed. In today’s hearing, it appears that Vindman had contact and might even know this person despite saying otherwise in a previous deposition on the Hill when this impeachment inquiry was being carried out in secret in Schiff’s basement. It's now open due to the formal House vote. Sean Davis of The Federalist has more:
Tim Murtaugh @TimMurtaugh
It’s pretty remarkable that both Vindman and Schiff claim to be unaware of the identity of the “whistleblower,” but both know precisely when to cut off questions about him.
15K 10:50 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy
5,864 people are talking about this
Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC
Here's some real collusion ? "I had my meeting w/the attorney, & I did my coordination, & I spoke to the appropriate people in the interagency" "Appropriate people" being a registered Dem w/known bias against POTUS who works for CIA? Whoops! We're not allowed to ask that!
Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC
Schiff colluded w/registered Dem CIA leaker ("whistleblower")
Schiff lied about his staff not speaking to leaker
Schiff still claims to not know who the leaker is, but magically can shut down questions about the leaker before they start In sum: Democrats think you are stupid
Lt. Colonel Alexander Vindman admitted to the House Intelligence Committee Tuesday to leaking information to the anti-Trump whistleblower at the center of the Democrats’ partisan impeachment proceedings. “Lietenant Colonel Vindman, did you discuss the July 25 phone call with anyone outside the White House on July 25 or the 26 and if so, with whom?” Republican Rep. Devin Nunes of California inquired. Yes. I did,” Vindman answered in the affirmative.
When pressed on who Vindman spoke with about the call, Vindman said he spoke with two individuals not in the White House, including Deputy Assistant Secretary George Kent and another individual in the intelligence community that Vindman refused to name before being cut off by Democratic Chairman Adam Schiff. Vindman testified under oath in a private deposition last month that he was unaware of who the whistleblower was. On Tuesday, Nunes pressed Vindman on how it is possible that he might out the whistleblower if he does not know the identity of the whistleblower. “Per the advice of my counsel and the instructions from the chairman, I’ve been advised not to provide any specifics on who I have spoken to with inside the intelligence community,” Vindman said before being cut off by his own lawyer.
Sean Davis @seanmdav
Recall that Vindman testified under oath last month that he didn't know who the whistleblower is.
But when asked to name the unnamed intel analyst he leaked the July 25 call to, he refused, and his attorney said he wouldn't name the whistleblower. Vindman lied last month.
12.9K 10:49 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy
5,602 people are talking about this
Sean Davis @seanmdav
VINDMAN, on October 29: "I do not know who the whistleblower is."
VINDMAN and his lawyer, today: I won't tell you the name of the intel analyst I deliberately leaked to, because it would out the anti-Trump whistleblower.
Pick one, Vindman. Because one of those is a lie.
View image on Twitter 4,307 10:53 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,572 people are talking about this
Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC
How can Col. Vindman and Adam Schiff claim they don't know who the leaker ("whistleblower") is, and simultaneously hide the name of the individual in the "intelligence community" (CIA) Vindman spoke to? This is a sham! 31 10:47 AM - Nov 19, 2019
Twitter Ads info and privacy 186 people are talking about this
Oh, and was there any testimony from Vindman or Williams that backed up the trumped-up quid pro quo allegation? Nope. And Vindman said there was nothing wrong with the transcript of the July phone call that was released by the Trump White House.
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 11-12-19 Light has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
GOOGLE Is SECRETLY HARVESTING “Detailed” Health Data From Millions Of Americans
By MsSophie | November 12, 2019 |
A “bombshell” new report from The Wall Street Journal describes a secret project from Google and healthcare giant Ascension to store data on millions of Americans, a move that critics of the tech conglomerate decried as another example of overreach. “When will someone go to jail?” wondered mathematician and musician David C. Lowery. “That would stop this shit real fast.” when will someone go to Jail? That would stop this shit real fast. Google’s secret “Project Nightingale” gathers personal health data on millions of Americans https://t.co/4gurOtrUw4
— David C Lowery (@davidclowery) November 11, 2019
:: 11-12-19 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dean Foods, America’s biggest milk producer, files for bankruptcy
Published Tue, Nov 12 20197:44 AM ESTUpdated Tue, Nov 12 20193:56 PM EST Amelia Lucas
Dean Foods on Tuesday announced that it has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.
The Dallas-based milk processor said that it plans to use the Chapter 11 proceedings to keep running the business, and address debt and unfunded debt obligations as it seeks to sell the company. Dean Foods has secured commitments for $850 million in debtor-in-possession financing, a type of funding for companies in financial distress. Customers are expected to receive their dairy products without any interruptions. Dean Foods also said it is engaged in “advanced discussions” with the Dairy Farmers of America about selling “substantially” all of its assets. Even if both parties agree to the sale, the transaction would be subject to receiving higher or better offers while the company is in bankruptcy. Wells Fargo analysts led by John Baumgartner wrote in a note to clients that they see value in the “company-owned refrigerated distribution assets and margin optionality from full-fat dairy products.” In September, Dean Foods said that it had concluded a strategic review and decided against a sale. CEO Eric Beringause joined the company three months ago after serving as chief executive of dairy producer Gehl Foods, which is owned by private equity firm Wind Point Partners. Dean Foods’ business has struggled as more consumers turn to nondairy milk or buy private-label products. Americans’ per capita consumption of fluid milk has fallen 26% in the last two decades, according to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Walmart began processing its own milk in 2017. The retailer’s decision sparked upheaval, leading Dean Foods to cancel more than 100 milk contracts with dairy farmers across eight states. Compounding the company’s problems, grocery chain Food Lion cut ties with the milk producer in 2018. In seven of its last eight quarters, Dean Foods has reported a net loss. The company’s bankruptcy filing comes as the country’s dairy farmers are also struggling to adapt to the changing milk market. Falling dairy prices, trade turmoil and a labor shortage has hit farmers hard. “A number of [the National Milk Producers Federation’s] member cooperatives provide milk to Dean Foods and could be impacted by today’s bankruptcy filing,” Alan Bjerga, the senior vice president of communications for the lobbying group, said in a statement to CNBC. “We are gathering information to better assess the situation and will work closely with our members to provide whatever support we are able to through this process.”
https://www.cnbc.com/2019/11/12/dean-foods-americas-biggest-milk-producer-files-for-bankruptcy.html
:: 11-11-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Officials Are Using The Word “Disaster” To Describe The Widespread Crop Failures Happening All Over America
November 11, 2019 by Michael Snyder
We are witnessing “unprecedented” crop failures all across the United States, but the big mainstream news networks are not talking too much about this yet. As you will see below, local news outlets all over the nation are reporting the disasters that are taking place in their own local areas, but very few people are putting the pieces of the puzzle together on a national level. The endless rain and horrific flooding during the early months of this year resulted in tremendous delays in getting crops planted in many areas, and now snow and bitterly cold temperatures are turning harvest season into a complete and utter nightmare all over the country. I am going to share with you a whole bunch of examples below, but first I wanted to mention the snow and bitterly cold air that are rolling through the middle of the nation right now… A wintry weather pattern that brought single-digit temperatures and more than a foot of snow to parts of the Upper Midwest rolled across a wide swath of the nation Monday, threatening to break hundreds of records and bring a deep freeze as far south as Florida. “The coldest surge of arctic air so far this season will bring widespread record low temperatures for much of the central and eastern U.S. even down to the Gulf Coast,” said Kwan-Yin Kong, a meteorologist with the National Weather Service’s Weather Prediction Center. We are being told that “more than 300 daily records” are likely to be broken, and this will be the final nail in the coffin for this harvest season for countless numbers of farmers. And even without this latest wave of bitterly cold weather, this was already going to be the worst year for U.S. agriculture that most people can remember. The following are 12 examples of the crop disasters that we are witnessing right now… #1 North Dakota: “Agriculture Secretary Sonny Perdue has approved North Dakota’s request for a Secretarial disaster designation for 47 counties related to late season rainfall and the October snowstorm. The declaration came on Friday, Nov. 8, the same day that Sen. John Hoeven, R-N.D., hosted Bill Northey, U.S. Department of Agriculture’s under secretary for farm production and conservation, to hear from producers at a roundtable and see the impacts of flooding and the early blizzard during a field tour in the Red River Valley.” #1 Northwest Minnesota: “Minnesota Gov. Tim Walz asked the U.S. agriculture secretary on Thursday to declare a disaster for 12 counties of northwestern Minnesota where farmers are struggling through a very difficult harvest season. The governor said in a letter to Secretary Sonny Perdue that unrelenting bad weather has come on top of challenges farmers were already facing from low commodity prices and trade uncertainties. He told Purdue how the region’s crops have fallen victim to flooding, disease and freezing temperatures, leaving many producers unable to harvest them.”
#1 Iowa: “Last week, according to the Iowa weekly growing season report for the week ending Nov. 3, Iowa’s average temperature was 33 degrees, 12.6 degrees below normal, and with the southerly dip in the jet stream came multiple fast-moving winter-type systems through Iowa during the week, bringing a statewide average of 2.4 inches of snow. Mason City farmer Kevin Pope said with the early snow, all harvest has been halted.”
#1 Ohio: Three local counties are among the 14 in Ohio that the United States Department of Agriculture said are primary natural disaster areas. Champaign, Clark and Miami counties were added to a growing list of designated primary natural disaster areas, which means farmers in those counties can apply for disaster loans. Farmers are eligible only if they suffered a 30% loss in crop production or a physical loss of livestock, livestock products and real estate.
#1 The Red River Valley: “Near Grand Forks, Minnesota, successive nights of subfreezing temperatures from late October into early November caused an estimated $45 million in damage to around 9,000 acres of red and yellow potato crops in the Red River Valley. Wet conditions in October delayed the potato harvest that usually occurs around Oct. 1. This left about half of the red and yellow crops, which are grown for the fresh market, vulnerable to frost damage. This is what Ted Kreis, spokesman for the Northern Plains Potato Growers Association, told Fresh Plaza on Nov. 4.”
#1 Illinois: “Pritzker filed an appeal of the agency’s denial last week, saying the federal government is withholding assistance from 1.4 million Illinois residents affected by the flooding, which the Illinois Emergency Management Agency determined was the state’s worst in more than 25 years. The conditions caused delays for farmers planting spring crops, including corn and soybean, and prompted the U.S. Department of Agriculture to declare an agriculture disaster in the state in August.”
#1 Colorado: “There is no doubt that extreme weather has greatly impacted agricultural producers over the last several years, and 2019 is no exception,” said Clarice Navarro, executive director for Farm Service Agency in Colorado. “With record amounts of crops prevented from planting nationwide and other devastation, more than $3 billion is available through this disaster relief package passed by Congress and signed by President Trump in early June.”
#1 Kentucky: “The federal government has approved Kentucky’s request for a disaster declaration for counties in which farmers’ crops were negatively affected by this summer’s drought. In an Oct. 16 letter to Brian Lacefield, the state executive director of the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Farm Service Agency, Kentucky Agriculture Commissioner Ryan Quarles asks that the federal agency consider a disaster declaration for Kentucky counties that “have suffered losses due to the extreme heat and drought.”
#1 South Carolina: “U.S. Secretary of Agriculture Sonny Perdue recently designated six counties in South Carolina as natural disaster areas due to drought. They are: Bamberg, Calhoun, Kershaw, Lexington, Orangeburg and Richland.”
#1 Birch Hills County: “Birch Hills County has joined the County of Grande Prairie and Saddle Hills County in declaring an agriculture disaster. In a release, they say some farmers still have up to 50 percent of this year’s crop that is unharvested, while Hay crops in Birch Hills were harvested late, with some not able to be taken off the ground at all.”
#1 Crookston, Minnesota: “Sugar beet and potato farmers whose crops have been hard hit by excessive moisture this harvest converged on Crookston Tuesday, Nov. 5, to tell U.S. Rep. Collin Peterson about their unprecedented crop losses.”
#1 Idaho: There was sadness and dismay in eastern Idaho’s potato community this weekend as the 2019 harvest wound down and growers began tallying up their losses from October’s disastrous freeze while pondering what to do with the tons of unusable tubers it left behind. This season’s harvest will be marked by tons of decaying potatoes for which there is no home.
Are you starting to get the picture? I could have easily doubled the size of that list. People all over the country are writing to me and telling me how bad things are in their areas, and ultimately all Americans will feel the pain of this crisis because all of us will soon be paying significantly higher prices for food at the grocery store. And we don’t even know the full extent of this crisis yet, because the bitterly cold air currently ripping through the middle of the nation is going to cause even more crop failures… The blast of record-breaking Arctic air that’s charging across the country will bring the growing season to a screeching halt in much of the southern and eastern U.S. this week. Freeze watches have been posted as far south as the Panhandle of Florida, where Pensacola should see a low temperature of 31 degrees by early Wednesday morning. “Conditions can kill crops, new growth and sensitive vegetation,” the National Weather Service in Mobile, Alabama, warned. A lot of people out there are still not taking this seriously. Look, despite all of our advanced technology we still have to grow the food that we eat, and we can only grow food if the weather cooperates. And as I discussed yesterday, experts are telling us that we should expect a very bitterly cold winter ahead of us.
This is a crisis that isn’t going away, and it is likely to continue to get worse in the months ahead.
About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.
:: 11-12-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
College professor pens scathing and brilliant ‘open letter’ to teen climate activist Greta Thunberg
Tuesday, November 12, 2019 by: News Editors
(Natural News) In one of the most blistering and scathing rebukes ever recorded in modern history, a Univerity Professor absolutely annihilates teen climate bully Greta Thunberg.
(Article by Missy Crane republished from WayneDupree.com)
As I read this piece, I had to stop myself from standing up and cheering. It was that good.
Lines like this: “If civilization is left in the hands of your ecofascist supporters we will be living in grass huts, drinking animal feces infested water, and shrinking in fear from polar bears instead of killing them for food when they attack us” are just the tip of the iceberg (pun intended) in this absolute rebuke of everything Greta Thunberg stands for, preaches, and lectures on behalf of her handlers.
Professor Jason D. Hill points out that Greta’s generation cannot eat meat without “crying,” or be away from their technology for more than an hour without falling into a deep depression. And speaking of that, creating all of those technology devices and gadgets that her generation is so dependent on is a leading cause of “carbon-spewing.” Here is a hard truth to ponder, Greta: if the great producers of this world whom you excoriate were to withdraw their productivity, wealth and talents—in short—their minds from the world today, your generation would simply perish. Why? Because as children you have done nothing as yet, with your lives besides being born. This is what we expect of children until such time as they can be producers by learning from their elders. You are understandably social and ecological ballast. You are not yet cognitively advanced to replicate the structures of survival of which you are the beneficiaries. Children are important installments on the future. We have invested in you. It is you and your smug generation which think they have nothing to learn from the older ones who are failing themselves. Whom do you expect to employ the majority of you if you have neither the job credentials or life competency skills to navigate the world? The future unemployable-skipping- school-on-Friday obstreperous children? The truth, as one anonymous blogger aptly put it, is that your generation is unable to work up to forty hours per week without being chronically depressed and anxious. Its members cannot even decide if they want to be a boy or a girl, or both, or neither, or a “they.” They cannot eat meat without crying. I might add that your generation needs “trigger warnings” and “safe spaces” as pre-conditions for learning in school. Its members have a pathological need to be coddled and protected from the challenging realities of life. Your generation is the biggest demander and consumer of carbon spewing technological gadgets and devices. An hour without any of them and too many of you succumb to paralyzing lethargy. Your generation is the least curious and most insular set of individuals one has ever encountered. Your hubris extends so far that you think you have nothing to learn from your elders. [FrontPageMag] Greta Thunberg is the new face of the left’s climate cult. Her agenda is militant, blaming past generations for all their faults, claiming that she and her generation are now left to “clean up the messes” that they created. She lashes out, saying things like “how dare you” to her elders and condemning today’s politicians and world leaders as lazy and weak. She’s a doomsayer who is using fear tactics to drive the lefts climate cult message. Greta, living in complete harmony with nature is the death of creativity. Understand this. All great civilizations were forged in the crucibles of proper exploitation of the earth. Those who lived on land with oil and did nothing with it never had a right to it in the first place. Non-usage of God’s resources is the cardinal sin because it results in the un-development of our human capabilities, and makes us indistinguishable from beasts. Your generation needs to be taught the morality of wealth creation, rather than only parasitically benefiting from it. The only revolution you will lead is one into nihilism and civilization regression. [FrontPageMag] Professor Hill closes with this absolutely savage line, “The apocalyptic world vision you hold has been a strip landing for those who have hated progress throughout history. Your apocalyptic predictions have been made for millennia, and, we’re still here. We will still be here long after you’ve grown up and we have forgiven you for skipping classes, thereby lowering the intelligence quotient of an entire generation.” Bravo! It’s an amazing letter, I encourage you to read all of it. Read more at: WayneDupree.com
https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-11-12-college-professor-pens-open-letter-to-greta-thunberg.html
:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc
[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the
whole world can tell you right now that Russia
and North Korea has declared war on the United
States of America. The
whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole
country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready
to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of
the beast will be here. But
I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that
is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time
safely. etc
:: 11-12-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Average Americans Reporting Large Amounts of Chinese/UN Troops On US Soil
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, November 12, 2019 - 14:56.
America is being overrun with foreign enemies who have taken up residence on American soil.
In this article, I have included several emails sent to The Common Sense Show. This report represents journalism in its most raw form, news reports from eyewitnesses with no agenda other than seeking the truth behind their observations. Before embarking on this report, I want to declare that what is contained in this article, is not new. These topics have been covered extensively, in the past, by Steve Quayle, and later by myself. In effect, the United States is being occupied by foreign entities. At the root of this covert occupation is the United Nations. People will ask, I though you were concerned about the Chinese, Dave? I am and you should be too. However, when one talks about the Chinese and the UN, we are ultimately talking about the same entity. This is the New World Order. In the past, the CSS has reported that the United Nations has declared by 2030, that they will become the global political authority on the planet. The Chinese have been tagged by the NWO, ultimately the UN, as the world’s policeman that will supplant America’s role with regard to the same variable. Because I deal in this subject to a high degree (eg unauthorized presence of foreign troops on US soil) , I have become a lightening rod for general reports from the public. In this article, I present some of these reports and will provide a conclusion as to a common interpretation as to the importance and relevance of these reports. Dear Dave: My husband and I have been following you for sometime. We live in northern Nevada where it is extremely rural. I have been wondering if it would do any good to report to anyone what my husband I seen this past, late August. But after listening to all the information pertaining to the UN on your show, I thought I should at least run this past you. My husband and I were returning from the 2019 Prophecy Conference, in Lancaster, California. Our route was on 14/395 heading toward Bishop. We usually take back roads or rural roads when traveling when we can. We were hauling our travel trailer, so we travel at a slower pace. We passed by Ridgecrest, California. However, once we entered Bishop we noticed military helicopters that day ever where. One was in desert storm colors. And they all flew very close to the ground over Bishop and then out toward the mountains. Whereas there is nothing out that way. We asked the owner of the RV park where we were staying, was there a military base near by. He replied, the closest was in Ridgecrest, miles away. The next morning a siren went off for quite sometime. We again asked the owner of the RV Park where we were staying, why the siren? He replied: well sometimes it signifies a accident, a fire or a volunteer firemen meeting. But this time it went longer than ever before. I just don't know. After that we pulled out to go home. Our route was mountain passes heading toward Tonapah, Nevada. From there we would take Hwy 6 toward Round Mountain, Nevada. The entire route we took was out in nowhere. As we drove out of Round Mountain, there was few cars or trucks coming or going. The Hwy that we were turning on to about 25 miles ahead of us, was Hwy 50. Heading toward Eureka, Nevada. Just before turning right onto Hwy 50, a few yards from that turn, a dirt road turnoff existed to the right, and it headed straight up to a very isolated mountain range. Mostly rangers or cowboys used that road. My husband slowed down to make the turn ahead and out of nowhere a huge vehicle shot in front of us going at a high speed. My husband stopped moving in order not to get hit. A black pick-up which was behind this vehicle pulled over to watch what we were all looking at. The vehicle was military, but not ours. Later after I did some research, I noted what military had that vehicle. The vehicle that all of us saw that day was a missile launcher with a huge full size missile on it's back end. The vehicle was tearing down that dirt road straight toward the mountain range at breakneck speed. As I mentioned, I identified the vehicle later to be a UN military missile launcher. It gave both my husband and I a creepy feeling. I tired to dismiss it as war games. But I am not that sure if it was or by us. Somewhere in that range above and near Eureka Nevada and Austin Nevada, there is something being built. Otherwise, why would that vehicle with its missile want to get out of sight so quickly. After listening to you about New California, the firers, the UN and China, it seemed to all fit. I have not been in the service myself, but a great many of my family have. In my 73 years, I have never seen anything like this. Frankly Dave, I would be interested in your take on this......God Bless You...... Jean
I think it is clear that this remote area is home to some very well-armed United Nations “Peacekeepers”. Hi Dave, Sent you a message a couple of weeks ago. I personally saw a dozen sand/tan US army vehicles (but completely unmarked) all being driven by Chinese troops. They were fueling the convoy at the Pilot truck stop on I-70 in Eaton Ohio. I was Naval Intelligence, stationed in Yokosuka Japan, so I know my Asians (Chinese vs Japanese vs Vietnamese, etc. Kinda of a job requirement). D.C.- Dear Mr. Hodges, I desperately tried to photograph what I saw but I was traveling in the other direction. I was traveling toward the border near Ajo, AZ. It is not unusual to see trucks with Mexican Nationals and they are usually cartel members. Last Thursday, I saw 2 trucks full of Chinese. They were in civilian clothes. Thanks, Steve Hello Dave, I am a truck driver and I run routes from various points in the American Southwest to the Sierra Madres in Mexico. For as long as I have been driving this route which is around 8 years, I have seen Chinese in large numbers. There are some roads that are blocked off that were not blocked off before. This makes me think these Chinese have their army in place and are ready for action. Please don’t publish my email address because I need this job. Thanks
I am literally in possession of dozens of these reports. However, some of these reports get very serious. In Oregon, it appears that the Russians and the Chinese are broadcasting code on rural American radio stations late at night. Are they broadcasting troop movements? The most obvious and concerning set of reports that have been receiving regarding Chinese coming into America comes out of Prineville, Oregon and it is related to radio station 93.7 FM. I have a half a dozen reports from locals who have heard Chinese "coded numbers" alternating with the same on Russian coded numbers coming out of the aforementioned radio station, on an intermittment basis. One person likened it to the French Underground from WW II in which inteligence information is broadcast on pirate radio. One person offered to investigate and was actually able to speak with the owner and this is a case where the owner should have said "no comment". The owner is out of San Francisco and is a pilot (does that get anyone else's attention?). The owner of this station stated that this type of broadcast (ie Chinese and Russian code) was used to ascertain listenership on the station. At 3am? In a foreign language with coded numbers? This does not even make any sense. I cannot help but to suspect that these are coded messages being broadcast to local sleeper cell, or embedded military units in the area that are not American. I have, myself, turned my attention to the station and the owner and his interests as expressed in writing on the topic of globalism. I am going to come out with a more detailed report. When I first learned about CALEXIT, almost four years ago, Paul Preston told me that in Northern California, broadcasts in Chinese were taking place in Chinese, late at night. This phenomenon did not capture my attention then, it is has my attention now and I believe that the national security threat aspect is very real. Another area of concern has to do with ethnic restaurants which suddenly close down and reopen as another type of ethnic dining place. I have three solid reports on this at this time. In one instance, a Chinese restaurant in Chico, suddenly shut down, and reopened a short time later with all Russians running the restaurants. One other interesting report comes out Chico, CA., in which two long-time listeners to the CSS have told me that there was a Chinese dining establishment was very suspicious, and among the suspicions was the aloofness of the help. In fact, I was told that when they brought in someone who spoke Chinese and greeted the help, the place became silent. We have know for some time that the Port of Long Beach has been taken over by the Chinese and they have brought in military personnel types for some time until President Trump stopped the practice. If we think that Chinese incursions only occurs inside the United States, please consider excerpts from an email I received from an ex-pat in Ecuador. Dave Just listened to your tape on this....Yesterday Morales leader of Bolivia resigned and is leaving to go to Mexico...The Bolvian Military told him to resign..Maybe some of those Military guys are Masons...Concerning Ecuador where I retired...Since the Riots and Protests.. Crime wave has hit Ecuador...My wife went to Marcardo Shopping yesterday and she said a Thief was following her around to steal what she was buying...She took no purse only money...Anyway the shop owners told her to be careful because their is many many thief's out running lose.. Most of them are from Venezuela...My wife said she will not go alone to Marcardo anymore and I must go with her for security...The Mall is much safer. it has cameras and security but food is more expensive there.. but its a safe place compared to Marcardo Shopping...Yes the Chinese Presence in Ecuador is huge.. Like one friend told me.. China can send 15 million Chinese and it would not even put a dent in their population...In Africa, Tanzanizia and South Africa are also being flooded with Chinese...A student told me that Russia Mines Uranium in Ecuador for Rothchilds... What does all this mean? It means quite simply that we should be paying attention to the foreign incursions going on inside of our country. I interpret these events as China is trying to covertly dominate the world. In Mexico, I just reported that the cartels attempted to assassinate the Secretary of the Mexican Navy. Why because AMLO has been intimidated into doing Trump’s bidding with the cartels after the murder of the 9 Americans. AMLO does not want to see US tanks streaming across their border with the United States. The Chinese want know interference in their drug and child trafficking with regard to their cartel activities. The would-be-assassination of the Secretary of the Navy was to have been a direct warning to AMLO to not play ball with the United States
Trump is caught between a rock and a hard place. If he goes after the Chinese, the UN will retaliate. In addition, on the domestic front, the Democrats will rally around Mexico if we were to roll out the tanks.
Pray for this President’s safety. He is worthy of our support because he is not Hillary Clinton whose favorite saying as President would be “Fun (FEMA) Camps for all conservatives”. Things are coming to a boiling point. My hope is that all of you are stocked up on food, water, guns, ammo, gold, water, tools, medicine (natural). America has never been in a position like this in our past.
[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.
[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..
:: 11-6-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China’s Embrace of Blockchain Is Warning Shot to West
What it means for cryptocurrencies, central banks, state surveillance
Fan Yu
2 Comments November 3, 2019 Updated: November 6, 2019
China has high ambitions for its state-controlled digital currency. I wrote two months ago that its central bank digital currency could be imminent. And since foreign adoption of the yuan has been tepid so far, the technology also represents a massive bid to accelerate the internationalization of yuan. In hindsight, that timing was too aggressive. Beijing likely will introduce its digital currency within 12 to 18 months. China has also doubled down on its conviction. Recently, Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leader Xi Jinping further fanned the flames by extolling blockchain technology—which underpins cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin—as a “breakthrough that can facilitate China’s progress.” That endorsement prompted a rally in cryptocurrency prices, which was perhaps undeserved. But its effect on cryptocurrencies, the yuan’s global adoption, Facebook’s Libra project, and Western banking hegemony can’t be understated. What It Means for Central Banks China’s strong endorsement of a blockchain-based central bank currency and the West’s relative aversion to the technology opens an interesting new front in the growing U.S.–China technology rivalry. And it’s a new front on which the United States may not be prepared to fight. Developments in fintech, payments, and blockchain digital currencies are receiving support from the highest levels of the Chinese central government. The U.S. government—which seeded development of the internet in the 1960s via the ARPANET project—has so far shunned the technology. Whether blockchain can be a successful technology underpinning global payments is still an open question. Current blockchain technologies still have speed and volume limitations. But what it allows China to do is bypass the dollar-based global banking system and intermediary banks. There’s another application China is potentially working on. Max Keiser, the host of the Keiser Report, a financial news show on the Russian state network channel RT, recently suggested that China’s digital currency has even greater ambitions. “I can tell you that the cryptocurrency that China’s rolling out will be backed by gold,” Keiser told Kitco News, a gold-focused website. “It’s a two-pronged announcement. Number one, China’s got 20,000 (metric tons) of gold, and number two, they’re rolling out a crypto coin backed by gold, and the dollar is toast.” If true, that could be a game-changer, as currently, no government currency is backed by gold. The United States abandoned the last remnants of pegging the dollar to its gold reserves in 1971. The ramifications of this are beyond the scope for this article, but it’s a development that Western central banks need to pay attention to. What It Means for Crypto Market
Bitcoin prices jumped almost 16 percent on Oct. 25, the day after Xi made his pro-blockchain comments at a Politburo meeting on that technology. The Politburo is a body of 25 of the Party’s most elite officials. But Beijing was quick to tamp down the correlation. “Rise of blockchain technology was accompanied by that of cryptocurrencies, but innovation in blockchain technology does not mean we should speculate in virtual currencies,” according to an Oct. 28 commentary published on the CCP mouthpiece People’s Daily. As of Nov. 3, bitcoin prices have declined slightly since that initial rally, and for good reason. Beijing’s affirmation of blockchain isn’t an affirmation of cryptocurrencies. Chinese authorities banned initial coin offerings and domestic cryptocurrency exchanges in 2017, and there’s speculation about a crackdown on cryptocurrency miners. Any cryptocurrency market reaction to recent developments should be neutral to negative, as China’s state-controlled digital currency could become a legitimate competitor to existing cryptocurrencies. What It Means for State Control China has long argued that cryptocurrencies create chaos and disorder. Cryptocurrencies’ key benefits are hugely negative for the CCP: They can’t be centrally controlled and users must sell fiat currency (e.g., the yuan) to purchase digital currencies. China’s state digital currency affords several benefits for the CCP regime. It’s a digital currency that it can control, the government can track where it’s going, and it’s a domestically developed technology that doesn’t rely on foreign entities. Beijing undoubtedly has plans to use its digital currency to exert more control and surveillance on users. Unlike paper money, state-controlled digital currency can be used to track consumer spending extremely accurately and also to enforce strict capital controls. Its potential for surveillance is far greater than existing mobile payment apps such as WeChat or Alipay, which are owned by private Chinese companies. Such tactics can easily be exported abroad, once foreign countries begin to adopt China’s digital currency. The West doesn’t seem to have many viable alternatives. Cryptocurrencies inherently bypass central banks and therefore, are unlikely to be legitimized by authorities. Absent advancements in blockchain by Western central banks, Libra is perhaps the most logical challenger to China’s proposed currency. Facebook founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg argued in his remarks in front of the U.S. House Financial Services Committee on Oct. 23: “China is moving quickly to launch a similar idea in the coming months. We can’t sit here and assume that because America is today the leader, that it will always get to be the leader if we don’t innovate.” But the Libra project is having trouble getting off the ground as some initial corporate backers such as eBay, Mastercard, PayPal, and Visa have withdrawn their participation. And lawmakers have so far criticized the project as an effort by Facebook to gain more influence and improve financial returns. During Zuckerberg’s testimony, he appeared to hedge his bet, conceding that Facebook and himself are perhaps “not the ideal messenger” given the circumstances. He described Libra as one “potential approach” to digitizing payments. U.S. lawmakers are right to fear Facebook’s growing ambitions, and there must be other alternative solutions. One thing is clear: Beijing isn’t slowing down.
Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times.
:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc
:: 11-11-19 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Turkey adds autonomous facial recognition kamikaze drones to military portfolio
Nov 11, 2019 | Luana Pascu
A major player in the engineering and defense industries, Turkish defense contractor Defense Technologies Engineering and Trade Inc. (STM) is providing 30 KARGU (Autonomous Tactical Multi-Rotor Attack UAV) kamikaze drones with biometric facial recognition that will be part of the Turkish Armed Forces portfolio as of 2020, writes Daily Sabah. Deployed in military operations at the Syrian border and equipped with higher ammo capacity and accuracy, the drones can easily destroy an entire brigade and warship. They have artificial intelligence systems and can carry a variety of explosives. The drones use facial recognition to detect human targets and can “autonomously fire-and-forget through the entry of target coordinates,” according to a new PAX report. Although the report warns about the negative effects AI-driven military weapons could have if weapons are allowed “autonomously select and attack targets,” thus losing human control over them, there are a number of lethal autonomous weapons either already in use or in development. Similar to the Turkish drones, Israel Aerospace Industries (IAI) has developed the Mini Harpy that “loiters in the air waiting for the target to appear and then attacks and destroys the hostile threat within seconds.” “These companies are on a slippery slope to an all-out AI arms race,” said Frank Slijper, author of the report surveying 50 arms producers. “Publicly, arms companies claim they will never develop weapons that can operate without human control on lethal action, but they are developing that very technology with no safeguards that require a human in the loop.” STM first presented the drones at DSEI (Defense & Security Equipment International) 2019 in London in September. The drone family consists of three platforms ALPAGU (Fixed Wing, Portable Smart Munition System), KARGU (Rotary Wing, Portable Smart Munition System), and TOGAN (Multi-Rotor Surveillance UAS). “Technologies we develop and produce with local and national capabilities undertake important tasks for the security of Turkey while we continue to strengthen our position in the international defense market with foreign demands for our products and services,” explained Omer Korkut, STM Chief Technology Officer. “We have export and business development activities in more than 20 countries from the Far East to South America. On the international stage provided by DSEI 2019, we aim to develop new business partnerships, especially for our target markets while taking our existing partnerships to the next level. We are confidently moving towards becoming a global player by continuing our investments with the goal of export-oriented growth.” According to the Dutch peace organization, in the past ten years, the number of autonomous weapons manufacturers has skyrocketed, with China, Russia, Poland and Turkey stepping up as top investors, over ranking the US and Israel. After examining 50 companies, PAX is not only pushing for human control, but also for a government-backed international treaty to outlaw lethal autonomous weapons.
:: 11-11-19 Return to Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China is Selling Autonomous Killer Drones to Middle East
November 11, 2019 at 5:10 pm
We are now living in the era of flying “killer robots” armed with AK 47s and facial recognition technology China is now selling artificially intelligent drones capable of taking human life with little or no human oversight, according to U.S. Defense Secretary Mark Esper. “As we speak, the Chinese government is already exporting some of its most advanced military aerial drones to the Middle East,” Esper said at the National Security Commission on Artificial Intelligence on Nov. 5. The drones are “advertised as capable of full autonomy, including the ability to conduct lethal targeted strikes.” The Blowfish A3, for example, is marketed as being able to carry multiple types of machine guns, fly without human operators and “engage the target autonomously.” “This news means we’re finally, and unfortunately, living in the era of killer robots,” writes Dan Robitzki for Futurism.com. Technically, “killer robots don’t exist yet, but what we see is a trend towards increasing autonomy,” Daan Kayser of the European peace organization PAX told Time Magazine. “We’re very close to crossing that line, and a lot of the projects that countries are working on — of course they don’t say they’re going to be killer robots. But if we see terms like ‘autonomy in targeting’ — that’s getting very close.” In addition to flying drones, Chinese companies are selling unmanned ground vehicles with machine guns, rocket launchers, and “near autonomous features,” Kayser said. And by sea, Chinese military researchers are building unmanned submarines. The classified 912 Project hopes to develop underwater robots over the next few years. More recently, China has been testing satellite SJ-17, which can move with precision at altitudes of 22,000 miles above Earth at tens of thousands of miles per hour, Time reports. “They possess the kinetic potency to shatter anything in their path, essentially acting as kamikazes against another country’s satellite.” The United States is racing to keep up with China’s technology.
“Essentially you have two sides that are worried about the other gaining an advantage,” Peter Singer, a specialist on 21st century warfare tells Time. “That then has the ironic result of them both plowing resources into it, competing against each other, and becoming less secure.” “An AI arms race would have no winners,” Kayser noted.
:: 11-12-19 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Digital Society with Vontobel
The climate crisis will make entire cities uninhabitable. It's time to head underground
Underground cities have long been sci-fi fodder, but now governments and planners are taking them seriously. One of the biggest challenges to overcome is convincing people to be comfortable underground
By Stephen Armstrong 12 Nov 2019
Back in 1800 BC, the people of the Cappadocia region of modern-day Turkey decided their environment was so hostile – with extreme weather and the constant threat of war – that they dug an entire city underground. Derinkuyu, the oldest underground city still in existence, housed 20,000 people, providing schools, houses, shopping areas and places of worship protected by large stone doors which allowed each floor to be closed off separately. In 2010, Helsinki, Finland, essentially took the same approach. The city council approved an Underground Master Plan, completed in 2019, that covers the city’s entire 214 square kilometres – combining energy conservation, shelter from the long, cold winter and an enormous prepper bunker in case of Russian aggression. But it isn't just security and seasonal weather touted as reasons for living underground. Subterranean living offers an alternative to huge tower blocks and growing populations. Asmo Jaaksi, a partner at Helsinki architectural practice JKMM and the chief architect of the city’s underground Amos Rex Museum, says living underground conserves heat and may, for some, be one of the safest places as the climate emergency escalates. Helsinki has long pioneered underground living – the Temppeliaukio Church, designed by architects Timo and Tuomo Suomalainen was sunk into the city’s Toolo district in 1969 and, in 1993, the Itakeskus Swimming Hall – a large recreation centre that can handle 1,000 customers on an average day and converts into an emergency shelter with space for 3,800 people. “Helsinki stands on bedrock – a good foundations and very stable ground,” Jaaksi says. “The city is very overcrowded, and we have such long, dark and cold winters. Underground offers more room and connects us together away from the bad weather.” Ilkka Vähäaho, the head of Helsinki’s geotechnical division, agrees. Vähäaho says other main drivers for developing underground include: “the Finnish need to have open spaces even in the city centre – taking parts of the city underground would allow more open space on the surface.” This is where Helsinki’s plan could be pioneering a new attitude to subterranean living. With 60 per cent of the world’s population expected to be living in cities by 2050, meaning housing needs to be found for etc
The climate crisis will make entire cities uninhabitable. It's time to head underground Underground cities have long been sci-fi fodder, but now governments and planners are taking them seriously. One of the biggest challenges to overcome is convincing people to be comfortable underground
By Stephen Armstrong
etc. , many cities, such as Paris, Mexico City and Singapore are considering the answer lies not in more skyscrapers – instead, why not build down? In 2017, Paris launched a competition, called Reinvent Paris 2, which asked designers to come up with uses for currently unused or under-used city-owned plots – most of which are underground. These include basements of historic buildings, tunnels freed up after cars were banned from the lower roads beside the Seine, unused reservoirs, old parking lots and former abattoirs. They have been turned into restaurants, shops, and a micro farm for edible insects.
Architects in Mexico City have taken another approach: proposing a 300m underground pyramid, dubbed the Earthscraper, that is planned to sit as a mini-city beneath Mexico City’s main square. However, a $800 million (£620m) price tag saw the plans shelved. In Singapore, meanwhile, the government has already invested more than $188m (£146m) in engineering and research into underground construction and has modified its property rights laws so that all basements now belong automatically to the state. According to Singapore’s Department of Statistics, a population of 5.53m people share the island’s mere 719 square kilometres of land. This makes it the third most densely populated place on Earth. To date, the city-state has built upward – with apartment buildings reaching as high as 70 stories – whilst reclaiming land to push out the island’s coastline. But with projections for 1.5m more people in the next 15 years, Singapore’s options are as limited as its space. The city is exploring the idea of an Underground Science Park 80 metres below the surface, which will house 4.500 scientists and researchers in an earthscraper with underground developments for retail parks, green city infrastructures, highways, train lines and channels for air-conditioning pipe work. The design is cylindrical to withstand earthquakes. Costs for the Park – estimated at twice the price of an equivalent surface build – has cooled Singapore’s ardour for that project. “It’s like making a model of a building – is it easier and cheaper to use paste wood sheets or to carve inside a tree stump?” argues Marcos Martínez Euklidiadas at the Carlos III University of Madrid’s engineering department. “When you build underground you need to do everything you already do above ground then add the cost and effort of digging. "It’s likely that the driver of this will be resilient cities especially as global warming disrupts weather – like Singapore with its complicated weather patterns and fear of Chinese aggression. The end result is likely to be built partially underground in order to avoid extreme conditions but with enough access to natural light.” Even so, the last few years has seen the Singapore government start moving strategic essentials underground – including a deep cavern beneath the city used to store ammunition and the Jurong Rock Caverns beneath Singapore’s Jurong Island, the region’s first subterranean oil storage facility. Built by Hyundai Engineering and Construction, the underground structure has five huge caverns 100 metres deep and eight kilometres of tunnels to hoard hydrocarbons. In March, the government revealed it’s the first stages in its own Underground Master Plan in three districts – Marina Bay, Jurong Innovation District and Punggol Digital District.
Speaking to the media at launch, Singapore’s chief planner Hwang Yu-Ning said that the plans will create spaces for the future, build capacity for growth and conserve the environment. She pointed to Singapore's first 230kV underground substation in the basement of a commercial building and credited the new centralised cooling system – that pumps chilled water through pipes to cool waterfront buildings around the Marina Bay for reducing energy consumption by around 40 per cent, helping the buildings slash their annual carbon dioxide emissions by 34,500 tons – equivalent to taking 10,000 cars off the road. Energy conservation is one of underground’s big attractions for urban planners, according to Dale Russell, a professor in Innovation Design Engineering at the Royal College of Art. “Building underground saves space and, ultimately, power,” Russell explains. “The topography itself can generate energy, the rocks absorbing the sun’s heat in summer to keep the city cool, releasing it in winter like giant radiators to warm the earthscrapers. Within such cities, by 2069 we can imagine a complete self-contained travel and eco system underground, using hydroponic farming systems with artificial light to grow the city’s own food supply.” The ground underneath Paris, for instance, has a high humidity and a constant temperature of 14C, whatever the outside weather. “If you build underground in very hot places like Dubai or very cold places like the Nordics your project will cost less in the long term – the temperature is stable so the cost of ventilation or heating is reduced,” says Gunnar Jenssen, head of underground psychology at Scandinavian research organisation SINTEF. The problem, says Asmo Jaaksi, chief architect of Helsinki’s underground Amos Rex Museum, is not the construction itself – “it’s making people comfortable to go underground that we found complicated,” he explains. “The museum was running out of space and needed a new, larger building. The only option, a modernist cinema called the Rex, would not have been big enough so we dug out the square outside the Rex and sunk the museum beneath. We found people needed to feel connected to the surface somehow.” Jaaksi’s solution was elaborate, artistic skylights that let natural light and curious gazes in. This isn’t always possible. In London, a former air raid shelter beneath Clapham Common has become the world’s first underground farm – Growing Underground – hydroponically growing salad rocket, garlic chives, wasabi mustard, fennel, pink stem radish and purple radish which it sells to M&S and Ocado. The growing light used, however, has a deep pink tinge which becomes uncomfortable after long exposure. In New York, meanwhile, the Lowline Lab ran an experimental two year project from October 2015 to March 2017 growing plants underground using solar panels on city rooves to deliver natural light to the tunnels below. Having successfully grown over 100 different species of plant, the Lab aiming for its first underground green space in 2021.
Will we ever join the people of Cappadocia and move beneath the surface? Jaaksi thinks – yes. “I think underground living will become part of the future of cities,” he argues. “Underground is temperate with less variability in temperature, conserves heat, has better drinking water thanks to fewer contaminants from surface wastewater and – well, geothermal energy. As global warming creates an increasingly hostile surface environment, underground might be the safest place. You really want to be in a skyscraper when the tornadoes start?”
https://www.wired.co.uk/article/underground-cities
:: 10-25-19 Ancient Origins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
25 October, 2019 - 14:02 Ed Whelan
An Astonishing Revelation in Saqqara – A Hidden Pyramid!
An archaeologist with 30 years of experience working in Egypt has made an astonishing announcement. He believes that he has found evidence that there are traces of a hidden pyramid buried beneath the Saqqara desert. If he is proven right, it could mean that there are many more pyramids yet to be found in Egypt. Dr. Vasko Dobrev, ‘has spent the last three decades probing the area just 19 miles from the world-famous Pyramids of Giza ,’ according to the Daily Express . He has made a number of astonishing discoveries during this time. The expert recently made an appearance in a documentary made for Channel 5, a British TV channel. The program featured the well-known TV personality Tony Robinson and is entitled “Opening Egypt’s Great Tomb”. Development of the Pyramid Robinson and Dobrev traveled to Saqqara, a royal burial site which is located near the ancient Egyptian capital of Memphis. This area was crucial in the development of the step-pyramids during the Old Kingdom period. The first of this type of construction was built here for Pharaoh Djoser of the 3rd Dynasty by the architect Imhotep, but these monuments were not perfected until the reign of Snefru (reigned 2613 to 2589 BC). This Pharaoh, who established the 4th dynasty, constructed three pyramids, of which the best known is the Red Pyramid .
https://www.ancient-origins.net/news-history-archaeology/hidden-pyramid-0012771
:: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids etc.
:: 11-12-19 Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tuesday, November 12, 2019
Progression of the SGSM
I can hear the wind outside. Its been a bit icy as the rain froze a bit and my stairs to the front of my house are slippery. It went from 73 today with a low of 29. I was in my greenhouse building a small greenhouse that I could heat. (greenhouse inside a greenhouse) I do it every year to keep all my greens alive. I finished just in time as the north wind hit our area here in Central Texas. I was amazed at the temperature contrast and how quickly it cooled. Building small greenhouses inside of a larger one is a really good cold weather solution to growing food during the winter. Takes a minimal heater to keep above freezing. If you are running lights they add heat as well. Growing cold weather crops makes for more success. Its November 11, 2019 and it's a cold day across Canada and the US.
Checking some temperatures at 7:30 PM here CST
16 F Edmonton Alberta Canada
14 F Bozeman Montanna
-2 F Bismark North Dakota
13 F DesMoines Iowa
It will be 29 tonight and 24 F tomorrow night in the Austin Texas area The sun continues to be quiet as it looks like 2019 is more quiet that 2018 and will set a new higher record for fewer sunspots by the end of the year. And the Galactic Cosmic Ray count is increasing AND from Dr. Tony Phillips Cosmic rays in the stratosphere are intensifying for the 4th year in a row. This finding comes from a campaign of almost weekly high-altitude balloon launches conducted by the students of Earth to Sky Calculus. Since March 2015, there has been a ~13% increase in X-rays and gamma-rays over central California, where the students have launched hundreds of balloons. So more and more clouds. Geoengineering in Central Texas Yesterday and the day before the Geoengineering was going full throttle as The Central Texas area was covered with all their little trails that soon developed into very high altitude clouds. Their tactics have changed from what was going around here last year. The are now spraying at very high altitudes. I can't even see the aircraft like I could last year. Also the clouds don't dissipate and there now is a huge haze in areas of the sky where there are no clouds. This is a very high altitude haze as well. With all the clouds caused by cosmic rays and all the geoengineering some pretty nasty things could happen. The above picture is some of the low level spraying. What I am seeing here is at a much higher altitude, say 25 to 35 thousand feet or more. There must be huge amounts of money spent on the aircraft and chemicals. I wonder if those flying these aircraft know they are killing the planet and any future for them or their families if they have any? Anything for a dollar I guess. And then there is Professor Valentina Zharkova and her data and presentation. So what is going on in Zharkova’s model? What she is predicting is that the magnetic fields of the sun will get out of sync starting where the A is displayed on the graphic below. This will start some time during sun spot cycle 24 and continue through cycle 26. During this period as shown by the arrows, there will be a reduction in solar activity as these waves go out of phase and cancel each other out. Note that sunspots don’t control the climate but are an indication of what the magnetic fields on the sun are doing. Note the faint red dotted lines are actually what happened on the sun. Note that the prediction is so accurate that it almost perfectly overlays the actual. This is what caused such a commotion at the presentation. These canceling waves will cause a very large reduction of SI (Solar Irradiance). Please note that as we progress, the earth should really start cooling and our climate become much cooler and violent. While Professor Valentina Zharkova's data and presentation lays out a 400 year cycle, there are many more thing happening at the moment that will cause all kinds of global climate problems. To list them:
Reduction in the Solar Wind and an increase in Galactic Cosmic Rays
Professor Valentina Zharkova's 400 year cycle
Magnetic pole flip of the earth's magnetic field.
Around 8 billion people will face the consequences of the above three bullet points. None of them are man made. Even more worrisome is the fact that there could also be more devastating man made activities like a financial collapse and war. Throw all the dice and it's only outcome is trouble for humans The problem with the three bullet points is that we have little or no history to look at. The reduction of the Solar Wind is an indication of a coming Ice Age. The Professor Valentina Zharkova data indicates a 400 year cycle which could destroy crops and cause global starvation and migration. Finally, the pole flip is almost an unknown, except it could be just as world ending as the two other bullet points. The earths magnetic fields (shields) are getting weaker and weaker at the moment making just a minor sun spasm capable of taking down our power grids. We could see ozone damage as well as DNA damage to all living things. Things are bunching up and it looks like we will soon face a perfect storm of earth, solar and galactic devastation. Good reasons to prepare. Now is the time to
Prepare (cheaper now than later) Get 7 years of seeds (and some for others) Start your own or a community garden (grow thousands of pounds of food) Join, start or contemplate being part of a community (you could be a leader) Take care of your family and neighbors (especially the older ones like me LOL] Look after those that have less than you. (they are all over the place) Cheers and best of every thing to all my readers. Dennis
I have updated and enlarged the Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum book. I also have the SGSM book and three others at this URL. They all come in a PDF format.
I am plan to keep the paperback book (older version) which was very popular at Amazon at this URL for a bit longer. Its a great book to pass out. \
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 11--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Sanctions in Syria: An EXCLUSIVE Look at How Everyday People Are Paying the Price
By Brandon Turbeville
Brandon Turbeville recently went to Syria to see firsthand the devastation and to find the truth in the midst of the mainstream coverage. His exclusive, eye-witness series will be published here on TheOrganicPrepper.com – Daisy
In 2017, I visited Syria. I sat in Damascus and listened to the sounds of mortars, missiles, and gunfire ring out 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. At night, I would walk to the roof of the hotel and watch the firefight raging in Jobar. Damascus residents – innocent civilians – lived in constant fear of terrorist mortars that would rain down on them randomly, sometimes destroying their homes, sometimes killing their neighbors or family members. Sometimes, if they were lucky, they would only land in the street, scaring the shop owners and their customers and sending the street cats for the nearest hiding place. Sometimes, however, it would be the last thing they would hear. Sometimes, it would be the last thing their children would hear. In that context, I walked through Damascus and talked to the people who lived there. They were resolute, courageous, and strong. Every single one of them had experienced some horrific loss, generally of someone close to them but also friends and neighbors as well as homes and businesses. Yet, despite all that, they maintained this love for life that few of us in the West have ever experienced. “For us,” one girl said to me “life is about living. We are surrounded by death so, for us, living is enough.” It was easy to get the sense that the Syrian people were willing to fight to the last breath and drop of blood in their body for their ability to live free of foreign terrorism and for the dignity and sovereignty of their country. I got this sense not just in Damascus but also in Aleppo, Homs, Tartous and everywhere else I visited. A few times I was even told that, if America had the guts to invade Syria, then Syria was ready. And Syria would not be Iraq. Once, in discussion with a Syrian man, the question was asked how Syrians seem to be able to get back up on their feet and start living again, sending their children to school, working, rebuilding even as the war continues two miles away. The answer was simple: “This is Syria.” When it was suggested that the Western powers do not understand the Syrian connection to their country and their unmatched resolve to continue living and rebuilding what was lost, he agreed. “That’s right,” he said. “They don’t understand us. And that is why they lost.” In late October 2019, I returned to Syria. I walked through the Old City of Damascus to the sound of car horns and bars, conversations and music. The mortars and artillery shells were silent. Sitting on the roof of my hotel, I could see the outer edges of the city, the mountains, and the constant traffic. At night, stars and city lights. Jobar was finally quiet, albeit dark. In Damascus and, most notably, Homs, I noticed that a number of new shops had opened along with a new bar and several new restaurants. In Homs, where around half the city was utterly destroyed, life was returning to the part that remained held by the Syrian government throughout the war. Every city I visited, I saw an attempt of life to push through the last eight years of death and destruction. But what I also noticed was that, despite these positive developments, there was an element of despair and sadness in the air that was not present two years ago. While the military situation in Syria has improved dramatically over the past 24 months – the Syrian government has retaken 3/4 of the country, pockets of terrorism in the major cities have been eliminated, the battle for Idlib is beginning, and the Kurdish terrorists in the Northeast are being forced to accept the fact that they will have to negotiate with the Syrian government – the economic situation has not. In fact, due to the ravages of war but overwhelmingly due to Western sanctions, Syria’s economy is perhaps at the worst point yet. Although Syrian business owners are doing their best to rebuild, the most important aspect of business is lacking – customers. With so much of the country destroyed by the war, exports essentially eliminated by sanctions, and the inability of Syrians to use most international financial institutions and technologies, the country’s economy is at a standstill. A factory owner whose operations were destroyed can reopen his factory, but he will have to invest the money to rebuild his facility, buy new machines, and hire new workers. But who is he going to sell his goods to? He can’t export them. The Syrian market is small and the population is so financially strapped, no luxury product will sell enough to make a decent profit and even the necessities are falling short of being a lucrative market. Restaurants re-open, but who can afford to go out? Same with hotels and bars. People simply can’t afford to buy products, whether they need them or not. Of course, this isn’t to say that no one is buying anything or that there is no life returning to Syria. In the areas that have started rebuilding efforts, you can indeed see people flocking to restaurants and bars. But Syria needs more than food and alcohol to survive. For many, particularly younger people, if one is lucky enough to have a job, it takes three of them simply to make ends meet. As in all other cases of sanctions, the average person in Syria is paying the price. This is well-known as US Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo stated that Iran must listen to American demands “if they want their people to eat.” It’s the same old story from ages past. Sanctions are the equivalent of a naval blockade or burning wheat fields. Surrender or we’ll starve you out. Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is also aware of how these sanctions are being used and he stated as much in an interview with RT when he said: Those people were expected to rise against their government during the different stages of the war but they did not. They were supposed to support the terrorists – the ‘moderate rebels’ and ‘angels’ of White Helmets – but the people did not and stood with their government. So, they have to suffer. They have to pay the price and learn their lesson that they should stand with the agenda [of the West]. . . . . . . “This might also be a last-ditch attempt to push them to be against the government. They tried it last winter, they tried it before but it did not work because people knew the whole story and knew where their interests lie.” Assad has an optimistic perspective. But people cannot continue on this way forever. The Syrian people have sacrificed everything for their country and done so three times over. Now, at the finish line, the sanctions have effectively moved the goalpost yet again, this time so far ahead they can’t even see the end. Unfortunately, the sanctions have taken their toll on the Syrian people. When I visited in 2017, everyone in Damascus lived with the threat of losing their lives to a mortar, a bomb, or a rifle on a constant basis. Most major cities still had pockets of terrorism that took innocent lives at random almost daily. The enemy was at the gates and the Syrian people were focused on defending their country. Now, with the enemy driven from the gates and the war in the Northeast, far east, and Idlib, those same people now have time to focus on what they’ve lost – family, friends, lovers, homes, and businesses. Two years on, the sadness has taken root as the day to day routine attempts to return to some semblance of “normalcy,” despite the crippling sanctions. Many are simply unable to see a future in Syria or any future at all. Behind the smiles, there is an unavoidable sadness. With the return of routine comes the sting of loss, the lack of the people that made that routine worthwhile. So it seems the sanctions have done their job. They are starving and freezing out the Syrian people and they are killing the hopes and dreams of those people to rebuild and move toward the future. President Trump won the US election in part because the American people were tired of imperialist and endless wars being waged overseas. Trump promised to stop being “stupid” and only recently twice promised to end those “ridiculous” wars, particularly Syria. However, in mid-November, 2019, the US military seems to have only re-deployed to a more strategically defensive position and the President is openly stating that America is going to “keep the oil” that belongs to Syria. If Syrians are disappointed and desperate, so are Americans who hoped for an end to the war. At this point, it appears all people of goodwill – victims and citizens of the perpetrating state alike – are left helpless, only able to “speak out” but not able to actually do anything to free their country from the invaders’ grasp or to prevent their country from being the invader. Across the oceans, it seems like all we can do is to shout in solidarity to others but, beyond that, we are at a loss to do anything other than to survive and, if we have the opportunity, to do what we can to help others survive also. I’d like to believe there is something we can do as people to end the war but I’m no longer sure there is. As one Syrian man told me, “You spend your youth believing you are outside of history and that you can change the world. But as you grow older you realize that history is just the same shit with different names in different countries. It never changes. History is filled with people who believed they would change the world and didn’t.” In many respects, he’s right. We may very well be at a time where the best we can do is to help each other survive and that’s all. But history is no excuse to give up on the future. We know what happens if we do nothing. Even if we do act, it’s still true that the odds are that we will fail. But there is always a chance that something will happen when all hope seems lost that will alter the course of our future forever. The odds aren’t good but those are the ones we have to play. In the meantime, we can’t underestimate the value of the little things and how helping each other survive in the smallest ways may be that catalyst that finally does change the world. About Brandon Brandon Turbeville writes for TheOrganicPrepper.com and his own website, BrandonTurbeville.com He is the author of ten books, Codex Alimentarius — The End of Health Freedom, 7 Real Conspiracies, Five Sense Solutions and Dispatches From a Dissident, volume 1 and volume 2, The Road to Damascus: The Anglo-American Assault on Syria, The Difference it Makes: 36 Reasons Why Hillary Clinton Should Never Be President, and Resisting The Empire: The Plan To Destroy Syria And How The Future Of The World Depends On The Outcome. His books can be found in the bookstore at BrandonTurbeville.com and on Amazon.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/syria-sanctions/
[ :: 1-7-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia. Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing. Soon she will strike.
:: 11-12-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russia To Force The UNTHINKABLE – This Would Give George Orwell Nightmares!
By Justus Knight on November 12, 2019
Here’s the Video with the full story! Don’t forget to subscribe and share!!
Russia has taken new measures to assure they are no longer just living in Orwell’s shadow but rather take center stage in his Orwellian Hell Show. Not only now following but in many way surpassing China, Russia is preparing to implement a surveillance web unlike any other. Watch this one closely, it’s coming to our shores very, very soon. Watch the broadcast for all the information and thank you again for helping to spread the word about my Justus Knight Broadcasts!! **Join Us At RESTRICTED REPUBLIC : SUBSCRIBE AT www.restrictedrepublic.com ** As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus
[ :: 1-17-18 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready. For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later. But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again. It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment. Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding. Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there. You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are. For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them. Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.
:: 11-11-19 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With no
laws to stop them, defense firms are on track to make killer robots a reality
By Justin Rohrlich November
11, 2019
Weapons built by defense manufacturers that can think for themselves are
getting smarter, which mean the much-feared killer robot could be a reality
sooner than later.
That’s the warning contained in a new report from Pax, a nonprofit based in
the Netherlands that campaigns for peace around the world. Killer robots, or lethal autonomous weapons systems, are designed to make
life-or-death decisions on their own, without human control. It’s a worrying
leap that’s been called the “third revolution
in warfare,” after gunpowder and the atomic bomb. Both activists
and military leaders have called for international regulations to govern these
weapons, or even ban them outright, but key governments—like the United States
and Russia—have so far resisted. As far as anyone knows, militaries
have yet to actually deploy killer robots on the battlefield, at least
offensively. But Pax has identified at least 30
global arms manufacturers that don’t have policies against developing these
kinds of weapons systems, and are reportedly doing
so at a rate that is outpacing regulation. The companies include US
defense firms Lockheed Martin, Boeing, and
Raytheon, the Chinese state-owned conglomerates AVIC and CASC, Israeli firms
IAI, Elbit, and Rafael, Rostec of Russia, and Turkey’s STM. “As
long as states haven’t agreed to collectively come up with some kind of
regulatory regime, or ideally, a preemptive ban, the fear is very real that companies
will be crossing this plane and will develop and produce and eventually field
weapons that lack sufficient human control,” the report’s author,
Frank Slijper, told Quartz. Activists don’t believe that military use of some
degree of artificial intelligence is problematic in it itself. The US
military is already employing full autonomy in some of its defensive weapons
platforms, like the US Navy’s Aegis shipboard missile defense system,
which is designed to intercept enemy fire on its
own. The US Army is developing an AI-capable
cannon, which would select and engage targets on its own, as well as AI-assisted
tanks that, as Quartz first reported, will be able to “acquire,
identify, and engage targets” at least three
times faster than any human. But these systems still all require a person
to pull the trigger, so to speak. PAX is more concerned
about the potential deployment of AI in offensive
systems that would select and attack targets on their own without human
oversight. The group questions how these weapons would distinguish
between combatants and civilians, or judge proportional responses. Legal
experts still don’t know who would be held responsible if an autonomous weapon
broke international law. And without lives on the line, these weapons could
make it easier to go to war, and for those wars to escalate more quickly.
The report warns that such weapons would
“violate fundamental legal and ethical principles and would destabilize
international peace and security.” What they’re building Defense
firms don’t produce weapons in a vacuum, Slijper said. Instead, he
said, these weapons are developed because companies
believe that’s what militaries want in their arsenals. And unlike
Google or Amazon, which have both faced public and internal backlash for their
work on military systems, companies like Lockheed
Martin and Raytheon do almost all of their business with militaries, so they
face little risk from the negative reaction of consumers. For its report,
Pax sent questionnaires to 50 arms manufacturers that produce military systems,
asking each if it had policies regarding autonomous weapons. Just eight firms
said they had in place principals guiding their AI work. The rest did not reply.
Here’s what they told Pax: Company Country Response BAE Systems UK Policy supports “our customers’ view that
there needs to be human input over the use of force” and “we believe that
the use of autonomous systems does not mean a loss of command or the abdication
of responsibility for decisions.” Leonardo Italy “The use of
autonomous systems in safety-critical contexts must be subject to supervision
and human control. […] Committed to respect of core principles of
[International Humanitarian Law].”
Milrem Estonia “Human
control should always be maintained over all defence systems, including weapon
systems…We always choose partners who share and adhere to the same values and
positions we do.”
Northrop Grumman
US “Not developing weapon systems that can autonomously select and attack
targets without meaningful human control…company policies, practices and
procedures reflect a strong commitment to human rights as set forth in the
Universal Declaration of Human Rights.”
QinetiQ UK “Policy
prohibits the development of any system capable of firing a weapon without human
intervention.”
ST Engineering
Singapore “Complies
fully with all Singapore laws and regulations on manufacturing of military
products. Beyond Singapore, we also observe all UN sanctions and abide to all
treaty obligations to which Singapore is a signatory.”
Thales France
Working on “TrUE AI, an AI that is Transparent, Understandable and Ethical,
where humans always remain in control.”
Volvo Sweden “Activities
have no link with research on lethal autonomous weapons. Policy “has always
been that a weapon should be at all times under meaningful human control, and
that under no circumstance a weapon could autonomously open fire.”
Of the weapons that exist
now, Slijper said he is particularly worried about “loitering munitions.” Pax
describes these as hybrids between drones and guided missiles, which can
“loiter” in the air for two hours or more before attacking their targets.
Small, cheap and relatively easy to produce, the number of companies developing
these weapons has grown considerably in the last 10 years, Slijper said.
With so much availability, it’s only a matter of time before they are deployed
in a large scale by both state and non-state actors alike. The Pax report
singled out two companies that are now manufacturing such weapons: STM,
a Turkish state-owned defense company, produces an AI-equipped loitering
munition called KARGU. Complete with facial recognition capabilities, KARGU can
autonomously select and attack targets using coordinates pre-selected by an
operator. Turkey is reportedly set to use these “kamikaze drones” in Syria.
The Harpy,
a “fire and forget” loitering munition manufactured by state-owned Israel
Aerospace Industries,
has a range of 62 miles and can stay aloft for two
hours. IAI states that the system “loiters in the air waiting for the
target to appear and then attacks and destroys the hostile threat within
seconds.” What’s next While development of autonomous weapons continues
apace, Pax believes there is still time to head
off eventual catastrophe. The group said companies can play a crucial role in
this, and should first make a public pledge against the
manufacture of fully autonomous lethal weapons. As far as AI-assisted
weapons systems go, Pax believes defense firms must “establish a clear
corporate policy with implementation measures” that include:
Ensuring each new project
is assessed by an ethics committee;
Ensuring the principle
of meaningful human control is an integral part of the design and
development of weapon systems;
Adding a clause in
contracts, especially in collaborations with ministries of defense and arms
producers, stating that the technology developed may not
be used in lethal autonomous weapon systems;
Ensure employees are well
informed about what they work on and allow open discussions on any related
concerns.
Aside from a
German arms industry association, which called for a ban on fully autonomous
weapons systems earlier this year, most companies have not committed to any
regulations, according to Pax. It is important for nations to immediately
take “bold steps to stop lethal autonomous weapons from becoming reality,”
the report says. Yet, while Australia, Brazil, Chile, and Peru have been
outspoken in their opposition to fully autonomous weapons, the US
and Russia have so far stymied any attempts to pass a unified international
treaty. “Also countries such as Pakistan, Egypt, and Iraq have been
supporters of a ban treaty,” Slijper said. “Probably quite understandable
that some of the countries that over the past two decades have experienced drone
warfare are probably anxious for what the future might bring to them.”
https://qz.com/1746154/lacking-regulation-firms-on-track-to-make-killer-robots-reality/
:: 11--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
STRANGER IN
A STRANGE LAND
When I read quotes
by men like H.L. Mencken and Robert Heinlein, I
realize I’m not really a stranger in a strange land, even though I feel that
way most of the time. These cynical, critical
thinking, libertarian minded gentlemen understood government tended towards
corruption and tyranny, the populace tended towards ignorance and distraction,
and reality eventually teaches a harsh lesson to fools, knaves and dumbasses.
Sometimes we think the current day worldly circumstances are new and original,
when human nature, politicians, and
governments never really change. When Mencken
and Heinlein were writing and providing social commentary during the 30’s,
40’s and 50’s, they observed the same fallacies, foolishness, lack of
self-responsibility, government malfeasance, and inability of the majority to
think critically, that are rampant in society
today. The quotes above, written during the 1950s, are even more
pertinent today. As the ongoing Surveillance State attempted coup against
president Trump approaches its denouement, the fabric of this country is being torn asunder. It is the secrecy
in which the Deep State has operated without oversight which has led to
government tyranny. Julian Assange and Edward Snowden exposed the secrets of
powerful interests operating within the CIA, NSA, FBI, White House, Congress and
military industrial complex, revealing the malevolent disregard for the
Constitutional rights of American citizens and wielding of power for power’s
sake.
The collection
of all electronic communications by Americans by all-powerful, unaccountable
Deep State psychopaths is worse than anything conceived by Orwell in 1984.
The fact Assange and Snowden are treated as traitors and criminals reveals the Deep
State is still in control of our political and legal systems. Even though
Brennan, Clapper, Comey, Clinton and Obama used their Deep State power to try
and overthrow Trump, he still toes the company line by
calling Assange and Snowden criminals. Government tyranny is still going
strong. Heinlein’s point about thinking is well taken. When you look at what
is going on in this country and around the world with a critical eye, how could
you not be discontented with what you see. We have
government run schools inhabited by social justice engineers, teaching our
children there are 47 genders, but not basic math or how to read and spell.
We have the masses glorying in their ignorance as
they worship silicone inflated shallow idols and vote
for socialists and communists to provide them with free shit. Meanwhile,
the national debt just surpassed $23 trillion, annual deficits will never fall
below $1 trillion again, the $200 trillion of unfunded unpayable welfare
liabilities are ignored, the Fed and other
central banks are printing at hyper-speed to achieve 2% GDP growth (at
least the stock market is at all-time highs – making the .1% happy), and half
the country despises the other half. I find myself trying not to think
because I just get angry about virtually everything I see. As a libertarian
minded person who saw the vile mistreatment and abusive lies flung at one of the
few decent human beings in politics – Ron Paul – there
is absolutely nothing being done by the despicable dung merchants in Washington
D.C. or the feckless financiers inhabiting the Eccles building which
benefit myself, my children or future generations.
The raping
and pillaging of the national wealth go on unabated, by billionaires, operating
in the shadows, utilizing the mechanisms of the Deep State and carried out by
highly compensated lackeys in NYC and D.C. The military industrial complex
resists all efforts by Trump to extract U.S. forces from the Middle East, as never-ending
war fills their coffers with profits. Even though we
proclaim energy independence, we somehow seem to need Syrian oil. Even
though everyone knows the Saudis are evil fuckers,
we continue to kiss their ass for oil. The vast
majority of Americans choose not to think,
not because it would cause them discontent, but because they
are incapable of critical thought. Our joke of an
educational system has taught generations of Americans how to feel, rather than
how to think. Government controlled schools
serve the purposes of the Deep State – dumb down
the populace through social engineering, rewarding mediocrity, obscuring
history, punishing critical thinking, feminizing boys and drugging those who
don’t conform. The dumbing down of the masses makes them pliable and
easily manipulated through the mass media
propaganda spewed from the boob tube and social media conglomerates. The
unholy alliance between big tech, big media and
big government keeps the masses uninformed, misinformed and distracted by
meaningless minutia. The truth is hidden and obscured at
all costs. A huge swath of populace will unquestioningly believe whatever
they are told to believe, while millions more are so
distracted with their iGadgets, they aren’t even paying attention. The ruling
class doesn’t want people thinking why they have used the military industrial
complex in securing Syrian oil fields, supporting Saudi aggression, threatening
Iran, attempting a coup in Venezuela, creating havoc in the Ukraine, occupying
Afghanistan, and treating Russia and China as imminent threats, when
their narrative is we are self-sufficient with regards to oil. The propaganda
press peddles half truths about being a net exporter, when we still import 6
million barrels of oil per day. The fracking miracle is really a miracle
that hundreds of companies could issue junk bonds as they lose money on every
barrel pumped out of the ground. The Fed’s easy money “solution” just blew
another bubble in fracking. The oligarchs know
it’s a farce, that’s why they are using the military to secure oil around
the world by creating chaos and then making the world safe for democracy by
bombing the shit out of the Middle East. Heinlein
published Stranger in a Strange Land in 1961, even though the original
idea was conceived in 1948 as a modernized version of Kipling’s The Jungle
Book, with the child raised by Martians instead of wolves. He didn’t think
society was ready for the themes he tackled during the button downed 1950s. The cultural
revolution of the 1960s saw a broader acceptance of questioning government
power, organized religion, and what individual freedom and liberty meant in
society. The story focuses on a human raised on Mars and his adaptation
to and understanding of humans and their culture. It is set in a post-Third
World War United States, where organized religions are politically powerful.
There is a World Federation of Free Nations, including the demilitarized US,
with a world government supported by Special Service troops. Heinlein
sure had a perceptive view of the future, as world government is still the goal
of globalists and organized religions are more corrupt and powerful than ever.
Heinlein always considered himself a libertarian. In a letter written in
1967 he said, “As for libertarian, I’ve been one all my life, a radical one.
You might use the term ‘philosophical anarchist’ or ‘autarchist’ about
me, but ‘libertarian’ is easier to define and fits well enough.” The theme
of personal freedom resonates throughout his body of work. Heinlein repeatedly
addressed certain social themes: the importance of individual liberty and
self-reliance, the nature of sexual relationships, the obligation individuals
owe to their societies, the influence of organized religion on culture and
government, and the tendency of society to repress nonconformist thought. Much
like Mencken, Orwell, and Steinbeck, as Heinlein aged, he became more cynical
about government and society. He feared our culture and form of government was
fatally flawed. Again, he foresaw where we are today –
having lost freedoms, liberties, and rights as government laws, regulations and
taxes have expanded. “At the time I wrote Methuselah’s Children I was
still politically quite naive and still had hopes that various libertarian
notions could be put over by political processes … It
[now] seems to me that every time we manage to establish one freedom, they take
another one away. Maybe two. And that seems to me characteristic of a
society as it gets older, and more crowded, and higher taxes, and more laws.”
– Robert Heinlein
Government
Power, Corruption and Tyranny “Democracy is a poor system of government at
best; the only thing that can honestly be said in its favor is that it is about
eight times as good as any other method the human race has ever tried.
Democracy’s worst fault is that its leaders are likely to
reflect the faults and virtues of their constituents – a depressingly low
level, but what else can you expect?” ― Robert A. Heinlein,
Stranger in a Strange Land When I read Heinlein’s view of democracy, the
American populace, and politicians from the 1950s, it makes me wonder whether my
cynical pessimistic assessment of our country is nothing new. Has the country been wallowing in ignorance, lack of virtue, parasitic
politicians and government incompetence for decades and my depression with the
current state of affairs is nothing new among libertarian minded people?
Since human nature never changes, with a certain
percentage of the population driven by greed, a psychotic thirst for power,
craving for control over the masses, and unwillingness to govern while keeping
the interests of future generations under consideration, I guess it’s
just the level of intensity that matters. The cyclical nature of history is
pointing towards the intensity level of discontent reaching a crescendo in the
near future. Even though corruption among government parasites has always
existed, it currently permeates the system like a vampire squid on the face of
America. It’s the invisible government of the Deep State which has
sucked the life from our nation, extracting the national wealth in cahoots with
its conduit – The Federal Reserve. The Deep State, utilizing corrupted
politicians and feckless bureaucrats within the halls of Congress and
surveillance state agencies, have been conducting a three-year coup against a
sitting president. The blatant disregard for the Constitution and rule of law
shows the ruling class is convinced they have dumbed down a sufficient number of
citizens so they can do whatever they please, while employing their corporate
propaganda media to spin their coup as legitimate and rightful. The oligarchs
in control of our financial system have convinced the masses running up
the national debt to $23 trillion, running annual deficits exceeding $1
trillion, and accumulating $200 trillion of unfunded
pension and welfare liabilities are in their best interests. Not only
that, the current crop of socialist presidential
candidates wants to add tens of trillions more to the debt load by promising
student loan debt write-offs, free college education, open borders, and Medicare
for all. The masses are onboard after watching the Federal Reserve, the
U.S. Treasury, and Congress hand over trillions to the Wall
Street cabal that almost destroyed the global financial system in 2008 with
their criminal mortgage debt control fraud. If free shit is OK for
wealthy bankers, why not free shit for everyone else? Since September the
Fed has been acting like we are in the midst of the 2008/2009 crisis, pumping
over $200 billion (not QE) into the veins of the Wall Street junkie banks who
were suffering withdrawal symptoms from a devastatingly high 2.25% Federal Funds
rate. The result has been a soaring stock market, further enriching the
.1%, while the average Joe wallows in $14 trillion
of consumer debt and the Wall Street shylocks charge 20% interest rates
on credit card debt. Delinquency rates on auto loans exceed the levels of 2009.
The housing market has hit a wall. When
prices begin to fall, mortgage delinquencies will soar. The real delinquency rates on student loans exceed 25%, as
degrees in lesbian studies lead to waitress jobs at Applebees. The
narrative about best job market ever is a farce, as the
growth has been in low paying, no healthcare benefit jobs in the service
industries. Heinlein’s view of politicians,
their corruptibility, and ability to tell half truths which are really lies,
is even more evident in today’s world. The candidates
are hand picked by the corporate interests. Their salaries while in
office are fairly modest, but they leave office as
multi-millionaires and are paid handsomely on the Boards of the corporations
they were supposed to regulate. Bernanke
and Yellen now make more giving one speech at a Wall Street bank than they made
annually as the Federal Reserve Chairman. Every
local, state and federal politician is bought off to some extent. They
do the bidding of the vested interests who got them elected, not what is best
for their constituents. We are lost in a blizzard of lies. A
society addicted to falsehoods and bereft of truth will surely degrade and
eventually collapse. Heinlein still believed in the noble decency of the
majority of people back in the 1940’s and 1950’s.
The climactic scene in It’s a Wonderful Life captured the belief that even
though there will always be cold hearted evil bankers like Mr. Potter (the Jamie
Dimon of his day) feeding off the misery of others, most
people are good hearted, kind and giving. Is Heinlein’s view applicable
in today’s world? Bad news, bad people and crime produce views, clicks and
eyeballs for the corporate media complex. Stories about
good people doing good things on a daily basis are boring to those controlling
the narrative. The purpose of the propagandists
supporting the Deep State is to keep the masses fearful and distracted.
Scare tactics and keeping half the country at the throats of the other
half is good for business. While the masses are distracted by trivialities, boogeymen
(Russians), and impeachment porn, the ruling class absconds with what remains of
the national wealth. Based upon Heinlein’s definition of a dying
culture, we have already crossed the Rubicon. The level of vitriol spewed on a
daily basis on social media, by the propagandist media, by politicians, and by
intellectual yet idiots is a clear indication of a culture gasping its dying
breath. There are still good people in this
country who can be counted on by their neighbors, friends and families.
As the current culture dies and is swept away during this Fourth Turning, what
kind of culture will follow? Will decent, libertarian minded, freedom loving
people arise to guide the country towards a better future? Or will totalitarian
minded evil men crush the hopes and dreams of the good people and reign over an
even darker period in our history. Goodness without backbone, wisdom and
willingness to fight to the death will be overrun by evil. I still feel like a
stranger in a strange land. But, based on my interactions with good people with
hard, cold wisdom over the last ten years, I believe there is still hope for our
nation. I think there are enough good people with common sense, critical
thinking skills, and the courage and fortitude to stand up to the Deep State and
defeat the evil permeating the current social order. Conflict
against fellow Americans looms. Allying yourself with good people is essential.
Maybe I’m being naïve believing good can win over evil, but it’s better
than throwing in the towel and accepting our fate. Epstein didn’t kill
himself.
https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/11/11/stranger-in-a-strange-land/
:: 11-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Exclusive:
Michael Savage Predicts ‘Decades of Darkness’ Even if Trump Wins 2nd Term
By Joshua Caplan11 Nov 2019
Conservative
radio icon Michael Savage expressed doubt about the future of the United States
in an interview with Breitbart News, warning that a
second term for President Donald Trump would be the “last gasp” of the
country. “No, I’m pessimistic,” Savage,
host of nationally-syndicated broadcast The Savage Nation and The Savage Nation
Podcast, said when asked if he is hopeful for the country’s future. “I think Donald Trump, even if he wins a second term, it is the
last gasp of America as we know it. I think we’re going to enter years and
years, if not decades of darkness.” Savage pointed to the continuous
flow of illegal immigration from South America into the U.S. as the chief source
of his melancholy assessment. “I see the mass of illegal immigrants, who are illiterate even
in their own language. They have none of our shared values. They will never be
Americans and embrace the values that built this country,” he
explained. “They’ve been steeped in hatred
for this nation by the media and the universities. And they have a very dim view of our nation, even
though they love the benefits that have accrued from far better people than
them.” In another segment of Savage’s exclusive interview, the
conservative talker explained that America
— or any sovereign nation — will survive only if its citizens and ruling
class preserves its borders, language, and culture — a credo he coined
at the beginning of his radio career over 25 years ago. “There’s
not a nation on earth that’s not defined, or was not defined until
recently — when the globalists
like Angela Merkel, who destroyed Germany and others destroyed nations by making
their borders disappear,” Savage said. “Without
a common language, you have a Tower of Babel and the nation falls apart because
there’s no cohesion. Do you understand the globalists
purposely wanted to create Towers of Babel in every western nation in order to
weaken and destroy them? What does culture
mean? The U.S. Constitution, the Bill of Rights, ring a bell?”
Read more of Michael
Savage’s wide-ranging interview with Breitbart News here.
:: 11-11-19 American News Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pelosi Says Dems Will ‘Shut It All Down’ If They Don’t Get Their Way On Impeachment
November 11, 2019 JohnHub
Nancy Pelosi is getting desperate. In a secret meeting today broadcast live on C-SPAN by accident, Pelosi was heard telling a group of wealthy donors that the majority of the country wants Trump removed. Our reporter in the field, Sandy Batt, says the speech was simply disgusting: “Pelosi was overheard at a fundraiser full of Hollywood elites bashing the President and calling for a ‘total shutdown’ if her party didn’t get their way on impeachment. In her own words, Pelosi said ‘We will shut down not just the Senate smoking lounge, but their cafeteria and their bath house. The Roman Empire fell from within. The Senate will follow.’ “Pelosi then went on to say she would make sure none of Trump’s ‘boomer supporters’ get their Social Security checks if they don’t ‘fall in line.’ The whole thing was like listening to Stalin give a dissertation on socialism.” Pelosi certainly does have the power to shut down all of those things under the Consolidatement Clause of Article 5 Section 3 of the Bill of Rights. Those passages right before the Amendments lay out the budgetary definitions of the Speaker’s job. In so that no other representative may forthwith certify their cognitive abilities to mediate a transgression, the power shifts to the Senate, and Mitch McConnell says he’s ready: “We’ll make sure these Democrats never get a vote again. They want to play dirty, we can play dirty. Kavanaugh and the rest of the Trump judges are waiting for their marching orders. The Republic shall not falter in its defense of these rights as we know them.” There you have it, in terms as clear as the day is long. Sleep well, America. Winter is coming.
:: 11-12-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democrats Have Unleashed A 'Blue State Blueprint For Disaster' Upon America: Just Imagine What The Entire Country Might Look Like In The Future Should One Of THEM Win In 2020!
- Exploding Homelessness, Poverty And 3rd World Diseases Would Be The 'New Norm'
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die November 12, 2019
While cities like San Francisco, Los Angeles and Portland, Oregon have been getting much of the recent attention about Democrat-run cities imploding, this recent story over at Fox News reported that the city of Austin in the middle of 'Red Texas' has also seen a massive explosion of the homeless living there after Texas's capital city became a magnet for homeless vagrants due to laws allowing people to camp out on the streets there. Leading to tent cities sprouting up near state highways and the homeless continually urinating and defecating in the streets, as we had reported in this September 19th ANP story titled "With Democrat-Run Cities Across America Transformed Into Diseased Wastelands, Imagine If Democrats Win The Presidency In 2020 And America Is Turned Into A 'Sanctuary Nation!'", all of America could be over-run with 3rd world diseases and rapidly growing homelessness if a Democrat wins the presidency in 2020. With one Texas man who was interviewed by Fox News telling them homeless people come from all around the country to live on the streets in Austin because the authorities are lax and there are many incentives, like free food and shelter, that Texan also warned that when people are giving away 'free money' and 'free food', those on the receiving end often take advantage of the situation, avoiding even trying to find work while living off others. And as this August story over at Biz Pac Review reported when looking at the Democrat-run-hellholes popping up now all across America, the murder rates in some US cities are higher than the murder rates in some of the most dangerous cities in the world. Proud of all of that crime, death and destruction, democrats? From the Biz Pac Review story.: The Baltimore Sun reported that the city is worse than many Central American countries, where people are fleeing to seek asylum in the U.S. Specifically, the Sun stated in 2017 that the Baltimore murder rate is continuing to be higher than Central America s most dangerous countries. Yes, more than Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras. And PBS aired a 2018 one-hour special called Rat Film, on the rat infestation in Elijah Cummings city. Also in 2018, USA Today named Baltimore the nation s most dangerous city the deadliest big city in the country . In addition, it has a severe garbage and trash mess. Its public schools rank lowest in Maryland. There were 13 schools in Baltimore that did not have even one student who could pass the standard math test! How did all this happen? How did Baltimore fall on such hard times? The un-sugar-coated answer is that the city was ruined because it was under Democratic city-council control for the last 77 years. The last Republican mayor left office 52 years ago. With one Democrat run city after another all across America falling into poverty, homelessness, mass drug addiction and despair, just imagine America in January of 2021 should a Democrat win in 12 months! (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attack, All News Pipeline will need a little bit of financial help in the days ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) While we rarely expect to get any truth from the NY Times, back in May of 2019, they actually published this opinion story titled "America's Cities Are Unlivable. Blame Wealthy Liberals" within which they reported 'progressives' have abandoned their own so-called 'progressive values', doing it in their own backyards, that NY Times story also reported that while the economy in parts of California was booming, billionaire-brimming California still ranked as one of the most poverty-stricken states in America with a shocking number of 1/5 of the state's population struggling to get by. Also reporting that since 2010, migration OUT OF California had surged, that NY Times story reported the most important and biggest problem in California, (fully created by the liberal politics and liberal politicians!), was the steady collapse of 'livability'. From that story. Across my home state, traffic and transportation is a developing-world nightmare. Child care and education seem impossible for all but the wealthiest. The problems of affordable housing and homelessness have surpassed all superlatives what was a crisis is now an emergency that feels like a dystopian showcase of American inequality. Just look at San Francisco, Nancy Pelosi s city. One of every 11,600 residents is a billionaire, and the annual household income necessary to buy a median-priced home now tops $320,000. Yet the streets there are a plague of garbage and needles and feces, and every morning brings fresh horror stories from a Black Mirror hellscape: Homeless veterans are surviving on an economy of trash from billionaires mansions. Wealthy homeowners are crowdfunding a legal effort arguing that a proposed homeless shelter is an environmental hazard. A public-school teacher suffering from cancer is forced to pay for her own substitute. And there is no end in sight to such crushing success. At every level of government, our representatives, nearly all of them Democrats, prove inadequate and unresponsive to the challenges at hand. Witness last week s embarrassment, when California lawmakers used a sketchy parliamentary maneuver to knife Senate Bill 50, an ambitious effort to undo restrictive local zoning rules and increase the supply of housing. It was another chapter in a dismal saga of Nimbyist urban mismanagement that is crushing American cities. Not-in-my-backyardism is a bipartisan sentiment, but because the largest American cities are populated and run by Democrats many in states under complete Democratic control this sort of nakedly exclusionary urban restrictionism is a particular shame of the left. And as we had reported within our September 19th ANP story which took a look at a report put out by the Association of Mature American Citizens, this is a systematic problem with America's worst 25 cities ALL run by Democrats! The facts reported within this story speak for themselves. According to this August 5th story over at Amac, the Association of Mature American Citizens, America's 25 worst cities are run by Democrats, and as their story immediately pointed out, the findings of several new studies are arresting. Reporting that the top ten American cities for the homeless are sanctuary cities, cities which offer refuge to illegal immigrants, don't co-operate with law enforcement and raise the prices of low-rent housing for their own citizens, we're happy to report that according to this story over at the Daily Mail, the leaders of America's big cities may soon see some kind of 'crackdown' coming their way. Reporting President Trump is now threatening to punish them with EPA violations over their refusals to clean up the massive environmental disaster being caused by their city's homeless problem, is it already too late? With all of these big, Democrat-run US cities descending into complete shambles, truly a horrific, humanitarian crisis of the highest nature, and being completely ignored by the msm which instead still insanely screams about Republicans being 'racist' for calling out big US cities as becoming hellholes under Democratic rule, President Trump warned Democratic leaders "They have to clean it up. We can't have our cities going to hell." Yet as Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on September 9th in this story titled "Medieval Diseases, Homelessness, And Now Fears Of Leprosy In L.A. - The Direct Link Between Illegal Immigration And American Cities Looking Worse Than Third-World Nations", 'going to hell' is exactly what is happening to big US cities and if the Democrats their way, America's big cities will be a model for the total takedown of America should a Democratic presidential candidate win the election in 2020. With Susan's story pointing out the direct link between illegal immigration and American cities turning into 3rd world hellholes, imagine what this entire country would look like should America be turned into a 'sanctuary nation'! So we'll be looking at 'the facts' brought to light by these new studies in the next two sections below with the old axiom applying to the 2020 election ahead, "If Democrats can't even clean up their own sh*t, why should we let them try to 'clean up' America?" So why do Democrats keep allowing the cities that they run to descend into literal hellholes and and an even better question might be, why do Democrat-voters keep voting Democrat? It's long been said that the very definition of 'insanity' is doing the same thing over and over and over again but expecting different results! As we see in the final excerpt below from this Biz Pac Review story, Democrats have done nothing less than unleashing a 'blue-state-blueprint for disaster' upon America, with Democrat-run cities all across the country imploding, and for decades, as seen in the chart at the top of this story. With the mainstream media completely refusing to report upon the fact that America's worst run cities are run by Democrats and most big US cities completely beholden to 'globalism', for Nancy Pelosi or any other Democrat to say that their cities are just an 'anomaly' defies 'reality'. From the Biz Pac Review story... But as horrific as the Baltimore story is (even Bernie Sanders compared Baltimore to a Third World country in 2016), the larger story is worse: Baltimore is not an anomaly. The truth is that most U.S. cities that have dipped into decay and violence have been run by Democrats for decades. The Dems blow their horn about how compassionate and caring they are, and yet most big-city governments have failed to improve the lives and economic circumstances of their citizens. Democrats run nine of the 10 largest U.S. cities; they control 16 of the 20 largest cities. USA Today, in 2019, reports the top 10 most dangerous cities in America are governed by Democrats. Looking at cities in similar decay as Baltimore, Democrats run them all. In the San Francisco home district of Speaker Pelosi, you can use a cellphone app to navigate diseased city streets to avoid human fecal waste. Seattle and Los Angeles are just as bad. Chicago has unimaginable inner-city violence, and is broke. Better not drink the water in Flint, Michigan. Detroit is the archetype of urban failure, the poorest large city in America. Democratic mayors have run St. Louis for 70 years, and Forbes says it s the second most dangerous city in the nation. Newark has had Democrat mayors for more than a century, and in 2015 became the 5th worst city to live in. The reasons for these devastating near-criminal disasters are Democrat policies. Investor s Business Daily explains: When Democrats are in control, cities tend to go soft on crime, reward cronies with public funds, establish hostile business environments, heavily tax the most productive citizens, impose smothering regulations and set up fat pensions for their union friends. Simply put, theirs is a Blue State blueprint for disaster. In the first video below, independent journalist Tim Pool takes a look at how the entire state of California is becoming 'unlivable' with mass poverty, homelessness and hunger gripping many city streets along with people using their taxpayer funded sidewalks and streets for bathrooms while wildfires rage there. In the 2nd video from Fox News, they take a look at the exploding homeless problem in Austin, Texas while in the 3rd and final video below, The National Desk takes a look at how New York is now attempting to 'clean up' their own homeless problem by shipping them off to other cities and states.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Homelessness_Third_World_Diseases_Leftist_Cities_Implode.php
[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..
[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..
:: 11-11-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Globalists Have Declared War On Your Savings
by Tyler Durden Mon, 11/11/2019 - 17:45
Authored by Andrew Moran via LibertyNation.com,
When any one of the plethora of bubbles burst – pick your poison – and the next financial crisis impacts Wall Street and Main Street, how will the central banks and federal governments react? They have fired all their unconventional rounds of bullets, from subzero interest rates to vast money-printing. One other proposal could conceivably be giving your deposits a haircut, much like what occurred in Cyprus following the recession. This dyspeptic vision is not hyperbole nor is it paranoia – the tariffs have raised the price of tinfoil! It is unfolding right now as our globalist overlords are executing, or at least entertaining, fiscal and monetary measures to confiscate your wealth – directly or indirectly. Switzerland is one of the few European nations to record a federal budget surplus. The budget for the fiscal year 2020 will record a $615 million surplus, despite imposing pension and tax reforms that slashed revenues and raised spending. The Swiss government is handcuffed by a so-called debt brake, a balanced-budget amendment that mandates the budget to be in balance throughout the business cycle. This policy has decreased the debt-to-gross domestic product ratio to nearly 25%. Although national debt levels are still at multi-decade highs, the fact that the government is taking red ink seriously should be music to the ears of fiscal conservatives. But to others, it is headache-inducing. The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) published a new report that lamented on the nation’s unwillingness to spend like some of its European partners. Authors stated that the Swiss are saving too much and spending too little, despite possessing the third-highest gross domestic product (GDP) per capita of all OECD members. It asserted that policymakers could “increase expenditures” within the debt brake framework that “would serve monetary policy, and economic and social positive impact.” There are a few other European states that are living within their means. Germany is projected to maintain its budget surplus for the next three years: 1.2% of GDP this year, 0.6% of GDP in 2020, and 0.2% in 2021. The Netherlands is also recording a surplus of 1.2%. At a time when European Union members are in dire straits, you would think that they would be championed as model E.U. states. Not quite. As Liberty Nation recently reported, European Central Bank (ECB) President Christine Lagarde bemoaned their surpluses, complaining that they would be better off spending the money on infrastructure and education. Desperate a modicum of growth, Lagarde is of the philosophy that the only way to grow an economy is through government intervention. Unfortunately, this is now the hive-like opinion in the international monetary order. You better watch out. The globalists are coming for your savings – and they have already initiated the war on your piggy bank, emergency fund, and retirement investments. In the immediate aftermath of the global financial crisis, central banks worldwide axed interest rates to historic lows. When the ZIRPs failed, some jurisdictions took it a step further and brought them into the subzero territory. Today, a handful of countries have adopted negative rates, and many are on the brink of slipping into this terrain. The purpose was to push consumers into spending more and encourage financial institutions to lend at a greater rate. Interestingly enough, these efforts failed because citizens did the opposite: They saved more. Experts who studied the population of contrarians did so because subzero rates spurred a bearish sentiment on the economy. One of these countries is Switzerland, which has maintained negative rates for nearly five years. The Swiss National Bank (SNBS) has called them “essential,” arguing that they are necessary to prevent further appreciation of the franc and to boost exports at a time of being hampered by global trade tensions and anemic economic growth in Europe. The private sector is not happy about it. A recent UBS survey found that two-thirds of businesses say they are concerned that these rates will hurt the domestic economy in the long-run and the cost of this measure will “outweigh their benefits overall.” If you ask the new ECB chief, however, she would tell you that you should be grateful for leaders implementing negative rates: Would we not be in a situation today with much higher unemployment and a far lower growth rate, and isn’t it true that ultimately we have done the right thing to act in favor of jobs and growth rather than the protection of savers? We should be happier to have a job than to have our savings protected. I think that it is in this spirit that monetary policy has been decided by my predecessors and I think they made quite a beneficial choice.” Lagarde is a proponent of the NIRPs, championing the unconventional mechanism to achieve growth. Since the eurozone has barely cracked 2% GDP, many are anticipating that Lagarde will deepen negative rates during her term as president. Anytime she has mused on the subject, Lagarde has usually dismissed concerns about the saver, noting that they are also consumers, borrowers, and workers. Unfortunately, this contempt for savers is commonplace because it is antithetical to the Keynesian approach of spending. Disciples of John Maynard Keynes will contend that consumption over saving should only happen during the bust phase of the business cycle, but if you peruse any opinion pieces by individuals subscribing to this ideology, you will only come across spending prescriptions for every type of economy – boom or bust. They dismiss the fact that capital accumulation, not consumption, creates wealth. John Maynard Keynes This myth originates from Keynes’ The General Theory and Treatise on Money, in which he posits that a saver is reducing the income of another person because he or she is not consuming the goods or services extended by somebody else. Put simply, he considered saving a self-defeating act. “Saving is the act of the individual consumer and consists in the negative act of refraining from spending the whole of his current income on consumption,” he wrote. The crusade against savers has been prevalent in the Democratic primary. The likes of Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) and Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-VT) have grieved about hoarders, particularly those who are the top 0.1% (no longer just the 1% anymore; likely because these two people are the 1%, too). The presidential candidates are perturbed that the supposed capital hoarders are not putting their fortunes into the economy. This is nonsense talk to justify their wealth confiscation policies, since the affluent are saving and investing, not just stuffing their money under mattresses. Negative rates, higher taxes, and inflation – the statists are employing every measure to gain access to the fruits of your labor. A Life Sentence If it isn’t expanding the money supply that eats away at your hard-earned savings, then the Leviathan will imbibe your accrued capital through negative rates. When you factor in the elite’s appetite for the evisceration of cash and the integration of a cashless society, then you are imprisoned by the globalist wardens who now have you under their thumb at all times. Your wealth, your livelihood, and your personal life are now under the purview of the state. If you don’t like it, then you are out of luck. You have nowhere to go. The globalists have declared war on mom and pop savers, pillaging bank accounts and conquering our lives. Is there a chance for victory? As long as the omnipotent and iniquitous institutions remain in charge, optimism over sound economics can only fade to black.
https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/globalists-have-declared-war-your-savings
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 11-11-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
M4.9 Earthquake Hits Mauna Kea – Is the Tallest Volcano on Earth Waking Up Soon?
By Strange Sounds - Nov 11, 2019
A M4.9 earthquake shook Mauna Kea, the tallest volcano on earth, on Big Island, Hawaii on November 11, 2019. More than 1100 people have already reported having felt the tremor, less than 4 hours later. Just after a rare M5.1 earthquake hit southern France, a M4.9 quake shook the Big Island of Hawaii on Monday morning at 6:35 a.m. HST. The epicenter was situated on the east slope of Mauna Kea in the district of Hāmākua at a depth of about 19 miles. As shown on the USGS HVO map below, the major quake was followed by at least 5 aftershocks. No tsunami was generated by the event. But more than 1100 people have already reported feeling shaking across Big Island. Debris has also been reported on roadways in the Hāmākua district. Hawaiʻi County Civil Defense says “if the earthquake was strongly felt in your area, precautionary checks should be made for any damages; especially to utility connections of gas, water, and electricity.” The USGS Hawaiian Volcano Observatory issued this media release just before 8 a.m. HST: The U.S. Geological Survey’s Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) recorded a magnitude-4.9 earthquake on Monday, November 11, just before 6:36 a.m. HST. This magnitude may be refined as HVO seismologists continue to analyze the earthquake. The earthquake was located 17 km (about 11 mi) southwest of Laupāhoehoe on the Island of Hawai‘i at a depth of 33 km (20 mi). Light to moderate shaking, with a maximum Intensity of V on the Mercalli Intensity Scale, has been reported around the Island of Hawai‘i, with weak shaking reported from as far away as Oʻahu.
A magnitude-2.6 foreshock occurred in the same area about three minutes prior to the mainshock. Aftershocks have already been recorded; more are likely, and some could be felt. The Pacific Tsunami Warning Center has stated that there is no tsunami threat from this earthquake. Hawaii County Civil Defense reports that Department of Public Works personnel will be checking roadways in the area for rockfalls. Is Mauna Kea Waking Up? According to a Hawaiʻi County Civil Defense radio message, the USGS HVO reports that the earthquake did not coincide with any changes in the volcanoes on the island. The depth, location, and recorded seismic waves of the M4.9 earthquake suggest a source due to bending of the oceanic plate from the weight of the volcanoes in the Hawaiian Island chain, a common source for earthquakes in this area. According to HVO Scientist-in-Charge Tina Neal, “HVO monitoring networks have not detected any significant changes in activity on Kīlauea or Mauna Loa Volcanoes due to the earthquake.” So do you think this M4.9 earthquake is a sign of the imminent eruption of the Mauna Kea volcano on Big Island, Hawaii?
https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/big-island-earthquake-mauna-kea-volcano-hawaii-waking-up.html
:: 11-11-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
PACIFIC OCEAN TSUNAMI WARNING ISSUED BY U.S. EMBASSY IN EL SALVADOR
World News Desk 11 November 2019
The United States Embassy in El Salvador has issued a TSUNAMI WARNING as of 1:22 PM eastern US time Monday, telling personnel along the pacific shoreline of the Americas that "DoD aircraft observed a possible TSUNAMI, 600 miles off the coast and that personnel should "move to higher ground." Tsunamis travel at between 450 and 550 mph through the ocean, so if this warning is accurate, the Tsunami will impact the west coast of the Americas beginning in less than one hour. Here is the Tweet from the US Embassy, issuing the warning: This __may__ be related to a significant Magnitude 4.9 earthquake which took place at the long-thought-dormant Mauna Kea volcano on the big island of Hawaii several hours ago. The quake struck at a shallow depth of 28km and shook the ENTIRE big island of Hawaii. UPDATE 3:28 PM EST -- We just spoke to the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Palmer, Alaska. They say they are familiar with the tweet issued by the US Embassy, but they have no indication of any Tsunami anywhere. They went on to say they are monitoring water depth and water pressure along the ocean floor and have "no indication of any tsunami." Very shortly, a whole slew of us are going to find out whether the DoD is correct, or whether the Tsunami Warning Center is correct. EVACUATIONS ORDERED, BUT **NO** TSUNAMI AS OF 5:25 PM -- No tsunami has been detected off the coast of El Salvador after officials warned that a U.S. military aircraft had spotted a potential tidal wave, sparking evacuation warnings, U.S. and Salvadoran authorities said on Monday. The U.S. embassy in El Salvador said on Twitter a Defense Department aircraft had seen a “possible tsunami” some 600 miles (965 km) from the border of El Salvador and Nicaragua, sparking some evacuations along the Pacific Coast of Central America. However, Orlando Tejada, a Salvadoran civil protection official, said there was “absolutely no register” of a tsunami and the U.S. embassy said soon afterwards that no activity which could result in such a phenomenon had been detected. “But, given the speed with which tsunamis can move, we considered it prudent to share this information promptly,” the U.S. embassy said on Twitter, saying that it and Salvadoran authorities were continuing to monitor the situation. Now that you have read this story, please PAY for what your visit has cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.
:: 11-12-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tuesday, 12 November 2019
Another quake swarm hits California: A mag 4 quake is followed by 63 aftershocks on the U.S. Mexican border town of El Centro
According to the LA Times, a new swarm of earthquakes has struck near the California-Mexico border underneath the town of El Centro in Imperial County. Scientists are closely watching the cluster, which began at 6:07 p.m. Monday with a magnitude 2.8 quake, followed six minutes later by the largest quake so far, a magnitude 4. There were 18 aftershocks within the first two hours, Caltech seismologist Egill Hauksson said. By Tuesday morning there had been 63 aftershocks. “Swarms in this region are often prolific and can last for weeks,” Hauksson said. “There’s no lack of faults there.” This week just 300 km North-West from the town of El Centro, Ventura suffered hundreds of small to medium quakes with the largest being a magnitude 3.6, however, the swarm in Ventura appears to have stopped, as of today. Meanwhile, 100 miles (160 km) North-East from Ventura, the Ridgecrest "Mega-swarm" which started way back in June and has produced thousands of small quakes is still swarming hard with a total of 650 quakes in the last 7 days, see map below.
http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/11/another-quake-swarm-hits-california-mag.html?m=1
:: 11-12-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
At least four die in crashes on icy roads and more than 1,200 flights are cancelled as winter storm causes chaos across the Midwest and Great Plains - while 70% of the COUNTRY as far south as the Mexican border braces for freezing temperatures
A 57-year-old man and two women ages 64 and 81 were killed in a head-on collision in Michigan on Monday
Police said poor road conditions were likely to blame in the two-car crash; victims haven't been identified
In Kansas, eight-year-old Cassie Ralston was killed in a three-vehicle crash caused by icy roads on Monday
Deadly crashes came as a weather system carrying freezing temperatures hit the Rockies to the East Coast
More than 240 million people are under winter warnings, watches and advisories, according to forecasters
About 1,400 flights were canceled at Chicago's airports and officials in the area opened warming centers
'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' forecasters said Monday
By Valerie Edwards For Dailymail.com and Associated Press
Published: 09:54 EST, 12 November 2019 | Updated: 13:22 EST, 12 November 2019
At least four deaths and more than 1,400 flight cancellations have been blamed on the Arctic blast that has wreaked havoc across the Midwest and Great Plains as forecasters reveal that 70 per cent of the United States will be hit with freezing temperatures this week. A 57-year-old man and two women ages 64 and 81 were killed in a head-on collision in Kalamo Township, Michigan, Monday morning. Authorities said the poor road conditions were likely to blame in the two-vehicle crash. The victims have not been identified. In Kansas, eight-year-old Cassie Ralston was killed in a three-vehicle crash caused by icy roads on Monday. The Kansas Highway Patrol said the collision occurred 8am Monday on Highway 56 near Overbrooke in Osage County when a maroon Dodge Ram pickup truck driving westbound lost control, crossed the center line and hit a black Ford Edge head-on. A third vehicle - a red Oldsmobile Alero - rear-ended the Ford and Cassie, who was a passenger, was killed. Terry Ralston, 52, of Scranton, was identified as the driver of the Ford and was injured in the crash. Cassie was wearing a seat belt in the collision but was pronounced dead at a Topeka hospital at 9.15am. The pickup driver, Kristin Edwards, 43, and her passenger, Luke Edwards, 14, both of Overbrook, were taken to Stormont Vail hospital but the extent of their injuries were unknown. The Alero driver, 17-year-old Kaelyn Watkins of Overbrook, had no apparent injuries according to a crash log. KHP reported five other crashes involving injuries on Monday, four of which involved multiple cars. Officials in central Wyoming are also searching for a 16-year-old autistic boy who went missing Sunday wearing only his pajamas. The crashes came as a weather system carrying freezing temperatures and strong winds moved from the Rockies to the East Coast. The quick-moving storm system is affecting about 70 per cent of the US which will experience freezing temperatures this week. More than 70 schools in Vermont, New Hampshire and New York state have canceled classes due to the snow, according to Vermont Public Radio. Several Texas schools have also announced delays due to the road and weather conditions. This week's Arctic blast has already started breaking records in multiple states, including Illinois, Michigan and Kansas. Six records broken in Kansas: A cold front that froze much of Kansas set at least six records for low temperatures. The NWS reports that Wichita, Salina, Russell, Dodge City, Garden City and Medicine Lodge set low temperature records early Tuesday The lowest temperature was in Garden City, which dropped to minus 1, breaking the record of 7F set in 2018. The highest temperature of the six cities was 8 in Wichita, which broke the former record of 9. Wichita, Salina, Dodge City and Medicine Lodge broke records set in 1911. Snowfall record for the books in Detroit and Flint, Michigan: The NWS forecast office for Detroit and Pontiac says a record daily maximum snowfall of 8.5 inches at Detroit Metro Airport on Monday broke a record that had stood for nearly 94 years. It was the highest November daily snowfall, topping the previous high mark of 6.2 inches set on November 15, 1925. It also broke the old record for November 11 of 4.1 inches set in 1984. The weather service says Monday’s snowfall of 8.6 inches measured at Flint Bishop Airport was a record daily maximum for November 11, topping the previous mark of 3.0 inches set in 1933. Indianapolis sees record low temperature in the single digits A blast of arctic cold has set a record low of 8 degrees in Indianapolis, giving Indiana’s capital its earliest recorded fall temperature in the single digits. The National Weather Service said Tuesday’s record is the coldest temperature recorded in Indianapolis so early in the fall. The closest similar reading was 11 degrees recorded on Nov. 3, 1951. Indianapolis’ 8-degree reading is also its earliest recorded single-digit autumn reading. Previously, the city’s earliest single-digit fall temperature was 4 degrees recorded on Nov. 22, 1959. The arctic cold was producing heavy lake effect snow along Lake Michigan, dumping heavy snow on parts of northern Indiana. The highest snowfall total as of Tuesday morning was 10.6 inches near the city of Goshen. Minnesota cold freezes the state's lakes Record-breaking cold temperatures are freezing Minnesota lakes weeks earlier than normal. NWS meteorologist Bill Borghoff says the premature winter means lakes are already freezing, which is rare for this time of year. Monday was the coldest high temperature in three decades in the Twin Cities. The temperature reached 18 degrees at midnight, tying the coldest high record set in 1986. New records were also set in northern Minnesota where Hibbing’s high was 9 degrees and Brainerd’s was 14, breaking the marks set in 1986. Illinois cities set multiple records The NWS in Chicago says record low temperatures were set Tuesday morning at both Chicago and Rockford. It says Chicago had a low of 7 degrees, which breaks the previous record of 8 set in 1986. Rockford had a low of 3 degrees, which breaks the previous record of 7, also set in 1986. New Yorkers saw warmer weather Tuesday morning, but the temperatures are expected to plummet as the day goes on. By Tuesday night, New York City and other areas like Philadelphia and DC will begin to see snow. The NWS says the snow total had surpassed 10 inches at the Buffalo airport on Tuesday morning. Rochester will eventually be digging out from a similar amount. Northern New England was expected to get between 7 inches and 14 inches of snow. Numerous vehicle accidents were reported in western New York. Forecasters said more than 240 million people are under winter warnings, watches and advisories. Much of the snow that was supposed to fall in the Midwest has come down and now it's time for the record-breaking cold. The National Weather Service (NWS) said Tuesday and Wednesday may see record cold from the southern Plains to the Mississippi Valley to the Great Lakes and beyond, thanks to what it calls an 'arctic airmass' that started in Siberia and has been spilling over a big chunk of the Midwest and East Coast. There will still be plenty of snow into Tuesday in parts of the Northeast as the weather service reported the region may see up to a foot of snow, creating what it called 'hazardous travel conditions'. Meanwhile, temperatures were forecast below freezing as far south as the Texas Gulf Coast. Even residents of Brownsville, Texas, which sits on the US-Mexico border, were seeing snow Tuesday morning. Brownsville has only had measurable snow there a couple times in the last 100 years, according to CNN meteorologist Barndon Miller. Records are expected to be broken in Chicago, as well. Weather service meteorologist Kevin Birk said the high for the Windy City is expected to reach 21 degrees, which is seven degrees lower than the previous record set for November 12. Chicago's train tracks were set on fire by railroad workers to heat up the switches for the winter's frigid temperatures and to keep the trains moving along on Tuesday. The NWS issued a winter storm warning for Vilas County in northern Wisconsin where 3 to 6 inches of additional snow was expected Tuesday. Monday’s snowfall dumped 5.8 inches in the southeastern community of Wind Point and 3.7 inches in Milwaukee. Temperatures slid below zero in the southern Wisconsin city of Elkhorn early Tuesday where it was minus 1. Overnight warming shelters opened for the first time this year in Milwaukee Monday night, the earliest opening that one organizer can recall. Capuchin Community Services director Robert Wotypka said last year they didn’t open until around December 20. 'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' said Birk. 'It is pretty much about the coldest we can be this time of year (and) it could break records all over the region.' In some areas, the mercury fell quickly. Temperatures in Denver climbed past 70F over the weekend only to fall to 14F early Monday. Elsewhere in the Midwest, a terrifying video showed the moment an American Airlines plane skidded off a snowy runway at the Chicago O'Hare International Airport. None of the 38 passengers and three crew members aboard the Envoy Air flight from Greensboro, North Carolina, were hurt when the plane slid off the runway at about 7.45am Monday morning. The National Weather Service (NWS) said up to 6 inches of snow fell in Illinois and up to 10 inches in northwest Indiana and southwest Michigan. Snowfall totals could reach up to a foot or more in some areas of Indiana, Michigan and Vermont. Other places in the path of the air mass saw ice and rain. Denver saw just a few inches of snow but suffered numerous accidents on icy roadways because the snow fell during the morning commute. About 1,220 flights were canceled at Chicago's airports and officials in the area opened warming centers on Monday. In Michigan, some schools closed early, as did dozens of schools in the St Louis area. The snow and ice was just the first punch from a weather system that pushed frigid air from Siberia across the country. Temperatures below freezing were forecast as far south as Texas' Gulf Coast. 'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' said National Weather Service meteorologist Kevin Birk. 'It is pretty much about the coldest we can be this time of year (and) it could break records all over the region.'
TUESDAY'S FORECAST FOR MAJOR US CITIES
City Temperature
Atlanta 38F
Boston 42F
Chicago 16F
Dallas 31F
Kansas City 18F
New York 38F
Washington, DC 42F
St Louis 17F
Source: Weather.com Winter doesn't officially start until December 22 this year. Birk predicted that temperatures in Chicago could break a 79-year-old record by Monday night. It's expected to fall to 14 degrees Fahrenheit, which would break the record low of 15 degrees that was set on November 11, 1950. According to Birk, the lows on Tuesday could drop into the single digits or low teens in Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa, with highs climbing no further than the low 20s. The forecast high of 21 degrees (-6 Celsius) for Chicago would be a full seven degrees lower than the previous record set for November 12. In some areas, temperatures plunged quickly. Temperatures in Denver climbed past 70 degrees (21 Celsius) over the weekend only to fall to 14 degrees (-10 Celsius) early Monday. One area where the low temperatures was particularly concerning was in central Wyoming, where officials were searching for a 16-year-old autistic boy who went missing wearing only his pajamas on Sunday, prompting a search that included certified human trackers, helicopters, dogs, and planes. The National Weather Service said areas west of the Rocky Mountains would be spared the arctic air, with above average temperatures expected in some of those places. Snow also fell Monday morning in Detroit, Kansas City and Milwaukee. About 9.6 inches of snow was dumped on Detroit while Ann Arbor had 9.3 inches and Flint had 7.7 inches of snow. Winter weather advisories were issued for the Plains, Midwest and the Northeast. This week's Arctic blast is predicted to be so cold that forecasters expect it to break more than 300 records over the east of the Continental Divide. The NWS predicted on Saturday that the daily record lows are 'forecast to be broken, tied, or come within 1 degree' of making history between Tuesday and Thursday. Forecasters said Detroit is also expected to break a record for the coldest high temperature for November 12. The previous record was set in 1995 when the high reached 31, but on Tuesday the high is expected to be 24. Detroit's temperature on Wednesday may also break a 1911 record when the temperature was 12 degrees. Temperatures are expected to drop to 11 degrees in Detroit on Wednesday. The South also felt the chill with light snow blanketing cars in Memphis, Tennessee. Warming centers opened in the city, where temperatures fell into the low 20s. Snow arrived in the Great Smoky Mountains in Tennessee on Tuesday and has covered the entire Gatlinburg SkyBridge, which is North America's longest pedestrian suspension bridge. Some West Tennessee schools were closed, and about 20 school systems delayed opening across north Alabama. According to the NWS, Atlanta will see temperatures dip into the 20s by Wednesday night. The storm system began in the Northern Plains and Upper Midwest on Saturday night into the early hours of Sunday.
The blast is coming from a jet stream pattern filtering out of Canada and into the states.
:: 11-9-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dangerous Arctic Blast Puts Millions Under Freeze Watches and Warnings
By Strange Sounds - Nov 9, 2019
Much of the Plains, Midwest and Northeast has dealt with a cold and snowy start to November…
A much larger swath of the country will suffer through subfreezing temperatures in the coming days! The first signs of the next Arctic intrusion will come this weekend across the northern Plains and Midwest, as a clipperlike system drops southward out of Canada. Following a fresh coating of snow across the region, temperatures will plummet. The system will then join forces with a separate disturbance tracking into the southern Plains early next week. This added boost of upper-level energy will allow the cold air to force its way southward. Millions of Americans across the Plains and Midwest will likely wake up to temperatures ranging from the single digits to the teens on Monday morning. As the disruptive storm system continues its trek eastward, winterlike cold will expand well into the southern United States, bringing a record-challenging cold air mass to the Gulf Coast on Tuesday and Wednesday morning. As temperatures bottom out on Wednesday morning along the Gulf coast, places like Pensacola, Florida; Mobile, Alabama; Gulfport, Mississippi; and even Houston, Texas, can expect readings to hover around the freezing mark. Farther north, midwinterlike cold is also expected early next week. An expansive area of high pressure centered in the Midwest will promote mainly clear skies, allowing temperatures to drop. Lows in the single digits and teens can be expected. By Tuesday, winterlike temperatures will expand into much of the Northeast as well. Arctic air is expected to filter into the Northeast through Tuesday and Tuesday night. By Wednesday morning, temperatures are forecast to drop below 20 degrees F with single-digit temperatures likely in interior locations of New England. Low temperatures this cold will challenge records across the region. The risk for frozen water pipes and dead car batteries will be renewed across the central United States. Extra layers will be needed for kids heading out to the bus stop, or for individuals working outside. The extreme cold will also lead to a spike in heating costs and electric bills. After the blast of Arctic air, temperatures will continue to remain below average through the remainder of the week across the eastern half of the United States. So be prepared! [Accuweather, Today]
https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/dangerous-arctic-blast-usa-map-forecast-november2019.html
:: 11-11-19 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“Massive” Explosion In Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader!!! (Hal Turner Reports)
By MsSophie | November 12, 2019 | Comments 0 Comment
“Massive” Explosion in Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader ! ! !
World News Desk 11 November 2019 Hits: 2505
AL-QUDS BRIGADE CONFIRMS THE DEATH OF LEADER BAHAA ABU AL-ATTA DUE TO AN ISRAEL AIRSTRIKE EAST OF SHIJAIA NEIGHBORHOOD IN GAZA! Smoke was seen rising from the scene and ambulances quickly headed to the scene, according to Quds. The explosions occurred as IAF planes were flying in the area, but the reasons for the explosion are still unknown. The head of Palestinian Islamic Jihad’s (PIJ) Al-Quds Brigades in Gaza, Baha Abu al-Ata is considered one of the top terrorists in the blockaded coastal enclave. While Hamas is the ruling party in the Gaza Strip, the group has in recent years been losing control over the street; and the vacuum was being filled by Ata, Tehran’s main man in Gaza. This targeted assassination is a major escalation: Israel assassinated Baha’ Abu al-‘Ata, the commander of the Palestinian Islamic Jihad’s northern sector in Gaza. He pushed for more aggressive action toward Israel. All schools will be closed in southern Israel expecting retaliation. RETALIATION COMMENCING 10:26 PM EST — Elements inside Gaza are launching immediate retaliation against Israel over the death of Palestinian Islamic Jihad leader. Rockets are being launched into Israel from Gaza. IDF closes all exposed roads around the Gaza Strip for fear of anti-tank guided missile attacks SHARE LINK BELOW:
“Massive” Explosion in Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader ! ! !
START OF WAR: 2 COMMENTS OF INTEREST
His self ·
I see the missiles from Gaza are easily reaching the Tel Aviv area…………
https://twitter.com/EndGameWW3/status/1194136980499640321
Nasrallah warned these zionist clowns a few months ago that Tel Aviv was an easy target from Gaza. Imagine that!
Lloyd Barker ·
I’m glad they got him. Something in this photo is highly disturbing. I hate to say it but it looks like a micro neutron bomb was deployed. If they can be minutuarised, that’s even more disturbing than even the use thereof.
:: 11-11-19 Axios :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Rebecca Falconer updated Nov 11, 2019
Hong Kong protester shot by police, video shows
A Hong Kong protester was shot by police who opened fire on demonstrators during clashes in the city at the start of Monday's rush hour, local media report. A hospital spokesman told the BBC the 21-year-old man had surgery and was in a critical condition. Why it matters: The shooting occurred as demonstrators "blocked roads and scuffled with riot police officers," some of whom fired tear gas during a general strike across the city, per the New York Times. While there have been clashes between police and protesters for the past 24 weekends, it's unusual for it to happen on a working day. The Asian financial hub was already on edge following the death last Monday of a student who fell from a parking garage as officers tried to disperse protesters. What's happening: Video posted online by the Hong Kong production house Cupid Producer shows police firing three shots at protesters, one of whom fell to the ground after being struck in the torso at point-blank range. Police said the shooting happened in the Sai Wan Ho area of eastern Hong Kong, Bloomberg reports. A man was set on fire in another part of the city "in an apparent dispute over national identity," AP reports. Some train and subway services were disrupted amid the latest unrest, operators said. Police tweeted officers were "clearing the barricades that caused serious obstruction to traffic, and conducting dispersal operations." "Police warn the protestors to stop their illegal acts immediately," the tweet stated. The big picture: It's believed to be the third time Hong Kong police have shot someone with live ammunition since demonstrations erupted in June, according to the BBC. The first reported police shooting of a protester occurred on Oct. 1, as the city marked China's 70th anniversary of Communist Party rule. The second shooting occurred three days later, when a teenage boy was "shot in the leg," per the BBC. Driving the news: Authorities hoped the October withdrawal of an extradition bill that set off months of protests in the Chinese territory would calm unrest in the city. Protesters remain concerned that the high degree of autonomy they've experienced since the former British colony was returned to China in 1997 is under threat from Chinese authorities.
[ :: 4-25-18 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them. There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.
:: 11-11-19 The National Interest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Yes, China Has Missiles That Could Destroy the Navy's Aircraft Carriers
What can be done?
by James Holmes
Recently China’s People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Rocket Force most likely tested a DF-21D or DF-26 anti-ship ballistic missile—sometimes know as "carrier-killers"—in the South China Sea. Details remain sketchy, as Chinese spokesmen have remained close-mouthed about the exercise. The test came on the heels of news last May that PLA weaponeers had installed anti-ship cruise missiles and surface-to-air missiles on Fiery Cross Reef, Subi Reef, and Mischief Reef, west of the Philippine Islands. Pentagon spokesman Lt. Col. Dave Eastburn told CNBC that this week’s missile test contradicted China’s “claim to want to bring peace to the region and obviously actions like this are coercive acts meant to intimidate other South China Sea claimants.” Col. Eastburn has it half right. Beijing clearly wants to coerce others. But the test was entirely consistent with its claim to want to bring peace to the region. It does want peace; it simply wants to transform the nature of that peace, and force is a means to that end. If Chinese Communist Party prelates in Beijing get their way, they—not foreign governments or international institutions—will make the rules in the South China Sea. They will issue laws or policy decrees mandating or proscribing certain actions in regional seaways, and others will obey. Peace will prevail. The missile tests are the latest installment in China’s effort to put steel behind its claims to “indisputable sovereignty” over the waters, skies, and land features within the “nine-dashed line” it has sketched on the map of Southeast Asia. The nine-dashed line encloses some 80-90 percent of the South China Sea, including not just contested Spratly and Paracel islands, atolls, and reefs but also wide swathes of fellow Southeast Asian claimants’ “exclusive economic zones.” It’s worth noting, for instance, that Mischief Reef, one of the island bastions now festooned with missiles, lies deep within the Philippine exclusive economic zone. Beijing purloined it from Manila in the mid-1990s and progressively built the reef into the military fastness it is today. China’s effort aims at imposing what the German sociologist Max Weber called a “monopoly of the legitimate use of physical force within a given territory.” This is the classic definition of sovereignty. A sovereign commands such a monopoly within borders drawn on the map. The government can enforce its will within national frontiers because it fields law-enforcement and military services that no one can oppose with realistic chances of success. What the sovereign says goes. Now Beijing is harnessing high-tech sensor and weapons technology in a bid to project the monopoly on force it wields on dry land far out to sea. If it can amass insuperable physical might at any place within the nine-dashed line, outclassed Southeast Asian rivals will have to stand down. They may never consent to China’s doctrine of indisputable sovereignty, but there may be little they can do about it. Might makes right. Which is the point for Xi Jinping and his fellow denizens of the wretched hive of scum and villainy. In a perverse way, though, China’s drive for sovereign rule is true to international custom. For centuries international law regarded the “territorial sea” as a seaward extension of the dry earth where a coastal state’s government was fully sovereign. The territorial sea’s width was three nautical miles. Why that seemingly arbitrary figure? Because three nautical miles was roughly the range of a cannon shot from the dawn of the gunpowder age until the twentieth century. Practically speaking, a government could exert physical control of waters within reach of gunfire belching out from coastal batteries. It could shoo away pirates, poachers, or hostile navies. It could exercise a monopoly on armed force within those waters—regulating what went on there just as if managing events on shore. But the twentieth century brought advances in weapons technology that produced a leap in combat reach and precision. The DF-21D, according to most analysis, has a range of 1,500 km. The DF-26 has a range estimated at 3,000-4,000 km. If the territorial sea is that expanse where the coastal state boasts a monopoly of force, and if gee-whiz technology empowers a coastal-state military to exert that monopoly far offshore—far beyond the customary three nautical miles, or the twelve nautical miles codified in the law of the sea—then why shouldn’t such a state assert sovereignty within its weapons reach? In short, Beijing is attempting to take the logic underlying the territorial sea to its nth degree. It has also reverted to the older view of the sea as physical space that the strong can own. What’s the solution for Southeast Asians, and for lovers of maritime freedom? Simple: if China is trying to build up a monopoly on force, deny it that monopoly. Simple to say, as Clausewitz might remind us, but in martial affairs the simplest thing is difficult. A solution would combine alliance building with military innovation. China may outmatch any single antagonist within the nine-dashed line, including that fraction of the U.S. Navy likely to appear in regional waters, but it might not outmatch them all if they made common cause. Southeast Asians are reticent about bucking Beijing’s will. They know they will have to live with Big Brother forever, and they dread his wrath. That might change if powerful outsiders—the United States, Japan, Australia, Europeans—show themselves committed to preserving small states’ rights and privileges as well as freedom of the sea. Collectively they can push back even if no individual contender can. And then there’s the problem of countering the Chinese missile threat. If regional and extraregional militaries fashion tactics and technologies that let them survive and operate within reach of Chinese missiles, then they will have blunted Beijing’s campaign to make itself sovereign within the nine-dashed line. If those who reject China’s purposes and methods stand together and learn to fight together in unison, they may yet prevail. Let’s bust Beijing’s monopoly. James Holmes is J. C. Wylie Chair of Maritime Strategy at the Naval War College and coauthor of Red Star over the Pacific. The views voiced here are his alone. This first appeared in July 2019.
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 11-12-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel strikes deputy Islamic Jihad chief's home in Damascus - casualties
Two people reported dead and six others injured after a building was targeted near the Lebanese Embassy in Damascus, right after PIJ leader Bahaa Abu Al-Ata was killed in Gaza.
By REUTERS, JERUSALEM POST STAFF November 12, 2019 14:12
Islamic Jihad said that the Damascus home of one of its top officials was attacked by Israel early Tuesday morning. The bombing came minutes after Islamic Jihad commander Bahaa Abu Al-Ata was assassinated by Israel in the Gaza Strip in a targeted killing operation carried out jointly by the IDF and the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency). Syrian state news agency SANA said that two people were killed dead and six others injured after the bombing of the building near the Lebanese Embassy in western Mezzeh, Damascus. An Islamic Jihad official confirmed that the target was the home of the group's deputy leader, Akram Al-Ajouri. In a statement, Islamic Jihad blamed the attack on "the Zionist criminal enemy." It was not immediately clear if Al-Ajouri was among the dead or the wounded. Al-Ajouri was said to be Abu Al-Ata's primary contact in the top echelons of Islamic Jihad. The bombing on Tuesday made it seem like Israel was launching a coordinated assault against the Iranian-backed terrorist organization that is mostly based in Gaza but also has headquarters in the Syrian capital. Moreover, Syrian state media said late on Monday that the Syrian army fired on a "hostile target" in the town of Daraya, west of the capital, Damascus, The nature of the target was not immediately clear and the report did not say if it had been brought down in the action. In recent years, Israel has carried out hundreds of strikes in Syria against its regional arch foe Iran and the Lebanese Hezbollah group, which it calls the biggest threat to its borders.
:: 11-6-19 The Conversation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Academic rigor, journalistic flair
Mormons in Mexico: A brief history of polygamy, cartel violence and faith
November 6, 2019 5.59pm EST
Nine members of a prominent Mormon family in northern Mexico, all women and children, were gunned down on Nov. 4 in territory whose control is disputed by the Sinaloa Cartel and the La Linea militia. Mexico, which has experienced high crime for over a decade, has seen violence surge in recent weeks. On Oct. 17, a shootout in the city of Culiacan involving the Sinaloa Cartel led officials to release from custody Ovidio Guzman, the son of jailed drug kingpin Joaquin “El Chapo” Guzman. In the context of so much bloodshed, the LeBaron killings are both highly unusual and tragically quotidian. Unlike most murder victims in Mexico, the LeBarons are U.S. citizens and Mormons – part of a religious community that broke away from Utah’s Church of Latter-Day Saints years ago. But, as many Mexican journalists have written, the peace activism of family member Julián LeBaron could also have made his community a target. And the LeBarons have a history of violent encounters with organized crime. Mormons in Mexican history In my 2018 book on American- and Canadian-based religious enclaves in Mexico, I researched the Latter-Day Saints community and the LeBaron Mormons of Chihuahua state, near the U.S. border. Typically, these communities’ members are somewhat reluctant to talk to outsiders, beyond proselytizing. But as a person of Mennonite background with relatives in Mennonite colonies in Mexico, I was able to interview members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints – the official name of the mainstream Mormon church – in northern Mexico. Along with the Romneys – relatives of Sen. Mitt Romney, whose father was born in Mexico – the LeBarons are among the most storied families in Mormon history. Members of Utah’s Latter-Day Saints community emigrated to Mexico in the 1880s to follow their religious beliefs by living in polygamous families, which was illegal in the United States. Polygamy was illegal in Mexico, too, but the government there offered a flexible definition of family and did not enforce its anti-polygamy laws. Alma “Dayer” LeBaron, the patriarch, was born in 1886 and grew up as a Latter-Day Saint in Colonia Dublán, Chihuahua. In 1904, he married a woman from nearby Colonia Juárez. She left him when he sought a polygamous marriage. LeBaron fled the Mexican Revolution for Utah in 1912, where he married two women – Maude McDonald and Onie Jones – and had what’s been described as “a large family of sons.” LeBaron and his big family returned to Mexico in 1924 to find that their Latter-Day Saint neighbors did not welcome their polygamy. So LeBaron established his own colony, called LeBaron, in Chihuahua, Mexico. Today it stretches approximately six miles along a municipal highway and is four miles wide, surrounded by fields. LeBaron also began his own Mormon church. Poverty and conflicts For 50 years, the LeBarons migrated back and forth across the Mexico-U.S. border, with Alma’s sons serving as missionaries evangelizing on behalf of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. But the community struggled with poverty and, starting in the 1970s, ran into land conflicts with a nearby farming community that had been granted land by the government after the Mexican Revolution. The LeBaron colony’s land may have been illegally purchased from this neighboring land grant. Area peasants called the LeBarons “American invaders” and destroyed their fences. This allowed cattle into the LeBaron’s fields, damaging their crops. Judges in Mexico, however, sided with the LeBarons, whom they saw as productive members of the local economy. The land clashes between Mormon and Mexican ranchers have largely dissipated, though a flare-up occurred just last year. After Alma Dayer LeBaron died in 1951, his sons – Joel, Ross, Ervil and Verlan – disagreed over the future of the church Alma had established, leading to violence within the family and the formation of new fundamentalist groups. Ervil LeBaron was arrested and convicted for the 1972 murder of his brother Joel. That verdict was later overturned, but in 1981, a Utah court convicted Ervil of a different murder. He died in prison in 1981. Members of this community report enduring beatings, underage marriage and other abuse, as the escapee Anna LeBaron recounts in her 2017 memoir “The Polygamist’s Daughter.” The LeBarons have also been victims of violence. In 2009, 16-year-old Eric LeBaron was kidnapped by drug traffickers. His family successfully lobbied the government for help and secured his release. In retaliation, a cartel killed Eric LeBaron’s brother Benjamín LeBaron and brother-in-law Luis Widmar in 2011. Frustrated by violence, another brother, Julián LeBaron, that year joined a high-profile peace movement founded by the poet Javier Sicilia. LeBaron and Sicilia reportedly fell out in 2012. But after the murder of Julián’s cousin and other family members on Nov. 4, Sicilia wrote a condolence letter encouraging Julián to “uncover the barbaric reality.” Integration in Mexico As their peace activism shows, the LeBarons are more integrated in Mexican society than other religious minority groups I’ve studied. The LeBarons have long sought connections with fellow Mexicans to proselytize about their beliefs. And 39-year-old Alex LeBaron, from this community, has worked for the government of Chihuahua. From 2015 to 2018, he was even an elected official. Alex LeBaron also married a Mexican woman, Brenda Ríos, in a Catholic ceremony. Like other northern Mexicans, the LeBarons are a thoroughly cross-border community. Much of their purchasing power in Mexico comes from remittances sent by male relatives who work in the U.S. Like their neighbors, too, the LeBarons are vulnerable to the violence that surrounds them. Mexico’s death toll in 2019 is on pace to exceed the 33,341 murders seen in 2018. In spite of a new National Guard established to fight crime, last year was Mexico’s deadliest year since modern record-keeping began. Violence in Chihuahua state, where homicides had dropped markedly in recent years is rebounding. So the LeBarons may have an uncommon backstory. But from kidnappings to gruesome murders, they share a familiarity with tragedy that far too many Mexicans know far too well.
[ Deep knowledge, daily. Sign up for The Conversation’s newsletter
:: 11-8-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Florida High School Denies Pro-Life Club, Allows LGBTQ Group: It's ‘Blatantly Illegal’
Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, November 8, 2019
A Florida high school is violating federal law and the Constitution by preventing the formation of a pro-life club even though the same school allows dozens of other student clubs, including LGBTQ special-interest ones, a religious liberty group alleges. Gulf Coast High School in Naples, Fla., refused this year to officially recognize a pro-life club affiliated with Students for Life of America, even though the pro-life student in question, Gabrielle Gabbard, followed every requirement, according to a letter Alliance Defending Freedom submitted to Collier County Public Schools Thursday. The club was to be called “Sharks 4 Life,” but the assistant principal declined to “approve the club because it was too ‘political’ and ‘controversial,’” the letter says. Further, the assistant principal said, “she did not want either pro-choice or pro-life groups at Gulf Coast,” according to the letter. “[The] failure to recognize Sharks 4 Life is blatantly illegal under the Equal Access Act and First Amendment, both of which guarantee” Gabbard the right to “have a student club that stands on equal footing with the hundreds of other student clubs in Collier County public schools,” the letter says. The Equal Access Act prevents schools from receiving federal funding if they deny students the right to conduct meetings because of the “religious, political, philosophical, or other content of the speech at such meetings.” The letter cites a Supreme Court decision, Board of Education v. Mergens (1990), which said a school that allows one “noncurriculum related student group” may not “deny other clubs” on the basis of their content. “Public school officials can’t refuse to recognize a student organization for being too ‘political’ or ‘controversial,’ especially when they have rightfully approved a whole host of other clubs formed around religious, political, and social interests,” said ADF legal counsel Michael Ross. “The First Amendment doesn’t permit a public school to play favorites when approving student organizations. Gulf Coast High School must recognize Sharks 4 Life, and Collier County Public Schools needs to update its policies so that this doesn’t happen again.” The school officially recognizes 78 clubs, including “political groups like Turning Point USA, Young Conservatives, and Gulf Coast’s Collier Students for Change, ethnicity-based groups like clubs for Korean culture or Asian Culture, religious groups like Fellowship of Christian Athletes, and LGBTQ special-interest groups like the Gay-Straight Alliance.” “These student clubs are an essential part of a student’s education because participating in and leading clubs allows students to develop their own special interests and to develop and express their religious and political views,” the letter says. “But Gulf Coast High School has denied Ms. Gabbard the ability to form her own pro-life student club.” Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog, MichaelFoust.com.
:: 11-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dershowitz Likens Dem Impeachment Obsession to Stalin’s KGB — ‘Show Me the Man, and I’ll Find You the Crime’
Harvard Law School professor emeritus Alan Dershowitz during an appearance on Sunday’s “The Cats Roundtable” on New York AM 970 radio equated the Democrats’ obsession with impeaching President Donald Trump to the KGB under former Soviet Union dictator Joseph Stalin. Dershowitz argued that the Democrats are “making up crimes” and weaponizing impeachment against Trump. “Whether you’re a Democrat or a Republican, whether you’re from New York or the middle of the country, you should be frightened by efforts to try to create crimes out of nothing,” Dershowitz told host John Catsimatidis. “The latest twist was people on television, particularly CNN and MSNBC, are saying that if the president or somebody else were to name the whistleblower in the Ukrainian situation that person would be guilty of a crime. Well, I spent the afternoon yesterday searching the federal criminal statutes from beginning to end. I couldn’t find the crime.” “It reminds me of what Lavrentiy Beria, the head of the KGB, said to Stalin. He said, ‘Show me the man, and I’ll find you the crime,’ which he really meant, ‘I’ll make up the crime.’ And so the Democrats are now making up crimes,” he added.
Follow Trent Baker on Twitter @MagnifiTrent
:: 11-8-19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Parents whose 6-year-old was taught 'girls are not real' file lawsuit against school, teacher
By Brandon Showalter, CP Reporter CP Current Page: World | Friday, November 08, 2019
Parents who filed a human rights complaint against a school where their 6-year-old daughter was being taught that "there’s no such thing as boys and girls” have now filed a lawsuit against the school board, principal, and the teacher. The teacher, who taught a first grade class at Devonshire Community Public School in Ontario, Canada, last year, presented a YouTube video on gender called "He, She, and They?!?—Gender: Queer Kid Stuff #2," which was part of the lesson plan that day, Pamela Buffone, the mother of the 6-year-old girl, told The Post Millennial earlier this year. Buffone and her husband subsequently filed a complaint with the Ontario Human Rights Tribunal against the school system after their daughter started worrying she might not be female after watching that video. Last week, The Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms, a legal advocacy organization specializing in Canadian constitutional law that is representing the Buffones and their daughter, filed an amended application noting that child's rights to security of the person and equality under relevant sections of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms were infringed, Radio Canada International reported Tuesday. “She was very passionate about all kinds of social justice topics, most of which our daughter really enjoyed learning about,” Buffone said of her daughter, who is now attending a different school, in an interview with Radio Canada International. The teacher of her first grade class had drawn a "gender spectrum" on the whiteboard and asked the children to identify where they placed on the spectrum. Buffone's daughter picked the furthest end of the spectrum designated "girl." Their human rights complaint claims that the teacher instructed the class that "girls are not real, and boys are not real," which greatly distressed their daughter. “At the age of 6, she was just figuring out that animals are divided into boys and girls; when she met a new dog on the street, for example, she would ask ‘is it a boy or a girl?,’” Buffone said. “So she was very confused by what her teacher was saying and was struggling to understand what it meant for her as a girl.” In an interview with The Christian Post on Thursday, Buffone said they initially filed their application on their own, but with the assistance of a lawyer who was unable to take the case further. "When the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms agreed to assist us, their lawyers thought we should raise the Charter arguments and highlight that this is also a case of discrimination on the basis of sex, not just gender identity," she explained. Asked to comment on how the sowing of confusion about sex and gender into the minds of young girls impacts women's rights as a whole, she said it "sends the message that this mystical gender identity we’re all supposed to have is more important than our biology, and that if you don’t conform to a particular stereotype, then you are literally the opposite sex." "So women’s rights are being redefined away from female rights to the rights of people who identify as a stereotype. It’s a terrible message to be sending to girls or anyone, because it undermines the value and dignity we have as humans by separating what it means to be human from our biological reality," she said. Despite the assertion from the school system that such lessons are intended to be "inclusive," Buffone believes they have revamped language and that it is important for more parents to voice their objections. The teacher told the Buffones that “the board policy is that there is gender fluidity,” according to the filed amended application. "It's becoming increasingly apparent that words like 'inclusive' don't mean what most of us think they should. We should be making gender non-conforming kids feel welcome, not telling the majority of kids that they are 'less than' because they don't have some unique and celebrated identity," Buffone said. "Parents are likely unaware of how much their kids are being immersed in this messaging. People need to ask questions, get involved, and keep the lines of communication open with their children." Canada has been a particularly heated center of conflict over the notion of self-declared "gender identity." In 2016, the Canadian parliament passed the controversial bill known as C-16, which added gender expression and gender identity as protected groups into the Canadian Human Rights Act and its Criminal Code provisions. University of Toronto psychology professor Jordan Peterson's public testimony and central argument against the added provisions — that they unjustly compel speech by forcing people to use language with which they disagree — was the impetus that ultimately launched him to international stardom. Canadian radical feminists and others, most notably Feminist Current founder and editor Meghan Murphy, who spoke critically about how gender identity ideology and legislation undermines women's sex-based rights, have faced significant threats of rape and death. Murphy was permanently banned from Twitter last year because she referred to a transgender-identified male as "him," which the social media giant deemed a violation of their user rules. The distress many young children experience at their schools when transitioning to a different gender is introduced has surfaced in recent years amid rapidly spreading transgender activism. In 2017, controversy ensued in Rocklin, California, when a teacher at an area charter school read a book about gender transition titled "I am Jazz" before holding a gender transition ceremony for one of the 5-year-olds in the class, traumatizing the other students. The school subsequently released a statement disputing the accusations.
:: 11-10-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Leave now': Australians urged to evacuate as 'catastrophic' fires loom
Colin Packham November 10, 2019 / 6:58 PM / a day ago 4 Min Read
SYDNEY (Reuters) - Authorities declared a state of emergency across a broad swath of Australia’s east coast on Monday, urging residents in high risk areas to evacuate ahead of looming “catastrophic” fire conditions. Bushfires burning across New South Wales (NSW) and Queensland states have already killed three people and destroyed more than 150 homes. Officials expect adverse heat and wind conditions to peak at unprecedented levels on Tuesday. Bushfires are a common and deadly threat in Australia’s hot, dry summers but the current severe outbreak, well before the summer peak, has caught many by surprise. “Everybody has to be on alert no matter where you are and everybody has to be assume the worst and we cannot allow complacency to creep in,” NSW Premier Gladys Berejiklian told reporters in Sydney. The country’s most populous city has been designated at “catastrophic fire danger” for Tuesday, when temperatures as high as 37 degrees Celsius (98.6 degrees Fahrenheit) are forecast to combine with powerful winds for potentially deadly conditions. It is the first time Sydney has been rated at that level since new fire danger ratings were introduced in 2009. Home to more than 5 million people, Sydney is ringed by large areas of bushland, much of which remains tinder dry following little rain across the country’s east coast in recent months. “Tomorrow is about protecting life, protecting property and ensuring everybody is safe as possible,” Berejiklian said. Lawmakers said the statewide state of emergency - giving firefighters broad powers to control government resources, force evacuations, close roads and shut down utilities - would remain in place for seven days. On Monday afternoon, the fire service authorised use of the Standard Emergency Warning Signal, an alarm and verbal warning that will be played on radio and television stations every hour. NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS) Commissioner Shane Fitzsimmons urged people to evacuate before conditions worsened, warning that new fires can begin up to 20km (12 miles) ahead of established fires. “Relocate while things are calm without the pressure or anxiety of fires bearing down the back door,” he said. Authorities stressed that even fireproofed homes will not be able to withstand catastrophic conditions, which Fitzsimmons described as “when lives are lost, it’s where people die”. More than 100 schools will be closed on Tuesday. On Monday afternoon, rescue services were moving large animals from high risk areas, while health officials warned that air quality across NSW will worsen as winds blow smoke from the current mid-north coast bushfires south. The fires have already had a devastating impact on Australia’s wildlife, with about 350 koalas feared dead in a major habitat. CLIMATE CHANGE DEBATE Australia’s worst bushfires on record destroyed thousands of homes in Victoria in February 2009, killing 173 people and injuring 414 on a day the media dubbed “Black Saturday”. The current fires, however, come weeks ahead of the southern hemisphere summer, sharpening attention on the policies of Australia’s conservative government to address climate change. Environmental activists and opposition lawmakers have used the fires to call on Prime Minister Scott Morrison, a supporter of the coal industry, to strengthen the country’s emissions targets. Morrison declined to answer questions about whether the fires were linked to climate change when he visited fire-hit areas in the north of NSW over the weekend. Deputy Prime Minister Michael McCormack on Monday accused climate activists of politicising a tragedy at the expense of people in the danger zones. “What we are doing is taking real and meaningful action to reduce global emissions without shutting down all our industries,” McCormack told Australian Broadcasting Corp radio. “They don’t need the ravings of some pure, enlightened and woke capital city greenies at this time, when they’re trying to save their homes.” Reporting by Colin Packham. Editing by Lincoln Feast and Jane Wardell
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 11-8-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Father outraged over school giving 7-year-old son flyer promoting free condoms, birth control
By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter CP Current Page: U.S. | Friday, November 08, 2019
A father in Tennessee is outraged after his children’s elementary school distributed a flyer promoting a three-day clinic to access free condoms and contraception. Richard Penkoski, a Christian activist who runs the online ministry Warriors for Christ and regularly protests against Drag Queen Story Hour events at public libraries nationwide, spoke out Thursday during a school board meeting in Sullivan County about a flyer that his 7-year-old son brought home last week from his second grade class at the Mary Hughes School in Piney Flats. The flyer in question promoted an event at the Appalachian Fairgrounds in Gray hosted by the Remote Area Medical Volunteer Corps. The event was slated to be held from Nov. 1 to Nov. 3. While one side of the flyer offered free dental, medical and vision services, the other side of the flyer advertised in big, bold letters “free birth control and pre-pregnancy services.” Among other things, the flyer promoted free “implants, [intrauterine devices], pills, condoms and more.” “What is more, exactly? And why was this given to my 7 year old?" Penkoski asked during his three minutes of floor time during the school board meeting in Blountville. “Since when is it the school’s job to give information to my child about birth control? When did the public schools decide they can teach my child issues regarding morality and sex?” Penkoski said he is upset because the flyer nearly forced him to explain sex to his son before he thought his son was ready. “I know liberals on this council, specifically, will say something like, ‘Well, schools teach reproduction.’ You are right,” Penkoski said. “They do teach biological facts in regard to reproduction. This flyer is not talking about reproduction. It teaches birth control. I also can’t help but notice that abstinence is not on this list.” As a Christian, Penkoski asserted that he teaches his children to abstain from sexual activity until marriage and that fornication is a sin. He told The Christian Post in an interview that he felt the distribution of the flyer was a “direct attack” on the beliefs he teaches his children. “The public schools think they have the right to usurp my authority as their father,” Penkoski charged during the meeting. “This school does not have that right.” Sullivan County Director of Schools David Cox admitted Thursday that the flyers promoting birth control were passed out unintentionally. According to the Kingsport Times-News, Cox explained that all schools in the district distributed the flyers promoting the RAM Clinic. The aim was to make sure that financially challenged families were aware of the three-day health clinic opportunity. Cox told the Kingsport Times-News that the flyers were provided to the school district by East Tennessee State University on behalf of RAM. Cox contended that the flyer focusing on contraception was not meant to be distributed on the back of a RAM flyer promoting vision, medical and dental services. "What happened on the back of the information, there was another part that was inadvertently sent and it did say free birth control," Cox said, according to WBIR. Penkoski does not buy Cox’s reasoning. “[The school] received two pages and what the principal did was he took the two pages and put them back-to-back to make one copy,” Penkoski told CP. “Part of it was to save paper but you can’t miss that. It is a whole page and right at the top there are big bold letters that say ‘birth control’ and ‘pre-pregnancy’ and all that stuff.” Penkoski told CP that he feels the flyers were a “direct attack” on what he teaches his children. Although Cox said that the flyers were distributed at all schools, Penkoski said his 9-year-old daughter who attends the same school did not receive the flyer. Penkoski believes some teacher discretion went into whether or not the flyers were handed out. “The school can say ‘inadvertent’ all they want, but that is like accidentally giving a child with a peanut allergy a peanut,” Penkoski said. Dale Walker, the president of the Tennessee Pastor’s Network, drove four hours to speak at the school board meeting on Thursday. “Our question tonight is where is the accountability of this school?” Walker asked. “Where is the accountability of this teacher? Where is the accountability of this principal?” “Where are the checks and balances? What are your procedures to block inappropriate subject matter to parents?” he continued. “Since when does our education system pick and choose what our students are exposed to without notification to their parents first?” Walker said that teachers, principals and administrators need to be educated on what Christian families “desire to have for their children.” “This garbage in this flyer is anything but Christian values and Christian families have the right to be upset about it,” Walker said. Walker told CP that the flyer distributed at Mary Hughes School should serve as a “wake-up call to the Bible Belt.” “We have a super Republican majority in Tennessee and many times people think that because we elect so-called conservative Christians that we can just live our lives and not pay any attention to what’s going on in the public space, in our schools and in our counties,” Walker added. “Pastors better pay attention to what their children are learning in public schools. At best, we only have a couple of hours a week with children that attend our churches and then they go to secular, godless schools … and they are teaching 7-year-olds how to fornicate.” Walker expressed concern with the fact that there were “no local pastors” present for the school board meeting last night. “You would think that the room would have been filled with pastors,” Walker stressed. “This is why we have to get engaged. I understand pastors are busy. I am a pastor myself. I am trying to encourage them to make a difference in our culture because if we lose this young generation that is being indoctrinated with these doctrines of demons, we have lost our churches. The next future generation is going to be godless secularists.” Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith or Facebook: SamuelSmithCP
:: 11-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'War' Declared Upon Tens Of Millions Of Americans With 'Impeachment' Nothing But A Seditious, Communist Coup
- America's Founding Fathers Might Argue The 2nd Amendment Was Enshrined For Times Like These
November 4th, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
As talk of impeachment fills the air in America with long-time Conservative publisher Matt Drudge now turning on President Trump by echoing the Democratic party and Deep State's talking points, we're not surprised that Drudge has lost 1/5 of his audience, over 200 million page views, as Conservatives arm up in record numbers and prepare for a bloody civil war that we pray to God never comes. With the Democrat party/deep state attempted impeachment of President Trump nothing less than an attempted Communist coup with President Trump's entire presidency dogged by blatant and outright lies and false allegations of 'Russian Collusion', allegations beginning with the 'Queen of Death' and the 'biggest loser', Hillary Clinton herself, the polls that Drudge linked to all over his website Monday morning show a very clear division in an America being pushed by Democrats to the breaking point. And although a Fox News poll reported 49% of Americans want President Trump 'removed' from office, those numbers echoing a NBC News poll that also found 49% of Americans want him 'removed' from office, while 52% of MSN readers want him 'removed', the word 'removed' itself sounds like that used in a 3rd world coup, though this time its against the 'Will of the American People' and the US Constitution. And as Mike Adams warns in this must-read new story at Natural News, if Trump is 'removed' from the office he was voted into by more than 60 million Americans, there may be nothing that can stop all hell from breaking loose in America. With those poll numbers also showing that at least 51% of Americans DON'T want President Trump 'removed' from office, and those numbers likely much higher considering how badly the 'polls' got the 2016 election wrong and the msm being close to 99% or more in favor of Trump's impeachment, any kind of 'takedown' of Trump's presidency has the potential of unleashing total madness in America with the Democrats and deep state launching a very real attack against not just President Trump but on the over 100 million Americans who support him and his plan of putting 'America 1st'. Before going on, we wanted to thank everybody who has reached out to us about Susan's health following her heart attack on Saturday. ANP readers have been absolutely amazing. Thank you so much for your concern and your prayers. The great news is, as long as her surgery is successful today, Susan should be coming home on Tuesday or Wednesday. So let's take a look below at Mike Adams recent story over at Natural News titled "25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office" within which he warns the ultimate goal of this 'deep state coup' is to 'install' the 'Queen of Death', Hillary Clinton, into office with Democrats and the 'deep state' hoping to overthrow the results of the 2016 via any means necessary. And while Democrats won't admit it, such a 'coup' could immediately turn over 100 million Americans forever against the 'establishment' in this country, possibly launching the biggest tax protest in 2020 in US history because anyone paying any taxes at all to the federal government should this 'coup' be successful will merely be supporting a banana republic government that the American people owe no allegiance to what-so-ever. So while a successful 'coup' could launch a bloody civil war in America that our country may never recover from, and we pray that such a war is avoided but strongly recommend preparing to defend your families from anyways, the excerpt below comes from Mike Adams story in which he warns of great dangers ahead should the deep state coup against President Trump be successful. You can also hear his entire list in the 1st video at the bottom of this story. A coordinated, deep state attempt to remove Trump from office at any cost is now gaining steam. With the collusion of the deep state media, CIA operatives and anti-Trump tech giants that censor all truth, the deep state is hoping to crush democracy, destroy Trump and install Hillary Clinton as President of the United States in just the next few months. Should they succeed in achieving a U.S. Senate conviction of Trump — which would remove him from office — here are 25 shocking, history-changing events we may see unfold.
Disclaimer: This author does not condone any of the actions outlined below. This is analysis, not a call for action. Many of the events described below involve mass executions and other horrific crimes. We hope to see none of this come to pass.
#1) The stock market will implode. That’s because Trump seems to be the only person remaining in Washington D.C. who doesn’t want the stock market to crash. If Dems seize power, expect a collapse of the stock market and U.S. economic activity as Wall Street investors head for the exits. Democrats will thrust America into an economic nosedive approaching Venezuela-scale collapse.
#2) Once Trump is impeached, convicted and removed from office, the focus will immediately shift to removing Mike Pence so that Nancy Pelosi — current Speaker of the House — becomes President without any election taking place. (Note that the deep state traitors absolutely despise the voters and will do everything possible to override the will of the People.)
#3) Once Nancy Pelosi becomes President, she will immediately push to nominate and have Hillary Clinton confirmed as Vice President. This will require confirmation from the Senate, but if Senate Republicans have already lost any backbone to prevent the conviction of Trump, they will have no resistance whatsoever to Democrats shoving Hillary Clinton down America’s throat.
With Adams also warning that 'defending' President Trump isn't just about Trump but about defending all of humanity from the 'Democrat demons' and what they'd be unleashing in America should their coup be successful, Adams warns that traditional American values are in grave danger from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Please read his entire story here. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion.
November 4th, 2019
'War' Declared Upon Tens Of Millions Of Americans With 'Impeachment' Nothing But A Seditious, Communist Coup
- America's Founding Fathers Might Argue The 2nd Amendment Was Enshrined For Times Like These
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
As talk of impeachment fills the air in America with long-time Conservative publisher Matt Drudge now turning on President Trump by echoing the Democratic party and Deep State's talking points, we're not surprised that Drudge has lost 1/5 of his audience, over 200 million page views, as Conservatives arm up in record numbers and prepare for a bloody civil war that we pray to God never comes. With the Democrat party/deep state attempted impeachment of President Trump nothing less than an attempted Communist coup with President Trump's entire presidency dogged by blatant and outright lies and false allegations of 'Russian Collusion', allegations beginning with the 'Queen of Death' and the 'biggest loser', Hillary Clinton herself, the polls that Drudge linked to all over his website Monday morning show a very clear division in an America being pushed by Democrats to the breaking point. And although a Fox News poll reported 49% of Americans want President Trump 'removed' from office, those numbers echoing a NBC News poll that also found 49% of Americans want him 'removed' from office, while 52% of MSN readers want him 'removed', the word 'removed' itself sounds like that used in a 3rd world coup, though this time its against the 'Will of the American People' and the US Constitution. And as Mike Adams warns in this must-read new story at Natural News, if Trump is 'removed' from the office he was voted into by more than 60 million Americans, there may be nothing that can stop all hell from breaking loose in America. With those poll numbers also showing that at least 51% of Americans DON'T want President Trump 'removed' from office, and those numbers likely much higher considering how badly the 'polls' got the 2016 election wrong and the msm being close to 99% or more in favor of Trump's impeachment, any kind of 'takedown' of Trump's presidency has the potential of unleashing total madness in America with the Democrats and deep state launching a very real attack against not just President Trump but on the over 100 million Americans who support him and his plan of putting 'America 1st'. Before going on, we wanted to thank everybody who has reached out to us about Susan's health following her heart attack on Saturday. ANP readers have been absolutely amazing. Thank you so much for your concern and your prayers. The great news is, as long as her surgery is successful today, Susan should be coming home on Tuesday or Wednesday. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! With Susan's recent heart attack, All News Pipeline is going to need financial help in the days, weeks and months ahead. Anything that you can do is greatly appreciated as we're now facing a tremendous uphill battle ahead of us. Thank you so much. Please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) So let's take a look below at Mike Adams recent story over at Natural News titled "25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office" within which he warns the ultimate goal of this 'deep state coup' is to 'install' the 'Queen of Death', Hillary Clinton, into office with Democrats and the 'deep state' hoping to overthrow the results of the 2016 via any means necessary. And while Democrats won't admit it, such a 'coup' could immediately turn over 100 million Americans forever against the 'establishment' in this country, possibly launching the biggest tax protest in 2020 in US history because anyone paying any taxes at all to the federal government should this 'coup' be successful will merely be supporting a banana republic government that the American people owe no allegiance to what-so-ever. So while a successful 'coup' could launch a bloody civil war in America that our country may never recover from, and we pray that such a war is avoided but strongly recommend preparing to defend your families from anyways, the excerpt below comes from Mike Adams story in which he warns of great dangers ahead should the deep state coup against President Trump be successful. You can also hear his entire list in the 1st video at the bottom of this story. A coordinated, deep state attempt to remove Trump from office at any cost is now gaining steam. With the collusion of the deep state media, CIA operatives and anti-Trump tech giants that censor all truth, the deep state is hoping to crush democracy, destroy Trump and install Hillary Clinton as President of the United States in just the next few months. Should they succeed in achieving a U.S. Senate conviction of Trump — which would remove him from office — here are 25 shocking, history-changing events we may see unfold.
Disclaimer: This author does not condone any of the actions outlined below. This is analysis, not a call for action. Many of the events described below involve mass executions and other horrific crimes. We hope to see none of this come to pass.
#1) The stock market will implode. That’s because Trump seems to be the only person remaining in Washington D.C. who doesn’t want the stock market to crash. If Dems seize power, expect a collapse of the stock market and U.S. economic activity as Wall Street investors head for the exits. Democrats will thrust America into an economic nosedive approaching Venezuela-scale collapse.
#2) Once Trump is impeached, convicted and removed from office, the focus will immediately shift to removing Mike Pence so that Nancy Pelosi — current Speaker of the House — becomes President without any election taking place. (Note that the deep state traitors absolutely despise the voters and will do everything possible to override the will of the People.)
#3) Once Nancy Pelosi becomes President, she will immediately push to nominate and have Hillary Clinton confirmed as Vice President. This will require confirmation from the Senate, but if Senate Republicans have already lost any backbone to prevent the conviction of Trump, they will have no resistance whatsoever to Democrats shoving Hillary Clinton down America’s throat.
With Adams also warning that 'defending' President Trump isn't just about Trump but about defending all of humanity from the 'Democrat demons' and what they'd be unleashing in America should their coup be successful, Adams warns that traditional American values are in grave danger from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Please read his entire story here. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion. While most of us had hoped we were done with Hillary Clinton back in November of 2016 after her humiliating election defeat, with the stakes enormous in 2020, Hillary and Joe Biden running neck and neck according to a new poll should she join the Democrat primary in 2020 and Hillary allegedly only waiting for Joe Biden to drop out of the race for her to get in according to former Bill Clinton adviser Dick Morris, Morris recently said "She feels entitled to do it. She feels compelled to do it. She feels that God put her on the Earth to do it." Entitled to be America's President? Now we know know where all this leftist insanity began, with the 'entitled' old witch herself! With Hillary the very root of the Russian collusion hoax as Susan Duclos had reported in this October 18th ANP story, claiming that US military member Tulsi Gabbard was also being 'groomed' by the Russians, we can't help but keep coming back to the 2nd video we've embedded below from back when Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State and she went before the Council On Foreign Relations and babbled "we're losing the information war" to the likes of Russia, China and the independent media. So with any future Civil War in America leading straight back to the lies and insanity of Hillary Clinton, completely pushed by the mainstream media, driving formerly sane Americans over the edge, we again urge everybody to be prepared for whatever is unleashed in the days, weeks and months ahead with America being pushed to the breaking point by globalists who definitely don't have our nation's best interests in mind. As talk show host Michael Savage recently warned in an emergency message to President Trump as Infowars reported in this November 2nd story as also heard in the 3rd and final video below, it's time for President Trump to go on the offensive in this political war with nothing less than the future of America and the world at stake. Michael Savage joined The Alex Jones Show to break down the Democrats’ civil war against America and warned President Trump to fight back against them before they tear America apart. “We have a civil war in the country. It may not be a shooting civil war right now, they have started the civil war,” Savage told Jones on Friday.
“And some of us know it and some of us don’t know it. Eventually we will all know it.”
“And the criminals needs to be exposed for their criminality,” Savage added. “They’re not stealing the presidency from us.”
http://allnewspipeline.com/This_Is_Nothing_Less_Than_Seditious_Treason.php
:: 11-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Author: Russiagate Was A Political Hit Job Against Trump Campaign By FBI
“People in the Clinton world are keen for this book not to come out.”
Steve Watson | Infowars.com - November 4, 2019
Author Lee Smith proclaimed Sunday that the Russiagate saga was a coordinated political attack on the Trump campaign by the FBI at the behest of the deep state, and claimed that the Clinton camp are keen to prevent his book from being published. Appearing on Fox News’ “Sunday Morning Futures”, Smith explained how the operation was designed to prevent Trump from becoming President, and to aid Hillary Clinton’s campaign. Smith claimed that University of Cambridge professor Stefan Halper was paid to sabotage the Trump campaign under the guise of carrying out “studies” on foreign governments for the intelligence community. “What we see is these are not actual studies — we hear that he was reportedly the FBI’s confidential source, sent against the Trump campaign,” Smith said. “What he really is… is a political operative,” Smith continued, adding “This was a political operation designed to assist the Clinton campaign.” “We talk a lot about the FBI, and DOJ and we’re right to focus on the very bad, likely criminal things they did. But it’s important to remember that the primary beneficiary was the Clinton campaign.” Smith urged. It has previously been uncovered that the FBI used more than one informant to infiltrate the Trump campaign. Smith also claims in the book that Halper sought to bring down former Trump national security adviser Michael Flynn, who was aware of the deep state operation against Trump. “I believe [Halper is] actually the center of the Russiagate operation and we first see him start to appear as he is targeting Gen. Flynn. And now we understand… why the deep state needed to target Gen. Flynn,” Smith declared. “Because he understood the kinds of programs that they were using and how they were misspending their money and Halper is representative of that.” Smith added. According to a source who spoke anonymously to Fox News, Clinton ally Sidney Blumenthal has been trying to stop Smith’s book from being published. The source claims that Blumenthal even sent threatening letters to Smith and publisher Center Street. “People in the Clinton world are keen for this book not to come out,” Smith said during the interview, without going into details. The Book is titled “The Plot Against the President: The True Story of How Congressman Devin Nunes Uncovered the Biggest Political Scandal in U.S. History.”
https://www.infowars.com/author-russiagate-was-a-political-hit-job-against-trump-campaign-by-fbi/
:: 11-4-19 The Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“ProtoDossiers” – The Roadmaps of a Coup
Douglas Hagmann November 4, 2019 8:40 am
Would it surprise you to learn that the “Steele Dossier” might not have been written by Christopher Steele as the media had insisted? If you’ve been following my coverage of the coup against President Trump, it will not come as any surprise at all. In fact, several dossiers existed before Steele’s – all drafted by Fusion GPS, the shadowy war room of the Clinton campaign and the DNC. Viewers might recall the stellar investigative research of Diana West as she posited, based on her research and investigation, that Nellie Ohr played a significant role in the writing of what is known as the Steele Dossier. The coup began long before the FBI allegedly opened its investigation in July 2016. Several dossiers were used as the roadmap for the coup underway today.
See: Diana West – The Red Thread
See: Lee Smith – The Plot Against The President
https://www.hagmannreportlive.com/protodossiers-the-roadmaps-of-a-coup/
:: 11-3-19 Armageddon News blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The United States Is In A Time Of Great Danger-Do Nothing And You Will Make Sure Your Wife And Mother And Children Will Be Raped And Injured Beyond Belief!
grekalbert Prophecy 3rd Nov 2019 4 Minutes
Most Americans who have been around for a while know life is nothing like it used to be. When someone wanted a job one was found with a little bit of searching. Today jobs are difficult to find, especially in small communities. When I was growing up in the 70’s, there were several car dealers in my community. There were three tractor dealers and too many mom and pop stores to count. Today there are two used car dealers and the nearest tractor dealer is twenty miles away. So how is it that we now have more people, but fewer businesses to employ them? A nations wealth is derived from having a product to sell. That wealth needs to circulate in towns and cities to compound the wealth effect and create jobs and businesses. When wealth is not created or it is siphoned off to other places, the wealth effect can not happen, and in many cases goes into reverse. A community needs a certain amount of service related jobs to function but it also needs some type of production jobs to bring in money from the outside. This can be mining , agriculture or manufacturing type jobs, but they must exist to insure a healthy economy. Here’s The Harsh Reality: Today, The Biggest Risk For Global Catastr America has two major problems today. A large amount of our production is done outside the country eliminating production jobs in local communities and many of the small local businesses that kept wealth within communities have been supplanted by large corporations that siphon wealth out of communities and send it to wall street. In the past when a small business made profit, that profit was kept in the local community because that is where the owner lived. Now, that profit leaves the community never to be seen again. With less money to circulate within the community the businesses that depend on people spending their extra dollars, have fewer customers and eventually go out of business. With fewer jobs there is that much less money circulating and the economic situation spirals down until nothing is left. These days corporate businesses and government jobs make up the major part of many local communities. In many cases if it were not for the government jobs, many communities would no longer exist. So what do you think would happen if the government suddenly no longer had money to pay those workers? What would happen if corporate profits dropped to the point where corporate stores decided to close and cut their losses? To some extent we are seeing this happen now in many places. Corporate stores moved in and drove small local businesses out. Then when the profits dried up the corporate stores closed leaving the community with no jobs or products to buy. With no capital in the local communities to rebuild small businesses, the people simply drive to other areas to do their shopping. The corporate cronies and government laggards control most of the money flowing through communities now and they want to keep it that way. Any attempt to rebuild local businesses is met with luke warm results. Any business that might make a difference is either killed outright or regulated into oblivion before it can get off the ground. The county where I live has all but abandoned local businesses. The bulk of their income comes from property taxes generated by vacation homes and retirement homes of retired government employees. As long as the government pensions and paychecks continue, they see no reason to change the status quo. The result is that the younger people leave as soon as they can and the average age of the population continues to get older. As with many places today, this area has no future. Where I live is a microcosm of the nation. Corporate and government entities continue to siphon what little money there is out of communities and just as small communities are dying, the nation will soon follow if current trends do not change. A return to small local economics is the only way to reverse some of the damage and keep our communities livable. But, do not be deceived. There is no way to undo all of the damage that has been done and even if we survive, we will only be a shadow of what we once were as a nation Will Americans just let this happen? Will lazy Patriots just give a minimal effort? For readiness, the hour glass has almost run out! In the absence of your local FEMA rep (that is, local spy) organize your neighbors into groups of three and four (so they can’t be infiltrated) and get ready! There is a Wild Ride just ahead! Let’s make a swift effort of taking the Red door, now opening, and painting it black! Death to all destroyers of America! Otherwise, the death of America is at hand. And the greatest betrayer of the children and aging of America will be… You! You! Do nothing and you will make sure your wife and mother and children will be raped and injured beyond belief! Are we locked and loaded yet?
https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/11/03/the-united-states-is-in-a-time-of-great-danger/
:: 11-4-19 Setting Brush Fires :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Setting Brushfires 11-04-2019: Former FBI Counter Terrorism Agent John Guandolo: We Must Understand The Threat Of Islam
Tim Brown / November 4, 2019
John is the President and Founder of Understanding The Threat, the only organization in America providing tools to leaders, police and citizens to identify and dismantle jihadi/terrorist networks in their local communities. He joins me in this episode to discuss the Islamic threat to America, Islamic terror-tied front groups like the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) and his court battle with former Hennepin County Sheriff Richard Stanek.
Fake CBD Found on Area Shelves, Here's How to Spot It
Currently, Mr. Guandolo advises governments – U.S. and others – on matters related to National Security, specifically the threat from the Global Islamic Movement. He actively briefs and teaches members of Congress, senior military officials, police, the intelligence community, key community leaders, and others. Mr. Guandolo served as a guest lecturer at the Joint Forces Staff College and at the U.S. Army War College. He is the co-Author of the book: Sharia: The Threat to America (2010), and author of the books, Raising a Jihadi Generation (2013), and Islam’s Deception: The Truth About Sharia (2019). His books may be purchased at his website www.understandingthethreat.com or at Amazon.
Mr. Guandolo is a member of the Veterans of Foreign War, the American Legion, and the Force Reconnaissance Association. He frequently appears on television and radio, and regularly publishes articles related to these matters in a number of media outlets.
:: 11-4-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Heavily pregnant mother uses an AR-15 to kill a home intruder after two men burst into her Florida home, pistol whipped her husband and grabbed their 11-year-old daughter
Jeremy King was brutally attacked when two armed, masked men stormed into his home in Lithia, Florida last Wednesday night
He said the men started grabbing his 11-year-old daughter and pistol-whipping him as they demanded money
King said one of the men fired a shot at his eight-month pregnant wife when she came out of the bedroom to see what was happening
She quickly grabbed their AR-15 and started shooting at the armed intruders
King's wife fatally struck one of the intruders as he tried to flee and police said they are still searching for the other suspect
King had to have 20 stitches and three staples in his head following the attack
By Amelia Wynne For Mailonline Published: 07:27 EST, 4 November 2019 | Updated: 16:08 EST, 4 November 2019
A heavily pregnant woman used an AR-15 to kill a home intruder after two masked men entered her home in Florida, pistol whipped her husband and violently grabbed their daughter. Jeremy King, 34, was at his home in Lithia, Florida with his 31-year-old wife when the two armed men stormed in last Wednesday at about 9pm before pointing a gun at his head and demanding money. Police say the suspects grabbed the couple's 11-year-old daughter as King tried to explain they didn't have anything that was worth giving them. King told Bay News 9 that one of the men then started pistol-whipping him as the other kicked him repeatedly in the head. His wife, who is eight months pregnant, was in the back bedroom at the time and looked out to see what was going on. King said one of the men fired shots at his wife. She quickly grabbed their AR-15 and started shooting at the armed intruders. 'When he came toward the back door in her line of sight, she clipped him,' King said of the moment his wife returned fire. 'He made it from my back door to roughly 200 feet out in the front ditch before the AR did its thing.' King's wife only fired one round from the AR-15, which struck the suspect as he tried to flee. When deputies arrived on the scene shortly after, they found the suspect dead in the ditch. The other gunman ran off after the fatal shot was fired and investigators are still trying to locate him. King said he didn't know the men and has know idea why their family was targeted. He was left with a fractured eye socket, a fractured sinus cavity and a concussion from the attack. King also had to have 20 stitches and three staples in his head to close up a wound.
'Them guys came in with two normal pistols and my AR stopped it,” King said.
“[My wife] evened the playing field and kept them from killing me.'
The sheriff's office confirmed that the AR-15 that King's wife used was legally owned.
Anyone with information related to the suspect at large is asked to call Hillsborough County Sheriff's Office on 813-247-8200.
:: 11--19 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Geologic Field-Trip Guide to the Volcanic and Hydrothermal
Landscape of the Yellowstone Plateau
By Lisa A. Morgan, W.C. Pat Shanks, Jacob B. Lowenstern, Jamie M. Farrell, and Joel E. Robinson
Scientific Investigations Report 2017–5022–P
U.S. Department of the Interior U.S. Geological Survey
Cover: View north over Biscuit Basin in Yellowstone National Park’s Upper Geyser Basin. The Firehole River flows north into the Midway and Lower Geyser Basins in the background. Near Biscuit Basin, the river occupies the area between the South Biscuit Basin and West Yellowstone rhyolite lava flows to the west and the Mallard Lake rhyolite flow to the east. U.S. Geological Survey photo by Ken McGee, 2006 U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia: 2017
For more information on the USGS—the Federal source for science about the Earth, its natural and living resources, natural hazards, and the environment—visit https://www.usgs.gov or call 1–888–ASK–USGS.
For an overview of USGS information products, including maps, imagery, and publications,
visit https://store.usgs.gov
Any use of trade, firm, or product names is for descriptive purposes only and does not imply endorsement by the U.S. Government.
Although this information product largely is in the public domain, it may also contain copyrighted materials as noted in the text. Permission to reproduce copyrighted items must be secured from the copyright owner. Suggested citation:
Morgan, L.A., Shanks, W.C.P., Lowenstern, J.B., Farrell, J.M., and Robinson, J.E., 2017, Geologic field-trip guide to the volcanic and hydrothermal landscape of the Yellowstone Plateau: U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations
Report 2017–5022–P, 100 p.,
https://doi.org/10.3133/sir20175022P
Preface
The North American Cordillera is home to a greater diversity of volcanic provinces than any comparably sized region in the world. The interplay between changing plate-margin interactions, tectonic complexity, intra-crustal magma differentiation, and mantle melting have resulted in a wealth of volcanic landscapes. Field trips in this series visit many of these landscapes, including (1) active subduction-related arc volcanoes in the Cascade Range; (2) flood basalts of the Columbia Plateau; (3) bimodal volcanism of the Snake River Plain-Yellowstone volcano system; (4) some of the world’s largest known ignimbrites from southern Utah, central Colorado, and northern Nevada; (5) extension-related volcanism in the Rio Grande Rift and Basin and Range Province; and (6) the spectacular eastern Sierra Nevada featuring Long Valley Caldera and the iconic Bishop Tuff. Some of the field trips focus on volcanic eruptive and emplacement processes, calling attention to the fact that the western United States provides opportunities to examine a wide range of volcanological phenomena at many scales.
The 2017 Scientific Assembly of the International Association of Volcanology and Chemistry of the Earth’s Interior (IAVCEI) in Portland, Oregon, marks the first time that the U.S. volcanological community has hosted this quadrennial meeting since 1989, when it was held in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The 1989 field-trip guides are still widely used by students and professionals alike. This new set of field guides is similarly a legacy collection that summarizes decades of advances in our understanding of magmatic and tectonic processes of volcanic western North America. The field of volcanology has flourished since the 1989 IAVCEI meeting, and it has profited from detailed field investigations coupled with emerging new analytical methods. Mapping has been enhanced by plentiful major- and trace-element whole-rock and mineral data, technical advances in radiometric dating and collection of isotopic data, GPS (Global Positioning System) advances, and the availability of lidar (light detection and ranging) imagery. Spectacularly effective microbeam instruments, geodetic and geophysical data collection and processing, paleomagnetic determinations, and modeling capabilities have combined with mapping to provide new information and insights over the past 30 years. The collective works of the international community have made it possible to prepare wholly new guides to areas across the western United States. These comprehensive field guides are available, in large part, because of enormous contributions from many experienced geologists who have devoted entire careers to their field areas. Early career scientists are carrying forward and refining their foundational work with impressive results. Our hope is that future generations of scientists as well as the general public will use these field guides as introductions to these fascinating areas and will be enticed toward further exploration and field-based research.
Michael Dungan, University of Oregon
Judy Fierstein, U.S. Geological Survey
Cynthia Gardner, U.S. Geological Survey
Dennis Geist, National Science Foundation
Anita Grunder, Oregon State University
John Wolff, Washington State University
Field-trip committee, IAVCEI 2017
https://pubs.usgs.gov/sir/2017/5022/p/sir20175022_p.pdf
:: 11--19 https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lockheed_ER-2_809_in_flight.jpg :: :: ::
File: Lockheed ER-2 809 in flight.jpg
From Wikimedia Commons, the free media repository
English: ER-2 tail number 809, is one of two Airborne Science ER-2s used as science platforms by Dryden. The aircraft are platforms for a variety of high-altitude science missions flown over various parts of the world. They are also used for earth science and atmospheric sensor research and development, satellite calibration and data validation. The ER-2s are capable of carrying a maximum payload of 2,600 pounds of experiments in a nose bay, the main equipment bay behind the cockpit, two wing-mounted superpods and small underbody and trailing edges. Most ER-2 missions last about six hours with ranges of about 2,200 nautical miles. The aircraft typically fly at altitudes above 65,000 feet. On November 19, 1998, the ER-2 set a world record for medium weight aircraft reaching an altitude of 68,700 feet. The aircraft is 63 feet long, with a wingspan of 104 feet. The top of the vertical tail is 16 feet above ground when the aircraft is on the bicycle-type landing gear. Cruising speeds are 410 knots, or 467 miles per hour, at altitude. A single General Electric F118 turbofan engine rated at 17,000 pounds thrust powers the ER-2.
Taken on 1 August 2001
Source http://www.dfrc.nasa.gov/Gallery/Photo/ER-2/HTML/EC01-0232-6.html (direct link)
Author NASA/Lori Losey
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lockheed_ER-2_809_in_flight.jpg
[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..
[ :: 10-26-14
am service (2d word)
:: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.
[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc
:: 11-4-19 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Prophecy Unfolding Right Before Our Eyes in Real-Time
November 4, 2019 / StevieRay Hansen /
To Be Clear, This is NOT Democrat-Republican Fight; Instead, it’s a Battle Between GOD and The Anti-Christ… America’s stability is increasingly an undercurrent in political discourse. Earlier this year, I began a conversation with Keith Mines about America’s turmoil. Mines has spent his career—in the U.S. Army Special Forces, the United Nations, and now the State Department—navigating civil wars in other countries, including Afghanistan, Colombia, El Salvador, Iraq, Somalia, and Sudan. He returned to Washington after sixteen years to find conditions that he had seen nurture conflict abroad now visible at home. It haunts him. In March, Mines was one of several national-security experts whom Foreign Policy asked to evaluate the risks of a second civil war—with percentages. Mines concluded that the United States faces a sixty-per-cent chance of civil war over the next ten to fifteen years. Other experts’ predictions ranged from five percent to ninety-five percent. The sobering consensus was thirty-five percent. And that was five months before Charlottesville. The pattern of civil strife has evolved worldwide over the past sixty years. Today, few civil wars involve pitched battles from trenches along neat geographic front lines. Many are low-intensity conflicts with episodic violence in constantly moving locales. Mines’ definition of a civil war is large-scale violence that includes a rejection of traditional political authority and requires the National Guard to deal with it. Based on his experience in civil wars on three continents, Mines cited five conditions that support his prediction: entrenched national polarization, with no obvious meeting place for resolution; increasingly divisive press coverage and information flows; weakened institutions, notably Congress and the judiciary; a sellout or abandonment of responsibility by political leadership; and the legitimization of violence as the “in” way to either conduct discourse or solve disputes. As the civil war explodes across America, we are very likely to see the power grid disconnected from liberal stronghold cities as a tactic to plunge those cities into chaos. Watch for tactical disruptions of fuel, food, water, and electricity. Or, come to think of it, you could just move to California right now and let PG&E do this for you anyway. Note that in the last 30 days, millions of Californians have already lost power due to obligatory blackouts that California’s criminal politicians falsely claim is due to “high winds.” It’s absurd. Wind doesn’t cause power lines to spontaneously burst into flame. In truth, California’s power grid is collapsing, and “wind” is just the excuse to cover up the reality. The real story is that California doesn’t have the power capacity to feed its grid anymore, and they’re just making up fake excuses for shutting things down. If you want a glimpse of what’s coming in a civil war scenario, check out this story from the Omaha World-Herald entitled, “Days of terrifying darkness, cold and hunger amid PG&E’s sweeping power blackouts.” Some highlights: Despite attempts to prepare after a shorter outage earlier this month, the duration of the blackout frayed both tempers and order. Gas tanks were siphoned, generators “are like diamonds,” said one resident. Cellphones are still sporadic; news remains mostly word of mouth. “It’s insane,” Huchingson said. “It’s horrible and just totally unacceptable.” When deep darkness took over by 7 p.m. in the scattered towns around Clear Lake, the largest freshwater lake in the state, there was a “tension in the air,” said resident Susan Blunt, a feeling that while a threat may not be imminent, sunset held a primal menace. The sheriff declared a state of emergency, citing “conditions of extreme peril.” “Not only are we in the dark, but it also’s almost like we are completely shut off from the world and that makes it even more terrifying,” said Annette Carter on Tuesday. “I can handle a lot of stuff, but my kids being in fear and not being able to reach out to the world and find out what’s going on … that’s problematic.” HNewsWire Logo top Menu Should the patriot uprising fail to take down the enemies of America, we will see Democrats seize total power and shift into a violent authoritarianism phase, complete with a nationwide police state, total control over all speech and the targeted executions of Democrats’ political opponents. Mass executions and a “political holocaust” of death to all conservatives. Having survived the patriot uprising, authoritarian Leftists will coordinate with the deep state and the complicit media to call for and condone the mass executions of all who supported Trump, the patriots or even the very idea of America. Calls will go out for mass executions in the streets across America, and lunatic Leftists will be happy to comply. As Dave Hodges writes in this story, “Schiff Is Following In the Path of Hitler In Leading the Overthrow of the US Government- America Should Expect a Holocaust to Follow Impeachment“: Adam Schiff should be considered to be a modern-day Adolph Hitler… After Hitler assumed the dictatorial mantle of power, he still had to contend with the opposition power, the Communists. Hitler created the mother of all false flags, at that time, and burned down the Reichstag. Then he proceeded to murder his opposition in the name of preserving the country in the face of falsely accused treason. One by one the Communist leadership was murdered. In order to consolidate power, Hitler then went after segments of the population. Everyone knows about the Jews, Gypsies, homosexuals and the medically infirm. However, under the guise of protecting Germany from the “Jewish conspiracy” dissidents were targeted and many were accused of being members of the four primary persecuted groups. So what happens when Schiff’s people complete their coup against the President? If history sets the example as it did in Russia and Germany, there will be a two-stage coup. The first stage will compromise the Republicans and kill the ones like Rand Paul and Gohmert as being enemies of the state. I expect MS-13, the assassins of choice for the drug cartels, to be the executioners. This is why they were brought here. When the top-level tier of political opposition is eliminated, then it is time to turn their attention to you. America will then find out why the NSA, Google and Amazon spies relentlessly on the public… Many of you reading these words will become Adam Schiff’s version of the modern-day equivalent of Jews and you will be exterminated and as many have pointed out, you will die at the end of guillotine and your spare parts (ie organs will be trafficked). The complete censorship of all conservatives, Trump supporters, Christians and gun owners who weren’t already executed by the left-wing mobs. As part of the move to demonize and mass murder conservatives and Trump supporters across America, censorship by the tech giants will be ratcheted up to extreme levels. Popular browsers will block all websites labeled “disinfo” by the government, forcing independent media to go “underground” or resort to old school techniques to share information, such as printing hard copies, sharing thumb drives or operating on the darknet. The complete elimination of the Second Amendment and nationwide gun confiscation. To make sure the American people cannot defend themselves against the dictatorial police state run by Demoncrats, the Second Amendment will be repealed and all Americans will be required to turn in their guns to government officials in the name of “stopping terrorism.” Those who refuse will be shot if found with firearms of any kind. The tyrannical regime will send federal agents house to house, kicking in doors, tossing flashbangs into baby cribs, torturing families in their own living rooms or doing whatever it takes to take their guns. Expect strong resistance from armed Americans. If authoritarian, lawless Democrats attempt this move, they will need a steady supply of body bags for their own operatives who will quickly discover that millions of Americans will shift into guerrilla warfare mode and begin targeting the very teams dispatched to engage in gun confiscation. The average lifespan of a federal agent on a gun confiscation rotation will probably be about three days. The government seizure of all domain names of anti-establishment websites that dare to question official narratives. All websites that support Trump or criticize the Demoncrats will be completely disconnected from the internet, likely by rigging the domain name server (DNS) system to exclude all such sites by labeling them “hate speech” or “terrorist propaganda.” InfoWars, Breitbart, Natural News, The Gateway Pundit, Big League Politics and many others will be scrubbed from the internet, and their founders will be literally hunted and shot on sight, if they can be located. Watch for bounties to be placed on the heads of people like Alex Jones and Paul Joseph Watson. This is how the corrupt, lawless government will try to get former employees to turn against the very people who are trying to save America from tyranny. A whole new era of pedophilia, child abuse, chemical castration, language police, and Hollywood insanity The final stage of the Democrat blowout will delve into full-blown Satanism and debauchery, targeting children and teens. It wasn’t just Bill Clinton who raped young girls for pleasure (which is why Jeffrey Epstein was eliminated); it’s a routine pursuit of nearly all Democrats in power. They ritualistically abuse children for dark soul reasons involving blood rituals and the “harvesting” of psychological terror. This is why so many Democrats are engaged in child trafficking and child abuse, by the way. Democrats will call for open support of the actual raping of children by drag queen teachers in the name of “tolerance.” Children will be taught to submit to rapings by transgenders in the name of “tolerance,” and told that to say no to a greasy fat man wanting to feel your junk is a form of “hatred” against “diversity.” Parents will celebrate the mandatory rapings in the name of progressivism, and they will line up to hand their children over to school-organized “rape parties” which are today’s Drag Queen Story Hour events taken to the next level. (See below for more examples that things are already moving in this direction.) Progressives will call for all baby boys to have their genitals mutilated to halt “male privilege” and end masculinity once and for all. It will become mandatory to chemically abuse male children in order to destroy testosterone and “medicate the evil male gender” out of them. The precursor to this is already in place with media assaults on the male archetype, depicted across nearly all “woke” films and advertisements which portray men as bumbling, stupid idiots or monstrous rapists. Notice how nearly every hero in new “woke” movies is a dainty female who somehow beats to crap out of monstrous males? That’s mental programming for the chemical castration phase that will begin in California, modeled after vaccine mandates which set the precedent that the state can force you to take any chemicals it demands. (Vaccine villain Richard Pan, a legislative prostitute of Big Pharma, was behind all that. No doubt he will also endorse mandatory government-run chemical castrations of male children, too.) Orgy training in public schools, involving live LGBT pedophiles performing sex acts in classrooms while progressive parents cheer. Way beyond “sex ed,” public schools will actually host anal sex orgies, complete with on-site instruction and demonstrations involving pedophile teachers. Classrooms will become orgy theaters, with live video streaming sold online to raise money to fund “public education.” (It’s really more like pubic education, in case you haven’t noticed.) If you think this is an exaggeration, note that Austin public schools have just approved sex role playing indoctrination training for all public school students, where they are required to participate in role-playing scenarios involving “coerced oral sex,” anal sex and drunk sex. As The College Fix reports: A controversial sex-ed curriculum for third through eighth grades that has connections to Planned Parenthood has been approved by the Austin Independent School District, despite fierce opposition. The curriculum “normalizes child sex” using role-playing games. “Caryl Ayala, the director of Concerned Parents of Texas, told KVUE that the curriculum’s goal is ‘to normalize these behaviors and to teach them to children so that they can feel OK with engaging in these behaviors,’” reports The College Fix. The nationwide celebration of infanticide and public displays of infant murder, celebrated by Democrats. Just recently on Halloween, some crazed Satan worshiper drag queen depicted cutting a baby out of her womb, drinking the blood and severing its head, all while people in the bar cheered the sickening display. Under the authoritarian power of the Democrats, child murder will only increase as progressives cheer infanticide and late-term abortion as being “progressive” and even “loving.” Here’s a still photo from the video. As you view the photo below, note that this is what nearly all Democrats now celebrate in America, because they have truly become DEMONcrats who are run by demonic forces: Satan worship in all U.S. public schools and college campuses, complete with mandatory indoctrination training for all students who will be required to bow down before Satan and worship the “liberty” of hating God and Christ. Schools will demand that students hate God and Jesus Christ while proclaiming their love for Satan. Demonic rituals will be incorporated into classroom activities, and Satan worship clubs will be heavily promoted by school administrators and teachers (this part has already begun). Christians will be demonized, of course, as “bigots” and “haters,” and any parent who refuses to submit their child to Satanic rituals and child rape / transgenderism training will be visited by Child Protective Services and flagged as a danger to society. (Read Demonic.news for more coverage of rising demonic influences in modern society.) The opening of child prostitution centers in public schools and college campuses, where schools raise money for school programs by prostituting young girls and boys to paying pedophile customers who are all celebrated as “education supporters.” Teen Vogue magazine recently published an article promoting the virtues of child prostitution, and this is the same magazine that previously included articles teaching teens how to engage in anal sex. Notably, there isn’t a single mainstream book store or retailer that has pulled this magazine from the shelves. This same magazine also says men can have periods and that biology isn’t real. In another issue, Teen Vogue called for abortion clinics on all college campuses so that college students could engage in unprotected sex while having easy access to abortions and infanticide services. It’s not a huge leap at all to realize that the radical, deranged Left is going to push for prostituting children and teens in both public schools and college campuses. Any parent who resists the insanity will be silenced and shamed as “intolerant” of so-called “progressive lifestyles,” where prostituting children for profit is fully embraced by progressives. HNewsWire Logo top Menu Defending Trump isn’t just about Trump; it’s about defending HUMANITY from Democrat demons As you can see from the list above, defending Trump from the deep state isn’t merely about protecting one man from a malicious, illegal coup attempt. It’s about defending American values from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion. This is all explained in this bombshell vaccine video, below: Just think: If they can put genetically modified cancer genes into MMR vaccines for children, what else are they doing to your children? What are they willing to do to your country? Your liberties? Your humanity? What you need to realize is that Democrats are not fully human. They are demonic, anti-human, anti-America, anti-freedom enemies of life, liberty and happiness. They seek the total destruction of religion, freedom, self-reliance, knowledge and truth. That is their true goal, and their agenda of censorship, infanticide, authoritarianism, economic destruction, child rape and the brainwashing of the masses is now on full display for the world to see. More than at any other time in history, the demons are coming out of the Demoncrats, and they are now performing Satanic rituals right in public, in full view, with no apologies whatsoever. Witches are casting “curse spells” on President Trump, too, as they try to invoke the powers of darkness and destruction to take down America and end humanity once and for all. You are not watching a political fight, folks: You are watching a spiritual battle between good and evil. And you’d better pray that God intervenes, or it’s over for us all. The demon uprising is real, and it’s accelerating. And yes, they’re coming for your children. They run the media, the vaccine industry, the medical schools and the public schools. They control everything except your mind, and even your mind is under constant assault via the psychic warfare tactics of fake news, false flag events, censorship and disinformation. Stay informed and be ready to defend humanity, or you and everything you love will be destroyed by design. Source: NewsTarget HNewsWire Logo top Menu Something big is looming, God biblical prophecy is folding…I know you’ve felt it in the pit of your stomach… that feeling that the market is going up for all the wrong reasons and will soon come crashing down, yet again…That feeling that somehow, somewhere along the way, America has gone terribly wrong, it’s called turning our backs on God. I can’t tell you when things got this bad. I can’t tell you why millions of Americans continue to vote for the most corrupt government in U.S. history, hoping the next guy will somehow be better than the last… or when money from their corporate masters overtook the concerns of you and me. But I will tell you that people are starting to notice. And they’re not happy about it. Colorado, Texas, Maryland, and California all have secession movements underway. Congress is so divided, it actually allowed the government to shut down. Some are saying it’s a Civil War-type environment. It’s no wonder more citizens think the American Dream is more dead than alive. HNewsWire Logo top Menu The Pentagon has admitted that they are concerned that widespread civil unrest will hit U.S. streets in the very near future. The Department of Defense has begun funding universities to research the areas in society that are likely to breakdown and the risks that would come with a breakdown of society at large. Anonhq.com reports: The program costs millions of dollars, and is designed to derive “warfighter-relevant insights”. According to the Pentagon, the purpose is for senior officials and decision-makers in “the defense policy community” to come up with contingency plans should widespread social unrest occur. The Minerva Initiative has existed as far back as 2008, and the operation began as the global financial crisis first struck. A full list of the studies being don can be found on the Minerva Initiative’s own website. Known as the “Minerva Research Initiative”, the DOD had partnered with universities in order to “to improve DoD’s basic understanding of the social, cultural, behavioral, and political forces that shape regions of the world of strategic importance to the US.” One was a Cornell-led study which was also managed by the US Air Force Office of Scientific Research. It tried to create a model “of the dynamics of social movement mobilization and contagions.” By studying past cases of mass social unrest (such as the “the 2011 Egyptian revolution, the 2011 Russian Duma elections, the 2012 Nigerian fuel subsidy crisis and the 2013 Gazi park protests in Turkey”) and the “digital traces” of online user behavior, the Pentagon was hoping to determine “the critical mass (tipping point)” of social contagions… They were trying to find out just how many outraged netizens and how many outraged posts would lead to actual demonstrations. Such forewarning would obviously allow the Pentagon to act beforehand, perhaps by swiftly censoring Facebook, or by imposing a curfew in affected areas. If things ever got that bad that you had to act against the government… they already have you checkmated. The Cornell study had analyzed Twitter and Facebook posts and conversations so that it could “identify individuals mobilized in a social contagion and when they become mobilized.” A more recent study by the University of Washington together with the US Army Research Office “seeks to uncover the conditions under which political movements aimed at large-scale political and economic change originate,” along with their “characteristics and consequences” and focuses on “large-scale movements involving more than 1,000 participants in the enduring activity.” This is basically an attempt at decrypting movements like Anonymous so that the DOD could create its own manipulated variants or act beforehand to stop us from rising up. “Who Does Not Become a Terrorist, and Why?” is another DOD Minerva Initiative-funded project. This one seeks the tipping point for “supporters of political violence” to become active terrorists. From the study: “In every context, we find many individuals who share the demographic, family, cultural, and/or socioeconomic background of those who decided to engage in terrorism, and yet refrained themselves from taking up armed militancy, even though they were sympathetic to the end goals of armed groups. The field of terrorism studies has not until recently, attempted to look at this control group. This project is not about terrorists, but about supporters of political violence.” Another 1.9 million dollar Minerva project tried to “anticipate what could happen to societies under a range of potential climate change scenarios.” Professor David Price, a cultural anthropologist at St Martin’s University in Washington DC and author of Weaponizing Anthropology: Social Science in Service of the Militarized State: “When you looked at the individual bits of many of these projects they sort of looked like normal social science, textual analysis, historical research, and so on, but when you added these bits up they all shared themes of legibility with all the distortions of over-simplification. Minerva is farming out the piece-work of empire in ways that can allow individuals to disassociate their individual contributions from the larger project.” Professor Price is a veteran of such matters; The Pentagon’s Human Terrain Systems (HTS) program was previously uncovered by him. In HTS, social scientists would be embedded inside of military field operations, as well as training operations set in regions “within the United States” The HTS training scenarios “adapted COIN [counterinsurgency] for Afghanistan/Iraq” to fit within the context of domestic situations “in the USA where the local population was seen from the military perspective as threatening the established balance of power and influence and challenging law and order.” “Conspiracy Theorists” who believe that Jade Helm amounts to training for an eventual US-based scenario, who are skeptical of the sudden militarization of the police force, the spike in police murders as well as Homeland “Security’s” decision to purchase 1.6 billion extremely lethal hollow-point rounds (which are forbidden by international law for use in war), have just been vindicated by the actions of the US military itself. In the face of an ever-worsening wealth-gap between the richest and the poorest, it would defy logic for the government to NOT be preparing to protect itself from you. Of course, it’s a conspiracy theory to ever question your betters, or to think critically of the same regime that murdered 500,000 to 1.3 million people in Iraq for fake nuclear WMDs… Source The risk of loss in trading futures and options on futures can be substantial. The author does not guarantee the accuracy of the above information, although it is believed that the sources are reliable and the information accurate. The author assumes no liability or responsibility for direct or indirect, special, consequential or incidental damages or for any other damages relating or arising out of any action taken as a result of any information or advice contained in this commentary. The author disclaims any express or implied liability or responsibility for any action taken, which is solely at the liability and responsibility of the user. Steve Meyers The silencing of the American people before 2020? The Un-Godly — Those That Suppress the Truth, the social media giants built multi-billion dollar empires by giving everyone a voice, but now that they have such a dominant position on the Internet they have decided that many prominent conservative voices should be completely silenced. The Left, a broad term for Liberal Socialist Democrats that can only be explained fully by using the Bible explanation of the human race is as follows. A servant of Satan, because you are either saved or lost. This election has brought out the true nature of who you serve. Simply put, it’s Donald Trump, Conservatives, and Christians against the rest of the world. The Left’s Love applies only to those who believe as they do. They Love evil and commit Anarchy against those who love good. They are governed by lies and never tell the truth. On this Friday, Inaugural Day for the swearing-in of Donald Trump as the 45th President of the United States the Left wants to commit widespread Anarchy to shut down the swearing-in ceremony. Their goal of transforming America, which was founded in Judea Christian values into a Pagan Nation is almost complete. Their goal has always been the total removal of God from American society and the downfall of America. Donald Trump says he is a Presbyterian, but he left off the USA, an apostate church. Tagged Under: hnewswire StevieRay Hansen, HNewsWire, antichrist,digital gulag, antichrists, Apple, Bible, Big Tech, bigotry, Christian baker, Christianity, Christians, Colorado, Colorado Civil Rights Commission, conservatives, deep state, demonic assault, end of days, end times, Facebook, First Amendment, free speech, Google, hate groups, Hate speech,Adam Schiff,treason
https://hnewswire.com/prophecy-unfolding-right-before-our-eyes-in-real-time/
[ :: 8-14-16
am service forth word ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::]
For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime. The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.
:: 11-3-19 Interesting Engineering :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russian Firm Sells Autonomous Robot Clones of Real People
The androids are both for professional and personal use.
By Loukia Papadopoulos November 03, 2019
Russian startup Promobot is now selling autonomous robot clones of any real person. This is the key selling point of their robot called Robo-C as their website states: "Order a robot with the appearance of any person to your office or home." RELATED: THIS EERIE HUMANOID ROBOT CAN WORK OUT JUST LIKE A HUMAN AND EVEN SWEAT An anthropomorphic machine According to a press statement released by the firm, android Robo-C is "a completely anthropomorphic machine. It copies human facial expressions: can move its eyes, eyebrows, lips and other “muscles”, and also keep the conversation going and answer questions." Robo-C has over 600 facial expressions and life-like artificial skin. The company considers itself a manufacturer of service robots and believes that its androids may soon replace human workers. However, it is also extending its services to personal use such as in cases of a personal assistant. "Everyone will now be able to order a robot with any appearance — for professional or personal use," said Aleksei Iuzhakov, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Promobot. "We can build a linguistic model based on popular phrases of a particular person – the robot will communicate and answer questions by analyzing frequent expressions of the “original” and using a certain context of knowledge of this person," he added. Four orders The robot can not walk yet, but its neck and torso can move just like a real person's. Promobot told CNBC it already has four orders for Robo-Cs. One bot will be working in a government agency while a second bot will be a clone of Albert Einstein for a robot exhibition. The last two have the strangest purpose. They were bought by a Middle Eastern family to be clones of the mother and father. They will spend their time greeting guests that come to visit.
https://www.interestingengineering.com/russian-firm-sells-autonomous-robot-clones-of-real-people
[ :: 11-13-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
As you can clearly see the evil in the world is almost fifty-fifty, my word has shown you that before, so that should not be a surprise. For I have said that two shall be standing in the field and one shall go and one shall remain, that is fifty-fifty, and it has got to that place, that also means that the end is very, very near. So you will still have half of the world that desires to do evil and half of the world that desires to do good, but only about thirty percent are true Christians. etc.
:: 11-3-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The New Masculinity: Turning Men Into Women
Michael Brown Posted: Nov 03, 2019 12:01 AM
In case you’ve been living under a rock or been trapped deep inside an ultra-leftist bubble, allow me to enlighten you. There is a definite, concerted, war on gender in our society today. And if you had even the slightest doubt about it, look no further than the November edition of GQ magazine. There, on the front cover, stands singer and fashion designer Pharrell Williams, adorned gorgeously in a long, flowing robe and looking quite ladylike. And there, around Pharrell’s beautiful form, the theme of this special edition of GQ is spelled out: The New Masculinity. I kid you not. According to editor-in-chief Will Welch, GQ has been working on this special edition since January, not only tackling abusive aspects of masculinity in our culture, but also featuring an article from “a gender-nonbinary actor who is simultaneously advocating for greater inclusivity in Hollywood and acknowledging their own privilege (Asia Kate Dillon).” Exactly what you’d expect to find in a gentlemen’s magazine. (Sarcasm intended.) Another article is from “an anthropologist who is debunking the idea that testosterone determines male behavior (Katrina Karkazis).” But of course! How did other researchers miss this for so long? As explained in a blurb to Karkazis’s book on the subject (co-authored with Rebecca M. Gordon-Young), “This unauthorized biography pries T, as it’s known, loose from over a century of misconceptions that undermine science even as they make urban legends about this hormone seem scientific.” Did you get that, men, especially those of you who suffered the effects of low testosterone counts? It’s all urban legend. In all seriousness, and with full respect to Dr. Karkazis’s credentials (she is Carol Zicklin Endowed Chair in the Honors Academy at Brooklyn College, CUNY, and Senior Research Fellow with the Global Health Justice Partnership at Yale University), I must ask a simple question: Are these studies driven more by science or by ideology? While I do not have the scientific acumen to analyze Karkazis’s claims, I can analyze statements like this, by editor Welch. Speaking of Pharrell, he notes that, “has a long history of shattering cultural norms—and he has also shown a profound ability to adjust as the world around him has changed.” Welcome to the new masculinity! And yes, this has nothing to do with science and everything to do with ideology. Welch also notes that the “antidote to toxicity” is “empathy.” There’s that evil, male toxicity once again. Husbands and dads, beware. Your solid, steady, protective and nurturing acts are increasingly out of step with today’s new reality. The playing field must be perfectly leveled. Male-female distinctions must be downplayed and denied. And gender confusion must reign supreme. From a man being named Woman of the Year to Drag Queens reading to toddlers, and from “men” menstruating to “men” having babies, gender norms must go. For months now I have been shouting from the rooftops about a “Jezebelic” attack on our nation, by which I mean a coordinated, ideological attack on our country. The spiritual assault is real. That’s why I’m not surprised to see Will Welch’s October 14 article for GQ titled, “Pharrell on Evolving Masculinity and ‘Spiritual Warfare.’” Yes, “spiritual warfare,” a theme repeated throughout the article. In response to Welch’s questions, Pharrell said, “. . . we're in the middle of a spiritual plight. A spiritual war.” And, “We're followers. And we're not following God. We're following men. So that's spiritual warfare.” And, “What is happening to a transgender person? What are they going through? They feel like their body is not connected to their spirit. And what kind of toxic environment do we live in that they have to justify how they feel? That must feel incredibly insane. That is spiritual warfare. . . . But it has prompted this conversation that I think is deeper than what the new masculinity is or what a non-gender-binary world looks like. I think we're in spiritual warfare.” And, with reference to the 2020 elections, “It's more about who is going into the voting booths. But the reality is that people don't know that we are in the middle of spiritual warfare.” Spiritual warfare indeed. Obviously, Pharrell and I are worlds apart on the nature of this spiritual warfare. But we are in agreement on the real existence of a spiritual battle for the soul of our nation. We dare not downplay it. That’s why my Jezebel book not only contains chapters focusing on idolatry, internet porn, abortion, radical feminism, witchcraft, the emasculating of men, and the silencing of the church’s prophetic voice. It also contains a chapter on the war on the gender, turning men into women and women into men. At the risk of being redundant, I raise my voice again. The mounting evidence of the war on gender will either bury us or wake us up. What will it be? The spiritual warfare is real.
:: 11--19 The Orgainc Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The CDC Is Just Telling Us About This Horrifying Lab Accident a YEAR Later
By Sandra D. Lane
In December 2018, a lab technician was injecting a mouse with the Vaccinia Virus (VACV) when she accidentally stuck her own finger with the needle. According to the CDC’s case report, she immediately rinsed her finger with water for 15 minutes, notified her supervisors, then went to the emergency room. Between days 2 and 9 post-infection, the patient was evaluated by two community physicians; neither advised her to observe contact precautions to prevent auto-inoculation or secondary transmission. (source) It should probably be pointed out that this happened almost a year ago and yet this was just published by the CDC on October 25, 2019, in the CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR). Secondly, the Vaccinia Virus is contagious – it can be spread through physical contact, and yet the technician was not told to observe “contact precautions”, at least by the community physicians. While it is known that the tech’s recovery took approximately 4 months, the focus of the published report (as indicated in the title itself) was of the “novel treatment” that was performed. Folks, these facts ought to make you a bit nervous. Ten days after the infection the technician was evaluated at an occupational health clinic where the treating physician contacted the CDC, which advised monitoring her for evidence of worsening infection. Twelve days post-infection she was treated at a university-based ER for a fever, a general feeling of illness, pain, and worsening swelling of her finger. This means she was seen at two different facilities, and by at least three different doctors, possibly without taking precautions to prevent others from getting infected. I say ‘possibly’ because while she wasn’t told to by supervisors, she may have taken precautions on her own. We can only hope. The threat of Poxviruses Contagious, often deadly, and naturally occurring (meaning it exists in nature), smallpox was considered eradicated around the globe by 1980. With the exception, of course, of the two labs that currently hold samples of the smallpox virus for research – although the one in Russia did have an explosion in September of this year. That being said, I sometimes wonder how long it will be before tight-lipped Russian authorities speak up if any smallpox was leaked out… But that’s just my opinion. According to the National Library of Medicine at the National Institutes of Health, smallpox is caused by an agent referred to as the variola virus, also known as VARV, and strictly affects humans. Most researchers agree that the first reliable descriptions of smallpox were found in ancient Indian medical treatises that had been compiled by the 1st–4th centuries. It wasn’t until 1796 that a vaccine was created by a man named Edward Jenner who had observed that milkmaids who previously had caught cowpox did not catch smallpox. While it’s not the exact same vaccine we have today, according to the World Health Organization there is a physical stockpile of smallpox vaccines held at various locations around the world – just in case. At this point, I have to say ‘Hold on – not so fast there’. Smallpox is but one virus from the Pox family, known as Poxviruses (members of the Poxviridae family). Smallpox may be eradicated, but what about the others? Let me say, for clarity if nothing else, I’m not an epidemiologist. I have never done laboratory research on anything more than the odd creature in high school biology. But what I’ve read makes me nervous. VACV is supposedly a very mild poxvirus and is used today as a live vaccine for other poxviruses like smallpox, and for experimental testing for cancer cures. As pointed out earlier, Vaccinia is used for vaccines and vaccinations and is also Poxvirus. And there are a lot of poxviruses; just go here and click on any of the little + beside each one to see the genus. If you click on Orthopoxviruses, you’ll see both the Variola Virus (Smallpox) and the Vaccinia Virus (Smallpox Vaccine). The Monkeypox virus Included in the poxviruses is Monkeypox. The monkeypox virus is rare but belongs in the same genus as both vaccinia and smallpox. Despite the rarity, in 2003 there was an outbreak of monkeypox in the United States, and it was the first time human monkeypox was reported outside of Africa. It was determined that a shipment of animals from Ghana imported to Texas on April 9, 2003, introduced the monkeypox virus to the US and there were 37 confirmed cases, with 18 of them in Wisconsin. It was transmitted to humans via infected prairie dogs purchased as pets. In this outbreak, the CDC, USDA, FDA, and other agencies assisted in containing the outbreak and many were advised to get the smallpox vaccination. For those infected, however, there is currently no proven safe treatment for the monkeypox virus infection. (If you recall, a virus usually must run its course – antibiotics only work on bacterial infections.) For purposes of controlling it, however, antivirals can be used. The Brazilian Journal of Infectious Diseases, in April of 2010, stated that Brazil had experienced numerous outbreaks related to the vaccinia virus since 1960 by several research groups in differing regions: Episodes of Vaccinia virus infection in people who work at research laboratories have already been reported by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), contributing to increase the number of infection cases. The virus infection has occurred both in individuals previously vaccinated in childhood, and in people never vaccinated before. Transmission usually occurs through accidental inoculation of vaccinia virus through lesions in fingers and eyes, or through auto-inoculation. (source) The journal entry goes on to say that in addition to laboratory infection, cases of person-to-person contamination have also been reported. Those cases are closely related to the vaccination of militaries against the smallpox virus. Some of those cases of infection were possibly transmitted through sexual contact between military members and non-military members. One case was reported in a pregnant woman that was bitten by a dog previously vaccinated against rabies, and many vaccinia virus infections in Brazil can be characterized as zoonotic infections as they occur in human beings who work directly with cattle. What are the signs and symptoms of Poxvirus infection? The symptoms can vary depending on the genus, but the CDC lists the following: Fever Headache Muscle aches Backache Swollen Lymph nodes Chills Exhaustion Within 1-3 days a rash usually appears, and the whole infection can last a month easily. Thankfully there are ways we can help prevent a poxvirus infection. Avoid contact with animals that could have the virus or are sick. Avoid contact with any bedding or other such materials that have been in contact with a sick animal. Isolate infected patients from others who could be at risk for infection.
Wash your hands and arms thoroughly with soap after contact with infected animals or humans, and consider using an alcohol-based hand sanitizer. (Remember that any hand sanitizer does not take the place of good old soap and water.) Try to use personal protective equipment in the form of masks, gloves, and overclothes when caring for someone who is infected. Are you prepared for an outbreak? In the future, we may never have to worry about poxviruses. I, for one, hope that’s the case, but it’s certainly worth it to be prepared in case we do. It frightens me how much goes on in laboratories and research facilities that we simply don’t know about, and while doing research for this article I realized just how much I don’t know about the world of viruses; and just how easily one can cross over to us humans. For more information on viruses, bacteria, and even preparing for a possible pandemic, I recommend reading the following: Prepping For A Pandemic by Cat Ellis Are You Prepped For A Pandemic? by Daisy Luther There Seems To Be Growing Concern About Biological Attacks by Daisy Luther What are your thoughts on this? Would you rather know at the time or after the fact? How much do you think is being hidden from us about this type of research? Share what you think in the comments.
About Sandra Sandra is a published artist, photographer, fellow prepper, and animal advocate.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/cdc-poxviruses/
[ :: 4-22-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see. Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc
:: 11-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Age Of Rage And Days Of Global Unrest Now Upon Us Are Signs Of Great Upheaval Ahead, With America In A Death Spiral, Being Herded Towards The 'End Of The Age'
November 3, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
I must begin this story today asking for your prayers for Susan Duclos as Saturday, she suffered a massive heart attack that will still require two more operations on Monday following successful surgery on Saturday. While we are incredibly grateful for the wonderful First Responders of Garrett County, Maryland who rushed Susan like the wind to the hospital and the incredibly fantastic people at the West Virginia cardiac center who are treating her, it could be a difficult road ahead for Susan, though, as you all know, she is a fighter! A very sad 'sign of the times' we're now living in, as we'll explore in this ANP story, 'signs of the times' are everywhere as we hear in the 1st video at the bottom of this story, a very important interview that Doug Hagmann did with Steve Quayle and Celeste Bishop-Solum of Shepherd's Heart titled "At The Brink Of The Days Of Unrest". The 2nd and final video at the bottom of the story is also a must-watch titled "Everything We Know Is About To Change 2020/2021".
As Steve and Celeste warn us within the 1st video below, America is rapidly being pushed towards the 'end of the age', not the 'end of the world' as Steve explains but the end of the times we've been living in, with America in a death spiral with no real political or military solutions to the problems the world faces and potentially tremendous chaos ahead. And like clockwork, days later Zero Hedge put out this new story titled "We Now Have Mass Public Unrest In France, Spain, Algeria, Iraq, Lebanon, Egypt, Hong Kong, Venezuela, Chile, Ecuador And Bolivia" within which they lay out for us the 'ages and ages of rage' the world is now going through with many warning the same happening in America is on the horizon. Ages And Ages Of Rage Indeed, consider that we now have mass public unrest (on and off) in: France, Spain, and that 24% AfD vote in Germany, and Brexit in the UK; Algeria; Iraq: Lebanon; Egypt; Russia; Hong Kong; Venezuela; Chile; Ecuador; and Bolivia. Plus deepening polarisation in the US – and one could add the middle-class disruption of Extinction Rebellion in Australia, Canada, and others. In short, there isn’t a continent that isn’t seeing unrest in some form, and as Branko Milanovic notes today, one wonders if this isn’t all a little 1968-ish. Of course, one can’t usually join dots that simply, but if this is 1968-redux then consider the historical echoes. The Prague Spring was violently crushed by Soviet Tanks and the West was powerless to prevent it. Meanwhile, student uprisings in the West produced social reforms and a policy swing to the Left. Along with the Vietnam War, that contributed to the end of the USD peg to gold and the first phase of the global Bretton Woods order – and then to very high inflation in the 1970s, which was ultimately ended by the Volcker Fed and the current phase of deflationary neoliberal globalisation that is once again pushing people out onto the streets. (With massive medical bills for Susan Duclos ahead, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and massive establishment corruption.) As we see in the map above taken from this Zero Hedge story, all across the planet unrest is breaking out over economic or geo-political strife yet as Michael Snyder reported in this story at The Most Important News titled "Civil Unrest Is Erupting All Over The World, But Just Wait Until The United States Joins The Party", America is also being pushed rapidly towards the edge with the ongoing Democratic impeachment attempt nothing less than a 'coup' with CNN fantasizing about a 'President Nancy Pelosi', just as we had warned might be the Democrats plan back on October 19th in this ANP story titled "The Blueprint For Democrats To Complete Their Overthrow Of America Is Already Written As Retired Admiral Calls For President Trump To Be 'Removed' From Office, 'The Sooner, The Better'". And with Texas Congressman Louie Gohmert now warning on the Congressional floor that the impeachment coup could lead America to Civil War with anger growing among Conservatives and the right loading up for bear, Snyder's warnings of what might happen in America may be closer to coming true than any of us believe. A brief excerpt from Snyder's story below explains why no matter what way impeachment goes, tens of millions of Americans are going to be furious. The impeachment process is bringing a focal point to the deep anger that has been building on both sides of the political spectrum for many years. Now that this process has begun, there is no going back, and both sides believe that there is only one result that will bring justice. For the left, any result that does not remove Donald Trump from office will be a bitter disappointment. The Democrats in the House of Representatives are going to draft articles of impeachment, and they believe that they already have the votes they need to send those articles of impeachment to the U.S. Senate. If the Republican-controlled Senate does not vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, this will greatly upset the left, and could result in an explosion of anger in our city streets. On the other hand, if the Republican-controlled Senate does vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, tens of millions of hardcore Trump supporters are going to be absolutely livid. There would be an explosion of righteous anger on the right, and it would almost certainly spill into our city streets. Of course it is likely that both sides will start protesting well before there is a final result, but once the final vote in the Senate happens that is when things are likely to get very interesting. The Democrats should have never gone down this road, because one way or another this process is going to tear us apart. If our founders could see us today they would be rolling over in their graves, because this is not what they intended. With even President Trump warning via tweet that his impeachment could lead to another Civil War in America and nearly 7 out of every 10 Americans agreeing with him, we should all be completely prepared for whatever is 'unleashed' in the days ahead with a new decade just over 60 days away and more and more warning signs of danger ahead. As the Organic Prepper had reported in this October story titled "6 Warning Signs That Civil Unrest Is Imminent", being fully aware of our surroundings is crucial with unhinged leftists already unleashing violent attacks against President Trump supporters, often simply for them wearing a MAGA hat, and with tensions even brewing hotter now as Congressman Gohmert warned, there may never be a more important time than now to be fully prepared. OK, here´s the thing. Maybe you can have some indications in the nearby days about how bad things can get, all of a sudden. You won´t even notice it until you´re in the middle. If you don´t believe me just ask to Ecuadorians. They were caught in the middle of a geopolitical storm stirred from abroad. Looting, empty shelves as a result, and half of the country blocked because of the mobs. Tear gas, and shootings. Three young men thrown from a bridge by other angry enemies. Things like this happen when people are exposed, and unaware. I want to tell you something. I’m not in my better moment these days. But every time I need to go outside for some reason, I do it with the firm, strong idea in my mind, of defending myself and my family (and the means to do it). Being partially impeded, defense will have to be lightning quick and disabling. No mercy and I am sorry about this, but it’s true. It’s the survivor’s mind setup clicking in since I saw the chain of events. Facing the law afterward? Sure, as much as the taken down predators face it too. There is footage of an angry mob (identified with leftist guerrilla colors by the way) beating with batons innocent people inside a building. Same as Germany in the 30s. Jeez. If for some reason in the future these few paragraphs save your life or someone’s you love, I will feel rewarded. Although our exposition to xenophobic behavior has been minimal, I´m pretty aware how bad things can get under the current social climate. Therefore, signals definitely can´t be ignored. Every society of the world, unfortunately, seems to have the potential for civilian turmoil, and the possibility of the appearance of more or less organized gangs of marauders NEVER can be dismissed. (I´m sorry Canada, never been there but maybe even you have some percentage of this happening somewhere in the future). With America moving ever closer to unchartered territory and one huge group of people sure to be hugely disappointed with political developments in this country in 2020, and the 2020 election just ahead, Steve Quayle's and Celeste's warnings in this first video should be taken to heart as America is pushed toward the 'end of the age'.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Global_Unrest_A_Sign_Of_Great_Upheaval_Ahead.php
:: 11-4-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Weaponizing Impeachment against Political Opponents
by Alan M. Dershowitz November 4, 2019 at 5:00 am
To be impeached, a president must commit a crime (misdemeanor is a species of crime) and the commission of that crime must also constitute an abuse of office. An abuse of office without an underlying crime is a political sin, but not an impeachable offense. This very issue was debated at the Constitutional Convention, where one delegate proposed "maladministration" as the criteria for impeachment and removal of a president. James Madison, the Father of our Constitution, strongly objected on the ground that so vague and open-ended a criterion would have the president serve at the will of Congress and turn us from a Republic with a strong president into a parliamentary democracy in which the chief executive can be removed by a simple vote of no confidence. Instead, the Convention adopted strict prerequisites for impeachment: treason, bribery or other high crimes and misdemeanors. Congress is not above the law. It is bound by what the Framers accepted and cannot now apply the criterion the framers explicitly rejected. Most important, misusing the impeachment power in a partisan manner would pose, in the words of Hamilton, "the greatest danger" to our Constitution. The constitutional power to impeach a duly elected president was intended by the Framers of the Constitution as a neutral, non-partisan tool of last resort to be used against only criminal incumbents in extreme cases. It is now being deployed as a partisan weapon that can be used routinely against presidents of a different party from those who control the House of Representatives. Under the views of some members of Congress, any time the House is controlled by one party, a simple majority can properly vote to impeach. As Congresswoman Maxine Waters put it: "Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is. There is no law." She is wrong. The Constitution is the law and she is not above it. The recent partisan misuse of this emergency power began with the impeachment of former President William Jefferson Clinton by the Republican-controlled House in 1998. Clinton did not commit an impeachable offense, even if he feloniously lied under oath about his sex life. Such perjury, if it occurred, would satisfy the definition of a "crime," but not meet the required Constitutional criteria of a "high crime and misdemeanor." If President Clinton committed a crime, it would be a low crime related to his sex life and comparable to the low felonies — adultery and paying off an extortionist — committed by Alexander Hamilton when he was Secretary of the Treasury. Had Hamilton payed the extortionist from Treasury funds, as he was falsely accused of doing, he would have been guilty of an impeachable high crime. To be impeached, a president must commit a crime (misdemeanor is a species of crime) and the commission of that crime must also constitute an abuse of office. An abuse of office without an underlying crime is a political sin, but not an impeachable offense. This very issue was debated at the Constitutional Convention, where one delegate proposed "maladministration" as the criteria for impeachment and removal of a president. James Madison, the Father of our Constitution, strongly objected on the ground that so vague and open-ended a criterion would have the president serve at the will of Congress and turn us from a Republic with a strong president into a parliamentary democracy in which the chief executive can be removed by a simple vote of no confidence. Instead, the Convention adopted strict prerequisites for impeachment: treason, bribery or other high crimes and misdemeanors. The House is no more empowered to substitute its own criteria for those enumerated in the Constitution than the Senate would be to change the 2/3 vote requirement for removal to a simple majority or a 3/5 super majority. Congress is not above the law. It is bound by what the Framers accepted and cannot now apply the criterion the framers explicitly rejected. Those who characterize the impeachment and removal process as completely political are wrong as a matter of constitutional law, even if they are right in describing the reality of how it is being currently misused. Advocates of this view misquote Hamilton in Federalist #65. Hamilton did characterize the criteria for impeachment as "political," but only in the sense that they relate to "injuries done immediately to the society itself." He then immediately rejected the view that the process should be partisan, based on "the comparative strength of parties," rather than on "the real demonstrations of innocence or guilt." He called that the "greatest danger" and demanded "neutrality toward those whose conduct may be the subject of scrutiny." Those who misquote and misunderstand Hamilton wrongly conflate the words "political," by which he meant governmental, and "partisan, " by which he meant related to the comparative strength of parties and factions. It is difficult to imagine a greater breach of Hamilton's principles than the recent House vote along party lines (with two exceptions, both opposing impeachment) to open a formal impeachment investigation against President Trump. The vote was determined exclusively by the "comparative strength of parties," as was the vote to impeach President Bill Clinton two decades ago. A partisan House vote to impeach President Trump, followed by a partisan Senate vote to acquit him, would not only hurt the Democratic Party — as the votes in the Clinton case hurt the Republican Party — it would damage our constitution and further polarize our already divided nation. Most important, misusing the impeachment power in a partisan manner would pose, in the words of Hamilton, "the greatest danger" to our Constitution.
Alan M. Dershowitz is the Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law Emeritus at Harvard Law School and author of The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump, Skyhorse Publishing, 2019.
Follow Alan M. Dershowitz on Twitter and Facebook
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15120/weaponizing-impeachment
:: 11-4-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
From Freedom to a Police State In 7 Easy Steps
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, November 4, 2019 - 14:36.
A coup, resulting in a regime change follows a predictable pattern. This article identifies the seven steps which takes a nation from a Republic to a Police State in seven easy steps. Step One: Assassination or Coup? The Russian-Collusion-Delusion was a coup attempt. The Ukraine impeachment is a coup attempt. The Russian collusion nonsense collapsed before it got started. However, that didn’t prevent the Deep State from dragging it out for over 2 years. The merits of the “quid pro quo” Ukraine case are collapsing as I write these words. The assassination card is coming into full view because the Deep State is running out of time with the election coming up in 2020.
State Two: Two False Flags of Regime Change Most regime changes are accompanied by two false flag attempts. The first false flag is the assassination which comes complete with a patsy (eg Lee Harvey Oswald). The intel I speak with say that the word on the street is this event, levied against Trump, will be blamed on forces related to Baghdadi and the hit on the President is retaliation for his death. If there is an assassination attempt, many in federal law enforcement feel that the attempt will take the form of a mass casualty event. Why? Because the public will not accept another “lone-nut assassin” with a diary with stated intentions. The Baghdadi cover story fits the bill. In regime changes, a second false flag is often needed to excuse the need for an extreme crackdown. The Reichstag Fire is a classic example of this event. In America, I have warned about a “Tet Offensive” terror attack on Americans. We know we have embedded terror cells and it is logical to assume they would provide the necessary level of violence for a complete crackdown by a regime taking control after the assassination of Donald Trump. Stage Three: A State of Emergency Will Usher In Martial Law In order to better protect the people, an extreme level of martial law will be implemented. A suspension of the Constitution will be accompanied by the requirement for travel permits, work permits, extreme prohibitions of religious worship (ie prohibitive zoning laws), a “new” national ID, food stamps, water rationing, etc. The control of all resources will make the people dependent on the new regime and will aid in establishing a level of forced compliance. Kidnappings and the murder of key dissident figures will take place in this stage. Stage Four: Mass Roundups There will come a time when the new regime will feel the need to eliminate as much opposition as possible and they will initiate mass round ups. These roundups will take two forms. First, it is preferable to get the people to come to you. This was rehearsed in an Obama 2011 initiated drill called Operation Mountain Guardian. FEMA and DHS set up camp at Sports Authority Field where the Denver Broncos play football in the NFL. On the surface they were practicing a mass casualty drill. However, FEMA went around the Denver Public schools and started gathering a sample of elementary age school children. When mommy showed up to take Bill to his dental appointment, and Bill had been kidnapped by FEMA, parents began to descend upon the facility. This was an experiment to see if the parents would present themselves to a detention facility. The children were the bait and the lists would reveal whether a parent would be incarcerated and exterminated or released with their child. Food shortages could be used in the same manner and will people report on the other side of the barbed wire to get food, the same principles come into play. Once the “voluntary” roundups have taken place, then the new regime moves to the 3AM strategy! This is the kicking in the door of the known dissidents. This is also a strategy that will accompany gun confiscation which is a necessary part of any regime change in order to eliminate the people’s ability to defend themselves. Stage Five: Secret Executions of Public Beheadings? The next stage could go either way depending on the new regime’s objective. If there goal is to merely remove dissident opposition, secret executions designed to lessen the threat, without arousing large segments of the population to rise up, might be the preferable course of action. However, if a psychological dose of terror is needed to establish complete order and stamp out resistance, public beheadings will become of the strategy of a extremist regime. Stage Six: Civilian Snitch Programs Civilian “see something, say something” snitch programs will go into full force. Under Stalin, the public school teachers were trained to listen to the children’s statements about their parents and appropriate actions would be taken against dissidents. Under Common Core, in places like Colorado, teachers were trained to gather extensive data on their student’s habits. I have always believed that this was training for America teachers to fall into the Stalin mode of using kids to spy on parents. Further, what do we think the red flag laws were for? Snitch on your neighbor with falsehoods and watch in glee as the local police kick in their door and steal their guns. It is all about conditioning of the public. America is ripe for snitch programs. Stage Seven: Continual Roundups and Purges It is interesting the fascination that the public has with the triology, The Purge and its TV series companion by the same name. A generational reign of terror, needed to extinguish notions of freedom and liberty are needed to complete the takeover. Conclusion This article is not hypothetical. It represents what is already underway in our country. My suggestion is wipe the cognitive dissonance from eyes and plan accordingly. Your best weapon is prayer and your second best weapon is to call on your two friends, Smith and Wesson.
https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/freedom-police-state-7-easy-steps
:: 9-25-19 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mainstream Media Has Deliberately Divided Americans, Law and Order Is About to Descend into Chaos, Civil War Is About to Begin
September 25, 2019 / StevieRay Hansen / Featured Story
Many people make the mistake of reading what the Bible says in Exodus 20:13, “You shall not kill,” and then seeking to apply this command to war. However, the Hebrew word literally means “the intentional, premeditated killing of another person with malice; murder.” God often ordered the Israelites to go to war with other nations (1 Samuel 15:3; Joshua 4:13). God ordered the death penalty for numerous crimes (Exodus 21:12, 15; 22:19; Leviticus 20:11). So, God is not against killing in all circumstances, but only murder. War is never a good thing, but sometimes it is a necessary thing. In a world filled with sinful people (Romans 3:10-18), war is inevitable. Sometimes the only way to keep sinful people ( this generation ) from doing great harm to the innocent is by going to war. Does Jesus’ teaching that we should turn the other cheek and love our enemies mean that it is always wrong to go to war? Should the world have turned the other cheek to Hitler and tried to love him into surrender? When Osama Bin Laden ordered the attack on the World Trade Center, should the U.S. have responded by sending him the Sears Tower as well? Or does Jesus allow a place for both loving our enemies and yet, in certain situations, using force to restrain life-threatening wickedness? Without any facts or details, the network promoted the need for gun control While admitting that it had virtually no details about an active shooter engaged with police in Philadelphia Wednesday night, CNN immediately called for more gun control and even used the opportunity to promote Democratic presidential candidate Kamala Harris’ gun control proposals. Reports now indicate that an armed suspect opened fire and wounded six officers in north Philadelphia during a nearly eight-hour standoff after a warrant was served to search for narcotics. The suspect is in custody, and all six police officers have been released from the hospital. However, while all of this was unfolding, and details were extremely scant, CNN had already decided that this was a great opportunity to engage in pure speculation and liberal activism. Wolf Blitzer told viewers that the Philadelphia incident “comes as Democratic presidential candidate Kamala Harris is rolling out her plan to end gun violence.” The pair then discussed gun control, and Harris even suggested that her gun control proposals would have prevented this incident (that they both knew absolutely nothing about at this stage) from happening at all. After the segment finished, CNN host Dana Bash then admitted “this is an active situation” and “[w]e don’t know how this is going to end and more importantly, we don’t know what it is all about.” Still, this didn’t prevent Bush from calling for stricter gun control: “I don’t want to say it’s the new normal, but it is this kind of situation where you have an active shooter is coming across our phones and coming across the phones and, you know, bulletin alerts of people all across the country very, very frequently, which is why here in Washington there has been a renewed discussion about whether or not finally the Republican and Democratic Party can come together and figure out ways to stop this, whether it is gun control, any form of gun control or other means.” Bash declared. The conversation continued, with CNN Legal analyst Joey Jackson openly calling for gun control. “Yes, there is a Bill of Rights. Yes, I do agree and do believe strongly in the second amendment, but we need on protect responsible gun ownership. Why is it that only 17 states, we have 50, have red flag laws?” Jackson asked. “We need more states. We need the federal government to provide incentives or grant other states to have these laws. We need at the federal level, like Kamala Harris, you just had her on the show, has a proposal to get the federal courts involved.” he continued. “These are important in as much as yes, we’ll protect your right to bear an arm. But if you’re not rational and you’re not reasonable, we’re going to take it away,” he added. Jackson also repeated the often misleading ‘background check loophole’ argument. Could it be any clearer that CNN is not a news gathering body, but rather an activist network? After an Immigrations and Customs Enforcement office were hit with gunfire in San Antonio, the Director of the office issued a statement blaming ‘various politicians, media outlets and activist groups’. The windows of the ICE office near Loop 410 and Nacogdoches Road were shattered by shots police believe were fired from across the freeway before 3 am on Tuesday. Keep Texas Red@VoteRedTexas #SanAntonio: Shots fired at ICE facility around 3 am this morning. Shots came from across the highway and hit the 14th floor. No one was injured and the suspect has been caught. The name of the suspect has not been released. View image on Twitter 447:46 AM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy77 people are talking about this Anna Giaritelli✔@Anna_Giaritelli · Aug 13, 2019 The shooting at an @ICEgov office this morning is (at least) the 4th anti-ICE incident in about a month
Aug. 13 – San Antonio, TX
July 16 – Washington, DC
July 14 – Tacoma, WA
July 12 – Aurora, CO https://washex.am/2OWTfSg Shots fired into ICE office in San Antonio: ‘There were people in the building’Police in San Antonio arrested a man early Tuesday morning in connection with gunshots fired through the windows of an Immigration and Customs Enforcement office in the city, according to local media…washingtonexaminer.com USCIS Acting Director Ken Cuccinelli✔@USCISCuccinelli Here’s a photo of one of the bullet holes from this morning. @USCIS stands with @ICE as they work to enforce our laws and keep Americans safe! 1,0072:16 PM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy855 people are talking about this “Police said they took a man into custody who was found along Village Drive, not far from where the shooting occurred,” the San Antonio Express-News reported. “No injuries were reported from the shooting.” “It is unclear whether the ICE office was targeted or if it was a random attack.” the report notes. “Had the bullets gone two inches in another direction, we could be here today talking about the murder of a federal official,” FBI special agent Christopher Combs said. The Field Director at the office, Daniel Bible, seems more certain, however, that the attack was deliberate, and he’s blaming leftist anti-ICE rhetoric. Bible notes that ‘misinformation’ about ICE is being ‘recklessly disseminated’ by certain politicians and activists. 402:38 PM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy32 people are talking about this “ICE officers put their lives on the line each and every day to keep our communities safe,” the statement said. “This disturbing public discourse shrouds our critical law enforcement function and unnecessarily puts our officers’ safety at risk.” Bible’s condemnation is clearly aimed at Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (NY), who has declared that ICE facilities on the border are ‘concentration camps’. The same rhetoric has been used by Antifa affiliated individuals, in particular, the terrorist who attempted to kill ICE workers at a Tacoma, WA facility last month. “We cannot allow political discourse to lead us to the point of violence, where federal employees, innocent people doing their jobs, are put in harm’s way,” added agent Combs. AOC has yet to comment on the ICE shooting. Instead, she’s tweeting about pockets and left-handed day. CNN’s Anderson Cooper said during an interview with Univision anchor Jorge Ramos that he found the demographic decline of white people “exciting”. This man has a sin nature inherited from (Romans 5:12). That sin nature has control of a person and causes various sins to manifest in one’s life (Galatians 5:17–21; Ephesians 5:17–19). Controlled by that sin nature, Cooper can in no way know God and please God. In fact, Anderson Cooper is an enemy of God (Romans 5:10; 8:5–7). The Bible says that the sinner, controlled by his sinful nature (Homosexualaitly,) needs a new nature and deliverance from the power of sin. reprobation “The idea that you know, whites will not be the majority, I mean, that’s — it’s an exciting transformation of the country, it’s an exciting evolution and you know, the progress of our country in many different ways,” said Cooper. Ramos agreed that whites becoming a minority in America was an inevitable and positive development. Anderson Cooper is barely able to contain his excitement about Whites becoming a minority. Not thrilled about being replaced in the country your ancestors founded: you’re a “Supremacist” Understand White People, you’re already in a race war.93710:24 AM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy557 people are talking about this “There’s nothing really they can do against this incredible demographic revolution. And in 2044, everyone is going to be a minority,” he said. The media has repeatedly asserted that even raising the “conspiracy theory” of “the great replacement” or the demographic decline of white people puts you on a par with mass shooters and terrorists. Source Residents Harass, Throw Objects at Philly Police Leaving Scene of Shootout After a wild standoff and shootout that left six cops wounded in Philadelphia, residents pelted objects and shouted obscenities at some of the officers involved. Video footage shows officers leaving the scene of the shootout, only to be physically confronted, laughed at and verbally abused by onlookers. Bear in mind that the suspect, 36-year-old Maurice Hill, had a lengthy history of gun convictions, was being served a warrant related to a drug offense and could easily have killed some of the cops involved. The officers were heckled and laughed at as they walked through the crowd, with one woman pushing a cop and calling him a “bitch ass ni**a.” Yelling, screaming, and throwing things at officers that have PROTECTED YOU for 4 hours during an active shooting? Classy. WTH is wrong with you? #Philadelphia #Philly #phillypd #philadephiapd #philadelphiapolice #phillyshooter #phillyshooting @FoxNews4,0207:27 PM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy3,762 people are talking about this Some residents even tried to physically confront and scuffle with the officers. According to Philadelphia’s KYW-TV reporter Alexandria Hoff, the harassment also took place during the exchange of gunfire with the suspect. “I mentioned this at 10 and since I was harassed during that live shot, I’ll mention it here, too,” Hoff said on Twitter. “A major moment of a disappointment this evening was watching a crowd of people taunt police officers, laughing and yelling at them in the midst of the gunfire.” Alexandria Hoff✔@AlexandriaHoff I mentioned this at 10 and since I was harassed during that live shot, I’ll mention it here too. A major moment of a disappointment this evening was watching a crowd of people taunts police officers, laughing and yelling at them in the midst of the gunfire. #PhiladelphiaShooting7,3319:19 PM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy3,757 people are talking about this After more than five hours of gunfire, a SWAT team managed to get two officers and three hostages out of the building which Hill was holed up safely. The constant drumbeat of hate America first by the mainstream media is now commonplace, no wonder Americans are confused, the poor feel disenfranchised, the radical hatemongers, KKK, Jesse Jackson, I hate white people Al Sharpton, David Duke, etc. makes for an explosive cocktail in America. StevieRay Hansen It is an error to say that God never supports a war. Jesus is not a pacifist. In a world filled with evil people, sometimes war is necessary to prevent an even greater evil. If Hitler had not been defeated by World War II, how many more millions would have been killed? If the American Civil War had not been fought, how much longer would African-Americans have had to suffer as slaves? War is a terrible thing. Some wars are more “just” than others, but war is always the result of sin (Romans 3:10-18). At the same time, Ecclesiastes 3:8 declares, “There is…a time to love and a time to hate, a time for war and a time for peace.” In a world filled with sin, hatred, and evil (Romans 3:10-18), war is inevitable. Christians should not desire war, but neither are Christians to oppose the government God has placed in authority over them (Romans 13:1-4; 1 Peter 2:17). The most important thing we can be doing in a time of war is to be praying for godly wisdom for our leaders, praying for the safety of our military, praying for a quick resolution to conflicts, and praying for a minimum of casualties among civilians on both sides (Philippians 4:6-7). StevieRay Hansen
Editor, HNewsWire.com Jesus chastised religious leaders in the first century for not knowing the time of His arrival. Will we make the same mistake today? Christ stated how His second coming would be preceded by global events signifying the end of our age. We may not know the day or the hour, but we can know the season! “And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions.” (Joel 2:28.) Education is useless without the bible (Daniel Webster) “Courage is as “fear that has said its prayers.” John Wesley who said that what we tolerate in our generation, will be embraced by the next. Wesley is 100% correct! We are living in sick times. Usually, the Lord doth no great thing for or against his people, without giving warning of it before it comes. They perverted justice among themselves (v. 7): “You turn judgment to wormwood, that is, you make your administrations of justice bitter and nauseous, and highly displeasing both to God and man.’’ That fruit has become a weed, a weed in the garden; as nothing is more venerable, nothing more valuable, than justice duly administered, so nothing is more hurtful, nothing more abominable, than designedly doing wrong under color and pretense of doing right. Corruptio optimi est pessima —The best, when corrupted, becomes the worst. It is impossible to find anyone in the Bible who was a power for God who did not have enemies and was not hated. 2 Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV) 8 We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9 persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed— 10 always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11 For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh.
:: 11-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Next Shoe In The Farm Crisis Drops: Bankruptcies Soar 24%
by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/03/2019 - 09:55
The American Farm Bureau (AFB) warned Wednesday that farm bankruptcies are entering a parabolic move. The farm crisis, as we've pointed out, is only accelerating and will likely be on par with the farm disaster that was seen in the early 1980s. President Trump's farm bailouts, given to farmers earlier this year, appears to be failing at this moment in time, as a tsunami in farm bankruptcies is sweeping across the country. With record-high debt, collapsing farm income, and depressed commodity prices, US farmers are dropping like flies as there's no end in sight in the 15-month long trade war. AFB said farm bankruptcies for the 12 months ending in September, totaled an astonishing 580 filings, up 24% YoY. The number of Chapter 12 farm bankruptcies [580 filings] for the period was the highest since 676 filings were recorded in 2011. For 3Q19, farm bankruptcies were slightly lower, down 2% YoY. "Total bankruptcies filed by state vary significantly, from no bankruptcies in some states to more than 20 filings in others. Bankruptcy filings were the highest in Wisconsin at 48 filings, followed by 37 filings in Georgia, Nebraska, and Kansas. Iowa, Kansas, Maryland, Minnesota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, South Dakota, Wisconsin, and West Virginia all experienced Chapter 12 bankruptcy filings at or above 10-year highs," AFB wrote. AFB's next chart is YoY change in farm bankruptcies over the 12 months, which shows bankruptcies accelerated the greatest in Oklahoma, Georgia, California, Iowa, and Kansas. The next chart from AFB outlines how bankruptcy filings over the previous 12 months ending in September, jumped in every major region across the country. Some of the most significant increases were seen in the Midwest, up 40% over the period. Chapter 12 farm bankruptcies are expected to increase through the next several quarters. This could be problematic to President Trump as the 2020 election year begins. Many of the bankruptcies are occurring in election battleground states like Wisconsin.
https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/trade-war-chaos-spikes-us-farm-bankruptcies-24
:: 11--19 Earthquake Track :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Recent Earthquakes Near Oklahoma, United States
Oklahoma, United States has had: (M1.5 or greater)
4 earthquakes in the past 24 hours
46 earthquakes in the past 7 days
147 earthquakes in the past 30 days
1,243 earthquakes in the past 365 days
The largest earthquake in Oklahoma, United States:
today: 3.1 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States
this week: 3.1 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States
this month: 3.7 in Anthony, Kansas, United States
this year: 4.4 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States
about 5 hours ago 3.1 magnitude, 7 km depth
Medford, Oklahoma, United States
about 8 hours ago 1.9 magnitude, 7 km depth
Okeene, Oklahoma, United States
about 9 hours ago 1.6 magnitude, 7 km depth
Blackwell, Oklahoma, United States
about 10 hours ago 1.7 magnitude, 6 km depth
Kingfisher, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth
Stillwater, Oklahoma, United States
2 days ago 2.1 magnitude, 6 km depth
Helena, Oklahoma, United States
2 days ago 1.6 magnitude, 5 km depth
Fairview, Oklahoma, United States
2 days ago 2.2 magnitude, 6 km depth
Hennessey, Oklahoma, United States
2 days ago 2.1 magnitude, 5 km depth
Coalgate, Oklahoma, United States
2 days ago 2.0 magnitude, 5 km depth
Crescent, Oklahoma, United States
https://earthquaketrack.com/p/united-states/oklahoma/recent?before=2019-10-28+13%3A23%3A44+UTC
:: 11-4-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Storm Amelie engulfs SW France: Giant waves and 140,000 people in the dark (videos, pictures)
By Strange Sounds - Nov 4, 2019
It seems that dangerous and powerful storms are the new normal this fall.
Yesterday, Storm Amelie caused strong winds blasted southwest France, triggering giant ocean waves, uprooting trees and leaving some 140,000 people in the dark. Same in Italy and Spain Fourteen of the country’s 101 departments were placed on high alert as dangerous winds exceeding 160 kilometres per hour swept some places along the Atlantic Coast. Emergency services attended to hundreds of callouts as gusts dropped trees on roads and railway tracks, and tore loose live electrical cables. By midday, rescue services and prefectures had reported only three minor injuries – including one hospitalisation – in the Pyrénées-Atlantiques department, mainly due to falling branches. Weather service Météo-France said winds as strong as 163 km/h were recorded in the coastal departments of Gironde and Landes, and 121 km/h in Bordeaux. Electricity supplier Enedis said it was working round the clock to restore electricity to some 140,000 customers left without power by the storm. In the Landes department, 47 people had to be evacuated from a camp site, and a casino roof collapsed. Several trains in the area were cancelled or delayed, according to the SNCF railway operator. The southeast of France was not spared, with heavy rainfall forcing the evacuation of a gypsy camp. More than two dozen motorists had to be rescued as their cars got stuck in the deluge. Several shops and homes in the southeast had their basements flooded. Storms around the world are becoming always more destructive and unprecedented. Be prepared! [France24]
https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/storm-amelie-france-winds-portugal-france-video-picture.html
[ :: 12-31-01 New
Years Eve Service (fifth word) ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
[ :: 6-16-13
am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::]
Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc
[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things. Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb. Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.
[ :: 3-25-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target. Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period. Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break. For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.
[
:: 9-21-14
pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more. I am going to shake America like never before. I will lift my hand of protection for a little while. Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted? What is to come is far worse than that. I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools. Your children know nothing of me. I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls. They have promoted a life style forbidden by me. I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination. You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over. I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline. I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc
:: 11-3-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are You Prepared For The Coming Economic Collapse And The Next Great Depression?
Hundreds Of Earthquakes Rattle The U.S. As The Level Of Seismic Activity In North America Continues To Rise
November 3, 2019 by Michael Snyder
Why is the mainstream media being so quiet about all of the seismic activity that has been happening all across the United States? During the last 7 days, there has been an earthquake swarm directly along the New Madrid Fault zone, Kansas and Oklahoma have been hit by a very unusual number of significant quakes, and there have been several sizable seismic events in the vicinity of the Yellowstone supervolcano. But of course the west coast is getting hammered more than anyone else. According to Cal Tech, there have been more than 1000 earthquakes in California and Nevada over the last week, but of course most of them have been very small. Overall, the latest USGS numbers tell us that there have been more than 2,000 earthquakes nationally during the last 7 days, and apparently we aren’t supposed to be alarmed by that. But could it be possible that all of this seismic activity is leading up to something really big? Over the weekend, we witnessed some very unusual quakes in the middle of the country. On Sunday, a magnitude 3.2 earthquake rattled Kansas… The Kansas quake hit at 9:08 p.m. Central time near South Hutchinson, northwest of Wichita, according to the USGS. About 175 people reported feeling the tremor, some as far away as Osborne and Concordia, Kansas. Thankfully that quake hit in an area with a very low population density, and so it didn’t affect that many people.
But then on Sunday, a series of relatively large earthquakes hammered Oklahoma…
A 3.0-magnitude earthquake hit near Fairview in northern Oklahoma, at 1 a.m. Sunday, followed by a 2.6-magnitude quake at 1:37 a.m. near Quinton in eastern Oklahoma, the USGS reports. A 2.7-magnitude tremor rattled Waukomis in northern Oklahoma at 4:25 p.m. Saturday Overall, there have been 143 earthquakes in Oklahoma in the last 30 days, and the increasing level of seismic activity in that part of the nation definitely has a lot of people on edge. But of much greater concern is what has been happening along the west coast. The two major quakes that hit California in July were followed by more than 100,000 aftershocks, and scientists are warning that this “may have increased stress on parts of a major dormant fault line”… A series of earthquakes which shook Southern California earlier this year may have increased stress on parts of a major dormant fault line which has not produced any significant activity since records began, according to a study. Scientists from the University of Iowa examined the so-called Ridgecrest earthquakes, which began with a 6.4 magnitude foreshock in the Mojave Desert on July 4, followed the next day by a 7.1 magnitude quake—the largest in Southern California for two decades. In addition, more than 100,000 smaller aftershocks were recorded.
The “dormant fault line” which they are talking about is the Garlock Fault. And the Garlock Fault runs directly into the San Andreas Fault. One day there will be a massive quake that fundamentally alters the geography of southern California, and let us hope that day is delayed for as long as possible. Meanwhile, we have also witnessed some unusual rumbling off the coast farther north. In fact, five large earthquakes were detected off of the Oregon coast last month. The following comes from a news story that was posted on October 21st… A magnitude-4.6 earthquake Monday morning became the fifth to strike off the Oregon coast since the beginning of the month. The quake rumbled around 6:47 a.m. about 120 miles west of Bandon and at a depth of roughly 6 miles, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. On Thursday, a magnitude-4.7 temblor struck about 95 miles from Port Orford — just hours after students in Coos and Curry counties participated in an annual earthquake drill. The reason why these quakes are so alarming is because they happened in the vicinity of the Cascadia Subduction Zone. As Steve Quayle recently told Greg Hunter, someday the Cascadia Subduction Zone will suddenly come to life, and it will be the greatest natural disaster that we have seen so far in all of American history… What’s the worst case scenario if the Cascadia Subduction Zone lets loose and volcanos, earthquakes and tsunamis are unleashed? Quayle says “The amount of damage, and I am going to choose my words carefully, is going to be precedent setting. It’s going to be the combination of volcanos going off that are inland from the subduction zone where the plates meet, coupled with tsunamis. . . . When this happens, you will lose eight million to twenty million people. When it happens, you will lose all productivity in the electronic field, obviously Silicon Valley, and all food production in all of California, Oregon and Washington. When it happens, you will have a State of Emergency unlike any other. How about the refugees? There will be 3.5 million refugees to take care of. When this happens, what happens to the underground aquifers, and where does everybody go for fresh water? There will be years of drought, years of famine and years of water, water where did it all go? It is a very dire situation painted by computer models. This is not a sensational thing. It is a reality based, scientific study with the application of what happens.” Quayle warns that the public would likely have roughly “15 minutes to get to safety,” and “the tsunami waves would be 500 to 1,500 feet tall.” You can see the trailer for the new film that is being produced about the Cascadia Subduction Zone right here. I am so glad that this movie is being made, because I have been trying to warn people about what is going to happen for a long time. For example, the following comes from one of my previous articles entitled “You Have Been Warned: Experts Tell Us That A Cascadia Subduction Zone Earthquake And Tsunami Will Destroy Everything West Of Interstate 5”… One day it will happen. With little or no warning, the Cascadia Subduction Zone will produce a catastrophic earthquake and accompanying tsunami that will essentially destroy everything west of Interstate 5 in the Pacific Northwest. It will be the worst natural disaster up to that point in American history, and as you will see below, the experts are saying that we are completely and utterly unprepared for it. Of course the San Andreas Fault gets more publicity, but the truth is that the Cascadia Subduction Zone is capable of producing a quake “almost 30 times more energetic” than anything the San Andreas Fault can produce. Scientists assure us that it is just a matter of time before such a disaster takes place. So essentially those living right along the coast are taking a huge gamble. Day after day, they hope that there is still at least a little bit more time before the Cascadia Subduction Zone absolutely devastates the Northwest. Of course up until now that gamble has paid off, but one day their luck will suddenly run out.
About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I can only allow this to happen if this “About the Author” section is included with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions.
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
:: 11-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US Convoy In Syria Attacked By Turkey-Backed Militants: Russian MoD
by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/03/2019 - 16:45
Russia’s Ministry of Defense announced Sunday that a US military convoy came under attack by Turkey-backed militants in Syria. "American troops heading toward the Iraqi border have been attacked from land held by Turkish-backed militants in northern Syria, Russia’s Ministry of Defense has claimed," according to a breaking report by RT. Russian military sources, who have this week been seen in close vicinity with US troops amid a Pentagon draw down from border areas, reported no casualties as a result of the alleged incident. Though the Pentagon did not immediately confirm the report, there's been increasing tensions between Washington and Ankara over proposed Congressional sanctions on Turkey, also as the 'US withdrawal' from northern Syria became in reality a mere 'partial' draw down with American forces redeployed to 'secure' oil fields in partnership with the Kurdish-led SDF. According to details from the Russian Defense Ministry (MoD), the American convoy was attacked near the town of Tell Tamer on the M4 highway, which runs parallel to the Turkish border near areas captured by pro-Turkish forces as part of 'Operation Peace Spring'. An official statement from the Russian MoD reads as follows: “As part of deconfliction exchange, information has been received from the US side that on November 3 a convoy of American servicemen...was fired upon from the territory controlled by the pro-Turkish Syrian National Army.” This follows an incident last month which involved American troops in the Syrian Kurdish town of Kobani coming under Turkish artillery fire. Since Trump's declared US withdrawal from the border areas due to Erdogan's Turkish military incursion, American and Russian convoys have been seen passing each other on the roadways. Subsequent to that mid-October incident Defense Secretary Mark Esper told reporters that US forces had permission to fire back if fired upon. Multiple media reports have lately documented the presence of former ISIS and al-Qaeda fighters swelling the ranks of Turkish-backed Sunni militias currently serving as the main ground force for Erdogan's 'Operation Peace Spring'.
[ :: 9-23-12 pm service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
:: 11-3-19 Christian Science Monitor :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
As AI joins battlefield, Pentagon seeks ethicist
Why We Wrote This
Artificial intelligence is making inroads in the U.S. military, transforming everything from helicopter maintenance to logistics to recruiting. But what happens when AI gets involved in war's grimmest task: taking lives?
By Anna Mulrine Grobe Correspondent @annamulrine
When the chief of the Pentagon’s new Joint Artificial Intelligence Center briefed reporters recently, he made a point of emphasizing the imminently practical – even potentially boring – applications of machine learning to the business of war. There’s the “predictive maintenance” that AI can bring to Black Hawk helicopters, for example, and “intelligent business automation” likely to lead to exciting boosts in “efficiencies for back office functions,” Lt. Gen. Jack Shanahan said. There are humanitarian pluses, too: AI will help the Defense Department better manage disaster relief. But for 2020, the JAIC’s “biggest project,” General Shanahan announced, will be what the center has dubbed “AI for maneuver and fires.” In lulling U.S. military parlance, that includes targeting America’s enemies with “accelerated sensor-to-shooter timelines” and “autonomous and swarming systems” of drones – reminders that war does, after all, often involve killing people. When he was asked halfway through the press conference whether there should be “some sort of limitation” on the application of AI for military purposes, General Shanahan perhaps recognized that this was a fitting occasion to mention that the JAIC will also be hiring an AI ethicist to join its team. “We’re thinking deeply about the safe and lawful use of AI,” he said. As artificial intelligence and machine learning permeate military affairs, these technologies are beginning to play a more direct role in taking lives. The Pentagon’s decision to hire an AI ethicist reflects an acknowledgment that bringing intelligent machines onto the battlefield will raise some very hard questions. “In every single engagement that I personally participate in with the public,” said General Shanahan, “people want to talk about ethics – which is appropriate.” A shifting landscape Hiring an ethicist was not his first impulse, General Shanahan acknowledged. “We wouldn’t have thought about this a year ago, I’ll be honest with you. But it’s at the forefront of my thinking now.” He wasn’t developing killer robots, after all. “There’s a tendency, a proclivity to jump to a killer robot discussion when you talk AI,” he said. But the landscape has changed. At the time, “these questions [of ethics] really did not rise to the surface every day, because it was really still humans looking at object detection, classification, and tracking. There were no weapons involved in that.” Given the killing potentially involved in the “AI for maneuver and fires” project, however, “I have never spent the amount of time I’m spending now thinking about things like the ethical employment of artificial intelligence. We do take it very seriously,” he said. “It’s core to what we do in the DOD in any weapon system.” Pentagon leaders repeatedly emphasize they are committed to keeping “humans in the loop” in any AI mission that involves shooting America’s enemies. Even so, AI technology “is different enough that people are nervous about how far it can go,” General Shanahan said. While the Pentagon is already bound by international laws of warfare, a JAIC ethicist will confront the thorny issues around “How do we use AI in a way that ensures we continue to act ethically?” says Paul Scharre, director of the technology and national security program at the Center for a New American Security. It will be the job of the ethicist to ask the tough questions of a military figuring out, as General Shanahan puts it, “what it takes to weave AI into the very fabric of DOD.” Overseas competition Doing so will involve mediating some seemingly disparate goals: While most U.S. officials agree that it is important to develop the military’s AI capabilities with an eye toward safeguarding human and civil rights, these same leaders also tend to be voraciously competitive when it comes to protecting U.S. national security from high-tech adversaries who may not abide by the same ethical standards. General Shanahan alluded to this tension as a bit of a sore spot: “At its core, we are in a contest for the character of the international order in the digital age.” This character should reflect the values of “free and democratic” societies, he said. “I don’t see China or Russia placing the same kind of emphasis in these areas.” This gives China “an advantage over the U.S. in speed of adoption [of AI technology],” General Shanahan argued, “because they don’t have the same restrictions – at least nothing that I’ve seen shows that they have those restrictions – that we put on every company, the DOD included, in terms of privacy and civil liberties,” he added. “And what I don’t want to see is a future where our potential adversaries have a fully AI-enabled force – and we do not.” Having an ethicist might help mediate some of these tensions, depending on how much power they have, says Patrick Lin, a philosophy professor specializing in AI and ethics at California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo. “Say the DOD is super-interested in rolling out facial recognition or targeting ID, but the ethicist raises a red flag and says, ‘No way.’ What happens? Is this person a DOD insider or an outsider? Is this an employee who has to worry about keeping a job, or a contractor who would serve a two-year term then go back to a university?” In other words, “Will it be an advisory role, or will this person have a veto?” The latter seems unlikely, Professor Lin says. “It’s a lot of power for one person, and ignores the political realities. Even if the JAIC agrees with the AI ethicist that we shouldn’t roll out this [particular AI technology], we’re still governed by temporary political leaders who may have their own agenda. It could be that the president says, ‘Well, do it anyway.’” An ethics of war Ethicists will grapple with “Is it OK to create and deploy weapons that can be used in ethically acceptable ways by well-trained and lawyered-up U.S. forces, even if they are likely to be used unethically by many parties around the world?” says Stuart Russell, professor of computer science and a specialist in AI and its relation to humanity at the University of California, Berkeley. To date, and “to its credit, DOD has imposed very strong internal constraints against the principal ethical pitfalls it faces: developing and deploying lethal autonomous weapons,” Professor Russell adds. Indeed, Pentagon officials argue that beyond the fact that it does not plan to develop “killer robots” that act without human input, AI can decrease the chances of civilian casualties by making the killing of dangerous enemies more precise. Yet even that accuracy, which some could argue is an unmitigated good in warfare, has the potential to raise some troubling ethical questions, too, Professor Lin says. “You could argue that it’s not clear how a robot would be different from, say, a really accurate gun,” and that a 90% lethality rate is a “big improvement” on human sharpshooters. The U.S. military experienced a similar precision of fire during the first Gulf War, on what became known as the “highway of death,” which ran from Kuwait to Iraq. Routed and hemmed in by U.S. forces, the retreating Iraqi vehicles – and the people inside them – were being hammered by American gunships, the proverbial “shooting fish in a barrel,” Professor Lin says. “You could say, ‘No problem. They’re enemy combatants; it’s fair game.’” But it was “so easy that the optics of it looked super bad and the operation stopped.” “This starts us down the road to the idea of fair play – it’s not just a hangover from chivalry days. If you fight your enemy with honor and provide some possibility for mercy, it ensures the possibility for reconciliation.” In other words, “we have ethics of war,” Professor Lin says, “in order to lay the groundwork for a lasting peace.”
https://www.csmonitor.com/Technology/2019/1028/As-AI-joins-battlefield-Pentagon-seeks-ethicist
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 11-3-19 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Palestinians: Islamic Jihad behind rocket salvo on Israel
Following Israeli airstrikes in Gaza in response to Friday's rocket attack on southern Israel, PIJ's military wing says "the enemy's threats about going to war in the Gaza Strip are nothing new. They only enhance our resolve to continue defending our people and our efforts against the occupier." Likud MK Gideon Sa'ar criticizes PM Netanyahu over Israel's response, says it needed to be "much harsher."
by Shahar Klaiman , Israel Hayom Staff Published on 11-03-2019 08:51 Last modified: 11-03-2019 09:05
Palestinian sources told the Al-Quds newspaper on Saturday that Palestinian Islamic Jihad is seeking to create a new equation in the Gaza Strip following Israel's targeting of protesters during Friday's "March of Return" border protests in the coastal enclave. The sources made it clear that Iran-backed PIJ was behind the latest rocket fire at Israel, which they said was in response to Israeli violations of understandings between the sides. According to the sources, Israel had agreed not to target border demonstrators with live fire but had not adhered to that promise in recent weeks. Following a barrage of rockets from the Gaza Strip on Friday, the IDF responded Saturday with a wave of pre-dawn airstrikes on the Hamas-ruled enclave. The army said it targeted sites belonging to Hamas after Palestinians fired 10 rockets into Israel late on Friday. Eight of them were reportedly intercepted by the Iron Dome system. One projectile hit a house in Sderot, a town near the border, causing damage but no casualties, police said. PIJ, the sources continued, opposes the continuation of mediated talks between Israel and the armed groups based in Gaza – for the purpose of securing humanitarian aid – which they deem an affront to the Palestinians. The PIJ sources claimed Israel was using the pretense of mediated talks to preoccupy and distract Palestinian factions and terrorist groups. Following the rocket fire and Israel's subsequent response on Saturday, the sources added that mediators from Egypt, the United Nations and Qatar sought to temper the violence and prevent an escalation. According to the Palestinian sources, Israel sent a message via Egypt that it will not accept the renewal of rocket fire, particularly while Qatar is transferring money and goods are being allowed into Gaza at a higher rate than before. Israel stressed, via the Egyptian mediators, that it will not show restraint to additional provocations, despite the political deadlock in the country. PIJ doesn't commit to avoid escalation The sources went on to say that the various foreign mediators have thus far failed to secure a commitment from PIJ to avoid escalating hostilities. PIJ's military wing declared on Saturday that "the enemy's threats about going to war in the Gaza Strip are nothing new. They only enhance our resolve to continue defending our people and our efforts against the occupier." The terrorist organization stressed it will keep "defending the [Palestinian] people as long as there is aggression." "We will never let the Zionist entity establish new equations. This enemy won't enjoy quiet and live in tranquility and security as long as it commits crimes against the Palestinian people and occupies its lands," PIJ said. Likud MK Gideon Sa'ar, meanwhile, criticized Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu over the Israeli response to the rocket fire, saying it needed to be "much harsher." He continued: "Israel's target needs to be dismantling Hamas and PIJ's military infrastructure in Gaza. This is just one of the main reasons we must resolve the current political crisis and form a broad national unity government." According to MK Naftali Bennett (Yamina), "Israel is facing a national emergency. It won't be possible to postpone the thorough treatment that is required in Gaza, in conjunction with curbing Iran's ring of missiles around Israel." Blue and White leader Benny Gantz posted to Twitter that "a government under my leadership won't tolerate a threat toward the southern residents and won't tolerate any violation of Israel's sovereignty." Addressing Friday night's rocket fire at Israel, Gantz added: "We will restore our deterrence at all costs, even if we need to personally harm those who are spearheading the escalation."
https://www.israelhayom.com/2019/11/03/palestinians-islamic-jihad-behind-rocket-salvo-on-israel/
:: 11-4-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Panels Release First Transcripts From Closed-Door Interviews
By Newsmax Wires | Monday, 04 November 2019 12:11 PM
The three committees leading Democrats' impeachment probe have released the first transcripts of closed-door interviews as part of their inquiry into President Donald Trump's dealings with Ukraine. The panels released testimony from former U.S. ambassador to Ukraine Marie Yovanovich and Michael McKinley, a former senior adviser to Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Yovanovich was pushed out of her job in May on Trump's orders. House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff says the panels are releasing the transcripts so "the American public will begin to see for themselves." Republicans have called for the release of the transcripts as Democrats have held the initial interviews in private. McKinley said he resigned over concerns about how Yovanovitch was treated, as well as “the emerging information on the engagement of our missions to procure negative political information for domestic purposes.” McKinley testified that he had never seen efforts before in 37 years in the State Department to dig up dirt on a political opponent. McKinley also proposed sending out a statement of support for Yovanovitch after the release of the call transcript. “It shouldn’t be difficult to put out a short statement that’s not political, stating clearly that we respect the professionalism, the tenure of Ambassador Yovanovitch in the Ukraine,” McKinley said. Others in the State Department supported the idea, but Pompeo declined to do so. McKinley said he told Pompeo “this situation isn’t acceptable” when he spoke with Pompeo about his resignation but Pompeo did not respond. McKinley also discussed a memo alleging “intimidation and bullying” at the State Department and questions of accuracy about a letter Pompeo sent to Congress from Deputy Assistant Secretary of State George Kent. McKinley said he forwarded the memo to others at the State Department. The memo raised the question of whether the State Department had put “lies in statements,” McKinley said. Yovanovitch, meanwhile, told House investigators that Ukrainian officials warned her in advance that Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani and others were planning to "do things, including to me." The former envoy also told investigators that she was not disloyal to the president. "I have heard the allegation in the media that I supposedly told our embassy team to ignore the President's orders since he was going to be impeached," she said. "That allegation is false. I have never said such a thing to my embassy colleagues or anyone eIse." Yovanovitch she said learned from Ukrainian officials last November or December that Giuliani, the president's personal lawyer, was in touch with Ukraine's former top prosecutor, Yuri Lutsenko, "and that they had plans, and that they were going to, you know, do things, including to me." Yovanovitch was recalled from Kyiv early as Giuliani pressed Ukrainian officials to investigate baseless corruption allegations against Democrat Joe Biden and his son Hunter, who was involved with a gas company there. The impeachment panels released testimony from Yovanovitch and Michael McKinley, a former senior adviser to Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Yovanovitch was pushed out of her job in May on Trump's orders. This report contains material from The Associated Press and Bloomberg News.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/us-trump-impeachment-transcripts/2019/11/04/id/940073/
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 11-3-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Netanyahu: We have no better friends than our Christian friends
PM shares details of consultations with Trump ahead of embassy move at Christian Media Summit marking opening of new Friends of Zion Museum.
Yoni Kempinski, 03/11/19 18:11 | updated: 19:38
Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu addressed Christian journalists and dignitaries from around the world Sunday, as the 2019 Christian Media Summit kicked off in Jerusalem. “The Jewish people are the only people in the world who live in the same land, speak the same language, have the same capital, and have the same religion and with the same name as they had 3,000 years ago,” said Netanyahu, citing the book Bible and Sword by Barbara Tuchman. “Jerusalem is the city where the Jewish kings ruled, where the Jewish prophets preached, and where the people of Israel prayed and the people of Israel continue to pray. ‘If I forget thee O Jerusalem’ – we never forgot, and we came back.” Netanyahu pledged to block any plan to divide the capital, saying the city would remain united under Israeli sovereignty. “It will never be divided again – not as long as I have anything to do with it. It’s not going to happen.” The prime minister recalled a conversation with President Trump prior to the relocation of the US embassy to Jerusalem, when Trump consulted with Netanyahu regarding the possible move. “It is amazing that [Jerusalem] wasn’t recognized, and we have to congratulate President Trump for recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and moving the embassy here. And we also have to recognize Ambassador Friedman’s pivotal role in the action.” “I want you to know that President Trump consulted with me before he made this move. And he said ‘What do you think will happen? Will there be a lot of violence? Will there be protests and demonstrations in the Arab world?’” “I said: ‘Look, I can’t guarantee that there won’t be such manifestations of such protests. But I don’t think so.’” “Anyway, he did it. And what was the result? Nothing.” Netanyahu also lauded Trump’s decision to recognize the Golan Heights as sovereign Israeli territory, adding that the tepid reactions to the move proved that Israel is no longer the Middle East pariah state it once was. “And there’s another place with a Jewish attachment. That place had a Jewish presence 2,000 years ago, which continued until the 8th century, until a great earthquake shook us from that place. We’ve discovered 30 ancient synagogues in the Golan Heights, and they have been remarkably reconstructed.” “And again, President Trump decided to recognize the Golan Heights as a part of Israel, the sovereign State of Israel. And again, people said there would be a tremendous convulsion. And again, nothing happened. Why did nothing happen? Well, the reason nothing happened is something very big is happening: the transformation of Israel in the minds of many in the Middle East. It is no longer being perceived as an enemy, but as an indispensable ally against the common enemy of militant Islam; first, the one led by the militant Sunnis, Al Qaeda and Daesh [ISIS]; and the militant Shi’ites, led by Iran and its various proxies.” “There is a clear shift” in the way moderate Arab states relate to Israel, “and this is important for peace. This is the way peace will ultimately be achieved. The prime minister also touted the shared ‘Judeo-Christian’ values of Israel and the Christian world, saying Israel’s closest allies are its “Christian friends”. “We have no better friends in the world than our Christian friends.”
“It is no accident that Israel is the only place in the Middle East where Christians are free to practice their faith.” The summit, which continues from Sunday to Wednesday, is being held at the Orient Jerusalem hotel in the capital, and includes 150 media figures and dignitaries from 30 countries. Sunday’s opening ceremony of the summit included the gala unveiling of the new Friends of Zion Museum, along with a new online ‘institute’ offering resources on Israel for journalists around the world. Along with Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu and his wife, Sara, the event was attended by US Ambassador to Israel, David Friedman, Jerusalem Mayor Moshe Lion, Government Press Office chief Nitzan Chen, and several Knesset members. Friends of Zion founder Mike Evans also addressed the gathering.
http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/271007
:: 11-3-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump's Re-Election Likely If Economy Stays on Course
Sunday, 03 November 2019 09:38 AM
An enduring U.S. expansion puts President Donald Trump on course to win re-election in 2020, according to economic models with a track record of predicting who wins the White House. The forecasts from Yale University professor Ray Fair, Oxford Economics Ltd. and Moody’s Analytics Inc. are based on Trump being boosted at the ballot box by steady economic growth, an historically tight labor market and limited inflation. Such an outlook justifies Trump’s push to harness what he’s called the “greatest” economy to return him to power a year from Sunday. It challenges some opinion polls which show his disapproval rating hovering near 54% amid an impeachment inquiry and polarized politics. “The election is Trump’s to lose,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics. “Trump wins if the economy and his approval rating are about the same a year from now as today, and turnout is typical. But if the economy stumbles, his popularity flags or Democrat turnout is big, the Democrats win.” The economy expanded at a 1.9% pace in the third quarter and unemployment is close to its lowest in a half-century, government data showed last week. While manufacturing has been hurt by the U.S.-China trade war, consumers continue to spend in a sign voters are still confident about the economy. A Bloomberg Economics model sees the chances of an election-year recession at just 27%. The electoral models are fallible. They have erred in some past presidential cycles and most don’t take account of non-economic influences such as scandals or policy which may come to the fore as Trump seeks another term. They also assume the White House incumbent is credited with the economy’s performance which may not be the case if voters zero in on the effects of the trade war Trump is waging or relatively slow growth in middle class incomes. “We stress that non-economic factors are likely to play an outsize role in this election, including policy and political developments (such as the impeachment inquiry) as well as factors like race, gender and ‘likability’," Gregory Daco and James Watson, economists at Oxford Economics, wrote in an October report. Here’s the rundown of what the models show for now: Yale University Professor Ray Fair Yale’s Ray Fair has been predicting the outcomes of presidential elections in the U.S. since the 1970s. His current call is for a Trump victory amid an economy that is showing “neither boom nor bust." His latest analysis, published Oct. 30, predicts Trump will beat the Democrat candidate by about 4 percentage points, around what it’s suggested for the past year. That prediction relies on gross domestic product and inflation, and sees annualized growth in the lead-up to the election in 2020 of about 2%, around where it is now, and inflation above 2% for Trump’s presidency. If the economy booms, Fair’s model sees the Democratic presidential candidates losing votes but if there’s a recession in 2020, the Democrats have a better chance. It would take a dip of 5% in real per capita GDP for Democrats to gain an edge over Trump on the presidential ticket, the model shows. “If it really is different this time, that inequality is much higher and people aren’t voting on the economy, then this kind of work isn’t very helpful because it’s based on past experience,” Fair said by phone Friday. “And there’s no way you can test that ahead of time. So take it with a grain of salt." Moody’s Analytics Led by Zandi, the work of Moody’s economists has accurately predicted each election outcome for two decades with the exception of Trump’s 2016 victory. They focus on regional growth and break the economy down into the health of personal finance, stocks and the labor market. They also allow for Trump’s low-but-stable approval rating and components such as party "fatigue." Their forecast, based on an average of the three measures, is for Trump to win 332 electoral votes, more than the 305 he garnered in 2016 and the 270 need to win. Most of the Trump support, the Moody’s team said, comes from upbeat consumers. A so-called pocketbook measure, which relies on gas and home prices, and real personal income, shows Trump winning with 351 electoral votes. The stock market component of the Moody’s model sees Trump winning with 289 electoral votes as he benefits from the 35% rally in the S&P 500 Index since he took office in January 2017. The unemployment model, largely based on changes in states’ jobless rates and real income, also projects a Trump victory with 332 electoral votes. Oxford Economics Analysts at the firm see a 5-point win for Trump in the popular vote, even in the case of a recession, thanks to low unemployment, weak inflation, and relatively stable income gains. Their model accurately predicted the popular vote in 16 of the last 18 elections, going back to 1948. They missed Richard Nixon winning in 1968 and Jimmy Carter in 1976. The only way a Democrat would win the popular vote is if signs of a severe recession emerged next year, triggered by rising tariffs, lower corporate profits, and a stock market downturn, Oxford’s Daco and Watson said. But for that to happen, unemployment would need to rise to 6.4% from 3.6% now, inflation-adjusted disposable incomes to fall and inflation to flat-line with the Republican only just losing, they said.
https://www.newsmax.com/finance/economy/trump-reelection-economic-models/2019/11/03/id/939936/
[ :: 3-11-12
am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word,
the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word,
function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you
shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall
even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my
church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my
word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen
years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must
be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and
you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.
[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.
:: 11-3-19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russia's Involvement in Venezuela Is Troublesome for the West
By Todd Royal November 3, 2019
The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) "projects that natural gas consumption in Asia will continue to outpace supply." With the future growth of natural gas consumption concentrated in Asia, the EIA "expects "non-OECD Asia to consume 120 billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d) by 2050, outpacing regional production by 50 Bcf/d." China's natural gas consumption will "triple between 2018–2050." Most long-term natural gas infrastructure, global liquid natural gas (LNG) terminal(s) import and export, and demand projections are based on Asian growth. Late October reporting in Russian media confirmed that Russian energy conglomerate Rosneft has plans to consolidate Venezuela's National Oil Company PDVSA (Petroleos de Venezuela) under Rosneft's corporate structure in exchange for debt relief. This counters U.S., Canadian, and Mexican oil and natural gas firms from satisfying natural gas demand from non-OECD Asia. Additionally, it allows Moscow to use Rosneft acquiring Venezuelan natural gas as a geopolitical, soft-power coercion tool by acquiring some of the largest recoverable oil and natural gas reserves in the world. Venezuelan government sources, Rosneft, and the Kremlin all deny the potential for a takeover of PDVSA energy assets to satisfy Russian bank loan requirements to the Maduro regime. Russian energy experts have visited PDVSA to analyze the possibility of merging with Rosneft. The Russian energy giant buying out Venezuela's best source of hard currency and best domestic economic driver illustrates the "hard-hitting impact of U.S. sanctions." The Venezuela regime–based economy, predicated on oil and natural gas production, is on the verge of collapse. Rosneft's offer is the best way outside Western help for Venezuela to mitigate damaging sanctions and will mean "debt relief for a country that owes over $156 billion to external parties — and Venezuela's debt is 740% higher than the value of its exports." This is four times more than what is typical in emerging markets and economies, according to the World Bank. U.S. Special Envoy for Venezuela Elliot Abrams has pointed to Rosneft having joint projects with PDVSA, where it took leading minority stakes, and how these ventures do not "breach" U.S. sanctions. This is positive news for average Venezuelan citizens suffering under economic malaise. Caracas's debt to Moscow seemingly is being forgiven with the U.S.'s blessing. However, the Trump administration has been clear in its maximum pressure "sanctions policy towards Venezuela" that mirrors the sanctions strategy toward Tehran. Retaliation from the U.S. could be the future of Washington-Moscow-Caracas trilateral relations if Rosneft tries to liquidate PDVSA assets and release thousands of employees to skirt U.S.-led Western sanctions. The Maduro regime will also need to navigate the "$20–$60 billion in debt owed" to China. Will the Chinese have a stake in PDVSA? If so, how does that play into the current U.S.-China trade negotiations? What these geopolitical decisions points toward is a Rosneft-PDVSA merger bringing up more questions than answers. It makes sense for Russia to be the power broker in Venezuela. This is similar to how Russia is the safe diplomatic choice in the Middle East post–Syrian civil war. According to Foreign Affairs, Russia is now "the Indispensible Nation in the Middle East." Military troops and hardware were used to save the Assad regime, and now in Venezuela it will be oil, natural gas, and petrochemicals that give Russia a solid foothold in the western hemisphere. PDVSA is one of the "world's most prolific oil companies" with the largest extractable oil and gas reserves in the world — estimated at 300 billion barrels — and PDVSA's estimated worth is "approximately $186 billion." Putting this energy portfolio under Kremlin influence gives Rosneft and other energy firms aligned with Moscow solid footing to control price and supply for global oil and petrochemical markets. The Maduro government wants to stay with previous joint venture contracts between PDVSA and Rosneft and, if the merger takes place, wants to "hand control over to Rosneft without having to go through privatization." Financial questions arise from this arrangement: who is responsible for terms of debt; how is China able to value the deal; and would equity be defined as public, private, or some form of public-private entity? These are some of the larger issues that would need to be resolved. Maduro can possibly work around these issues, having taken over Venezuela's Supreme Tribunal of Justice. This allows Maduro to ignore the democratically elected Legislature, the opposition-controlled National Assembly, and its leader, Juan Guaidó. Mr. Guaidó claims he is the legitimate leader of Venezuela, but likely Rosneft, with Moscow's backing, will negotiate only with the Maduro government. The Supreme Tribunal of Justice can overrule the Assembly to assist the merger toward completion. Debt repayment is important to the Maduro regime; so is return to financial health. Citgo, a U.S.-based company that is a valued asset for PDVSA, is another area of concern for the proposed merger in tandem with U.S. sanctions. American officials have implemented a freeze on all Venezuelan assets based in the U.S. Washington implemented an executive order coinciding with sanctions protecting "bondholders and other parties" mulling asset sales and seizures for unpaid debts. The international desire among government and financial officials is that this move by the Americans facilitate diplomatic solutions over asset seizure. The downside is that it strengthens Maduro over the elected Venezuelan Legislature and Assembly leader Guaidó. Debt-holders who own Citgo then have to negotiate with Venezuela and Rosneft. This will make it tough for bondholders to receive repayment — or will it, as this could mean tougher going for international credit markets to lend money for future Rosneft-PDVSA projects? A Moscow-Caracas alliance is something Washington could believe will increase geopolitical tension among all three countries. Debt relief for Caracas and control over the world's largest oil reserves are likely to be the final push for Rosneft to acquire PDVSA over escalating tensions between Moscow and Washington, with Caracas stuck in the middle.
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 10-29-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hanging by a thread. The United States is going the way of the former USSR!
By David L Brockett - October 29, 2019
The way we were
In order for a union of states (like the US) to remain viable, the cost levied in taxes by the central government must be seen as a fair price for services provided. Restrictions imposed by the central government can’t go beyond the authority granted by the Constitution nor be so burdensome they negatively affect commerce or citizen’s rights of life liberty and the pursuit of happiness. That is the way our nation was designed—a weak central government with limited powers and strong independent states served by the central government. What happened? Over time, judicial activism and an insatiable federal thirst for power resulted in what we see today. Federal authority is well outside the bounds granted in our Constitution. With states ratifying the 16thamendment and codifying a federal income tax in 1913, the federal government’s rise to unchecked power was securely financed. Career politicians soon learned that Washington DC was where fortunes could be made. The more power federal politicians could muster, the more valuable their influence. Legislation and departmental restrictions (or waivers from them) became bargaining chips for the corrupt and greedy. Corporations, bankers, and other nations were eager to purchase political influence. It soon became clear that any authority ceded to the states, via the Tenth Amendment, would result in lost revenue opportunities for Washington wheelers and dealers. The states gradually surrendered almost total control to the central government; individual citizens lost their place at the table, shoved out of the way by big-money interests. Then this happened: Fiat Money Trending: “You have no evidence of that yet whatsoever”: ABC Anchor SILENCES Adam Schiff After He Spews More Lies Eventually, all systems will outgrow the resources available. Even with massive tax revenues, the US government debt climbs and climbs. As a nation, we are financially underwater. Every man, woman, and child in the US would have to pay $77,000 to get our nation out of debt. So, how does the federal government stay solvent and continue to provide a growing list of services to a burgeoning population? They just print more money—called FIAT currency. “Fiat money is government-issued currency that IS NOT backed by a physical commodity, such as gold or silver, but rather by the government that issued it.” (Investopedia) Paper (fiat) money has no value other than what the government says it has, and what everyone agrees to. Prior to the US issuing fiat money (1931), we were on the gold standard, whereby the denominational value of money in circulation couldn’t exceed the value of gold and silver in the national treasury. This proved an inconvenience to President Franklin D Roosevelt’s political regime. In conjunction with Congress nullifying the rights of US creditors to payment in gold, FDR took the nation off the gold standard. Eventually, all nations followed suit. Today governments across the globe are on the cusp of bleeding their citizens and corporations dry; national resources are not adequate to cover their debt. Costly and over-reaching federation governments, like the US and EU, are under attack. Member states believe they are getting the short end of the deal, whether it is taxation or unchecked immigration. Valuable resources are flowing out to the federation capitals, with little coming back in return. Often what is returned to the states has so many regulatory strings attached it’s a net loss. That’s why THIS is going on We’ve watched as Britain struggles to extricate itself from the EU Tar Baby. The EU and financial interests in keeping the EU together are stalling because they don’t want to open the floodgates. Factions in Italy and France are wanting to follow Britain out the door, as is the Netherlands. Now the Catalan separatists are re-energized in their break-away from Spain, and even resource-rich Alberta is looking to separate from Canada. Riots are breaking out all over the globe. Central governments are getting nervous. Add to the above discontent, the Texas Republic’s secessionist movement, several counties in both California and Colorado wanting to break away from their states, the California state government wanting to break into three states—or secede from the US (pick a day of the week) and you have quite a Mulligan’s stew of large-government systems under siege. If I missed your state I apologize! Bye-bye globalism! The “One World Order” globalist dream is fading fast with an international trend toward nationalism and more localized control. If the EU can’t hold its members together, what chance does a global cabal have? The main question is: what would a centralized world government have to offer other than another layer of expenses and unaccountable authority? People are beginning to demand access to their representatives and a say in how their government is run. Washington politicians have placed themselves out of reach for the little person, so citizens are focusing more on the state level. They want more bang for their buck if they’re going to have to forfeit part of their wealth—truly bad news for globalism and corrupt politicians! HERE is where we are headed…Russia, Russia, Russia! On December 26, 1991, no longer able to financially sustain itself, and fearing another revolution or a US-backed invasion by Europe, the USSRvoluntarily dissolved, forming the Soviet Union. The USSR broke up into equal sovereign republics; this move followed a national referendum where over 70 percent of the citizens of member states voted for secession from the failed USSR. The dissolution of the USSR allowed the individual states to secede and form sovereign republics, with individual rights, a free press, and ownership of private property. The heavy hand of the USSR politburo was lifted. What followed was near economic collapse and rampant corruption as oligarchs feasted upon the carcass of former state-owned resources. Hundreds-of-billions in wealth were spirited out of the Soviet Union. Preceding the USSR referendum, a major generational conflict (sound familiar?) was tearing at the social and political fabric of the old system. Young people, who were fans of President Mikhail Gorbachev’s liberal vision for the USSR, voiced a need for major changes—changes that their parents and grandparents believed were unnecessary and dangerous. Socialism was on every lip; Soviet youngsters wanted MORE from the government at a time when their economy was strained to the breaking point. Socialism to the rescue With unrest and economic instability already threatening to destroy the new Soviet Union, newly elected President Boris Yeltsin radically increased social spending to placate the younger generation; this sent the Russian economy and his popularity into a death spiral, leading to Yeltsin’s resignation and Putin’s rise to power. Tough times followed as Putin enforced austere measures, while at the same time cracking down on widespread political and corporate corruption. He eventually became a hero to the Russian people, and the Soviet Union eventually crept back to heavy-handed policies reminiscent of the old USSR. But the US is not financially bankrupt like the USSR! This is a debatable statement when considering the massive debt hanging over our nation. The past fiscal year alone we ran a deficit of a little more than a trillion dollars (as of this writing, the US debt clock showed us nearing 23 trillion dollars). Our national defense budget consumes over 27 percent of the revenues brought into the treasury (989 billion of 3.654 trillion). Social Security and Medicare comprise 38 percent of our budget. We aren’t in much better shape on paper than the USSR was when they dissolved in 1991. Our social programs are out of control and we spend more than we should defending nations which have no regard for us, and contribute very little of their own money. What about individual states and their attitudes regarding our federal government? As mentioned above, people in some states are discussing the value of secession vs the cost of remaining in the Union. Many Democrats, including today’s batch of liberal presidential candidates, are touting the unfairness of the electoral college—one of the most important constitutional protections for the smaller-populated states. Should that system ever be nullified, you will be able to add a few dozen flyover states to the current list of dissidents looking for a way out of the federation. The current political movement to impeach a duly-elected president is also causing waves in the pool of national content. In too many ways, we are as divided as was the USSR thirty years ago. Political Corruption is holding everything together That may sound like a radical statement until you consider the billions flowing into political coffers from global corporations; it was 3.45 billion from lobbyists alone in 2018. Power and influence have shifted completely from the citizens to moneyed interests, and these interests are invested in keeping political power in one place, our nation’s capital—damn the cost to the Republic! At the state level, we no longer hear politicians railing against federal encroachments on state’s rights; they are too busy feeding at the state lobbyist troughs. To run a successful campaign for state office in Texas, for example, you’d better have a couple of million dollars in your war chest, and very little of that comes from small individual contributions. It’s expensive to gain power so you can sell access! Many of the same corporations spending money in Washington DC (like insurance and pharmaceuticals) are buying political influence at the state level. Another factor is the state career politician’s aspirations of making it to the big time in Washington DC. You can’t expect to join the big boys with a history of pointing fingers and throwing rocks. The end is nigh When Hillary Clinton lost her bid for the presidency, and her access to the levers of power, contributions dropped off precipitously to the family so-called charity. Invitations to exorbitantly-priced speaking engagements also evaporated. With nothing of value to purchase, lobbyists and big-money contributors walked away. The same will happen to all federal politicians when the government can no longer afford to provide favors and perks to their contributors. The quid pro quo system doesn’t work when there is no quo. As global investors and corporations look elsewhere for opportunities, our house of cards will crumble. Secession can’t happen here—we already fought that war. There are no indicators that representatives in Washington DC have any intention of stopping this runaway debt train. Additionally, our federal government, backed by the federal judicial system, extends its tentacles into everything that should be state business, and state politicians are unwilling or unable to push back. As a result of federal unfunded mandates (rules that come down from Washington without federal dollars to implement them) the federal government is contributing to the insolvency of member states, and putting more tax pressures on corporations and citizens. When the financial walls come tumbling down, and we have riots in the streets, state political leaders will finally point the finger of blame at the federal government. Many states will demand a divorce when it becomes clear that national insolvency is unavoidable. Unlike the Civil War, the federal government will not have the means to wage war against seceding states. Their best alternative would be to make a deal with as many states as possible, similar to Gorbachev’s plan on restructuring the USSR. By returning to the limits on federal power imposed by the constitution, the United States government might survive. How they would restructure their debt, or convince states to help bail them out is beyond me. What is clear is central government insolvency and separatist sentiment can be found across the planet. How it will all play out is impossible to know for certain. The best strategy for citizens is to get more involved in state government—that is your future. David Brockett is a Vietnam Veteran and former Marine aviator. He has worked in the field of mental health as a counselor and hospital administrator. After retirement he volunteered with the US Forest Service as a wilderness ranger and horse packer. He writes fiction and historical fiction, as well as articles on politics, religion, gun-rights and current events. In his free time he volunteers with veteran’s groups and community projects. He and his wife divide their time between their home state of Texas and Idaho.
:: 10--19 DW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Interest rates: Trump wants to go negative, but does the Fed?
Once a critic of low interest rates, President Trump is now calling for zero or negative rates in the US. Some believe the measure will prevent another economic crisis but will require Trump to play up the positives. Before his 2016 election win, Donald Trump accused the US Federal Reserve of using record-low interest rates to create a "false economy." He said the measure meant that American savers were "getting absolutely creamed" and that rates would eventually have to return to normal. Three years on, Trump continues to goad economic policymakers and spent the summer hounding the US central bank to cut rates, which Fed Chair Jerome H. Powell did on two occasions. Last month, the president went a step further and urged the Fed to slash rates to zero or even into negative territory. So why the sudden desire to embark on a controversial monetary policy that at one time seemed inconceivable? After all, only Japan and a few European countries have introduced negative interest rates only to find they had limited impact in boosting economic growth. Recession fears persist Next year, Trump will seek reelection just as the US's most prolonged period of economic expansion threatens to grind to a halt. The president, whose fortunes have been boosted by the same "false economy" and "artificial stock market" he once complained about, is eager to avoid a similar slowdown to the 2008/09 financial crisis on his watch, or at least until he is safely into his second term. Until Trump's most recent comments, most economists believed that the US economy would remain strong enough to negate the need to resort to negative rates. But a growing chorus is now espousing the virtues of negative rates or at least warning they may be necessary, including former Fed Chair Alan Greenspan, who last month warned "It's only a matter of time." Proponents of low-interest rates acknowledge that negative rates may not prevent a downturn altogether but can help avoid a lasting economic contraction. "The severity of the Great Recession was almost entirely due to the fact that we were not yet used to a negative interest rate policy," economist Miles Kimball from the University of Colorado Boulder, told DW. "If rates had been cut to -5% early in 2009, we would have had a strong recovery by mid-2010." Kimball added that a negative rate policy by the Fed would be "a really good guarantee that we wouldn't get into another terrible recession." How negative rates work Negative rates are meant to penalize financial institutions for parking money with the central bank where they will have to pay rather than earn interest. Instead, the measure encourages banks to lend to the real economy. Although they do lower borrowing costs to businesses and consumers, negative rates also weaken the country's currency. For the US, the policy would boost flagging American exports, impacted by the enduring US-China trade war, and push up the price of imported goods, creating much needed inflation. Negative rates, however, eat into lenders' profits, which could, if the measure were sustained, eventually force banks to stop lending. More critical, for Trump, a negative rate policy would punish American savers even harder. They've already seen the interest on their nest eggs wiped out by the Fed's decadelong low rate policy. Paying a bank interest to hold your money could prompt a backlash from voters, which Kimball insists policymakers must overcome. "You need to have ways to protect small savers from negative rates. If people know that negative rates won't affect them, they're going to be a lot less riled up." To avoid political blowback, Kimball told DW that Fed subsidies could be used to "make sure small checking and saving accounts never see negative rates and also ensure that bank profits are protected." How low can you go? Protecting small savers would be essential to ensure that the lever of negative rates could be used to its full effect. The modest moves into negative territory by the European Central Bank, -0.1% in June 2014 and reaching -0.5% in September this year, and Japan, where its short term-rate remains at -0.1%, have done little to arrest deflation and boost their economies. Kimball, a longtime advocate for eliminating the so-called zero lower bound on interest rates, proposes a deeper slashing: "It's not like a cut of 10 basis points suddenly becomes magically powerful," Kimball told DW. "But a cut of 600 basis points has always been powerful and it continues to be very powerful in the negative region." Like many of his peers, the University of Colorado Boulder economist doesn't think negative rates will happen before the US election. If the next recession is mild, a negative rate of -1% may be enough to boost demand, he said. In the meantime, he says Trump could do the Fed a favor and continue to champion the benefits of negative rates on social media. "Now that he has done a series of favorable tweets, it could dramatically change the attitude of some folks with Republican leanings. Since most Democrats are likely to defer to the Fed in a situation where negative interest rates are needed, that should make policymakers a lot more comfortable."
https://www.dw.com/en/interest-rates-trump-wants-to-go-negative-but-does-the-fed/a-51024545
:: 10-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With History Our Forewarning, Tens Of Millions Of Americans Could Be 'Purged' Under 'Democratic Socialism' With America's Younger Generation Pushing Us Towards Tyranny
- Famine And 'Death By Government' May Await America Should A Democrat Win In 2020
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 29, 2019
While sometimes a new reader will come upon an ANP story and chastise us for reporting that America has been edging closer and closer every day to a dangerous form of totalitarian government, several new stories out over the past several days prove our point with a shocking new poll conducted by the Campaign For Free Speech finding what we once thought unimaginable: 51% of Americans believe the 1st Amendment as written in the US Constitution should be scrapped with 'hate speech' laws rewritten. We have embedded the full Campaign For Free Speech poll at the bottom of this story for you to check out yourself and as this story from their website reports, 'free speech' in America has become very vulnerable with America's younger generations pushing for socialism/communism and a whopping 48% of Americans polled believing 'hate speech' should be made illegal. With half of that 48% actually believing that 'hate speech' should be punishable by prison terms while the rest believed mere fines or a ticket for 'hate speech' would do, the poll specifically points out that 'hate speech' was not defined, leaving that up to the individual participant. But as this March of 2018 story over at the Washington Post reported, America's college students are largely fine with 'free speech', unless it is speech that 'offends them'. How many easily offended snowflakes are there in 2019 America? The Campaign For Free Speech story also reports that 80% of those Americans polled actually had no idea what the 1st Amendment protected with those polled believing the following statement to be true: "The First Amendment allows anyone to say their opinion no matter what, and they are protected by law from any consequences of saying those thoughts or opinions." With America's younger generation's so dumbed down by the Communist indoctrination that they've been going through in our education system that 68% of those polled wanted to see speech restrictions placed upon social media, censoring 'racist content', 'neo-nazi content', 'climate change denial content' and more, the story wisely pointed out that when 'government' is in charge of policing speech, it inevitably becomes political—a weapon that can be used to punish people on the other side of an issue. So the next time you hear a leftist saying that they believe 'hate speech' should be criminalized, you should ask them what they think about President Trump. And following the hate-filled drivel that will almost definitely come out of their mouth's with most leftists fully suffering from 'Trump derangement syndrome', tell them that if 'hate speech' were criminalized, they'd be going to prison for the hatred they just spoke about America's Commander in Chief. And if those millennials pushing for socialism/communism in America as Market Watch reports in this new story get their way, jail time for simply criticizing politicians might not be too far off with this October 20th story over at Breitbart reporting anybody criticizing any high ranking member of the socialist government in Venezuela could very well be facing up to twenty years in prison due to the new 'anti-hate speech' laws passed in 2017. Ready to go to prison for 20 years for criticizing President Trump, lefties? I didn't think so. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) According to this previously mentioned new story over at Market Watch, millennials in 2019 are hot on socialism and communism while capitalism is 'out' in their eyes. Showing the success of the communist indoctrination that we've been witnessing in America's school systems, as their story reported, those polled also found that the biggest threat in their eyes to world peace is President Trump, followed by Vladimir Putin then Kim Jong Un. Helping once again to prove that 'Trump derangement syndrome' is on full display amongst America's younger generations, their story also reported: "The historical amnesia about the dangers of communism and socialism is on full display in this year’s report. When we don’t educate our youngest generations about the historical truth of 100 million victims murdered at the hands of communist regimes over the past century, we shouldn’t be surprised at their willingness to embrace Marxist ideas." And we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that even Democrats and 'Rinos' in the US government are moving in that direction quickly. John C. Velisek had reported in this October 25th ANP story titled "The Communists Trying To Overthrow President Trump Via 'Secret Kangaroo Court' Impeachment Trial Have Forgotten History", we've been witnessing nothing less than totalitarian govt at play in the attempts to impeach President Trump with a secret, kangaroo court giving Americans another reason to never trust Democrats again: "In totalitarian socialist countries, the citizens are kept in the dark, and all trials become show trials of lies, innuendo, and leaks". From the Market Watch story.: Somewhere, Bernie Sanders is smiling.
A new survey released by the Washington, D.C., nonprofit Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation reflects that, if the younger generation gets out and votes in 2020, those running for office on the far left have reason to be hopeful. According to YouGov, which conducted the poll, capitalism, amid a widening divide between the haves and have-nots, has plunged in popularity from a year ago, with one out of every two millennials — ages 23 to 38 — supporting it. Meanwhile, 36% of millennials polled say that they approve of communism, which is up significantly from 28% in 2018. With the 2020 election looking more and more like it will be not only a contest between 'Republicans vs Democrats' but 'Capitalism vs Socialism', and socialism almost always leading to Communism and massive famine, widespread starvation, forced obedience to government and massive 'death by government' tolls, the next year could very well be the most important of our lifetime's with nothing less than Liberty at stake. In the 1st video at the bottom of this story, videographer 'Computing Forever' talks with us about the alarming number of Americans who now believe that the 1st Amendment should be re-written to penalize so-called 'hate speech' but as the excerpt below from this new story at Reason points out, the fact that so many people from America's younger generation find the 1st Amendment to be unpopular is the very reason we need the 1st Amendment. It's also a grave warning of 'tyranny' for America ahead. The First Amendment is unpopular…which is why we need the First Amendment. A recent survey commissioned by the Campaign for Free Speech underlines that point, finding that most Americans support viewpoint-based censorship, suppression of "hurtful or offensive" speech "in universities or on social media," government "action against newspapers and TV stations" that print or air "biased, inflammatory, or false" content, and revising the First Amendment, which "goes too far in allowing hate speech," to "reflect the cultural norms of today." That last position was endorsed by just 51 percent of respondents, compared to 42 percent who disagreed and 7 percent who had no opinion. But 57 percent favored legal penalties for wayward news organizations, 61 percent supported censorship of "hurtful or offensive" speech in certain contexts, and 63 percent said the government should restrict the speech of racists, neo-Nazis, radical Islamists, Holocaust deniers, anti-vaccine activists, and/or climate change skeptics. On a more heartening note, the idea of tasking "a government agency" with "reviewing" the output of "alternative media sources" mustered support from just 36 percent of respondents, although the opponents still fell short of a majority. Likewise with a law against "hate speech," which 48 percent favored and just 31 percent opposed. "The findings are frankly extraordinary," Bob Lystad, executive director of the Campaign for Free Speech, told the Washington Free Beacon. "Our free speech rights and our free press rights have evolved well over 200 years, and people now seem to be rethinking them." With the Campaign For Free Speech poll also proving that most Americans who want the 1st Amendment to be 'rewritten' also don't even know what 'Right's' are protected by that Amendment in the first place, we see just how well the indoctrination of America's children within the school system's is working here. And if we want a small taste of what full-scale globalism will bring to America, all we need to do is take a look at what recently happened at a tax-payer funded venue in Utah as the Washington Standard reported in this October 26th story. As we also see in the 2nd video at the bottom of this story, a United Nations guard shut down an American journalist doing her job, calling the Utah venue funded by US taxpayers 'international territory'. In the United Nations we see 'global government at work'. with NO 1st Amendment. And take a look at what's happening now in Europe to see a vision of America's future if Democrats win in 2020, where it's now illegal to call the prophet of Islam a 'pedophile' though he was one; truth is treason in the empire of lies. And as we had reported in this October 21st story on ANP titled "Russian Man Who Survived Communism Has A Dire Warning For America At A Time When Democrats Are Attempting To Overthrow The 2016 Election & The Will Of The American People - The 4 Out Of 10 Americans Who Want Socialism Need A History Lesson, Badly!", all Americans need to do is take a look at what's happening now in Venezuela where the once 'shining jewel of socialism' has descended into tremendous poverty, mass starvation and forced obedience to government with no 'free speech' permitted. 2019 Venezuela is a dire warning to 2020 America.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Younger_Generations_Pushing_America_Towards_Totalitarianism.php
:: 10-29-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Top Cardinal Breaks With Petrus Romanus Over Having VENERATION Pagan Goddess Erected On Vatican Church Altar
October 29, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor
A top cardinal of the Roman Catholic Church on Friday took exception to Pope Francis’ controversial support for the display of a Pan-Amazonian “Pachamama” wooden idol on a church altar at the Vatican. “There isn’t any role for a statue of a pagan goddess on the altar,” declared Cardinal Gerhard Ludwig Mueller, former bishop of Regensburg, Germany and Prefect of the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith under Pope Benedict XVI. Last week, the indigenous statues were stolen from the church and dumped in the Tiber River. The Pope promptly apologized for the vandalism and said, “I ask forgiveness to anyone who was offended.” (READ MORE)
:: 10-28-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Wants Communist Party Members to Pledge Loyalty on Blockchain
[Coindesk]
Wolfie Zhao Coindesk28 October 2019
China’s Communist Party (CPC) is taking its leader’s support for blockchain to heart. Following Xi Jinping’s bombshell speech last week urging his countrymen to “seize the opportunity” created by the technology, the CPC released a decentralized app (dapp) for members to attest their loyalty on a blockchain. According to a post from the CCP’s propaganda office on Saturday, the dapp, in literal translation called “Original Intentions Onchain,” allows members to pledge their allegiance to the party and store it on a blockchain, which can be shared and seen by others. Related: China Seizes the Blockchain Opportunity. How Should the US Respond? The term “Original Intentions” is a specific phrase mentioned by Xi during his remarks at the 19th National Congress of the CPC in 2017, after which it became a significant propaganda and educational campaign for party members to stay committed to their party. According to the post, the technology behind the dapp was developed by a Beijing-based company called Lingzhu Technology, which says it’s a blockchain developer without much detail on its tech or the team behind it. The company’s registration data shows it has received investment from state-owned capital tied to China’s Tsinghua University and claims it has developed a blockchain called OF. In fact, this company issued a little-known cryptocurrency dubbed OFCoin and got it listed on exchanges like OKEx and CoinMex early in 2018, months after China cracked down on initial coin offerings and fiat-to-crypto trading. Related: President Xi Says China Should ‘Seize Opportunity’ to Adopt Blockchain OFCoin’s price jumped by as much as 90 percent to $0.000326 on Saturday just hours after the CPC released the dapp and said that Lingzhu Technology is behind it. As of writing, the coin has fallen by 35 percent from that peak with just a few million dollars in daily trading volume. It’s not clear if Lingzhu has conducted any public sale of the tokens. The listing profile on CoinMex states that OFCoin planned a private token sale of 20 percent of its 51.2 billion OFCoin in January 2018 at a ratio of 300,000 OFCoin to 1 ether, when the ether price was about $1,000. The rally in OFCoin is just one ripple effect in China from Xi’s speech. Primetime news After the Xinhua News Agency published Xi’s comment Friday, Xinwen Lianbo, the country’s most-watched prime-time daily news program on China Central Television (CCTV), devoted five minutes of its 30 minute broadcast to the remark. On Saturday, the People’s Daily, an official mouthpiece, published a front-page article with Xi’s comment on “accelerating” blockchain development. Though state-owned media focused on blockchain technology, the market took it as official endorsement for bitcoin. Its price jumped more than 12 percent on Friday and surged to five-week highs above $10,000, before falling back to above $9,000. So fervent was the market response, the CCTV cautioned viewers on Saturday to calm down and not take Xi’s words as endorsement for all cryptocurrency. But the market surge continued anyway. Chinese crypto projects There were other signs of increased blockchain and bitcoin interest in China. Blockchain and bitcoin search popularity on WeChat Searches for the terms in Chinese on Baidu, the country’s biggest search engine, jumped 200 percent on Saturday, before falling back on Sunday. Similarly, searches on WeChat, China’s dominant mobile messaging platform, saw strong gains following the news on Friday (see image). And, as of writing, several major Chinese-born cryptos, including Qtum, Vechain, Ontology, NEO, Tron and Bytom, were enjoying strong gains on Monday, ranging from 25 percent to 90 percent. Stocks reboot The ripple effect has gone beyond crypto, with traded stocks tied blockchain or cryptocurrency seeing even more significant growth. In the U.S., the price of Xunlei, a cloud computing firm listed on NASDAQ, shot up by 107 percent. The Shenzhen-based company said it has developed a proprietary high-throughput distributed network based on blockchain technology.
https://sg.finance.yahoo.com/news/china-wants-communist-party-members-152858587.html
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..
:: 10--19 Old-Thinker News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are Secret Human Experiments Advancing Brain Chip Tech?
By Daniel Taylor
A doctor from Peru claims that recent advancements in brain chip technology could be due to “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” by a consortium of transnational tech companies and governments operating outside of the law. A 2016 paper published in the Egyptian Journal of Internal Medicine warned that “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” could be happening in Latin America, where poverty stricken masses are routinely recruited for medical trials. The paper, titled “The secret of neuroscience boom: Are there secret human experiments in Latin América?, was written by Dr. David Salinas Flores, MD, Professor of Medicine at the Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Peru. Dr. Flores writes: “…an objective analysis proposes as a possible explanation for the so-called neuroscientific boom the suspicion that transnational technological companies, in illegal association with the US government, the European Community, China and some Latin American governments, are developing, in Latin America, illegal and forced secret neuroscientific human experimentation…” Dr. Flores concludes by warning his colleagues to “…investigate, be alert, and report possible inhuman neuroscientific experiments performed by economic powers in Third World countries.“ South America has served as a test site for unregulated off shore drug trials for the pharmaceutical industry for many years. Peru has been described as a “paradise of human experimentation“, and is riddled with corruption. A former DoD official warned in 2006 that only the most ruthless nation will win the new arms race for human enhancement. Fred Charles Ikle, Undersecretary of Defense for Policy under President Reagan, wrote Annihilation from Within in 2006. In the book, Ikle warned that only the most ruthless nation would win the arms race for brain chips and human augmentation because advancements in the technology could only come from “intrusive experiments on living human brains.” Ikle writes, “At some stage in the project’s development, a nation’s research might greatly benefit from intrusive experiments on living human brains. Liberal democracies would normally shun such experiments, but ruthless dictatorships would not.” Facebook, Google, IBM and Elon Musk have all heavily invested in projects related to human brain research and brain-computer interfaces. These tech companies have also made major moves to communist China. China made an announcement this year that major advancements were made in its research on brain-computer interfaces. As the Chinese government publication Xinhua reported: “China has achieved a breakthrough in Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) chip research, with its first BCI chip “Brain Talker” making its debut on Friday at the ongoing World Intelligence Congress held in northern China’s Tianjin Municipality.” DARPA’S Brain Initiative, launched by Barack Obama in 2013, aims to, among other things, “create fully implantable, modular and reconfigurable neural-interface microsystems that communicate wirelessly with external modules…” Given the history of secret human experiments by governments around the world, we shouldn’t be surprised at the possibility of this scenario. Congressional testimony from 1995 showcased victims of secret radiation and mind control experiments in the United States:
http://www.oldthinkernews.com/2019/10/16/are-secret-human-experiments-advancing-brain-chip-tech/
:: 10-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Globalists Warn A Deadly Pandemic Could Sweep The World In Hours, Killing Millions: Here Are Some All-Natural Remedies To Help You Survive And Avoid Big Pharma's Poisons
- What Do The Globalists Know About 'Disease X' That We Don't Know?
October 28, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
According to this new story over at the Daily Mail, a new scientific study has determined that a deadly pandemic could sweep the world in hours and kill millions because NO country is fully prepared and while the United States stands head and shoulders above most of the rest of the world when it comes to 'preparedness' for such an 'event', given how fast the pandemic would spread, even the US and other countries with advanced health care systems would struggle. Reporting within their story that scientists believe the mass outbreak of a flu-like illness is inevitable and it could spread worldwide within hours because of the inter-connectedness of the world in 2019 and a constantly traveling population, the sobering report put out by scientists from Johns Hopkins University Center for Health Security called the 'Global Health Security (GHS) index' recommends that governments should immediately invest money into putting preparations in place, also doing pandemic simulation exercises. Also reporting that only 13 countries even have the resources and medical 'know how' to put up a fight against what they call an 'inevitable' outbreak, with the US ranked #1 in preparedness followed by the UK, Holland, Australia, Canada and Thailand, the DM story warns "a threat anywhere is a threat everywhere" while sharing the map seen below, warning that numerous diseases could trigger an outbreak that rapidly spirals out of control. From the Daily Mail story.: The report, named A World At Risk, said current efforts to prepare for outbreaks in the wake of crises such as Ebola are 'grossly insufficient'. It was headed by Dr Gro Harlem Brundtland, the former Norwegian prime minister and director-general of the WHO. He said in the report: 'The threat of a pandemic spreading around the globe is a real one. ' A quick-moving pathogen has the potential to kill tens of millions of people, disrupt economies and destabilise national security.' He claimed that previous recommendations about the threat of a global pandemic have been largely ignored by world leaders. The team drew up a map of the world with a list of possible infections which could trigger the hypothetical outbreak. So with globalist scientists hinting a major outbreak of a deadly disease that could rapidly kill 10's of millions is inevitable, we'll be taking a look below at two new stories over at Natural News titled "Survival Medicine: Basic Tips And Supplies For A Pandemic" as well as "Survival Medicine: Home Remedies For Digestive Problems, The Flu And Stress Relief" to help get us prepared for what the globalists are warning is ahead while also taking a look at numerous all natural solutions to help us avoid 'big pharmas' vaccines that are sure to emerge once 'disease X' arrives. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) In the 1st video at the bottom of this story titled "BrisScience (October 2019): Pathogens, Pandemics and Preparing for Disease X" we're warned why the outbreak of a new disease could spread so quickly and be so deadly, with the World Health Organization refering to these currently unknown pathogens as 'Disease X'. As we hear in the video, a Conference at the University of Queensland in Australia, once 'Disease X' arrrives, it'll take perhaps thousands or more tests to develop a 'vaccine' for the newly emerged disease, taking as long as 16 weeks or more before one could be developed, hence one of the reasons why they feel it will spread so rapidly. And while I choose to avoid any vaccine as if it were the plague, instead focusing upon building up my immune system naturally and eating foods regulary such as raw garlic, which has been determined to be not only anti-viral but anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-microbial and anti-protozoal, as this October of 2018 story over at Natural News reported, it's very simple to make our own antibiotic garlic tincture that can kill almost any diseases with garlic also happening to be anti-cancer according to the American Institute for Cancer Research. So while many will be lining up to take whatever vaccine that the globalists develop to deal with whatever 'Disease X' turns out to be, we'll be using the best all natural anti-biotic, anti-viral around. From this Natural News story.: During the time of the pioneers, most natural cures were made from local herbs and plants. They often used garlic (Allium sativum) to make herbal remedies, and this article will discuss a potent antibiotic garlic tincture that even modern preppers can use to treat various ailments like a cold or skin infections. (h/t to PreppersWill.com.) Making the antibiotic garlic tincture Garlic is a popular superfood for a reason. It has powerful antibacterial, anti-fungal, and anti-viral properties. The Chinese first discovered that garlic is also an immune stimulant and an effective antioxidant. This antibiotic garlic tincture is a potent infusion of garlic in distilled water, grain alcohol, or vinegar. Garlic has many health benefits thanks to allicin, but the antibacterial agent is only active for a short period after garlic is crushed and before it is heated. The chemical compound allicin is derived from the amino acid cysteine. Allicin is odorless but it also contains sulfur. (Related: Yummy superfoods that even beginner gardeners can plant today.) To retain the allicin content of garlic while making this tincture, the bulbs are macerated or steeped in one of the liquids listed above to preserve the potent chemicals. The recipe below is similar to the one used by pioneers, although it incorporates some modern ingredients like distilled water. While you can read the rest of the Natural News story here on how to go about creating the garlic tincture, and it's very, very easy, the final video at the bottom of this story also provides a detailed explanation. Also from Natural News in this story titled "Survival medicine: Basic tips and supplies for a pandemic": When prepping for a pandemic, here are a few things you need to know: Know the symptoms. Not all diseases work the same way, so it’s important to learn which condition is currently on the rise and its symptoms. Wear protective gear. Wearing protective clothing like coverall suits, gloves, and masks can help quell the spread of disease, especially when dealing with outsiders. Keep a stockpile of food and water. The baseline of every prepping plan is keeping a steady supply of food and water available. Learn how to use essential oils. These elixirs in a bottle have a very long shelf life and are commonly used to treat basic ailments. Essential oils can also ward off sickness and germs when diffused into the air. Stock up on entertainment. Being locked up inside your own home for a long time can cause some people to get bored. Having a bunch of board games, party games, and even video games can help keep everyone entertained. Set up sanitation stations. Areas allotted for sanitation supplies should be spread out throughout the home, especially near entrances. These should be used regularly to keep everything clean. Being aware of the situation and preparing well is what every prepper needs to do to survive when SHTF. If you’re well-prepared, a pandemic is just another hurdle for you to get over. Read Pandemic.news to stay informed. etc. The title of this October 26th story over at Natural News is "Survival medicine: Home remedies for digestive problems, the flu and stress relief" within which author 'Isabelle Z' offers us some outstanding suggestions on how to deal with certain illnesses, diseases if we don't trust doctors or don't like going to medical facilities. Reporting immediately that if we fall into one of those categories, we're definitely not alone with millions of Americans no longer trusting the medical system that seemingly only wants to enrich 'big pharma', as their story reports, there are thankfully some very good alternatives to traditional medicines and as the previously mentioned Natural News story pointed out, remedies going back to the time of the pioneers and long before. If you’ve come to distrust conventional medicine, you’re not alone. The questionable side effects and poor efficacy of these drugs have many people turning to alternative treatments. While home remedies are certainly a more attractive option right now, they could become downright essential in a collapse situation. Now is the perfect time to start learning how to address common problems without heading for the pharmacy. Home remedies are natural, inexpensive, and generally safe, but perhaps one of their biggest draws is how accessible they are. In fact, there’s a good chance you already have the things you need to heal in your kitchen. While their story then details for us home remedies for digestive problems, cold and flu and stress, even the NY Times had reported all the way back in 1979 that in 16th‐century France, garlic was worn in little pouches around people's necks to ward off the plague while Louis Pasteur experimented with garlic as an antiseptic. And Jacques Henri Bernardin de Saint‐Pierre is quoted in the Larousse Gastronomique as having said that “garlic, the smell of which is so dreaded by our little mistresses, is perhaps the most powerful remedy in existence against the vapors and nervous maladies to which they are subject.” And although we don't have all of the answers, and we're not medical doctors, with globalists now warning of a fast moving pandemic that could kill millions in no time at all, while claiming that no country is fully prepared to deal with such a scenario, it's in our own best interests to be fully prepared for whatever is unleashed because the government/medical industry certainly aren't going to save us. So we'll close with an excerpt from this story over at Medical News Today titled "Top Seven Safe, Effective Natural Antibiotics" to help get us ready for a time when 'Disease X' arrives and big government begins pushing 'big pharmas' poisonous vaccines on to the masses as 'the only solution'. The scientific jury is still out concerning natural antibiotics. While people have used remedies like these for hundreds of years, most treatments have not been thoroughly tested. However, some show promising results under medical review, and further studies are underway. With an ongoing increase in drug-resistant bacteria, scientists are looking to nature when developing new medications. Here, we examine the science behind seven natural antibiotics.
1. Garlic. Cultures across the world have long recognized garlic for its preventive and curative powers. (ANP: Both Susan and I swear by this garlic as it has gotten rid of tooth infections and other illnesses!)
2. Honey. Since the time of Aristotle, honey has been used as an ointment that helps wounds to heal and prevents or draws out infection.
3. Ginger. The scientific community also recognizes ginger as a natural antibiotic. Several studies, including one published in 2017, have demonstrated ginger's ability to fight many strains of bacteria. Researchers are also exploring ginger's power to combat seasickness and nausea and to lower blood sugar levels.
4. Echinacea. Echinacea has been used to treat infections for many years. Native American and other traditional healers have used echinacea for hundreds of years to treat infections and wounds.
5. Goldenseal. Goldenseal is usually consumed in tea or capsules to treat respiratory and digestive problems. However, it may also combat bacterial diarrhea and urinary tract infections.
6. Clove. Clove has traditionally been used in dental procedures. Research is now finding that clove water extract may be effective against many different kinds of bacteria, including E. coli.
7. Oregano. Some believe that oregano boosts the immune system and acts as an antioxidant. It may have anti-inflammatory properties.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Deadly_Pandemic_Could_Sweep_World_In_Hours.php
:: 10-26-19 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Minneapolis: Somali Gangs Are Claiming Territory & Killing To Defend It
Written by: Tim Brown Published on: October 26, 2019
We’ve brought you several stories of the Muslim colonization of America from Florida to Maine to Michigan and Minnesota. Many of those settling into Islamic communities in America have anything in mind but assimilation. The latest evidence of this comes from Minneapolis, Minnesota where Somali gangs are now claiming territory and a young Somali has now gunned down another young man.
Media Blackout: 8-10 Somali Teens In Jihad Rep. Ilhan Omar’s District Attack “White People” With Hammers & Metal Pipes
Minnesota: First Somali Muslim On Minneapolis Police Force Convicted Of Murder
Minnesota: Somali-Born Muslim Arrested In Minneapolis – Charged With Kidnapping Journalist
In Muslim Rep. Ilhan Omar’s Minnesota District, Police Deal With Gangs, Tight-Lipped Somali Muslim Community
First, the story comes via a variety of local outlets, but not one mainstream outlet reported on this that I could find.
KARE11 reports: After the incident, a vehicle arrived at Hennepin Healthcare, and Mahad Ali ran to the front door saying he had been shot. He underwent surgery for a bullet wound.
According to witness interviews and surveillance video, one of the 1627 boys picked up a drug dealer and drove him to 23rd and Aldrich avenues so the dealer could sell to Mahad Ali, who got into the car, too. Less than a minute later, Mustafa Ali walked up to the backseat door of the car and the two men fired at each other.
Mahad Ali’s mother told police her son and the victim had “a beef” for months, even visiting Mustafa Ali’s mother previously to try and reconcile. According to the Star Tribune, “The slaying was the latest in a bitter feud between Cedar-Riverside neighborhood gangs and their rivals, who claim the area around Karmel Mall.” Additionally, in September, a high-ranking Somali gang member was shot and killed during a shooting that was apparently staged to look like a home invasion. According to the charges, “both gangs are known for retaliatory and escalating violence that often manifests itself in drive-by shootings, attempted murder and murder. They are known by law enforcement to attack each other over using the same drug dealers.”
What’s interesting is that these gangs have been flourishing in the area for some time.
Maine – Somali Muslims Attack Assimilation: “We’re Here To Stay, Whether You Like It Or Not!”
The Media Covering Up 100 Somali Teens & Adults Assaulting Families-Children at Amusement Park Gang of Somali Muslim Kids Attacked Maine Residents In Park With Sticks & Fists Minnesota State Senators Want to Spend $18,000,000 of Taxpayer Money on “Somali Community Development”
Tore from Loomered.com comments on what is causing this to occur.
“Immediately following the rapid intake and resettling of Somalian refugees, crime in Minneapolis spiked,” Tore wrote. “Abuse of government funding, murders, theft, and a variety of public menacing strongly correlate to predominantly Somali neighborhoods.” “Those arriving from Somalia are accustomed to gang related behavior since culturally tribal behavior is prevalent between clans,” she added. “Fights and even murder in public areas are common in Somalia. Such incidents that may result in death are oddly “socially acceptable” when there is rivalry or “beef” between them.”
Journalist Travels to Ilhan Omar’s Homeland to Prove Somalia is Beautiful – Gets Killed by Muslim Terrorists Report: Ilhan Omar’s Father & Other Somalian War Criminals Illegally Living In The US
Minnesota: First Somali Muslim On Minneapolis Police Force Convicted Of Murder She then concluded:
The Somali gang problem is incredible and the leadership in Minneapolis and Minnesota in general is allowing it to grow and fester. When people come to the United States as refugees it is because they seek to escape from a nation that considers such acts normal to one that denounces them and offers safety. It’s obviously no surprise how a person who hates America, is a terrorist sympathizer, and refers to the 9/11 attacks as “some people did some things,” is the representative of the Somali Clan Gang area. It’s alleged that Omar is part of a clan in Puntland in which her alleged REAL father is a top member of the Al-Shabab affiliate group. We haven’t confirmed this information because Homeland Security and ICE citing “ongoing investigations” rapport when asked.
Why are we allowing them to bring their cultural wars to our backyards?
The agencies responsible in screening these refugees must be audited. Minneapolis is a dangerous city due to high gang crime by the people we so graciously allowed entry into our country to offer them a better life. With so many Christians being persecuted in nations we admit refugees from, why are we bringing those with values that are contrary to ours? Indeed, why are we bringing them in and why are we allowing them to colonize and terrorize neighborhoods. Perhaps, we should be rethinking deporting them back to their homeland.
https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/minneapolis-somali-gangs-are-claiming-territory-killing-to-defend-it/
[
:: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
:: 10-29-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pineapple Express brings record temperatures to Alaska
By Strange Sounds - Oct 29, 2019
Anchorage broke a daily temperature record on Monday, hitting a balmy 54 degrees mid-afternoon. The “Pineapple Express” phenomenon has also led to unseasonably warm weather in a broad swath of Southwest and Western Alaska and could lead to a rare Anchorage snowsuit-free Halloween. Anchorage broke a daily temperature record on Monday, hitting a balmy 54 degrees mid-afternoon, according to the National Weather Service. The previous record, 52 degrees, was set in 2013. Anchorage’s high on Monday was a full 20 degrees over the average high temperature for Oct. 28, which is 34 degrees, said NWS meteorologist Michelle McAuley. The coldest Oct. 28 on record in Anchorage reached just 8 degrees, in 2008. An “atmospheric river” has been pumping warm and moist air from the tropical Pacific Ocean north, bringing record temperatures to Alaska. The phenomenon, known as the “Pineapple Express” has also led to unseasonably warm weather in a broad swath of Southwest and Western Alaska. Bethel, Saint Paul, Kodiak, Cold Bay and King Salmon all broke daily temperature records on Sunday, the NWS said. The above-average temperatures should stick around through Wednesday, McAuley said. Thursday may be the rare Anchorage snowsuit-free Halloween, with temperatures expected to cool slightly but remain in the 40s.
https://strangesounds.org/2019/10/alaska-pineapple-express-atmospheric-river-high-temperatures.html
:: 10-29-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A Dead Caliph and the Eternal Jihad
Trump deserves praise for winning this battle. But is America winning the war?
Tue Oct 29, 2019 Raymond Ibrahim
Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, the head or “caliph” of the Islamic State, is finally dead. This is certainly welcome news—if only because someone like al-Baghdadi deserves his fate. And President Trump deserves much credit for eliminating this evil leader of ISIS. But while we can all celebrate this monster getting his just deserts, al-Baghdadi’s death will, unfortunately, likely have zero impact on the jihad. This dismal prognostication is fortified by the fact that, for nearly 14 years now, every time an Islamic terror leader was killed, politicians and media exulted, portraying the death as a major blow to the jihad; and, for nearly 14 years now, I have responded by recycling an article that I first wrote in 2006, titled “The West’s Multi-Headed Monster.” Although I changed the names of the jihadi leaders killed to suit the occasion—first Abu Mus‘ab al-Zarqawi, then Abu Hamza al-Masri, then Abu Laith al-Libi, then Abu Omar al-Baghdadi and Abu Ayub al-Misri, then Osama bin Laden, and now Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi—my conclusion has remained the same: The West’s plight vis-à-vis radical Islam is therefore akin to Hercules’ epic encounter with the multi-headed Hydra-monster. Every time the mythical strongman lopped off one of the monster’s heads, two new ones grew in its place. To slay the beast once and for all, Hercules learned to cauterize the stumps with fire, thereby preventing any more heads from sprouting out. Similarly, while the West continues to lop off monster heads like figurehead Zarqawi [or bin Laden, al-Baghdadi, et al] it is imperative to treat the malady — radical Islam—in order to ultimately prevail. Victory can only come when the violent ideologies of radical Islam are cauterized with fire. But alas, the Hydra-monster is myth, while radical Islam is stark reality. Consider, for instance, all the exultation that took place in 2006 after al-Zarqawi—the forefather of the Islamic State, or “Al-Qaeda Second Generation”—was killed. Then, almost every major politician, including President Bush, Prime Minister Blair, and Iraq’s Prime Minister Maliki, gave some sort of victory speech. The New York Times called his death a “major watershed in the war.” Similarly, in 2008, after Abu Laith al-Libi was killed, Congressman Peter Hoekstra issued a statement saying that his death “clearly will have an impact on the radical jihadist movement.” More myopic triumphalism was in the air after Abu Omar al-Baghdadi and Abu Ayub al-Masri were killed in 2010 during a joint U.S.-Iraqi operation. Then, U.S. Vice-President Joe Biden said the “deaths are potentially devastating blows to al-Qaeda in Iraq [the embryonic form of the Islamic State],” adding “This operation is evidence in my view, that the future of Iraq will not be shaped by those who would seek to destroy that country”—a prediction that proved to be woefully wrong. Similarly, U.S. commander Gen. Raymond Odierno asserted that “The death of these terrorists is potentially the most significant blow to al-Qaeda in Iraq since the beginning of the insurgency,” adding that it would be “very difficult” for the al Qaeda network to replace the two men. And who could forget all the media triumphalism, if not hysteria, surrounding the 2011 death of Osama bin Laden? Then, CNN security analyst Peter Bergen declared that “Killing bin Laden is the end of the war on terror. We can just sort of announce that right now.” Insisting that the “iconic nature of bin Laden’s persona” cannot be replaced, Bergen further suggested that “It’s time to move on.” Another CNN analyst, Fareed Zakaria, assured us that “this is a huge, devastating blow to al-Qaeda, which had already been crippled by the Arab Spring. It is not an exaggeration to say that this is the end of al-Qaeda in any meaningful sense of the word.” In retrospect, surely all these assertions and assurances have proven to be immensely puerile—even for mainstream media “analysts.” The only significant development following the killing of bin Laden was the birth, spread, and subsequent hegemony of the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria (“ISIS”)—an organization that made al-Qaeda pale in comparison when it came to savagery and atrocities. To recap, for years, Americans were repeatedly told that al-Qaeda was suffering “devastating blows”; that the killing of individual jihadis were “major watersheds in the war”; that “the end of the war on terror” occurred in 2011, when bin Laden died (“it’s time to move on,” counseled Peter Bergen); and “that the future of Iraq will not be shaped by those who would seek to destroy that country,” according to Biden. Yet, lo and behold: an Islamic State, a caliphate engaged in the worst atrocities of the twenty-first century, was born—despite the deaths of individual jihadi leaders, including the notorious bin Laden. In light of this, should one expect the jihad to disappear now that al-Baghdadi is dead? When it comes to the significance of the killing of this or that jihadi leader, the most accurate prediction I have ever read—one that has proven too true—comes not from U.S. politicians, “experts,” or media. It comes from al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri. Asked in a 2005 interview about the status of bin Laden and the Taliban’s Mullah Omar, he confidently replied: Jihad in the path of Allah is greater than any individual or organization. It is a struggle between Truth and Falsehood, until Allah Almighty inherits the earth and those who live in it. Mullah Muhammad Omar and Sheikh Osama bin Laden—may Allah protect them from all evil—are merely two soldiers of Islam in the journey of jihad, while the struggle between Truth [Islam] and Falsehood [non-Islam] transcends time (The Al Qaeda Reader, p.182, emphasis added). And there it is: jihad “transcends time” and is not predicated on this or that leader. Jihadi warlords, ideologues, emirs, sultans, caliphs—even the prophet of Islam himself—have come and gone for nearly 1,400 years, but the jihad rages on. From here we return to my aforementioned Hercules/Hydra paradigm of 2006: While the West continues to lop off “monster heads,” most recently Trump vis-à-vis al-Baghdadi, it must also comprehend that to achieve true and lasting victory over Islamic terrorism, nothing less than cauterizing those Muslim doctrines/ideologies that give birth to jihadis will ever do.
https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2019/10/dead-caliph-and-eternal-jihad-raymond-ibrahim/
:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
We Now Have Mass Public Unrest In France, Spain, Algeria, Iraq, Lebanon, Egypt, Hong Kong, Venezuela, Chile, Ecuador And Bolivia
by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 16:05 Submitted by Michael Every of Rabobank
Ages and Ages of Rage
Monday morning and we here we go again for another “dramatic week”. There are going to be monthly PMIs to look at in particular: will we see any further deterioration, or will growth start to pick up as an early Christmas present? And there are of course rate meetings for the Fed, and the BOJ, and the BOC: the former will cut, with the real issue being if they will signal more soon or not given they are already deep in Repo Madness; and will the giant BOJ wake up from slumber like a giant Kaiju and start throwing markets into turmoil again? Plus there is the Brexit circus. Will the EU grant the UK an extension until end-January 2020, or a more flexible date, or will France veto that and insist on a very short extension? Almost certainly they will insist that the newly reopened Withdrawal Agreement is this time firmly shut – so if the British Parliament then decides to merrily reopen it from its end and unilaterally start ramming amendments into it, it will not be doing so with EU approval. As such, and just as pertinently, will PM BoJo get his December election or not? The greater likelihood is not, as Labour appears to be desperate for an election – just not now – although the Lib Dems may be prepared to allow one given they see this as a way to prevent any further movement towards Brexit in the short term. (Though what do they think the election campaign will be about? The price of cheese?) Note that the latest opinion poll for the Observer has the Tories on 40% (+3 on the week), Labour unchanged on 24%, and the Lib Dems on 15% (-1), with the Brexit Party on 10% (-2). In Europe, we have just seen the AfD surge to second place in state elections in Germany’s Thuringia with 24% of the vote, double what it got last time, putting it 1ppt ahead of Chancellor Merkel’s CDU, with the Far Left Die Linke in first place. The AfD are nowhere near power as nobody will co-operate with them, but that 24% outcome is all the more remarkable given an attack on a synagogue and neo-Nazi death threats through the campaign. In China, Chairman Xi Jinping will be presiding over the long-expected Communist Party Plenum, which is usually looked to for policy guidance. Market expectations this time are that all the focus will be on politics and control, and none will be on market-based reforms. Tellingly, this weekend saw China disband a three-year old Global Forum on Steel Excess Capacity after nobody has been prepared to cut back on capacity: China is claiming it alone has, but this somehow overlooks that its net steel output is up on three years ago, at a record high, and still growing. On Ukraine-Gate the US impeachment wagon continues to trundle along, with supporters claiming it is laden with damning evidence, and opponents arguing it has exactly as much weight as Russia-Gate did. Perhaps the apparent elimination of IS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi by US special forces will tip the Washington political balance slightly back towards consensus…but perhaps not, as the Washington Post (“Truth Dies in Darkness”) changes its headline description of al-Baghdadi--who presided over torture, mass murder and rape, slavery, and genocide--from “Terrorist-in-chief” to “Austere Religious Scholar” and then finally to “Extremist Leader”. Could they not perhaps have settled on “populist?”, he wondered sarcastically? Enough minutiae about Fed policy: our house view remains they are going all the way back to zero. Enough minutiae about PMIs: it is obvious that broad swathes of the economy are slowing down. The global backdrop remains of slowing growth, increased financial vulnerability in places, and yet an institutional architecture that is either in denial or has no firm idea of what policy mix to use to stop this happening. And, crucially, global populations that are not content to just sit and wait for something better to turn up eventually. Indeed, consider that we now have mass public unrest (on and off) in: France, Spain, and that 24% AfD vote in Germany, and Brexit in the UK; Algeria; Iraq: Lebanon; Egypt; Russia; Hong Kong; Venezuela; Chile; Ecuador; and Bolivia. Plus deepening polarisation in the US – and one could add the middle-class disruption of Extinction Rebellion in Australia, Canada, and others. In short, there isn’t a continent that isn’t seeing unrest in some form, and as Branko Milanovic notes today, one wonders if this isn’t all a little 1968-ish. Of course, one can’t usually join dots that simply, but if this is 1968-redux then consider the historical echoes. The Prague Spring was violently crushed by Soviet Tanks and the West was powerless to prevent it. Meanwhile, student uprisings in the West produced social reforms and a policy swing to the Left. Along with the Vietnam War, that contributed to the end of the USD peg to gold and the first phase of the global Bretton Woods order – and then to very high inflation in the 1970s, which was ultimately ended by the Volcker Fed and the current phase of deflationary neoliberal globalisation that is once again pushing people out onto the streets. In short, regardless of what the Fed does this week, or the BOJ; and whatever the PMIs print at; and whatever the EU or Boris give and get, we still face Ages and Ages of Rage in a market that is still largely pricing for the calm of the status quo ante.
:: 10-28-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Impeachment or Indictments? Who Will Win the Race? The Latest on the Dems vs Trump
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 28, 2019 - 14:30.
Even Bill O’Reilly and Glenn Beck are saying that Civil war seem inevitable. Ron Paul and Dr. Paul Craig Roberts have made very similar statements. Rush Limbaugh has said it often, “Civil War appears to be inevitable”. Many, too many to mention believe that Civil war has already broken out, it is just that the Civil War has started and the bodies will soon follow.
Mark Levin Two days ago, on October 26, 2019, Twitter was abuzz with the fact that Mark Levin was reporting that Andrew McCabe was singing like a canary. I had this information three days ago and was told to not interfere in the process and to please not report it, not just yet. I knew Levin was correct, but said no more that big things are only days away. The President of New California, Paul Preston Paul Preston, due to his role as being the President of New California, is very dialed in with the Trump administration. Don’t forget, the future governor of New California is Rick Perry, who just resigned his cabinet post, with Trump’s blessing to become executive head of the movement. Trump’s administration is fully on board with New California and Perry’s appointment is just one more proof of this fact. On the same day as the tweet from Levin, Preston reported to me that McCabe was given the opportunity to provide state’s evidence in a pre-indictment deal. He was caught lying and was sent home and the deal was cancelled. McCabe packed a bag and was going “to make a run for it and leave the country” when the FBI agents who were tailing him stopped him and took him into FBI headquarters. It is noteworthy that Alex Jones on 10/27 reported on Infowars that indictments are “looming” as the Deep State turns up the heat on Trump. Similar Path I was originally told to withhold the information that Barr was in the process of empaneling a grand jury and Andrew McCabe was likely the first target. I was asked to withhold this information until the information could be placed within a context that would not reveal the agency of the format. With the release of the information described above. I published a broadcast on these facts. October 27, 2019
On this date, all hell literally broke loose. This is the day that Paul Preston told me about McCabe trying to make a run for it and I had the exact same information. Levin reported the empaneling the Grand Jury against McCabe which was different than what he said the day before when it was noted McCabe was singing. When I learned that McCabe had lied to the DOJ and his deal was off the table, it all fit into place. However, this is not the end fo the story. Both Paul Preston and myself, through different sources, tell us that McCabe may be offered a second chance. However, if he lies again, he will be charged with lying to federal officials in addition to his role in the Steele Dossier. Paul Preston also has information that despite James Comey’s bravado that he welcomes telling his story to the Feds, he is secretly telling investigators what he knows. Preston and I have also learned that Peter Strzok’s illicit lover, Lisa Page, with whom Strzok exchanged many incriminating text messages with, is also singing to the DOJ. When readers have previously heard that the DOJ investigation changed from an inquiry to a criminal investigation, Page's testimony what was behind the investigation. Page supposedly implicated McCabe and this is why he was questioned. By the way, Strzok remains uncooperative and he sued 60 days ago to get his job back at the FBI. Pelosi Pelosi recently traveled with several Congressional members for the Democratic Party to Italy. Her chief reason for going was to keep the hopes of impeachment alive as she was hoping Italian officials would provide her with evidence of Trump’s quid pro quo behavior with the Italians. The inquiry was met with disdain by Italian officials. However, something noteworthy did take place on Pelosi’s visit. The Trump-friendly Italian government put Pelosi under surveillance and wiretapped her. The readers may recall that yesterday, I published an article in which I published a photo of Beto O’Rourke and Nancy Pelosi “hanging out” with former Mexican President Nieto. It is a very poorly kept secret that Nieto was paid $100 million by Chappo Guzman to allow the Sinaloa Cartel to continue operate with impunity. Nobody ever accused Pelosi of being bright. Why she would be seen with Nieto with her open border policy was stupid. For Beto it was even worse. He was accused by Ted Cruz of expressing the desire of Beto legalize all drug to go along with this opern border policy. It is amazing that these two would be seen with Nieto and that fact cannot be understated. Pelosi fell into the stupid water again. While in Italy, Pelosi met with Guzman’s wife and they discussed obtaining Pelosi’s help in keeping her son free as he runs the Sinaloa cartel. As the reader may recall, the Mexican National Guard has flirted with arresting and releasing Guzman’s son. Both Paul Preston and myself have this information. From my subsequent inquiries, I have learned that the Italian surveillance of Pelosi will not likely be admissible into evidence because there is not American warrant on file. However, it does tell investigators where to look for more impropriety. For example, in yesterday’s article, I covered the fact that Beto is a serial criminal. This criminality carried over into his campaign financing in his bid to unseat Ted Cruz in the last election cycle. Beto claims that he NEVER accepts corporate campaign funds of PAC money. Ted Cruz accepts both. However, in some type of fundraising miracle, Beto’s campaign donations more than doubled Cruz and almost led him to victory (49% to 51%). When we add in Beto’s open borders and legalization of drugs beliefs, the DOJ could be expected to open an investigation into Beto O’Rourke. This would destroy the Democratic Party in 2020 if a still-standing Presidential candidate was taken down in the manner insinuated here. Conclusion It is important to note that Andrew McCabe was not likely running from the government. He was running from someone who cannot take any chances as to what he will tell the DOJ. This is merely a progress report. Paul Preston and one of my deep-cover stories for this story assures me that although the DOJ is trying to remain obscure, there are leaks everywhere, so we have not heard the last of the coming shakeup of the Democratic Party. But before you breakout into your happy dance please realize that Mitt Romney, Paul Ryan and John Bolton are pitching a Pence Presidency to the Senate in exchange for votes to convict Trump should impeachment proceedings come to the Senate. The word on the street is that these three anti-Trumpers are going after the Senators who are already compromised in some way, usually sexual, and they can be turned with a little applied blackmail. I was told yesterday, that they are within 10 vote of getting what they want.
:: 10-29-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Buried News: How Trump Forced the Sale of China’s Port in California and May Have Thwarted a Chinese Invasion
October 29, 2019 Dean Garrison
Remember when The Obama Administration accepted a 40-year lease, from THE CHINESE, for a shipping port in Long Beach, California? It was quite controversial at the time. But since the search engines and social networks don’t often report pro-Trump stories, many may not know that President Trump forced the Chinese (state owned Cosco) to sell that port back several months ago. From Citizens’ Journal: China is stealing our technology—and only President Trump has been fighting to stop it. China has kept our businesses out of China—or only in minority ownership position if allowed in China. Now, President Trump has ordered the sale of the Chinese government OWNERSHIP of the Port of Long Beach—bet you did not know the Totalitarian Chinese owned our Port? He did it for national security—something Obama did not care about when he allowed the Chinese to buy the Port.
“The Trump Administration’s Department of Homeland Security has forced China’s state-owned Cosco* to sell the Port of Long Beach over security concerns. China’s Cosco Shipping Holdings, which bought out its 75 percent–owned Hong Kong–based Orient Overseas International (OOCL), was forced to sell its Port of Long Beach Container Terminal ownership to Macquarie Infrastructure Partners for $1.78 billion. The Obama administration had no problems with OOCL signing a 40-year lease with the City of Long Beach in 2012 for control of America’s second largest and most automated container handling operation. The sweetheart deal was part of the “Middle Harbor Redevelopment Program” to fund a $1.5-billion expansion through 2020. Obama gave $150 BILLION to Iran—to be used against American military, blowing up oil fields and supporting the terrorist effort worldwide. Obama SOLD an American Port to the Totalitarian Chinese. The good news is that Donald Trump is the President for Americans and the Free World. Obama tried to give away our freedoms or sell our safety. That is something the Democrats will have to defend in 2020—especially Joe Biden. Read the Rest…
:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NYC Secretly Shipping Homeless People To Over 350 Cities Including Honolulu, Houston
by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 19:40
New York City officials have been quietly dumping homeless people to more than 370 cities across 32 states, including Honolulu and Houston. Under Mayor Bill de Blasio's "Special One-Time Assistance Program," (SOTA) local homeless families are given a full year's worth of rent - which has cost NYC taxpayers $89 million on rent alone since August 2017 - before exporting some 5,074 homeless families (12,482 individuals) to cities as far as the South Pacific, according to the New York Post, citing data from the Department of Homeless Services (DHS). The city also paid travel expenses, through a separate taxpayer-funded program called Project Reconnect, but would not divulge how much it spent. A Friday flight to Honolulu for four people would cost about $1,400. A bus ticket to Salt Lake City, Utah, for the same family would cost $800. Add to the tab the cost of furnishings, which the city also did not disclose. One SOTA recipient said she received $1,000 for them. DHS defends the stratospheric costs, saying it actually saves the city on shelter funding — which amounts to about $41,000 annually per family, as compared to the average yearly rent of $17,563 to house families elsewhere. -New York Post Critics say the solution has failed to curb the city's homelessness problem. Moreover, officials in the receiving cities are furious - while some of the homeless families are now suing NYC over being abandoned in 'barely livable conditions,' according to the report, which claims that "multiple outside agencies and organizations have opened investigations into SOTA." The mayor of Willacoochee, Georgia, was similarly stunned. “I’m not familiar with none of that,” Samuel Newson said. The mayor of Harrisville, Utah — who was so baffled to receive a call from The Post that she questioned if the reporter had the wrong number — asked if SOTA recipients are connected to social services in the towns where they move. “Are they just cutting them loose and saying, ‘Here you go’? Or are they making sure they don’t find themselves in the same situation a year later?” Michelle Tait asked. -New York Post "We were initially seeing a lot of complaints about conditions. Now that the program has been in operation long enough that the SOTA subsidy is expiring, one of our main concerns is it might not be realistic for people to be entirely self-sufficient after that first year," said Jacquelyn Simone, policy analyst at Coalition for the Homeless. According to DHS, 224 SOTA families have returned to NYC shelters. "We suggested that DHS reach out to people as their subsidy runs out to confirm they will be secure and not have to re-enter shelter, but the agency told us they have no plans to do that," said Joshua Goldfein, a legal aid attorney whose firm represents SOTA families who claim they were pressured to move to New Jersey slums. About 56 percent of the families move out-of-state, costing the city an average of $15,600 in annual rent. Thirty-five percent move within city limits with an average rent of $20,500, and 9 percent move elsewhere in New York state, costing approximately $17,900. Homeless individuals and families are eligible for SOTA if they can prove they have been in a New York City shelter for at least 90 days and that their household income is no more than twice what it owes in rent. DHS would not expand on eligibility rules. -New York Post Read the rest of the report here.
:: 10-28-19 Dollar Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Welcome To The Third World, Part 30: California Burning In The Dark
by John Rubino ◆ October 28, 2019 2 Comments
Venezuela has suffered through recurring power outages this year, as money for routine maintenance dries up and power plant employees flee the country (and, okay, as the US practices its cyberwar skills on a vulnerable target). Some of the blackouts have lasted as long as a week. Here’s an aerial photo comparing Caracas on a normal night with a “new normal” blackout night. Why open a post on California’s blackouts with Venezuela? Because the latter is not a surprise. A socialist Latin American country is expected to spend a fair bit of time in the dark while its impoverished citizens barter cigarettes for gasoline. Meanwhile we Americans, safe in the belief that our big systems are well-run, can’t imagine ending up in such a self-inflicted mess. And yet…this month Californians are enduring rolling blackouts as the (now bankrupt) local utility tries to avert a repeat of last year’s equipment-failure-caused fires that destroyed entire towns. See Paradise CA “wiped off the map” by fire. And where America’s traditional take on natural disasters is that they happen, we throw the needed resources into rebuilding, and normal life returns — that may not be possible this time:
Massive California blackouts could become way of life (NBC) – As PG&E begins a second round of fire-safety power shutoffs, it warns a third, bigger blackout could be needed as soon as the weekend.
Hundreds of thousands of residents of Northern California whose power will be shut off in the next two days got even worse news Wednesday: Another, even larger, blackout is likely over the weekend.
The state’s largest utility, Pacific Gas and Electric Corp., or PG&E, began shutting off electricity to nearly a half-million people Wednesday afternoon, the second massive blackout in two weeks. It said hot, dry winds and low humidity were creating a high risk of sparks and “rapid wildfire spread” from its long-neglected power lines. The blackouts will eventually spread to parts of 17 counties — including such large communities as Santa Rosa, Sonoma and Napa but not San Francisco or San Jose — at least through Thursday afternoon and through Friday afternoon in other parts of the region, PG&E said.
In the southern part of the state, Southern California Edison began cutting off power to almost 27,000 customers on Thursday and said it was considering shutoffs to almost 400,000 more. The potential coverage area includes such large communities as San Bernardino, Malibu, Irvine, Glendale and Palm Springs but not Los Angeles itself, which is served by a separate power company. Total potential blackouts could exceed 1 million. “Some would say, ‘It’s life.’ But I think it’s not the life we used to have,” John Sikora of Placerville told KCRA. “I think it could easily be changed.” PG&E is in the largest bankruptcy proceeding in U.S. history, threatened by as much as $18 billion in potential liabilities from the role its power lines played in several highly destructive fires that burned hundreds of thousands of acres of Northern California in 2017 and 2018. The company has warned that wide-scale rolling blackouts could be needed for as long as a decade as it races to harden its transmission systems, calling it “a multi-year journey.” “We do think that this is the new normal that we need to be prepared for,” Ari Vanrenen, a spokeswoman for the utility, told NBC News during the blackouts earlier this month. Which brings us back to Venezuela and the rest of what used to be called the Third World, where overpopulation collides with corruption and mismanagement to produce crises that never really end. Their citizens’ lives are hard in ways that middle class American’s can’t imagine. But as the US and the rest of the developed world make basically the same mistakes – overborrowing while moving tens of millions of people to large cities and/or disaster-prone regions like Southern California and the East Coast’s hurricane alley, this same combination of too many crises and not enough wealth is producing a Third World style permanent cut in living standards. What happens next is predictable: Over-indebted governments faced with the need to bail out everyone in sight will create a tidal wave of new currency to keep the chaos at bay, leading to a collapse in those currencies’ value. California, as usual, seems to be leading the way.
https://www.dollarcollapse.com/california-blackouts/
[ :: 10-26-14
am service (2d word)
:: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.
:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America Has Officially Gone Insane
by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 19:20
Authored by Finian Cunningham via The Strategic Culture Foundation,
The low-ball mudslinging and pantomime palaver among America’s political class is like a theater of absurd. Any form of vilification is now acceptable. President Trump and his Twitter rants may have helped set the bar of indecency to an all-time low, but Democrats and Republicans have quickly joined the descent into madness. The sanity test was spectacularly failed recently when former Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton lashed out at her party member Tulsi Gabbard, inferring she was a “Russian asset”. The Hawaii congresswoman, who is vying for a run at the presidency in next year’s elections, was defended by some fellow Democratic politicians. But many Clinton aides and media pundits doubled down on Clinton’s smear campaign, reiterating that Gabbard was “working for the Kremlin”. This bipartisan Russophobia can be traced back decades to the Red Scare paranoia of the Cold War and McCarthyite persecution during the 1950s of suspected Soviet sympathizers in Washington and Hollywood. But for the past three years, since the 2016 election, the Cold War has been crazily enlivened with the “Russiagate scandal” of alleged interference in American political affairs by Moscow. It was the Clinton campaign, establishment media and her intelligence agency supporters that launched that canard against Trump. Despite lack of evidence and credibility as shown by the vacuous Mueller probe earlier this year, the ridiculous Russiagate narrative and its underlying Russophobia still manages to dominate the views of the US political class, as exemplified by how Clinton’s preposterous smearing of Gabbard was given undue media coverage and supportive commentary. Affording trust and respect for such inane paranoia is surely a sign that America has officially gone insane. Another symptom of collective madness is seen when truth and factual evidence are presented, but then the truth-teller is pilloried and the facts are blankly ignored. Tulsi Gabbard told the truth on a recent national TV debate when she said plainly that “the US supports Al Qaeda terrorists”. The incredulous looks from the other Democratic candidates indicated that they are cocooned in a fantasy-world of official American propaganda which claims that US military forces are in Syria and elsewhere to “fight terrorism”. For speaking such unvarnished truth, veteran servicewoman Gabbard was savaged in media reports and commentary for disseminating disinformation and lies. As well as being labelled a “Russian asset”, she is also denounced as an “Assad apologist”. However, this week, two developments demonstrate that Gabbard is correct in her linking of US support to terror groups in Syria and the Middle East more widely. First, we had President Donald Trump announcing approval of $4.5 million in aid to the White Helmets, the so-called rescue group operating in Syria. Trump hailed them as “important and highly valued”. Last year, the president also signed off on $6.8 million of aid to the White Helmets. Despite this group winning an Oscar award for one its propaganda films, the White Helmets have been outed by several investigative reports as a media arm for the Al Qaeda-affiliated Hayat Tahrir al Shams (formerly, Nusra Front) and other Islamic State (ISIS) outfits. The pseudo rescue group only works in the diminished areas that are under the control of the jihadist terror network. The White Helmets are unknown to, or repudiated by, most of the Syrian civilian population. They have been exposed for having mounted false-flag terror attacks with chemical weapons and falsely attributing the attacks to the Syrian Arab Army or allied Russian forces. “They are a complete propaganda construct,” says award-winning journalist John Pilger. For Trump and other Western governments like the British and French to openly support the White Helmets with millions of dollars is irrefutable proof of the official sponsorship by Western powers of the terrorist network in Syria. Of course, that is consistent with the analysis that these same governments have waged a covert criminal war of regime change against Syria. Again, it is only Tulsi Gabbard among American politicians who has explicitly stated this nefarious involvement of Washington in Syria. Yet she is condemned from all sides as a liar and foreign agent. The second development this week indicting US links to terror groups – but which is studiously ignored by the Western media – are credible reports of American military force airlifting Al Qaeda-type jihadists out of northeast Syria. Russia’s Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu this week confirmed that hundreds of suspected jihadi prisoners had escaped from jails and camps amid the turmoil of the Turkish offensive against Kurdish militia. Syrian state media reports that, “US occupation continues to transport hundreds of Daesh [ISIS] terrorists from Syria to Iraq”. Many of the detained terror suspects were lifted by American transport helicopters from the giant Al Houl camp near Hasaka city and relocated to western Iraq. Rather than handing over these illegal militants to advancing Syrian state forces, the Pentagon seems intent on holding on to its proxy assets. Maybe to fight in a renewed insurgency against Syria or elsewhere that Washington designates for regime-change operation. In separate media reports, US forces are also being relocated from eastern Syria to set up bases in western Iraq. This suggests a concerted consolidation between US military forces and the terror groups which were used to wage the failed war in Syria. Whenever Washington’s political class has descended into name-calling and smearing based on clueless prejudice and paranoia, and whenever the stark truth of America’s criminal war-making is roundly rejected – indeed twisted to demonize truth-tellers like Tulsi Gabbard – then we surely know that the USA now stands for the United States of [Mental] Asylum.
https://www.zerohedge.com/political/america-has-officially-gone-insane
[
:: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
:: 10-27-19 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
“Diablo Winds” Are Ferociously Whipping “Out Of Control” Wildfires Across Vast Stretches Of Northern California
October 27, 2019 by Michael Snyder
Why does this keep happening to California year after year? As you read this article, enormous wildfires are ravaging large portions of northern California, and Governor Gavin Newsom has already declared a statewide emergency. An extreme wind event that began on Saturday evening is pushing the fires along at a staggering rate, and when the winds are howling this ferociously it is exceedingly difficult for firefighters to keep the fires from spreading. It was being reported that on Sunday morning there were sustained winds exceeding 90 mph in northern California with “gusts that topped 100 mph”. It was the strongest wind event in several years, and it came at an extremely unfortunate time. These “hurricane-force Diablo winds” will continue into Monday morning, but that doesn’t mean that things will start to get better. As you will see below, another extreme wind event is in the forecast for Tuesday and Wednesday.
The Kincade Fire is the largest of the wildfires, and according to ABC News it has now “grown to 85 square miles”…
California Fire officials say a rapidly moving fire in Northern California wine country has grown to 85 square miles (220 square kilometers) and destroyed 94 buildings.
Cal Fire spokesman Jonathan Cox called the conditions throughout California “a tinderbox” Sunday and asked people to continue being vigilant in helping to prevent fires from breaking out.
That is an absolutely massive wildfire, and the extremely strong winds are picking up embers from the Kincade Fire and starting blazes in new areas.
The following is what Cal Fire Captain Robert Foxworthy told reporters on Sunday morning…
“The wind speeds are extreme…The strongest winds I have felt in my career,” Cal Fire Capt. Robert Foxworthy told KPIX 5 Sunday morning. “They (the winds) are throwing embers a considerable distance in front of the main fire, causing spot fires, creating a real challenge for the crews fighting the fire.” The Kincade Fire was only about 10 percent contained early on Sunday, but thanks to this extreme wind event the level of containment has now fallen to 5 percent. In other words, this fire is completely and utterly out of control. Pacific Gas & Electric is telling us that “nearly 2.7 million people lost electricity” on Sunday, and they are expecting more blackouts in northern California during the week. Could you imagine being in the dark with no electricity and massive wildfires are raging all around you? This is a terrifying time for those living in northern California, and approximately 200,000 are currently under mandatory evacuation orders. According to the Sonoma County Sheriff, nobody can remember another time when there was an evacuation order this large… Approx 180,000 people under evacuation order due to #KincadeFire. This is the largest evacuation that any of us at the Sheriff’s Office can remember. Take care of each other. Sadly, most homeowners in California do not have fire insurance, and so when they lose their homes they may find it exceedingly difficult to rebuild. And after last year’s horrific fires, some insurance companies decided not to renew coverage for many of those that did actually have fire insurance… After last year’s devastating wildfires, insurance companies are balking at fire coverage policy renewals for more than 350,000 residents in high-risk areas. “We are seeing an increasing trend across California where people at risk of wildfires are being non-renewed by their insurer,” state Insurance Commissioner Ricardo Lara said in a statement. The California Department of Insurance “has seen cases where homeowners were paying an annual premium of $800-$1,000 but, upon renewal, saw increases to as high as $2,500-$5,000,” a staggering rise of more than 300 percent in most cases. Insurance companies keep making it really hard for us to have a positive view of them. The entire purpose for insuring our homes is so that if disaster strikes we will be able to rebuild. Of course it probably doesn’t make much business sense to keep insuring multi-million dollar homes that are built in the middle of a tinderbox if these sorts of wildfires are just going to keep happening year after year after year. But the truth is that we never used to see fires of such ferocity and intensity year after year. Yes, there have always been wildfires in California, but something has changed. So why is this happening? Why is California being absolutely pummeled by unprecedented fires in recent years? Ultimately, I think that these latest fires will encourage even more people to leave the state, and you certainly can’t blame anyone that wants to leave. The winds that are fueling the rapid growth of these wildfires are expected to die down late on Monday, but then another extreme wind event is coming on Tuesday… On Sunday afternoon, PG&E announced it’s monitoring another extreme-wind event that could trigger yet another power outage Tuesday and Wednesday, the third such blackout in a week and fourth in October. Up to 32 counties in Northern and Central California could be affected. Any way that you want to look at it, this is going to be a very tough week for northern California. This is what Governor Gavin Newsom said about “the next 72 hours” on Saturday… “The next 72 hours will be challenging,” Gov. Gavin Newsom said on Saturday. “I could sugarcoat it, but I will not.” At this moment, there are some portions of northern California that literally look like “hell on Earth”. The devastation caused by these fires is going to be immense, but so far there haven’t been any reported deaths. So that is the good news. But the bad news is that these fires are going to keep happening, and the extreme social decay that is pushing so many people to leave the state is only going to intensify. Yes, the weather is very nice in California in the winter and there are still lots of good jobs, but if I was living in California right now I would be looking to leave as soon as possible.
About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I can only allow this to happen if this “About the Author” section is included with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.
:: 10-28-19 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Celebrities flee L.A. blaze while wine country wildfire threatens 80,000 structures
By Associated Press Published: Oct 28, 2019 9:30 p.m. ET
Fire burns 5 homes near Getty museum, forcees thousands of evacuations
LOS ANGELES — A wildfire swept through the star-studded hills of Los Angeles on Monday, destroying several large homes and forcing LeBron James and thousands of others to flee. Meanwhile, a blaze in Northern California wine country exploded in size. The flames that roared up a steep hillside near the J. Paul Getty Museum in Los Angeles’ Brentwood section illustrated the danger the state faces as high winds batter both ends of California and threaten to turn any spark into a devastating inferno. No deaths from either blaze were reported, but a firefighter was seriously injured in the fire in Sonoma County wine country. Some 2.2 million people lacked electricity after California’s biggest utility, Pacific Gas & Electric PCG, +3.78% , shut it off over the weekend in the northern part of the state to prevent its equipment from sparking blazes during windy weather. PG&E said Monday it has restored service to hundreds of thousands of Northern California customers. Meanwhile, forecasters say winds will whip up again later in the week. PG&E said starting early Tuesday it will begin shutting off power to 605,000 customers — about 1.5 million people — in 29 counties. The company, which was driven into bankruptcy after its equipment ignited several deadly wildfires in recent years, admitted Monday that despite the outages, its power lines may have started two smaller fires over the weekend in the San Francisco Bay Area. PG&E also has said its transmission lines may have been responsible for the Sonoma County fire. That blaze, which broke out last week amid the vineyards and wineries north of San Francisco, doubled in a day to at least 103 square miles, destroying 96 buildings, including at least 40 homes, and threatening 80,000 more structures, authorities said. About 156,000 people were under evacuation orders because of the fire, mostly in and around the city of Santa Rosa. The flames didn’t discriminate. In wine country, farmworkers who toil in the vineyards were among those displaced. In Los Angeles, James and former Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger were driven from their homes. “Man these LA (fires) are no joke,” the Los Angeles Lakers star tweeted, using an emoji for the word “fires.” ‘’Crazy night.” The Hollywood premiere of Schwarzenegger’s “Terminator: Dark Fate” was canceled Monday night. Others who own homes in the evacuation zone include Sen. Kamala Harris, a Democrat running for president, who was not home at the time; Walt Disney Co. DIS, +0.02% CEO Bob Iger; and rapper and producer Dr. Dre. Anxious residents made their way down steep hillsides in the middle of the night in Range Rovers, Teslas and Maseratis. They left behind homes decorated for Halloween — skeletons hanging from homes, goblins sitting on front steps, cobwebs draped over bushes — as a plume of smoke glowed like a giant pumpkin. David Boyle, 78, awoke at 3 a.m. to his doorbell ringing and police officers pounding on the front door. They warned him the wildfire was advancing toward his house near the Getty complex. “They said, ‘You need to evacuate.’ I’m like, ‘When?’ They said, ‘Now,’” Doyle said. He grabbed dog food and his wife’s jewelry and hustled his dogs out the door. They went to a recreation center. “It’s a fact of life when you live in this area,” he said. “Every place has some problem with disasters. People talk about earthquakes here, but I don’t think it’s as bad as hurricane season.” Tens of thousands of people were ordered to clear out as the fire spread to more than 600 acres and burned at least five homes, authorities said. The evacuation area extended west into Pacific Palisades, encompassing some of the most exclusive real estate in California, where celebrities and wealthy professionals live in estates nestled in canyons or on ridgetop retreats that cost tens of millions of dollars but are surrounded by tinder-dry vegetation. Hours after homes had burned, some of the 1,000-plus firefighters battling the flames were hosing down smoldering ruins. Others attacked flare-ups in the brush-covered wilderness around neighborhoods. Helicopters beat the air, and the buzz of chain saws echoed from the canyons. Hills were charred black, and in some places, white ash was all that remained. The fire shut down southbound lanes of Interstate 405, a major commuting corridor and the route to Los Angeles International Airport from the San Fernando Valley. The Getty, with its collection of priceless art, was not threatened, fire officials said. The museum gave assurances that its artworks are protected by state-of-the-art technology. But Mount St. Mary’s University evacuated 450 students from its nearby campus. And the University of California, Los Angeles, canceled classes — not because of any direct threat from the flames but because of disruptions caused by the fire. Similarly in Northern California, some 40 school districts in Sonoma County canceled classes, as did the University of California, Berkeley, which had no power because of the outages. With no rain and more wind in the forecast, the coming days could be grim. “This is when we have the most potential for large and damaging fires,” said Thom Porter, chief of the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. “All of California is in play right now.” Gov. Gavin Newsom declared a state of emergency over the weekend. The biggest evacuation was in Sonoma County, where some people who packed up and fled had done so two years ago, when devastating wildfires swept through the region, killing 44 people. At an evacuation center at Napa Valley College, 15-year-old Francisco Alvarado said he, two younger brothers and his parents decided to leave their Calistoga home ahead of evacuation orders. Two years ago, the family had to flee in the middle of the night. “I’m pretty mad that we have to keep evacuating,” he said. “I just want to be home. I’m trying to leave here tomorrow. I want to sleep in my bed.”
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 10-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
They ARE The Enemy Of The People - Fake News Media Glorifies Terrorism Because They Hate Trump And His Supporters More Than They Love America
October 28, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine
Over the weekend, U.S. forces conducted a raid that resulted in the death of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, leader of the terrorist group ISIS, responsible for thousands of deaths across the middle east. According to multiple reports, and a statement by President Trump, the ISIS leaders ended up blowing himself and three of his own children up to prevent his capture. Normal Americans would be thinking "good riddance to bad rubbish," considering ISIS was known for beheading journalists, killing Christians throughout the middle east and terrorizing entire nations, but the liberal media in America, rather than celebrating the death of a monster, has once again shown their propensity to glorify terrorists and terrorism. WASHINGTON POST CALLS BAGHDADI "AUSTERE RELIGIOUS LEADER"
We'll starts with Washington Post who is being roundly criticized for their multiple edits to their headline in an article regarding the death of the ISIS leader. Make no mistake, this was a self-induced injury for Wapo, as their original headline accurately described Baghdadi as "Islamic State’s 'terrorist-in-chief,'" before changing it to a headline that "sugar coated the terror inflicted by Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi," as reported by USA Today. The new headline called Baghdadi an "austere religious leader." Social media went nuts on them for that change as the Twitter hashtag "#WaPoDeathNotices" immediately started trending with users making up fictional fawning headlines for "death notices" written by Wapo for other monsters, such as Hitler, Nero, Genghis Kahn, Charles Manson, Mussolini and more. In the midst of the brutal backlash against Washington Post, the paper then made a third edit to their headline, which now reads "Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, extremist leader of Islamic State, dies at 48." Had they simply left their original, completely accurate headline alone, Wapo may not have been mocked as badly, although as some have noted the entire obituary was "weird," and "absurd," as they described Baghdadi as a religious scholar, and ended their piece with his call to arms to join ISIS and conquer the west. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) While many might say, "It is one article, one mistake," a look into other liberal establishment media personalities and articles, we see a pattern emerging of not only glorifying Baghdadi, who reigned over a terror group that is known for rape, torture, crucifixions, and outright genocide, but of others attempting to excuse Wapo, such as CNN's Brian Stelter, who tries to claim that example like this are "occasional terrible screwups." The support of a CNN talking head for Wapo's glorification of a terrorist is not all that surprising since CNN itself is full of pundits that have been known to defend domestic terror groups such as Antifa, claiming that their constant violence against those that disagree with their ideology simply shows that "no organization is perfect," as another CNN pundit Chris "Fredo" Cuomo rushes to defend Antifa's attacks against police, journalist and peaceful protesters. BLOOMBERG JOINS WAPO IN THE "FAWN OVER TERRORIST' CLUB As Twitchy noted on Sunday, after Wapo's PR disaster, Bloomberg Politics decided join the "fawn over terrorists" club, with their own piece titled "Who Was Islamic State Leader Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi?" Their Twitter promotional for their article stated "Islamic State leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi transformed himself from a little-known teacher of Koranic recitation into the self-proclaimed ruler of an entity that covered swaths of Syria and Iraq." Granted the article itself acknowledges that Bagdadi led a group responsible for "mass murder," but neither the headline nor the promotional made it clear to those that read headlines but rarely bother to click over to read entire articles. ANALYSIS - MEDIA HATES TRUMP & SUPPORTERS MORE THAN THEY LOVE AMERICA Pre-Trump, the media was more subtle in their use of their power over information in attempting to transform America from the ideals this nation was founded on, to a more communistic ideology, but once Donald Trump won the presidency, they threw subtle out the window and their hatred for half of America, those that supported President Trump, became blatant and overt. This whole fiasco on the part of the media regarding Baghdadi, is just a part of the media hating President Trump so much that they would rather glorify a mass murdering terrorist than give appropriate credit to President Trump for authorizing the raid against the ISIS leader. Other examples that have been seen include, but are not limited to; Liberal establishment media constantly downplaying the economic accomplishments during the Trump era; Ignoring the record low unemployment numbers for minority groups in order to portray President Trump as a "racist," as evidenced by the NYT determining that everything moving forward should be reported from a "racial" perspective; Liberal cable news shows allowing guests to compare Trump supporters to rapists, Nazis & racists, etc.... With the amount of fake, incorrect, and inaccurate establishment media articles over the last three years, all of which are anti-Trump, with the "mistakes" never going in the other direction, it has become blatantly clear that for half of Americans, the media has become the "enemy of the people," where truth is secondary to harming the President and his supporters, and where the leftists narrative must be pushed at all costs, with no regard whatsoever as to the "truth" in their reporting. What many of us that have been observing the media over the course of the past three years have noticed, is that the media hates President Trump, far more than they love America and that hatred includes all Trump supporters. BOTTOM LINE
When liberals, Democrats and the media (I know, same thing!) would rather sugar-coat their descriptions of a monster that rapes, tortures, beheads, mass murders Christians, and other horrendous actions, rather than give the President the credit for never wavering on his desire to capture or kill the same said terrorist, it indicates just how much the liberal media not only hates President Trump, but every single Trump supporter. The bottom line reason the media has turned themselves into the "enemy of the people" all comes down to the fact that we refused to let them control us in 2016, and no matter what they have tried, how much they have lied, they still haven't regained the control over the "narrative," the information, nor the minds of those that still support our President. In the video interview below, at around the 7:25 minute mark, Secretary of state Mike Pompeo, addresses the Washington Post scandal, calling the change of their headline "appalling and sick."
http://allnewspipeline.com/Media_Glorifies_Terrorism_They_Hate_America.php
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 10-29-19 ABC News 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tuesday, October 29, 2019 10:27AM AP
DAVAO, Philippines -- A powerful earthquake shook the southern Philippines on Tuesday, killing one person, injuring dozens and sending people dashing out of homes and buildings in a region still recovering from recent strong quakes. The 6.6 magnitude earthquake was caused by movement in a local fault about 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) deep about 25 kilometers northeast of Tulunan town in Cotabato province, the Philippine Institute of Seismology and Volcanology said. The U.S. Geological Survey had the same measurement, adjusted from a preliminary 6.8. The Office of Civil Defense reported a 66-year-old man died from head injuries apparently after being hit by a falling object in South Cotabato province's capital city of Koronadal, where 30 other people were injured as they dashed out of homes, offices and shopping malls as the ground shook. More than a dozen people were injured in M'lang town in Cotabato and Cagayan de Oro province, according to OCD. Several cities and towns suspended classes to allow inspections of school buildings. At least three government and privately owned buildings damaged in another quake earlier this month sustained further damages and remained off limits to the public. The 6.3-magnitude earthquake Oct. 16 killed five people and damaged schools, hospitals, malls and other commercial buildings. In July, two earthquakes hours apart struck a group of sparsely populated islands in the Luzon Strait in the northern Philippines, killing eight people. The Philippines lies in the so-called Pacific "Ring of Fire," an arc of faults around the Pacific Ocean where most of the world's earthquakes occur. A magnitude 7.7 quake killed nearly 2,000 people in the northern Philippines in 1990.
https://abc7news.com/powerful-earthquake-shakes-southern-philippines/5654947/
:: 10-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Gay Mafia' Launches Vicious & Vulgar Attacks On Conservative Author After His Viral Story Pointed Out Inconvenient Truths
- LGBTQ Is Grooming Children To Turn America Into A Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah
October 21, 2019 By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline
LGBTQ people are a distinct group who only faintly disguise their hatred of normal people and their hatred was recently revealed in their responses to my article dealing with Pete Buttigieg. My earlier article, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How “Gay” Are You?” loosed a plethora of vile comments and repeated vicious phone calls. Almost every critic identified me as a hater. I expected that but the articles from the LGBTQ websites were shocking in their detestation, distortion, and dishonesty. Not one of my critics identified any errors in my assertions dealing with perversion. It is not hate to tell the truth about anything. It is love, not hate, to help break the chains of a dangerous, deranged, diseased, and deadly lifestyle. It is not hate to help one find a life of forgiveness, joy, satisfaction, normalcy, and purpose. It seems my critics and proponents of perversion can’t read, or comprehend, or they have mental problems. Maybe all three. They all sing the same lyrics and same melody—off key. All, without exception, were dissonant, divisive, dark, and dirty. I had scores of attacks and they were all vicious, vulgar, even vile. No one gave me credit for being honest and sincere. No one sought to correct me. No one was kind or thoughtful. Almost all their mothers failed to wash out their mouths with Ivory Soap for dirty talk. Of course, dirty talk comes from a dirty mind. One site attempted to reply but was so incompetent, even I was embarrassed for the writer: “In news both stupid and stupefying, a former Indiana politician has called on Pete Buttigieg to denounce fisting and rimming as part of his political platform….calling on the presidential candidate to disclose more about his sexual practices.” No, I don’t know if Pete and his “husband” practice the disgusting practice of rimming and fisting. I only mentioned that 22% of homosexuals do so and it would help voters decide if they knew his opinion about such disgusting practices. My critic wrote that I insisted that Buttigieg should make clear that “he is not into golden showers. Apparently, Boys doesn’t mind that Donald Trump actually is into the practice according to an MI6 dossier.” However, every honest, sane person in the free world knows the referenced Steel “dossier” was a fabrication commissioned and funded by the Democrat Party and Hillary Clinton’s campaign committee. The Jerry Springer Show had more credibility than Steel.
(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Nor did I say Buttigieg should admit to golden showers, only that 23% of homosexuals practice such dangerous behavior. Since he was on a roll (of course, one always rolls downhill) he added to his gaffs by saying of me, “In lectures, he has also claimed that if a woman doesn’t scream during rape, a man has done nothing wrong.” He was misquoting another article where I cautioned people to prove all things, not to take anyone’s word that another person has committed a crime; however, non-thinking Progressives maintain that any male or Conservative is guilty until proven innocent. All women are innocent, fair, and honest. I mentioned that the Bible requires a woman to scream if she is being raped. No scream, no rape charges against a man. I did not say or suggest that the man was guiltless, but he could not be prosecuted if she did not resist and scream. My critic got “a man has done nothing wrong” out of thin air. Of course, a man is guilty if he kisses and hugs making sexual advances to a woman; but in this dangerous day, it must be understood that just because a man may be guilty does not mean that a complaining woman may be innocent. That seems to be too nuanced for homosexuals to comprehend. The only thing that was almost right in his article was the headline: “Totally straight Indiana politician Don Boys is obsessed with Pete Buttigieg’s kinks.” For sure, I am “totally straight”; however, I am no longer a politician, am no longer living in Indiana, but I’m not “obsessed” with Pete’s alleged kinky lifestyle. I simply responded to a politician who wants normal people to vote for him, and since he boasted about his “gayness,” voters should know just how “gay” he is. That is not being obsessed but maybe the writer doesn’t know the meaning of “obsessed.” One thing for sure: his writing would never drive a reader to a dictionary. An article in the LGBTQ Nation yelled “Indiana Republican asks Buttigieg ‘how gay are you?’” in shockingly vulgar diatribe about sex.” It went on: “He also managed to accuse Buttigieg of supporting pedophilia, eating feces, and putting animals in his rectum.” Again, another example of delusion, dishonesty, or simply dumbness. I wrote nothing about Pete supporting pedophilia, eating feces, and putting animals in his rectum. What I did was document that half of homosexuals were seduced by perverts before age 14, 17% of homosexuals admit to rubbing or ingesting feces, and 41% put flashlights, carrots, and at times gerbils in the rectum of a “lover.” Maybe PETA should get involved since this is animal cruelty unless—unless the gerbils gave consent. The writer also charged me with writing, “Buttigieg will therefore die while in office. Obviously, the claim is untrue.” I did not suggest Buttigieg will die in office; I only said that stats prove that homosexuals live 20 fewer years than normal people because of drug use, violent behavior with partners, carrying numerous infectious diseases, alcoholism, and other deadly practices. Right Wing Watch (a far left project of People For the American Way) chastised me suggesting I am on an anti-Buttigieg campaign but provided a link to my blog and article, Why Will No Reporter Ask Mayor Pete these Questions? and that triggered “Christian Bigot: Why Aren’t Reporters Probing Pete Buttigieg’s Sex Life?” by Hemant Mehta. But then, I never called for Pete to answer questions about his sex life but I did ask him to repudiate perverted practices. The writer sarcastically asked, “Where the hell does this guy get his information?” Of course, he is aware of scores of academic and medical studies that support what I have written about homosexuality. Some of them done by homosexuals! I’m smart enough not to make untrue, unproven, or even unfair statements in print or on talk shows knowing my opponents would treat me like fresh meat in a shark tank. He made a statement that is laughable, but isn’t funny, when he said “Christian fundamentalists think about gay sex far more than gay men.” Normal people don’t ever think about such perversion unless one of them gets in their face with his perverted demands. Why is it that homosexuals think anyone wants to know about their sex life? Since Pete has publically talked of how “gay” he is, I simply asked him how “gay” is that. Seems reasonable to me since he mentioned it. I was quoted saying, “Since homosexuals are seven times more likely to use illegal drugs, will Pete repudiate their illegal drug use (to heighten sexual pleasure), and will he demand prosecution for those who use illegal drugs?” Good question but no answer. My critic quoted me again, “Since many homosexuals have a urine and feces fetish bringing them into contact with numerous lethal bugs, will Pete repudiate that unhealthy practice to save lives? And possibly save the health care system from bankruptcy?” Another good question but no answer. Note that I did not ask Pete if he did some of the dangerous, dirty, and dumb things homosexuals do but I asked him to repudiate those deadly practices. The LGBTQ crowd’s defense of perversion is almost as respectable, reasonable, and right as a witch doctor with his bag of chicken bones and hippopotami dung. I have cast enough pearls today. (Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D ; and visit his blog. Send request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)
http://allnewspipeline.com/LGBTQ_Mafia_Launch_Vile_Vicious_Hit_Pieces_On_Conservative.php
[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..
[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc
:: 10-28-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
As Darkness Falls
by Hal Lindsey
A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.
Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.”
Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan.
Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level.
Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world.
Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure. Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.
:: 10-28-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mob Brutality
By Hal Lindsey
Senator Ted Cruz made a reservation for himself and his wife at a local Washington, DC restaurant. Someone at the restaurant told an Antifa group called “Smash Racism DC” that he would be there. Protestors gathered an hour before Senator Cruz arrived. They sat covertly in the restaurant’s bar area while they waited. As the Senator and his wife approached their table, Antifa sprung its ambush. They chanted, “We believe survivors!” And they kept on robotically chanting those words throughout their attack. Those words, by the way, are almost meaningless. We all believe those we know to be survivors. But the rest of us have to measure evidence when deciding the validity of accusations. Here’s what the group really means with that chant. “We believe all accusers.” But even that’s not entirely true. They apparently do not believe the accuser of Keith Ellison — the first Muslim elected to the US Congress and Deputy Chair of the Democratic National Committee. The protestors were in the faces of the Senator and his wife. They blocked the way, even as the couple tried to quietly leave the restaurant. But, of course, they shouldn’t have had to leave at all. According to the Washington Post, waiters struggled to get the door open for the couple to leave. “Finally, the waiters got the door open, then slammed it shut again as soon as the Cruzes had walked out into the night. The crowd inside whooped. ‘This is what’ll happen to you if you support Kavanaugh!’ a man warned the other patrons as they passed back through the bar.” Smash Racism DC put out a statement later that night. It ended by saying, “This is a message to Ted Cruz, Brett Kavanaugh, Donald Trump and the rest of the racist, sexist, transphobic, and homophobic right-wing scum: You are not safe. We will find you.” This is a violent threat made by violent people to violent ends. Last year, a man with a similar mindset attacked members of Congress practicing for the annual Congressional Baseball Game for Charity. He shot four people, seriously injuring Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Later, Senator Rand Paul was attacked by a neighbor, and beaten within an inch of his life. He had several broken ribs and a damaged lung. Over time, he developed pneumonia in that lung. His wife, Kelley, wrote, “The average person takes 20,000 breaths a day. Since November 3, my husband, Rand Paul, has not taken a single one without pain. He has not had a single night's sleep uninterrupted by long periods of difficult breathing or excruciating coughing.” In recent days, US Senators have been threatened and accosted in the very halls of the US Capitol. A few days ago, a candidate for the Colorado State Senate was shot at while sitting in her vehicle. In Mexico, Venezuela, Brazil, and other countries, violence has become a significant factor in elections. And now the United States stands oh-so-close to that same terrible reality. Jesus said the last days would be like the days of Noah and Lot. Genesis tells us that Noah’s time was characterized by violence. We often associate the time of Lot with the prevalence of homosexuality. But it wasn’t just that. It was also a time of violent mobs. Pray for America. And don’t forget to pray for Mexico, Venezuela, Brazil, and those other places living under the growing threat of political violence and mob brutality.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-10-2018/
:: 10-28-19 The Week :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
ISIS spokesman reportedly killed during raid in Syria
October 27, 2019
Islamic State spokesman Abu Hassan al-Muhajir was killed on Sunday during a raid in northern Syria, a Syrian activist and the leader of a Kurdish militia that fought ISIS said. The activist, Hussein Nasser, told The New York Times he spoke to people who said that al-Muhajir was in the back of an oil tanker truck, about to be smuggled out of the country, when the vehicle was hit by what they think was an American airstrike. Mazlum Abdi, the head of the Syrian Democratic Forces, tweeted that al-Muhajir was killed in an operation coordinated between his forces and the U.S. On Saturday, ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was killed in a raid in Syria. Terrorism experts believe that al-Muhajir was likely his successor, the Times reports. Abu Hassan al-Muhajir was a nom de guerre, and his actual name and nationality are unknown. His last statement was released in March, when he urged followers to retaliate against mosque attacks in New Zealand, which left 50 dead. U.S. officials could not immediately confirm reports that al-Muhajir has been killed. Catherine Garcia
https://theweek.com/speedreads/874698/isis-spokesman-reportedly-killed-during-raid-syria
[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 10-28-19 KABC 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Getty Fire: Firefighters continue efforts to prevent blaze from rekindling
By ABC7.com staff Updated 6 minutes ago
BRENTWOOD, LOS ANGELES (KABC) -- A day after the Getty Fire erupted long the 405 Freeway near the Getty Center, firefighters are still on guard to prevent the blaze from rekindling ahead of a major Santa Ana wind event Tuesday. Firefighters worked overnight to spray homes in the Brentwood area and other neighborhoods to stamp out any existing embers. Many homes in Brentwood were seen red-tagged, charred and unrecognizable. Fire officials said it's critical to get ahead of the coming Santa Ana wind event, which is expected to arrive in the Southland Tuesday night. Forecasters say this round of wind may be the strongest of the season so far. As of Tuesday morning, the fire had not increased in size at 618 acres and it was estimated at 5% containment. The Getty Fire erupted at 1:30 a.m. Monday along the 405 Freeway in the Sepulveda Pass, prompting the mandatory evacuation of thousands of residential and commercial structures. The blaze destroyed at least eight homes - North Tigertail Road - and damaged multiple structures. MORE: See full list and map of evacuation area, road closures due to the Getty Fire "We know we're going to have a major wind event tonight at about 11 o'clock that's going to last until Thursday. We're doing everything we can to wrap our arms around this fire to be able to prevent a potential of those strong gusty Santa Ana winds, pushing this fire, rekindling a lot of the fire and blowing embers a mile to two miles down range," said Assistant Chief Jaime Moore with Los Angeles Fire. L.A. Mayor Eric Garcetti announced he was signing an emergency declaration to bring more resources to help battle the blaze. During a press conference, Garcetti said the fire was not caused by an encampment or by someone without housing. The mayor said investigators were making "good progress'' in determining the cause. They were looking at multiple possibilities. Monday, LAFD arson investigators along with Los Angeles Department of Water and Power crews were inspecting a power pole along Sepulveda Boulevard in the general area where the blaze started. LAFD Chief Ralph Terrazas confirmed that crews have identified the fire's point of origin just off the 405 Freeway near Sepulveda Boulevard. Investigators were also looking at a broken tree branch with a charred end that was on the ground along Sepulveda just south of the Skirball on the west side. The branch was set aside on the ground surrounded by cones.
https://abc7.com/getty-fire-firefighters-continue-efforts-to-prevent-blaze-from-rekindling/5656015/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 10-28-19 al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Lebanon protesters form human chain across the country
Tens of thousands gather to hold hands across the country on the eleventh day of anti-government protests.
27 Oct 2019
Tens of thousands of Lebanese protesters have formed a human chain running north to south across the entire country to symbolise national unity amid a civil disobedience campaign against the government. Demonstrators on Sunday joined hands from Tripoli to Tyre, a 170-kilometre (105-mile) chain running through the main protest hub in the capital, Beirut, as part of an unprecedented cross-sectarian mobilisation. Reporting from Beirut, Al Jazeera's Stefanie Dekker said the protesters were sending "a strong message to try and keep the pressure on the government" on the eleventh day of anti-government protests. Tension has mounted in recent days between security forces and protesters, who are blocking roads and bringing the country to a standstill to press their demands for a complete overhaul of the political system. Lebanon's reviled political elite has been defending a belated package of economic reforms and appeared willing to reshuffle the government but protesters - who have been in the streets since October 17 - want more. On foot, by bicycle and on motorbikes, demonstrators and volunteers fanned out along the main north-south highway. "All the Lebanese people are together on this day and you're going to see how united we are for this cause," a protester, who was part of the chain, told Al Jazeera. "We want all of them to resign and end the corruption in this country. It's enough," said another demonstrator. 'Defend my Lebanon' The leaderless protest movement, driven mostly by a young generation of men and women born after the 1975-1990 civil war, has even been described by some as the birth of a Lebanese civic identity. "The idea behind this human chain is to show an image of a Lebanon which, from north to south, rejects any sectarian affiliation," Julie Tegho Bou Nassif, one of the organisers, told AFP news agency. "There is no political demand today, we only want to send a message by simply holding hands under the Lebanese flag," the 31-year-old history professor added. Lebanon demonstrations: Anger against political elite grows (3:08) The army has sought to reopen main roads across the country, where schools and banks have been closed for more than a week. In one of the most serious incidents, the army opened fire on Saturday to confront a group of protesters blocking a road in Tripoli, wounding at least six people.
But the unprecedented protest movement has been relatively incident-free, despite tensions with the armed forces and attempts by party loyalists to stage counter-demonstrations. "I'm here to defend my Lebanon from everything," one protester told Al Jazeera. Protesters have been demanding the removal of the entire ruling class. Many of the political heavyweights are former militia leaders seen as representing little beyond their own sectarian or geographical community. The protesters see them as corrupt and incompetent and have so far dismissed measures proposed by the political leadership to quell the protests. They have accused the political elite of desperately attempting to save their jobs and have stuck to their demands for deep, systemic change.
:: 10-27-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Syrian Kurdish forces say leaving Turkish border area, Damascus welcomes move
Lisa Barrington, Ellen Francis
BEIRUT (Reuters) - The Kurdish-led Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) said on Sunday it had agreed to withdraw more than 30 km (19 miles) from the Turkish border, an announcement welcomed by Damascus which said Turkey should now end its “aggression” in northeast Syria. Turkey launched its cross-border offensive on Oct. 9 targeting Kurdish YPG forces in northeast Syria after President Donald Trump pulled U.S. troops out of the area. Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan and Russia’s Vladimir Putin then agreed on Oct. 22 that Syrian border guards and Russian military police would clear the border area up to 30 km into Syria of YPG fighters over a six-day period that ends Tuesday. The YPG is the main component of the SDF and is viewed by Ankara as terrorists due to their links to Kurdish insurgents in southeast Turkey. But the SDF has been a key ally of the United States in the fight against Islamic State militants. “The SDF is redeploying to new positions away from the Turkish-Syrian border across northeast Syria in accordance with the terms of the (Erdogan-Putin) agreement in order to stop the bloodshed and to protect the inhabitants of the region from Turkish attacks,” the SDF said in a statement. It urged Russia to help ensure “a constructive dialogue” between the Kurdish-led administration in northeast Syria and the government of President Bashar al-Assad in Damascus. Moscow is Assad’s closest ally and Russian military power has proven decisive in helping him turn the tide of Syria’s eight-year civil war and recover large swathes of territory. The Sochi agreement allows Assad’s forces to return to parts of the northern border with Turkey for the first time in years. “FLAGRANT TURKISH AGGRESSION” The Damascus government welcomes the SDF withdrawal which removes “the main pretext for flagrant Turkish aggression on (Syrian) territory”, Syrian state news agency SANA said, citing a foreign ministry source. The government will help citizens to re-integrate, SANA said, paving “the way for ... a return to Syrian national unity”. Under the Erdogan-Putin agreement, clinched in the Russian Black Sea resort of Sochi, Turkish and Russian forces will start patrolling from Tuesday a section of the Turkish-Syrian border that runs 10 km deep into Syria. On Saturday Erdogan said Turkey would not hesitate to intervene again to clear YPG forces from the border area if Russia failed to fulfill its obligations under the Sochi deal. SANA reported on Sunday clashes between the Syrian army and Turkish forces near to Ras al-Ain, a town in northern Syria on the Turkish border. Turkey did not immediately confirm the clashes. Separately, the defense ministry in Ankara said one member of Turkey’s military had been killed and five others wounded in the Ras al-Ain area on Sunday after a YPG rocket and mortar attack. The military was conducting reconnaissance work and responded in kind to the attack, the ministry said. Additional reporting by Orhan Coskun in Ankara and Ezgi Erkoyun in Istanbul; Writing by Gareth Jones; Editing by David Evans
:: 10-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Russian Man Who Survived Communism Has A Dire Warning For America At A Time When Democrats Are Attempting To Overthrow The 2016 Election & The Will Of The American People
- The 4 Out Of 10 Americans Who Want Socialism Need A History Lesson, Badly!
October 21, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
In this October 19th story at the NY Post they report that 4 in 10 Americans now consider some kind of socialism "a good thing for the country as a whole", an 18 percent increase since 1942, according to Gallup. With socialism the 'new rage' among several Democrat presidential candidates with avowed socialist Bernie Sanders leading the way and pushing today's Democrats even further to the left, Senator Rand Paul warns in his new book "The Case Against Socialism" why 'socialism' would make life worse for us all. As this new story over at the Conservative Firing Line points out, the socialist nation of Venezuela has just reached one of the final stages of socialism; no toilet paper to be found with the nation officially advising visitors to bring their own toilet paper with them if they'll be visiting Venezuela. Author Christian K. Caruzo is running a series of articles at Breitbart on his life in Venezuela and in this new story titled "My Socialist Hell: The Death Of Free Speech In Venezuela", Caruzo gives us a taste of what life is like there now, with the Venezuelan people not even allowed to criticize government without taking a chance they'll be going to prison. Imagine an America where we couldn't even criticize President Trump, Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama. And as Caruzo points out, 'free speech' wasn't 'killed' overnight in Venezuela, numerous incremental steps were followed. Just as we've been witnessing with the slow but steady & systematic destruction of the US Constitution. What's happening in Venezuela now should be a huge warning to Americans. From Breitbart. Venezuela’s freedom of speech was mutilated long ago. It wasn’t done overnight but, rather, carried out through a series of incremental steps that led us to this point. When I was young, comedic shows like Radio Rochela existed, in which the politicians were often the center of ridicule and satire. Today, no one would even dare to attempt something like that because the TV channel would be shut down within hours. The left’s inability to make memes aside, they should be grateful that they have the ability to freely mock, satirize, and ridicule public figures without fear of being thrown in jail. If I were to adapt some of the “jokes” they’ve fielded against U.S. President Donald Trump to apply to Hugo Chávez, Nicolás Maduro, or any other high ranking member of the government, then could very well be facing twenty years in prison due to the new “anti-hate speech” law passed by the regime in late 2017. There are people in Venezuela right now that have been arrested for the sole crime of posting something on social media. A group of firemen is facing up to twenty years in prison for comparing Maduro to a donkey in a viral video. The First Amendment is one of the things I admire most out of America — it’s a freedom of speech some of us can only dream of. And while many Democrats push for 'hate speech' to be abolished here in America, as Caruzo pointed out in his story excerpted above, most Democrats in 2019 would be in prison today if 'Venezuela-style hate speech laws' were ever enacted in America, simply for their never-ending hatred of President Donald Trump. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) According to this December of 2016 story over at Richard C. Young's 'The Constitutional Conservative's Retirement & Family Survival Site', we've been watching a slow but steady and systematic dismantlement of the best Constitution in the world for many years now, with this July of 2013 book by Richard McKenzie Neal titled "The New World Order: Manifest Destiny" reporting that enemies of America both within and without would like nothing better than to destroy that which enshrines our God-given Rights in writing. Neal's book warned that 'leftist intellectuals, radical activists and elected government officials have forced us into a Constitutional crisis of the first order' and while many on the left believe we need great changes in America, as we hear from a Russian man who grew up under a socialist/communist system in the 3rd video at the bottom of this story, America under socialism will lead to corruption unimaginable and our nation quickly spiraling into 3rd world living conditions as crooks like Nancy Pelosi rob America blind. Think that the level of corruption we're witnessing now in America is bad? If 'communism/socialism' arrive here, we haven't seen anything yet! And with demon-rats now attempting to overthrow the results of the 2016 election and the 'Will of the American People' via an impeachment coup since their disastrous Russian collusion hoax using Robert Mueller completely failed, we'll take a look at several new stories below that hint grave danger is ahead no matter what happens in the future 'impeachment-wise' but first, from the National Center For Constitutional Studies in a story titled "The Silent Dismantling Of Our Republic". One of the most feared aspects to the Founders in creating a government was the realization that men, who come into power either by force or by election, nearly always seek more and more power until they approach kingly status. Over a period of several decades, and with historical experience as well as their own good thinking, the Founders eventually employed several techniques to minimize the possibility of that happening in their new government. Separation of powers, checks and balances, frequent elections–all these devices were implemented to curb the human tendency to concentrate power in the few. Return to the Original Source of Power James Madison expressed that, since the people are the original source of authority to govern, they ought to be consulted on a periodic basis as to whom they should delegate some of this authority. Said he: “As the people are the only legitimate fountain of power, and it is from them that the constitutional charter under which the [power of the] several branches of government … is derived, it seems strictly consonant to the republican theory to recur to the same original authority … whenever any one of the departments may commit encroachments on the chartered authorities of the others.” But how often should the people be consulted? “Where annual elections end, tyranny begins”. Which brings us to this must read new story over at American Greatness titled "Who The Hell Do They Think They Are?", referring to 'the establishment' INSANELY believing they have 'the right to rule' us all. With the 'deep state' and VERY CORRUPT democratic party attempting to overthrow the results of the 2016 election via impeachment coup here in America, the fact that 'civil unrest' is erupting all over the world hints that America could very well be next. First, from the American Greatness story.: With William McRaven’s call to oust President Trump—maybe through impeachment, maybe through a coup—the military officer class joins the establishment in claiming a right to rule, regardless of the outcome of elections. Retired Admiral William McRaven devoted the bulk of a New York Times op-ed to appropriating for himself the moral and hence political authority of generations of soldiers and sailors (pointedly, especially the female ones) who have sacrificed for America, for “the good and the right.” Then he gratuitously stated—citing no specifics, as if everyone already knows—that “President Trump seems to believe that all these qualities are unimportant or show weakness.” McRaven concludes, “it is time for a new person in the Oval Office—Republican, Democrat or independent—the sooner, the better.” At the very least, McRaven called for impeachment ahead of an election, or perhaps for a coup, and pretended to do so on the military’s behalf. In fact, his was just one more voice from an establishment that has squandered the public’s trust, senses that it can no longer win elections honestly, and is pulling out all the stops. It pretends to be trying to take down Donald Trump. In fact, it is trying to do something much bigger: Invalidate the votes of the “deplorables” who oppose them. I suggest that the just response from self-respecting Americans to McRaven and others like him is: “Who the hell do you think you are?” Consider the enormity of pretending to speak for past and present uniformed personnel. Given that the overwhelming majority of active-duty and retired armed service members voted for Trump in 2016, and that polls show they are likely to do so again, it’s a patent falsehood to insinuate the rank-and-file’s notion of “the good and the right” matches McRaven’s own. McRaven really does speak for a substantial percentage of senior military officers. Their views are on display nightly on Fox News. It is time for the American people to realize that these, like their counterparts in the intelligence agencies, are no heroes. In fact, as the American Greatness story points out, those working to take down President Trump are doing nothing less than subverting America and those committing sedition and treason against America are pushing the entire country into a very dark hole that we may never be able to climb out of. Those committing sedition and treason against America are also part of the reason Americans are arming up in near-record numbers in 2019 though we'll continue to pray for peace in America in the days ahead. So with the American Greatness story in mind, we ask ANP readers to please call your Congress people if they are in support of impeaching President Trump without due process and ask them "WHO THE HELL DO YOU THINK YOU ARE?!" Doing so politely and non-threateningly is really the key to carrying out such a phone call to your public servants successfully and to ensure that a sudden knock doesn't come upon your door. If you call, please feel more than free to leave a comment at the bottom of this story about how that went! It's time our public servants remember who they are, SERVANTS to the American people, not dictators! According to Fox Nation host Tomi Lahren, a Bernie Sanders presidency or that of any other Democrat/socialist could awaken Americans to a living nightmare on the morning of Wednesday, November 4th of 2020 with 'socialism' often leading to mass starvation and forced obedience to government as we're witnessing now in Venezuela. And while we are absolutely NOT a fan of JP Morgan nor their CEO Jamie Dimon, we'll give credit where credit is due even when we aren't enamored with a guy like Dimon who recently said that capitalism helps deliver "freedom of speech, freedom of religion and freedom of enterprise" while warning socialism and business do NOT go hand in hand! “Governments taking control of assets and companies, they start to use companies for one thing only – keeping themselves in power, using the company’s assets to get votes,” he warned during a discussion with Morgan Stanley CEO James Gorman at the Institute of International Finance’s annual membership meeting. “And these companies erode over time and you do end up with Venezuela" he noted as the country's socialist government has created one of the biggest humanitarian crises in history. The previously mentioned Breitbart story also brings up how quickly socialist governments crack down upon the freedom of the press and even the internet, with what's happening in Venezuela now giving Americans a HUGE warning; should suddenly and without warning the internet go down, and for good, watch out! Newspapers and radio have been subject to censure and closure as well. According to Venezuela’s National Press Workers Syndicate, 115 media outlets were closed between 2013 and 2018. Many newspapers have migrated to a digital format since the government refused to give them supplies (they control the import and distribution of paper). Cellphones stopped being safe a while ago. The government has no qualms about airing recorded conversations between opposition figureheads whenever they want to push a narrative. With all traditional forms of media censored or outright neutered, the internet and social media have taken a pivotal role and they’ve rapidly become the main way for us to be informed (and inform) down here. Of course, the regime has begun to tighten its grasp on this medium, too. So with the globalists once again seeking to create order out of chaos, funding many of the uprisings around the world, we'll close here with this extremely important excerpt from this story by Michael Snyder over at The Most Important News titled "Civil Unrest Is Erupting All Over The World, But Just Wait Until The United States Joins The Party…". All over the globe, the mood is turning sour. Anger and frustration are bubbling over, and protests are becoming violent in major cities all across the planet. In some cases economic pain is driving the protests and in other cases political matters are motivating the protesters, and it has been a very long time since we have seen so many angry protests happening all over the world simultaneously. Unfortunately, many believe that what we have seen so far is just the beginning. Global economic conditions are rapidly deteriorating, and as economic pain intensifies that is only going to make everyone more frustrated. And here in the United States, the drama surrounding the potential impeachment of Donald Trump is going to greatly escalate the political tensions that are already deeply dividing this country. No matter how things turn out, a large percentage of the population is likely to be deeply frustrated with the result, and that could very easily lead to tremendous civil unrest. The impeachment process is bringing a focal point to the deep anger that has been building on both sides of the political spectrum for many years. Now that this process has begun, there is no going back, and both sides believe that there is only one result that will bring justice.
For the left, any result that does remove Donald Trump from office will be a bitter disappointment. The Democrats in the House of Representatives are going to draft articles of impeachment, and they believe that they already have the votes they need to send those articles of impeachment to the U.S. Senate. If the Republican-controlled Senate does not vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, this will greatly upset the left, and could result in an explosion of anger in our city streets. On the other hand, if the Republican-controlled Senate does vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, tens of millions of hardcore Trump supporters are going to be absolutely livid. There would be an explosion of righteous anger on the right, and it would almost certainly spill into our city streets.
Of course it is likely that both sides will start protesting well before there is a final result, but once the final vote in the Senate happens that is when things are likely to get very interesting. The Democrats should have never gone down this road, because one way or another this process is going to tear us apart. If our founders could see us today they would be rolling over in their graves, because this is not what they intended. In the first video below from Fox News, we hear Rand Paul talking with us about his new book "The Case Against Socialism" while in the 2nd video below from Campus Reform, Cabot Phillips explains how socialism will kill the 'American dream'. And in the 3rd and final video below, we hear from Russian Communism survivor Leonid Bergoltsev who warns that we should be very happy in America with capitalism because, while imperfect, the massive death toll from starvation and government corruption that almost always comes along with socialist/communist systems will be far worse than what we have here now in 2019 America.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Rush_Towards_Socialism_Left_Should_Look_At_Venezuela.php
:: 10-21-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Arizona Trafficking Case Exposes Local and Federal Politicians Tied to Child Trafficking with Ties to Ukraine
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 21, 2019 - 13:29.
I was recently watching the media in Arizona cover a story regarding the selling of babies from mothers who were brought from the Marshall Islands by an Arizona public servant. Maricopa County Assessor Paul Petersen was arrested on charges of running an illegal international adoption scheme in three states. Petersen is facing 62 criminal charges for bringing pregnant women from the Marshall Islands to Arizona to give birth and then selling their babies in Utah, Arizona and Arkansas. The women were kept in homes in the East Valley of Phoenix until they gave birth and the babies were sold to would-be-parents. None of the news reports touched upon several critical issues. How does a public servant, making $70,000 per year afford "bondage houses" and transport and delivery servies? How did the mothers get to the United States from the Marshall Islands? Who was paying for the homes that the mothers were staying in until they gave birth? Who was paying for the medical services to deliver these children? Where would this "public servant" find medical staff competent enough to deliver the children, but criminal enough to participate in what they had to know was a massive international crime ring? Further, how did one public servant with a middle income salary pull this off by himself? Paul Peterson, according to the FBI, local authorities and the local media has no accomplices. This story, on its face is not even believable. In fact, what we have here is a Jeffrey Epstein operation which is probably connected to the Clinton Foundation and this case has complete been missed by the CPS of Arizona. But wait it gets worse. Enter Arizona State Senator David Farnsworth. He is investigating 550 children who have gone missing in Arizona. And for his trouble, Farnsworth says he has been threatened by another elected official for "daring" to investigate this heinous activity in Arizona. Before I start connecting dots, and there are a lot of dots to connect, let's take a momentary detour and show Senator Farnsworth just how much danger he is in. Oklahoma and Arizona Share in Missing Children from CPS In the Fall of 2016, in Oklahoma, Seventy-eight children went completely missing, with no explanation. The most frightening aspect of this development is that these children went missing while in custody of the Oklahoma Department of Human Services (DHS). Even the Oklahoma media is asking questions. Millie Carpenter, who holds the position of DHS’s permanency and well-being program administrator, and her cohort, Melissa Jones, a DHS program supervisor, insist that there is nothing wrong and their publicly funded agency has made absolutely no mistakes. No mistakes? There are 78 children, under their care who are missing! Nothing wrong?
Carpenter and Jones insist there is DHS accountability and that all 78 missing children should be considered to be runaways and that they have not been abducted. How would they know since the children are missing? Please allow me to emphasize that these 78 children were under the custody and care of DHS at the time of their disappearance. If these children had disappeared while in the custody of their parents, wouldn’t there be hell to pay regarding parental accountability? Both the authorities and the media should be asking questions about supervision and agency accountability. When these children were not in their tax-supported bed at night, why was nothing done? Presumably, many of these children were removed from their parents by Child Protective Services and placed in DHS custody because their parents were accused of neglect and/or abuse. Isn’t DHS responsible for room and board? Each child is required to be accounted for with regard to state allocations for food and housing! Therefore, can some responsible person of authority, connected to DHS, please explain to me why 78 missing person reports have not been filed? Why weren’t the police notified? If these children were removed from the parents’ home, then a court would have to be involved. As such, the courts should have been immediately notified when the children went missing because a court order was not being complied with. If the missing 78 children in Oklahoma was just a case of gross dereliction of duty by officials such as DHS administrators Carpenter and Jones, then we could fire the incompetent personnel and hire better people who would protect the children. But the fact that these children were not even reported as missing is inexcusable. How do I know that something is terribly wrong? Simple, I used to be a therapist and these types of administrative procedures were part of my training. The facts connected to the handling of these missing children does not add up. If the three stooges are not running Oklahoma’s DHS, then there is something very criminal going on. And the fact that the authorities are not up in arms and conducting a criminal investigation is highly suspicious and suggests further complicity at some official level. There is very good reason to expect a much deeper level of criminal activity related to these children because it has happened before. There was somebody, like Arizona State Senator Farnsworth, who cared enough to look into this matter and found that these "negligent MIA children" are a part of the past practice of Oklahoma's DHS and these kids are sold to child-sex-traffickers. The man who looked into this practice was an Oklahoma State Senator and he was murdered in his home. His name was State Senator Jonathan Nicole. One More Digression to Demonstrate to Senator Farnsworth How Much Danger He's In I was recently asked by a talk show host why MS-13 was being imported into the United States and I replied "When political assassinations are planned, along with media figures and law enforcement offtcers (LEO), the brutal use of MS-13 can lead to a complete destabilization of our society while keeping the CIA and the Clinton Foundation hands clean in this arena. After CSS researcher, Alexandra Daley sent me a list of ten murdered individuals who were connected to child-sex-trafficking rings (some with CPS connections), some facts began to jump our at me as several of the ten murdered individuals were involved in areas of criminality that the cartels/terrorists are deep involved in on this side of the border. However, I must say that these people could have more easily been Arkancided, because in one way or another, each death is related to Hillary. Arkancided is a term reserved for the long list of people who posed a legal threat to the freedom of the Clintons and the continuance of their organized crime activities. Of the ten who were murdered, six of them were directly related to child sex trafficking, related Clinton emails to this effect, and specifically to Comet Pizzagate. Here is a list of people who were close to the Clinton Foundation and child-sex-trafficking allegations. Running parallel to the Clinton Foundation are various child-sex-trafficking allegations connected to various Child Protective Services (CPS). Here is the list of murder victims: Linda Collins-Smith, former Arkansas state senator, died of gunshot wounds and in a bizarre manner, her body was wrapped in blanket. Was this a symbolic gesture for a "coverup".
Jonathan Nicole was a former State Senator, as was Collins-Smith. Specifically, Nicole was an Oklahoma state senator who also died of died of gunshot wound. In a "message killing fashion" a gun found on table near the body. Both State Senators were investigating the connections between their local CPS organizations and disappearing children for the purposes of trafficking them in sex-rings.
Steven Silks, the now deceased New York Deputy allegedly committed suicide by gunshot. He was only a month away from his retirement which makes this "suicide" highly unlikely.. He was one of the few people who have actually seen the horrifying sand graphic details on on Anthony Weiner’s laptop that supposedly made men cry. these are the emails that many believe got Seth Rich murdered. These are the 33,000 emails that the Clintons', the Deep State and Obama appointed Democratic judges have worked so hard to cover up as they block the release to the public.
Joseph Calabrese, an NYPD homicide detective committed suicide with his on gunshot as he was another who had seen the infamous the Pizza Grate related Anthony Weiner’s laptop
Herb Sandler was another "Pizzagater" tied to the infamous Comet Pizzagate and the Podesta emails that have largely been kept out of the public eye.
Tony Rodham, was the most notable member of this tragic list, is none other than Hillary Clinton’s Brother. In a very bizarre twist of fate, the cause of death is not being released. Was it a heart attack, a gunshot, was he tortured to death, or something like what happened to Justice Scalia? I cannot remember high profile death where the cause of death was not at least vaguely referred to with regard to the cause of death. Senator Farnsworth better watch out, he is on very dangerous ground. I will come back to Farnsworth later. But first, it is important to note that I have been down this road before.
Even State Department Employees Are Not Immune From Attack
In 2015, Monika Wesolowski, a State Department employee with a security clearance, believes that she was politically targeted and this led to the seizure of her son. My investigation in this matter has revealed an acquaintance of Monika, who lived in her building and their children played together, was likely met with foul play, because he was about to blow the whistle on government connected child sex trafficking. This lends credence to Monika's belief of being targeted for what someone thought she knew about child sex trafficking and elements of the U.S. government. Somebody thinks that Monika knew more than she does because at the same time, this federal employee with no outside income was targeted by the IRS for an audit and the State Department began to drug test her. The operating hypothesis is based on the notion that this child abduction strategy was adopted in order to (use your imagination) keep Monika quiet. When she contacted me, the opposite happened. Monika firmly believes that her son Dylan would be sex trafficked by now if it were not for the intervention of the CSS. When Dylan was removed from his mother's custody, he was illegally placed with two gay men who openly joked about how "sexy" the boy was. Monika had irrefutable proof that the boy was being abused and about to be trafficked. I was able to expose this on a very public stage and Virginia officials were forced to remove the boy from the sutation. Many connected to the Weslowski case will openly state that the only reason that Monika is alive today is because fo the attention called to her case by the intense coverage of the CSS. Back to Arizona Farnsworth filed a report with the Depart of Public Safety (DPS). He went as far as to call the police because he reported that fellow State Senator Kate Brophy McGee threatened him if he did not stop investigating the ciphoning off of Arizona foster children to a global sex-trafficking ring and this, in part is exactly what the Peterson case is about. Many people I have spoken with speaks about a man named McKay who was appointed by Arizona Governor Doug Ducey to clean up the mess at CPS. Instead, McKay ordered agents to seize more children and even more kids disappeared. The Phoenix New Times talks about how Ducey has changed his name from Roscoe to Ducey, to conceal his family's organized crime background from Ohio. What's interesting is that Ducey appointed Peterson to his present Speaking of the Phoenix New Times, they once ran a story on the late John McCain. They traced how when he was a POW in Vietnam, his first wife was disfigured from an automobile crash. McCain divorced her and married Cindy Hensley (McCain). The New Times went on to expose that the Hensley family was an organized crime family with a history dating back to bootlegging during Prohibilition. It was their money that funded the political rise of John McCain. Governor Doug Ducey was once an employee of the Hensley business, Hmmm, I would have to be a dedicated conincdence theorist to not see these connections. The person who Farnsworth alleges threatened him, Kate Brophy McGee is on the Legislative committee overseeing CPS activities. What a coincidence! Here is another set of coincidences. McKay is not only tied to Ducey (ie friends), he is also associated with ex-senator Jeff Flake, the late John McCain and amazingly, Mitt Romney in their "never-Trumper movement and Romney is someone who I have implicated for his subtle threats against of President Trump. In fact, all of these men are tied together by Urkranian business interests according to one anonymous source. This explains a a lot because this also brings the Bidens into the equation by association as well as Nancy Pelosi's son. These events are currently under investigation by the CSS and others as I have learned. These Ukranian associations, I am told, go a lot further than illicit energy deals and get directly into the realm of child-sex-trafficking. Trump has made the stopping of this practice aprioity and this explains the wrath from this group that he is feeling. From the comments made by Tulsi Gabbard to Hillary Clinton, I believe that it is highly likely that Gabbard has this same information that is just coming to light. There is no question that the Arizona CPS fiasco is an Epstein operation and many of Arizona's politicians, in key positions, are complicit. This is an ongoing story and more will be forthcoming. These associations explain a lot about the Ukrainian impeachment fiasco. The Democrats are masters at accusing others of what it is there guilty of. For example, the Russian-Collusion-Delusion, I believe the evidence speaks to this, was about covering up the Clinton Foundation's Uranium One fiasco of selling highly enriched uranium to the Russians and this deal involved Robert Mueller as I conclusively proved in July of 2017. Now, we have Trump attacked for the Ukraine fiasco and beneath it all are the child-sex trafficking exploints of key Arizona politicians, both past and present and the Peterson case highlights these connections. Conclusion
History shows that both Peterson and Senator Farnsworth are in a great deal of danger. Peterson will undoubtedly be Arkancided in prison so he can't make a deal for a lighter sentence. Over in California, Ed Buck will suffer a similar fate. Senator Farnsworth, like Collins-Smnith, runs the risk of being assassination by the drug cartels (ie MS-13) for daring to expose this area of corruption. To the unaware, I just exposed for you why the borders are left open by members of both political parties. Oh, did I mention that an Attorney General from the Marshall Islands was just found shot to death? Of course, this would have nothing to do with the Peterson case. I have had my own dealings with these unscrupulous people and lived to tell about it. That story will be published this morning on this site and it is entitled, Huge Secrets in Maricopa County.
:: 10-21-19 Armageddon news Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
If they’ve been paying attention, Americans have received some rude wake-up calls in recent years. The country is a lot more corrupt than Americans realized
grekalbert Alternative 21st Oct 2019 5 Minutes
Philosophy begins with invariably difficult questions. Why am I here? What is the purpose of life? Is there a God or Gods? What is right and what is wrong? How should groups of people be organized and function together? Ironically, when such questions are infrequently asked, when philosophy is generally ignored or disparaged, as it is now, is when it’s needed the most. Political philosophy is the branch that addresses the question of how coercive power is to be distributed in a society. It’s a knotty issue, but one question provides clarification, enabling further analysis and leading to useful conclusions. Who owns a political unit’s resources? This question differentiates between governments that protect individual rights and property and those that don’t. It also highlights a key problem: on planet earth, every government falls into the latter category. The United States’ founding documents pay tribute to individual rights and private properly. Some of the founders may have thought they were establishing a government subordinated to protection of individual rights, which would have been an historical first. However, none thought such a government would be easy to maintain, and their fears were borne out. The US government places prominently on the inglorious list of governments claiming ownership over everything within their dominion, defined as any place where they can exercise their coercive power. To those who say the institution of inviolate private property still exists in the US, what asset can the US government not seize? The income tax gives it first claim on income. No real estate is exempt from eminent domain. Intellectual property claims are at the sufferance of the patent, trademark, and copyright authorities. Financial assets held within the banking system can be “bailed in,” and plans are afoot to ban cash. The already extensive range of assets subjected to civil asset forfeiture continues to expand. More ominously, assets can be seized from parties never adjudicated guilty. Conscription grants to the government the lives of the conscripted. The US government is no exception to the general rule, nothing is inviolate expect perhaps a person’s thoughts, and undoubtedly it’s working on that. Individuals who assert the right to initiate aggression against whomever they choose are philosophically unhinged, candidates for an asylum or a penitentiary. Rejecting the first principle that must guide human interaction—that no one may rightfully initiate force against another person—such individuals have no rational foundation for their thoughts or actions. The “garbage in” of their philosophical premises produces “garbage out” emotional states, mental processes, and ultimately, lives. Having abandoned reason for coercion and violence, reality becomes a chaotic, incomprehensible void. Government’s’ coercive power allow them to take: might makes right. A philosophy that recognized a right of some individuals to steal from others fails on first principles; there is no logical distinction possible between the privileged and the subjugated. Does the aggregation of individuals into a unit which calling itself a government give them a right which none of them have individually? One could say that the aggregate was for the protection of its constituents’ persons, property, and rights, but a government so limited is acting as their constituents’ subordinate agent, exercising and enhancing their right of self-defense. Efforts have been made, notably the American experiment, but no government has ever been restricted in this manner. No matter its guiding “ism,” every government has granted itself the power to initiate violence against its citizens. Just because the ruling agglomerate asserts this privilege doesn’t render it philosophically valid. What it does is legitimate the initiation of violence for any and all causes—domestic and foreign—the government deems proper. Having violated the first principle of nonaggression, nothing can stop that philosophical default from trickling down to the subject population. The ragged thief who holds up a liquor store lacks the polish and articulation of the politician who asserts the government’s first claim on a nation’s production, the central banker who depreciates its currency, or the general bent on global dominance who wages offensive wars, but philosophically they’re soulmates. In fact, the thief has a moral one up on the others: he doesn’t claim to be protecting the values he destroys. Two years ago in 2017, millions have decried the violence that prevented Milo Yiannopoulos from speaking at the University of California at Berkeley, just as millions on the other side decried mostly illusory violence among Trump supporters during the campaign. However, not one in a thousand of those denouncing the violence as violations of fundamental civil liberties denounce the daily violations of fundamental liberties visited upon them by their own government. America’s corruption is so complete that those who insist that they are not fodder for the government, that their lives are their own, and that the only proper government is one subordinated to the protection of their individual rights—and maintain positions consistent with those principles—could hold a convention and not fill a high-school gym. This small group is the victim of a terrifying pincer movement from above and below. When a society abandons itself to violence, “legal” and otherwise, it abandons itself to mindless irrationality driven by hate and antipathy towards every positive value. Violence is not a means to any end other than destruction and death; violence itself is the end. Humanity has been fed the same tripe for centuries: noble ends justify evil means. Violation of the first principle—the stricture against initiated aggression—bars consideration of the purported ends. A “discussion” with a gun is no discussion. Violence exercised in self-defense protects positive values, but when violence is initiated, destruction, death, and the depraved pleasure of loathsome minds are its only ends. An individual who claims by word or deed the right to initiate violence—and the consequent rights to subjugate, injure, and kill—is a rabid, deranged, and dangerous animal. A government that asserts that right is a pack. In self-defense, the virtuous, if they are to protect their liberty, rights, and lives, must quarantine or kill the rabid. A necessary corollary of the stricture against initiated aggression is that we have the right to use all means necessary to defend ourselves from it—with pity, perhaps, but no remorse. The chaos, the terror, of our deteriorating world is a true and faithful reflection of souls abandoned to hate. The free mind and its methods—intrepid curiosity, truth, and logic—stand as their ultimate enemy. If those who would oppose this destruction and death abandon their souls, they become the mindless evil they opposed. Those who defend their rights, values, and lives without surrendering their morality will rebuild from the rubble the kind of world in which they deserve to live. They will do so unobstructed—hate inevitably leads to its own destruction. https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/10/21/the-us-government-can-exercise-their-coercive-power/
:: 10-16-19 theconservativetreehouse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
← President Trump Hosts Italian-American Reception at White House…
Thursday October 17th – Open Thread →
A CALL TO ACTION: “Stand” – We Will Remember The 129 Republicans Who Refused to Stand With President Trump…
Posted on October 16, 2019 by sundance
When we see that justice is measured, not by due process, but by compulsion; when we see that in order to invoke our right to due process, we need to obtain permission from those who rebuke the constitution; when we see that justice is determined by those who leverage, not in law, but in politics; when we see that representatives get power over individual liberty by graft and by scheme, and our representatives don’t protect us against them, but protect them against us; when we see corruption holding influence and individual liberty so easily dispatched and nullified; we may well know that our freedom too is soon to perish…. CTH is often criticized for being too accurate outlining the schemes, and not putting enough emphasis on what actions can be done -by ordinary Americans- to counteract the duplicity and corruption amid DC politicians. Well, last month we outlined exactly what YOU can do when we wrote “STAND“. It is the responsibility of each of us to stand, defiantly if needed, and support a President who is waging a battle against multiple adversaries on our behalf. “Stand” means be visible. “Stand” means let your voice be heard. “Stand” means telling your republican representatives what your expectations are. They represent us; WE are the people. Why is this important? Well, today 129 Republican House members spat upon our President as he works tirelessly to defend out interests and put America First. 129 Republican House representatives voted against the one Republican who is doing everything he possibly can to fulfill the expectations of those who elected him to office. 129 back-stabbing cowards, voted to condemn President Trump for withdrawing the U.S. military from Syria; the same military engagement those same spineless cowards in the House would not vote to authorize. Those 129 Republicans should be shamed. It is important to note the entire Republican leadership in the House voted against President Trump. “The Entire Republican Leadership” team. All.of.them…. While the democrats are trying to impeach him. Think about it. Do not look away from the names. You can find the ROLL CALL VOTE HERE. Absorb the anger as fuel to empower you to contact them and let your voice be heard. It might be difficult to accept that: Doug Collins, Devin Nunes, Liz Cheney, Kevin McCarthy, Mike McCaul, John Ratcliffe, Steve Scalise, and Lee Zeldin all voted to spit in the face of our president…. BUT THEY DID. So what are you going to do about it? There were decent Republicans who stood with our president. Sixty of them to be exact. Including: Mark Meadows, Jim Jordan, Louie Gohmert, Andy Biggs and fifty-six more who stood shoulder-to-shoulder with patriots and with our President. They too should be contacted with words of appreciation and praise. However, the 129 scheming, back-stabbing cowards who call themselves representatives and yet voted against the will of We The People who elected President Trump… well, those lying war-mongering creatures of the deep swamp, they should hear our voices loudest. “Stand“? Your decision. As we bear witness, anyone trying to convince us this entire assembly of our union is headed in the right direction, well, they might want to revisit their proximity to the 2020 election ballpark. Because they’re not just out of the city – they’re also out of the same state the election ballpark is located in….. Then again, the media know that.
David Mamet had a famous saying, essentially: …‘in order for democrats, liberals, progressives et al to continue their illogical belief systems they have to pretend not to know a lot of things’… By pretending ‘not to know’ there is no guilt, no actual connection to conscience. Denial of truth allows easier trespass. This hate-filled Democrat ideology relies on our willingness to accept their lies, falsehoods, and scripted presentations; and then demands we grant benefit amid their seeds of doubt. There’s a level of anger far deeper and more consequential than expressed rage or visible behavior, it’s called Cold Anger. Cold Anger does not need to go to violence. For those who carry it, no conversation is needed when we meet. You cannot poll or measure it; specifically because most who carry it avoid discussion… And that decision has nothing whatsoever to do with any form of correctness. We watched the passage of Obamacare at 1:38am on the day before Christmas Eve in 2009. We watched the Senate, then the House attempt passing Amnesty in 2014. We know exactly how it passed, and we know exactly why it passed. We don’t need to stand around talking about it…. We know what lies hidden behind “cloture” and the UniParty schemes. We watched the 2009 $900+ billion Stimulus Bill being spent each year, every year, for seven consecutive years. Omnibus, Porkulous, QE1, QE2, Bailouts, Crony-Capitalism. We know exactly how this works, and we know exactly why this ruse is maintained. We don’t need to stand around talking about it…. We’re beyond talking. We accept that the entire Senate voted to block President Trump’s ability to use recess appointments in 2017, and 2018, and 2019. Every.Single.Democrat.And.Republican. Cold Anger absorbs betrayal silently, often prudently.
We’ve waited each year, every year, for ten years, to see a federal budget, only to be given another Omnibus spending bill by “CONservative” politicians. We’ve watched the ridiculing of cops, the riots, and the lack of support for laws, or their enforcement. We’ve been absorbing all that. We’ve been exposed to violence upon us by paid operatives of the organized DNC machine. We know; the media trying to hide it doesn’t change our level of information. Cold Anger is not hatred, it is far more purposeful. We watched in 2012 as the Democrat party thrice denied God during their convention. The doors to evil enterprise opened by official proclamation and request. Cold Anger takes notice of the liars, even from a great distance – seemingly invisible to the mob. Cold Anger will still hold open the door for the riot goer. Mannerly. We’ve watched our borders being intentionally unsecured. We’ve watched Islamic Terrorists slaughter Americans as our politicians proclaim their uncertainty of motive. We know exactly who they are, and why they are doing it. We do not need to stand around discussing it…. we’re clear eyed. Cold Anger evidenced is more severe because it is more strategic, and more purposeful. Eric Cantor’s defeat, Matt Bevin’s victory, Brexit, Donald Trump’s highest vote tally in the history of presidential primaries or President Trump’s victory might aide your understanding. Cold Anger does not gloat; it absorbs consistent vilification and ridicule as fuel. This sensibility does not want to exist, it is forced to exist in otherwise unwilling hosts – we also refuse to be destabilized by it. Transgender bathrooms are more important than border security. Illicit trade schemes, employment and the standard of living in Vietnam and Southeast Asia are more important to Wall Street and DC lobbyists, than the financial security of Youngstown Ohio. We get it. We understand. We didn’t create that reality, we are simply responding to it. The intelligence apparatus of our nation was weaponized against our candidate by those who controlled the levers of government. Now, with sanctimonious declarations they dismiss accountability. Deliberate intent and prudence ensures we avoid failure. The course, is thoughtful vigilance; it is a strategy devoid of emotion. The media can call us anything they want, it really doesn’t matter…. we’re far beyond the place where labels matter. Foolishness and betrayal of our nation have served to reveal dangers within our present condition. Misplaced corrective action, regardless of intent, is neither safe nor wise. We know exactly who Donald Trump is, and we also know what he is not. He is exactly what we need at this moment. He is a necessary glorious bastard. He is our weapon. Cold Anger is not driven to act in spite of itself; it drives a reckoning. When the well attired leave the checkout line carrying steaks and shrimp using an EBT card, the door is still held open; yet notations necessarily embed. When the U.S. flags lay gleefully undefended, they do not lay unnoticed. When the stars and stripes are controversial, yet a foreign flag is honored – we are paying attention. When millionaire football players kneel down rather than honor our fallen soldiers and stand proud of our country, we see that. Check the NFL TV ratings – take note.
When a school community cannot openly pray, it does not mean the prayerful were absent. When a liar seems to win, it is not without observation. Many – more than the minority would like to admit – know the difference between science, clocks and political agendas. Cold Anger perceives deception the way the long-term battered absorb a blow in the hours prior to the pre-planned exit; with purpose. A shield, or cry of micro-aggression will provide no benefit, nor quarter. Delicate sensibilities are dispatched like a feather in a hurricane. We are patient, but also purposeful. Pushed far enough, decisions are reached. […] On the drive to and from the East Coast, I paid attention to the billboards and bumper-stickers. Folks, the people in “Fly over” country are PISSED, from the guy that guides hunters, to the mayors of towns and cities, to state senators congressmen and Governors who are voting to arrest and imprison federal law enforcement officials for enforcing federal gun laws that don’t agree with state law … The political pendulum has never, in the history of humanity, stayed on one side of a swing. The back lash from over reach has always been proportionate to how far off center it went before coming back … right now we’re staring at a whole hell of a lot of the country (about 80-90% of the land mass, as well as about 50+% of the population) that is FED UP. You really don’t want those guys to decide that the only way to fix it is to burn it down and start over… (more) It’s too late… This man has faced opposition that would overwhelm any other President. Our chosen President is constantly attacked by those holding a corrupt, conniving and Godless leftist ideology. It is our job now to stand with him, firm on his behalf. To respond we must engage as an insurgency. We must modify our disposition to think like an insurgent. Insurgencies have nothing to lose. If insurgents are not victorious the system, which controls the dynamic, wins. However, if insurgents do nothing, the same system, which controls the dynamic, also wins. Do nothing and we lose. Go to the mattresses, and we might win. The choice is ours. Right now, through November 2020, every day is Saint Crispins day. If we are mark’d to die, we are enow
To do our country loss; and if to live,
The fewer men, the greater share of honour.
God’s will! I pray thee, wish not one man more.
By Jove, I am not covetous for gold,
Nor care I who doth feed upon my cost;
It yearns me not if men my garments wear;
Such outward things dwell not in my desires.
But if it be a sin to covet honour,
I am the most offending soul alive.
No, faith, my coz, wish not a man from England.
God’s peace! I would not lose so great an honour
As one man more methinks would share from me
For the best hope I have. O, do not wish one more!
Rather proclaim it, Westmoreland, through my host,
That he which hath no stomach to this fight,
Let him depart; his passport shall be made,
And crowns for convoy put into his purse;
We would not die in that man’s company
That fears his fellowship to die with us.
This day is call’d the feast of Crispian.
He that outlives this day, and comes safe home,
Will stand a tip-toe when this day is nam’d,
And rouse him at the name of Crispian.
He that shall live this day, and see old age,
Will yearly on the vigil feast his neighbours,
And say ‘To-morrow is Saint Crispian.’
Then will he strip his sleeve and show his scars,
And say ‘These wounds I had on Crispian’s day.’
Old men forget; yet all shall be forgot,
But he’ll remember, with advantages,
What feats he did that day. Then shall our names,
Familiar in his mouth as household words-
Harry the King, Bedford and Exeter,
Warwick and Talbot, Salisbury and Gloucester-
Be in their flowing cups freshly rememb’red.
This story shall the good man teach his son;
And Crispin Crispian shall ne’er go by,
From this day to the ending of the world,
But we in it shall be remembered-
We few, we happy few, we band of brothers;
For he to-day that sheds his blood with me
Shall be my brother; be he ne’er so vile,
This day shall gentle his condition;
And gentlemen in England now-a-bed
Shall think themselves accurs’d they were not here,
And hold their manhoods cheap whiles any speaks
That fought with us upon Saint Crispin’s day.
The awakened American middle-class insurgency, led by Donald Trump, is an existential threat to the professional political class and every entity who lives in/around the professional political class. Their entire political apparatus is threatened by our insurgency. The political industry, all of corrupt governance, is threatened by our support through Donald Trump. Decision time. You know why the entire apparatus is united against President Trump. You know why the corrupt Wall Street financial apparatus is united against President Trump. You know why every institutional department, every lobbyist, every K-Street dweller, every career legislative member, staffer, and the various downstream economic benefactors, including the corporate media, all of it – all the above, are united against Donald Trump. Donald Trump is an existential threat to the existence of a corrupt DC system we have exposed to his disinfecting sunlight. Donald Trump is the existential threat to every entity who benefits from that corrupt and vile system. Global elites now stand with jaw-agape in horror as they witness the result. The value of multi-billion dollar contracts dispatched at our leisure. Trillion dollar multi-national trade deals, full of scheme and graft, left nothing more than tenuous propositions smashed asunder from the mere sound of our approach. The fundamental construct within decades of their united global efforts to tear at the very fabric of our U.S.A is being eliminated. They too have nothing to lose; their desperation becomes visible within their apoplexy; and they’re damn sure displaying it.
Do not look away. Throw aside the sense of discomfort and bear witness to the evil we oppose. Do not turn your eyes from the hatred focused in our direction. Stand firm amid the solace of our number and resolve to the task at hand. Those who oppose our efforts are merely vile parasites quivering as they stare into the Cold Anger furnace of righteousness. Who fuels that furnace? …..US !
:: 10-21-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BRITISH MUSLIMS demand removal of BBC Documentary on rampant sex trafficking by Islamic clerics in Iraq
October 21, 2019 by BareNakedIslam
To its credit, the BBC recently aired a TV documentary entitled “Undercover with the Clerics: Iraq’s Secret Sex Trade.” The program focused on Iraqi religious leaders who are turning young Muslim women and girls into prostitutes, convincing them to practice “nikah mut’ah” (as little as 1-hour pleasure/temporary so-called “marriages” which makes it legal according to the prophet Mohammed). British Muslims posted a change.org petition demanding that the BBC remove the documentary, claiming that it is disrespectful to Shia Muslims and that it will spread Islamophobia. See the documentary preview here: Iraqi girls as young as 9 years old are being “sold” for one-hour-long temporary ‘pleasure marriages’ under Islamic law You can see the full documentary here: https://ulozto.net/hledej?q=iraq+underage
:: 10-21-19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The ghastly, ghoulish practices of Planned Parenthood
Michael Brown: For many on the radical left, abortion is not just a right -- it is a rite
By Michael Brown Published October 21, 2019 at 6:57pm
Truth is not only stranger than fiction. Truth is also more disturbing than fiction. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the abortion industry, where baby parts are meticulously collected and systemically labeled for immediate, profitable sale. Not only so, but all this takes place without the knowledge of the mother, who recovers in a waiting room nearby. And, if the reports are accurate, some of the slicing and dicing is done while the baby is still alive. Did I say that truth is more disturbing than fiction? For the last 11 years, I have been doing live, daily radio broadcasts five days a week, taking calls, tackling controversies and interviewing guests. And it is exceedingly rare that the words of a guest or caller are so troubling that I am literally moved to tears. But that is exactly what happened when I interviewed Mat Staver, founder and chairman of Liberty Counsel, a Christian legal organization that is now defending Sandra Merritt against Planned Parenthood. Merritt is described as "a courageous pro-life grandmother who exposed Planned Parenthood's horrific trade in baby body parts." Together with David Daleiden, founder of the Center for Medical Progress, Merritt recorded secret videos of Planned Parenthood leaders and workers discussing the sale of baby parts for profit, creating shockwaves for the abortion giant. Now, as the trial proceeds, shocking, heartrending testimonies are being heard. On my show, Staver referred to "amazing situations" where Planned Parenthood clinics "were taking babies and intentionally aborting them so they could harvest intact organs, some of which were born alive while the hearts were still beating. Hearts were being removed while they were still alive." He continued, "Brains were being removed while the hearts were still beating, and we have evidence where they sliced the baby's face in two with a scalpel and then extracted the brain while the baby was still alive." Who can imagine such things? Who would even envision them in a work of fiction? Yet, according to Staver, these are 100 percent, accurate accounts. And the motivating force behind these allegations is greed. Let that sink in for a moment. For good reason Staver spoke of Planned Parenthood's "inhumane, unthinkable, unspeakable acts." Yet Planned Parenthood was not alone in its savaging of the unborn. According to Staver, companies like Stem Express had full menus on their website where you could make customized choices when ordering your baby parts. He explained, "You could actually go on the website and select … that you wanted a certain heart at a certain gestation at a certain size, intact. Then Stem Express would take that to Planned Parenthood that day. They would fulfill that order from those babies that were brought in, never telling the parent, the mom, what was happening with her child in the room next door." Staver was not exaggerating when he stated that if he described such procedures without revealing the age of the victim, we would think this was coming from Nazi Germany. Precisely so. A recent report on the Liberty Counsel website carried the headline, "Selling Baby Scalps," stating that, "A former board director for the Center for Medical Progress testified during the civil trial in the San Francisco Federal District Court that the scalps of babies provided by the abortion industry are being harvested for research in treating baldness." Yes, selling baby scalps for treating baldness. The mind boggles when trying to comprehend such cruel, cold and calculated barbarity. Yet we dare not close our eyes or stick our heads in the sand. All this is happening on our watch. In my new book, "Jezebel's War with America," I document the clear connection between radical feminism, witchcraft and the militant pro-abortion movement. (Yes, I actually document this.)
I also compare the horrific, ancient practice of child sacrifice with late-term and partial-birth abortion procedures. Perhaps this doesn't sound so extreme to you after hearing some of Staver's testimony.
Ironically, after Pastor Robert Jeffress made a similar comparison during a recent radio interview, referencing Moloch, the ancient god of child sacrifice, leftists responded with sarcastic glee. One tweeted, "ALL HAIL MOLOCH HIS WILL BE DONE." Another wrote, "DON'T MESS WITH OUR GOD, MOLOCH."
Yet what they posted in jest is not without truth. That's because, for many of those on the radical left, abortion is not just a right. It is a rite, a venerated rite, a sacred rite. "Do not mess with our right to abort!" Not surprisingly, most of the Democratic presidential candidates are veering further to the left when it comes to abortion, to the point that most of the candidates now support bills which, if enacted, would legalize some of the crimes committed by abortionist Kermitt Gosnell. And all of this leads to a simple question: What are you and I going to do to stop these horrific practices? And how can we offer a message of life and hope to mothers and fathers who want to abort? Somehow, someway, we must shout to the nation the humanity of that unborn child and the sacredness of life. Then, just as loudly, we must bring to the attention of the nation the barbarity of the actions of Planned Parenthood and their cohorts. If each of us does our part, through sharing the message, through pro-life activism, through voting and campaigning, through prayer and compassion, the tide can turn.
We owe it to the little ones to take action today.
https://www.wnd.com/2019/10/ghastly-ghoulish-practices-planned-parenthood/
:: 10-21-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Do Not Trade with a China that Lies, Cheats, and Steals
by Gordon G. Chang October 21, 2019 at 5:00 am
[I]t is especially difficult to trade with a thief, especially when the thief views commercial contact as an opportunity to steal more.... This crime is essential to the achievement of the extraordinarily ambitious Made in China 2025 initiative [to dominate 11 crucial technology sectors].
By his silence, Liu allowed Trump to think he had a deal when, in reality, he did not. So Trump made a real concession — the tariff deferral — for a promise that was not a promise.
[T]he "engagement" of China is Washington's "greatest foreign policy failure." – Arthur Waldron, University of Pennsylvania.
If all this were not bad enough, Xi's future plans are especially pernicious... Americans are going to have to make a choice: take Chinese money or maintain a free marketplace of ideas. The disengagement of the two economies is, of course, unfortunate, but it is necessary as China presses Americans and leaves them no choice if they are to defend freedoms and sovereignty.
On October 11th, Beijing harvested another big benefit. Trump agreed to defer a tariff increase scheduled for the following Tuesday. Having gotten what it wanted, China then began to play hardball. On October 17, Beijing denied it had made a commitment to buy $40 billion to $50 billion of American farm products.
Judging from Beijing's breaking one more trade arrangement in recent days, it is evident the communist regime in China is not able to work with the United States — or any other country for that matter. So let's not trade with a China that lies, cheats, and steals. "This won't revolutionize the U.S.-China relationship or the terms of trade between us, but it shows that the two countries can work together on an important issue," said Clete Willems of Akin Gump to Bloomberg, referring to President Trump's "phase one deal" announced October 11. "Learning to do so is critical to avoid a broad deterioration of all aspects of our relationship, which is not in anyone's long-term interest."
Despite what Willems said, it now is in the long-term interest of the United States to walk away from trade deals with the People's Republic of China.
Why? Four reasons: First, communist China has never accepted the notion of comparative advantage, which underpins the global trading system. Yes, the mercantilist Chinese believe we should buy their products, but they, the masters of non-tariff barriers and other forms of predation, have worked hard to keep foreign goods out of their market. How can America trade with a state that does not believe in the benefits of trade? Second, Communist China has in fact never honored a trade deal with the US. Beijing, over the course of decades, has systemically violated both its World Trade Organization obligations and its obligations to America in various bilateral agreements. Third, China's economic system is incompatible with America's. Xi Jinping, the Chinese ruler, has in recent years been forcibly marching the country backwards, the "great regression" as it is now called. He has, with ruthless determination, been closing off the Chinese market to foreigners with, among other things, highly discriminatory rule enforcement and the enactment of prejudicial laws and regulations. He has at the same time been recombining already large state enterprises back into formal monopolies, reversing the partial privatization of earlier years by increasing state ownership of state enterprises, having the state take control of private companies, shoveling more state subsidies to favored state market participants, and pursuing development through dubious industrial policies such as his infamous Made in China 2025 initiative to dominate 11 crucial technology sectors. As they now say in China, the state sector is rapidly "advancing" and both the private and foreign sectors are "retreating." That is because Xi is seeking to return China to a modern form of Maoism. Fourth, it is especially difficult to trade with a thief, especially when the thief views commercial contact as an opportunity to steal more. Xi's China has continued to criminally take U.S. intellectual property to the tune of hundreds of billions of dollars a year. This crime is essential to the achievement of the extraordinarily ambitious Made in China 2025 initiative. If all this were not bad enough, Xi's future plans are especially pernicious. He is, for instance, now about to apply the 2016 Cybersecurity Law to outlaw the use of virtual private networks and encryption so that he can take all the data and communications of foreign companies operating in China. Chinese officials will surely hand over information they seize to China's own enterprises so that they will then know everything about foreign competitors. China has already used stolen data and technology to cripple foreign companies and drive some, like Nortel Networks, out of business. Moreover, Xi Jinping looks as if he will be even more bold in requiring U.S. companies operating in China to swear obedience to Beijing, to advance Communist Party positions, and to implement its policies wherever they operate. That, after all, is apparent from the reprehensible behavior of the National Basketball Association, Apple, and ESPN, which all acceded to Chinese bullying this month. Yet as bad as these American businesses appeared—none of them stood firm in defending American values—they could not be expected to resist an onslaught from a mighty communist state. Therefore, Americans are going to have to make a choice: take Chinese money or maintain a free marketplace of ideas. The disengagement of the two economies is, of course, unfortunate, but it is necessary as China presses Americans and leaves them no choice if they are to defend freedoms and sovereignty. All this brings us back to ongoing trade discussions. When it became clear there would be a trade deal of some sort, big-box retailers began to place large orders for the coming season with Chinese manufacturers. If it had appeared there would be no deal, many of the orders would have gone to factories elsewhere. On October 11th, Beijing harvested another big benefit. Trump agreed to defer a tariff increase scheduled for the following Tuesday. Having gotten what it wanted, China then began to play hardball. On October 17, Beijing denied it had made a commitment to buy $40 billion to $50 billion of American farm products. President Trump, in his Oval Office meeting with Liu He, China's chief trade negotiator, said Beijing had made such a promise as a part of the trade deal with the U.S. If Beijing did not agree to the additional purchases, the time to say so would have been when Liu was next to Trump while he talked about the agricultural purchase. By his silence, Liu allowed Trump to think he had a deal when, in reality, he did not. So Trump made a real concession—the tariff deferral—for a promise that was not a promise. Another broken trade promise is another reason for Americans to agree with the University of Pennsylvania's Arthur Waldron, who argues that the "engagement" of China is Washington's "greatest foreign policy failure." America's China policymakers predicted Beijing's trade—and other—behavior would improve over time, but the opposite has occurred. Engagement, by failing to impose costs for Beijing's predatory moves and for other reasons, has contributed to the evident deterioration of Chinese behavior. Trump has begun to break with that failed approach, which has dominated American policy ever since Nixon went to the Chinese capital in 1972 to meet Mao. In retrospect, going to Beijing was the wrong move. Also wrong is Clete Willems. Judging from Beijing's breaking one more trade arrangement in recent days, it is evident the communist regime in China is not able to work with the United States—or any other country for that matter. So let's not trade with a China that lies, cheats, and steals.
Gordon G. Chang is the author of The Coming Collapse of China and a Gatestone Institute Distinguished Senior Fellow. Follow Gordon G. Chang on Twitter
https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15045/trade-china-cheating
[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..
:: 10-8-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Last Days Warnings
By Hal Lindsey
As the world reels under the impact of the latest Middle East crisis, many are discovering that the events are fitting into a larger pattern of precisely predicted events. The pattern is to be found woven through the Hebrew prophets from Moses to Jesus Christ and John the Apostle. The prophecies were made during a period of from 3500 to 1900 years ago. Throughout these predictions, it’s clear that the events are to lead to a final seven-year period of world catastrophe. This period will climax with a global war of such magnitude that only the personal, visible return of Jesus Christ to this planet will prevent man from self-annihilation. THINGS WE ARE SEEING Listed below are 20 pieces of this pattern which are unmistakably coming together simultaneously for the first time in history.
The return of the dispersed Jews to Israel to become a nation again in 1948.
The Jews’ recapture of the Old City of Jerusalem in the 1967 Arab-Israeli War.
The rise of Russia as a powerful nation and enemy of Israel.
The Arab confederation against the new State of Israel.
The rise of a military power in the Orient that can field an army of 200 million soldiers. (Red China alone boasts that she has this number of troops!)
The revival of the Old Roman Empire in the form of a ten-nation confederacy. (I believe the European Common Market is ultimately going to be this power.)
The revival of the dark occultic practices of ancient Babylon.
The unprecedented turn to drugs.
The increase of international revolution.
The increase of wars.
The increase of earthquakes.
The increase of famines through the population explosion.
The coming of plagues.
The increase of famines through the population explosion.
The coming of plagues.
The increase of pollution.
The departure of many Christian churches from the historic truth of Christianity.
The move toward a one-world religion.
The move toward a one-world government.
The decline of the United States as a major world power.
The increase in lawlessness.
The decline of the family unit.
THINGS TO WATCH The Arabs will continue to bring greater pressure upon the Western nations to support their demands against Israel. They will do so through the continued restriction of oil without which the industrial nations cannot survive. They may begin to use their vast financial power to seriously threaten the economy of the United States as well. It is doubtful that Fort Knox could back up the dollars they hold, if they demanded gold for them. The United States will have some severe economic shocks from the European Common Market and the Arab oil squeeze. It will continue its decline as a major power both by this and internal moral decadence
The European Common Market will begin to emerge as the greatest economic power in history.
Israel will continue to increasingly become the Western world’s dilemma. The Middle East will continue to be the most dangerous threat to world peace in history. The prophets clearly say that the spark that sets off Armageddon will be struck by the invasion of Israel by the Egyptian-led Arabs and the Russians.
Jesus predicted these days we’re living in when He said concerning the prophetic signs, “When you see all these things, know He is at the door ready to return.” Then He said, “This generation will not pass away until all is fulfilled.”
My opinion is that, because we are seeing all these signs fitting into the predicted pattern, we are the generation, which will see the culmination of history, as we know it, and the return of Christ. Who knows, perhaps this will be the year of Christ’s sudden and mysterious coming to snatch out all those who believe in Him.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-16-2017/
:: 10-21-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Netanyahu returns mandate to Rivlin
PM returns mandate to form government 2 days before it expires. Gantz next to have chance to form coalition.
Gary Willig, 21/10/19 20:02
Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu returned the mandate to form the government to President Reuven Rivlin Monday night after failing to form a coalition of 61 MKs. "A short time ago I informed the president that I was handing back my mandate to try to form a government," Netanyahu said in a video on his Facebook page. Netanyahu's mandate was scheduled to expire on Wednesday. He had the option of seeking a two-week extension, but reportedly believed that he would not receive the extension in light of the impasse in talks to form a unity government. Rivlin will most likely now give the mandate to Blue and White leader Benny Gantz, who will have 28 days to form a coalition.
http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/270369
[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)
Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV)
[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.
John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)
[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.
[ :: 11-3-13 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history. Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.
:: 10-21-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Demolishes 3,000-Seat Megachurch during Worship Service
Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, October 21, 2019
Communist authorities destroyed a 3,000-seat megachurch over the weekend, using a large excavator to tear apart the building as members and citizens watched helplessly, according to China Aid. The large building – which resembled many large church buildings in the United States and was topped with a spire and cross – was located in the province of Anhui, which rests in the eastern part of the country and has about 60 million residents. The congregation was part of China’s officially recognized network of churches. Communist officials lacked the proper legal paperwork to order the destruction, China Aid reported. China Aid monitors religious persecution in the country. A China Aid video shows the excavator pulling the building apart, as pieces of concrete tumble into a pile of rubble on the ground. “This is yet another clear example showing the escalation of religious persecution today by the Chinese Communist regime,” said Bob Fu, president of China Aid. “The total disregard of religious freedom's protection as enshrined in the Communist Party's own Constitution tells the whole world [Chinese] President Xi is determined to continue his war against the peaceful Christian faithful. This campaign will surely fail in the end.” The officials also detained the church’s pastors, Geng Yimin and Sun Yongyao, on suspicion of “gathering a crowd to disturb social order,” China Aid reported. China officially recognizes two Christian bodies: the Three-Self Patriotic Movement and the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association. Churches within the two networks, though, don’t have the freedom to worship as they choose. In the past, Communist officials have edited sermons, forced the removal of crosses, and banned Sunday Schools for children. The law prohibits the conversion of minors. The lack of religious freedom is one reason millions of Christians have gone underground to worship in illegal house churches. Earlier this year a Three-Self pastor told Bitter Winter, a religious watchdog, that the government was “subtly changing our faith” by forcing pastors to follow unbiblical requirements. That pastor was ordered to preach about Confucius. “This is the erosion of Christianity,” the pastor said. Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog at MichaelFoust.com.
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 10-21-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump says some US troops staying in Syria after requests from Israel, Jordan
US president says ‘small number’ of American soldiers remain deployed on Syrian borders; second group stays to secure country’s oil fields
By TOI staff and Agencies 21 October 2019, 9:10 pm
US President Donald Trump said Monday that a small number of US troops remain in Syria at the request of Israel and Jordan, with some positioned near the borders with Jordan and Israel and others deployed to secure oil fields. “The other region where we’ve been asked by Israel and Jordan to leave a small number of troops is a totally different section of Syria, near Jordan, and close to Israel,” Trump said when asked whether he would leave soldiers in Syria. “So we have a small group there, and we secured the oil. Other than that, there’s no reason for it, in our opinion.” Trump’s comments followed a US pullout from northeastern Syria, leaving the Kurds, America’s staunchest allies in the fight against Islamic State, to face invading Turkish forces. He said another group still in Syria “secured the oil,” a reference to oil fields that the US hopes to keep from falling into the hands of jihadist fighters. “I always said if you’re going in, keep the oil,” Trump said, suggesting that the US would “maybe get one of our big oil companies in to do it properly.” Trump said that otherwise US troops are “moving out nicely.” US Defense Secretary Mark Esper said earlier in Kabul, however, that the US withdrawal would take “weeks not days.” “We have troops in towns in northeast Syria that are located next to the oil fields. The troops in those towns are not in the present phase of withdrawal,” Esper said. Israelis have been watching Trump’s decisions on Syria closely, concerned that their country too could be abandoned by its most important ally. Beyond that, Israel has longstanding concerns over whether its enemy Iran will move to fill any vacuum in neighboring Syria, where Tehran has been supporting President Bashar al-Assad in an eight-year-old civil war. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has also had tense relations with Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, a vocal supporter of the Palestinians. After the temporary ceasefire was announced, Trump heaped praise on Erdogan, calling him “a hell of a leader.” Netanyahu has been careful not to be seen as criticizing Trump, who has been a key supporter, but last week issued a statement saying Israel strongly condemned Turkey’s “invasion of the Kurdish areas in Syria.” He also warned “against the ethnic cleansing of the Kurds by Turkey and its proxies.” Hosting US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo on Friday, Netanyahu thanked Pompeo and Trump for their “consistent support for Israel” and hailed the strength of US-Israel ties. Commenting on the US-arranged ceasefire in Turkey’s offensive in Syria against Kurdish fighters, the prime minister said mildly that he hoped it would “turn out for the best.” On Sunday, US House Speaker Nancy Pelosi led a group of American lawmakers on a visit to Jordan to discuss “the deepening crisis” in Syria. Jordan’s state news agency said that King Abdullah II, in a meeting with the Americans, stressed the importance of safeguarding Syria’s territorial integrity and guarantees for the “safe and voluntary” return of refugees.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 10-15-19 Zero Gov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
15 Oct Private Black Rifles Matter by Bill Buppert
Posted at 17:44h in Uncategorized by Bill
Publisher’s Note: The drama continues as the Deep State increases the pace of assaults on the Mango Mussolini time and again. While the present empty suit in the Offal Office has been a severe disappointment on the concepts of individual liberty, his ability to cause derangement, incoherence and lunacy on the collectivists left of center, I thank him for that. You will note that when the Grand Old Politburo had control of the levers of power, they similarly ramped up the amperage on all government power grabs domestically and foreign mischief to maim and kill American lads. In other news, the F-Troop boys are shitting their pants over having missed a bullet in this interesting case.
What will the nomenklatura do? -BB
“Mountainous terrain held by riflemen who know what they are about cannot be militarily defeated”.
Buppert’s Law of Military Topography: Or more simply: “Drive a rifle or ride a railcar.”
“The simple and terrifying reality, forbidden from discussion in America, was that despite spending $600 billion a year on the military, despite having the best fighting force the world had ever known, they were getting their asses kicked by illiterate peasants who made bombs out of manure and wood.”
― Michael Hastings, The Operators: The Wild and Terrifying Inside Story of America’s War in Afghanistan
Weapons of war! Mrs. Beta O’Rourke, America’s first trans-sexual clown and Awful Office candidate, has declared that all non-government employees/apparatchiks should be stripped of their weapons; she insists that the government will buy back what it doesn’t own to prevent the dozens [you heard that right] of people killed by evil black rifles domestically in the USSA. Hell yeah, she’ll take your private property but certainly won’t do so personally but in the tradition of limp-dick cowardly violence brokers planet-wide, send his armed government workers (with evil black rifles!) to pry it from the taxpayer’s dead hands. I have always considered the GOP to be the weak and mealy-mouthed abused younger sister to the abusive bigger sister in the guise of the control freak Democrats. They have not let me down. Whatever weapon prohibition nonsense comes across the desk for the Orange Oracle to sign, he will sign it. He is a NYC progressive who has no conception of the notion of unregulated private weapons ownership; it is an entirely alien concept to him. He will sign anything his Santa’s little helpers or his communist daughter tell him to. If you expect anything else, well, you’re delusional. Most cases of individual volition and virtuous agency meet moral and consequentialist arguments. In this case, unfettered private weapons ownership is not only the marker for ultimate self-ownership but the sheer astronomical insignificance statistically of weapons injuries and deaths in America is low by any mathematical standard. Let’s examine the rifle data: Clayton Cramer developed an extraordinary graphic tool to track mass shootings [the American Stasi puts this at four or more humans in an event] from 2006 to 2018. The chart shows spikes for the Pulse (2016) and Las Vegas (2017) events. Never more than 50 total corpses a year in separate incidents excepting the aforementioned spikes. The latest 2018 Stasi data shows that less than 300 people die a year due to rifles and one can’t definitively state that all the mass shootings which occurred from 2006 to 2018 were not inclusive of shotguns and handguns. Less than 300. It makes you scratch your head and wonder at the communist pearl clutching over these deaths and nary a word about handgun deaths. In the great socialist paradise of gun prohibitionist Chicago, the death toll by gunshot is 366 so far this year. Which happens to be 69 corpses more than the total of rifle deaths in 2018. 69 more corpses. One more liberal necropolis ruled by Democrats for decades like so many of the other urban cesspits that are attracted to Democrat rule like stink on shit. Yet the horror, righteous umbrage and fainting couches are reserved for rifle deaths. And by the way, we have no idea how many of those rifles are evil black rifles and not bolt guns or some other modality of getting the round to the chamber in a long arm [that is not a shotgun]. Why? Here’s a thought experiment: America has conducted a nasty and ultimately unsuccessful war against various asymmetric insurgencies in the 21st century in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria, Yemen, the horn of Africa and countless small brushfire conflicts swatting at a flame of rebellion that will not be extinguished anywhere the west raises a hand. Ironically, the west creates an insurgency-in-a-box labelled ISIS to defeat the inconvenient Shia (there’s a pattern) Syrian government and, of course being the CIA, loses complete control of their Frankenstein monster and looses the beast across the Middle East to include the American love-hate relationship with Al Qaeda. Now we have lost approximately five thousand young lives snuffed and countless others injured both apparently and hundreds of thousands suffering the ghost ailment of traumatic brain rattling in Iraq and Afghanistan. But many of these young warriors returned home and they have seen what the business end of a battle carbine can do. They have seen the efficacy of small and determined bands of fit young men defending their turf against hyper-military ambition can do. Countless Americans have seen the manipulated news-feeds that inadvertently showed both the shock and awe of coalition conflicts and the endless quivers of armed resistance to imperial fever dreams of conquest from snipers to IEDs to booby=traps. Apparently, there is no Pashtun word for “quit”. Seventeen years into the American armed windmill tilting in Afghanistan, the coalition forces have to take 45 second helicopter rides from base to base in the Green Zone. The communists in America are scared to death of private weaponry, they look on with horror at historical lessons like the “plink-a-pinko” engagements of British police actions in 1775 when the obedient Regular went out to confiscate the privately held artillery, shells, guns and munitions of the British colonist who objected rather severely to imperial overreach and excessive taxation. They know that ultimately you either force the entry of a communist death-ship in a country or vote your way into it as they are attempting now, but you will always have to shoot your way out of it. Communism is a death and they fetishize the government ownership of all the means of violence. The government gun is a totem they smile upon and worship but the private weapon in the hands of disobedient serfs scares the shit out of them. Hence the incessant news-feeds that spotlight the organized military violence on all sides in the middle east adventures has seared into the minds of the elites and their pet useful idiots in the population that the collectivist project will not see success as long as the victim populations have arms and especially arms that have effective distances that span city blocks and even greater advantages in rural areas where at the most problematic non-urban hicks reside. The bottom line is that the usual suspects on the left through both massive ignorance and willful intent conflate fully automatics weapons like the M4/16 with the semi-automatic AR [Armalite Rifle]-15 as the same thing and see that the imposition of government is made very difficult by possession of such tools by a population they are trying to conquer and ultimately enslave. They have been watching the propaganda pablum on the glass teats and the radios in their electric cars that definitively show that military and more importantly, atomistic armed opposition to central government whether through domestic or imperial means makes the best laid plans of government supremacists, messy. Mind you, they tend to be a little schizophrenic in their support of imperial misadventure, but I can count on one hand the number of government supremacist vermin who actively opposed the global military mayhem of the Obamugabe from 2008 to 2016. Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, Libya, Yemen, and Somalia are among the countries bombed by his Holiness the Obamunist during his sacred regime. All root causes have many cause vectors but I stand by my analysis that one of the reasons that informs the present hysterical fear-mongering on military-pattern rifles by the usual suspects is a utilitarian view that armed peasants make for uncooperative serfs. Whatever fairy tales you learned about politicians in the government education complexes or the 24-hour marathon of non-stop government supremacist propaganda on the glass teat, politicians do three things and from these emanate their every action: they ban, regulate and tax. They serve no other purpose and the full violence of the state is behind every one of these levies and edicts. Dirt simple: plantation overlords loathe armed Helots. In the back of the mind of every communist aspirant on the campaign trail, in the liberal intelligentsia, in the academic gulags and the countless useful idiots across the fruited plain, private rifle ownership gives them the night sweats. It’s that simple… Do not comply. Do it for the children.
https://zerogov.com/2019/10/15/black-rifles-matter-by-bill-buppert/
:: 2-5-19 Billings Gazette :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
CALDERA CHRONICLES
Caldera Chronicles: Idaho's last (and next?) volcanic eruption
Feb 5, 2019
Yellowstone Caldera Chronicles is a weekly column written by scientists and collaborators of the Yellowstone Volcano Observatory. This week's contribution is from from Zach Lifton, geologist with the Idaho Geological Survey. Idaho is home to several young volcanoes, including the Craters of the Moon, Wapi, Kings Bowl, North and South Robbers, Cerro Grande, Hell's Half Acre and Shoshone lava field. Craters of the Moon is one of the youngest volcanic areas in Idaho and may be the most likely in the state to erupt again. Over the past 15,000 years, eruptions at Craters of the Moon have occurred about every 3,000 years, and so the next eruption might be expected sometime in the next 1,000 years. Besides its fascinating geologic history, Craters of the Moon is also a unique landscape that is recognized as a National Monument. Archaeological evidence suggests that Shoshone indigenous people visited the Craters of the Moon area as early as 12,000 years ago. It is therefore likely that the Shoshone witnessed some of the eruptions at Craters of the Moon, the most recent of which ended about 2,100 years ago. The area was noted as a unique landscape by western explorers in the mid-1800s. In his 1837 biographical book "The Adventures of Captain Bonneville," Washington Irving described the area in less-than-glowing terms: "… nothing meets the eye but a desolate and awful waste … and where nothing is to be seen but lava." However, others recognized the beauty and scientific value of the area, and in 1924 it was formalized as a National Monument. Craters of the Moon is made of more than 60 lava flows that erupted between 15,000 and 2,100 years ago. The lava field covers more than 600 square miles. Eight different eruption episodes are known, and each episode lasted hundreds to perhaps thousands of years. An interesting feature of Craters of the Moon is that about the same volume of lava was erupted during each episode, therefore it is considered to be "volume-predictable." Volcanologists therefore expect the next eruption to produce 1-1.5 square miles of lava. Volcanic eruptions at Craters of the Moon occur along fissures in the NW-SE trending Great Rift volcanic rift zone, which is aligned parallel to active faults adjacent to the Snake River Plain. Because of their young age, the volcanic rocks at Craters of the Moon preserve many volcanic features, including domes, cinder cones, shields, and lava flows with characteristic structures (like pahoehoe ropes), lava tubes, spatter ramparts and pressure ridges. The fissure eruptions at Craters of the Moon were probably very similar to modern fissure eruptions at Kīlauea Volcano in Hawaii, which exhibit the same features. Studying eruptions at Kīlauea may therefore help scientists and emergency managers understand what to expect the next time Craters of the Moon erupts. The primary hazard of future eruptions of Craters of the Moon will most likely be slow-moving lava flows that can travel as far as 20 miles from their source. While the populated communities of Carey and Arco are not expected to be directly affected by the next eruption, the lava flows can threaten rangeland and farms. Eruptions may also impact transportation: U.S. Highways 20, 26, and 93 pass through or near the volcanic area. While Craters of the Moon will almost certainly erupt again (perhaps within the next 1,000 years), it is not considered a high-risk volcano. Earlier this year the U.S. Geological Survey published their 2018 update to the National Volcanic Threat Assessment, which is an effort to prioritize research, monitoring and mitigation at volcanoes in the U.S. The threat assessment categorizes volcanoes as very low, low, moderate, high and very high threats. Four volcanoes in Idaho are listed in the threat assessment, all of them described as "low" threat: Craters of the Moon, Hell's Half Acre, Black Butte Crater and Wapi Flow. Nevertheless, we remain vigilant to the volcanic threat in Idaho, with regional monitoring stations well established to warn of any potential future activity.
[ :: 10-26-14
am service (2d word)
:: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.
:: 10-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Bizarre: Avon Catalog Features Image of Woman Caressing Baphomet
Goat-headed figure has long been associated with Satanism
Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - October 16, 2019
People are questioning why an edition of the popular beauty supply catalog Avon features a woman placing her arms around a Satanic baphomet figure. Wary social media users have commented on the bizarre cover of Avon’s 22nd 2019 campaign, showing a woman in a pink wig grabbing the ears of the baphomet, a half-animal, half-human goat hybrid deity which has long been associated with Satanism. Savvy women on Facebook and Twitter questioned the baphomet’s appearance on the brochure, with one woman calling it “very frightening and concerning!” The baphomet has recently been in headlines as members of The Satanic Temple have attempted to have a statue of the goat-headed figure installed on the Arkansas state capital grounds, where a statue of the Ten Commandments currently stands. Avon did not respond to Infowars request for comment as of writing.
https://www.infowars.com/avon-catalog-features-bizarre-image-of-woman-caressing-baphomet/
:: 10-16-19 The Daily Signal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
San Francisco No Longer Feels Like It’s in America
Lee Edwards / October 16, 2019
It’s one thing to read about the decline of San Francisco. It’s another to see it for yourself. I could hardly recognize this once-captivating city of breathtaking views, delectable food, and cool jazz. Today it’s occupied by an army of homeless men and women who have turned Baghdad-by-the-bay into Bombay-by-the-bay with some of the dirtiest slums in America. I first visited San Francisco in 1964 as a member of Barry Goldwater’s political team that wrapped up the Republican presidential nomination for the candidate who offered a conservative choice, not a liberal echo. Then, we freely roamed the streets and hills of the city. Today, you watch your step lest you slip on human feces. Then, Goldwater Girls in their white cowboy hats and boots welcomed delegates and guests at the Cow Palace. Today, homeless men openly urinate in Union Square. The demand for socialism is on the rise from young Americans today. But is socialism even morally sound? Find out more now >> Then, we shared copies of “The Conscience of a Conservative.” Now, the homeless share their needles. Then, we opposed the legalization of marijuana. Now, Californians seem to grow more weed than oranges. What has happened? Why is America slouching like some rough beast—not toward Bethlehem, but Gomorrah? Beyond dispute, things feel as if they are falling apart, and the common rules of a civil society no longer seem to apply. Then, most Americans agreed that the family is the basic bloc of society. Now, according to the rising generation, the nuclear family is disappearing, gay rights take precedence over every other kind of right, Washington is accepted as primarily responsible for our welfare, and socialism is the tidal wave of the future. What has happened? A major reason is the influence, in and out of the academy, of political philosophers such as John Rawls, who argues that everything is relative and there is no absolute right or wrong. Rawls is the liberals’ favorite philosopher because he believes, as politics professor Jerome Foss puts it, that “the purpose of government is to rectify every injustice.” Not so the Founders, who instituted a system of checks and balances to limit the role of government. The government that Rawls envisions, says Foss, “is empowered to enforce a theory without any institutional restraints.” So much for the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution and their reliance on certain “self-evident” truths, accumulated through 2,500 years of Western civilization from Jerusalem to Athens to Rome to London to Philadelphia. I was a stranger in a strange land in San Francisco as I watched the people tread the sidewalks carefully on the way to work and shrug in embarrassment about the feces and the needles and the homeless tents that sprout like weeds. I reflected on what the plain-speaking Barry Goldwater might say about the tragic decline of this once magical city, and I believe it would be something like: “Let’s cut out the crap and clean it up!” And then he would quote Milton Friedman on the importance of freedom—and, equally, the importance of what you do with that freedom. I might have gone home depressed and saddened by what I had seen, but my next stop was Dallas. After a day among its shining skyscrapers, clean streets and parks, and optimistic can-do residents, my spirits soared. All was not lost. The young professionals whom I met were excited about what tomorrow might bring. Dallas, not San Francisco, is the future, unless the citizens of Baghdad-by-the-bay resolve to take back their city.
Originally published in The Washington Times
https://www.dailysignal.com/2019/10/16/san-francisco-no-longer-feels-like-its-in-america/
:: 10-16-19 Homeland Security News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Why the Guillotine May Be Less Cruel than Execution by Slow Poisoning
Published 16 October 2019
Concerns about the drugs used for executions are being raised again after the federal government announced it will once again execute inmates convicted of capital crimes almost 16 years after the last execution was carried out. while the death penalty is the ultimate punishment meted out by the state, it is not meant to be torture. The guillotine remains a quick method of execution – it takes about half a second for the blade to drop and sever a prisoner’s head from his body. Although the guillotine may be the bloodiest of deaths, it does not cause the prolonged physical torment increasingly delivered by lethal injections. Should the U.S. consider using the guillotine to administer capital punishment? Concerns about the drugs used for executions are being raised again after the federal government announced it will once again execute inmates convicted of capital crimes almost 16 years after the last execution was carried out. Janine Lanza writes in The Conversation that while the death penalty is the ultimate punishment meted out by the state, it is not meant to be torture. She writes: From the stake to the rope to the firing squad to the electric chair to the gas chamber and, finally, to the lethal injection, over the centuries the methods of execution in the United States have evolved to make execution quicker, quieter and less painful, both physically and psychologically. It wasn’t always so. And there are, perhaps, lessons in history that could provide an answer to current concerns about the unusual cruelty of execution methods in the U.S. The guillotine remains a quick method of execution – it takes about half a second for the blade to drop and sever a prisoner’s head from his body. While the moment of execution could be nothing but terrifying, that second of suffering was brief in comparison to the 43 minutes it took for Lockett to die after lethal drugs were administered. Although the guillotine may be the bloodiest of deaths – the French used sand bags to soak up the blood – it does not cause the prolonged physical torment increasingly delivered by lethal injections. Should the U.S. consider using the guillotine to administer capital punishment? It has advantages – no secret recipes for lethal injections, no botched placement of IV needles, no conflation of medicine and execution. While the guillotine provides a death that is not easy to witness, the death it delivers to the condemned is quick and does not cause the extended pain of bespoke lethal injections. Could such a death, as bloody as it is, pass muster with the Eighth Amendment’s mandate against cruel and unusual punishment?
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 10-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
If It Bleeds It Leads: How the American Media Perpetuates and Profits From Mass Shootings
by ammodotcom Wed, 10/16/2019 - 17:47
I have repeatedly told CNN and our other media the following if you don’t want to propagate more mass murders: Don’t start the story with sirens blaring. Don’t have photos of the killer. Don’t make it 24/7 coverage. Do everything you can not to make the body count the lead story. Localize the story to the affected community. And make it as boring as possible in every other market. Dr. Park Dietz, Forensic Psychologist, on how to stop mass shootings Video games. 4chan. “Toxic masculinity.” These are just a few of the media’s favorite folk devils when it comes to assigning blame for mass shootings in America. However, there is startling evidence that how the media covers these tragedies makes them culpable in perpetuating future ones. This might sound like an outlandish claim, but it’s supported by evidence from no less an authority than the National Institutes of Health. It’s related to a well-established phenomenon of copycat suicides known as the Werther Effect. Other countries’ medias have taken steps to minimize the Werther Effect through self-imposed industry standards on suicide reporting, and many of these standards have parallels with the coverage of mass shootings. The American media currently has no industry standard practices for how to cover either suicides or mass shootings. However, one can easily see the difference between how mass shootings and suicides are covered. Whereas suicides are treated as sombre tragedies, mass shootings often have the sensationalism turned up to 11. There’s a detailed discussion of the shooter’s life story, motives and methods. Strong evidence suggests that this both encourages and instructs potential mass shooters. Statistically speaking, mass shootings represent a tiny portion of all deaths in the United States. For example, 2017 was the deadliest year for mass shootings in America with a total of 117 people killed. For context, 102 people die from automobile accidents every day according to the National Highway Traffic Safety Institute. Despite the low frequency of these tragedies, the media pays outsized attention to them for self-serving reasons, which are both political and economic: There's a demonstrated anti-gun agenda amongst America's media. And there's the ongoing shift in the media's business model to attention-based revenue that results in ever-more sensational news coverage and "clickbait" headlines. The lurid attention to mass shootings is profitable for America's press, cable news networks, and social media companies – despite the consequences encapsulated by the Werther Effect. Thus a look at the role the American media plays in perpetuating these rampage killers is in order. What Is the Werther Effect? Ask yourself: Can suicides be contagious? Some studies say yes. It’s known clinically as the Werther Effect, after Goethe's novel The Sorrows of Young Werther. This is a particularly important topic in the era of the so-called “mass shooter” and the phenomenon of “suicide by cop.” Researchers at Northeastern Illinois University and Arizona State University found that as many as 20 to 30 percent of all mass shootings are copycat shootings inspired by media coverage of other shootings. The history of the Werther Effect is quite curious. Goethe’s novel was a cultural phenomenon at the time. Melancholic men were dressing in blue jackets and yellow pants in emulation of the novel’s protagonist, Werther, who was effectively a stand-in for Goethe himself. Some men took their love of the novel one step further by committing suicide with a pistol in the same manner as Werther, who ends his life at the end of the novel after being rejected by the woman he loves. This led to the book being banned in several places. The term “Werther Effect” was first coined by researcher David Phillips in 1974. Further studies in 1985 and 1989 by Phillips and his team found that suicide rates, as well as other accidents, increased after a well-publicized suicide. The Werther Effect impacts the young and the elderly – but not the middle-aged. Those who commit copycat suicides tend to be of a similar age to the original suicide they are copying. How Do Copycat Suicides Work? The timeline for a copycat suicide is generally weeks and months, though in the case of a high-profile celebrity suicide, it might be as long as one year. Some of the most famous suicides that have caused a spike in the overall suicide rate include Marilyn Monroe (that August had about 200 suicides more than was typical for the month) and the Tunisians street vendor Mohamed Bouazizi, whose self-immolation kicked off the Arab Spring. The Netflix series 13 Reasons Why saw a 26-percent increase in searches for “how to commit suicide,” an 18-percent increase in searches for “commit suicide” and a 9-percent increase in searches for “how to kill yourself." The teen suicide rate itself spiked after the release of the show. The Werther Effect for mass shootings was found to be 13 weeks by the study conducted by Arizona State University and Northeastern Illinois University. For his part, Phillips mostly blamed the media. He believed that people who were having a hard time felt that in some way they had been given “permission” to end their life by a high-profile suicide. He compared this with similar studies about other risk-taking behaviors such as taking drugs. People were more likely to engage in such activities if someone else had done so first. In the case of a mass shooting, potential shooters are not just given a sick kind of “permission,” they are also given a script from which to follow – a ready-made game plan that they can copy and tweak to best fit their purposes. The shooter in El Paso, Texas directly referenced the manifesto of the Christchurch mosque shooter, for example. Suicides due to the Werther Effect, in addition to being similar with regard to age group, were also similar with regard to method. This is important to remember when considering those mass shootings which are, in effect, a highly dramatic form of suicide. Some shooters seek to get out alive. But for many, the intended effect is being killed by police in the act of shooting other people. Curiously, the Werther Effect is not an inevitability, but is largely a function of how the media reports on the suicide in question. For example, there were fears that the suicide of Kurt Cobain would lead to a rash of suicides. However, in the media coverage of Cobain’s death, the focus was primarily on the need for mental health care and the suffering of his family due to his suicide. The result was that there was actually a decrease in the suicide rate around the time of his death. The Media’s Role in Creating the Werther Effect The United States is anomalous when it comes to coverage of suicide, in that it has no national professional code on how suicides should be covered. Norway forbids publicizing suicide in any way in its media, while other countries have a much more moderate, but sensible, approach. For example, in the United Kingdom, journalistic practice is to not romanticize the death, use lurid photos, or use the word “suicide” anywhere in a headline. Not only does the United States not have rules against celebrating or glamorizing suicide – either as an industry-standard journalistic practice or by government fiat – the United States media has a lurid fascination with suicide in general as well as suicide by cop and its close cousin the mass shooting. There is an equally lurid motto for this principle in the American media: “If it bleeds, it leads.” Note the coverage in the New Zealand media of Brenton Tarrant, the Christchurch mosque shooter. His face is blurred out in all media coverage. The government of New Zealand requested that other countries not show footage from the shooting, which was live streamed. While the jailing of no less than eight people who shared the shooters video is an extreme reaction that infringes upon freedom of speech and free exchange of ideas, it shows just how committed New Zealand was to prevent any glorification of the shooter. The media does this for two reasons: First, it moves units. Newspapers and other media are businesses and do what creates the greatest profits. However, there is another, more sinister and cynical reason that can be credibly put forward: The American media has a left-wing political agenda that includes the wholesale banning and confiscation of private firearms. Mass shootings are, in terms of sheer number of deaths, a blip on the radar. The euphemism “gun violence” is often used to mask this, which lumps murders and suicides into the same statistic. While suicides are undoubtedly tragic, they’re not what one thinks of when hearing the term “gun violence.” All told, there were 11,004 gun homicides in 2016. While this sounds like a lot, some context is in order: 34,436 died of car crashes in the United States in the same year.
Neil deGrasse Tyson came under fire for pointing this out – that not only do gun deaths not amount to a lot in the grand scheme of things, but “mass shootings” are even less. Indeed, what counts as a “mass shooting” is a political game that deliberately excludes mass shootings. Vox, Mother Jones, The Washington Post and the Congressional Research Service all keep detailed records of mass shootings. Each of these deliberately exclude gang violence in their tallies. For context, a total of 888 people have died in mass shootings since 1982. That’s a total of 1 percent of all gun deaths, approximately two-thirds of which are suicides. In 2017 alone, police killed 1,189. Americans should be concerned about mass shootings and any other topic where public policy might be able to reduce the number of deaths. But Mark Manson and others have discussed how mass shootings are not only something virtually every American doesn’t have to worry about, but panicking and virally boosting the incidents might also be creating more of them (along the same lines as the Werther Effect). Sam Harris has discussed how new legislation is probably not the answer, but a different view of public social violence is. It’s worth noting that, like terrorism, the intended effect of a mass shooting is attention and fear. When society reacts hysterically to mass shootings without proportion, it is playing into the hands of the agenda of the mass media as well as the intended shooter.
How the Werther Effect Works in Mass Shootings That the Werther Effect has some analog with mass shootings is difficult to dispute. First, mass shootings are largely a product of the post-1968 world – i.e., the world after gun control. What’s more, shooters have studied the actions of other shooters to understand how to commit their crimes. FBI Director James Comey certainly believed that media predictions of mass shooters contributed to the phenomenon in the United States. After the Orlando shooting, he said: You will notice that I am not using the killer’s name and I will try not to do that. Part of what motivates sick people to do this kind of thing is some twisted notion of fame or glory, and I don’t want to be part of that for the sake of the victims and their families, and so that other twisted minds don’t think that this is a path to fame and recognition. More than simply a desire to see these shootings not reported, the FBI is actively investigating potential copycat criminals in the wake of mass shootings, such as the ones that took place in Dayton and El Paso. A study conducted by Mother Jones located no fewer than 74 copycat killings (attempted or executed) of the 1999 Columbine shooting alone. The casualty toll of these attacks included 89 deaths, 126 injuries and nine suicides.
There is more than just circumstantial evidence to suggest that there is a Werther Effect for mass shootings. Indeed, this has been studied. The National Institute of Health produced a meta-study of mass shootings that concluded what most people probably already suspect: that there is an imitative effect. It’s not that mass shootings are “contagious” as such. Contagion is something belonging to the world of epidemiology and virology, not psychology. It’s that mass shooters tend to imitate one another. Where do they get the information to imitate one another? While the National Institute of Health hedges a bit on whether or not mass shootings are “contagious” in the same way that other violent and dangerous behaviors are, it is very clear that the media plays a key role in disseminating the information about how to commit a mass shooting. Gang bangers might observe how to commit a mass shooting first hand, but we know of no mass shooter in a non-gang related sense who witnessed a mass shooting personally, then used that knowledge to commit his own. On the contrary, they learn what they know about mass shootings from the media. What’s perhaps most interesting is that the NIH study found that it didn’t matter if the portrayal of a mass shooting was even factual or realistic to be an influence on a mass shooter. Even merely describing the behavior of a shooter had the effect of influencing later shooters. The report specifically called out the media’s portrayal of mass shooters, however. They cite the reporting ad nauseum of the personal life details of the shooter, his crimes, and even the manifesto (an increasingly de rigeur part of any mass shooting) that have an imitative effect on future mass shooters. Government censorship need not be the answer. Consumer pressure as well as a voluntary industry-wide set of standards could literally save lives. How the Media Portrays Mass Shooters Consider the portrayal of mass shooters in the media. The very act of being the obsession of the news and social media is a sort of social status attractive to the type of person flirting with the idea of being a mass shooter. The life story of a mass shooter can provide a point of resonance and relatability, as similar criminals tend to fit a similar profile. The portrayal of shooters wielding guns or even looking menacing in photographs projects an aura of danger and toughness that can be attractive to those who are hanging on the edge. Manifestos can inspire further action, especially if one of the goals of the manifesto is to create terror and panic – mission accomplished. Detailed reports of what happened can provide a sort of instruction manual for future shooters. All of this combined provides a very powerful and attractive cocktail enticing further mass shootings.
Note that the suggestion here is not to ban the reporting of mass shootings. This would also be a mistake. The public has a right to be informed of significant events and mass shootings are no exception. However, the manner in which mass shootings are reported on is the problem – the emphasis on the personal narrative of the shooter, the views that motivated him to commit the crime, and the gory details of his dubious success are what is at issue. The report from the NIH is unambiguous in its belief that a change in media policy could very well directly lead to a decrease in mass shootings in the United States: If the manner with which the media (legacy, new, social) report a mass shooting event plays a role in promoting further mass shootings, changing these reporting methods could decrease imitation. The Federal Bureau of Investigation has specifically requested that the media stop naming mass shooters, but this plea has thus far fallen on deaf ears. There are likewise alternatives with regard to the portrayal of mass shooters in the media beyond tactics like withholding their names or blurring their faces. For example, mass shooters are often treated as dangerous, powerful men. This makes mass shooting attractive to a certain unstable psychological profile. On the other hand, shootings could just as easily be portrayed as the shameful act of a cowardly individual. Coverage could likewise emphasize punishment in cases where the shooter is apprehended alive. What’s more, the shooter’s rationale could be downplayed in coverage. Descriptions could be very surface, for example “Islamic jihad” or “white nationalism.” Eschewing discussion of the personal and biographical information about the shooter would likewise have a similar effect. The NIH points out that repeatedly reporting years of bullying as the motive portrays rampage killing as the only response to being bullied. Finally, there is the question of duration and frequency on which mass shooters are reported. When a mass shooting occurs, the coverage tends to be wall-to-wall for days. This certainly belies an agenda on the part of the media. What’s more, coverage of the shooting as it unfolds could be eschewed entirely, which would not only lessen the coverage, but also prevent conspiracy theories arising later when inconsistencies between “breaking news” and the full story arise. The main thing, however, is to make the coverage as general and nonspecific as possible. This is the best way to reduce the overall “excitement” and “prestige” (such as it is) enjoyed by the shooter and his actions. Even seemingly innocuous terms like “lone wolf” can glamorize a shooter. How You Can Combat the Werther Effect No one is suggesting that the Werther Effect is the primary or even the only cause of mass shootings. It is, however, a contributing factor. As such, working against it should be explored as a means of harm reduction overall. Given that mass shootings have only increased since the introduction of gun control measures, it is arguable that working to combat the Werther Effect will do more to prevent future mass shootings than will taking away guns from law-abiding citizens. While violent crime in general is down sharply since the 1990s, mass shootings are up. One does not have to call upon the federal government to institute speech codes to impact the behavior of the media. Consumer pressure can move things in this direction in the same way that, for example, consumer pressure has largely ended animal testing among boutique cosmetic brands. What’s more, one can begin taking personal responsibility for how one shares information about mass shootings in social media. When one has the urge to share an article about a recent mass shooting, particularly one with gory or lurid details or detailed information about the shooter’s biography or ideology, one can simply choose not to do this. Finally, one can inform one’s friends and family about the Werther Effect of mass shooting media coverage (for example, by sharing this article) in the hopes that they will begin similarly refusing to share this information.
The Attention Economy and the Media A big contributing factor in the viral spread of mass shootings is not just the increased role of social media in how people get their news. It’s also the decline of a centralized news media. While this certainly has a number of positive attributes (most people reading this probably get a significant portion of their news from alternative and independent media sources), it also has its downside. For example, legacy media no longer relies on subscribers for the lion’s share of their revenue. Instead, they get their money from page clicks on the Internet, which are then pitched to advertisers as a symbol of their overall strength as an advertising avenue. This means that the business model of the average newspaper or magazine has shifted from getting long-term subscribers to getting as many clicks as possible. Studies have shown that people are far more likely to click on sensationalized news stories and “clickbait” than anything else. What this means is that legacy media has a high incentive to publish the most outrageous, sensational, and lurid version of events when reporting the news. Mark Mason calls this principle the Kardashian Rule. It is also known as the Attention Economy. Social media, round-the-clock cable news coverage, and both new and legacy media now operating on a page-view economy all contribute to this phenomenon. Put simply, whatever gets the most attention then spreads the furthest and generates the greatest amount of income for the company in question, be it Facebook or the New York Times. Mass shootings generate big business for the media, so they help to fuel the attention directed toward them. Refusing to share articles about mass shooters can be one way that consumers begin reversing this trend.
When it comes to the problem of mass shooters and other rampage killers, there is no set of easy answers. This is perhaps what is most frustrating about the problem. However, it is also empowering to realize that small choices made by consumers every day of their lives can start making an impact on how the media portrays mass shooters, and in turn reduce the number of mass shootings in the United States. It might not have the visceral impact of a new, shiny piece of legislation, but ultimately it’s more effective – without trampling on the liberties of others. A final thought: What do suicides and mass shooters have in common? The common denominator might well be a loss of all hope caused by social isolation and depression. Both underscore the need for a healthy civil society and social connections. In addition to refusing to participate in the viral outrage mill, reaching out to people around you who seem to be having a hard time can be seen as doing your part. None of this is “sexy” or high profile, but these are arguably the only effective weapons we have to stop mass shootings. If you are feeling suicidal, thinking about hurting yourself, or are concerned that someone you know may be in danger of hurting himself or herself, call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 1-800-273-TALK(8255) or the Suicide Hotline: 1-800-SUICIDE (1-800-784-2433).
If It Bleeds It Leads: How the American Media Perpetuates and Profits From Mass Shootings originally appeared in the Resistance Library at Ammo.com.
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 10-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Crop Loss Map Shows Weather Modification Is Taking A Massive Toll On Planet Earth's Food Supply As Efforts To Hide The Truth Escalate
- Two-Pronged Attack Upon America's Food Supply As Democrats Insanely Push Us Towards Communism
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 16, 2019
On Tuesday, we reported that the next several weeks leading up to the release of the IG Report towards the end of October were incredibly crucial to America with 'deep state crimes' and wrongdoing potentially being exposed to the American people on a mass and official level, leading to concerns by some that 'an event' might occur to take America's collective mind off of the report's release, refocusing it upon whatever 'event' the 'global elite' manufacture. With Steve Quayle, Mike Adams, ANP and other independent news websites urging people to prepare 'just in case' the luciferian's are able to 'create an event' to shift the narrative away from their own criminality, we get another reason why we should all be 'preparing' in this new story by Michael Snyder over at End of the American Dream in which he reports that an unprecedented October blizzard that hit just prior to 'harvest time' has devastated US farms across America's heartland. And while Democrats insanely scream of 'global warming' destroying our planet, as we see in the crop loss map at the top of this story from youtube videographer 'Ice Age Farmer', it's actually 'grand solar minimum' and the globalists weather modification programs that are putting our planet's agriculture at risk. And between the mysterious food recalls we've reported upon previously on ANP and the food shortages that were already showing up in many US grocery stores this past summer, we should be paying very close attention to the words of one state lawmaker as read below. As Susan Duclos had reported in this July 25th story titled "Exclusive Photos From Readers Across The Country: Food Shortages Are Here Now And The Media Is Downplaying The Dangers - 'Signs Of The Times' Part Two", America had already been experiencing food shortages of certain products over the summer. And as the website Strange Sounds had reported all the way back in April of this year, US farmers were already struggling to get their seeds sown after the longest winter, with many running nearly two months behind schedule, and now we're seeing this. The following excerpt comes to us from this Michael Snyder story.: An unprecedented October blizzard that hit just before harvest time has absolutely devastated farms all across the U.S. heartland. As you will see below, one state lawmaker in North Dakota is saying that the crop losses will be “as devastating as we’ve ever seen”. I want you to consider the next quote very carefully. According to North Dakota state lawmaker Jon Nelson, we should expect “massive crop losses – as devastating as we’ve ever seen”… If all this sounds “bad” to you, then you should go back and read the first part of this article again. This isn’t just bad. We are talking about complete and utter devastation that will have ripple effects for years to come. Needless to say, food prices are going to go up. If you are wealthy and you don’t need to worry about food prices, then good for you. But if you are like most of the country and your finances are already tight, this is going to hurt. I very much encourage you to stock up and get prepared, because we are facing a major shift. This was already going to be one of the worst years ever for Midwest farmers, and now this storm has put an exclamation mark on an absolutely horrific growing season. Nobody is sure exactly what is coming next, but since we all have to eat, the truth is that every man, woman and child in America should be deeply concerned about what just happened.
So we'll be taking a look below at the potential 'two-pronged attack' upon our country's food supply with many democrats pushing for socialism in America in the 2020 election, a system of government that nearly always brings famine and starvation to their people, and in the final section of this story we'll be taking a look at some excellent prepping advice with all of this going on from a Natural News story and 'Ice Age Farmer'. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) While so many on the left are of the mindset 'the government will take care of us', with that same left now pushing for 'socialism' in America and 'socialism' almost always leading to 'communism' and forced obedience to government, famine and mass starvation, all Americans need to do is take a look at what is still happening in Venezuela to get a good look at what might happen to America should 'democratic socialism' arrive here. The mere phrase the leftists yell, 'democratic socialism', is like trying to put makeup on a pig. As PRI had reported back in January of 2017, in the once shining gem of socialism, Venezuela, the Venezuelan military had turned the food crisis there into a 'racket', profiting off of people going hungry. With the food shortage becoming so dire that some people spend their days picking up grains of rice and corn that fall out of delivery trucks while others quite literally hunted down zoo animals and wildlife for their next meals, Venezuela is a perfect example of 'socialism' in 2019 and a perfect reason to vote to make sure no Democratic presidential candidate pushing for socialism for America ever makes it into the White House.
And while the leftists push their insane politics in our faces, take a look at what's happening in the streets of most leftist run cities which are descending into poverty and disease ridden wastelands. As Investor's Business Daily had reported, decades of Democratic rule had ruined many of America's 'once' greatest cities. Why would anyone want America to follow the example being set by San Francisco? The Washington Post insanely reported that President Trump is trying to cast US cities as filth and crime ridden in an attempt to sway 2020 voters showing that once again, 'truth is treason' in the 'Democrats' empire of lies'. As we had pointed out in this September 19th story on ANP titled "With Democrat-Run Cities Across America Transformed Into Diseased Wastelands, Imagine If Democrats Win The Presidency In 2020 And America Is Turned Into A 'Sanctuary Nation!' ", the facts reported within this story speak for themselves. According to this August 5th story over at Amac, the Association of Mature American Citizens, America's 25 worst cities are run by Democrats, and as their story immediately pointed out, the findings of several new studies are arresting. Reporting that the top ten American cities for the homeless are sanctuary cities, cities which offer refuge to illegal immigrants, don't co-operate with law enforcement and raise the prices of low-rent housing for their own citizens, with all of these big, Democrat-run US cities descending into complete shambles, truly a horrific, humanitarian crisis of the highest nature is unfolding, and being completely ignored by the msm which instead still insanely screams about Republicans being 'racist' for calling out big US cities as becoming hellholes under Democratic rule. As we reported just days ago, in New York, lawmakers are now threatening $250,000 fines for calling ICE on illegal aliens or even using the term 'illegal alien' at all when describing someone here illegally. If democrats win in 2020, what is happening now in New York is a model for America. And along with all of the other 'proof' we see with democrat-run cities descending into shambles and them trying to import those same 'qualities' into the rest of America, imagine what this entire country would look like as a 'sanctuary nation'. In the first video below, videographer 'Ice Age Farmer' warns that the early fall blizzard has punctuated what has been the worst growing season in American history with late plantings killed by the arrival of early winter. You can visit his map here and click on each 'event' to see the source. Record late plantings imply crops are too immature to make it through this early winter, as the growing seasons shrink on both sides. Up to 10-20% of the US Corn crop is at risk by some estimates, as the USDA numbers/narrative diverge further from reality, tensions are rising, and efforts to hide the truth are escalating.
Things are going to get worse before they get better. Prepare. And if Democrats have their way, 'global cooling' may only get worse! As we had reported in this September 23rd story titled "The MSM Is Now Peddling 'Soft Genocide' To The Masses By Pushing Bill Gates Plan To 'Scorch The Sky': 'This Would Lead To Mass Starvation As Food Crops Fail & Famine Sets In' - CNBC Video Is Proof: 'Weather Modification' Is A 'Conspiracy Theory' No Longer", the globalists have convinced the masses we're going through 'global warming' so they've devised 'global cooling' schemes. Creating geoengineering and weather modification projects to 'mimic volcanic eruptions' to 'cool the skies', does anybody else see the potential problems with the globalists intentionally cooling the planet when the planet is already going through 'grand solar minimum'? As 'Ice Age Farmer' warns, as long as we're on this same path, things are going to get worse before they get better. Think 'weather modification' is just a 'conspiracy theory'? What about ALL of these weather modification patents! In this October 12th story over at Natural News titled "Prepping on a budget: How to use your food supply to get through unexpected financial emergencies" author Grace Olson gives us some excellent prepping tips. Grocery stores are convenient suppliers of food, but when you run out of money, they are out of the picture. It is crucial then to stock up on supplies at home for emergencies. In case a disaster or financial shortage strikes, you need to have a system in handling your food supply. (h/t to TheOrganicPrepper.com)
Here are some tips and tricks to help you get started: 1. Stock up right. The key to having a well-managed food supply begins with stocking. You need to choose the right foods and store them properly. For this, you need to consider the number of people in your family, the kinds of food they like, and plan those meals. When planning meals, make sure that the ingredients can last for a long time. You never know when an emergency may come up, and you don’t want to check your pantry and see expired food. Choose the form of the food which can last for a long time (like choosing the powdered or frozen form instead of the common variety). Please read the rest of their story here. And while Susan Duclos had previously recommended hydroponics, sprouting, and 'miracle foods' in preparing for a 'shtf' scenario, should that 'teotwawki' event arrive with very little to no warning, and the grocery stores be suddenly shuttered, we serve our families and loved one's best by stocking up now with emergency food as near by as an internet order and delivery within a few days. NuManna Family Pack w/ Meat 146 Servings, Emergency Survival Food Storage Kit, Separate Rations, in a Bucket, 25 Plus Year Shelf Life, GMO-Free Nutristore Freeze-Dried Meat Assorted Premium Pack (Beef Dices, Chicken Dices, Ground Beef and Sausage Crumbles) | 80 Large Servings | Survival Food | Amazing Taste | Perfect for Camping Augason Farms Simply Meal Pack Emergency Food Storage 17 Can Kit Augason Farms Dairy and Egg Combo No. 10 Can 3-Pack Augason Farms Freeze Dried Meat Variety Kit No. 10 Can 6-Pack
Millennium Energy Bars Assorted Flavors Including Emergency Guide Emergency Water Storage 5 Gallon Water Tank - 20 Gallons (4 Tanks) - 5 Gallons Each w/Lids + Spigot & Water Treatment - Food Grade, Portable, Stackable, Easy Fill - Survival Supply Water Container 3 Month Long Term Emergency Food Supply Kit - Eden Valley Farms In the first video below, Ice Age Farmer takes a look at the massive crop losses in America due to the October blizzard in America's heartland while in the 2nd video below, he also takes a look at 'Grand Solar Minimum 2019' and warns us about what we should be expecting. And in the 3rd and final video below we hear more about the devastating midwest blizzard that "has US farmers seeing massive crop losses as devastating as they've ever seen before".
http://allnewspipeline.com/Nature_Taking_Toll_Food_Supply_Hit.php
:: 10-17-19 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
I Stood Eyeball to Eyeball With the CNN Trump Hater Jeff Zucker at the Democratic Debate
By Dave Daubenmire|October 17th, 2019
Coach Dave Daubenmire
A group of us showed up outside the Democrat debate in Westerville, Ohio last night. It was held on the campus of my Alma Mater, Otterbein College. Methodist affiliated Otterbein was once a Christian University. Like so many others it has been infiltrated by the enemies of the cross. Otterbein now prides itself on being “Progressive.” That is code for homo friendly. I saw my first ever homosexual there my freshman year in 1971. Being from a small town I had never even heard of one. That’s what we called them in 1971. Homosexuals. That was before they convinced us they were gay…back when rainbows were a sign from God. Today, Otterbein leads the way in the destruction of the Christian American moral standard. Tolerance and acceptance now trump fire and brimstone at this Methodist College. This once honorable institution of higher learning is now a debased bastion of lower living.
You can view some short videos on my Facebook page. Once I got home I reviewed the debate online. These are my notes from what I witnessed on the ground, in person last night. What happened to the kids in cages on the border? No mention from any of the candidates. What about Russian collusion? Nada. Or Mueller…Comey…Steele Dossier…
Has anyone heard from Blasey-Ford or the skinny kid from the Parkland shooting?
Where are Omarosa and that stripper slut the media fed us for months?
Where is the creepy lawyer Avenati and his lawyer buddy Michael Cohen? No mention.
They can’t win at the ballot box so on to the next made up scandal.
The Democrats sent in the clowns last night. Where were the clowns?
On the stage at Otterbein College which now proudly promotes the Devil’s agenda.
I stood face to face with the CNN traitor Jeff Zucker…eyeball to eyeball. He is a midget. Shorter than me. I’m 5’7” on a tall day. On the scene doing his best to overthrow an election. He’ll soon be looking for a job but needs to call in some favors to stay out of jail. Saw many “media” stars. Skinny jean betas. Tattooed dykes without their bikes. Old liberal “experts” we see on CNN who were dressed in self-importance. They felt uncomfortable out with the serfs. The supporters of the Left were a collection of special interest groups bused in from who knows where…miscreants…freaks…commies…baby killers…witches…for real. I was there. Saw it with my own eyes. Young kids…twenty some-things. Socialists. America haters. The fruits of government education. Stupid chants. “This is what democracy looks like.” Poor civics.. “Love trumps hate.” If so, why is the Left so hateful? Sex is not love and love is not sex. Saw a sign that said, “I am voting for the next Democrat President…whoever SHE is.” I called her out. “Stop miss gendering. She could be a he…or a they.” She flipped me off. Sorry you missed the clown show. How can any moral, sane, thinking person ever vote for a Demon Crat? Anyone over 30 and straight would have been ashamed to be seen with them. Republicans aren’t much better but at least they are smart enough to vote against the Demonically controlled opposition party. That is not a typo. They are Demonic. They love killing preborn babies. What could be more Devil-like than that? There was NOT ONE candidate on stage that will stand up for babies. Yet many of my Catholic friends vote for them because their father was a Demoncrat. Group think. Worse than the race baiters. Claiming to be prolife and voting for baby murderers. SMH. Probably following the fake Pope. He’s a commie as well. The Deplorables are fighting back. Many local Trump supporters showed up. Bunches of MAGA hats. Moms and Pops are starting to push back. Trump trucks and Trump flags everywhere. Middle class America is pissed. Sorry folks. Call me a bigot. I know what I saw. Just calling them like I see them. It’s called free speech spurred by free thought. Too bad others are afraid to be called names by the real bigots on the Left. The TRUTH sounds like hate to those who hate the Truth. Let the name calling begin. Slander is all they have in their arsenal. I don’t hate anyone…I just love TRUTH. My wife and I had a ball. Toying with Demoncrats is easy. They can’t think logically. That’s why they chant slogans. Send in the clowns. Don’t bother…they’re here. E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com
:: 10-17-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Comey, Biden and Romney Issue Thinly Veiled Assassination Threats Against Trump on the Eve of His Dallas Visit
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, October 17, 2019 - 12:01.
Today, on October 17th, the President travels to Dallas, the site of the 1963 murder of President John F. Kennedy. Because of recent and thinly veiled threats against the President, many are concerned for his safety. However, the Secret Service is nowhere to be found. Even the most ignorant among us could and should see the following as a direct threat to the President. Look at the photo below. Does this look familiar? No, I don't mean the disgraced former FBI Director, James Comey. I am speaking about his toys on the floor. This is a photo that appeared in the New York Times. Please note the curvature of the toys made to look like Dealey Plaza. Before the coincidence theorists chime in, please note the grassy knoll depiction to the bottom right of the photo. The New York Times article was entitled, James Comey Would Like to Help. In the interview, Comey went on to say that he was dedicating his efforts, over the next 13 months to remove Trump from office. Why in the world, would Comey be interviewed in an article dedicated to the removal of President Trump and have a depiction of Dealey Plaza in the NYT photo. Also, we have to ask if this point was lost on the NTY reporter and editor for this story? Where is the Secret Service? Why isn't Comey being swat-teamed like Roger Stone was? Where is the President's security? Where is the Secret Service? Does this inaction inspire confidence in the President's security detail in Dallas on 10/17/2019? In a stunning rendition, Comey is sitting about where Oswald allegedly would have been located on that fateful day in Dallas on November 23, 1963. For the sake of reference, I put an photo of Dealey Plaza below this NYT photo.
"James Comey plans to spend the next 13 months working to drive President Trump from power. Credit
Ryan Christopher Jones for The New York Times" (Editorial Use and Fair Use) But wait, there is more to this Deep-State plot against President Trump. In the most recent Democratic Party Presidential Debate, Biden stated "...it is so important to remove this man from office. On the 17th.." At that point, Biden muzzled himself. He know he had stumbled in what has become typic for Biden since he is obviously suffering from cognitive decline. If you want to see this stumble as Biden almost let the cat out of the proverbial bag, go to the X22 report. Go direct to 25:29 to hear this bumble and revelation about October 17th. Look at his face, he knew he screwed up. October 17th is the date of the President's visit to Dallas. Even the most ardent coincidence theorists are having trouble holding their cognitive dissonance together. Previously, Mitt Romney attacked Trump as he has done so many times. The verbal attack is not the critical issue. This is highly revealing. Who was the last American president to be shot? It was Ronald Reagan. Who did the shooting? It was a man named John Hinckley. It is not as important that the public listen to the threats made against Donald Trump by Mitt Romney. But please look at the backdrop. It is from the Hinckley Institute. Yes indeed, this is from the same Hinckley family that John Hinckley is from, the last man to shoot a president. In light of the present day controversies, how do we not take this as a thinly veiled threat against the President of the United States? And here are Hillary and Bill waiting in the wings for Donald Trump's demise so Hillary can rightfully claim her throne as US President. If an attempt is made on President Trump, will we believe that the Clinton's did not know? Don't ask, don't tell about our backgrounds. The final choice, outside of Trump, is America's modern day answer to Lizzy Borden. The trail of bodies that followed Billary and Killary into the Oval Office is noteworthy. If you are unfamiliar with the facts behind this last statement, spend sometime on the search engine of The Common Sense Show. Does America really want the Butcher of Benghazi in the White House? And I haven't even mentioned the thousands of classified emails which ended up on her private email and computer, both of which carries a five year prison term for each occurrence. What does she even stand for, except for the fact that she is a woman. Finally, I shutter at the thought of referring to Bill Clinton as the First Gentleman, if she is elected. Mamas, hide your daughters.
For the record and in the opinion of Dave Hodges of The Common Sense Show, I do not believe that Donald Trump will be assassinated in Dallas. However, there is no question in my mind that the President's visit to the site of JFK's murder is being used to send the President a very direct message. "Do what the globalists want, or else". Where the hell is the Secret Service?
:: 10-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America Is Going Through A Classic Case Of Luciferian Inversion: With Decades Long Trail Of Dead Bodies Following Them Wherever They Go, The Clinton's Are A Perfect Example
- Americans Owe No Obedience To Tyrants: 'Resisting Tyranny Is Obeying God'
By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline October 17, 2019
The one thing worse than a lack of any law enforcement is 'selective' law enforcement, a hallmark of tyranny. We’re all familiar with certain African nations, for example, where street crime is largely unpunished and hence out of control, and corrupt officials get away with stealing the country blind, yet citizens seen as posing a threat to the power of the elites are routinely railroaded into prison or executed. It is depressing and infuriating to see that the US is beginning to resemble one of these corrupt Third World hellholes in more ways than one. Going at least as far back as the decisions of the Earl Warren Supreme Court in the fifties, actual criminals seem to have almost unlimited rights. District Attorneys often refuse to prosecute even violent repeat offenders, and if they are prosecuted they often get off on some technicality. Executions are rare and the recidivism rate among those who have served their (often very short) sentences is high. Members of favored minorities who attack Whites are often never arrested, and the same is true of the violent and cowardly thugs of Antifa and other left wing fascist groups. Congress passed and Trump signed into law the First Step Act on 12/21/18, supposedly to “reform” sentencing. Remember, our elites also have spoken of “comprehensive immigration reform,” which means opening our borders to invaders. To our rulers, reform doesn’t mean what the rest of us want. The First Step Act, we were promised, would simply release non-violent drug offenders, who, the leftists claimed, were serving long sentences for minor offenses. In reality, repeat offenders and career criminals and even violent felons are being released in large numbers to prey on the rest of us. And of course our immigration laws are seldom enforced. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As we shall see, the rich and powerful, at least if they are Demoncraps, get away with innumerable crimes and are almost never indicted or even investigated. The Clintons, with a decades-long trail of bodies behind them, are a prime example. But what is less understood is that many innocent Americans are railroaded into prison or even murdered by government thugs, usually because they are seen as politically “incorrect.” Let us look at a few examples of both extremes. Of course, the best illustration is the endless series of ongoing quasi-legal attacks on Trump and his associates. Now, many of us patriots are bitterly disappointed with Trump, who has staffed his administration with the swamp creatures he promised to remove from power and continued the insane wars begun by the neocons. But he has never colluded in any way with Russia, a nation that is only our enemy if we make it so. He had a right and a duty to investigate the corrupt dealings of the Bidens in Ukraine and elsewhere. Yet he is being subjected to a kangaroo court attempting to impeach him for nonexistent “high crimes and misdemeanors,” while the sleazy Biden and his drug addict son continue on their merry way. And the Witch Hillary and her worshippers are the ones who really colluded with Russia (Uranium One) and got away with it. Justice has been turned on its head in America, a classic case of Luciferian Inversion. We have lost our Republic and no longer have the rule of law. The FBI and Federal Marshalls attacked the “compound” of Randy Weaver at Ruby Ridge in northern Idaho after entrapping him into selling an illegally altered shotgun (arguably, the law forbidding such alterations is itself unconstitutional). He had missed a scheduled court date because the government had failed to notify him of the appointment, and the government thugs sneaked up on his property without clearly indentifying themselves. No knock raids are becoming all too common, and, all too often, end in tragedy. The mighty warriors shot his teenage son in the back, shot the family dog, and then intrepid FBI sniper Lon Horiuchi shot Vickie Weaver, who was holding, not a firearm, but a baby. Horiuchi missed the baby, but the FBI and BATF made up for it at Waco, where, for reasons never really explained, they attacked the “compound” (how they love that word) of the dreaded Branch Dravidians, allegedly because of drugs or illegal weapons never introduced as evidence. The federales wound up burning to death some twenty children and infants and roughly sixty adults. And this merely inspired our masters to yet greater deeds of mass murder with their false flag attacks at Oklahoma City and the WTC and Pentagon. Federal police apparently are only punished if they actually do their duty. On 2/17/2005 Border Patrol agents Jose Compean and Ignacio Ramos shot and wounded a fleeing illegal alien drug smuggler, Osvaldo Davila. For this “crime” they served two years each in prison, much of it in solitary and lost their jobs. Davila testified against them. George (Bush) II later commuted their sentences, but no one, including Trump, ever pardoned them or restored their careers. They and their families continue to suffer. Under Hussein Obama and the arrogant, smirking Attorney General Eric Holder, the BATF arranged the illegal sale of weapons to a Mexican drug cartel, pretending they were doing a sting…but the alleged sting brought no high level convictions. Some 2,000 guns were sold and only 710 later recovered. One was used to kill loyal Border Patrol agent Brian Terry, and many Mexicans also died. Bathhouse Barry (Hussein) continues to live in luxury and Holder continues to smirk. Not satisfied with the many deaths in her slimy wake, the Witch Hillary, as Hussein’s Secretary of State, maintained classified emails, both personal and official, on a private server. It was managed for her by Platte River Networks, a company with no security clearance. She handed over 30,000 emails and even the FBI admitted that 110 had classified information. When I was a USAF Intelligence Officer, even leaving classified documents unsecured by mistake would have meant my court martial.
But the Witch, who destroyed some 31,000 more emails, got a pass, as always; FBI Director James Comey recommended that she not be charged. Nor was the Witch charged for the Uranium One deal, the crimes of the Clinton Foundation, or Benghazi, where she set up four Americans and allowed them to be killed, almost certainly to cover up the fact that she and Hussein helped to create ISIS. But Trump is being “investigated,” and his loyal subordinates have had their lives ruined (and Trump has done nothing to help them). A young, Black dental hygienist from Connecticut (where Hussein got his social security number despite having never lived or worked there) was visiting the District of Criminals for some unknown reason, with her toddler daughter accompanying her in her car. She had no criminal record and had mastered a skilled profession. She took, for whatever reason, a turn into an entrance to the White House, and then, changing her mind or realizing her mistake, made a legal u turn to leave; she was unarmed and had broken no law. A uniformed SS (Secret Service) agent, for unexplained reasons, threw a barrier into her path. She panicked and hit the barrier, throwing the agent to the ground; he was not seriously injured. The intrepid heroes of the SS gave chase, firing multiple rounds at this terrifying menace (in a built up area amid crowds of people), finally killing her. At least they missed her daughter. Interestingly, the usual race baiters, like Jessie Jackson, Al Sharpton, etc., remained absolutely silent. Let the police or an armed citizen shoot a low-life Black thug in self-defense and the race baiters scream with rage and organize “marches” and riots. But if the federales murder an innocent young Black woman, they have nothing to say. In 1976 the Federal Land Policy and Management Act ended homesteading and gave the Bureau of Land Management control of most of the vast federal lands in the western states. Many of us patriots believe in state sovereignty and think most land, including the national parks, should be administered by the states. This touched off what has been called the Sagebrush Rebellion, a peaceful protest by farmers and ranchers. This led to the famous standoff at the Bundy ranch in Nevada in 2014; in that case violence was narrowly averted.
On 1/2/16 militants led by Ammon Bundy occupied the headquarters building of the Malheur National Wildlife Refuge in Oregon. The FBI and Oregon State Police stopped a carload of the protesters on their way to a meeting in a nearby town. The protesters attempted to drive off the road and around the roadblock, but their car became stuck. Robert LaVoy Finicum got out of the car and was shot dead, apparently by a state police officer (Oregon, remember, is a state controlled by the Demoncraps, and Portland police have allowed Antifa thugs to attack citizens and disrupt traffic). The police claimed he was reaching for a handgun, but the SWAT team member, armed with an AR-15, shot Finicum in the back. The police also fired three rounds into the truck and an FBI Hostage Rescue Team member (why were they there when there was no hostage situation?) also fired two shots into the truck. No one in the truck reached for a weapon; no one was killed but the police wounded Ryan Bundy, who was a passenger. FBI thug Joseph Astarita was tried for obstruction of justice for allegedly lying about his role in the incident, but was acquitted. This really looks like deliberate murder, but we will never know for sure. Lois Lerner, Director of the IRS Exempt Organization Unit, testified before Congress when accused, along with IRS Director John Koskinen, of selectively and unfairly denying tax exempt status to non-profit conservative organizations, presumably on the orders of Bathhouse Barry. Of course, they were never convicted of anything or held in contempt of Congress. But what many of us remember is the insufferable arrogance of both of them, especially Lois Lerner, who clearly showed her disdain for anyone daring to question her at all. As we are all beginning to realize, the operatives of the Deep State despise all of us and consider themselves above the law. Equally infuriating is the abuse of eminent domain allowing even local governments to seize the property of citizens and sell it to private companies, a move that was supported by the “liberals” on the Supreme Court. And asset seizure laws allow police to confiscate the money, cars, homes, and valuables of citizens who have not been convicted of any crime; in theory, the citizens can get their property back, but this can involve huge legal fees and months or even years of delays. And there is at least some evidence of even worse crimes of the elites, including child trafficking and sex abuse and possible child sacrifice, including torture and murder. There are persistent rumors that Shifty Bugeyes (Adam Schiff) is a “passive Greek” homosexual and that he and his cronies used acid to dissolve the body of a Black sex partner of Shifty’s, who died during intercourse, apparently of a drug overdose. And there are rumors that the Witch Hillary actually belonged to a witches’ coven in California. Guilty or not, none of our elites are likely ever to face serious legal consequences; these are reserved for lawful gun owners and honest citizens deemed guilty of “hate speech,” which is any speech our masters hate. We need to realize that, in a nation with no rule of law, patriots are no longer morally bound by government law. Certainly we are subject to God’s natural law, summed up in the Ten Commandments and the Golden Rule. But we are not subject to, for example, tax laws or weapons laws. Of course it would be wrong to take the law into our own hands if the law was in the books where it belongs and based on our late, great Constitution. But it is not…it is in the hands of our corrupt masters, who enforce it or not as they see fit. And while no one is advocating violence, we are morally justified in resisting their will via massive civil disobedience as the left always does, in fighting back if attacked by criminals, terrorists, or Antifa thugs, and as our Founding Fathers perfectly understood, Americans and free people all around the world, even in Hong Kong, are always justified, and encouraged, to resist tyranny.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Institutionalized_Injustice_In_America.php
:: 10-16-19 Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Wednesday, October 16, 2019
The Final Play
There are some really crazy thing happening. It's happening in the air and on the earth and on the sun and its happening everywhere. There is only a little bit of time left in the game and it's coming down to the Final Play. The score is a tie. It's you and them and they want most of you dead. The whole universe is watching and many things are heading at head breaking speeds to one great crescendo. They have been waiting for this final play for many years and have made their plans on what they will execute. The humans are not very well prepared for the game and that has been part of their final game plan. The earth is exactly where they want it, and they have been watching the sun in it's position in the galaxy for hundreds of years. It's all coming together at the exact right time. All of their useful idiot human surrogates have been brought up to speed and placed in the exact positions where they may act at just the right moment. Huge amounts of money and positions of power have been parsed out to insure compliance with their wishes. It's all a shallow lie but they don't know that. The poor humans don't have their game together at all and are wrapped up in things like global warming, social media and insane politics. They have no idea how stupid and brain dead they are to what is coming their way. The earth is cooling and many different things will insure that soon there will not be enough food to feed the billions of people on the planet. They have know this was coming for many years and are prepared to use this one great catastrophe to win the final play. In order to make the final play as effective as possible, the last great power on earth which is the US must be brought into subjugation. The surrogates are feverishly working at this at this very moment. A look into the future What will the final play look like and how long will it take? Bringing the US down may just take at perhaps two or three more years, especially if all the craziness continues. The coming food shortages might even speed this up. Once that is done, and the US becomes much like China it will all be over. Then they have only to sit back and watch the climate play out the destruction of the worlds growing systems. The Final Play is the starvation of billions of people. When its all over and the game ends, there will perhaps be only a billion or less people alive on the planet. At that point the rats will come out of their holes and they will have won. They will now control the food, weapons and anything of value and they will move what is left of humanity into their little smart cities where they will be abused and controlled. The question remains who is THEY and who are THEIR useful idiot human surrogates? I will let you fill that in as I don't really want to go any further. We live in interesting and very dangerous times, so don't waste the precious time left. There may be a huge human culling coming which will be caused by global cooling and food shortages. You can do something about that right now if you want. I was in the grocery store today, and food is still relatively inexpensive, but I am just waiting for the day when that changes. I will assure you when that happens and I am still around, I will have a blog on the subject. Another front blew through here in Central Texas today. Even received some rain, but we are so dry that it was hard to see that we actually received inches of the wet stuff. I have a feeling that the Central Texas climate gods did that on purpose. Perhaps tomorrow I will be deep in cardboard and starting the potato bed for the spring garden. Got loads and loads of hay and horse manure. Lucky Me! Wishing all who read this blog the best of everything. Cheers Dennis
:: 10-16-19 National Geographic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
New seismic phenomenon discovered, named stormquakes
The curious bursts of energy are born from massive storms and can radiate thousands of miles across continents.
4 Minute Read By Maya Wei-Haas PUBLISHED October 16, 2019
Below the rumble of passing cars, chirping birds, and rustling leaves, the Earth is constantly humming. This geologic symphony is driven by the ever-sloshing oceans that blanket nearly three-quarters of our planet, but tracing individual refrains from this watery orchestra has long posed a challenge. Now, researchers have done just that, picking out a previously unknown seismic phenomenon that they have dubbed stormquakes. These events, described this week in Geophysical Research Letters, are pulses of seismic waves birthed from the ferocious energy in massive storms, and they can radiate thousands of miles across continents. (Learn about a different kind of strange seismic wave that rippled around the world.) “I was surprised by what they saw,” says Göran Ekström, a seismologist at Columbia University who specializes in unusual earthquakes. Big storms are thought to produce a lengthy jumble of rumbles that radiate from coastlines. But in the new study, the team identified a discrete “burst of wiggles” from each stormquake that they can trace back to its origin off shore. The find joins a number of recent studies that are applying new methods to sort through the noise recorded on the world’s growing network of seismometers. These signals can help scientists better understand the world around us, from deciphering our planet’s inner structure to tracking ocean or ice dynamics and even monitoring climate change. (Read about how a groundbreaking earthquake catalog may have solved a seismic mystery.) A lot of this information has previously been discarded as noise in our seismic readings, but scientists are now seeing how that “noise” may be providing useful records of environmental happenings, says study leader Wenyuan Fan, a seismologist at Florida State University. “We just didn’t know where to look and what to look for,” he says. The seismic search Similar to many scientific advances, stormquakes were discovered by accident. In summer 2018, Fan and his colleagues were developing a method to study what are known as very low frequency earthquakes. These are not the sudden, intense jolts we usually think of when a temblor unzips our planet’s surface. Instead these tremors shake the surface in a low-frequency side-to-side warble at intensities below what humans can detect without instrumentation. Geologists can identify these events by the seismic waves they generate, picked up on sensitive instruments known as seismometers. “Seismometers are basically like little ears pressed to the ground,” explains Wendy Bohon, an earthquake geologist at the Incorporated Research Institutions for Seismology who was not part of the study team. The devices can pick up all sorts of vibrations, from boisterous sports fans jumping up and down and airplanes passing overhead to distant earthquakes rattling the ground. Very low frequency earthquakes, however, are tough to trace over vast distances, since the wiggles from these events don’t always look the same from one seismometer to the next, Fan says. So he and his team devised a method to track them, piecing together the signals from smaller regions like a seismic puzzle. But during this process, an unusual set of events emerged that looked similar to, but not exactly like, the earthquakes Fan was chasing. Surprisingly, the events were seasonal, never occurring between May and August. Earthquakes that release energy from Earth’s shifting crust, however, are usually indifferent to the changing seasons. What’s more, the curious quakes radiated from both the east and west coasts of North America. Earthquakes are common out west, rumbling as the earth shifts along a spidery network of fractures in the surface, but the eastern coast largely lacks these quake-generating features. Baffled, Fan and his team turned to models to suss out what was going on—and that was when they realized the connection: Many of these tremors coincided with massive storms or even full-fledged hurricanes. By digging through data largely from EarthScope’s USArray, a series of hundreds of seismometers temporarily placed across the country, the team unearthed 14,077 of these stormquake events between 2006 and 2015. (Learn more about Earth’s hum.) The making of a stormquake Not every big storm, however fearsome, can produce a stormquake. For example, the signals were conspicuously absent during Hurricane Sandy, even with its wind gusts topping 90 miles an hour in some locales. Instead, it seems a particular underlying geology is required to spawn a stormquake. For one, the quakes came from regions with a broad continental shelf, an underwater section of a continent just off the coast that is relatively shallow. This likely allows the waves from stormquakes time to build up, Fan explains. Most wind-borne ocean waves generate signals at a frequency higher than the 20- to 50-second cycle of a stormquake. But a broad shelf gives the waves time to interact with each other, perhaps stretching into a longer, lower frequency wave. Tempestuous temblors also seem to turn up only around ocean banks. These flattened underwater hills can focus the energy so that the pressure from the waves transfers to the ground to create the uniform burst of wiggles—similar to a hammer striking in the ocean, Fan says. However, more work is needed to precisely untangle the mechanism behind these discrete pulses of energy, says Ekström, who was one of the reviewers for the study. Looking beyond the wiggles Fan and his colleagues are hoping to continue the hunt for the mechanism behind the curious temblors. And now that the study is out in the world, Bohon is excited to see what scientists from other fields can add to the find. “This paper is laying the foundation for building up new information about how the world works,” she says. Fan and his colleagues hope that stormquakes could help future researchers better understand ocean dynamics or even earth structure. Scientists can already use more traditional temblors like a planetary x-ray, tracking the seismic waves to visualize Earth’s innards. (Learn how big earthquakes helped scientists find rugged ‘mountains’ deep underground.) Low-frequency waves, like those found in stormquakes, won’t give the most clear signal from inside the planet, notes geophysicist Jonathan Berger of Scripps Institution of Oceanography. But the events might help fill some gaps in the record for areas like New England, where earthquakes are scarce. And there may be other applications yet to be imagined: “Scientists are inherently creative people,” Bohon says. “Who knows what some inspired young students are going to be able to use these for.”
:: 10-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
What is That Strange Light Flying in the Sky Over Trinidad and Tobago? Too Slow for a Meteor Fireball
By Strange Sounds - Oct 16, 2019
What is that unidentified object flying in the sky over Trinidad and Tobago on October 15, 2019?
One thing is sure… It’s too slow to be a meteor fireball! A mysterious space object illumintaed the sky over Trinidad and Tobago on October 15, 2019. No meteor fireball. Picture via TTWeatherCenter At 9:30 PM, a weird light started to glow and shoot in the sky across Central Trinidad. But it is still unclear what it really is. Normally, the GOES-16 Lightning Mapper (GLM) captures a meteor as it enters the atmosphere. But yesterday, it wasn’t the case. The GLM only detected flashes from thunderstorms along the Paria Peninsula of Venezuela. The mysterious space object entered the atmosphere with relatively clear skies and some mid- to upper-level clouds moving across Trinidad. Based on social media reports, the glowing object was moving very slowly. It was observed by baffled skywatchers flying across Northern and Central Trinidad sometime between 9PM and 10 PM on Tuesday October 15, 2019. I am really not sure this was a meteor. The space object is too slow and doesn’t seem to disintegrate but slowly burns down. Is it a piece of space junk? The website Aerospace indicates that a rocket body reentered Earth’s atmosphere yesterday evening. I don’t know if that piece of space junk created this mysterious sky phenomenon over Trinidad and Tobago… But it seems to be the culprit. Otherwise it will stay a UFO until we get more information. By the way, the Orionid meteor shower will peak between midnight and dawn on October 21 and 22. If lucky, you may see up to 40 meteors per hours! Keep your eyes to the sky! [TTWeatherCenter]
https://strangesounds.org/2019/10/mysterious-meteor-fireball-video-trinidad-tobago.html
:: 10-17-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
U.S. SUPREME COURT SUBMITS TO ISLAM…declines to hear the case of a public school teacher who required her students to recite the Islamic ‘conversion prayer’ or risk receiving a failing grade
October 17, 2019 by BareNakedIslam
The Thomas More Law Center is defending Caleigh Wood, a Christian student in 11th grade at La Plata High School in La Plata, Maryland. Wood refused to deny her faith “by making a written profession of the Muslim conversion prayer known as the shahada – ‘There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is the messenger of Allah,’” Thomas More said. And what you might not know, if you recite the shahada three times in a row, you are automatically converted to Islam.
WND The 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled the teacher did not violate the Establishment Clause.
Wood also had been forced to view a series of Islam-promoting PowerPoint slides, including one casting aspersions on Christians that said, “Most Muslims’ faith is stronger than the average Christian.” The teacher’s actions were condemned in court by the high school’s content specialist, Jack Tuttle. Richard Thompson, Thomas More’s chief counsel, said he’s “not aware of any public school which has forced a Muslim student to write the Lord’s Prayer or John 3:16: ‘For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.'” “Yet, under the pretext of teaching history or social studies, public schools across America are promoting the religion of Islam in ways that would never be tolerated for Christianity or any other religion,” he said. “It’s disappointing that the Supreme Court did not take this opportunity to clarify the test which lower courts should use when ruling on establishment clause and free speech challenges to public school classes on religion.” Thomas More contends the school violated the First Amendment’s Establishment and Free Speech clauses when it ordered Wood to do an assignment that she could not complete without violating her Christian beliefs. The teacher then gave her a failing grade. The center explained Wood “believes it is a sin to profess the existence of any other god but the Christian God. She stood firm in her Christian beliefs and was punished for it. School officials refused her father’s request that she be allowed to opt-out or be given an alternative assignment. She refused to complete her anti-Christian assignment and consequently received a failing grade.” The school’s Islamic indoctrination also included: “Islam at heart is a peaceful religion,” “Jihad is a ‘personal struggle in devotion to Islam, especially involving spiritual discipline,'” “To Muslims, Allah is the same God that is worshiped in Christianity and Judaism,” and “Men are the managers of the affairs of women.” “Many public schools have become hot beds of Islamic propaganda. Teaching Islam in schools has gone far beyond a basic history lesson. Prompted by zealous Islamic activism and emboldened by confusing court decisions, schools are now bending over backwards to promote Islam while at the same time denigrating Christianity,” Thompson said. “Although the Supreme Court passed up an opportunity to provide clearer constitutional guidance on this important issue, there will be other chances as this issue isn’t going away anytime soon.” ‘The true faith, Islam.’ The dispute over Islamic indoctrination in public schools isn’t new. In May 2017, in Groesbeck, Texas, a couple moved their sixth-grade daughter to a new school after they discovered her history homework assignment on Islam. In late March 2017, as WND reported, a middle school in Chatham, New Jersey, was using a cartoon video to teach the Five Pillars of Islam to seventh-grade students, prompting two parents to obtain legal services to fight the school district, which has ignored their concerns.
Teaching the five pillars of Islam also created an uproar in Summerville, South Carolina, and in Loganville, Georgia, last year. WND also reported in March 2017 a high school in Frisco, Texas, set up an Islamic prayer room specifically for Muslim students to pray on campus during school hours. The same type of prayer rooms have been set up in high schools in St. Cloud, Minnesota, and other school districts. In 2015, parents in Tennessee asked the governor, legislature and state education department to investigate pro-Islam bias in textbooks and other materials. WND reported in 2012 ACT for America conducted an analysis of 38 textbooks used in the sixth through 12th grades in public schools and found that since the 1990s, discussions of Islam are taking up more and more pages, while the space devoted to Judaism and Christianity has simultaneously decreased.
In 2009, Gilbert T. Sewall, director of the American Textbook Council, a group that reviews history books, told Fox News the texts were “whitewashing” Islamic extremism and key subjects such as jihad, Islamic law and the status of women. Also in 2009, WND reported the middle school textbook “History Alive! The Medieval World and Beyond,” published by Teachers’ Curriculum Institute, said an Islamic “jihad” is an effort by Muslims to convince “others to take up worthy causes, such as funding medical research.” In 2006, WND reported a school in Oregon taught Islam by having students study and learn Muslim prayers and dress as Muslims. WND reported in 2003 a prominent Muslim leader who eventually was convicted on terror-related charges helped write the “Religious Expression in Public Schools” guidelines issued by President Bill Clinton. In 2001, shortly after the 9/11 attacks, seventh graders in Byron, California, were taught a three-week course on Islam that required them to learn 25 Islamic terms, 20 proverbs, Islam’s Five Pillars of Faith, 10 key Islamic prophets and disciples, recite from the Quran, wear a robe during class, adopt a Muslim name and stage their own “holy war” in a dice game. And in the past few months, WND has reported on a series of letters sent to Washington state school districts that were promoting Islam through a Ramadan policy of giving Muslim students special privileges. MORE ABOUT Islam in public schools Share this news Click to email this to a friend (Opens in new window)Click to share on Tumblr (Opens in new window)Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)Click to print (Opens in new window)Click to share on Reddit (Opens in new window)Click to share on LinkedIn
conversion-prayer-or-risk-receiving-a-failing-grade/
[ :: 10-17-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends. They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..
:: 10-17-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Turkish President Erdogan "Dumped Trump's Letter In The Trash", Launched Syria Invasion In Response
by Tyler Durden Thu, 10/17/2019 - 06:22 Update (Oct. 17 5:40 am est.):
President Trump sent a harsh letter to Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Wednesday. Trump warned the Turkish president doesn't want to be responsible "for slaughtering thousands of people," and that Trump - consequently, doesn't "want to be responsible for destroying the Turkish economy," adding, "and I will." On the day Erdogan received Trump's letter, the Turkish military launched a cross-border assault against Kurdish-led forces. Erdogan's response to the letter, confirmed by BBC News Turkey (on Thursday morning), is that he "thoroughly rejected it, threw it in the bin." Middle-East eye confirms, reporting that Turkish officials, speaking on condition of anonymity, said that they responded to Trump’s letter in kind and with stronger language. “We just dumped his letter into the trash,” one of them said. "The date on the letter is 9 October, the same day we began Operation Peace Spring. Our president gave the best response by launching the operation on the same day at 4pm," the official told MEE. Trump has been criticized for the withdrawal of special operations troops in Northern Syria, which his critics have said gave Erdogan the ability to launch attacks on the Kurds. About 129 members of Trump's party joined Democrats on Wednesday to formally denounce the move in a vote. The measure, which passed, 354 to 60, has called for Erdogan to halt military operations in Syria. President Trump shot off a very direct letter to Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Wednesday, according to Fox News's Trish Regan, who obtained a copy. Trump warned the Turkish president doesn't want to be responsible "for slaughtering thousands of people," and that Trump - consequently, doesn't "want to be responsible for destroying the Turkish economy," adding "and I will." "I have worked hard to solve some of your problems," Trump continues. "Don't let the world down. You can make a great deal. General Mazloum is willing to negotiate with you, and he is willing to make concessions that they never would have made in the past." "History will look upon you favorably if you get this done the right and humane way," Trump said, adding "It will look upon you forever as the devil if good things don't happen." "Don't be a tough guy. Don't be a fool! I will call you later." The letter follows Erdogan's Wednesday refusal to speak with Vice President Mike Pence regarding a cease-fire agreement in Syria, after Trump said he would send Pence and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to negotiate. Erdogan told Sky News, "I'm not going to talk to them. They will be talking to their counterparts. When Trump comes here, I'll be talking." National security advisor Robert O’Brien and the special representative for Syria, James Jeffrey, are also slated to be on the trip. Perhaps the NSA / CIA / NSC and FBI will fill us in on the details of Trump's next call with the Turkish leader, which the White House will have to correct with a transcript.
:: 10-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
‘Show of force’: US jets & helicopters threaten Turkish-backed fighters who came VERY CLOSE to American troops in Syria
Though US troops have been withdrawing from Syria for the past week, some Special Forces operators were apparently still in the area of Ain Issa
RT - October 16, 2019
US fighter jets and gunship helicopters were sent to scare off Turkish-backed militants in northern Syria after they came “very close” to US troops at Ain Issa, the Pentagon said. Washington has also sent a complaint to Ankara. F-15 fighters and AH-64 Apache gunships were used in the “show of force” on Tuesday, an unnamed US official told reporters, after the militants “violated a standing agreement” not to threaten US troops. A formal complaint was lodged with the Turkish military through diplomatic channels, the official added. Though US troops have been withdrawing from Syria for the past week, some Special Forces operators were apparently still in the area of Ain Issa, located on the strategic M-4 highway about halfway between the Syrian-Turkish border and the former Islamic State (IS, formerly ISIS) “capital” of Raqqa. Last week, Turkey launched ‘Operation Peace Spring’ with the stated purpose of establishing a “safe zone” inside Syria – mainly on territory held by Kurdish militias allied with the US, but which Ankara considers terrorist organizations. Rather than Turkish regulars, however, the troops used in the operation appear to be jihadist militants, which similarly happened in 2016 during ‘Operation Euphrates Shield’ that targeted the Kurds around Afrin. While the Western press has previously referred to these militants as “moderate rebels,” a senior US official was quoted on Tuesday calling them “thugs and bandits and pirates that should be wiped off the face of the earth.” Meanwhile, the Kurds have struck an agreement with the Syrian government troops to move to the border and block the militants. Previously, the US blocked any attempts to return the territories liberated from IS by its Kurdish allies to the government in Damascus, as they contained most of Syria’s oil and agricultural resources.
https://www.infowars.com/syris_troops_turkey_close/
:: 10-16-19 Old-Thinker News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Are Secret Human Experiments Advancing Brain Chip Tech?
Old-Thinker News | October 16, 2019 By Daniel Taylor
A doctor from Peru claims that recent advancements in brain chip technology could be due to “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” by a consortium of transnational tech companies and governments operating outside of the law. A 2016 paper published in the Egyptian Journal of Internal Medicine warned that “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” could be happening in Latin America, where poverty stricken masses are routinely recruited for medical trials. The paper, titled “The secret of neuroscience boom: Are there secret human experiments in Latin América?, was written by Dr. David Salinas Flores, MD, Professor of Medicine at the Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Peru. Dr. Flores writes: “…an objective analysis proposes as a possible explanation for the so-called neuroscientific boom the suspicion that transnational technological companies, in illegal association with the US government, the European Community, China and some Latin American governments, are developing, in Latin America, illegal and forced secret neuroscientific human experimentation…” Dr. Flores concludes by warning his colleagues to “…investigate, be alert, and report possible inhuman neuroscientific experiments performed by economic powers in Third World countries.“ South America has served as a test site for unregulated off shore drug trials for the pharmaceutical industry for many years. Peru has been described as a “paradise of human experimentation“, and is riddled with corruption. A former DoD official warned in 2006 that only the most ruthless nation will win the new arms race for human enhancement. Fred Charles Ikle, Undersecretary of Defense for Policy under President Reagan, wrote Annihilation from Within in 2006. In the book, Ikle warned that only the most ruthless nation would win the arms race for brain chips and human augmentation because advancements in the technology could only come from “intrusive experiments on living human brains.” Ikle writes, “At some stage in the project’s development, a nation’s research might greatly benefit from intrusive experiments on living human brains. Liberal democracies would normally shun such experiments, but ruthless dictatorships would not.” Facebook, Google, IBM and Elon Musk have all heavily invested in projects related to human brain research and brain-computer interfaces. These tech companies have also made major moves to communist China. China made an announcement this year that major advancements were made in its research on brain-computer interfaces. As the Chinese government publication Xinhua reported: “China has achieved a breakthrough in Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) chip research, with its first BCI chip “Brain Talker” making its debut on Friday at the ongoing World Intelligence Congress held in northern China’s Tianjin Municipality.” DARPA’S Brain Initiative, launched by Barack Obama in 2013, aims to, among other things, “create fully implantable, modular and reconfigurable neural-interface microsystems that communicate wirelessly with external modules…” Given the history of secret human experiments by governments around the world, we shouldn’t be surprised at the possibility of this scenario. Congressional testimony from 1995 showcased victims of secret radiation and mind control experiments in the United States:
http://www.oldthinkernews.com/2019/10/16/are-secret-human-experiments-advancing-brain-chip-tech/
:: 10-16-19 Intellectual :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America: Ripe for Communist Revolution?
Annie Holmquist | October 16, 2019
Positive views of socialism are growing. Forty-two percent of Americans hold a positive view of the ideology in a recent Pew Research report. A Gallup poll placed socialism’s favorability at 36 percent only a decade ago. Why the growing numbers? A look at personal explanations from the Pew report sheds some light on this growth. In a nutshell, Americans are embracing socialism because they feel it will create better economic conditions and encourage stronger social networks. Positive Views of Socialism Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels would be proud, for such socialist ideas echo their original reasons for Communism. According to The Naked Communist, a volume written nearly 50 years ago in the midst of the Cold War, the Communism Marx and Engels envisioned was simply a step up from socialism, growing out of the troubled times in which they lived. History repeats itself, for the troubles which drove the pair toward their theory of Communism are resurfacing in our current culture, as the following five points show. 1. Economic Upheaval First, the violent economic upheaval of their day. This is believed to have made Marx and Engels over-sensitive to the place of economics in history. Booming job growth and stock markets give every appearance that the economy is going strong. Despite these positives, there’s a sense of unease as people eye the national debt and wonder if another bubble is about to burst in the housing or college markets. This unease is especially acute among young people who can’t make ends meet. They feel they’ve been dealt a poor hand in comparison to the one their parents had. Escalating demands for equality are the natural outgrowth of this mindset. 2. Increased Conflict Second, the widespread popularity of the German philosopher, Georg Wilhelm Hegel. His theory of ‘Dialectics’ was adopted by Marx and Engels with slight modification to explain all phenomena of nature, the class struggle and the inevitable triumph of a future proletariat society. When used by Marx and Engels, Hegel’s theory of “Dialectics,” notes The Naked Communist, is simply another way of referring to conflict. Given recent riots, protests, and uncivil debates, “conflict” could easily be considered America’s middle name in the 21st century. 3. Religious Cynicism Third, the anti-religious cynicism of Nineteenth Century Materialism. This led them to try to explain everything in existence in terms of one single factor—matter. They denied intelligent design in the universe, the existence of God, the divinity of religion and the moral precepts of Judaic-Christian teachings. The rapid growth of religious “nones” was observed by Pew Research in 2015. Nearly a quarter of American adults claimed to be “atheists or agnostics” or “'nothing in particular'” when it came to religion, a dramatic jump from 16 percent only a few years before. When these “nones” are asked why they identify as such, an attitude of cynicism toward religious institutions, leaders, and practices is prominent, as featured in the chart below. 4. Hunger for Community Fourth, the social and economic ideals of Utopian Communism. Marx and Engels decided they wanted a communal society, but they felt it had to be a controlled society; they therefore abandoned the brotherhood principle of the Utopians and declared that Communism could only be initiated under a powerful dictatorship. Separated from church, consumed by work, or busy carting the kids around, many Americans no longer have a community beyond the virtual world. This creates a void ready to be filled by a leader who can promise a cause and sense of belonging to the lonely masses. 5. A Revolutionary Spirit Fifth, the revolutionary spirit of the Anarchists. Marx and Engels promised two things which appealed to the Anarchists—the use of violent revolution to overthrow existing powers, and eventually the creation of a classless, stateless society. We may not have anarchy in its purest form, but have you ever heard of Antifa? Like anarchists, Antifa members seem to thrive on disorder, while also thumbing their noses at authority figures. “It is because of these five important influences,” The Naked Communist concludes, “that the student of Communism will find it to be a vast conglomerate, designed, it would seem, to be all things to all people.” Marx and Engels presented their Communist ideals to a world that was ripe for change and hungry for a cause. Judging from these five principles, we live in a similar world. Are we on the verge of seeing the popularity of Democratic Socialism morph into the brave new world of Communism 2.0?
https://www.intellectualtakeout.org/article/america-ripe-communist-revolution
:: 10-18-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Jesus Is Coming Soon!
by Hal Lindsey
For more than fifty years, I have lived in the urgent expectation of Jesus’ return. Fifty years is a long time. Do I regret it? Was I wrong? No and no! In Luke 12:37, Jesus said, “Blessed are those servants whom the master, when he comes, will find watching.” (NKJV) As followers of Christ, we are to live in a state of watchfulness. A thousand years ago, there were Christians living in expectation of His coming. They were not foolish to do so. They were obedient. Titus 2:13 directs us to be “looking for the blessed hope and glorious appearing of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ.” (NKJV) Those Christians from previous generations who lived in expectancy of Christ’s return tended also to be those who lived closest to Him. They were the ones most interested in His word, in sharing the Gospel, helping the poor, and caring for the sick. If you’re always on the lookout for Christ’s return, someone will inevitably remind you that no one knows the day nor the hour. But they’re missing the point. It’s precisely because we do not know the day nor hour of His return that we are to be watchful. In Matthew 24:42, Jesus said, “Watch therefore, for you do not know what hour your Lord is coming.” (NKJV) For two thousand years, people have been watching. That sounds like a long time, but remember this. God gave the first promise of His first coming to Adam and Eve. It took thousands of years, but God kept His word and Jesus came. By human standards, the Lord may sometimes seem slow. But He has a reason for that. 2 Peter 3:9-10 says, “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some count slackness, but is longsuffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come.” (NKJV) When skeptics complain about God allowing evil and pain in the world, remember that “the Lord is not slack.” He will one day stop all the child molesters, terrorists, and other criminals. And He will hold them to account. But He won’t just stop the evil you don’t like. He will stop all evil. He will hold everyone to account. Why does he wait? Because He “is longsuffering toward us.” He’s “not willing that any should perish.” He wants everyone to “come to repentance” — turn to Him and be saved. For now, love and concern compel Him to wait. But He will not wait forever. Earlier in the same chapter, Peter wrote, “Knowing this first: that scoffers will come in the last days, walking according to their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4 NKJV) I’m convinced that these are the last days, and can assure you that scoffers have come. “I’ve been hearing this all my life!” … “You’ve been saying this for fifty years!” Yes, and I will keep on saying it because it’s still true. There are no signs yet to be fulfilled before the rapture. But signs of the Second Coming are everywhere. Since the rapture comes before the Second Coming, the rapture has to be exceedingly close! The big thing that makes our time different from any other is the existence of Israel as a nation, and the Jews having control of Jerusalem. But there are other things unique to our time, as well. For instance, before now the world did not have the technology needed for the Antichrist to control commerce as completely as the Bible foretells. There’s another sign unique to today. Jesus is coming soon . . . because He must! In dozens of areas, human civilization is hurtling headlong toward destruction. Look at just one — machines with artificial intelligence. Scientists like Stephen Hawking warn of such machines taking over the world, destroying the human race in the process. Far out? Even longtime proponents of artificial intelligence have now joined in the warnings. Air Force General Paul Selva, the Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff at the U.S. Defense Department, recently warned about “autonomous weapons systems” similar to the title character in the movie, “The Terminator” — and just as dangerous. General Selva sees weapons that are not under direct human control as a menace to mankind. And, like self-driving cars, they’re just around the corner. Then there’s nuclear proliferation. Some people take comfort from the fact that no nuclear weapons have been used in combat since 1945. But that’s like taking comfort from the fact that you’ve been playing Russian roulette for an hour and no shots have been fired. Just keep playing, and the odds will catch up to you. During the Cold War, Carl Sagan, wrote, “The nuclear arms race is like two sworn enemies standing waist deep in gasoline, one with three matches, the other with five.” Except now, a madman in Korea also holds a match. The nation of Iran, run by religious fanatics who see it as their job to create an apocalypse, also have, or will soon have, a match in their hands. Next door neighbor enemies, India and Pakistan, both have nukes. Russia has more than anybody, and no one knows if their leader is crazy or not. But don’t be afraid. Things are shaping up as God said they would. Just be sure you have invited Jesus to save you. Receive the pardon purchased for you when He died on the cross. He will instantly give you a new heart with new desires. Ask Him to empower you with His Holy Spirit. Then remember to thank Him for all these things. In His power, you will begin to live a life that will draw others to Him as well.
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 10-17-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hezbollah seeks ‘to attack and storm banks’ in Lebanon – report
The bank source said “any street protest would create concern and confusion among the people," adding “Banks play no role in the sanctions.”
By Benjamin Weinthal October 17, 2019 17:12
Hezbollah is threatening violence against banks in Lebanon due to US sanctions that seek to stop terrorists from being financed, a bank source told Asharq al-Awsat, an Arabic international newspaper based in London. Hezbollah’s threat endangers security and “gives its supporters the green light to attack and storm banks,” according to the source.
Read More Related Articles
Turkey using Israeli-upgraded tanks in anti-Kurd offensive in Syria
Russia says 'unacceptable' Turkish incursion into Syria must be
According to Asharq al-Awsat, “the threat had alarmed observers, who expressed their concern that Iran may seize control of Lebanon’s financial stability in order to draw Washington’s attention and lure it to the negotiations table.” The bank source added “any street protest would create concern and confusion among the people,” adding that “Banks play no role in the sanctions.” The Hezbollah-controlled Lebanese daily Al-Akhbar said the Shi’ite “party leadership has outlined several steps, including street protests to confront the banks.” Al-Akhbar reported that Hezbollah will not remain silent when Lebanese banks comply with US sanctions and that Hezbollah passed a decision to target the banks that adhere to US sanctions, but it has not revealed its plan. The US has ramped up its sanctions that target Hezbollah lawmakers and a bank involved in terrorist financing. In July, the Treasury Department sanctioned Hezbollah MPs Amin Sherri and Mohammad Raad. In August, the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control imposed sanctions on Jammal Trust Bank for aiding Hezbollah’s movement. A month later, the bank was forced to shut down.
Latest articles from Jpost “Despite its sound financial situation... and its full compliance with banking regulations, the [bank] was forced to take the decision to liquidate itself in full coordination with the central bank,” Jammal Trust Bank said in September.
https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Report-Hezbollah-seeks-to-attack-and-storm-banks-in-Lebanon-604845
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 10-16-19 Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Philippines earthquake: Child killed and dozens injured as major 6.4-magnitude quake hits Mindanao island
Residents run from homes in panic and shopping centre wrecked by fire sparked by intense shaking
Jane Dalton @JournoJane 1 day ago
At least one child has been killed and more than two dozen people injured after a powerful earthquake in the south of the Philippines. Residents ran from their homes and offices in panic and a shopping centre was set ablaze during the intense shaking in central Mindanao, the country’s second-largest island. Authorities advised residents to stay out of homes that may have suffered cracks and been weakened. The quake, which measured 6.4, also caused power cuts and strong aftershocks in some regions. “Our hospital chief reported that a child died because of the earthquake,” Reuel Limbungan, mayor of Tulunan town in North Cotabato province, told a radio station. In a town in the nearby province of Davao del Sur, 20 people were injured by falling debris and home furniture, Anthony Allada, an information officer, told DZMM radio. “Many houses were totally damaged ... Another person is in a critical condition,” he said. Footage showed firefighters tackling a fierce blaze that wrecked a shopping centre in General Santos City. The US Geological Survey said the quake, described as strong and shallow, had a depth of only eight miles. Shallow quakes tend to cause more damage than deeper ones. The quake, on Wednesday evening, was centred on Cotabato, about five miles from Columbio, which has a population of 33,258 people, and 42 miles southwest of Davao, one of the most populous cities in the country and the hometown of President Rodrigo Duterte. “We felt a very strong jolt and there was a blackout. I saw people rushing down. We were panicking, heading to the exit,” said Naru Guarda Cabaddu, a hotel consultant who was near the epicentre. Other video showed people at an airport and in a church covering their heads and cowering as the buildings shook. The government-run Philippine News Agency reported power cuts in Koronadal City, and a hotel was evacuated. It also posted photos of a college in Digos, Davao del Sur, that was badly damaged. Max Fuentes, a resident of Davao, said he felt a strong aftershock. “We received info from our friends that there is blackout in Digos City in Davao,” he said. Renato Solidum, head of the Philippines seismic agency, told the ANC news channel there was a chance of aftershocks after the quake, which was considered strong and capable of causing severe damage. “Aftershocks can happen. Some can be felt, most likely in low intensities,” he said. “But we cannot remove the possibility of similar intensities that can be felt in the epicentral area." No destructive Pacific-wide tsunami was expected after an earthquake, initially measured at 6.7, according to the Hawaii-based Pacific Tsunami Warning Center. The Philippines, one of the world’s most disaster-prone countries, has frequent earthquakes and volcanic activity because it lies on the Pacific “ring of fire”, a seismically active arc of volcanos and fault lines in the Pacific Basin. A 7.7-magnitude quake killed nearly 2,000 people in the northern Philippines in 1990. Six months ago, at least 11 people died when two powerful tremors shook the country in two days. The European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre said Mindanao had suffered three earthquakes in two hours.
:: 10-16-19 Oil City News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dramatic video shows Utah Trooper save motorist from moving train (VIDEO)
By Trevor T. Trujillo on October 16, 2019
CASPER, Wyo. — Officials with the Utah Highway Patrol have released a video of a dramatic rescue that shows a trooper pulling a motorist from the path of a moving train. Utah Highway Patrol officials say that Utah Trooper Ruben Correa pulled an unconscious driver from the driver’s vehicle seconds before it was struck by the train. “Trooper Correa had been on a traffic stop close by before he responded to the area on a call of a car on the tracks,” Utah HP officials said on social media Wednesday. “At that point, I actually wasn’t really thinking, I was just doing my job,” Correa was quoted by the UHP.
:: 10-4-19 American Greatness :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dysfunctional Education
The only way for Americans to avoid being pulled down in a vortex of the self-indulgent ignorance that characterizes our education establishment is to cut loose from that establishment: to stop funding it, and to create another, honest one.
Angelo Codevilla - October 4th, 2019
The 2020 elections will afford us the chance to pass judgment on the immediate threat to our democracy posed by the intelligence agencies, the Democratic party, and the media in their grab for power through a bastardized impeachment process. But no such opportunity exists for us to deal with the most serious, most fundamental threat to our way of life, namely our thoroughly rotten educational establishment. The problem has been festering for decades, and keeps getting worse. During Word War II, only 4 percent of some 18 million draftees were illiterate. Despite (or because?) of massive expenditures on education over the subsequent two decades, 27 percent of the Vietnam war’s draftees were judged functionally illiterate. Between 1955 and 1991, the inflation-adjusted average K-12 per-pupil expenditure in America rose 350 percent. In 1972, 2,817 students scored 750 or better on each half of the SAT. By 1994, only 1,438 made this score though the test had been made easier. Today, U.S. 15 year olds rank 24th out of 71 countries in science, and 38th in math. In 2018, college students spent less than a third of the time their grandparents did studying for their classes. But as the bell-curve of intellectual achievement continues to shift leftward, the bell curve of school grades continues to shift rightward. Increasingly, the default grade in America is “A.” Among all classes and races, some seventy percent of U.S students report having cheated on exams or papers. No one should be surprised at the American people’s increasing incompetence and inability to follow directions—never mind arguments. This past week, the noise from Washington drowned out three items of news that remind us of how corrupt and dumbed down American education has become, how far into society the rot has spread and how much it would take to remedy it. Harvard University hailed Judge Allison D. Burroughs’s decision that it had not really, really, discriminated against Asian applicants. The judge did not think it discriminatory that Harvard invited applications from Asian males only if they scored above 1380 out of 1400 on the PSAT, to Asian females only if they got over 1350, to white males only if over 1310, and admitted black students who were barely above the national average of 1000. Nearly all other American institutions of higher education do similar things. For the Supreme Court to try undoing the bitter legacy of a half century’s “affirmative action” it would have to re-establish the authority of the dictionary. But the universities’ hypocritical racial discrimination is only one of the factors that has subtracted from what had been their great credit with the American people. The other, arguably more important, is that increasingly they impart less and less knowledge. Human beings gain knowledge only by lots of hard work. But our colleges require ever less work, which they reward with higher grades. Already in the 1990s, the average Stanford undergraduate GPA was 3.8 out of 4. What would it take for students to work harder, to learn more, to make their college years useful? The last two weeks’ spectacle of students—even children—screaming that the Earth’s fiery end is upon us in a decade unless we banish fossil fuels results directly from educators encouraging, if not requiring, students to indulge in a political campaign that masquerades as science. Again, the students are following the establishment’s incentives. Never mind that virtually the same slogans have been chanted for several decades and that no consequences have ensued. Say in class that the sun is the paramount influence on our climate, and that its energy is variable, expect a bad grade. What would it take for the educational establishment to prioritize the facts of physics and chemistry over their own fancies? More and more, it seems, establishment educators are going in the opposite direction. The Seattle public schools published a “K-12 Math Ethnic Studies Framework,” yet another step in a nationwide, decades-long, Progressive effort to dumb down the teaching of math. The program aims to “identify how math has been and continues to be used to oppress and marginalize people and communities of color,” “create counter narratives about the origins of mathematical knowledge,” “demonstrate mathematical literacy by applying concepts to real world problems through dialogue and story telling,” “redefine mathematical learning through cooperative learning, engagement, advocacy, and action,” “redefine mathematical learning through cooperative learning, engagement, advocacy, and action,” and “explain how math dictates economic oppression.” While students are learning such things, they cannot be learning how to do basic algebra, never mind to derive solutions to problems of integral calculus. Because the educational establishment has prospered while ruining the country, convincing them to change their ways is impossible. The only way for Americans to avoid being pulled down in a vortex of self-indulgent ignorance is to cut loose from that establishment: to stop funding it, and to create another, honest one. This, if at all possible, will require far more of us than weathering the latest impeachment gambit.
https://amgreatness.com/2019/10/04/dysfunctional-education/
:: 4-19-18 Popular Mechanics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Government Accidentally Releases Documents on "Psycho-Electric" Weapons
They were mistakenly sent to a journalist.
By David Grossman Apr 19, 2018
The government has all kinds of secrets, but only a true conspiracy theorist might suspect that "psycho-electric weapons" are one of them. So it's odd that MuckRock, a news organization that specializes in filing Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests with state and federal government bodies, received mysterious documents about mind control, seemingly by accident. Journalist Curtis Waltman was writing to the Washington State Fusion Center (WSFC), a joint operation between Washington State law enforcement and the federal government to request information about Antifa and white supremacist groups. He got responses to the questions he asked, but also a file titled “EM effects on human body.zip.” Inside, where documents like this: At least some of the images appear to be part of an article in Nexus magazine describing a 1992 lawsuit brought by one John St. Clair Akewi against the NSA. Akewi claimed that the NSA had the "ability to assassinate US citizens covertly or run covert psychological control operations to cause subjects to be diagnosed with ill mental health" and was documenting their alleged methods. Nexus was, and still is, an Australian magazine focused on the unexplained, conspiracy theories, alternative medicine and the like. It covered Akewi's case in 1996 but was unable to get Akewi to discuss it further: "I tried ringing Mr Akwei to find out what was the out-come, if any, of his court case. He firmly but kindly told me that he could not speak about anything to do with the case over the phone and hung up," reads an editor's note at the end of the article. The federal government has absolutely experimented with mind control in a variety of methods, but the documents here do not appear to be official. Waltman had no idea why these documents were included in his request and isn't sure why the government is holding them. The WSFC did not respond to requests for more information. Source: MuckRock
https://www.popularmechanics.com/military/weapons/a19855256/muckrock-foia-psycho-electric-weapons/
:: 10-7-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Incredible video captures $31million US Trident nuclear missile streaking across the night sky after test launch from a submarine as passenger jet pilots marvel as its beauty
A Mexican airbus flight crew shot video from their plane's cockpit as a D5 Trident II Ballistic Missile flew across the horizon in front of them in September
The test took place during a time when competing world powers around the globe continue to flex their military muscle with recent displays of martial force
Trident missiles are designed to be fired from surfaced submarines
The USS Nebraska sub launched at least four missiles from September 4-6
The crew on an airbus traveling from Guadalajara to Tijuana, Mexico shot footage of a missile's projectiles flying across the horizon during twilight
Each D5 Trident missile costs $30.9 million to make
Only U.S. and UK submarines carry D5 Trident missiles, according to the Navy
By Chauncey Alcorn For Dailymail.com Published: 22:52 EDT, 6 October 2019 | Updated: 02:45 EDT, 7 October 2019
The passenger jet pilots who witnessed it streak across the night sky marveled at its beauty. But they didn't realize the incredible sight was a $31 million Trident missile - that can destroy entire countries with a nuclear warhead. The test firing of the ballistic missile by the USS Nebraska submarine was caught on video by the crew of a Mexican airliner flying to Tijuana. The Nebraska, stationed off the coast of southern California, launched at least four Trident II ballistic missiles between September 4-6. 'Wow,' one of the Spanish-speaking flight crew members is heard saying repeatedly as the missile's components fly by like a shooting star. The clip shows the Trident missile streaking westward across the sky during sunset. Scroll down for video It can be seen going through two distinct separations with solid fuel rockets falling away before the warhead is deployed and advances on its westward course.
The missiles, which are used by the U.S Navy and the British Royal Navy, shoot into space before fragmenting into multiple separate explosive warheads, which can each fall within 100 yards of their designated target. The disbursement of multiple warheads makes it harder for enemy combatants to focus their anti-missile defense systems on a single target, making it more likely the intended target will be destroyed. The U.S. has been preparing to field a new version of the Trident II with more targeted, less destructive warheads amid the nation's renewed arms race with Russia. What's unique about this missile is its reduced destructive force, aka yield or yield - designed to make a more targeted impact while delivering nuclear armaments. The new missile's depressed, low-altitude flight path may also help it survive potential enemy anti-ballistic missile defense tactics and increase the missile's accuracy at the sacrifice of damage, according to The Drive. The D5 is the sixth generation in the Trident submarine-launched ballistic missile series, which was created 60 years ago, according to the U.S. Navy. Each D5 Trident missile costs $30.9 million to make. Currently, they're only deployed on U.S. and UK submarines, according to the Navy. North Korea and China have also been testing and showcasing their nuclear arsenals in recent weeks.
:: 10--19 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How to End the Federal Reserve #EndTheFed #Qanon - SGT Report
[Search domain] www.sgtreport.com/2018/08/how-to-end-the-federal-reserve-endthefed-qanon/ https://www.sgtreport.com/2018/08/how-to-end-the-federal-reserve-endthefed-qanon/
Meet Artem Sytnyk, Director of the National Anti-Corruption Bureau of Ukraine, and Hear the Audio of Him Clearly Admitting That Ukraine Colluded with HILLARY,...
:: 10-7-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Worst Serial Killers in U.S. History? BLACK Man Admits to 93 Murders, While a BLACK Illegal is Under Investigation for 750 More
By Dean Garrison - October 7, 2019
Before I begin, let me be clear that I am not trying to stir the pot of racism toward BLACK Americans. What I am trying to do is stem the tide of unbased racism toward WHITE Americans. Below are two stories you won’t likely see reported much in the mainstream media. Why? Trending: Hillary Clinton: Could a Satan Worshipper Really Become President? The two gentlemen aren’t the right skin color for them to care. Though you won’t see a lot of this in the mainstream American Media, kudos to ABC for excellent coverage of the black man that admitted to killing 93 women. From 60 Minutes: James Holland has heard confessions from many, many murderers. But now one is telling the Texas Ranger he’s committed 93 murders himself, making him perhaps the most prolific serial killer in American history. The race is on to identify all of the 93 people Samuel Little says he murdered, while the 79-year-old remains alive and continues to cooperate. Holland tells Sharyn Alfonsi in his first television interview how he got Little to open up about his victims for a story to be broadcast on “60 Minutes” Sunday, October 6, at 7 p.m. ET/PT on CBS. Information Holland has gathered from Little has led to 50 cold case murders being solved. There are more Little says he committed that if resolved would give victims’ relatives answers and exonerate any innocent people who may have been wrongly convicted for the murders. 93 murders is horrendous, but prepare to be shocked. Back in July we last reported on the story of Billy Chemirmir, who is being investigated for up to 750 murders, which would make him the most prolific serial killer in WORLD history. HORROR — Illegal Alien Now Tied to Possibly 750 MURDERS Remember the story of Billy Chemirmir? He’s the illegal alien from Kenya who is charged with murdering 12 elderly women in Texas. Now Next News Network is reporting that there has been a development and Chemirmir is now officially accused of 6 more murders, bringing the total to 18, while being investigated for up to 732 more. DallasNews reported in late June: A new series of lawsuits allege a serial murder suspect’s path of violence through Dallas and Collin counties was even wider than previously believed. Billy Chemirmir, 46, was already accused of killing 12 elderly women in Dallas and Collin counties. The lawsuits allege six more elderly victims, including one man. Family members filed the six separate lawsuits Tuesday against The Tradition-Prestonwood, an upscale senior living complex where eight of the people died. The complex is operated by The Tradition, a company that owns four senior living communities in Dallas and Houston. Read the rest at Dallasnews.com ### OK, let’s pause for a moment and ask a very important question. Why is this not national news that is airing on every single network? I think you and I both know why. The mainstream media is pushing against Trump’s wall and for massive immigration. Exposing one of the worst, if not the absolute worst, mass murderers in American history may be worth covering if he were not an illegal alien. Dr. Eowyn covered part of this story back in May: An illegal alien from Kenya is a serial killer who preys on elderly women. On May 16, 2019, authorities in Dallas, Texas, said former health care worker Billy Chemirmir, 46, who was previously arrested in the death of an 81-year-old woman has been charged with killing at least 11 more elderly women in Dallas and Collin counties. Chemirmir, a Kenyan citizen, is living in the U.S. illegally. Chemirmir murdered the women by smothering them with pillows. He also robbed the women of their jewelry and other valuables. Chemirmir’s 12 victims were:
Phyllis Payne, 91, who died May 14, 2016.
Phoebe Perry, 94, d. June 5, 2016.
Norma French, 85, d. Oct. 8, 2016.
Doris Gleason, 92, d. Oct. 29, 2016.
Minnie Campbell, 83, d. Oct. 31, 2017.
Carolyn MacPhee, 81, d. Dec. 31, 2017
Rosemary Curtis, 76, d. Jan. 19, 2018.
Mary Brooks, 87, d. Jan. 31, 2018.
Martha Williams, 80, d. March 4, 2018
Miriam Nelson, 81, d. March 9, 2018
Ann Conklin, 82, d. March 18, 2018
Lu Thi Harris, 81, d. March 2018.
Chemirmir is also accused of trying to suffociate two other elderly women in Collin County: a 93-year-old woman on Oct. 29, 2017, at the Parkview Elderly Assisted Living facility in Frisco, and a 91-year-old woman in her Plano apartment in March 2018. The 93-year-old victim told police that a well-dressed man knocked on her door and said he was a maintenance worker. When she told him she didn’t need any work done, he forced his way inside and knocked the woman from her walker to the floor. The man grabbed a pillow from the couch and tried to smother her. The victim told police she “began to pray, believing she was about to die.” Jewelry was discovered missing from her apartment, and cell-phone records put Chemirmir in that location around the time of the attack. He was indicted on the attempted murder charge in May 2018. Plano Police Chief Gregory W. Rushin said at a news conference that Chemirmir used his “health care experience to his advantage, targeting and exploiting seniors. This is terribly disturbing.” Authorities said they are reviewing 750 unattended deaths of elderly women — including deaths that were previously ruled as resulting from natural causes — to determine whether they could be linked to Chemirmir. MORE… ##### This surely flies in the face of the leftist claims of overwhelming White violence and hate, does it not? Ben Carson surely can’t be trusted! ? The point it not to indict an entire race or ethnic group. There are good and bad in every race AND there is really only one “RACE” which we call the human race. The point is to prove that most of what the leftists spew about white people is premeditated BULL****! They are trying to stir up racial division like they have in South Africa it would appear.
15,000 WHITE South African Farmers, Fearing for Their Lives, Are Fleeing to Russia
‘We’ll kill their children & women’: Fury over black South African politician’s call to kill whites
Turkish State TV: ‘White Genocide’ In South Africa Is A ‘Myth’ Of The ‘Far-Right’
South Africans Push Back Against Lying American Media — Trump is Right, White Farmers Are Being Slaughtered South Africa Pledges to ‘Speed Up’ Seizure Of White-Owned Farms In Response to Trump Luckily in America Whites are still the majority, so a race war can likely be avoided, but not unless we shut down the Democrats in 2020. And for any who think that Trump is racist over his concerns for South African farmers, let me remind you that Trump is now supporting BLACK Africans that Obama ignored. Media BLACKOUT! How President Trump Proved OBAMA Was The REAL “Racist” Shove that is your liberal cousin’s face and make him read it. It is poorly titled, but the above story is about Trump’s opposition to a slave nation in Africa that is ruled by Muslims who imprison blacks. Obama clearly supports Islamic slave owners and ignores their BLACK slaves, as did all of his predecessors. But not President Donald Trump. Trump is a good man, or AT LEAST better than those who came before him.
Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry
:: 10-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Croatian Elon Musk' Unleashes 256 MPH Electric Hypercar With Nearly 2,000 Horsepower, Insane 0-60
by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/07/2019 - 04:15
31-year-old Croatian entrepreneur Mate Rimac - who has created batteries for companies such as Aston Martin, Renault and Koenigsegg - has built his own all-electric hypercar: the Rimac C_Two. The beast of a car produces 1,914 hp from four permanent-magnet motors, which propel it to a top speed of 412 km/h (256 mph). 0-60 comes in a blistering 1.85 seconds (Tesla's next-gen Roadster does 0-60 in 1.9 seconds). Perhaps even more amazing is that Rimac is a magician when it comes to battery technology - which gives the C_Two a range of 340 miles on a single charge. Whereas Elon Musk’s Tesla batteries are known for high energy density (i.e. long range), Rimac’s forte is power—that is, battery and inverter systems that discharge and recharge at Zeus-like rates (hybrid cars recuperate power under braking). On display in the factory’s modest reception area is the battery pack from the Koenigsegg Regera gas-electric hybrid supercar. This brick of circuitry is, Rimac claims, the highest power-density battery of its kind, capable of discharging at 500 kilowatts—about the output of a Dodge Hellcat at full honk—from a box weighing 143 pounds, about the size and shape of a sofa cushion. -WSJ Last month, Porsche - VW Group's luxury-performance brand - took another 5.5% share of Rimac, after buying a 10% tranche in 2018. "I think [Mr. Rimac] is a genius," said Heiko Mayer, powertrain project leader for Porsche's all-electric Taycan - telling the Journal's Dan Neil "I think he is going to be a legend." Why are all these major brands coming to Rimac for his expertise? Niel asked. Rimac, in "impeccable, softly accented English" was quick to credit his staff. "It’s a lot of optimization, trying out things, experimenting, being fast, doing loops—idea, concept, simulation, detailed prototyping, again and again." Except, Niel noted, Porsche R&D does the same thing - to which Rimac "chose his words carefully" - saying that original equipment manufacturers (OEM)s have to be more "conservative on the technology side." An example is the new Porsche Taycan, which arrived with less range than the comparable Tesla Model S. “Tesla and [Rimac] both use cylindrical cells. But it’s much more difficult to build than with prismatic cells [like the Taycan’s], there’s many more parts, much more that could go wrong.” Conservative is one thing Rimac isn’t. For example, none of the company’s technology is currently patented. “We believe that if somebody is that good that they can copy us, go ahead, man, you deserve it. We are so fast that we are already two generations in front before [we] can protect it.” -WSJ None of Rimac's designs are patented. To that end, he said "We believe that if somebody is that good that they can copy us, go ahead, man, you deserve it. We are so fast that we are already two generations in front before [we] can protect it." The man, the myth When Rimac began his automotive endeavors, there were no automakers, or even component manufacturing, in Croatia. "When I started [in 2011], there was no outside investment," he said. "nobody I could learn from, nobody growing a business. Even stupid things like finding a lawyer who could communicate to investors." "And absolutely no market, no companies I could hire from with any experience," Rimac continued. "Nobody knew how to develop a chassis, develop a suspension, how to build up a crash test car, how to develop headlamps…" In 2016, Rimac produced his Concept_One - which had 1,224 hp and was promptly crashed by British presenter Richard Hammond on a Swiss hillside. Now, Rimac has around 600 employees and has "thoroughly outgrown its facilities." A new campus will be built on 54 acres of Croatian countryside "complete with 15th-century castle, located a few minutes away." The new complex will have green roofs and farm animals—he himself is a vegetarian and hopes the animals’ presence will disincline meateaters—as well as outdoor meeting rooms, barbershops, restaurants, a kindergarten, and a hotel in the woods for guests. Along with R&D and component production, the facility will produce a small number of Rimac’s own hypercars, no more than three or four per month. “At $2 million per car, it’s not small business,” he said. -WSJ That said, there are sacrifices. "Is this all good for me? Certainly not!" said Rimac, smiling. "Doing something like this is sacrificing everything else. This is something I accepted. I don’t have time, for my friends, for myself." As far as Rimac and Musk? "I've never talked to him," he said, adding "I would really like to kick things around."
[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..
:: 10-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Battle For The Arctic: Russia To Install New Missile Warning Systems To Monitor New Frontier
by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/07/2019 - 02:45
In a continuing story from last month, Russia continues to establish military dominance in the Arctic region, where $35 trillion worth of natural resources could be hiding underneath the ocean floor. Two new early warning radar systems will be operational in northern Russia by 2022, the Ministry of Defence of the Russian Federation said, also reported by Sputnik News. The defense Ministry said the Voronezh radar system would be installed in the Komi Republic and the Murmansk region in northern Russia. The radar systems are expected to become operational by 2022, will monitor Arctic airspace for ballistic missile attacks, and monitor aircraft in the region. The radar systems have a range of 3,700 miles, enough distance to monitor planes in parts of Alaska. Russia already has seven Voronezh radar systems in operation. By 2022, there could be as many as 9 to 11 across the country. The first Voronezh system was constructed in Lekhtusi near St Petersburg in 2005 and was declared "combat ready" in 2012. Here's a list of the current operational Voronezh systems, along with ones that are in development. Last month, we reported that the Russian Northern Fleet deployed a new S-400 Triumph system on the Novaya Zemlya archipelago in the Arctic. Russia has been aggressively expanding its military presence in the Arctic in the last several years. It has also been increasing exploration activities in the region, such as oil and gas and mineral extraction. Washington has widely criticized Moscow for its increased presence in the Arctic. Responding to criticism, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said that Moscow isn't intimidating anyone, noting that increased defense capabilities in the Arctic are to protect its assets. Russia and China are establishing the "Polar Silk Road" in the Arctic as warming temperatures give way to new shipping lanes and economic opportunities. The Arctic is home to at least 20-25% of the world's untapped fossil-fuel resources, along with minerals, including gold, silver, diamond, copper, titanium, graphite, uranium, and other rare earth minerals. Russia is aggressively militarizing the Arctic ahead of the next global military conflict that could involve countries fighting over Arctic resources. The first country to secure dominance in the Arctic could be the next global superpower.
:: 10-8-19 Investment Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Google creating ‘god-like’ artificial intelligence… Ex-engineer: ‘Manhattan project’ will ‘monitor everything you do’
October 8, 2019 by IWB
Facebook0 Twitter Email RSS feed - Syndicate IWB Subscribe To Our Newsletter
Google is developing an all-knowing, “god-like” artificial intelligence that employees describe as the “AI Manhattan Project,” according to a former engineer for the tech giant who has become a whistleblower. “They’re trying to create a control grid that captures all the information – video, audio – wherever you’re at, streams it back to a centralized data repository, and then this god-like AI is able to figure out what it is that you’re doing, who you’re associating with, and create a shadow Facebook profile that you don’t know exists, but exists for them,” said Zach Vorhies in an interview Friday with American Family Radio. Vorhies said Google will be able “to monitor everything that you’re able to do: your real-time information, who your friends are, who your family members are, everything.” He contends Google effectively is developing something akin to China’s social credit system, which forces people to conform to politically correct behavior and speech. “They’re trying to install the Chinese social credit system so that everything that you do is monitored – and then if you start to do anti-government activities, then you become ‘un-personed’ online,” he said. “You have your social media accounts suppressed, your financial instruments start to be cancelled – you can no longer take money online.” Whistleblower WND reported in August that Vorhies, claiming the company creates algorithms to hide its political bias, delivered about 950 pages of documents to the Department of Justice’s antitrust division. He said the documents would provide proof that Google has been manipulating the algorithms. Project Veritas released a video interview with Vorhies in which explained he came forward because he “saw something dark and nefarious going on with the company and I realized that they were going to not only tamper with the elections, but use that tampering with the elections to essentially overthrow the United States.” The documents provided by Vorhies included a “news black list site for Google Now” that Vorhies alleges is a “blacklist” that restricts certain websites from appearing on news feeds for some Android Google products. The list includes the conservative news site Newsbusters as well as the left-leaning site Media Matters. The document states that some sites are on the list because of a “high user block rate.” In a House Judiciary Committee hearing last December, Google CEO Sundar Pichai testified that the search engine was not biased against conservatives. Leading news source says this has created 20,000 millionaires Sponsored By Stansberry Research Something big is happening in America… and almost no one is paying attention. A multimillionaire has written a fascinating analysis explaining how so many are now getting rich. His write up is posted free on this website here… ... Read More Pichai told lawmakers the search results are driven by “things like relevance, freshness, popularity, how other people are using it.” He insisted the process is so intricate that the artificial intelligence could not be manipulated. ‘What totalitarian states can do’ Vorhies, in an interview with investigative reporter Sara Carter in April, said he believes “a free market can fix” the problem with Google. “The issue is that the free market has been distorted and what’s happened is that the distortion is so grotesque and the engineering is so repulsive, all we need to do is just expose what’s going on,” he said. “People can hear that it is bad, but that can be bias. But when they see what Google has actually written with the documents, this will actually be taught in universities of what totalitarian states can do with this type of capability.” He told Carter he’s asked himself many times if he’s overreacting “and every time I simply look back at the documents and realize that I am not.” “It’s that bad,” he said. “Disclosing Google’s own words to the American public is something I am, must do, if I am to consider myself a good person. The world that google is building is not a place I, or you or our children want to live in.” In August, the chairman of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission said a breakup of the tech giants could be the right remedy. Chairman Joe Simons told Bloomberg he is leading a broad review of the technology sector to see whether companies, including Google and Facebook, are harming competition. “If you have to, you do it,” Simons said, according to Reuters. “It’s not ideal because it’s very messy. But if you have to you have to.” Reuters noted that Sen. Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts, a leading 2020 Democratic presidential hopeful, has vowed to break up Amazon, Google and Facebook, if elected, to promote competition.
www.wnd.com/2019/10/google-creating-god-like-artificial-intelligence/
:: 10-7-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Kimberley Strassel: 2020 Dems vowing to 'kill every coal job, every oil and gas job' with climate goals
By Sam Dorman | Fox News Fox News Flash Published September 7
2020 Democrats propose spending trillions on climate change plans
Democratic presidential candidates seize on climate change as key issue in primary fight, but will it help or hurt them in the general election? Wall Street Journal columnist Kimberley Strassel warned on Saturday that 2020 Democratic candidates' climate proposals could cause the loss of millions of jobs. "When you talk about banning fracking. When you talk about a carbon-free economy by 2030 or 2050, you are saying 'we are going to kill every coal job in the country, every oil and gas job, all of the shipping jobs that they do -- we're talking about millions of positions," Strassel said during the "The Journal Editorial Report." "That is not a vote-getter out at the polls," she said. Strassel speculated that progressives, upset with the Democratic establishment after the 2016 election, were flexing their muscles with their highly ambitious proposals and sought to have one of their candidates get the party's nomination in 2020. "The problem here ... is that this was one of the reasons they did lose last time," she said. "Remember, [former Democratic presidential nominee] Hillary Clinton still says one of the bigger mistakes she made was promising to put a lot of coal workers out of a job."
BERNIE SANDERS INDICATES CLIMATE PLAN WILL REQUIRE NATIONALIZATION OF US ENERGY PRODUCTION
Strassel's comments came days after a CNN town hall in which Democratic presidential hopefuls offered their visions for addressing climate change. As Strassel noted, Democrats have pushed a variety of plans, including banning fracking and dramatically decarbonizing the economy. Many of those candidates have endorsed the "Green New Deal," which included a goal of reaching net-zero emissions by 2050. Candidates like Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., have portrayed climate change as an existential threat while touting the economic benefits of additional regulation. While it's difficult to forecast the impacts of these proposals, conservative groups have estimated they would inflict a heavy economic toll.
CONGRESSIONAL DEMS PROPOSE CARBON TAX BILL, CLAIM IT WOULD CUT EMISSIONS 100 PERCENT BY 2050 Sanders has proposed perhaps the most aggressive plan of the 2020 candidates -- indicating that he would nationalize most, if not all, of U.S. energy production. Apparently anticipating arguments like Strassel's, Sanders included a pledge to end unemployment by creating "20 million jobs needed to solve the climate crisis." CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP "These jobs will be good paying, union jobs with strong benefits and safety standards in steel and auto manufacturing, construction, energy efficiency retrofitting, coding and server farms, and renewable power plants," his plan claimed.
President Trump, who pulled out of the Climate Paris Agreement, has long cited the economic costs of additional environmental regulations. Before the CNN event, Trump accused Democrats of raising energy prices and hurting the poor with their big proposals.
Sam Dorman is a reporter with Fox News. You can follow him on Facebook here.
https://www.foxnews.com/media/kimberley-strassel-climate-dems-coal-oil-jobs
[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..
:: 10-7-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Now That UN Troops Have Emerged, Should Americans Be Concerned with FEMA's Massive Purchases of Hydrogen Cyanide?
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 7, 2019 - 13:59.
Back in previous Central American immigration invasion, I documented, over and over, the UN troop presence in our country with photos and eyewitness accounts. Very few people cared. The UN was still perceived as a "helpful, peaceful organization". Forget the fact that the UN stood around and observed 1 million Rwandans executed, many times right in front of them. The UN Peacekeepers, as they are ironically called have emerged from their hiding places (eg abandoned military bases) are positioned for immediate action in order to seize control of the United States government (see the Q-Alert, below. as well as the previous reports on the CSS) over the past 4 days). This week I am going to write about the intentions of the United Nations if they are successful in a coup to replace Donald Trump and Mike Pence. If and when the American people object, The UN has plans for these milions of American dissidents. They are already armed with lists, obtained by the Deep State-controlled NSA. It is a naughty and nice list. All Americans have a threat matrix score and everyone is categorized, as Steve Quayle so aptly describes as "Red list, Blue list, Green list"... This is a multipart series which will demonstrate, with irrefutable documentation what lies in America's future. Each article will present a means that the UN plans to rid America of anyone who is deemed to be uncooperattive. The UN has had the previous complicity of nearly every federal agency. Please note that the rank and file of these agencies are made up of good men and women. However, as one federal law enforcement agent told me, "we cannot trust anyone over a GS-15 (with the implication that these people were largely Obama-era communist appointees), we know where the domestic ISIS base camps are located, we know where the child sex trafficking factories are, but we are prevented from doing our jobs". In this series, I will publish one aspect of our codified intention to exterminate millions of "uncooperative Americans" along with the means to do so. In a few days, I will have you sleeping under the bed unless you have a case of terminal cognitive dissonance. Look at the following excerpt from EO 13603. Courtesy of former President Obama, it gives the government the authority to conduct two drafts. Most are familiar with the military draft. However, what has gone unnoticed is right for a rogue regime to enact a civilian labor conscription, Nazi-style, to do the government's labor. And historically, this labor is always done in FEMA camps.
PART VI — LABOR REQUIREMENTS-EO 13603
Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor.
(a) The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall:
(1) collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation's workforce needs for purposes of national defense;
(2) upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;
(3) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to:
(i) the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization;
(ii) the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and
(iii) such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor;
(4) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order:
(i) formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and
(ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs; and
(5) develop and implement an effective labor management relations policy to support the activities and programs under this order, with the cooperation of other agencies as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, including the National Labor Relations Board, the Federal Labor Relations Authority, the National Mediation Board, and the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.
(b) All agencies shall cooperate with the Secretary of Labor, upon request, for the purposes of this section, to the extent permitted by law.
This will be all-United Nations driven. So, I ask you, is it a big deal that we have UN troops on American soil? Once You Are In the Camp, Bad Things Will Happen Based upon the word of a trusted FBI informant, I published the fact that FEMA had previously imported Hydrogen Cyanide from Brazil beginning in 2011. Because FEMA feared discovery, they began to label the containers as anything but other than what they were. Many people chose to not believe the report. However, I have discovered OSHA documentation which completely validates the claim. Further, based upon my claim, two readers of The Common Sense Show sent me similar documents which validates the claim that FEMA is stockpiling deadly gas which has been used in warfare and to execute prisoners in Nazi concentration camps. FEMA does not engage in warfare against foreign countries, therefore, this gas could only have one purpose, to kill FEMA camps detainees! Here is the smoking gun document followed by a contextual background analysis blended with contemporary events. There can be no question that the Deep State is anticipating victor, through a coup, and this is reward for resistance against their illegitimate authority. A special thanks to Pam, Maria and Jim for sending this to me.
Getting Rid of Trouble-Makers Documentation Proving FEMA Has Imported Hydrogen Cyanide
________________________________________________________________
NON-FLAMMABLE GAS MIXTURE MSDS - 50024 EFFECTIVE DATE: FEBRUARY 16, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 5 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Prepared to U.S. OSHA, CMA, ANSI and Canadian WHMIS Standards 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION CHEMICAL NAME; CLASS: NON-FLAMMABLE GAS MIXTURE Containing the Following Component in a Nitrogen Balance Gas: Hydrogen Cyanide: 0.0001- 0.02% SYNONYMS: Not Applicable CHEMICAL FAMILY NAME: Not Applicable FORMULA: Not Applicable Document Number: 50024 Note: The Material Safety Data Sheet is for this gas mixture supplied in cylinders with 33 cubic feet (935 liters) or less gas capacity (DOT - 39 cylinders). This MSDS has been developed for various gas mixtures with the composition of components within the ranges listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients). Refer to the product label for information on the actual composition of the product. PRODUCT USE: Calibration of Monitoring and Research Equipment U.S. SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER'S NAME: CALGAZ ADDRESS: 821 Chesapeake Drive Cambridge, MD 21613 BUSINESS PHONE: 1-410-228-6400 (8 a.m. to 5 p.m. U.S. EST) General MSDS Information: 1-713-868-0440 Fax on Demand: 1-800-231-1366 EMERGENCY PHONE: Chemtrec: United States/Canada/Puerto Rico: 1-800-424-9300 [24-hours] Chemtrec International: 1-703-527-3887 [24-hours]
COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CHEMICAL NAME CAS # mole % EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR ACGIH-TLV OSHA NIOSH OTHER TWA STEL PEL STEL IDLH ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm
Hydrogen Cyanide 74-90-8 0.0001- 0.020%
NE 4.7 (ceiling) [skin] 10 (skin) 4.7 (skin) 50 NIOSH REL: STEL = 4.7 (skin) DFG MAKs: TWA = 11.9 (skin) PEAK = 5•MAK 30 min., average value Nitrogen 7727-37-9 Balance There are no specific exposure limits for Nitrogen. Nitrogen is a simple asphyxiant (SA). Oxygen levels should be maintained above 19.5%. NE = Not Established. See Section 16 for Definitions of Terms Used. NOTE (1): ALL WHMIS required information is included in appropriate sections based on the ANSI Z400.1-1998 format. This gas mixture has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the CPR and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR.
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: This gas mixture is a colorless gas which is odorless. Hydrogen Cyanide (a component of this gas mixture) is an extremely toxic gas; even brief over-exposures to relatively low doses may have significant health consequences. Acute low-level exposure can cause symptoms such as cyanosis, headache, dizziness, unsteadiness of gait, a feeling of suffocation and nausea. Additionally, releases of this gas mixture may produce oxygen-deficient atmospheres (especially in confined spaces or other poorly-ventilated environments); individuals in such atmospheres may be asphyxiated. SYMPTOMS OF OVER-EXPOSURE BY ROUTE OF EXPOSURE: The most significant route of over-exposure for this gas mixture is by inhalation, as well as eye and skin absorption. INHALATION: Due to the small size of an individual cylinder of this gas mixture, no unusual health effects from over-exposure to the product are anticipated under routine circumstances of use. The health hazards associated with this gas mixture are the potential for over-exposure to Hydrogen Cyanide (a component of this gas mixture) and oxygen displacement if this gas mixture is released in small, poorly-ventilated areas (i.e. enclosed or confined spaces). Hydrogen Cyanide is an extremely toxic gas. It is anticipated that, due to the low concentration (1-200 ppm) of Hydrogen Cyanide and the fact this gas mixture is quickly dissipated, employees will not be exposed to levels above those listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients). However, because Hydrogen Cyanide can produce significant health effects at relatively low levels, individuals using this gas mixture must be aware of the symptoms of over- exposure. Hydrogen Cyanide is a protoplasmic poison, combining in tissues with the enzymes associated with oxidation, thereby rendering oxygen unavailable to these tissues, and causing death by chemical asphyxiation. Exposure to low concentrations of this gas can cause headache, vertigo, irritation of the throat, difficulty breathing, reddening of eyes, salivation, nausea and vomiting. Chronic, low level exposure to Hydrogen Cyanide over long periods of time may lead to fatigue and weakness. Exposures to high concentrations of Hydrogen Cyanide gas produces symptoms including tachypnea (causing increased intake of cyanide), then dyspnea, weakness of arms and legs, paralysis, unconsciousness, convulsions and respiratory arrest. Exposure to 150 ppm for one-half to one hour may endanger life. In cases where the victim recovers, there is rarely any residual injury or disability. The action of Hydrogen Cyanide in cases of high concentration exposure is extremely rapid. Specific effects, based on the concentration of Hydrogen Cyanide, are presented below: CONCENTRATION OF HYDROGEN CYANIDE OBSERVED EFFECT 2-5 ppm Detectable odor threshold. 18-36 ppm Slight symptoms after several hours. 45-54 ppm Tolerated for 0.5-1 hour without immediate or delayed effects. 110-135 ppm Dangerous to life or fatal after 0.5-1 hour. 133 ppm Fatal after 30 minutes. 180 ppm Fatal after 10 minutes. 270 ppm Immediately fatal. NOTE: This gas mixture contains 1-200 ppm Hydrogen Cyanide. Data pertinent to higher concentrations of Hydrogen Cyanide are provided to give complete information on effects observed in humans after over-exposures have occurred. Additionally, under some circumstances, an oxygen-deficient environment may occur. Individuals breathing such an atmosphere may experience symptoms which include headaches, ringing in ears, dizziness, drowsiness, unconsciousness, nausea, vomiting, depression of all the senses and death. The Desperation of the Deep State The Deep State is in big trouble. Their proxies, the Democratic Socialists cannot win in 2020. Hillary Clinton is returning to run for the office of the President. She definitely cannot win. The Deep State has sought to gain total control of the United States through the Democratic Party. The Deep State movement are dead in the water. Yes, the Deep State, through Bush/Obama holdovers still control much of the State Department, the leadership (GS-15+) DHS and FEMA, but they are stymied in their attempts to expand their power, although this is not going dissuade them from trying. Now we have the previously embedded UN forces, housed on abandoned US military bases, have reared their their ugly heads and theyare operationalized for action.
From Steve Quayle's Q-Alerts: IMPORTANT UPDATE ON PRESIDENT TRUMP ACTIVATING THE MARINE CORP-AND THE THREATENED ARMED COUP AGAINST HIM!
Hello Steve
1 Yes the order indeed signed and activated
2 we are also close to martial law as well
In The event of martial law Trump will remain president for the duration of the martial law
3 internally Whitehouse is on lockdown
4 no matter if you like or dislike Trump and his behaviors he is still legally the president
People should be very concerned about the situation in Washington DC everyone is going loco. GREAT time for the remnant to earnestly pray 2ND) ALERT: URGENT FLASH MESSAGE JUST WENT OUT TO ALL UN TROOP LOCATIONS IN THE USA CHANGING STATUS FROM WAITING TO FULL ALERT AND READY TO MOVE WITHIN MINUTES 3RD) ALERT, OTHER PARTS OF OUR MILITARY NOW ON HIGH ALERT 4.) The messages for the UN TROOPS indicate Nation wide with detailed orders to follow at activation, I expect the US.military to be divided. This is based on the prior behaviors of the different people in the joint chief's.... SQ-I ASKED HIM IF DATA ,INDICATES BANK CLOSINGS THIS WEEK ,HE SAID NO-NOT AT THIS TIME 4.) ALERT-- They are desperately trying to avoid a financial crash at this time. Banks stable so far. Fed is now upping the money being pumped into the banks to 150 billion per night beginning tomorrow. Oct 6, 2019 On the other hand, with the insurrection from the left ramping up, it is becoming increasingly clear that Trump is likely going to have to resort to martial law in order to keep the country from falling into a civil war. Therefore, there is competition for the control over FEMA camps. A Deception Last year, in Carlsbad, CA., I witnessed a massive protest near the beach on Highway 1 against Trump's policy of separating children from their illegal alien parents. The local news station said that the protest was organized by Moveon.org. We all should know that means that George Soros is behind this deception. And we know from Soros' Calexit involvement, he is seeking to break apart the US. From a PR standpoint, I felt that Trump should have not separated children from their illegal alien parents because he gave his opponents ammunition. However, it is perfectly legal and expected. If I am pulled over and it is discovered that I have a simple user's amount of marijuana that the police officer discovers, do you think I am going to be separated from my children as I am arrested? When parents are arrested, they are automatically separated from their children. Why should illegal entry into the United States be any different? This is the rhetoric that is being used to polarize the country. Mad Max Waters and other liberals have taken to harassing and endangering government officials including White House Press Secretary, Sarah Sanders et al. Portland occupiers have taken over the ICE building in Portland where the mayor is helping the occupiers to facilitate the felonious take over. The mayor of Oakland is interfering in ICE activities. All across the country, the sides are being drawn and the country is headed for civil war. Trump has struck first. He has taken control of the FEMA camps as evidenced by the use of the Brownsville Walmart FEMA camp detention center to house illegal aliens. However, if Trump is defeated, or removed, or assassinated, the FEMA camps will revert to the control of the Deep State and this will produce America's darkest days. If this ever happens, this is likely what will follow. Three Step Process for Total Tyrannical Control of the Population of the United States When one examines the sum total of the meaning of various Executive Orders and administrative actions of FEMA and DHS, collectively, there emerges a clear picture of a three-step process to gain control of the population of the United States. The following has already been spelled out through Operation Cable Splicer, REX 84 and FM 39.4 Phase One Not everyone's fate is determined when a communist/fascist coup takes over the government of the United States and suspends the Constitution. However, for some people, there exists the non-negotiable future of termination without due process. Decades ago, this is what Steve Quayle called the "Red List". Under Operation Rex 84 and Operation Cable Splicer, etc., there is a 3 step process to subjugate the American people. Stage One of the plot is particularly heinous. FEMA likes to use the term "disrupters" who will be terminated with extreme prejudice. These people will be gathered up and taken to a remote location and executed. They most often will be taken from their homes between 3AM and 4AM, which is what the Gestapo did, so as to not arouse the attention of the community and to lessen the possibility of increasing resistance. Along these lines, when a communist/fascist coup overtakes the government, Operation Cable Splicer/Garden Plot/Rex 84, will be in effect and FEMA and DHS will be in control (DHS was actually created and molded after the East German Stasi). The extreme actions of unwarranted arrests and mass executions are designed to remove the majority of the leadership or any resistance to the coup. I have recounted before on the website of The Common Sense Show, the story of my long-term friend, a FEMA counter-bioterrorism expert, who said if the the powers that be cannot quell the rising tide of populism (please note this was said in the Pre-Trump days of 2012), that millions would be gassed. My FEMA friend bugged out to a secure location with like-minded people from FEMA because they saw the writing on the wall. Further, this paralleled the story of Rosebud, brought forth by the Hagmann's, basically recounted the same intentions to "gas" the people in times of resistance to the new authority. How will FEMA deal with these resisters? It just so happens that it is being reported in multiple publications that FEMA just purchased 2,500 gallons of hydrogen cyanide from a Brazilian chemical manufacturer, Askell Quimica. In light of Operation Cablesplicer et al, which is still on the books, the purchase of hydrogen cyanide can only mean one thing. The following Executive Order demonstrates that the globalists have been planning these actions against the American for a very long time. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations. DHS as been preparing for the resistance to the coming new authority for a long time. Under Operation Cable Splicer and Rex 84, all levels of government will be collapsed into one central authority and that centralized authority will be handed off to the global authority, presumably the United Nations or their proxy. Phase Two After the leadership of any potential resistance to the new authority is complete, Stage Two will be implemented. Stage Two will consist of the arrest of those not deemed to be in compliance with the new authority, as evidenced by belief systems or by overt actions. If you have wondered why the NSA finds is necessary to monitor every communication that you have, I just told you. There will be a two-tiered approach to the citizen roundups that will occur. First, as an aside, there has been much discussion about the need to promulgate a false flag attack(s). If one can get the population to view the new authority as a rescuer from certain death, then the resistance to the take over will be considerably lessened. However, there will be those that resist and they will be seized and sent to re-education camps. The public justification for the arrest will fall into two categories (1) criminal charges related to treason and sedition; and, (2) mental health conditions requiring long-term "inpatient" therapy. Back in 2008-9, I often reported on the importance of the DHS-created MIAC report. The MIAC report gives rise to the groups that are going to be sought out for "re-education". Those groups included, but are not limited to Christians, Ron Paul supporters (today that could be translated to Donald Trump supporters), supporters of the Constitution, Second Amendment supporters will be targeted in particular. This grainy video was leaded from a 2001 FEMA training session. The video clearly condemns the Founding Fathers as domestic terrorists. This second group will be terminated if it is deemed that they cannot be re-educated. I have previously asked many of my sources how will they execute the millions that cannot be re-educated? I was told that that guillotines are the most efficient, but if they cannot keep up with demand, hydrogen cyanide will do quite nicely. There are a couple of ancillary facts that I have previously reported on that bears discussion at this point. The first account comes from the late FBI special informant, Larry Grathwohl, who penetrated the Weatherman Underground of Bill Ayers. The Weathermen Underground Leader, Bill Ayers, told former FBI Agent and informant, and my late friend, Larry Grathwohl, that he believed that when the Communist takeover happened, he would have to incarcerate 50 million Americans into re-education camps and exterminate 25 million of them. Larry was an FBI special informant who had penetrated the Underground and became a member in order to take down the organization by getting Bill Ayers and his wife Bernadine Dorne arrested. This is the part that I would play the video of Larry recounting what Ayers told him about future FEMA camps, but Youtube recently took down the video because it "violates Youtube's policy on hate speech". This purchase (hydrogen cyanide) marks the third time in twelve months FEMA will have used foreign distributors to procure lethal items that could be used to maim or kill law-abiding Americans. In January, FEMA received a shipment of five hundred Chinese-made “smart guillotines,” and in March, they secretly ordered thousands of guillotine blades from a Mexican metal factory in Juarez. Stage Three Stage Three is ironic. It consists of the arrest of all collaborators and infiltrators who along with “economic disrupters” who will have their money confiscated, for it is estimated that half of the wealth in the USA is in their hands. In effect, this is where the transfer of wealth will take place. Along these lines, Operation Cable Splicer and Garden Plot, which are the two sub programs which will be implemented once the Rex 84 program is initiated for its proper purpose, will kick in and the monied class will arrested and many will be terminated. FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation. This should give serious pause for Wall Street to keep supporting the Deep State as they are targeted for brown shirt treatment. Conclusion We used to talk about FEMA camps as something that could be coming our way. FEMA camps are no on our doorstep and the only thing standing between FEMA camps and us, is Donald Trump. Please mark this down, many of the people, on the inside, that I speak with who are convinced that REX 84 will be immediately implemented if Trump is ever taken from office. The Deep State will do anything and everything to stop the spirit of populism. If you think that America will repeat the heinous crimes of Nazi Germany, they will, if the Deep State is allowed to prevail. FEMA is a rogue organization and the fact that they have ordered hydrogen cyanide should be a major concern to all. Oh, you don't think that they would do this? then ask yourself why would anyone call the Founding Fathers terrorists? Why would DHS have already 600 billion rounds of hollow point ammunition to go with their 2500 assault vehicles? Are they being sent to Afghanistan or are they going to be turned loose on the American people in support of the UN's intention to enact a regime change?
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 10-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The 'Impeachment Coup' Is An Attack On YOU By Democrats Attempting To Overthrow America And The Results Of The 2016 Election Without Firing A Single Shot
- 'This could start a process of unraveling so great, America may break up into multiple countries'
October 7, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
While the Washington Post, the Independent, NY Mag and several other leftist news rags have recently put out stories condemning President Trump's use of the phrase 'coup' to describe the desperate Democrat power grab that we're still watching unfolding in America, as Tom Fitton and Judicial Watch reported in this September 17th story, newly released documents essentially confirmed a sinister government bureaucracy plot to try to remove President Trump via the use of the 25th Amendment. Attempting to have Trump labeled insane to remove him swiftly from the office he was voted into by the American people and thus successfully overthrowing the results of the 2016 election without a single shot being fired, while we're thankful that effort was not successful, there is no doubt we've been witnessing attack after attack upon our 45th President ever since he was voted into office. As this new story over at the AP reports, a 2nd Trump whistleblower has come forward and spoken with the inspector general about alleged Trump wrongdoings, making it even more bluntly obvious to anyone paying attention to the events of the past 3 years that anti-American, pro-globalist political forces in America have been conducting a 3rd world nation worthy coup d'etat upon the United States with the Democrats push for impeachment nothing less than them attempting to nullify YOUR vote that put President Trump into office. So with the demonrat/deep state coup upon President Trump nothing less than a very real attack upon America by leftists who think they know what's best for this country prior to the revelations of mass deep state/democrat crimes, and a blunt attack upon 'We the American People' who voted for President Trump despite the msm's labeling of him as a racist, sexist and all the other horrible things they've said about him, we'll be taking a look within the rest of this story at more evidence Patriotic Americans are preparing to defend their President. We'll also take a look in the next section below at the great evil long pushing to have President Trump removed from office, with leftists 'Trump derangement syndrome' potentially even eventually resulting in a 'deep state' attempted assassination of POTUS and an uptick in engineered terrorism across America as Mike Adams of Natural News reported in this October 1st story. So please join us in prayer for God's protection of President Trump and America in the days ahead with some warning that impeachment could start a process of unraveling so great, America might even split into several different countries. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) This must-read new story over at Zero Hedge titled "The Construed Coup – Anti-American pro Globalists stage Coup d’état in USA - Pedoparty – Global Illuminati Conspiracy stages Coup d’état in United States of America" gives us a close look at those who have launched this attempted coup upon America, blaming 'the coup' upon 'the pedoparty'. The following excerpt comes to us from this Zero Hedge story.: Pedoparty If you want a symbol of the Demoratic party look no further than Jeff Pedostein. NOT ONLY did he provide the initial funding for the Clinton Foundation, the whole thing was his idea, according to Wikipedia: Jeffrey Epstein is also said, according to his lawyers, to have taken part in the conception of CGI (Clinton Global Initiative.) And more details from Politico: Epstein, a well-connected Manhattan money manager and philanthropist, was once a regular at Mar-a-Lago and an active supporter of the Clinton Foundation—repeatedly lending his 727 jet to Clinton for trips overseas. Dershowitz defended Epstein amid an investigation into his involvement with underage girls more than a decade ago, and it was Acosta—then the U.S. attorney overseeing south Florida—who allowed Epstein’s case to be resolved in state court in 2008. Folks is this a conspiracy or can we call the Democratic party the PedoParty? This guy is sick but the facts in the case explain a lot, especially about the Clinton’s (Spirit cooking?? WTF) To be fair, there are plenty of Republicans with strange proclivities as well – as there are in the Catholic Church but that’s not the point. The point is that Bill Clinton and his friend Jeff were major participants in global enterprise whereby one was not sure where the Clinton Foundation ended and Jeff Pedostein’s blackmail operation began. Did the two organizations work closely together? Did Clinton Foundation reps get children for Jeff and did Jeff provide political blackmail to the Clinton’s? It’s very likely, as the evidence would suggest. So is the 'impeachment coup attempt' of President Trump being carried out by the 'pedoparty' as the Zero Hedge story suggests? As William B. Stoecker had reported in this October 5th ANP story, the 'conspiracy' to take down America began long before President Trump was voted into office, engineered and conducted via one false flag event and mysterious death after another stretching back decades and as Mr. Stoecker had detailed in great depth within this story, the 'patterns of evil' that surround us are everywhere. Stoecker pointed out some of the mysterious deaths that have surrounded Bill and Hillary Clinton for over 2 decades, appropriately nicknamed the 'Clinton Body Count', and with 'Pedostein's' deep ties to 'Bill and Hill' well documented and a long-running pattern of secrecy surrounding just how many times Bill flew on the Lolita Express and the Clinton's very close ties to others such as Harvey Weinstein, the NXIVM Sex Cult, ultra-rich Democrat donor Ed Buck and Anthony Weiner, what if this Zero Hedge story is right? Part of the conclusion to their story.: The fact is that a group of political enemies has construed meaning that didn’t previously exist, but one that aligns with their political agenda: Impeach Trump. Run over dead bodies do what it takes but he must be out! The technicalities of what they are doing are important here, especially if they are successful. It’s not likely they can succeed but with corrupt judges and Demorats on the take in every sector, it seems that nothing can surprise us next, not even Alien Invasion. There have been many good articles on the “Fake Impeachment” and one positive takeaway it’s creating an intense intellectual dialogue that’s never before existed in USA. In this author’s opinion, the Elite simply have not evolved well. Technology caught up with them and the stupid dirty tricks that worked 20 years ago don’t work today. People all carry recording devices and HD cameras in their pocket. Outright lies and bombastic untrue statements can easily be fact checked (like Adam Shifty’s parody of the Trump call). If we look at the Democrats, who is a real leader that can come forward, like a Trump – someone like Tony Robbins. Where is Tony Robbins? If the Democrats are going to survive as a party, they need to dump the Pedophiles and get some real leaders. There are plenty of well seasoned Americans, ex CEOs in retirement who are perfect for the job. The question many are asking is – Why can’t they find anyone who wants to run? Isn’t Noam Chomsky a Democrat? For that matter, the Republicans have had a similar issue and that’s why Trump is in office and not “Pompous” Romney or another Bush like Jeb. However, given the wide scope of the Pedophelia, corruption, disregard for law, abuse of office power, and just a long list of illegal acts and abuses while in office, most Democrats need to find replacements if the party is to continue. But here’s the scary part. It’s very unlikely Trump can be impeached based on lies and political mumbo jumbo. But what if he is? It would start a process of unraveling so great, USA may break up into multiple countries (and you know where the borderlines are drawn!). According to this October 1st story by Mike Adams at Natural News titled "The hierarchy of deep state escalation that will end in the attempted assassination of President Trump and engineered terrorism across America", the 'deep state' is now at war with America and the CIA's attempted coup of our nation using the CIA's 'puppet journalists' pushing Democrat talking points is nothing less than an all-out attack upon America. Warning that this 'soft coup' is just the beginning of what Democrats have planned as they seek to take America in a totally different direction with their buzz word 'socialism' just like putting makeup on a Communist pig, is America ready for forced obedience to government, famine and mass starvation, qualities that 'socialism/communism' nearly always bring? As Adams also argues, Democrats have become terrorists, rather seeing America burned to the ground than President Trump win in 2020. From that story.: The deep state is at war with America. The CIA is running an attempted coup, and all the CIA’s puppet “journalists” (actually nothing more than CIA-run media hacks) are all-in. The Democrats are betting everything that they can remove Trump from office and somehow avoid a popular uprising that would likely see millions of armed citizens taking action to defend this republic against the lawless deep state and its authoritarian rule. You are witnessing the final chapter. The Democrats, CIA and media hacks are throwing everything at Trump in a last-ditch effort to remove him from office before the 2020 election, which the Dems know they cannot win (because Democrat ideas suck, and they have no ideas other than communism and handing out free stuff to everyone). Just today, lunatic Democrat congresswoman Maxine Waters called for President Trump to be “imprisoned and placed in solitary confinement,” probably so the deep state can pull a Jeffrey Epstein on him, where magically all the security cameras simultaneously malfunction while the prisoner is executed. This face off ends with just one party left standing. The Democrats cannot survive this if they do not decisively take out Trump, because in escalating this brazen, fabricated assault on our president, Democrats have demonstrated to all Americans that they don’t care about any real issues Americans are facing such as health care costs, the collapse of liberal cities and the growing power and corruption of the pharmaceutical industrial complex. Instead, Democrats are willing to watch America burn and collapse as long as they think they might be able to get Trump in the process. Democrats have become terrorists, criminals and lunatics, and they have reached the point of insanity where they quite literally want to see this country burned to the ground rather than witness Trump win a second term. Understand that this current “soft coup” against President Trump is just the beginning of what they have planned. If this soft coup fails, they have a plan of escalation that will ultimately reach the point where deep state criminals like John Brennan and Barack Obama attempt to carry out plans that include the assassination of President Trump. But that’s not even where this ends. If that fails, they have more moves in store for America, and all these attempts will result in the loss of innocent life. Bluntly stated, if Trump doesn’t order the arrest and prosecution of all these deep state traitors and CIA operatives — across Congress, the fake news media fiction factories and even the judiciary — they will unleash deadly terror and lawlessness across America in a desperate effort to reclaim authoritarian rule (while, of course, ordering the executions of all Trump loyalists). With Demonrat Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib now pushing for the arrests of Trump officials who don't comply with Democrat Congress demands also showing their push for totalitarianism in America while this very real coup attempt upon President Trump is now proven to have deep ties to Bill and Hillary Clinton and the 'gay/pedophile mafia', American's better be prepared for anything ahead with US Marine Reserves activating to support civil authorities in America as we had reported in this October 5th ANP story titled "It Could Happen Here! The Timing Of Everything Suggests America Is Approaching A National Nightmare In 2020". And while we won't be holding our breaths waiting for the 'unraveling' of America should this impeachment coup launched by Democrats be successful, as this Wall Street Journal had reported all the way back in 2008, one Russian professor has long been predicting the complete dismantling of America with Igor Panarin forecasting America would have disintegrated by the year 2010, triggered largely by Civil War. Might Panarin's forecast have just been 10 years off? Remember the forecast for 2025 America which is being made by Deagel!
http://allnewspipeline.com/2nd_Amendment_Repel_Coup_America_Needs_Truth.php
:: 10-6-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Get Ready For 'It' To Hit The Fan - TimeLine of Events Show Why The 'Deep State,' Media & Democrats Are Melting Down Publicly
October 7, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine
Many times we at ANP have warned that if we thought liberals went crazy after the election of President Trump, then became downright unhinged during the confirmation hearing for Brett Kavanaugh to the Supreme Court, just to go into a freefall of depression when special counsel Robert Mueller could not establish any "collusion" with Russia on the part of the Trump campaign of 2016, we have seen nothing that will compare to the outright insanity we will observe by crazed liberals should President Trump win reelection. While that prospect is yet more than a year away, watching the events over the past months, when we step back and look at the entirety and timing of said events, a picture emerges that tells us we may see that insanity long before the 2020 elections even get here. By now someone would have to have been living under a rock to be unaware that House Democrats are pursuing an "impeachment inquiry," meaning an investigation into whether they think they can vote on articles of impeachment. It is also common knowledge that the Senate, controlled by Republicans, would have to have two-thirds agree and convict in order to remove President Trump and they do not have those numbers. In other words, this is all for show, a calculated decision in an attempt to continue keeping a cloud over President Trump's head because they fear he will indeed be reelected in 2020. Why now, over a year before the actual presidential election? Well, it all comes down to timing, and events that are beyond their control has them in panic mode. Specifically, the upcoming DOJ Inspector General report on possible FISA abuses, which word has it will be released within the next two weeks, with some saying it could drop as early as this Friday, and the Barr/Durham investigation into the origins of the Russia probe. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) TIMELINE OF EVENTS WHICH HAVE THE MEDIA AND DEMOCRATS PANICKING The timeline below is all public knowledge, and links are provided to each event as it happened, which show that after the Mueller investigation ended, and the investigation into the investigators began, Democrats, the establishment media (I know, same thing!), and former intelligence officials from the Obama era, along with "deep state" holdovers, all realized that the truth, which they all knew but denied, was going to become public. Those deep state holdovers were described recently by Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Trump, in an interview with Breitbart: The deep state is a collection of permanent bureaucrats enmeshed inside the federal government who can’t be fired or removed — at least historically, have not been able to be — because of misguided civil service laws. They believe they know better than you, and your listeners, and the voters how the country ought to be run. At this moment in time, the deep state has a knife aimed at the heart of American democracy, and that’s what you’re seeing playing across your TV screens and newspapers pages and online, with these so-called whistleblowers, who are, of course, in fact, angry hate-filled rage-driven bureaucrats determined to take down the President of the United States and illicitly and improperly using the Whistleblower Protection Act in order to effectuate their designs. I use Miller's description as it clearly explains why many of the former intelligence community members have been fired, but others have not been cleaned out yet. Firing a career employee can sometimes take over two years, even those convicted of a felony, as reported over at The Federalist.
The timeline below show what has them all so scared that House Democrats are willing to commit political suicide to distract from what is coming. On April 10, 2019: Attorney William "Bill" Barr informed Congress that he would be reviewing the origins of the Russia investigation, and the "spying" that was conducted against the Trump campaign, resulting in the appointment of a special counsel, Robert Mueller, which lasted nearly two years and cost American taxpayers tens of millions of dollars.
TIMELINE OF EVENTS WHICH HAVE THE MEDIA AND DEMOCRATS PANICKING
The timeline below is all public knowledge, and links are provided to each event as it happened, which show that after the Mueller investigation ended, and the investigation into the investigators began, Democrats, the establishment media (I know, same thing!), and former intelligence officials from the Obama era, along with "deep state" holdovers, all realized that the truth, which they all knew but denied, was going to become public. Those deep state holdovers were described recently by Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Trump, in an interview with Breitbart: etc
On April 10, 2019: Attorney William "Bill" Barr informed Congress that he would be reviewing the origins of the Russia investigation, and the "spying" that was conducted against the Trump campaign, resulting in the appointment of a special counsel, Robert Mueller, which lasted nearly two years and cost American taxpayers tens of millions of dollars.
Late May 2019: Democrat politicians, with the help of the liberal media, were already attempting to discredit the investigation into the original investigators, calling it a "cover-up," and accusing Trump of "weaponizing" the DOJ.
June 10, 2019: Assistant Attorney General Stephen Boyd, responded to a request for an update by Democrat Chairman of the House Judiciary Committee, informing him that it had been "well established" that the "U.S. government and others," undertook intelligence gathering and investigative steps aimed at persons associated with the Trump campaign. In that same letter, embedded below, Congress was informed that the "review" was "broad in scope and multifaceted, and is intended to illuminate open questions regarding the activities of U.S. and foreign intelligence services......"
DOJ Letter Durham Review Ju... by Washington Examiner on Scribd
June 12, 2019: U.S. Attorney John Durham, who was tapped by AG Barr to head the investigation, reportedly began setting up interviews with certain CIA agents.
July 12, 2019: The deep state holdovers started getting nervous about the scope of the Barr/Durham investigation, described by Natasha Bertrand over at the left-leaning Politico, who appears to be sympathetic to the "deep state" officials, peppering her piece with claims that the Durham investigation "has alarmed some in the national security community," and "has unnerved intelligence veterans across the political spectrum."
August 2019: President Trump spoke to the newly elected Ukrainian President and asked for a favor, which was to cooperate with the Barr/Durham investigation into the origins, directly referencing Crowdstrike, and "the server." Crowdstrike was the anti-Russian third party group that determined that Russia had hacked the DNC servers, the only "evidence" that Russia was behind the "hack," and the only evidence that U.S. intelligence agencies used to make their own determination that Russia was behind it. etc.
August 28, 2019: Adam Schiff tweeted out "Trump is withholding vital military aid to Ukraine, while his personal lawyer seeks help from the Ukraine government to investigate his political opponent. It doesn’t take a stable genius to see the magnitude of this conflict. Or how destructive it is to our national security.
September 14, 2019: The DOJ IG informs Congress the FISA abuse investigation is complete and that the factual findings were given to AG Barr for purposes of classification, before the IG finalizes and releases the final report.
September 24, 2019: Nancy Pelosi announces "impeachment inquiry" over the Ukraine call.
Related: IG could not explain 18-day window between Ukraine call and whistleblower complaint
BOTTOM LINE - THE PICTURE THAT EMERGES FROM THE TIMELINE
With the CIA already concerned over the direction the Barr/Durham investigation was heading, a CIA analyst that was embedded in the White House, but has since gone back to the CIA, contacted Democrat congressman Adam Schiff to leak the details of what he had been told the Ukraine call consisted of, claiming the "favor" Trump asked of the Ukrainian President was information on Joe Biden and his son's dealings in Ukraine while Biden was VP. As seen from the transcript screenshot above, the "favor" was about the investigation, and the Biden's were not mentioned until later in the call. Barr and Durham have also accepted help from Australian, Italian and the UK's intelligence agencies in their investigation into the origins of the Russia probe, all of which are believed to have been involved in helping the Obama administration spy on President Trump's campaign back in 2016. Schiff or his staff are the ones that sent the leaker, to the Intel IG as a "whistelblower," encouraging them to file a complaint, which Schiff has now admitted to. Knowing that the IG report, which is expected to detail any wrong-doing on the part of U.S. intelligence agencies in obtaining a FISA warrant to spy on the Trump campaign in 2016 is expected to drop within the next two weeks, along with the details showing that Barr and Durham are already at a point in their own investigation into potential illegal activities in order to create the entire Russia investigation, where they are already talking with foreign intelligence agencies regarding the part they played, has quite literally sent Democrat politicians and the establishment media into panic mode. If Congressman John Ratcliffe is correct in the interview shown below, when he says "we will get a definitive answer from the inspector general when this report gets issued in the next week or two," then the rush and howls from the left on "impeachment" could be considered a direct result of their fear over what America is going to find out. His key quote toward the end of the interview: But the other point that you have been talking about, Maria, and are going to talk about, I mean, why is it OK for the Obama administration to send people to -- FBI agents to Rome and to coordinate with Australia and Great Britain about foreign interference in our election, but when the Trump administration and Department of Justice and Bill Barr go to the exact same places to determine the exact same type of things, foreign interference in our election, it's all of a sudden political, and that we shouldn't be doing it? And I will tell you what I think the answer is, because I think there are a lot of folks that are worried about finding out who really interfered more or tried to interfere more in the 2016 election, the Russians or the Obama administration. The entire transcript can be seen at Real Clear Politics. Hold on to your hats folks, because "it" is about to hit the fan. Once the IG report is issued, Democrats and the media that have already been acting nuts are going to completely lose their minds when the truth can no longer be hidden from the American people.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Get_Ready_For_It_to_Hit_The_Fan.php
:: 10-5-19 Flag & Cross :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
President Trump Calls for the Impeachment of Republican Utah Senator Mitt Romney
Is Trump right on this one??
John Salvatore Published 6 days ago on October 5, 2019 By John Salvatore
It’s too bad that President Trump is constantly going to war with members of his own party.
But what is he supposed to do when sitting GOP members of Congress call him out for ridiculous reasons? It’s not as if he can get the press to sic Mitt Romney. That’s not going to happen. As hard as liberals fought against the now-Utah Senator during the 2012 election, they will gladly back him today in his fight against POTUS. Barack Obama never had this problem with his party. Is it because conservatives have minds of their own? From The Hill: President Trump called for Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah) to be impeached Saturday and argued that Republican voters in the state made a “mistake” nominating Romney for the Senate. In a pair of tweets, the president argued that the Utah Republican should be removed from office and that former Sen. Jeff Flake (R-Ariz.), another frequent Trump critic, was “better” than Romney. I’m hearing that the Great People of Utah are considering their vote for their Pompous Senator, Mitt Romney, to be a big mistake. I agree! He is a fool who is playing right into the hands of the Do Nothing Democrats! #IMPEACHMITTROMNEY Mitt doesn’t know if he’ll support the duly-elected Republican president of the United States in 2020. Trump isn’t likely to lose any sleep, but still. Come on, dude. From Fox News: Utah Sen. Mitt Romney said Friday he may decline to support Donald Trump for president in 2020, explaining, “I wouldn’t be surprised if I stay out of the endorsements.” The 2012 Republican presidential nominee, who has not shied away from criticizing Trump, told reporters at his annual E2 Summit in the Utah ski-resort town of Park City that he doesn’t thing endorsements really matter anyway. Mitt noted, “I don’t think endorsements are worth a thimble of spit.” Back in January, Kentucky Senator Rand Paul (R), who was one of Trump’s targets during the 2016 election, came to his defense in a major way. In short, Rand told Mitt to knock it off! Senator Rand Paul @RandPaul
Like other Big Government Republicans who never liked Reagan, Mitt Romney wants to signal how virtuous he is in comparison to the President. Well, I’m most concerned and pleased with the actual conservative reform agenda @realDonaldTrump has achieved.
https://www.cnbc.com/2015/10/05/when-did-republicans-become-obsessed-with-reagan.html …
[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come. At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc
:: 10-7-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Monday, 7 October 2019
One to watch! Explosive development from tropical storm to Super Typhoon in less than 24 hours: Super Typhoon Hagibis is eying Japan
Credit Alert Map RSOE
It was a mere tropical storm less than 24 hours ago but it has now exploded into Super Typhoon Hagibis with sustained winds of almost 200 km/h, with gusts up to 232 km/h and it is strengthening with wind gusts expected to reach an incredible 306 km/h by tomorrow, the 8th of October. According to Weather news, Hagibis's projected path will threaten Japan next weekend. After passing the Northern Marianas, Hagibis is expected to intensify by mid- to late week over the Philippine Sea. Super typhoons are tropical cyclones in the Western Pacific Ocean with winds of at least 150 mph, equivalent to at least a higher-end Category 4 hurricane. They're most common in a zone of the Western Pacific Ocean between Guam, the Philippines, Taiwan and Japan known as "Typhoon Alley." Later in the week ahead, Hagibis should turn northwest, then northward. As is typically the case, the timing and sharpness of that curl will be key in determining where the most serious impacts will be. It's too soon to determine which parts of Japan may be impacted next weekend, but areas from the Ryukyu Islands, including Okinawa, to the main islands of Japan, should monitor the forecast closely. We also can't rule out at least peripheral impacts in northern Taiwan, eastern China or South Korea from Hagibis. The Western Pacific Ocean is the most active basin for tropical cyclones on Earth. Hagibis is the 19th named storm of the year in the Western Pacific Ocean, according to Digital Typhoon. From 1981-2010, an average of 26 Western Pacific named storms formed each year, 17 of which became typhoons – more than double the average of Atlantic Basin named storms (12) and hurricanes (6). Since these Western Pacific systems can form any time of year, there really is no season. Hurricanes and cyclones Front Page
Posted by Gary Walton at 11:38 am
http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/10/one-to-watch-explosive-development-from.html
:: 10-7-19 The Patriot Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
McConnell Turning Tables on Democrat Impeachers
"The way that impeachment stops is with a Senate majority with me as majority leader."
Political Editors · Oct. 7, 2019
“In point of fact, the House has no impeachment inquiry; congressional Democrats have an impeachment political campaign,” argues National Review’s Andrew McCarthy. And so long as impeachment remains nothing more than the Democrats’ second attempt at a coup — a narrative meant solely to boost their election prospects in 2020 — it will plainly be political theater at its cheapest and most craven. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell sees it for what it is, and the upper chamber of Congress, which will try President Donald Trump if and when the House ever gets around to impeaching him, will prove to be the sane chamber. In a campaign video, McConnell says that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is “in the clutches of a left-wing mob that finally convinced her to impeach the president.” However, he adds. “The way that impeachment stops is with a Senate majority with me as majority leader.” McConnell must firmly believe that there is not enough evidence to oust Trump or he wouldn’t assert this far in advance that the Senate will kill the effort. He’s also clearly hanging this political charade around Democrat necks. On a final note, Democrats have, for effect, compared the proposed Trump impeachment with that of Richard Nixon — but there is a BIG difference and it betrays a remarkable double standard. Nixon was rightly impeached and resigned because he attempted to conceal the fact that operatives within his administration used FBI and CIA personnel to uncover what they believed were communist influencers in the Democrat Party. That was exposed with the botched attempt to steal DNC files from its office in the Watergate building — though, notably, Nixon was not orchestrating these tactics. However, in the case of both the 2016 Russia-collusion hoax and the current Ukraine quid-pro-quo hoax, Democrats are the ones using deep-state operatives within the FBI and CIA to frame a sitting president to obstruct his agenda across the board. Don’t wait on The Washington Post to devote six months of headlines to the Democrat deep-state conspiracy.
https://patriotpost.us/articles/65942-mcconnell-turning-tables-on-democrat-impeachers-2019-10-07
:: 10-7-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Time to Stand and Fight Back
Terry Paulson Posted: Oct 07, 2019 12:01 AM
This dirt-digging, impeachment inquiry searching for any allegation to justify their coup d'état of a duly elected president has turned up the heat in an already divided Washington. It's also making those who elected and support President Trump fighting mad. When former Immigration and Customs Enforcement acting director Thomas Homan recently testified to a House committee, he said what has been building among many previously polite conservatives. After watching those testifying against border wall funding being given extra time to make their point, Holman wanted his time to counter their statements. When Democratic Congresswoman Pamila Jayapal tried to cut off his comments for exceeding his allotted time, Holman continued anyway, "Children are dying, cartels are getting rich. Why am I angry? Because you haven't done anything to fix it-nothing. There is no downside in securing our borders. There is no downside in illegal immigration being decreased. There is no downside in less drugs in this country." When Jayapal tried to stop him again, "The time of the gentleman has expired," Holman continued his protest, "I've asked you politely to go beyond my time. You let other people go beyond their time. You work for me, I'm a taxpayer. I'm a taxpayer and you work for me." Later on Fox News, Holman expanded his position to a rallying cry: "I'm not going to let them sit there and tell lies about my President, tell lies about the men and women at the border with ICE. It was lie after lie. It's my responsibility to set the record straight because they are out-and-out lies. They are not going to shut me down and not let me respond. No, I am not going to shut up. You lied. I'm under oath. You should be under oath. Just because you have a gavel doesn't make you queen for the day. It doesn't allow you to lie to the American people." Silent no more! Like many who voted for Trump, we're tired of the mainstream media parroting democratic talking points and fake news on social media being peddled as truth. We're tired of being told our conservative views offend them as they demand safe spaces on their college campuses. Every day, they blatantly offend all who voted for President Trump. We're not dumb or bigots. We're not racist or fascists. We're patriotic Americans who work hard, support our communities, give time and money to charities, and vote for politicians committed to keeping America America. We're polite. We prefer dialogue over attacks, but we're tired of turning the other cheek while watching our elected President trashed, lied about, and trying to be impeached without evidence. The Democrats have started what Rush Limbaugh has called a "cold civil war," and it's time to take a stand and fight back. As one voter said, "I would walk through broken glass to vote for Trump next November!" The silent majority is motivated. As with Wendy's old ad, "Where's the beef?" When faced with the actual transcript of President Trump's conversation with the Ukrainian President, Representative, Adam Schiff was left with having to make up a parody of what he hoped Trump actually meant. They called an impeachment party and forgot to bring any evidence worthy of consideration. Now, they're left with frantically searching for anything to justify their miscalculation. In fact, by taking a shot at Trump, they ended up hitting Biden. Trump defenders are fueling outrage at Vice President Joe Biden who publicly bragged about threatening to withhold funds from Ukraine if they did not fire the prosecutor, the prosecutor potentially looking into Hunter Biden? Where is their public investigation into "Quid Pro Joe" and the Democratic Senators who threatened to withhold funds unless Ukraine continued to help in the Russian collusion case against Trump? Where is the investigation into Rep. Schiff discussing a fake offer to provide non-existent compromising nude pictures of Trump? Why do we like Trump? He doesn't take any of the Democrat lies sitting down. He fights for what he believes he was elected to do. He's making a difference instead of cowering in the face of their continuous assaults and three years of calling for his impeachment. It's time to do everything we can to defeat every Democrat who votes to impeach. The gloves are coming off. Get every one of them out of Washington the old-fashioned way-by beating them at the ballot box. It's time we fight back as Trump is fighting back-with a passion and commitment to keep America great. Thank you for attempting to impeach our president; you've provided all the motivation we need to re-elect Trump and sweep Democrats out of House control.
https://townhall.com/columnists/terrypaulson/2019/10/07/time-to-stand-and-fight-back-n2554195
:: 10-2-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel Update
By Hal Lindsey
On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority. After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/
:: 10-7-19 SFist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
PG&E Issues Power Shutoff Warning For Most Of Northern California Except SF
7 October 2019 SF News Jay Barmann
As warm winds and crispy dry conditions continue to create wildfire dangers this week, PG&E has issued an unprecedented warning covering much of Northern California — just not San Francisco or Marin counties. The latest announcement, made Monday morning, covers 28 California counties in total, and it refers to a "severe wind event" heading for the state on Wednesday and Thursday of this week. Seven out of nine Bay Area counties could be affected, as well as much of the northern central valley, the Sierra, and as far south as Santa Barbara County. Specifics about times of possible shutoffs and the number of customers potentially affected have not been announced and appear as "TBD." "The main period of weather risk is early Wednesday morning through Thursday midday," says PG&E in a release. "The dry, windy weather pattern is expected to reach from the northern portions of PG&E's service territory and down through the Sacramento Valley before spreading into the central areas of the state including most of the Bay Area." The shutoff alert area includes parts of Alameda, Alpine, Amador, Butte, Calaveras, Colusa, Contra Costa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lake, Mariposa, Mendocino, Napa, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, San Joaquin, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Shasta, Sierra, Solano, Sonoma, Stanislaus, Tehama, Tuolumne, Yolo and Yuba counties. As the Chronicle notes, of the recent shutoff notices and actual power shutoffs by PG&E, this is far and away the largest and will potentially have the broadest impact on commerce and daily life across a huge swath of the state. PG&E says that if customers update their contact information here, they will receive a heads-up about shutoffs as they approach. And they're warning people to get their phones and extra phone batteries charged up, to make sure medications that require refrigeration are properly cared for and put in coolers, and to make sure all household flashlights work. This is basically an earthquake kit situation without the earthquake, and will potentially affect millions of Californians between Wednesday morning and Thursday afternoon.
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 10-7-19 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Top Dems joining PLO speakers at anti-Israel conference
Monday, October 7, 2019 Michael F. Haverluck (OneNewsNow.com
Key Democrats who have openly defended two anti-Semitic members of Congress are being taken to task for agreeing to appear at one of the largest annual gatherings of American Jews. Several key Democrats – including House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer – are slated to share the stage and speak alongside pro-Palestinian groups and anti-Semites at this month's annual "J Street National Conference." Included among the participants are the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) and Palestinian Authority (PA) President Mahmoud Abbas's advisor, Osama Qawasma. Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) and Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) will also share their pro-Palestinian foreign policies at the conference in Washington, DC, October 26–29. "Jayapal was one of 17 representatives to vote against a July resolution in the U.S. House of Representatives condemning the anti-Israel BDS movement, while Van Hollen was one of 23 senators in February to vote against the Strengthening America's Security in the Middle East Act, which, if enacted, would impose new sanctions on Syria, boost security cooperation with Israel and Jordan, and allow state and local governments the right to punish state or local contractors from engaging in boycotting Israel," Jewish News Syndicate (JNS) reported. Ironically, J Street describes itself as "the political home for pro-Israel, pro-peace Americans" and an advocate for a two-state solution to the conflict between Israel and "an independent, de-militarized state of Palestine with defined borders." An anti-Israel bash? Those top Democrats are joining recognized anti-Semitic groups and Palestinian activists who regularly condemn Israel for protecting itself from its hostile neighbors waging jihad against it from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. "Additionally, Jewish Democratic Council of America Executive Director Halie Soifer, IfNotNow Founder Emily Meyer and Bashar Azzeh, a member of the PLO Central Council, are listed as speakers," JNS added. "IfNotNow has been accused of anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism, [and] according to its mission, the organization seeks to 'end American Jewish support for the occupation,' which advocates say is 'is a system of violence and separation by which Israel denies Palestinians freedom and dignity by depriving them of civil, political and economic rights.'" IfNotNow has been lobbying leftists who are hoping to succeed President Donald Trump in the White House to take away Israel's God-given land and give it to the Palestinians. "The group has been approaching Democratic presidential candidates as representatives of the Jewish community and asking them about ending the so-called 'occupation' of Judea and Samaria – the word 'occupation' has been used by anti-Israel groups to try to delegitimize Israel," JNS informed. IfNotNow spokesperson Yohah Lieberman views all of Israel as being "occupied territory." "We understand the Occupation as the military rule over Palestinians [in Judea and Samaria, eastern Jerusalem and Gaza]," Lieberman told JNS. "We also know that the discrimination and displacement inside Israel's 1948 borders are connected to its rule in those Occupied Territories. This system of violence deprives all Palestinians of civil, political and economic rights." Dem speakers no friends of Israel In recent months, Democratic leaders in the nation's capital made their contempt for Israel known when they defended two pro-Palestinian House members who planned on raising opposition against Israel on its own soil. Pelosi slammed Israel's decision in August denying Muslim Congresswomen Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.) and Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) entry into its nation, saying it was "beneath the dignity of the great State of Israel," and she called President Trump's call for Israel to deny the women entry "a sign of ignorance and disrespect and beneath the dignity of the office of the president," as reported by The Associated Press and published by the Times of Israel (TOI). Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu defended the decision. "Israel is open to all critics and any criticism, with one exception: The law in Israel that prohibits entry to people calling and advocating for boycotting the country, just like in other democracies that bar entry to those who they believe will do harm to their nation," the PM explained, according to an August 15 tweet by Israeli reporter Gili Cohen. "Several days ago, we received their trip itinerary, which clarified that they planned a visit whose sole purpose was to support boycotts and deny Israel's legitimacy." Netanyahu stressed how both of the first-term Democratic lawmakers wouldn't even acknowledge the legitimacy of Israel's sovereignty or meet with elected officials. "For example, they called their destination 'Palestine' and not 'Israel,' and unlike all Democratic and Republican members of Congress in the past, they did not seek any meeting with any Israeli official – whether government or opposition," he added. But condemnation of Israel – also blasting it for keeping the anti-Semitic lawmakers out – came from Schumer, as well. "Denying entry to members of the United States Congress is a sign of weakness, not strength," Schumer tweeted August 15. "It will only hurt the U.S.-Israel relationship and support for Israel in America." PLO Executive Committee member Hanan Ashrawi – whose organization is represented at this month's conference – also condemned Israel for denying the pro-Palestinian lawmakers entry. "The Israeli decision to ban Congresswomen Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar from visiting Palestine is an outrageous act of hostility against the American people and their representatives," Ashrawi chided Israel in August in a statement, according to AFP. "This is a dangerous precedent that defies all diplomatic norms and an assault on the Palestinian people's right to engage with the rest of the world." But David Friedman, U.S. Ambassador to Israel, set the record straight about Israel's right to protect itself from declared enemies – just like any other nation does. "The Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions [BDS] movement against Israel is not free speech – rather, it is no less than economic warfare designed to delegitimize and ultimately destroy the Jewish State," Friedman argued in his August 15 tweet. "Israel properly has enacted laws to bar entry of BDS activists under the circumstances present here, and it has every right to protect its borders against those activists in the same manner as it would bar entrants with more conventional weapons." Israeli authorities subsequently granted Tlaib permission to enter Israel – on the condition of not inciting opposition against Israel – so she could visit her aging Palestinian grandmother. She rejected the offer.
[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.
:: 10-7-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Concentration Camp Survivors: China Using Forced Sterilization, Abortion for Genocide
By Frances Martel7 Oct 2019
Women who have survived China’s concentration camps for Muslim ethnic minorities reported widespread rape, forced abortions, forced sterilization, and other extreme sexual human rights atrocities in accounts published this weekend. Speaking to the Washington Post, the women echo the experiences of others who have escaped the estimated thousands of concentration camps built in Xinjiang, China’s largest and westernmost province, to house Uighur, Kazakh, and Kyrgyz ethnic people. While survivors tend to be Kazakh – they can use their dual citizenship to escape to neighboring Kazakhstan – the majority of the 1 to 3 million people trapped in the camps are believed to be Uighurs. Others who have survived have been able to use their marital status to citizens of Pakistan or other neighboring countries to place pressure on Beijing to release them. The nations themselves have not made any official statements condemning the Communist Party’s attempt to eradicate ethnic minorities in Xinjiang – sometimes actively praising it – but have quietly helped individuals with the influence to get their attention. Camp survivors have previously testified to extreme torture, killings, live organ harvesting, infanticide, and slavery in the camps. An Associated Press (AP) report published last year revealed that some clothes made in slave facilities in the concentration camps made its way to America. “Any woman or man under age 35 was raped and sexually abused,” Ruqiye Perhat, a student arrested in Xinjiang in 2009 for four years, told the Post. More recent survivors say that the camps had made rape more systematic than in regular prisons; guards would “put bags on the heads of the ones they wanted” and take the women out of their cells to be raped all night, returned for their fellow prisoners to see in the morning. One human rights activist told the Post they had documented at least seven cases of women being forced against their will to receive intrauterine devices as part of their entering the concentration camp, presumably to keep them from getting pregnant through rape. Those who were arrested while pregnant – often for “crimes” like downloading the messaging application WhatsApp – were forced into harrowing abortions. Gulzira Mogdyn told the Post that Chinese regime officials slashed her open without anesthesia and “cut my fetus out.” The Washington Post testimonies echo those of other survivors who have endured sexual human rights violations and the killing of their unborn children. Many have also stated that the Chinese officials violated their bodily integrity in other ways, such as conducting medical examinations to prepare them for organ harvesting. Mihrigul Tursun, a camp survivor, testified last year that Chinese authorities killed one of her infant triplets upon imprisoning her. The death occurred while the children were with Chinese authorities, forcibly taken for her. She told reporters she believes the child died of force-feeding. An unnamed Kazakh concentration camp survivor testified to forced birth control accompanying the systematic use of rape to torture women at the camps. “Young girls are taken out and raped all night long. If you keep resisting, they will inject you with something and kill you,” the woman told the Epoch Times. “There are usually 40 to 50 people in one small room, but five to 10 are regularly taken out and they just disappear—they never come back. People are being killed in tens all the time.” Speaking to Radio Free Asia (RFA) last month, Zumuret Dawut described her forced sterilization in a concentration camp. Dawut escaped because her husband, a Pakistani national, petitioned his government to intervene. “The family planning office gave me a letter and said: ‘Come back on the date stated in the letter and we will offer you a free operation to stop you from becoming pregnant,'” she told the outlet. “On hearing this my husband pleaded, ‘Does she have to undergo this procedure?’ … They said, ‘If you don’t comply it will effect your entry back into the country in the future, also your children’s schooling.’” “On the day of my operation, I was taken inside the operating room, all I remember was that I was given an infusion. When I opened my eyes … There was no medical staff, doctors or nurses It was a very cold day, and I was covered with only a thin bed sheet,” she noted. “No one was allowed to visit from outside. When I looked around I heard other women moaning from pain. Once the effect of the anaesthetic wore off, I felt a sharp pain in my lower abdominal.” Dawut added that, in the camp, she was forced to strip naked in front of multiple male officers and forced to take drugs that made her “[become] numb emotionally” and prevented her menstrual cycle from naturally taking place. She also underwent organ testing to see if doctors could harvest them for profit, she said. Human rights activists, journalists, and whistleblowers have testified for years to China’s policy of cutting open political prisoners to extract their organs while alive, without anesthesia, and sell them to willing buyers. Speculation first arose when observers noted that the number of organ transplants conducted in China was far greater than the official existing list of organ donors, leaving unclear how the remaining transplants were conducted without organs. In 2014, Enver Tothi testified to cutting organs out of a live political prisoner in Urumqi, the Xinjiang capital. Tohti told the China Tribunal – a coalition of international legal experts investigating the Xinjiang camps – that he believed China was preparing to conduct these operations on Uighurs and others imprisoned in Xinjiang. China has traditionally reserved the torturous operation for use on practitioners of Falun Gong, a spiritual movement that it considers a dangerous anti-communist cult. Jewher Ilham, daughter of imprisoned Uighur scholar Ilham Tohti, similarly accused China of live organ harvesting against her people in July. “They harvest prisoners’ organs for sale. At the airport, there is now a fast track security lane for organs to pass,” she said. The Washington Post noted that activists have called these practices “genocide.” The official international legal definition of genocide lists “imposing measures intended to prevent births” on a “national, ethnic, racial, or religious group … to bring about its physical destruction.” The issue of genocide in China came to the forefront of the sports world on Sunday evening when the NBA forced Houston Rockets General Manager Daryl Morey to effusively apologize to the communist regime for posting a mild statement of support for anti-communist protests in Hong Kong on social media. The NBA itself also apologized to China, triggering a stern response from the World Uyghur Congress, an international organization fighting for human rights in Xinjiang and elsewhere. “The NBA has a dismal record of silence & self-censorship on Human Rights in China,” the World Uyghur Congress said in a statement on Twitter, noting that the NBA established a training camp in Xinjiang that profits the communist regime without challenging the existence of concentration camps there. “The NBA’s willingness to appease China & overlook its abhorrent behaviour contradicts the core values & business standards it claims to espouse,” the organization observed.
Follow Frances Martel on Facebook and Twitter.
:: 10-4-19 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
BREAKING: Supreme Court to review Louisiana abortion regulations, could mean the end of Roe
WASHINGTON, D.C., October 4, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) – The U.S. Supreme Court announced Friday it will take up the case of Louisiana’s admitting privileges law, which could have the potential of upending the high court’s most recent pro-abortion precedent. The court announced Friday it has decided to review June Medical Services LLC v. Gee, NPR reports. The case concerns Louisiana’s Act 620, which requires abortion centers to make arrangements for admitting women to hospitals within 30 miles in cases of life-threatening complications. The abortion industry’s attorneys argue the law is no different from the Texas law the Supreme Court struck down in 2016’s Whole Woman’s Health v. Hellerstedt; pro-lifers argue that not only was Hellerstedt wrongly decided, but that the Louisiana law is different from the Texas one. In September, Judge Jerry Smith of the Fifth Circuit (which upheld the law) noted that while the laws may be similar, the Louisiana measure’s impact would be different as most Louisiana hospitals didn’t have the Texas requirement that doctors must see a minimum number of patients per year to qualify for admitting privileges. In February, Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh noted (in a dissent to a ruling granting a stay of the law) that Act 620 had a 45-day transition period during which “both the doctors and the relevant hospitals” could have acted “expeditiously and in good faith to reach a definitive conclusion about whether those three doctors can obtain admitting privileges.” A ruling is likely to be handed down during the already-contentious 2020 election year, in which abortion and judicial nominations will be major issues for both President Donald Trump and his Democrat opponent. The case is likely to at the very least impact the Hellerstedt precedent, which has been used to invalidate a broad range of modest abortion regulations as “undue burdens” on women. It’s an open question whether a majority would take the opportunity to make a broader determination as to the underlying legitimacy of Roe v. Wade or Planned Parenthood v. Casey. The overturning of Roe v. Wade, which imposed abortion on demand across the U.S. in 1973, would mean states could decide their own abortion laws. During his confirmation hearings, Kavanaugh expressed significant respect for Roe’s status as precedent – so much so that pro-abortion Republican Sen. Susan Collins of Maine specifically cited her confidence that Kavanaugh would uphold Roe as part of why she voted to confirm him. Last year, he joined the court’s liberal wing in declining to hear Kansas and Louisiana’s appeals defending their efforts to cut off Medicaid funds to Planned Parenthood, a decision that Justice Clarence Thomas excoriated as “abdicating our judicial duty.” His February opinion in support of Louisiana’s Act 620 rejected abortionists’ complaint on technical grounds, but appeared to concede their underlying premises about the “undue burden” standard for abortion restrictions. Roberts, who also expressed respect for Roe as “a little more than settled” precedent during his own confirmation hearings, has disillusioned conservatives ever since he voted in 2012 and 2015 to uphold Obamacare using intensely controversial reasoning. Roberts also voted with the court’s liberal wing in the aforementioned Medicaid case.
https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/breaking-supreme-court-to-review-louisiana-abortion-regulations
:: 10-2-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Dead Deutsche Banker's Son Peddled Trump Financial "Dirt" To The Highest Bidder - Which Adam Schiff Promptly Subpoenaed
by Tyler Durden Wed, 10/02/2019 - 08:58
A trove of insider Deutsche Bank documents was subpoenaed by House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff (D-CA) after a bizarre series of events involving Moby. Val Broeksmit, stepson of top Deutche Bank executive Bill Broeksmit - who committed suicide in January 2014 in the wake of several banking scandals he had overseen, had been trying to sell or distribute information from the German bank which he obtained after his father's death, which may have contained information on Donald Trump, according to the New York Times. Mr. Broeksmit’s late father, Bill, had been a senior executive there, and his son possessed a cache of confidential bank documents that provided a tantalizing glimpse of its internal workings. Some of the documents were password-protected, and there was no telling what secrets they held or how explosive they could be. Federal and state authorities were swarming around Deutsche Bank. Some of the scrutiny centered on the lender’s two-decade relationship with President Trump and his family. Other areas of focus grew out of Deutsche Bank’s long history of criminal misconduct: manipulating markets, evading taxes, bribing foreign officials, violating international sanctions, defrauding customers, laundering money for Russian billionaires. -NYT Broeksmit was eventually introduced to Schiff through the musician Moby (Schiff's "friend and neighbor" who said the CIA asked him to help spread dirt on Trump and Russia - h/t @LeicaLexus). When Schiff refused to pay for the materials, the lawmaker instead issued a subpoena for them. Mr. Schiff’s investigators badly wanted the secret Deutsche files. Mr. Broeksmit tried to extract money from them — he pushed to be hired as a consultant to the committee — but that was a nonstarter. An investigator, Daniel Goldman, appealed to his sense of patriotism and pride. “Imagine a scenario where some of the material that you have can actually provide the seed that we can then use to blow open everything that [Trump] has been hiding,” Mr. Goldman told Mr. Broeksmit in a recorded phone call. “In some respects, you — and your father vicariously through you — will go down in American history as a hero and as the person who really broke open an incredibly corrupt president and administration.” (Mr. Broeksmit wouldn’t budge; eventually, Mr. Schiff subpoenaed him.) -NYT All of that said, it's clear that the information is of low value as it relates to Trump for two reasons. First, Schiff has them - yet is pushing for impeachment based on a phone call between President Trump and Ukrainian President Volodomyr Zelensky in regards to investigating former VP Joe Biden. Second, Fusion GPS paid Broeksmit $1,000 to give the documents to a reporter for the Financial Times on New Year's Eve, 2016 - so they've been in the Trump resistance's arsenal for more than three years without seeing the light of day. In Rome on New Year’s Eve of 2016, Mr. Broeksmit shared the files with a reporter for the Financial Times, periodically excusing himself to snort 80-milligram hits of OxyContin, and the journalist later connected him with someone willing to pay for the documents. On the third anniversary of his father’s death — Jan. 26, 2017 — $1,000 arrived in his PayPal account. The money was from Glenn R. Simpson, a former journalist who ran a research company called Fusion GPS. Weeks earlier, it had rocketed to notoriety as the source of the so-called Steele Dossier — a report by a former intelligence agent containing salacious allegations against Mr. Trump. Mr. Simpson was searching for more dirt and, Mr. Broeksmit told me, he agreed to pay $10,000 for the Deutsche materials. -NYT Simpson then convinced Broeksmit to work with him - instructing him via encrypted messaging to start searching for "Any Russia stuff at all," adding "Let's get you here ASAP." Two days later, Simpson and Broeksmit met in the US Virgin Islands to look for dirt on Trump, Russia and Trump donor Robert Mercer - a financial backer of Breitbart and then Steve Bannon. As the Times reports however, "They didn’t discover bombshells — more like nuggets. One spreadsheet, for example, contained a list of all of the banks that owed money to one of Deutsche Bank’s American subsidiaries on a certain date — a list that included multiple Russian banks that would soon be under United States sanctions." Mr. Simpson asked Mr. Broeksmit to travel with him to Washington and meet some of his contacts. Mr. Broeksmit shared some of his files with a Senate investigator and — after snorting some heroin — a former prosecutor in the Manhattan district attorney’s office. The documents found their way to a team of anti-money-laundering agents at the New York Fed. Coincidence or not, a few months later, the Fed fined Deutsche Bank $41 million for violations inside the American unit that Bill Broeksmit had overseen. (A Fed spokesman declined to comment.) Mr. Broeksmit moved to Los Angeles to drum up Hollywood interest in his life story. Early this year, a producer invited him to a dinner party. Among the guests was Moby, the electronic music legend, who told me he was impressed by Mr. Broeksmit’s exploits and existential sadness. Moby arranged an introduction to his friend Adam Schiff, the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, which had recently opened an investigation into Deutsche Bank’s relationship with Mr. Trump. -NYT After Broeksmit was subpoenaed by Schiff, The Los Angeles FBI field office contacted him, as someone coincidentally noticed his whistleblower submission to the Justice Department's website (presumably satisfying the requirement for 'first-hand' information). They wanted to talk about Deutsche Bank — one of the world’s largest and most troubled financial institutions, and the bank of choice to the president of the United States. Mr. Broeksmit’s late father, Bill, had been a senior executive there, and his son possessed a cache of confidential bank documents that provided a tantalizing glimpse of its internal workings. Some of the documents were password-protected, and there was no telling what secrets they held or how explosive they could be. -NYT According to the report, "After the three-hour session, Mr. Broeksmit still needed some stroking, and the F.B.I. agents obliged. They told Mr. Broeksmit he could have a special advisory title. They promised to keep him in the loop as their investigation proceeded. They let him tell the world — via this article — that he was a cooperating witness in a federal criminal investigation. They even helped procure a visa for his French girlfriend." At the end of the day it appears that Brieksmit attempted to help take Trump down with information he didn't himself understand, and he's now being punished for delivering a nothing burger by The Times' David Enrich, who details it all in his new book - "Dark Towers."
:: 10-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Be Afraid America, Very Afraid! She's Back!!! (Part One)
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, October 2, 2019 - 13:44.
I get no pleasure out of saying I told you so. I have been married as long as I have because my wife and myself have learned to not utter these words to each other because it leads to contempt. However, since February of 2017, I have said over two dozen times that Hillary was not done trying to destroy America. I said she was a like a bad cold that will never go away. We are on the verge of seeing Hillary Clinton return to center stage as the Democratic candidate. Why? Because the Democrats are so evil, so criminal, that they cannot even fool most of the ignorant in today’s America. How is this true? Kamala Harris is so corrupt that it can no longer be hidden from the public. Forget the fact that she reportedly and repeatedly slept her way to the top, what Harris is accused of is a lot more serious than her alleged alley-cat morality. The DNC is refusing to fund her any longer because she is a political “dead woman walking”. CSS researcher, Alexandra Daley, has fully exposed Harris’ criminality on repeated interviews on the CSS radio show. While Harris was the Alameda Country District Attorney, she repeatedly failed to prosecute the low hanging fruit which comprised the blatant cartel drug cases and she also covered up for rampant pedophilia in her district. To compound her complicity in crime, after the fact, she even violated open records requests from members of the media. She is dead in the water and she is nothing now but window dressing for a dead-in-the-water DNC campaign for President. Bernie Sanders has now been hit with a very serious Federal Election Commission charges. Bernie couldn’t wait to impeach Trump for now disproven Russian-Collusion-Delusion allegations from the multi-year and multi-million-dollar investigation of the Mueller investigation. Bernie has committed the same crime that he accused Trump of committing over Russian influence in our elections. He has hired three foreign nationals, illegal aliens all of them, in his campaign. Stick a fork in Bernie and turn off the oven because he is well-done, finished, bury his political body before it begins to decompose. That’s OK, now that his Presidential campaign is over, he can go on a second honeymoon back to Moscow, where this communist appropriately spent his first honeymoon. Joe “Biden off more than he could chew” should never have run for President. Anybody who could listen to Biden, in any interview or campaign appearance for more than five minutes, can clearly see that this man is in serious cognitive decline. From the intelligence community they are saying that he actually had an aneurism which has prompted dementia. I find it easy to believe. However, let’s forget the cognitive deficits for a second and let’s move to his blatant corruption. Not only is Biden’s son, Hunter, hopelessly corrupt as well as being a drug addict, daddy Biden is guilty of obstruction. Joe is also guilty of participating in the criminal enterprise of benefiting from the natural gas criminals who raised the rates on Ukrainian citizens by over 50%. Joe Biden was the beneficiary of this unholy alliance with his son. If Ukraine’s criminal enterprise natural gas oligarchs were not in league with Joe, then why would they pay $50,000 per month Joe’s drug addict son? You can learn a lot from who someone plays golf with on the “back nine” which is hidden from view from the prying eyes of the press hanging out in the clubhouse. And when you are quickly transported to the back nine in a golf cart from the helicopter who deposited Joe. Subsequently, we know that Joe Biden played golf with the natural gas oligarchs in Ukraine that his alleged criminal son was involved with. Of course, it was just golf. Oh, by the way, Adam Schiff was involved, deeply involved with the same degenerates. We are going to have a lot of fun exposing the details. IF you think yesterday’s article contained damning revelations against key Democrats, you ain’t seen nothing yet. And by the way, like Jeffrey Epstein, I also have dead man switches. Joe Biden is just as guilty, probably more so, than his son, Hunter. Then there is the first Native American to run for the office of President, Elizabeth Warren. Wait a minute, her claims of being a Native American were exposed as being fraudulent. However, her claims of being a Democratic Socialist are accurate. Immediately following her announcement that she was a candidate for President, she announced her wealth redistribution program. Warren stated “we are going to take money away from the wealthy…by gunpoint if necessary”. Wow! This extreme gun control advocate is intending to use guns to enforce her communist economic policies related to wealth redistribution. Have you ever spent more than 30 seconds listening to Warren speak? Who needs Nyquil when one has Elizabeth Warren in the room? In short, Warren has lost any credibility she ever possessed, and she is not electable. In a debate with Trump, he would obliterate her on national TV. Enter, or should I say, re-enter Hillary Clinton. Will the third time be a charm? Will she, this time, in her third attempt, capture the Presidency that has so thankfully alluded her? Here she is with daughter Chelsea (not sure why she's appearing on The Late Show with her mother). In the video, at the bottom of the article, Hillary presumes facts not in evidence. For example, she says "we know he (Trump) colluded with the Russians to alter the election". Hmm....I though the Mueller report exonerated Trump. Regardless of Hillary's inane ramblings... she's back...this is her informal campaign announcement. Why? Because the Democrats have no chance with the previously mentioned candidates. Like an old dog that can no longer walk, these four Democratic Presidential candidates need to be put down, politically speaking, and it is time to go to the bullpen and bring in the Democratic ace, Hillary Clinton. Can this Democratic Wonder Woman save the communist day? Here is the new leader of America's Bolshevik Revolution, Hillary Clinton. Part two of this series will fully expose what a Hillary Presidency would look like. Be afraid America, very afraid. What? You say you are not afraid of Hillary? If not, please consider the following:
What a Clinton Presidency will mean for Christians
Do you really expect to keep your gun?
Do you expect to maintain parental authority over your children?
Do you expect to ANY freedom of expression on social media?
She's back! Be afraid America, very afraid! Here is Hillary's informal campaign announcement: Part Two of this series will examine what a Clinton Presidency will look like and it is not comforting...to say the least. Hillary's rise to Presidency will usher in America's entry into a full-blown Bolshevik Revolution and all that this event would entail.
:: 10-2-19 Alt-Market.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump Cannot Be Anti-Globalist While Working With Global Elites
Wednesday, 02 October 2019 04:36 Brandon Smith
In the summer of 2016 during the election campaign I examined the Trump phenomenon and how it relates to the globalist narrative. I concluded that Trump would be president based on the fact that having a (supposedly) hardcore nationalist and populist conservative in the White House over the next four years would in fact be highly beneficial to the elites. At the time the Federal Reserve was getting ready to tighten liquidity, which would inevitably lead to market volatility and a crash in fundamentals. By the end of Trump's first term, or perhaps at the beginning of his second term, the recessionary crisis would become obvious to the general public. Trump, and all conservatives, would be blamed for the resulting disaster that the banking elites engineered. During the election it was unclear to me if Donald Trump was a puppet of the elites. He could have simply been a convenient scapegoat for the coming crash. Today, it is obvious that he is indeed controlled opposition. As I've noted in numerous articles, Trump's associations with the globalists go way back. He was saved by the Rothschild banking family from crippling debts in multiple property developments in Atlantic City during the 1990's. The Rothschild agent that handled Trump's bailout was none other than Wilber Ross, the senior managing director of Rothschild New York. Ross is now Trump's Commerce Secretary, which indicates that his relationship to the Rothschilds continues to this day. In 2016 Trump offered positions in the White House to a vast array of global elitists, some of them from the Council on Foreign Relations, a think tank whose stated goals include the erasure of borders and the end of national sovereignty. These members include:
Elaine Chao, United States Secretary of Transportation
Jamie Dimon, Member of Strategic and Policy Forum
Jim Donovan, Deputy Treasury Secretary
Larry Fink, Member of Strategic and Policy Forum
Neil M. Gorsuch, Supreme Court Justice
Vice Admiral Robert S. Harward, National Security Advisor (declined appointment)
Trump then went on to bring in long time elites with ties to the globalist establishment and the Federal Reserve such as John Bolton, Mike Pompeo, Robert Lighthizer, Larry Kudlow, and Steve Mnuchin, etc. The list goes on and on... During the campaign, Trump consistently (and rightly) criticized Hillary Clinton's many ties to the banking cabal, including her close relationship with internationalist banks like Goldman Sachs. He also made multiple criticisms against globalism. Then, he argued that the economic recovery under Obama was actually a massive financial bubble – the markets were artificially propped up by the Federal Reserve's stimulus and low interest rates, and indicators like unemployment stats were rigged. Again, this was all true. Yet, after his election Trump proceeded to saturate his cabinet with the same banking elites he once attacked, and then he took FULL CREDIT for the markets and the fake employment and GDP numbers only months later. Once in office, Trump suddenly abandoned his promise to indict the Clintons, and any pursuit of fighting the globalists fell by the wayside. Instead, Trump turned all his attention on China, opening the door to an economic war as a useful distraction for the globalists while they continued to pull the plug on financial life support. If Trump was going to do battle with the globalist establishment, why would he surround himself with so many elites and why would he hold up China as a primary threat instead of global banking institutions? We still hear Trump talk about how the Federal Reserve is run by ignorant people, and how the “future belongs to patriots, not globalists”, but Trump's hyperfocus on the markets and the trade war with China do nothing to combat the globalist agenda. In fact, these actions help the globalists immensely. Trump is sticking to the pattern of criticizing the Fed's higher interest rates as the cause of the economic downturn while AT THE SAME TIME continuing to take full credit for the same fraudulent economic data and the market bubble he once admonished. What does this accomplish? Well, Trump's job is to undermine conservatives and the liberty movement by pretending to be one of us. His attacks on the Fed, while legitimate (in part), are meaningless if he maintains that he is the sole reason why the economy and the markets move. In essence, the globalists are using Trump to delegitimize anti-Fed arguments by attaching him to those arguments AND the failing economy simultaneously. As he falls from fiscal grace, the intent is that all anti-fed and anti-globalist arguments will die with him. Who would want to take the same ideological stance as the man who brought the global economy to ruin? Currently, the mainstream media is focusing on Trump's hypocrisy in demanding a weaker dollar after calling for a STRONGER dollar during his campaign. They are also insinuating that Trump is trying to deflect blame onto the Fed while his trade war is the "real cause" of the recession. I've been warning about this outcome for quite some time, and now it's happening. Trump's bizarre behavior vindicates my deepest suspicions during the election – Trump is not just an unwitting scapegoat, he is a participant in the game, playing a theatrical role, a bumbling villain. In the script, he is the anti-globalist who trips over his own hubris and causes the downfall of the American empire. He is playing the pig-headed conservative that proves once and for all why conservative philosophy is “evil” and why the leftists were right all along. Part of his job is to co-opt the liberty movement, redirect its energies into pointless pursuits, and to make us look ridiculous or dangerous by the end of his presidency. However, there is a bit of a conundrum forming for the elites... Trump's true nature is slowly being revealed as we cross the point of no return on the economy and the "global economic reset". When Trump openly supports Red Flag gun laws designed to usurp gun rights through back door confiscation, or when he commits to a military buildup by sending troops to Saudi Arabia in an obvious first step towards war with Iran, this causes many conservatives in the liberty movement to question Trump's loyalties (as they should). The elites have to find a way to keep conservatives and liberty activists blindly riding the Trump train for as long as possible, for if we begin to question the narrative too soon, it becomes harder for them to draw us into supporting actions which will be blamed for the burgeoning economic and geopolitical crisis. To be sure, some people in the liberty movement have attached themselves to Trump so completely that there is no escape. They will now be tempted to double down on their defense of his actions and his associations, forever claiming that Trump is "playing 4D chess" and that he is "keeping his enemies close", no matter how insane these assertions are. Some have even argued that conservatives should "go to war" if Trump is impeached. This is foolish. Most of us are NOT interested in fighting a civil war over Trump. If we fight a civil war, it will certainly not be over a puppet of the banking establishment. Some of these activists are well meaning, but they are playing right into the hands of globalists. Others are so desperate to maintain relevancy that they will say anything to get attention. It is vital that liberty activists understand that the Trump presidency is a psyop aimed first and foremost AT THEM. As the leftist media outlet Bloomberg once happily predicted in an editorial titled 'The Tea Party Meets Its Maker', Trump could absorb conservative movements (those they called the “Tea Party”) and destroy them once and for all. Recent events and Trump's rhetoric are carefully staged to make him appear anti-globalist, but the aggressive nature of this propaganda was predictable. The elites have to draw conservatives back into the fold somehow, and so they are throwing as many crumbs as they can from Trump's table without him actually accomplishing anything in our favor. Getting rid of John Bolton was the beginning of the latest psyop campaign, as Bolton represents a hated element among many liberty activists and the establishment had no choice but to finally reduce his footprint in the White House. However, this was too little too late, as many conservatives are already well aware of the many other elites permeating Trump's cabinet. He would have to get rid of ALL of them in order to impress us. And so, the elites moved on to phase two... The latest Ukrainian scandal and the potential impeachment of Trump is a perfect example of globalist reverse psychology. Like Russiagate, the impeachment inquiry will likely go nowhere, and it's not meant to go anywhere. The elites have no intention of removing Trump from office and they never did. The purpose of the Ukraine scandal is actually twofold: First, it will indeed pull many conservatives back onto the Trump train as they assume the establishment is “out to get him” even though he is working directly with them. Second, the Ukraine scandal will blow back on Joe Biden, removing him from the Democratic running for president, leaving the door open for either Bernie Sanders or Elizabeth Warren. The elites do not appear to want Biden in 2020 and are constructing a narrative in which he bows out of the race or loses extensive ground in the primaries. I continue to predict, as I did in July, that Elizabeth Warren will be the Democratic candidate in 2020 (some people laughed when I suggested this in July...I don't see too many of them laughing now as Warren pulls into a virtual tie with Biden in the polls). Whether or not this will translate to a second term for Trump, or the end of the line, it is too early to tell. I would note, however, that Warren was the first Democratic candidate to suggest that an economic crash was on the horizon, and I believe this is setting the stage for her to become an "I told you so" candidate in 2020. If this is the case, then Trump is probably slated to lose the election. Another crumb thrown to conservatives is the sudden reopening of discussion on the Clinton emails. This will lead some liberty activists to assume that MAYBE, this time, Trump is going to follow through on his claim that he would investigate and prosecute the Clintons. I say this, though I think many reading this already know: Trump is not going to touch the Clintons. But he will pretend he is looking into the matter if it helps lure conservatives back into the false narrative, but that is all. Trump's UN speech in which he criticized globalism was the latest and perhaps the most blatant attempt to sucker conservatives into thinking maybe Trump is indeed “playing 4D chess”. He's not. Rather, Trump is playing the role he has always played, just as he played his role on WWE Wrestling, or his role in The Apprentice; it is Trump's JOB to attack the globalists, and it is their job to PRETEND to attack him. All the while the real targets of attack are conservatives, sovereignty activists and freedom advocates. What is the purpose of this facade, this fake wrestling match between Trump and the elites? To get conservatives invested in a false paradigm, to co-opt our movement and our momentum, and ultimately to chain us to Trump's reputation and then drown us when he goes down. While activists wait around for Trump to take action against the globalists, they sit idle accomplishing very little. While activists put all their hopes in Trump as a solution to the globalist problem, they remain unprepared for the fallout when it's revealed that he was a complete waste of time. The masterstroke of the elites using Trump as a weapon is that ONE MAN might be able to nullify the activism of millions. The solution? To remain continually vigilant of Trump's rhetoric and policies and to call him out when he does anything that violates constitutional principles or anything that aids the globalists in their efforts to trigger an economic reset. I have to laugh, because the globalists may have made a fatal error in relying on Trump as a means to bring down conservatives and the liberty movement. By placing all their eggs in one basket (or all their strings on one puppet), they have left themselves open to influence by liberty activists. The more we call out Trump on his strange behaviors, his connections to the establishment and his flip flopping, the less useful he is to them. They will have to continually adapt their tactics to us (they already have been), or perhaps even postpone efforts to crash the markets or implement draconian Red Flag laws. By our investigative efforts, we can buy time for the movement to grow, and this bodes ill for the elites in the long run. If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. With global tensions spiking, thousands of Americans are moving their IRA or 401(k) into an IRA backed by physical gold. Now, thanks to a little-known IRS Tax Law, you can too. Learn how with a free info kit on gold from Birch Gold Group. It reveals how physical precious metals can protect your savings, and how to open a Gold IRA. Click here to get your free Info Kit on Gold. You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com
:: 10-3-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
EXPLAINER-N.Korea's suspected submarine missile 'pushes the envelope'
by Reuters Thursday, 3 October 2019 00:03 GM By Jack Kim
(Updates with N.Korea's KCNA report)
SEOUL, Oct 2 (Reuters) - North Korea fired what may be a submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) on Wednesday, which would be the first test in three years of what had been a relatively young but rapidly progressing programme to deliver nuclear weapons. The launch comes hours after the North announced it would resume nuclear talks with the United States this weekend, potentially ending a months-long deadlock that followed a vow by North Korea leader Kim Jong Un and U.S. President Donald Trump to make progress. The exact type of the missile and the launch platform remain unclear, but it appears to be a step that "pushes the envelope," said Joshua Pollack, a leading expert on nuclear and missile proliferation and editor of Nonproliferation Review. WHAT HAPPENED? A missile was launched from the sea soon after 7 a.m. on Wednesday (2200 GMT Tuesday) about 17 km (11 miles) northeast of the coastal city of Wonsan, the site of one of North Korea's military bases used for previous missile launches. Japan initially said two missiles were launched but later clarified it was likely one projectile that went through stage separation. The projectile hit the waters in Japan's Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), the Japanese government said. South Korea's Defence Minister Jeong Kyeong-doo said an Aegis destroyer detected one missile launch, which flew 450 km (280 miles) in a lofted trajectory 910 km (565 miles) high. North Korea's state news agency KCNA said on Thursday the missile was a Pukgukson-3 test-fired at a high angle in the waters off Wonsan designed to contain external threat and bolster self-defence, but gave no other details. Photos released in the North's official Rodong Sinmun newspaper showed a black-and-white painted missile emerging and clearing the surface of the water, then the booster rocket igniting to propel it into the sky. A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, said that, according to initial intelligence, the missile was a submarine-capable ballistic missile launched from a platform at sea. WHAT NEW THREAT DOES IT POTENTIALLY REPRESENT? If the missile had been launched on a standard trajectory, the range would have been up to 1,900 km (1,200 miles), which would put it in the medium-range missile class. That missile would have all of South Korea and Japan within range. A launch from a submarine deployed in the surrounding waters would pose greater difficulty for missile defences. The threat of a submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) grows exponentially with the range of the submarine. The North's existing Romeo-class submarines, which were built in the 1990s, are believed to have a range of about 7,000 km, potentially making a one-way trip to near Hawaii possible. But they are diesel-electric powered and very noisy, making them highly vulnerable to detection, especially by U.S. forces with their decades of experience tracking Soviet submarines. WHAT IS THE PROGRESS OF NORTH KOREA'S SLBM PROGRAMME? North Korea began testing submarine-launched ballistic missiles in 2015 and conducted four submarine launches by August 2016, when a two-stage solid-fuel Pukguksong missile flew about 500 km (310 miles) on a lofted trajectory. That test was considered a success. There has been no known tests since then to suggest the North has made progress in developing an SLBM of intermediate or long ranges. Those previous launches were conducted near the port city of Sinpo, about 110 km from Wonsan and home to many of the North's fleet of submarines, believed to be one of the world's largest. Despite the size of the fleet, most of the vessels are believed to be small or vintage Soviet-era models and only one is believed to be an experimental submarine capable of carrying a ballistic missile. North Korea said in July leader Kim Jong Un inspected a large, newly built submarine that was near operational deployment. Analysts said photos released on the North's state media suggested the vessel could be a modified Romeo class type with an enlarged hull, not the larger submarine satellite images have suggested was being built at the Sinpo shipyard. SECOND-STRIKE CAPABILITY? Submarine-launched ballistic missiles are considered key to delivering a second-strike capability that can be used to retaliate against a nuclear attack. To be assured of the capability, the submarine must not only have the ability to launch a nuclear ballistic missile but also the endurance to sail within range of the enemy. Military analysts are sceptical the North's submarine programme has reached the level of technical sophistication to achieve a second-strike capability. OTHER RECENT MISSILE TESTS North Korea has conducted nine launches since leader Kim met Trump at the demilitarised zone (DMZ) inter-Korean border on June 30 and pledged to resume nuclear talks. All but the one on Wednesday has been short-range missiles and rockets that would be fast and effective way to attack South Korea and U.S. forces stationed there. Before Kim entered an unofficial moratorium on missile and nuclear tests to engage in dialogue with Trump, the North test-fired an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) in November 2017. If launched on a standard trajectory, that missile would have had a range of up to 13,000 km, putting the mainland United States in strike distance. But experts are doubtful the North has mastered the technology to build a nuclear warhead small enough to be mounted on a missile that can withstand re-entry to the atmosphere and to guide it with precision to hit the target.
(Reporting by Jack Kim, Josh Smith, Joyce Lee and Sangmi Cha in Seoul and Idrees Ali in Washington; Editing by Raju Gopalakrishnan, Lisa Shumaker and Lincoln Feast.)
http://news.trust.org/item/20191002090948-4ut6o
[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc
:: 10-2-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
China Unveils ‘Doomsday Bomb’ While U.S. Military Concentrates on “Diversity”
Good luck with that.
Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - October 2, 2019
While China unveiled a new ‘doomsday’ nuclear bomb that can “strike the US within 30 minutes with ten warheads,” a top US General declared gender and race “diversity” to be a “warfighting necessity” against the homogeneous forces of China and Russia. We’re truly screwed. Billed as the “ultimate doomsday weapon,” the fearsome super nuke was displayed during China’s 70th anniversary parade in Tiananmen Square. “The Dongfeng-41 is a 7,672 mph intercontinental ballistic missile that is said to have the furthest range of any nuclear missile and could reach the US in 30 minutes,” reports the Sun. Meanwhile, in the United States, US Major General Lori Reynolds told 300 intelligence Marines at the 9th Annual Marine Corps Association and Foundation Intelligence Awards Dinner that “diversity” will make the difference in future war fighting. “I believe a dramatic mix of talent, of all races, religions, backgrounds and genders will be the difference in the future,” said Reynolds. She added that promoting diversity was crucial because it was an advantage China and Russia do not hold. “We must talk about diversity as a warfighting necessity and tonight I’m declaring it essential to the information environment,” Reynolds said. Earlier this year, Air Force Gen. David L. Goldfein also gave a speech in which he asserted that introducing diverse flesh colored band aids was a “warfighting imperative.” I for one welcome our future Chinese overlords with open arms. My voice is being silenced by free speech-hating Silicon Valley behemoths who want me disappeared forever. It is CRUCIAL that you support me. Please sign up for the free newsletter here. Donate to me on SubscribeStar here.
Support my sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown.
https://www.infowars.com/china-unveils-doomsday-bomb-while-u-s-military-concentrates-on-diversity/
:: 10-2-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Beijing Launches New Rule: Residents Must Pass Facial Recognition Test to Surf Internet
By Nicole Hao October 1, 2019 Updated: October 2, 2019
The Chinese regime announced a new rule which requires residents to pass a facial recognition test in order to apply for an internet connection via smartphone or computer. The rule will be implemented from Dec. 1, 2019. In addition, no cell phone or landline number can be transferred to another person privately. This is an upgraded restriction after the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) required all applicants to present a valid ID and personal information to register for a cell phone or a landline number since January 2015. New Rule MIIT published the new rule on its official website and distributed it to all telecom carriers on Sept. 27, which includes three main requests. First, all telecom carriers must use facial recognition to test whether an applicant who applies for internet connection is the owner of the ID that they use since Dec. 1. At the same time, the carriers must test that the ID is genuine and valid. Second, all telecom carriers must upgrade their service’s terms and conditions and notify all their customers that they are not allowed to transfer or resell their cell phone SIM card to another person by the end of November 2019. Third, telecom carriers should help their customers to check whether there are cell phone or landline numbers that don’t belong to them but registered under their names since Dec. 1. For unidentified numbers, the telecom carries must investigate and close the lines immediately. MIIT said in the notice that it will arrange for supervisors to check each telecom carrier’s performance, and will arrange inspections to make sure all carriers will follow the rule strictly. Purpose “The reason why the Chinese regime asks people to register their real identities to surf the internet is because it wants to control people’s speech,” U.S.-based commentator Tang Jingyuan told The Epoch Times on Sept. 27. Authorities arrested hundreds of Chinese people in recent years because they posted a topic that the regime deemed sensitive, including the most recent Hong Kong protests. “MIIT’s new rule on using facial recognition to identify an internet user means the government can easily track their online activities, including their social media posts and websites they visit,” Tang said.“Then these people become scared of sharing their real opinions online because their comments could anger the authorities and they could get arrested for it.” Tang concluded: “I think MIIT’s new rule takes away freedom of speech from Chinese people completely.” Facial Recognition in China The Chinese regime has used facial recognition systems to monitor people for several years now. In cities and public spaces such as train stations, airports, government buildings, and entrances of museums, police use smart glasses to check each passerby’s identity and whether they have a criminal record. On the streets, millions of surveillance cameras capture and track people’s movements. At crosswalks, facial recognition systems record jaywalkers, who are then fined 20 yuan ($2.81), and docked points on their social credit score. The Chinese regime’s social credit system assigns each citizen a score of social “trustworthiness.” A person with a low social credit score may not be allowed to board a train or airplane, or their child may not be admitted to a reputable school. Inside classrooms, facial recognition technology monitors each student and reports their actions to the teacher and parents. Even inside public restrooms, tourists and residents have to use facial recognition system to get toilet paper. The Chinese regime hopes to install enough surveillance cameras to cover the entire country. According to the latest report of U.S. based market research firm IDC, China spent $10.6 billion on video surveillance equipment in 2018, and spending will reach $20.1 billion in 2023. 64.3 percent of the spending in 2018 accounted for surveillance cameras. IDC reported on Jan. 30 that it predicted China would have 2.76 billion surveillance cameras installed in 2022.
:: 10-1-19 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Say That They Love Their Freedoms, But What Do They Love More?
Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: October 1, 2019
Quite often, you will find with live feeds on social media memes or posts of Americans declaring their professed love for their freedoms by honoring the fallen soldiers (Or Christ) with their lips (Matthew 15:8). You will also notice other posts on the same feeds magnifying the crimes of the corrupt that they tolerate both in the Church and in government (Jeremiah 17:19). These are crimes that the soldiers in the natural and Christ in the spiritual have fought against by magnifying the law that exposes sin and these tyrants (Isaiah 42:21; Psalm 40:8; John 3:16; Hebrews 8:10; 1 Peter 3:18; 1 John 2:2). Additionally, when looking further into the person’s profile page, you will find more often than not, that to which their hearts are really attached (Matthew 6:21) and what it is that they really love the most. You will find their page filled up and down with their favorite sports teams, etc. One guy’s profile will help serve the point: On one half of his meme is a picture of wounded soldiers where it states that “These guys get paid less than $35,000 a year and risk their lives.” On the other side, it states, “So these guys (kneeling football players) can get paid $11 million a year and protest our national anthem…because they feel oppressed.” So what I did, in turn, was post a meme of a filled stadium of football fans, the headstones of our fallen at Arlington cemetery and the front of a state capital with no one to be found in protest. So, one must ask the question, how much do you Americans truly love their blood bought freedoms (Revelation 1:5)? Are Americans out protesting corruption within the American Church for which Christ died (1 Timothy 4:1, 5:20)? In the natural (1 Corinthians 2:14), are these those who love their blood-bought freedoms protesting corruption in their government? Hardly, which only shows a lack of love (1 John 3:18). Last week, my family and I were out on the road again “seeking and saving that which is lost” (Luke 19:10) in the beautiful state of Pennsylvania. While going through the state, we stopped by a local restaurant and sat down to get some lunch. As you know, restaurants today are filling up wall space with television sets to keep patrons in their booths as long as possible while entertaining guests in hopes that they will continue to spend more on eating and drinking at their establishments, all the while ignoring one’s family (1 John 2:15). One of my children said to me, “Dad, look at all those people in that stadium (average seating per stadium 69,444 seats x 32 teams) watching a football game (Jeremiah 11:13).” This is every Sunday, all across the country. I said back to him, “It merely shows you where their hearts are (Exodus 20:4).” To prove the point I must ask why do we have babies being illegally murdered in the womb (Proverbs 6:17)? Why do we have sodomites illegally targeting America’s children through forced, sexually immoral indoctrination in public schools (Luke 17:2)? Why do we have transgender felons targeting pre-kindergarten children in American libraries (Deuteronomy 22:15)? Why do we have foreigners being allured by representatives and Churches into America who mean to conquer us (Deuteronomy 28:43)? Why do we tolerate a government that runs counter to its purpose while they attempt to strip us of the right to bear arms (2nd Amendment)? Why do we have a government that is attacking our freedom of speech (1st Amendment)? Why do we have Churches filled with hirelings who refuse to preach out against and stand in protest concerning the issues above? After all, Churches are to be the barracks in which the soldiers are raised up (Ephesians 6:12). Yet, we see today that they have become mere buildings where congregants are taught to stand down against the evils of the day which they are commanded to preach out against (Deuteronomy 4:6; Matthew 16:15-20). These pastors are fearful cowards, who are not appointed nor ordained by the Living God (Revelation 21:8) and their congregants are taught to follow in close pursuit. I say that it is a good thing our forefathers in the faith (Hebrews 11) didn’t think and act in such a deceived and impotent fashion (James 2:14-26). Apparently, according to the new translation of the heresies of change (Proverbs 24:21) and that among the American hirelings (John 10:12), who are the greatest advocates of the crimes above, the crosses that adorn their buildings have no relevance in today’s society (Philippians 3:18). According to George Barna, the reasons that the Church in America refuses to address the issues above to their congregants is because they are afraid it would affect attendance and offerings (Proverbs 29:25). Why do Americans, of which 86% profess to be Christians (1 John 2:4), say that they love their country, but go no further than to tolerate, by their inaction and idolatry, corrupt politicians, lawlessness, the indoctrination of their own children and more. Americans are dishonoring and trampling under foot that which our veterans and the Christ died (Hebrews 10:28-30) fighting against (1 John 3:8) and are allowing tyranny to flourish in their own country through their complacency. Is this how you honor the fallen-sacrifice? Absolutely not! Is this love? Absolutely not! But one thing that we know for sure, this is where the people’s hearts are which explains the state of America today.
:: 10-2-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Videos: Stupid Things Liberals Say About Guns
October 2, 2019 Dean Garrison
The liberals want your guns. They have wanted your guns for years but almost none of them seem to actually understand how guns work. Almost all of the 2020 Dems are pushing for gun confiscation:
Watch: Armed mother of four to Beto: ‘Hell no, you’re not’ taking my guns’
Watch: Democrat Joe Biden mad Trump hasn’t banned magazines that ‘hold multiple bullets’
If Elected Kamala Harris Wants to Change Federal Gun Laws “By Presidential Fiat”
Elizabeth Warren wants the federal government to CONFISCATE your wealth at gunpoint
Corey Booker Backs Legislation That Would Result in Americans Being ‘Thrown in Jail’ If They Won’t Surrender Their Guns
Over the years there have been several liberals caught on camera proving how ignorant they are about firearms. I thought it would be fun to share some quotes and videos today.
From TOP 10 MOST IDIOTIC ANTI-GUN QUOTES FROM POLITICIANS:
10. “Well, you know, my shotgun will do better for you than your AR-15, because you want to keep someone away from your house, just fire the shotgun through the door.” – Joe Biden
If I declared that former Democrat Vice President Joe Biden has said many dumb things you would accuse me of being redundant. Just google “Joe Biden Stupid Anti-Gun Quotes” and see for yourself. His statement here on shotguns versus AR-15s comes from a 2013 Field & Stream interview, and is also just one of several eye-rolling gun comments Biden has uttered. Yes, if you hear someone making some noise at your front door, just fire a shotgun blast or two through the door. You’ll either discourage a home invasion or kill the pizza delivery guy. I think Biden has gotten his gun acumen from watching too many movies.
9. ” Some of these bullets, as you saw, have an incendiary device on the tip of it, which is a heat seeking device. So, you don’t shoot deer with a bullet that size. If you do you could cook it at the same time.” – Patricia Eddington
Former Democrat New York Assemblywoman Patricia Eddington apparently thought that scientists had invented heat seeking bullets that would be able to alter course and find their human target no matter where you aim. Ignoring her obvious misunderstanding of the Second Amendment (it’s not about deer hunting), almost as ridiculous is her assertion that you can cook a deer with the same bullet that brings it down.
8. “This is a ghost gun. This right here has the ability with a .30-caliber clip to disperse with 30 bullets within half a second. Thirty magazine clip in half a second.” – Kevin de Leon
This quote is an excerpt from a long and rambling diatribe of mumbo-jumbo by California Democrat State Senator Kevin de Leon, in which he does his best to discuss weapons that would fall under the home manufactured gun ban legislation that de Leon was introducing at the time. His press conference has since been roundly ridiculed and lampooned for his semi-coherent and wildly inaccurate characterizations of the weapons he displays. Kevin de Leon has since become the paradigm of the ill-informed, reactionary, and silly anti-gun politician. Here’s just one video that looks at de Leon’s presser in total and offers some rather biting commentary.
7. “The Second Amendment only protects the people who want all the guns they can have. The rest of us, we’ve got no Second Amendment. What are we supposed to do?” – Louise Slaughter
Rep. Louise Slaughter is a New York Democrat and is the oldest serving U.S. Congresswoman. You would think that someone who is as advanced in age and has served as long as Slaughter would at least understand that the Bill of Rights applies to all Americans. The 13-term Representative made this head scratching comment during an interview wherein she essentially blamed the Second Amendment for violent crime and also declared that lawmakers “do the same thing with guns that we do with drugs.” Yeah, Louise, let’s just throw that old Constitution out the window. After all, we all see how well the war on drugs is going. It’s truly a wonder that this foolish woman keeps getting re-elected time after time.
6. “What’s the efficacy of banning these magazine clips? I will tell you… these are ammunition, they’re bullets. So the people who have those now, they’re going to shoot them, so if you ban them in the future, the number of these high capacity magazines is going to decrease dramatically over time because the bullets will have been shot and there won’t be any more available.” – Diana DeGette
Huh? I have to admit; I am totally confused. But then obviously so is Colorado Democrat Rep. Diana DeGette, who made this convoluted reply during a 2013 Gun Control forum in Denver. She apparently believes magazines (or “magazine clips”?) are the same as bullets, and that there is a finite supply of them.
From 9 Dumbest Gun-Control Quotes from Politicians and Celebrities:
1) “The Second Amendment only protects the people who want all the guns they can have. The rest of us, we’ve got no Second Amendment. What are we supposed to do?” This comment was made by Rep. Louise Slaughter (D-New York) in a March 12 interview with John Fugelsang on CurrentTV’s “Viewpoint.” Slaughter blamed the Second Amendment for violent crime, saying “Americans aren’t safe anywhere” and gun control “has to be done” to protect citizens from themselves and their constitutionally guaranteed individual right to own a firearm. The 13-term congresswoman, who has represented the Rochester area in the House of Representatives since 1987, in the same CurrentTV diatribe also proposed that federal lawmakers “do the same thing with guns that we do with drugs” (whatever that means) and opined that “a lot of people” purchase AR-15s because they want to shoot it out with the federal government. Or something like that. Watch it on YouTube.Louise Slaughter
2) “What bothers me most about today is that we’re getting used 2 it. ENOUGH. 2nd amendment must go. Violence has 2 stop. Culture MUST change.”
Actor Jay Mohr tweeted this comment shortly after the Boston Marathon terrorist bombing, claiming the Second Amendment somehow inspired two jihadist brothers from central Asia to plant two pressure-cooker bombs in the Patriots Day crowd, killing three and injuring 264. Apparently, according to Mohr, radical Islamic fundamentalism had nothing to do with it and, apparently, according to Mohr, if America would just rescind the Second Amendment, global violence will “stop.” Mohr’s Comments. Jay Mohr
3) “Congressman Giffords’ life was saved and so many others’ when very valiant folks stood up to defend themselves and protect themselves, and they did it with ballpoint pens.”
Colorado State Sen. Jessie Ulibarri (D-Adams County) made this comment while testifying on Jan. 28 before the Colorado Senate Judiciary Committee that guns are unnecessary for self-defense when so many effective weapons are already handy. Ulibarri, a first-term senator from suburban Denver, was speaking in support of four gun-control measures eventually approved on Feb. 18, including laws that limit magazine capacities to 15 rounds, require background checks for all transactions and ban concealed carry on college campuses. Ulibarri was referring to the Jan. 8, 2011 shooting of Rep. Gabrielle Giffords (D-Arizona) and 18 others — six fatally — in Tucson, Ariz., claiming that when lunatic shooter Jared Lee Loughner paused to reload, “people who were unarmed took that person down” with ballpoint pens. Actually, Loughner was clubbed over the head with a folding chair by one bystander and tackled to the ground by a 74-year-old retired Army colonel, but what sense does it make to carry around folding chairs for self-defense when ballpoint pens will do the job? Ulibarri’s comments.Jessie Ulibarri
4) “Well, you know, my shotgun will do better for you than your AR-15, because you want to keep someone away from your house, just fire the shotgun through the door.” Vice President Joe Biden made this statement in an interview with Field & Stream’s Anthony Licata for an interview published February 25. Biden said semi-automatic weapons, such as AR-15s, are unnecessary to defend your home because all you need to do is fire a few shotgun shells through a door and no one gets robbed or hurt. This uniquely Bidenesque — Bidenese? — solution to home burglaries was among “Shotgun Joe’s” many misstatements while serving as point man for the Obama Administration’s post-Newtown gun control initiatives. They include such now-classic Bidenisms as, “You don’t need an AR-15. It’s harder to aim, it’s harder to use”; people buy AR-15s because they’re the “Ferrari” of firearms; and “Use a shotgun [on] someone invading your home — you don’t kill your kids. Use an AR-15, it goes through your wall and it can kill your kid in the bedroom.” Biden is such a prolific generator of dumb anti-gun quotes that he could fill a top 10 listing all by himself. Joe Biden
5) “The Second Amendment comes from the right to protect themselves from slave revolts, and from uprisings by Native Americans. A revolt from people who were stolen from their land or revolt from people whose land was stolen from, that’s what the genesis of the Second Amendment is.”
Actor Danny Glover in a Jan. 18 speech at Texas A&M University told students that “the Right” created the Second Amendment for no reason other than to enslave black people and kill Native Americans. It seems no issue in America can be discussed without infusing real and imagined racism into the conversation. The post-Newtown gun control debate is not immune to this, nor are liberal actors (who really shouldn’t be quoted in the first place) the only culprits using the race card when facts and logic prove elusive. Following a Capitol Hill press conference on Jan. 16, Rep. Hank Johnson (D-Georgia) suggested that NRA opposed President Barack Obama’s gun control policies because the organization is racist. “First of all, (Obama) is a black. And as a black person being the president of the United States, that is something they still cannot get over,” Johnson said. Apparently, according to Johnson, although the NRA was founded in 1871, it wasn’t until a black man became president that it decided to defend gun rights and the Second Amendment. Glover’s comments. Danny Glover Read more at Outdoor Life…
#####
This would be my vote for the dumbest gun grabber of all time: Perhaps the most idiotic literary gun statement of all time was published by Rolling Stone entitled The 5 Most Dangerous Guns in America.
You don’t really need to read the article unless you are extremely bored. The article sounded intriguing so I read it and feel much dumber for it. I’ll give you the list here. Pistols Revolvers Rifles Shotguns Derringers What a well researched and compelling list. I think this is more evidence Rolling Stone should stick to Music. If the liberals ever hope to get anywhere with gun owners, they need to at least learn what in the hell they are talking about. Note to Liberal Gun Grabbers: No responsible gun owner in America takes any of you seriously.
Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry
https://www.dcclothesline.com/2019/10/02/videos-stupid-things-liberals-say-about-guns/
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 9-26-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NYC bans calling someone an 'illegal alien' or threatening to contact ICE
By Bailey Vogt - The Washington Times - Thursday, September 26, 2019
New York City has made it against the law to call someone an “illegal alien” or threaten them by calling immigration officials on them. City Hall’s Commission on Human Rights released the new measures this week that could pose up to a $250,000 fine. The restrictions say the term “alien” — typically used to refer to a noncitizen — is a loaded phrase meant to categorize migrants as “other” and dehumanize them. “The use of certain language, including ‘illegal alien’ and ‘illegals,’ with the intent to demean, humiliate, or offend a person or persons constitutes discrimination,” the measure reads.
The directives also list examples of illegal behavior, including threatening to call Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) on a noncitizen or harassing them for using a different accent or English abilities. The Commission on Human Rights said this is partially an opposition to illegal immigration crackdowns by the federal government. “In the face of increasingly hostile national rhetoric, we will do everything in our power to make sure our treasured immigrant communities are able to live with dignity and respect, free of harassment and bias,” said Carmelyn Malalis, the agency’s commissioner, according to The New York Post.
https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/sep/26/nyc-bans-calling-someone-an-illegal-alien-or-threa/
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living.
[ :: 12-2-17
am service ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::
::]
:: 10-1-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A Failed Schiff/CIA Led Coup Against Trump Will Bring Hillary Into the Presidential Race with Dire Consequences
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, October 1, 2019 - 16:51.
On the way to writing an article, I received a call from an insider source that confirmed and expanded upon what I knew about the latest attempt to impeach President Trump and who is behind it. On three occasions that I am aware of, President Trump has threatened to withdraw troops from Afghanistan. It seems like a good idea. Our presence, in America’s longest war in its history is accomplishing nothing from a national security standpoint. However, to say that it is not accomplishing something would be to miss the real reason why we still have troops in that country. It also explains, in part, why ISIS was formed. Let’s begin with ISIS. In many different ways, I documented, on the CSS, beyond a a shadow of a doubt that Hillary and McCain started ISIS. Hillary made the first move, as I previously documented, by paying “blood money” to a small band of terrorists when she was on the board at LaFarge. This gave birth to the financial backing that ISIS needed to get started. Their money was used to entice other impoverished Muslims to join ISIS just like how American teens join street gangs. This is not a secret and has been widely reported. McCain, while he was the head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, blocked the destruction of American military equipment left behind in Iraq. This was deliberate and illegal, as by law, when the American military abandons a theater of war, the weapons are destroyed so our enemies, or potential enemies cannot procure needed muscle. McCain’s actions led to the small ISIS remnant suddenly appearing out of seemingly nowhere, to become armed to the teeth. Previously and with the help of former PSYOPS officer, Scott Bennett, I was able to piece together this scenario. However, many other outlets reached the same conclusion. Why was ISIS created? ISIS was a transportation arm and a protection arm of drug trafficking coming out of Afghanistan. They protected some of the distribution points while carrying out terrorist activities which serves as an effect cover for their drug operation which is their main duty. They have also evolved into an effective and well-armed militia, thanks to the CIA, John McCain and Hillary Clinton. The only thing that has changed since the war in Afghanistan began is that the heroin traffic has grown to the world’s biggest supply. Our US troops serve the purpose of protecting various drug lords drug distribution centers. How does this operation escape the scrutiny of Congress? It doesn’t, to be perfectly blunt. The reason that we are still in Afghanistan is because the Epstein/CIA/Mossad operation has compromised key American politicians. In a sense, Epstein’s Island was the center of the new (1984 style) Ministry of Truth. Entice key politicians like Adam Schiff, photograph him with underage girls, and you have a powerful ally in Congress. Multiple this strategy several times over and there is no danger that the war in Afghanistan will ever end. For George W. Bush, his complicity covered up his cocaine habit. For “Bathhouse Barry” as he was called, his seedy underworld Chicago lifestyle remains hidden as long as he leaves the war alone. At the center of all of this complicity is Jeffrey Epstein and spin off operations which exist to exact compliance through the blackmailing process. Hillary’s connection to ISIS and ultimately the Epstein empire keeps her out of prison. These forces extracted Epstein from prison and this explains why the guards were not in position when the extraction occurred. It is explains why the video footage, which was required in a suicide watch situation, are “not available”. It explains why Hillary has never stood trial. Now, here comes Donald Trump. In two recent occasions he has threatened to withdraw troops from Afghanistan. The infighting that would occur between the existing Afghan drug lords would collapse the system and cut into the might profits of the heroin empire. Hence, we have yet another attempt to remove Trump from power because he is not fully on board with these types of CIA led operations. And make no mistake about it, according to long-term sources, when we are talking Afghanistan, we are talking about world domination with many key politicians. This is a Deep State operation. Why not just kill Trump? The answer is simple. In 1963, there was no Independent Media (IM) except for the likes of people like Josiah Thompson and the late Jim Marrs. These men never let go of the assassination. Jim taught the first class on JFK assassination of the University of Texas. It took 30 years and a major movie to fully awaken the American people, that on behalf of David Rockefeller, Alan Dulles, LBJ, J Edgar Hoover and Richard Nixon orchestrated the plot to kill JFK because of the threat he posed to the Federal Reserve, the nuclear arms race and of course JFK was opposed to the heroin cash cow known as Vietnam. The South Vietnamese President was assassinated three weeks before JFK because both men were not on board with sending troops into Southeast Asia to protect the drug trafficking of the Golden Triangle run by covert operations of the CIA. Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia was Afghanistan, before the Afghan war. If there was an IM in 1963, this crime would have been solved by Christmas of the same year (30 days after the assassination). If Trump were to be assassinated, the IM would be all over this and the American people would more than likely rise up and the Deep State cannot afford this. So, covert operations must be employed by the CIA. This President must go before the election. This was the same exact thinking when JFK was assassinated. If JFK were to get a second term, he could irreparable harm to the Deep State of the day. The same is true for Trump. His border policies alone, could cost the globalists drug-trafficking trade, run by the CIA and the Mossad, billions of dollars. Since the Russian collusion did not result in impeachment, the Ukraine plot was hatched. The plot is being led by Adam Schiff. Why Schiff? Because he is compromised, deeply compromised as in Deep State compromised. He is implicated in Epstein Island according to my best source. Because Trump is not fully on board and never has been with the Afghan War, he has faced the Russian collusion and now the nothing burger of Ukraine-gate and Schiff is leading the charge. The complicity of every American politician is being brought to bear. If you have noticed that until the past few days, Pelosi was dragging her feet on impeachment because she knows if it fails, her party is dead. Pelosi is implicated in border drug trafficking and stealing water out of Northern California and sending it to Communist China. Even Bill Maher is opposed to this course of action by the Democrats with regard to impeachment. He sees the end of the Democratic Party if impeachment fails. Clearly, Maher did not get the memo. It is impeachment at all costs. The Deep State is reeling, and this is their Kamikaze attack. It is all or nothing. These facts, listed above, have been fully communicated. However, what follows is not as well-known and is serving to fuel the Ukrainian frame up of Trump. I have information that comes out of the intel community that has shed light on this situation. In fact, this information is reverberating in the intel community. It is suppressed as I write these words and CNN and the rest of the MSM are scrambling to create a diversion that will take eyes off of what you are going to read right here. My insider source, and the info was partially confirmed by another source, implicates Congressman Adam Schiff in a plot to overthrow the US government beginning with Donald Trump. Schiff is part of group, fronting for CIA/Mossad interests in drug trafficking. Schiff is a compromised man. He is deeply implicated in the shenanigans of the Epstein child-sex-trafficking empire according to the source. As many world-wide politicians are, Schiff is being blackmailed by Epstein-related interests with a political agenda. Schiff has another issue that he needs to cover up and it has to do with Ukraine. I have been told by this inside source that Adam Schiff was in league with Hunter Biden and corrupt Ukrainian officials and that Schiff received hundreds of thousands of dollars to steer Congressional oversight away from Ukraine. Why? Because the Ukrainian revolution was CIA inspired. Why? Because the CIA and the Mossad wanted their drug trafficking to extend to the Silk Road and Putin told the CIA where to go and what to do when they got there. Subsequently, the CIA initiated a coup in Ukraine and installed wholly corrupt EU figures in the power base of the country. This was something that the CSS reported on extensively when this was occurring. Ukraine is one of Russia’s main source for natural gas and the loss of Russian revenue related to this revolution in Ukraine. And what did Putin do, he retaliated and occupied Crimea. The previously identified Democrats moved into the vacuum and began to profit from the criminal enterprises that sprang up as a result of what was happening in Ukraine. Some of these figures includes Mitt Romney, Jeff Flake and Hunter/Joe Biden. The readers may have noticed that Mitt Romney has seemingly come out of nowhere to enter this controversy and go after Trump. If that seemed out of place to you, as it did to me, there was a very good reason for this. Mitt Romney has been after Trump since day one. Additionally, Jeff Flake who mysteriously resigned from the Senate and did not seek re-election has periodically surfaced to attack Trump and he has done so again over the Ukrainian issue. Why? Why are Flake, Romney and Schiff all on the attack? Why were 500 words deleted from the transcript of the call between Trump and Zelensky in order to create the illusion that Trump was obstructing justice? The answer is that Flake and Romney were involved in Hunter Biden’s criminal enterprise in Ukraine. They are all at risk. That is why these people are taking front and center against Trump. My insider source did not give me the following information, but it must be related. It was announced, or should I say, purposely leaked, that Barr and Trump are looking for an international conspiracy with regard to American Deep State interests. This goes back to an Epstein international blackmailing operation. Trump is playing chicken with the Deep State. I recently scoffed when it was suggested to me that the Deep State was in a near-collapsed state. I am no longer skeptical. I am certain that Joe Biden, former President Obama, the late John McCain, Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation and many others are deeply compromised and it is on the verge of coming out and the Epstein blackmail enterprise may not be able to stop the disclosures. And what about Schiff? Why is he leading the charge? Because he is willing to commit treason than risk going to jail for the rest of his life. I will conclude these revelations with tweets from Trump that clearly shows he is in agreement with what is reported here. Twice, the President mentioned arresting Schiff for treason. He knows of what I have written about in this report. Also, Joe Biden is done. As these facts surface and his complicity in covering up for his son, Hunter, further surfaces, Elizabeth Warren will emerge as the candidate for the Democratic Party. What a joke! She cannot win! That is why Hillary, as I have said 22 prior times in print and in podcasts, will emerge as the candidate. If she cannot win, civil war will follow. We are in the middle of a Bolshevik Revolution. Oh, and one more thing. The CIA changed its whistleblower forms in late August to allow so-called whistleblowers to use hearsay statements. Wouldn’t we all agree that this is a little bit too coincidental? And in the musical words of the late Tom Petty, which fully applies to the CIA's complicity here "Let's get to the point and roll another joint". These CIA demons are killing our children with their drug operations.
:: 10--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump gives AG Barr authority to declassify documents related to 2016 campaign surveillance
By Talia Kaplan, Mike Arroyo | Fox News
Trump orders declassification of intelligence related to campaign spying White House to declassify documents; Fox News correspondent David Spunt has the details. President Trump on Thursday night issued a memo giving Attorney General William Barr the authority to declassify any documents related to surveillance of the Trump campaign in 2016. Trump also ordered the intelligence community to cooperate with Barr. The memo read: "The heads of elements of the intelligence community... and the heads of each department or agency that includes an element of the intelligence community shall promptly provide such assistance and information as the Attorney General may request in connection with that review." "Today, at the request and recommendation of the Attorney General of the United States, President Donald J. Trump directed the intelligence community to quickly and fully cooperate with the Attorney General’s investigation into surveillance activities during the 2016 Presidential election," White House press secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement. "The Attorney General has also been delegated full and complete authority to declassify information pertaining to this investigation, in accordance with the long-established standards for handling classified information. Today’s action will help ensure that all Americans learn the truth about the events that occurred, and the actions that were taken, during the last Presidential election and will restore confidence in our public institutions." In a Twitter message late Thursday, Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani defended the president's action. "The President @realDonaldTrump made a wise decision to let AG Barr on the documents," Giuliani wrote. "I don’t know for sure but I seriously doubt there’s any national security concern but some of it could affect pending investigations. I’m sure AG and DOJ will make a very appropriate decision." U.S. Rep. Adam Schiff, D-Calif., chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, blasted the move as an attempt to "weaponize law enforcement and classified information." Trump claims his campaign was the victim of "spying," though the intelligence community has insisted it acted lawfully in following leads in the Russia investigation. The president had told Fox News earlier in May that he would allow declassification "soon." He elaborated, "I didn’t want to do it originally because I wanted to wait, because I know what they -- you know I’ve seen the way they play. They play very dirty." Last month, Barr ran into a buzz saw of criticism from Democratic lawmakers and media figures for testifying that “spying did occur” against the Trump campaign in 2016. But despite the backlash, Barr appeared to be referring to intelligence collection that already has been widely reported and confirmed. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrants against former Trump campaign aide Carter Page are currently the subject of a Justice Department inspector general investigation looking at potential misconduct in the issuance of those warrants. That review also reportedly is scrutinizing the role of an FBI informant who had contacts with Trump advisers in the early stages of the Russia investigation. The use of the term "spying" as it applies to the FBI's surveillance in 2016 has been fiercely disputed. The New York Times, even as it reported last year on how the FBI sent an informant to speak to campaign advisers amid concerns about suspicious Russia contacts, stated that this was to "investigate" Russia ties and "not to spy." DEMS RAGE AGAINST BARR FOR BACKING CLAIMS OF TRUMP CAMPAIGN 'SPYING' BY FBI “I think spying did occur. The question is whether it was adequately predicated,” Barr testified last month, adding that he believed it is his “obligation” to review whether there was misconduct in the original investigation. “Congress is usually very concerned with intelligence agencies and law enforcement agencies staying in their proper lane.” He added that “spying on a political campaign is a big deal.” President Trump backed the attorney general's testimony, saying the same day Barr testified last month that he thinks what Barr said "was absolutely true," adding, "There was absolutely spying into my campaign.” Democrats, though, charged that the testimony indicated Barr was a compromised witness.
:: 10-1-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
With Talk Of Civil War In The Air, Deep State Sourced Website Is Still Forecasting A Massive Die-Off By 2025: US Population Projected To Plunge By 227 Million In Less Than 6 Years
- What Does CIA-Sourced Deagel Know That We Don't Know?
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 1, 2019
In this new Washington Post story republished at SFGate titled "President Pelosi? It Could Happen", we see the epitome of the left's descent into madness on full display as their wishful thinking of seeing Nancy Pelosi in the White House after a President Trump impeachment and a take down of VP Mike Pence defies all logic, especially with President Trump warning of Democrat treason and an impeachment attempt based on lies that could even spark Civil War in America. While Democrats scream of 'more transparency', now seeking more phone call transcripts between President Trump and world leaders such as Vladimir Putin as reported in this new story over at Reuters, President Trump recently suggested Adam Schiff should be arrested for treason, just days after he also claimed that America used to execute spies such as the deep state 'whistleblower' who now allegedly fears for his life according to this CBS News story, which could very well be more Democrat propaganda and fake news. With POTUS Trump tweeting a comment made by the Rev. Robert Jeffress, pastor of the Southern Baptist megachurch First Baptist Dallas, who recently said on Fox News: "If the Democrats are successful in removing the president from office, it will cause a civil war-like fracture in this nation from which our country will never heal", the firestorm that has followed from the left helps prove just how out of touch with reality they are. With Democrats becoming America's 'untouchables' under Obama who were never investigated and never prosecuted no matter how many treasonous crimes against America they committed, most pushing for impeachment have no idea that America has largely awoken to THEIR crimes! Even former Presidential candidate Ron Paul recently asked in this must read story, "Impeachment.....or a CIA Coup?", and as anybody who has been paying attention to President Donald Trump's entire term in office knows, leftists have been dead set upon taking down President Trump since long before his first day in office. Beginning with the 'Russian collusion lie' which the Washington Post and entire msm apparatus peddled for two years that included labeling us, All News Pipeline, as 'Russian propagandists', the msm never even bothered asking us if we were 'Russians' with my family having been in America for almost 400 years while part of my family is Native American. Russian? No! Try red blooded Americans against globalism! Anybody who still believes any of the lies coming from the msm or the demon party about 'Russian collusion' is as insane as the Democrats preaching that never-ending lie. Everybody has to know by now that the 'witch hunt' had nothing to do with 'Russian collusion' and instead is all about 'America' vs 'Globalism'. And in such a case, the 'globalists' are working against America. President Trump is right, traitors used to be executed for treason against their countries and globalists are doing that when they put America anything less than 1st. And with President Trump's son Eric Trump recently claiming that his father will fight to the bitter end in any impeachment trial as the Daily Mail reported in this Monday story, ANP asks all Americans who no longer trust the propaganda media or the demon party to prepare to join President Trump and ANP in this fight for the future of America. With the democrat party refusing to even tell Americans the truth about how their tax money is thrown away in 'globalism', nor did they ever launch any investigations into the countless treasonous crimes that they themselves committed against America, they and the msm are clearly the enemies of America. And, should they be allowed to continue on the road they're on, they'd become the 'ruling class' should America ever fall hard into Communism, carrying out the 'roundups' and mass slaughters of patriots and anybody else standing against their totalitarian one-world government. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And with gun sales now going through the roof as the Democrats show their true gun-grabbing colors as Americans prepare to defend their loved ones and families against whatever kind of insanity or tyranny that might be unleashed in America over the next 2 to 5 years, we must remind you that according to the globalist sourced website Deagel.com, by the year 2025, America's population will be less than 100 million people. Let that sink in for a moment. While America's population in 2017 was approximately 327 million, according to a website that uses as its sources the CIA, the US Department of State, the US Department of Defense, the World Bank and the European Union as seen in the image below, America's population by 2025 will only 99,553,100. What does Deagel know that we don't know? Their numbers also forecast America's financial destruction by 2025. While Deagel's explanation for their bizarre forecast which you can read here emphasizes that America is about to be hit by "a confluence of crisis with devastating result", might those forecast numbers of America's population of less than 100 million people by 2025 also take into account Civil War breaking out in America, resulting in many dead and many more leaving the US completely? Here's a portion of their explanation. The collapse of the Western financial system will wipe out the standard of living of its population while ending ponzi schemes such as the stock exchange and the pension funds. The population will be hit so badly by a full array of bubbles and ponzi schemes that the migration engine will start to work in reverse accelerating itself due to ripple effects thus leading to the demise of the States. This unseen situation for the States will develop itself in a cascade pattern with unprecedented and devastating effects for the economy. Jobs offshoring will surely end with many American Corporations relocating overseas thus becoming foreign Corporations!!!! We see a significant part of the American population migrating to Latin America and Asia while migration to Europe - suffering a similar illness - won't be relevant. Nevertheless the death toll will be horrible. Take into account that the Soviet Union's population was poorer than the Americans nowadays or even then. The ex-Soviets suffered during the following struggle in the 1990s with a significant death toll and the loss of national pride. Might we say "Twice the pride, double the fall"? Nope. The American standard of living is one of the highest, far more than double of the Soviets while having added a services economy that will be gone along with the financial system. When pensioners see their retirement disappear in front of their eyes and there are no servicing jobs you can imagine what is going to happen next. At least younger people can migrate. Never in human history were so many elders among the population. In past centuries people were lucky to get to their 30s or 40s. The American downfall is set to be far worse than the Soviet Union's one. A confluence of crisis with a devastating result. While the msm will call it a 'conspiracy theory' until they're blue in the face, the globalists 'depopulation agenda' has been documented over and over again, and in the words of globalists such as Bill Gates who once said "the world today has 6.8 billion people. That's heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care & reproductive health services, we could LOWER that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent" and David Rockefeller who once said "the negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident". And leftists babble this nonsense regularly as we see in the quotes below from this story by Michael Snyder at The Truth Wins.:
1. UK Television Presenter Sir David Attenborough: “We are a plague on the Earth. It’s coming home to roost over the next 50 years or so. It’s not just climate change; it’s sheer space, places to grow food for this enormous horde. Either we limit our population growth or the natural world will do it for us, and the natural world is doing it for us right now”
2. Paul Ehrlich, a former science adviser to president George W. Bush and the author of “The Population Bomb”: “To our minds, the fundamental cure, reducing the scale of the human enterprise (including the size of the population) to keep its aggregate consumption within the carrying capacity of Earth is obvious but too much neglected or denied”
3. Paul Ehrlich again, this time on the size of families: “Nobody, in my view, has the right to have 12 children or even three unless the second pregnancy is twins”
4. Dave Foreman, the co-founder of Earth First: “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”
5. CNN Founder Ted Turner: “A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”
6. Japan’s Deputy Prime Minister Taro Aso about medical patients with serious illnesses: “You cannot sleep well when you think it’s all paid by the government. This won’t be solved unless you let them hurry up and die.”
7. Environmental activist Roger Martin: “On a finite planet, the optimum population providing the best quality of life for all, is clearly much smaller than the maximum, permitting bare survival. The more we are, the less for each; fewer people mean better lives.”
8. HBO personality Bill Maher: “I’m pro-choice, I’m for assisted suicide, I’m for regular suicide, I’m for whatever gets the freeway moving – that’s what I’m for. It’s too crowded, the planet is too crowded and we need to promote death.”
9. MIT professor Penny Chisholm: “The real trick is, in terms of trying to level off at someplace lower than that 9 billion, is to get the birthrates in the developing countries to drop as fast as we can. And that will determine the level at which humans will level off on earth.”
10. Julia Whitty, a columnist for Mother Jones: “The only known solution to ecological overshoot is to decelerate our population growth faster than it’s decelerating now and eventually reverse it—at the same time we slow and eventually reverse the rate at which we consume the planet’s resources. Success in these twin endeavors will crack our most pressing global issues: climate change, food scarcity, water supplies, immigration, health care, biodiversity loss, even war. On one front, we’ve already made unprecedented strides, reducing global fertility from an average 4.92 children per woman in 1950 to 2.56 today—an accomplishment of trial and sometimes brutally coercive error, but also a result of one woman at a time making her individual choices. The speed of this childbearing revolution, swimming hard against biological programming, rates as perhaps our greatest collective feat to date.” Also documented in granite for history in the infamous Georgia Guidestones which completely destroy any attempts at being benevolent in their first goal which stated: Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature, a HUGE drop from the 7.7 billion living here now. How might they get the population down to only 500 million from 7.7 billion? The rest of the goals on the Guidestones reads like a communist handbook.
Guide reproduction wisely — improving fitness and diversity.
Unite humanity with a living new language.
Rule passion — faith — tradition — and all things with tempered reason.
Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts.
Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court.
Avoid petty laws and useless officials.
Balance personal rights with social duties.
Prize truth — beauty — love — seeking harmony with the infinite.
Be not a cancer on the earth — Leave room for nature — Leave room for nature.
So with Democrats seeking to drive a stake in America's heart by impeaching President Trump and his America first agenda, thus ensuring 'globalism' reigns once again in America, as we hear in the first video below, if President Trump is taken down, we can pretty much be assured that patriotic Americans are next with the globalists demonizing supporters of the US Constitution, Christians, Conservatives and other anti-globalists as potential terror threats in our own country for standing against Democrat treason. And while we'll pray that the 2nd video below titled "America's Cold War Is About To Get Hot" is wrong, just look at the atmosphere in America today and tell us that you can guarantee that it's not. As we hear in the 3rd and final video below, according to President Trump, America is now at war with internal enemies hellbent upon destroying the Republic. So please join President Trump and ANP to ensure that never happens in our lifetimes with the next 14 to 16 months and the 4 years beyond that among the most crucial in modern day US history.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Can_Only_Bob_Barr_And_The_DOJ_Stop_A_Civil_War.php
[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..
:: 10--19 Earthquake Track :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Recent Earthquakes Near Oklahoma, United States
Oklahoma, United States has had: (M1.5 or greater)
5 earthquakes in the past 24 hours
41 earthquakes in the past 7 days
157 earthquakes in the past 30 days
1,146 earthquakes in the past 365 days
The largest earthquake in Oklahoma, United States:
today: 3.0 in Stroud, Oklahoma, United States
this week: 3.5 in Fairview, Oklahoma, United States
this month: 3.5 in Fairview, Oklahoma, United States
this year: 4.4 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States
Cushing, Oklahoma, United States
about 5 hours ago 3.0 magnitude, 7 km depth
Stroud, Oklahoma, United States
about 8 hours ago 2.0 magnitude, 2 km depth
El Reno, Oklahoma, United States
about 10 hours ago 2.2 magnitude, 4 km depth
Pawnee, Oklahoma, United States
about 18 hours ago 2.7 magnitude, 7 km depth
Fairview, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 2.3 magnitude, 7 km depth
Watonga, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 1.9 magnitude, 2 km depth
Maysville, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 2.4 magnitude, 7 km depth
Stroud, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth
Maysville, Oklahoma, United States
a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth
Medford, Oklahoma, United States
https://earthquaketrack.com/p/united-states/oklahoma/recent
:: 10-1-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
3.6-magnitude earthquake strikes near Ridgecrest
KABC – Los Angeles•October 1, 2019
A magnitude 3.6 earthquake was recorded in the Ridgecrest area Tuesday morning, according to the U.S. Geological Survey.
https://news.yahoo.com/3-6-magnitude-earthquake-strikes-135746800.html
:: 10-2-19 Equity Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Torrential rain brings floods across Britain
Posted on October 2, 2019
Torrential rains have swept across the UK bringing floods, closing roads and railways, and leading to some places being evacuated. Dozens of flood warnings had been issued and some areas in the Midlands, Wales and southern England were hit by a week’s rain in just an hour. On the Isle of Man, a major incident was declared as floodwaters trapped people in their homes. Further heavy rain and high winds are expected on Thursday. The Environment Agency issued dozens of flood warnings and alerts across England, while the Met Office issued a yellow warning for heavy rain that could cause power cuts, road closures and flooding. The warning is in place until 20:00 BST across large parts of central and southern England, and Wales. In Cornwall, floods caused by a coastal surge meant people were told to leave caravans and seaside properties in the morning and not to return until it is safe to do so. There were also several flood warnings in Wales and one flood warning in Scotland, around Loch Ryan, which has since been lifted. After bringing up to 50mm (2 ins) of rain in a couple of hours in some places, the downpours are expected to die down on Tuesday night. By Tuesday afternoon, the highest hourly rainfall was 25.6mm, recorded at Pennerley in Shropshire. That part of the country normally receives just 96mm of rain in the whole of October. But the localised nature of the downpours means the heaviest rainfall may not be recorded by a weather station, the Met Office said. Worcestershire was one place that experienced torrential rainfall, with the fire and rescue service issuing a warning to drivers after a car was submerged in floods. In the north of England, heavy rain overnight meant a number of roads were flooded in Cumbria and a landslide on the rail line between Carlisle and Newcastle disrupted train services. Flooding on the Cumbria Coast line between Carlisle and Maryport saw cancellations on Northern services from Carlisle to Barrow and onwards. However, fears of a coastal surge in Hunstanton, west Norfolk, proved unfounded. Around 3,000 households were told to evacuate, but Environment Agency confirmed an all-clear had been given just before 10:00. On the Isle of Man, the village of Laxey was cut off after its second major flood in four years. The river that gave the village its name burst its banks, leaving people trapped in their homes. The fire service helped to evacuate several houses, while a coastguard helicopter was flown in on standby. The village was previously flooded in 2015, when a 200-year-old stone bridge was washed away. One villager told the BBC that this year’s flooding was the worst he had seen. Flooding also appeared to trap cars in the East Midlands, with two vehicles caught up in high waters at Colston Bassett, Nottinghamshire. And on Monday night, fire crews reported a number of rescues from stuck cars near Burton-upon-Trent and near York. Meanwhile, fire and rescue services across England attended a number of flooded homes to help pump out water.
https://equity-insider.com/2019/10/02/torrential-rain-brings-floods-across-britain/
[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..
:: 10-2-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
National Media Blackout: Florida Daycare Worker Caught Breaking the Legs of 4 Different Toddlers in the Same Day
By Dean Garrison - October 2, 2019
This story happened back in August but got almost zero national media attention.
From CBS Miami: Charges have been filed against a worker at a Florida day care center.
Latest: National Media Blackout: Florida Daycare Worker Caught Breaking the Legs of 4 Different Toddlers in the Same Day That woman is now facing child neglect charges after four toddlers suffered broken legs on the same day. The Panama City News Herald reports that 25-year-old Christina Marie Curtis was arrested recently after the May 21 incident at Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso. It wasn’t immediately clear if she has a lawyer to represent her but she was released on $4,000 bail last month. An arrest report says all four young boys were fine the morning of the incident. Later that day, they were having difficulty standing or walking and medical personnel determined they had all suffered leg fractures. From english.korrespodenti.com: Parents are now looking to get their children as far away from the Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso as they can. After allegations surfaced that daycare worker Christina Marie Curtis, 25, managed to break the legs of four toddlers in one day, the daycare came under fire for its failure to keep kids safe and sound. Because four children suffered the same injury on the same day at the daycare center in Florida, authorities grew very concerned and worried – and soon found that there was one culprit to blame for the horrendous abuse. Now Curtis has been arrested and charged with child neglect for her bad day at work on May 21, 2019. Since she was in charge of the four children, who all broke their legs on that day, authorities knew that she was the first person to investigate. The police report indicates that Curtis showed no care or empathy while watching the injured children. She reportedly jerked and violently abused the delicate children. She allegedly threw one baby into a wagon and jerked another through the air. Curtis, who comes from Forth Walton Beach, was not arrested and held in custody shortly after the injuries were revealed. Instead, Florida authorities took their time gathering the necessary evidence to get Curtis behind bars for a substantial amount of time. However, during that time, she could have been putting other babies at risk – especially since she was able to break the legs of four babies on the same day. Florida authorities finally gathered enough evidence to charge Curtis with four counts of felony child neglect. She has lost the ability to work in schools or childcare facilities. But that has not done anything for the victims of Curtis’s abuse at the Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso. Those victims need justice. The babies who suffered Curtis’s abuses were between the ages of 13 and 21 months. That means they were tiny children who needed care – not anger and rage. Read the rest…
Babies between 13 months and 21 months? What a sick woman. Again, this story was hardly touched by the national media. Why not?
The national media is obsessed with tearing down Donald Trump.
So why don’t we look at some of the good things Trump & Company have done for kids over the last year, other than the obvious ends to Epstein and NXIVM.
Anti-Trump video-gamer Thomas Cheung arrested in Super Bowl pedophile sting
“Operation Trade Secrets” — 85 arrests in Florida in Human Trafficking Sting
California: 339 Arrests, Nearly 50 Rescues In Massive Human Trafficking Bust
GOP Sen. Josh Hawley introduces bill to force YouTube to end its “catering to pedophiles”
Billionaire founder of social network of sadistic pedophiles is a Hillary Clinton supporter
Hillary Clinton supporter? Well that explains a lot. Keep America Great in 2020.
There is much work to do and we finally have a President that is willing to tackle the many issues facing America’s kids. Those kids are our future. Anytime you stumble upon a local story like the one of this Florida sicko, please email it to me at dean.garrison.99@gmail.com I’ll do my best to get the word out while everyone else is busy bashing Trump.
Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry
:: 10-1-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Here in the West, we don’t hear much about the huge Muslim crime problem in India
October 1, 2019 by BareNakedIslam
Considering that India partitioned a huge chunk of Indian land to give Muslims their own country – Pakistan – why are there any Muslims still living in India at all? India’s total population: 1,369,825,993
India’s Muslim population: 201 million etc. India is home to 11% of the world's Muslim population.
Western mainstream media totally ignore the Muslim crime problem in India, as they do in most of the rest of the world. Here is a tiny sample of the daily headlines that come out of India. Click the links below photos if you want to read the stories. But fair warning, the Google translations leave a lot to be desired.
:: 10--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
60% of Americans Do NOT Have an Emergency Fund. They’re One Missed Paycheck From Disaster
By Daisy Luther
What would it mean to you if you had an unexpected trip to the emergency room? If your car required an expensive repair? What if your income was interrupted for a week, or two weeks, or even longer? Do you have an emergency fund built into your budget to see you through these everyday calamities, or are you only one missed paycheck from disaster? According to a survey released by Bankrate, 60% of Americans do not have the emergency savings to take care of a crisis that costs $1000 or more. How do people handle unexpected expenses? According to the survey:
40% would use savings
15% would use credit cards
14% would cut back on other spending
13% would borrow from friends or family
6% would take out a personal loan
Many said they had no idea how they would cover an unexpected expense of this magnitude. And Forbes says that 23% of Americans save no money at all – but I suspect that number is higher since other reports say that 43% of Americans struggle to pay for food and rent. And when you’re in a financial hole, it’s harder than ever to dig yourself out with a system that seems to be designed to work against you. (If you’re in a situation in which you can’t even pay your current bills, see this article.) So what about you? Do you have an emergency fund? It’s really just one more prep that you should put aside for a rainy day. An emergency fund is a vital prep When your finances are tight, sometimes your first impulse is to spend every dime. Many people focus on things like paying off debts, stocking up on food and supplies, or paying more than the minimum payments on bills. However, that may not be your best bet. Don’t get me wrong – paying off debt is absolutely vital, but most experts recommend establishing an emergency fund as the first step back to financial security. There are several reasons why this should be a priority for you:
What if you suddenly lost your job and it was 6-8 weeks before unemployment payments began to trickle in?
What if your child suffered a medical emergency and you needed to purchase an expensive medication?
What if your refrigerator began making a death rattle and you needed to buy a new one immediately in order to save your expensive frozen food stockpile?
What if your car, that you needed to get back and forth to work, required a costly repair?
The reasons you might need to tap into an emergency fund are as varied as the news headlines – there are many different disasters that can arise, and nearly every single one of them will require that you have some additional funds available. You simply cannot call yourself “prepared” if you don’t have the currency on hand to see you through the rough spots. It’s important NOT to rely on credit cards, overdraft, and lines of credit for these unexpected events – these things will cost you far more in interest in the long run. Credit cards are NOT an emergency fund. An emergency fund is currency that you have on hand that will not cost your interest. Don’t make your personal disaster worse than it already is by paying compounded interest on it for the next two years. How much should be in your emergency fund? This is one of those numbers that will vary with different families. Most experts recommend a starting point of 1-3 months of expenses. And by expenses, I mean everything from house payments to car payments to projected utilities to food costs. Don’t underestimate how much it takes to run your household every month – be sure to account for all of the regular expenses you might need to cover during an emergency situation. In addition to an emergency fund in cash, other prepper items can help see you through a rough spot. Your general supply stockpile and your food pantry mean you have to spend less money on day to day items when times are tough. When budgets are tight, how can you bankroll your emergency fund? If you don’t have some rainy day money set aside, it is of the utmost importance that you fund this right away It’s time to change your financial lifestyle. This isn’t really fun, but the economy is continuing to freefall (despite the blithe reports from the White House and mainstream media). Hardcore frugality is the answer. If you don’t have enough money set aside to weather a crisis, then you need to cut your spending to the bone until you do. Most of us have some places that we can cut the budget. To put it into perspective, a fancy frozen coffee concoction from Starbucks is about $6. Today, the price of silver is just under $20 per ounce. Three and a half days without Starbucks =1 ounce of silver. Exercise some “tough love” and strip your budget down to the bare bones until you have a month’s worth of expenses put aside. Sell something. Do you have a basement full of unused relics? Exercise equipment, old furniture, unused appliances -all of these things taking up valuable storage real estate can help you to establish your emergency fund. Hang on to things like gold and silver jewelry, though – it will increase in value.
Get a second job. You don’t have to plan to work two jobs indefinitely, but spending one day a week babysitting or taking on a different part-time job can help you get your savings into the comfort zone.
Make only your minimum payments. I realize this is not the standard financial recommendation, but until you have a one-month rainy day fund set aside, you should forgo making the extra payments even on interest-bearing accounts.
Eat cheap for a few months. If you can manage one cheapo meal a day, this can result in massive savings. Look into different meals that are less than a dollar per serving – generally, these will be vegetarian offerings like beans and rice, a bowl of cereal, or eggs and toast. Soup is also a great budget-stretcher. Cheap doesn’t have to mean unhealthy – we never eat things like Ramen noodles in our family but we manage to have frequent low-budget meals that are tasty and filling. For the love of Pete, don’t eat out – the cost per serving is 5-10 times the cost of making the same dish at home.
Get rid of some fixed expenses. If you can get rid of some of your monthly fixed expenses, you can build your emergency fund very quickly. Cancel gym memberships, extracurricular activities, phones, satellite, cable, and internet. Funnel all of that money towards your emergency fund. Once the fund is built, you may discover you didn’t really need those services as much as you thought you did.
What constitutes an “emergency” worthy of dipping into the fund? Once you have your emergency fund established, you might wonder, “What can I spend this on?” Ideally, nothing. The goal is never to spend this money. This little safe full of money squirreled away is there for situations that cannot be addressed with your regular income. Here are some things that are NOT emergencies:
Trips to the mall
Concert tickets
Vacations
Your 346th pair of shoes
A celebratory dinner at a nice restaurant
Cell phone bill
Ask yourself a few questions. Will it cost me more money if I do this later rather than sooner? Is the expenditure related to a safety issue? Is the expenditure related to a health issue? When will you have the money to pay for this out of your regular income?
Refrigerator
Car Repair
Medication/Medical Bill
Washing Machine (not in all situations, but if you have a baby in cloth diapers it’s pretty vital!)
Utilities that will result in reinstatement charges
Only you can judge whether or not an event constitutes an emergency. If you must use money from your emergency fund, make it a priority to replace that withdrawal as quickly as possible. Make this the year you get your finances under control If you don’t have an emergency fund, take your preparedness to the next level. Get financially prepped for those unexpected “rainy day” moments. Then, make a concentrated effort to reduce (or completely get rid of) debt. If a financial disaster were to strike, the less debt you have, the fewer payments you would have to make until you got back on your feet. Other preps will go a long way toward helping you through a financial emergency, too. Never underestimate the value of a fully-loaded pantry. For those of you with a little bit of money squirreled away, have you ever experienced an event that made you relieved that you had an emergency fund? Your comments can be very inspiring to those who are new to preparedness.
Resources The Total Money Makeover The Complete Tightwad Gazette (my favorite book EVER)
About Daisy Daisy Luther is a coffee-swigging, gun-toting blogger who writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. She lives in the mountains of Virginia with her family. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.
:: 10--19 Vigilant Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account
Paz de la Huerta went from being tagged a “major Hollywood celebrity” to a “major nutjob” in a few short years. And things got worse after she accused Harvey Weinstein of multiple crimes. However, a close look at her disturbing social media posts reveals another story: She been abused and controlled by the occult elite for decades.
Published 2 days ago on October 1, 2019 By Vigilant Citizen
Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots. Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt. Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years. While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry. Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past. Troubled Past Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant). Paz obtained her first role at age 12 in the movie 1998 The Object of My Affection which starred Jennifer Aniston and Paul Rudd. She then steadily climbed the stairs to stardom until things took a horrible turn. In 2011, de la Huerta was nearly killed by a speeding ambulance truck that was driven by a stunt driver on the set of the movie Nurse 3D. This event was highly suspicious, especially when one watches the video of it. In this disturbing video, it appears that the ambulance actually steered left at the very last second to violently hit Paz. Furthermore, the ambulance was driven by a stunt driver who is literally trained to perform dangerous car stunts. Was it actually a murder attempt? As we’ll see later, the story surrounding this accident and its aftermaths is extremely bizarre. No matter what the case may be, the accident nearly killed Paz. She filed a $55 million lawsuit against Liongate film claiming that the accident required her to undergo over 20 surgeries and left her unable to work. The case was dismissed. In November 2018, de la Huerta filed a $60 million lawsuit against Harvey Weinstein, accusing the director of raping her on two separate occasions in 2010 and then embarking on a campaign of harassment that she contends damaged her career. Contrarily to other Me Too figureheads such as Rose McGowan, de la Huerta’s accusations generated little support and sympathy from mass media and the entertainment industry. Weinstein’s defense team has called her allegations “preposterous and, unfortunately, the product of an unstable personality with a vivid imagination.” In May 2019, while de la Huerta was working on her lawsuit against Weinstein, she was hospitalized for “severe emotional distress”. The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account Throughout these difficult times, de la Huerta remained active on Instagram … and that account was terrifying. Indeed, most of her posts were actually calls for help as she accused “evil women” of abusing and torturing her while constantly pushing her to suicide. For reasons unknown, that IG account was completed deleted in the past weeks. Luckily, since I was actually working on an article before the deletion happened, I’ve saved some screenshots and copied the contents of some captions. Now, more than ever, I believe these need to be shared because they explain the “why” of de la Huerta’s behavior while shedding light on the dark and disturbing side of the entertainment industry. The Deleted Instagram Account At first glance, Paz de la Huerta’s Instagram account appeared to consist of hundreds of selfies mixed with some pics from her glory days. However, when one took the time to read the captions associated with these pics, things got very dark. Nearly every picture was accompanied by a wall of text where Paz described her constant abuse and trauma at the hands of “evil women”. The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account Although Paz’ captions often sounded like the ramblings of a crazy person, they actually told a coherent and precise story of systematic abuse at the hands of specific people – notably her own mother. In one post she writes: I’ve always been incredibly generous even to my evil mother who if she wanted me to be healthy and successful she wouldn’t have done the unconscionable thing she did to me in Spain that she had tried to do so many times before but my good karma always saved me if I survive this I’m writing a book about maunchhausen bi proxy. On several occasions, Paz accuses her mother of Munchausen syndrome by proxy. Here’s a definition of it: Munchausen syndrome by proxy (MSBP) is a mental health problem in which a caregiver makes up or causes an illness or injury in a person under his or her care, such as a child, an elderly adult, or a person who has a disability. Because vulnerable people are the victims, MSBP is a form of child abuse or elder abuse. Note: Since most cases of MSBP are between a caregiver (usually a mother) and a child, the rest of this topic will describe that relationship. But it is important to remember that MSBP can involve any vulnerable person who has a caregiver. The caregiver with MSBP may:
Lie about the child’s symptoms.
Change test results to make a child appear to be ill.
Physically harm the child to produce symptoms.
Victims are most often small children. They may get painful medical tests they don’t need. They may even become seriously ill or injured or may die because of the actions of the caregiver. Children who are victims of MSBP can have lifelong physical and emotional problems and may have Munchausen syndrome as adults. This is a disorder in which a person causes or falsely reports his or her own symptoms.
– Michigan Medicine, Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy
Although she was under the strict control of her mother since birth, Paz says that things got worse since the 2011 ambulance accident. In another post she wrote: Since my truck accident I’ve been surrounded by these evil women trying to convince me I was sick so they could lock me up for the rest of my life out of envy and fear for their reputations but when I met Mika that night it was a break from the psychological torture. In another post she wrote: I have been crying for months … it’s inhumane what these monsters have done to me. Because of them I didn’t get my justice against Lionsgate. I was going to marry a man and they messed that up to. My boyfriend of 15 years won’t talk to me because he says I’ve been so naive and he’s afraid I will take my life. I had a career in Paris before they did the unconscionable. One old assistant of mine brave enough to step forward has saved all of their emails of their plans for me these last years since I had my truck accident. They’ve been trying to have me committed for the rest of my life only because I hold secrets of years of unconscionable abuse . I was never going to tell until what they did to me in Spain , the only country they could get away with it. All I did was cry after this one abuser said evil things to me and I was speaking to Micheal rebel the famous therapist that told me to run away from them years ago before they kill me. They are trying to drive me to suicide, they have been doing it for years. They have gas lit me. (…)
I want my famous friends to read this and help me get away from these abusers who have gas lit me held me prisoner in a city. I have few loved ones and are trying to put me in a cage for the rest of my life because I know too much. I will speak to this assistant who was brave enough to step forward. As stated above, Paz claimed that she was abducted in Spain in 2018. She reportedly spent six months “locked in a cage” while undergoing intense trauma at the hands of “evil women”. In another post she wrote: I was making money modeling and I was about to sign with the best agency until I stupidly got on that plane to Spain where evil I didn’t even know existed awaited me. What can I say? Truck accident, rape, near fatal cuncussion, and I’ve never been a blamer and I’ve never even cared to sue because by heart I’m a very positive resilient woman but this is the greatest injustice I’ve ever endured in my life and never have a witnessed just how cruel humanity is. I did nothing to warrant being locked up in a cage in a foreign country for six months they are still trying to keep me from having the proper medical care my evil mother has even voiced that she doesn’t want me working well than what am I supposed to be an invalid. In another post explained that what happened to her could only happen in Spain – perhaps due to her father’s connections. The only reason they got away with what they did was because in Spain my medications which they knew I needed one was illegal and I don’t know how they got away with keeping me there for so long it’s illegal to do that to someone Any where else in the world and because a judge put me there they made my evil abuser my custodian which I’ve had legally changed since and she forbade me from speaking to the two men my lawyer and best friend who had the power to get me out of that hell in a day. I tried to commit suicide nine times when I was there.
In another post, de la Huerta compares her situation to Rosemary Kennedy who was lobotomized by her own family.
do you know the story about the Kennedy girl we’ll she was very beautiful and sexy and vivacious the life of the party her mother was so deadly envious of her an ugly uptight prude like one of my main abusers and she basically did to her daughter what these to evil women tried to do to me lobotomize her the poor girl was robbed of her life and spent the rest of her life staring at a wall … extremely sad story and it almost happened to me I’ve never wanted to sue for any of the injustices I’ve endured until now and I have a killer lawyer share you’re stories with me and let’s support one another these evil women belong in jail
On several occasions, de la Huerta mentions an assistant who is willing to come forward and testify about the abuse she underwent in the past years. In one Instagram post, the assistant wrote a long caption summing up the situation (you can tell that the text was written by another person due to the presence of actual sentences and punctuation).
My name is Kimberly M., I am writing of behalf of Paz as I was friends with her in 2016-17, during that time witnessed some very bizarre treatment of her by her caretakers. Before Paz left Los Angeles for Paris I became her assistant for a short period of time, in order to try and help her in a situation that seemed desperate. From the outside, it seemed that she was becoming increasingly frustrated with how her caretakers were handling her and was suspicious of their care. From my point of view, she needed to be around more good role models, friends and people that cared for her in order for her to find her own stability and eventually start acting and modeling again. When I started the job I thought this would be the intention of her caretakers as well, but soon found out this was not the case. My main interactions come in dealing with who was my boss for the job, Kimberly. The first signs that Kimberly had ill intentions for Paz came from the fact that she was trying very hard to discourage me taking the job of helping Paz. Telling me I had no idea what I was getting into and repeatedly calling me to tell me negative things about Paz, often keeping me on the phone for hours at night, trying to convince me that Paz was not a good person and couldn’t be helped. I could not figure out why she was trying to influence me in this way and soon began to ask questions because I was in disbelief. Some of the things I was told include that Paz was untreatable and too far gone for help. She then told me that no treatment has worked on Paz in years, and that she has become more of a burden to them (Kimberly, Judith) than was worth putting actual effort into. One day I still was not completely sold that Paz is untreatable, and confronted Kimberly who got very worked up and revealed to me that they think she is so untreatable, that they have given up and have been actively delaying or sabotaging some of the things Paz was asking for. The most disturbing thing that was revealed was that they were trying to let her fail, so that she would go mad or cause enough altercations with the police/law to be put in an institution for life. She also told me that because Paz’s godmother (her client) was the only one contributing to her financial stability, and that she had taken it upon herself to relay negative information to the godmother, sending bad reports (knowing that she had not attempted to facilitate a good report) and convincing her that Paz would be so much of a burden financially overtime, that she should accept her as a lost cause, and have her put away for life in order to save herself the money and trouble, even going as far to make her sound like a danger to others. Never in my life did I think they would actually be able to follow through on such plans as I do not think Paz is insane, but a particular artist who’s been through a lot of trauma and needs adequate time to grow her own stability and find happiness in her own way. I may not know the extent of what led to what in her situation, but I know what I witnessed was wrong on a moral level and believe that it may have contributed to their attempt to put Paz being put away in Spain.
As the assistant wrote, Paz was subjected to “a lot of trauma”. And under details on her social media accounts point towards trauma-based mind control. Trauma Based Mind Control? To those who know about the dark side of the entertainment industry, Paz de la Huerta shows signs of trauma-based mind control. Her early beginnings in the entertainment industry, her abuse at the hands of powerful people and her history of bizarre behavior (a typical result following MK breakdown) are all visible symptoms. As explained in this article, trauma-based mind control (also known as Monarch programming) is about subjecting a slave to trauma so intense that it causes dissociation which leads to the programming of new alter personas. In several Instagram posts, Paz actually refers to an alter-ego named Malificient. Like many other victims of trauma-based mind control (such as Kim Noble), Paz also has a penchant for creating extremely symbolic paintings. A painting by Paz de la Huerta that is replete with MK imagery. It depicts a Virgin-Mary-like figure with a blindfolded child who appears to be subjected to all kinds of foul treatments. Strange fact: In one of her posts, Paz wrote that she replaced memories of her mother by the Virgin Mary. In Conclusion Although she can be easily dismissed as a crazy person who says crazy things (media has been doing it for years), Paz de la Huerta has actually been documenting her story of abuse and control in great detail. Through her numerous social media posts (the only outlet she had until very recently), de la Huerta provided a first-person account of her systematic destruction at the hands of the people closest to her. Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots. Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt. Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years. While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry. Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past. Troubled Past Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant). etc ..
P.S. If you appreciated this article, please consider showing your support through a small monthly donation on Patreon. If you prefer, you can also make a one-time donation here. Thank you.
https://vigilantcitizen.com/vigilantreport/paz_de_la_huerta/
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 9-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel Update
By Hal Lindsey
On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority. After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/
:: 10-2-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Benny Gantz cancels meeting with Benjamin Netanyahu
Likud blames Lapid; Lapid's associates: Bull****
By Gil Hoffman, Lahav Harkov October 2, 2019 04:24 3 minute read.
A Rosh Hashanah holiday weekend full of political turmoil climaxed Tuesday night when Blue and White leader Benny Gantz canceled a meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu set before the holiday that was expected to be a last-ditch attempt to form a unity government led by Netanyahu. The head of Blue and White’s coalition negotiating team, Yoram Turbowicz, called his counterpart in Likud, Tourism Minister Yariv Levin, to tell him that there was no point in the two leaders meeting on Wednesday night. He also canceled coalition talks that had been scheduled for Wednesday morning. “The minimum conditions have not ripened for a meeting that would be beneficial,” a Blue and White spokeswoman said. Likud responded by expressing “shock” at Blue and White’s move and blaming it on Gantz’s number two, MK Yair Lapid. Netanyahu’s party said it was Gantz who told Netanyahu when they spoke on Sunday that their teams should meet before the two of them convene, but Lapid pushed him over the holiday to cancel both meetings, because he wants to see a rotation in the Prime Minister’s Office between him and Gantz and not between Gantz and Netanyahu. “Gantz should display responsibility, avoid elections and meet with me,” Netanyahu said. A source close to Lapid called Likud’s version of events “bull****.” Sources in Blue and White said there was no point in meeting if Netanyahu did not give up his demand to negotiate on behalf of four parties in a political bloc on the Right and not just Likud. The cancellation also allows the media’s focus to be solely on Netanyahu’s criminal hearings and not on political developments. Netanyahu is expected to decide by the end of the week whether to return the mandate he received from President Reuven Rivlin to form a government. Channel 12 reported that Netanyahu will speak to Rivlin on Wednesday about his future steps. Before Rosh Hashanah, Netanyahu called Gantz, who spent the holiday in London, to make a final effort in coalition negotiations. He said they should meet upon Gantz’s return to Israel, and he even offered to go to Gantz’s home in Rosh Ha’ayin. The party leaders decided that their negotiating teams would meet Wednesday morning and the two of them would meet that evening. The conversation happened after a meeting between Likud and Blue and White teams on Sunday did not go well. “The Likud is very disappointed that Blue and White was unwilling to compromise,” the party said after Sunday morning’s meeting. Blue and White blamed the lack of progress on the Likud for not giving up its demand to negotiate as a bloc of 55 MKs on the Right. “Unfortunately, the Likud is sticking with its ‘Netanyahu comes first’ precondition,” a Blue and White spokeswoman said. “Likud is insisting on sticking with its bloc of 55 MKs and empty slogans that will result in Netanyahu dragging Israel into an unnecessary third election. Israel deserves a broad, liberal unity government under Gantz and we will continue to work for this goal.” Likud complained that Blue and White did not answer the question of whether Netanyahu could start out as prime minister as part of a compromise initiated by Rivlin. Likud officials said no progress could be made because Gantz was abroad. Rivlin’s compromise is meant to resolve the issue of Blue and White promising not to sit in a Netanyahu-led government as long as he is under a recommended indictment or under indictment. The law currently allows for a minister to take the prime minister’s place if he is incapacitated, for up to 100 days. Rivlin suggested it be amended to create an official position of vice prime minister, add indictment to a possible reason for the vice prime minister to take over, and to extend the replacement period to be indefinite. Netanyahu nodded when Rivlin described this proposal last week. Rivlin also suggested a “parity government,” meaning that the government portfolios would be split evenly between the right-wing bloc and Blue and White. This way, Blue and White, with 33 seats, would have equal executive power to the 55-seat Right. This is meant to resolve Blue and White’s rejection of the Likud negotiating in the name of the entire Right.
:: 9-29-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Liberman: Israelis won’t forgive Gantz, Netanyahu if third elections called
Yisrael Beytenu chief, who helped trigger second elections, says ideological differences between Likud, Blue and White are minimal: ‘Put your egos and personal interests aside’
By TOI staff 29 September 2019, 6:44 pm
Yisrael Beytenu party chairman Avigdor Liberman on Sunday warned Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Blue and White party leader Benny Gantz that the public would not forgive them if they fail to form a unity government and send the country to elections for the third time in less than a year. “The citizens of Israel will not forgive you if you lead us to another round of elections just because of ego and personal matters,” Liberman wrote in a Facebook post ahead of the Rosh Hashanah holiday. Liberman helped trigger the September 17 vote by refusing to join a Netanyahu-led government after elections on April 9 unless a bill regulating military conscription for seminary students was passed without changes — a demand rejected by the prime minister’s ultra-Orthodox allies. Falling one seat short of a majority without Yisrael Beytenu, Netanyahu pushed through a vote at the end of May to dissolve the Knesset and call fresh elections, rather than have another lawmaker get a crack at forming a government. Liberman, whose party rose from five to eight seats in the September 17 elections and holds the balance of power in the Knesset between Netanyahu’s Likud and Gantz’s Blue and White, campaigned on forcing a unity government between the two parties if neither could form a coalition without him — a vow he has reiterated since the vote. “The public demands a unity government,” he said, pointing out that Gantz and Netanyahu’s parties don’t even need Yisrael Beytenu to form such a coalition, as they hold a majority of seats between them. (Blue and White won 33 seats and Likud 32.) Liberman asserted that ideological differences between the two parties were minimal and that Likud supporters were not voting for Netanyahu’s religious partners when they cast their ballots. Following the elections, the leaders of the national-religious Yamina alliance and the ultra-Orthodox United Torah Judaism and Shas parties signed an agreement with Netanyahu in which they would enter coalition negotiations as one, 55-strong bloc led by the Likud leader. Liberman and Gantz have both blasted the move, with the latter pointing to it as a key obstacle in his party’s coalition talks with Likud. “Another round of elections will not lead to a different outcome but to a national disaster and economic paralysis that will be written in your name,” Liberman said. “For the next new year… I urge you to show responsibility, put your egos and personal interests aside and establish a government that will begin to address the problems and challenges we face.” Liberman met last week with Gantz but has not sat down with Netanyahu since the elections, though Yisrael Beytenu has indicated he would be willing to meet the prime minister if he receives an official invitation to do so. Negotiations between representatives from Likud and Blue and White over the possibility of forming a unity government ended early Sunday afternoon with both sides blaming the other for a lack of progress and apparent breakdown of the talks. Likud said Netanyahu would make a final attempt to reach agreements on Wednesday — the same day his pre-indictment hearing begins with the attorney general — in direct talks with his counterpart from Blue and White. Immediately after the Sunday meeting, Blue and White released a statement saying that “regrettably, Likud is sticking to its precondition of ‘Netanyahu first.’ Within this framework, Likud is insistent on the 55-member bloc and on throwing around slogans with the sole aim of generating support in preparation for dragging Israel into another round of elections at the behest of Netanyahu.” The party added: “The State of Israel needs a broad, stable and liberal unity government under the leadership of Benny Gantz — we will continue to pursue this goal and this goal alone.” In its own statement, Likud said that the lack of progress was due to “Blue and White’s refusal to accept the unity government [proposed by] the president of the state — an equal government with a rotation between Netanyahu and Gantz.” Likud said that Blue and White made “a strategic decision to slam the door to a unity government and drag the state into elections.” Netanyahu and Gantz will meet on Wednesday evening, Likud said, after the Blue and White leader returns from a trip to London. Netanyahu was charged by Rivlin on Wednesday night with trying to form a government based on the strength of his pact with right-wing and ultra-Orthodox parties to negotiate as a bloc of 55 MKs, and given 28 days to do so. Gantz, his rival, heads a bloc of 54 MKs from the center, left and Arab parties, but the 10 Arab MKs in that group would not join a Gantz-led coalition. Neither candidate has a clear path to a 61-strong Knesset majority. Gantz’s Blue and White won 33 seats in the September 17 elections, ahead of Likud’s 32 out of 120 seats in the Knesset. The eight-seat Yisrael Beytenu party holds the balance of power between the blocs, and insists that Likud and Blue and White form a unity government without ultra-Orthodox, “messianist,” left-wing and Arab parties.
:: 10--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Plan All Along
By Hal Lindsey
According to conventional wisdom, just before the elections in Israel, Prime Minister Netanyahu said things so egregious that the United States has been forced to rethink its position as Israel’s friend and advocate before the UN Security Council. But the conventional wisdom is wrong. The change didn’t come as a result of Netanyahu’s comments. His words made a “handy excuse,” but the change in policy was the plan all along. The following is a brief history of how we know this. We know this from several sources. One is a man named Martin Indyk. He served as U.S. Special Envoy for Israeli–Palestinian Negotiations from 2013 to 2014. In effect, he ran the peace talks for the Obama Administration. Indyk now serves as vice president and director of Foreign Policy at the Brookings Institution. That organization recently received $14.8 million dollars from the government of Qatar. The New York Times pointed to that transaction as a classic example of a foreign government buying influence in Washington. Qatar’s philanthropy also extends to several terror organizations, especially Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. Back in February, well before the election, Indyk told the Institute for National Security Studies, “If there is a government in Israel after these elections that decides to pursue a two-state solution, then there is a way forward.” Otherwise, he said things would get ugly for Israel. The Jerusalem Post reported at the time that without a change in Israel’s government, “Indyk warned, there will be ‘international actions’ pursued not by the Palestinians, but rather by the international community ‘in terms of a Security Council resolution’ to ‘lay out and preserve the principles of a two-state solution in the future.’” Security Council resolutions are subject to veto by any of its permanent members. That means that these things could not happen without U.S. approval. So, this ultimate Obama Administration insider — the man they chose to lead what they considered crucial peace talks — warned that the U.S. would turn on Israel if it re-elected Netanyahu. In the understatement of the year, Indyk said such actions would likely be “against Israel’s will.” This means that before the elections and before Netanyahu’s offending remarks (which he didn’t say anyway), the plan was already in place to withdraw support for Israel from the UN Security Council and other world bodies. Blaming the shift on Netanyahu’s manufactured comments is simply a ruse at best. Blessing and Cursing The current strain in relations between the United States and Israel has been well-documented. That relationship stands at the lowest point since Israel’s founding. Statements against Israel made by the President and Secretary of State have been bad enough, but the level of rancor shown by lower level White House and State Department aids has been absolutely stunning. The problem has been characterized as a clash of personalities between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu. But the real problem is Israel’s security. The president and his men seem to believe that the Palestinians will turn into good guys when certain terms have been met – terms that have been debated and rejected, since they will leave Israel undefendable. But Netanyahu and most other Israelis have heard such pipe dreams from previous administrations of both parties, and they’re not buying it anymore. They know the history. They remember their own recent experiences with the Palestinians in Gaza and the disastrous Oslo Accords. From those giveaways, they learned that you will never win by trying to appease an insatiable foe. The new American policy toward Israel has already begun to manifest itself. The recent declassification of U.S. documents pertaining to Israel’s top secret nuclear arms program makes a good case in point. What kind of nation tells the world its ally’s most important secrets? On CBS’s Face the Nation, Peggy Noonan expressed the opinion of most observers when she said, “I think U.S.-Israeli relations right now are in the worst shape I have ever seen them in — the worst shape they have been in since 1948 when America was instrumental in inventing Israel.” That’s an interesting phrase — “instrumental in inventing Israel.” It’s hard to fathom how a 239 year old nation could possibly have “invented” a nation that came into existence over three thousand years ago. Of course, she means the modern State of Israel, but it’s still not in any way an American “invention.” Israel is God’s invention. He created it. He made certain promises to it and about it. No matter what the United States does, God Himself will take care of Israel. While the Bible tells about some terrible times in store for that small nation, it will endure. And God will deal with nations according to their dealings with Israel. In Genesis 12:3, He said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” [NASB] Anyone who thinks that verse refers only to Abraham as an individual and not to the Children of Israel, should look at Numbers 24:9. There the promise is repeated as an oracle from the Lord, but this time specifically to the nation of Israel. “Blessed is everyone who blesses you, And cursed is everyone who curses you.” [NASB] We see the pattern hold true throughout the Old Testament. Even those nations used by God to punish Israel when it strayed, were themselves punished when they treated Israel poorly. Babylon is a perfect example. In 1948, the United States, led by President Harry Truman, became the first nation to officially recognize Israel. He did so only eleven minutes after their Declaration of Independence became official. Warren Austin, the U.S. representative to the United Nations, was so outraged by Truman’s decision that he left and went home. According to the Truman Library, Secretary of State Marshall had to send “a State Department official to the United Nations to prevent the entire United States delegation from resigning.” Marshall did this despite the fact that he and most of the rest of the U.S. foreign policy team had also opposed Truman on the issue. What followed for the United States was an era of growth and prosperity unlike anything in the history of the world. From that time through 1973, the U.S. economy grew by almost 4% a year. Household income grew an astronomical 74%. Compare that to the last few years when we’ve seen household income actually fall. When God said He would bless those who bless Israel, He meant it. In the United States, we’ve seen it with our own eyes. But if He meant one side of the equation, He meant the other side as well. He will curse those who curse Israel, just as we see happening before our eyes to the United States.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-29-2015/
[ :: 12-3-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. So be, be open, be open, let My Spirit speak to you, understand North Korea and if we don’t do something here they will act, they are not afraid to push the button. Pray about that etc.
:: 10-1-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
North Korea, U.S. to hold working-level talks at weekend: KCNA
October 1, 2019 / 4:46 AM / a day ago Joyce Lee
SEOUL (Reuters) - North Korea and the United States have agreed to hold working-level talks on Oct. 5, North Korea’s state news agency KCNA said on Tuesday, a development that would break months of stalemate since a failed summit in February. Talks aimed at dismantling North Korea’s nuclear and missile programs have been stalled in a holding pattern since the second summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un in Vietnam ended without a deal. The two leaders had agreed to restart working-level talks at a surprise meeting at the heavily-guarded border between the two Koreas in June, but the outcome remained uncertain as North Korea repeatedly launched short-range ballistic missiles and often criticized the United States for continuing joint military drills with South Korea. U.S. State Department spokeswoman Morgan Ortagus confirmed on Tuesday that U.S. and North Korean officials “plan to meet within the next week.” She did not elaborate. The two countries agreed to have preliminary contact on Oct. 4, followed by the working level talks, KCNA said, citing a statement issued under the name of Vice Foreign Minister Choe Son Hui. It did not mention where the talks would be held, or give any more details. “The delegates of the DPRK side are ready to enter into the DPRK-U.S. working-level negotiations,” Choe said in the statement, using North Korea’s official name, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK). “It is my expectation that the working-level negotiations would accelerate the positive development of the DPRK-U.S. relations.” Although North Korea has lately expressed willingness for working-level talks, messages carried by its state media attached a caveat that Washington should show more flexibility. North Korea’s chief nuclear negotiator Kim Myong Gil said in a statement last month that the United States should present the “right calculation method at the upcoming talks”. U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said in September that Washington was ready to meet North Korean counterparts and believed it was important to do so, although ousted former U.S. National Security Adviser John Bolton warned on Monday that North Korea had no intention of giving up its nuclear weapons. “We welcome the agreement between North Korea and the United States to proceed with working-level negotiations on Oct. 5.” South Korea’s presidential Blue House said in a statement. “Through this working-level negotiation, we hope that substantial progress will be made at an early date to achieve complete denuclearization and permanent peace on the Korean Peninsula.”
Reporting by Joyce Lee; Editing by Alex Richardson and Andrew Heavens
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 9-24-19 The Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Firearms Are The People’s Liberty Teeth – It Is For Americans to Grin (Resist) In The Face Of Tyranny!
Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: September 24, 2019
It is interesting how this is playing out in front of the people in this country when it comes to more illegal encroachments or infringementS on law-abiding gun owners. Remember, they accuse the law-abiders of the crimes of the law-breakers (1 John 3:12). Here is how it is played out: On one side of the divide and conquer aisle (Mark 3:25) we have Donald Trump, sold to you as the Republican, who calls for illegal “red flag laws,” which are not law. In the end, they will be aimed at their political opposition.
On the other hand, we have those who are sold to you as the Democrats, who are calling for the removal of AR-15s and other semi-automatic weapons. Which do you prefer? Do you prefer small infringements through the good guy Donald Trump, or complete disarmament by the bad guy? Either way, you are being disarmed and tyranny wins out. I would advise everyone to take heed to President George Washington, who is responsible for arming the citizenry that we are to “guard ourselves against impostures of pretended patriotism” (Matthew 24:5-8; 2 Corinthians 11:14). If you are paying attention, this is not only leading through “created” opposition, but it’s also happening through what is called the Hegelian dialectic (John 8:44). Hegelian dialectic is defined as “a framework for guiding thoughts and actions into conflicts that lead to synthetic solutions (of a proposition- having truth or falsity determinable by recourse to experience) which can only be introduced once those being manipulated take a side that will produce the predetermined agenda (Outcome).” Recently, the mainstream media’s push of un-constitutional debates and their Communist candidates included Beto O’Rourke and his gun confiscation plan. ‘No, it’s not voluntary ‘It is mandatory,'” O’Rourke said of his proposal. “It will be the law. You will be required to comply with the law.” He then went on to say: The problem that Mr. O’Rourke is having here is that it is not law nor will it ever be law regardless of what he or any other Communist candidate wants you to believe. Americans, where have these anti-gunners received delegated authority to advance their agenda? They did not receive it from “We the People.” Have Americans really become this dumbed down as to believe that representatives change laws that counter our rights? Our rights didn’t come from the state’s generosity. They came from the hand of God, period! Representatives of government in this country have, in fact, sworn to uphold the laws found in the US Constitution, not to tear it down and recreate it into the ungodly image of the United Nations. Friends, look to history. George Mason warned us that those who mean to disarm, mean to enslave. They mean to be your masters while you become their slaves, and the best way to enslave the people is to disarm them (Hosea 4:6). Look to the example, which our forefathers exhibited not just in writing, mind you, but also in action. Our forefathers armed the people for the very purpose of what is happening in America today. Americans must come to terms that corrupt politicians are not the type that you can help or rehabilitate. They are the type that you must lawfully remove, or you will lose your God-given right! (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution) You must fight for your God-given rights! (Deuteronomy 1:8; James 2:14-26) It is the difference between a free people and an enslaved people. There is no in-between (Luke 11:2). Firearms are second to the Constitution in importance; they are the people’s liberty’s teeth. Therefore, Americans, it is time to grin (Romans 12:21) in the face of tyranny.
:: 9-24-19 https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :
IF TREASON PROSPER, THEN NONE DARE CALL IT TREASON 9-24-2019
September 24, 2019 by dmcintosh4
ESSAYS 8 Comments
THE FINAL PHASES OF THE ATTEMPTED COUP D’ETAT TO REMOVE POTUS ARE NOW IN PLAY. However this finally plays out, a House vote for impeachment by the Marxist Democrat TRAITORS under the corrupt Pelosi, Nadler, and Cummings, followed by no 67 votes to impeach in the US Senate, we will have unending chaos and anarchy now. The 2020 election will be a farce, and the long predicted political violence, ie Civil War Two, may finally break out. It will come down to whether the military will back Trump, our legally elected POTUS, now being overthrown by a cabal of trash in the CIA, NSA, FBI, and DOJ. It is clear that the Soros funded globalists are now making their final move to destroy the historical, constitutional American Republic.
https://apnews.com/a9a0bed9f81343b7a725a9adcd84e01b
Pelosi expected to announce impeachment probe into Trump
By LISA MASCARO, MARY CLARE JALONICK and MICHAEL BALSAMO9 minutes ago
WASHINGTON (AP) — House Speaker Nancy Pelosi plans to announce a formal impeachment inquiry into President Donald Trump late Tuesday, acquiescing to mounting pressure from Democratic lawmakers following reports that Trump may have sought a foreign government’s help in his reelection bid. The decision sets up an election season clash between Trump and Congress that seems certain to exacerbate the nation’s fierce partisan divides and inject deep uncertainty into the 2020 presidential contest. Pelosi was huddling with her caucus Tuesday afternoon and planned to announce the impeachment probe in a statement following the meeting. Her plans were confirmed by a person familiar with her thinking, who insisted on anonymity because they were not authorized to speak publicly.
:: 9-24-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
If Donald Trump Is Impeached, You Should Expect The Mother Of All Stock Market Crashes To Happen
September 24, 2019 by Michael Snyder
News that an impeachment inquiry is being initiated instantly sent stock prices tumbling on Tuesday, but that small jolt is nothing compared to what we will experience if Donald Trump is actually impeached. Over the past couple of years we have seen a tremendous boom in stock prices, and one of the big reasons for that boom is the fact that the folks on Wall Street know that Trump is always going to be looking out for their best interests. Trump understands that his chances of winning again in 2020 will be greatly enhanced if stock prices are rising and most Americans believe that we have a “booming economy”, and so he wants to do everything in his power to try to make those things happen. That means that Trump’s short-term interests are perfectly aligned with Wall Street’s short-term interests, but things will shift dramatically if someone like Elizabeth Warren or Bernie Sanders ends up in the White House. Wall Street knows that they have a friend in Donald Trump, and losing that friend would potentially be absolutely devastating. Needless to say, a lot of investors were unnerved on Tuesday when House Speaker Nancy Pelosi announced that a formal impeachment inquiry is being initiated. The following is an excerpt from Pelosi’s official remarks… For the past several months, we have been investigating in our Committees and litigating in the courts, so the House can gather ‘all the relevant facts and consider whether to exercise its full Article I powers, including a constitutional power of the utmost gravity — approval of articles of impeachment.’ And this week, the President has admitted to asking the President of Ukraine to take actions which would benefit him politically. The action of – the actions of the Trump Presidency revealed the dishonorable fact of the President’s betrayal of his oath of office, betrayal of our national security, and betrayal of the integrity of our elections. Therefore, today, I am announcing the House of Representatives is moving forward with an official impeachment inquiry. I am directing our six Committees to proceed with their investigations under that umbrella of impeachment inquiry. The President must be held accountable. No one is above the law. In the aftermath of that announcement, liberal celebrities all across America erupted in celebration. But can Nancy Pelosi unilaterally declare the commencement of a formal impeachment inquiry without any sort of a vote? According to Representative Doug Collins, she actually does not have that power… In reaction to the Speaker’s announcement, Rep. Doug Collins (R-Ga.) tweeted, “Speaker Pelosi’s decree changes absolutely nothing. As I have been telling Chairman Nadler for weeks, merely claiming the House is conducting an impeachment inquiry doesn’t make it so. Until the full House votes to authorize an inquiry, nobody is conducting a formal inquiry.” In any event, the Democrats are going to push ahead with their investigations, and they seem determined to dig up anything that they possibly can. In response to Pelosi’s announcement, the White House issued a statement which accused congressional Democrats of being “in dereliction of their Constitutional duty”… ‘In a far departure from all of the work and results of this President, House Democrats have destroyed any chances of legislative progress for the people of this country by continuing to focus all their energy on partisan political attacks. Their attacks on the President and his agenda are not only partisan and pathetic, they are in dereliction of their Constitutional duty,’ said White House press secretary Stephanie Grisham in a statement. We shall see how everything plays out over the next few months, but at this point it seems fairly certain that we will see an impeachment vote on the floor of the House, and it also seems fairly certain that the vote will be split largely along party lines. Because in this day and age the truth really doesn’t matter. Even if there isn’t any evidence against Trump at all, most Democrats will vote to impeach because that is what they are expected to do. And even if Trump is 100 percent guilty most Republicans will vote against impeachment because they would be afraid of being voted out of office by angry voters back home. So in the end it will probably come down to what the Senate decides to do, and right now the Republicans are holding 53 seats. Unfortunately for Trump, some of those 53 seats are held by very “moderate” Republicans that are not fans of Trump at all. Sadly, the fate of the Trump presidency is likely to end up in the hands of a small group of deeply corrupt politicians that I wouldn’t trust to properly mop the floors in my local Dairy Queen. With that in mind, I think that Trump fans definitely have reason for some pessimism. Democrats are licking their chops at the prospect of impeaching Trump and then getting either Joe Biden or Elizabeth Warren into the White House following the next election. Joe Biden would try to get along with Wall Street, but a Warren administration would be an absolute disaster for investors and right now she is surging in the polls. Elizabeth Warren originally made a name for herself by attacking Wall Street. Virtually all of her economic proposals would be bad news for the top 1 percent, and the fact that she is doing so well right now is just one of the factors that are currently unsettling the markets… For one, this time around it appears Democrats in the House have momentum toward beginning impeachment proceedings. Second, a formerly robust economic backdrop has given way to jitters about global growth and fears that the U.S. economy is nearing the end of a lengthy expansion. Less confident investors could be more jittery in the face of political headlines than was previously the case. Also, impeachment proceedings could take center stage in the run-up to the 2020 presidential election, potentially damaging Trump’s re-election bid. Fears of a less business-friendly Democratic administration — amplified by the recent strength of Sen. Elizabeth Warren, who has moved ahead of Biden in some polls — could also be part of the mix, analysts said. Of course the short-term health of Wall Street is not what we should really be concerned about. At this moment, the entire global economy is plunging into a substantial downturn, and whoever wins in 2020 is going to have to face that reality. And beyond that, we are facing long-term crisis after long-term crisis that none of our politicians really want to deal with, and in the end we are going to pay a great price for our short-term thinking. But for the foreseeable future, the mainstream media is going to be obsessed with the political drama being played out in Washington. And I know that most Republicans don’t want to hear this, but there is a very real chance that Donald Trump could be impeached by the House. Then it will all come down to the Senate, and Trump’s fate will be in the hands of moderate Republicans such as Susan Collins, Lisa Murkowski, Marco Rubio and Mitt Romney.
[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.
[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word] :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America. If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc
:: 9-25-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Financial System Disappearing into Black Hole – Egon von Greyerz
By Greg Hunter On September 25, 2019 In Market Analysis 116 Comments
By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com
Financial and precious metals expert Egon von Greyerz (EvG) says the signs abound that we are nearing the end of this global fiat money experiment while central bankers are befuddled. EvG explains, “The central banks are panicking. They don’t know what to do anymore. They are just starting to print money and with the euro on a daily basis. . . . Europe is starting QE again with $20 billion a month, but that’s nothing compared to what is coming. . . . The panic that started with central banks in the summer in late July and August was, to me, the first step towards total chaos in the world that we will be seeing in the months and years to come. They (central bankers) see it clearly. They know the banking system is absolutely on the verge of collapse. They know Deutsche Bank (DB) and CommerzBank, too, are down 95%. If you show this chart to a child and ask where is that likely to go, it is likely to go to zero. DB, with their $50 trillion in derivatives, there is no chance they will survive. Of course, Germany and the ECB is panicking because that will affect the whole banking system worldwide. This is why they have started to print money now because there is a massive liquidity problem, and that’s Germany, which is the best country in the EU from the point of economics. Then you take Italy, Spain, France and Greece and they are in a real mess. This is why the whole system is on the verge of disappearing into a black hole. . . . With the U.S., there is massive liquidity pressure there too.” The massive amount of money printing to keep the fiat system afloat is just starting. EvG contends, “This is just a practice round. This is just more money at this point. The balance sheet . . . of the Fed is going to go from around $4 trillion to $40 trillion. It is going to go to $100 trillion before this is over. So, right now, they are just practicing a bit because they are going to put the pedal down to the bottom very soon. . . . There is no other way to save this system, it has gone too far. I am not a pessimist. I don’t want to see the end of the world, but you can see their actions. You can see that now there is absolutely no way out. The only thing they know is to print money. They have already reduced rates to zero or negative, which is a disaster in and of itself.” EvG predicts, “All of these bubble assets that are based on just credit and credit expansion are going to implode measured in real terms, measured in gold. I expect the stock market and the property market to lose at least 95% or more in real terms. . . . The next up cycle for gold (and silver) has started. The next phase of this market has started, and it is going to go on for a long, long time. It is going to go to levels that will be hard to believe today. . . .The world cannot have solid growth until this debt has imploded . . . the transition will be terrible, but I don’t see any other solution to this. . . .The debt can only be wiped out by also wiping out all the asset values. You can’t just make the debt disappear and have the assets stand there at the values that they are today. . . . When this debt is written off or implodes, or whatever they want to call it, that means all these assets are going to go down. That’s why I am saying it is going to go down 95% against gold. There is absolutely no other way, in my view.”
Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with Egon von Greyerz, founder of Matterhorn Asset Management, which can be found on GoldSwitzerland.com.
https://usawatchdog.com/financial-system-disappearing-into-black-hole-egon-von-greyerz/
:: 9-25-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The 'Green Communists' Brainwashing The World Into Believing 'Global Warming Extinction' Is Coming Soon Should Be Held Accountable For Terrorizing The World's Younger Generations
- 'Global Warming Climate Doomsayers' Have Been Wrong For Over 50 Years!
By Dr. Peter Vincent Pry - All News Pipeline
The House Climate Crisis Committee and House Foreign Affairs Committee recently held a rare joint hearing to air views of teenagers terrified by impending extinction of mankind from “global warming” and “climate change.” Democrats and liberal mainstream media claim environmental apocalypse will become irreversible in 12 years — unless the Democratic Party is empowered to radically transform the economy, cultural values and lifestyles of the United States and the world. Teens testifying before Congress and other forums express anger and hopelessness. Some are celibate, because the future for children is too horrible to contemplate. They feel betrayed by government, society and parents too stupid, and probably too late, to rescue the world from climate change. Many young people really do feel that they are the last generation — so thoroughly have they been brainwashed by the climate hoax. An antidote to climate hysteria, that should be required reading in every high school, is “Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions” by Myron Ebell and Steven Milloy (Competitive Enterprise Institute: Sept. 18, 2019). According to the authors, “Modern doomsayers have been predicting climate and environmental disasters since the 1960s. They continue to do so today. None of the apocalyptic predictions with due dates as of today have come true.” (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) For example: In 1968, Stanford University Professor Paul Ehrlich’s book “The Population Bomb” started widespread panic among liberal scientists and the media that it was “already too late” to avoid worldwide famine by 1975. To avert the overpopulation crisis, Mr. Ehrlich advised in 1967 that: “The United States is already too big, that birth control may have to be accomplished by making it involuntary and by putting sterilizing agents into staple foods and drinking water, and that the Roman Catholic Church should be pressured into going along.” In 1969, a New York Times headline predicted “Everyone Will Disappear In A Cloud Of Blue Steam By 1989” because of an alleged scientific consensus over impending apocalypse from environmental pollution. In 1970, environmentalists predicted, in another newspaper headline “America Subject To Water Rationing By 1974 And Food Rationing By 1980.” In 1970, scientists working for NASA and the U.S. National Center for Atmospheric Research warned of an impending New Ice Age by the year 2000. A 1974 Time magazine headline warned of “Another Ice Age?” and the U.K.’s The Guardian science reporter headlined “Space Satellites Show New Ice Age Coming Fast.” Brown University’s Department of Geology warned of an imminent New Ice Age in a letter to President Nixon. In 1988, environmental scientists predicted disappearance of the Maldive Islands: “A gradual rise in average sea level is threatening to completely cover this Indian Ocean nation of 1196 small islands within the next 30 years.” In 1989, U.N. environmental experts told the Associated Press “Rising Seas Could Obliterate Nations” by the year 2000. Part of New York City was supposed to be submerged by 2019. In 2004, climate hoaxers predicted Britain would be like Siberia by 2020. And so it continues. See RealClimateScience for more fair and balanced climate reporting, and to discover there is no “scientific consensus” about an impending climate doomsday. Even if there is a slight uptick toward “global warming” of the Earth’s climate, that would likely be good news. Historically, warming periods in climate have been associated with greater food production, population increase, and the rise of civilizations, as during Europe’s Renaissance and the flourishing of Native American cultures such as the Aztecs, Inca and Mississippians. If you are determined to be a “climate nut” then worry about a New Ice Age — the most credible climate boogeyman. After all, the old Ice Age was only 11,000 years ago — the blink of an eye in geological time — and lasted nearly 2 million years. However, don’t think becoming a green socialist will save you from the next Ice Age. If catastrophic climate warming or cooling happens, there is nothing we can do about it. Climate change, when it happens, is driven by titanic natural forces far beyond mankind’s puny control — like changing radiance of the sun or titanic volcanism over an area the size of Siberia lasting centuries that alters oceanic and atmospheric dynamics. During the last Ice Age, much of North America was buried under an ice sheet 3 miles high. Banning lawnmowers will not stop the next Ice Age, which is not expected for another 40,000-50,000 years anyway. Young and old terrified of climate apocalypse would better spend their time and energy on projects really beneficial to humanity and the environment:
• Elect Republicans to run Chicago, Detroit, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Baltimore and other major cities that under decades of Democratic stewardship have been transformed from national treasures into environmental cesspools of poverty, drug addiction, violence and urban decay.
• Support President Trump’s EMP Executive Order to protect the nation’s critical infrastructures from solar or manmade electromagnetic pulses that can cause mass starvation, disease and societal collapse.
• Support President Trump’s modernization of U.S. nuclear forces.
Deterring nuclear war should be environmental mission No. 1. To reduce fear of climate change, maybe we should reintroduce “duck and cover” exercises in kindergarten. This story was originally published here. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and served as chief of staff on the congressional EMP Commission and on the staffs of the Strategic Posture Commission, House Armed Services Committee, and the CIA.
http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Lie_Of_Climate_Change_And_The_Brainwashing_Of_The_Worlds_Youth.php
:: 9-25-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
NASA pushes ahead with its plan to build a $600million telescope to detect potentially devastating 'city killer' asteroids
The orbiting planetary defence telescope will cost $600 million to launch
Old plans for such a set-up were resurrected after a surprise near-miss in July
An asteroid was only spotted a day before it passed within 4,300 miles of Earth
Detecting similar threats in advance could give us time to deflect them if needed
By Ian Randall and Yuan Ren For Mailonline Published: 05:45 EDT, 25 September 2019 | Updated: 13:50 EDT, 25 September 2019
NASA is constructing a $600 million (£482 million) orbiting telescope to hunt for asteroids that might be on potentially catastrophic collision courses with the Earth. Plans for the so-called 'near-Earth object surveillance mission' have been advanced after an asteroid big enough to level a city was spotted close to our planet in July. The body — which astronomers dubbed '2019 OK' — surprised scientists when it was only discovered by a Brazilian observatory a day before the closest point of its flyby. The asteroid passed within around 44,300 miles (71,400 kilometres) of the Earth — just one fifth of the distance between our planet and the moon. In astronomical terms, such a distance is essentially a 'near-miss'. According to NASA, 2019 OK would have triggered a blast wave with the power to lay waste to an area of around 50 miles (81 kilometres) in diameter, had it entered the Earth's atmosphere. Astronomers have expressed concern at how close to the Earth the asteroid had managed to get before it was detected. 'This one did sneak up on us and it is an interesting story on the limitations of our survey network,' said NASA planetary defence officer Lindley Johnson on July 25. 'This object slipped through a whole series of our capture nets,' NASA Centre for Near-Earth Studies manager Paul Chodas told The Times. 'I wonder how many times this situation has happened without the asteroid being discovered at all.' The new satellite should help the US space agency detect around 65 per cent of the presently-unknown near-Earth objects — or NEOs — within its first five years of operation, NASA associate administrator Thomas Zurbuchen said on September 23. This figure should increase to around 90 per cent within a decade of its launch, he added. The infrared-based telescope will be based on a previous but unrealised concept called NEOCam which was first proposed in 2013. According to The Times, Mr Zurbuchen referred to the failure to develop NEOCam at that times as being 'one of the biggest screw-ups of my job.' The earliest that NASA could launch the monitoring satellite now would be 2025. Fifteen years ago, NASA was tasked by the US congress to detect 90 per cent of NEOs that are larger than 459 feet (140 m) across by 2020. However, no specific funding was allocated for this activity. Nevertheless, more than 20,000 NEOs have already been catalogued, with around 30 additions to the records made each week. The need for space-based telescopes to aid ground-based observatories in the hunt for NEOs was highlighted in a study published by the US National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine in June. The new telescope will be designated as a 'planetary defence', rather than a 'scientific' mission, which will allow NASA to secure funding for the project. Trying to spot asteroids with current telescopes is like trying to spot a 'lump of coal in the night's sky', said astronomer Amy Mainzer of NASA's asteroid hunting mission at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California back in April. Dr Mainzer and colleagues had proposed a new system designed to spot large meteors capable of causing significant damage. Such would identify incoming bodies on a collision course with Earth that could potentially cause a huge loss of life — just like the infamous meteor which wiped out the dinosaurs around 66 million years ago. An early warning system would give scientists more time to come up with a strategy to intercept and deflect any such rock, she said. Dr Mainzer cautioned that current telescopes are ineffective at spotting asteroids before it becomes too late to avert a potentially catastrophic impact. The Chelyabinsk meteor that only measured around 56–66 feet (17–20 m) across, for example, caused extensive ground damage and around 1,500 injuries when it exploded in the Earth's atmosphere over Russia back in the February of 2013. In contrast, the large asteroid that hit the Earth and triggered the extinction of the dinosaurs was thought to have been around 6 miles (10 km) across. To prevent a similar fate befalling humanity, NEOs need to be detected and tracked well before they come close to the Earth. However, spotting these bodies in the first place can be challenging. 'NEOs are intrinsically faint because they are mostly really small and far away from us in space,' said Dr Mainzer. 'Add to this the fact that some of them are as dark as printer toner, and trying to spot them against the black of space is very hard.' Dr Mainzer's proposed telescope would use the latest camera technology to allow astronomers enough time to intercept asteroids and comets on a course for Earth. The announcement of her plan came after NASA awarded Elon Musk's SpaceX a £52.7 million ($69 million) contract to launch a spacecraft to study whether asteroids could be rammed off a collision course with the Earth. 'We are proposing to NASA a new telescope, the NEOCam, to do a much more comprehensive job of mapping asteroid locations and measuring their sizes,' said Dr Mainzer. 'If we find an object only a few days from impact, it greatly limits our choices, so in our search efforts we've focused on finding NEOs when they are further away from Earth.' This, she added, would provide 'the maximum amount of time and open up a wider range of mitigation possibilities.' The team's findings from the Near-Earth Object Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (NEOWISE) telescope are critical for mounting a defensive strategy against Earth-threatening asteroids. This including ramming them off-course — but this method would need details of the asteroid's size and composition, in order to calculate its mass. Dr Mainzer added that a new telescope could also be used to study ancient comets and asteroids. 'With the NEOWISE mission we can spot objects regardless of their surface colour, and use it to measure their sizes and other surface properties,' she said. 'These objects are intrinsically interesting because some are thought to be as old as the original material that made up the solar system.' 'One of the things that we have been finding is that NEOs are pretty diverse in composition.' Dr Mainzer and colleagues are working to leverage advances in camera technology to aid in the search for NEOs. WHAT WAS THE CHELYABINSK METEOR STRIKE? A meteor that blazed across southern Ural Mountain range in February 2013 was the largest recorded meteor strike in more than a century, after the Tunguska event of 1908. More than 1,600 people were injured by the shock wave from the explosion, estimated to be as strong as 20 Hiroshima atomic bombs, as it landed near the city of Chelyabinsk. The fireball measuring 18 meters across, screamed into Earth's atmosphere at 41,600 mph. Much of the meteor landed in a local lake called Chebarkul. Other than the latest find, scientists have already uncovered more than 12 pieces from Lake Chebarkul since the February 15 incident. However, only five of them turned out being real.
What did they find in the meteorites? Analysis of recovered Chelyabinsk meteorites revealed an unusual form of jadeite entombed inside glassy materials known as shock veins, which form after rock crashes, melts and re-solidifies. By calculating the rate at which the jadeite must have solidified, the team were able to determine that the asteroid formed after a collision. Jadeite, which is one of the minerals in the gemstone jade, forms only under extreme pressure and high temperature. The form of jadeite found in the Chelyabinsk meteorites indicates that the asteroid's parent body hit another asteroid that was at least 150 metres (490ft) in diameter.
:: 1-19-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
America Under Siege: Civil War 2017
509,850 views •Jan 19, 2017
Capital Research Center
19.4K subscribers
They've fought to stop the inauguration
They're fighting to destroy our nation
While 700,000 protesters are converging on Washington D.C. for Inauguration Day—in addition to anti-Trump rallies planned in dozens of cities across the country—the political groups behind the protests remain shrouded in mystery. As Fox News Channel first reported, Civil War 2017 uncovers an extensive network of neo-Marxist operatives coordinating highly disruptive and potentially violent protests from coast to coast. Working with Dangerous Documentaries, director Judd Saul and conservative commentator Trevor Loudon have compiled a team of researchers and undercover operatives to probe the roots of the anti-Trump movement, highlighting the ultimate goals and ulterior motives. Mr. Loudon, a regular contributor to Glenn Beck’s online programming, is the foremost expert on the left-wing organizers of mass protests.
DangerousDocumentaries.com CapitalResearch.org Category News & Politics
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oGe3pypQWl0
:: 9-24-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Fox News host Laura Ingraham compares climate change activist Greta Thunberg, 16, to creepy kids from Stephen King's Children of the Corn - hours after another pundit called her a 'mentally ill child'
Fox News host Laura Ingraham compared Greta Thunberg to the creepy murderous kids in the 1984 horror film Children of the Corn on Monday
She mocked the 16-year-old Swedish environment activist on the Ingraham hour
She aired a bit of Thunberg's fiery speech at the UN Climate Action summit from Monday, where she broke into tears and said 'How dare you'
Ingraham then played a clip of Stephen King's film Children of the Corn, which is about disturbed, murderous children in Nebraska
'I can't wait for Stephen King's sequel Children of the Climate,' Ingraham said
Her incendiary comment came just hours after another Fox panelist slammed Thunberg as a 'mentally ill Swedish child'
By Marlene Lenthang For Dailymail.com Published: 10:04 EDT, 24 September 2019 | Updated: 10:31 EDT, 24 September 2019
Fox News host Laura Ingraham has come under fire for comparing teenage climate activist Greta Thunberg to the murderous youths in the horror film Children of the Corn. The conservative host fired shots at the 16-year-old Swedish activist on the Ingraham Hour Monday evening over her impassioned speech at the United Nations Climate Summit where the teen broke into tears as she called out world leaders for failing to take action against global warming. The network played a video of Thunberg's fiery harangue, her face full of fury and eyes welling with tears, leading Ingraham to ask: 'Does anyone else find that chilling?' The network then cut to a clip from Stephen King's 1984 horror film Children of the Corn, which tells the tale of Christian fundamentalist children who ritually murder all the adults in their small Nebraska town. 'I can't wait for Stephen King's sequel, Children of the Climate,' Ingraham quipped Ingraham has come under fire for her incendiary comments that compared Thunberg, who has Asperger's syndrome and speaks English as her second language, to the blood-thirsty children, who also appear to speak with an accent, from the film. Her attack came just hours after Fox News panelist Michael Knowles slammed Thunberg as a 'mentally ill Swedish child'. Knowles, a climate change skeptic from the right-wing website Daily Wire, appeared on Fox's The Story with Martha MacCallum on Monday where he insulted Thunberg. 'The climate hysteria movement is not about science. If it were about science, it would be led by scientists rather than by politicians and a mentally ill Swedish child who is being exploited by her parents and by the international left,' he said. Progressive radio host Christopher Hahn fired back: 'How dare you. You're a grown man and you're attacking a child. Shame on you.' His bombshell comment led to outrage on social media and pushed Fox News to issue a rare apology for his remarks. 'The comment made by Michael Knowles who was a guest on The Story tonight was disgraceful - we apologize to Greta Thunberg and to our viewers,' the network said. Her statement was so shocking, even her own brother Curtis called her out. 'Clearly my sister’s paycheck is more important than the world her three adopted kids will inherit. I can no longer apologize for a sibling who I no longer recognize. I can and will continue to call out the monstrous behavior and the bully commentary born out of anger,' he tweeted. Twitter users were quick to call out Ingraham for her insensitive comments towards the young activist. 'Laura Ingraham compared Greta Thunberg, a 16-year-old activist to Children of the Corn. Even @StephenKing couldn't write a monster more awful than Laura Ingraham,' one Twitter user wrote. 'While Donald Trump, Michael Knowles, Ann Coulter, Dinesh D’Souza, Laura Ingraham, and Harold Cherry are bullying a 16 year old girl up for a Nobel peace prize, I would like to congratulate Melania Trump on her amazing Be Best campaign against bullying. F**k you Melania,' another added. 'Hey @FoxNews how much longer are you going to allow this type of disgusting behavior from @IngrahamAngle? This is no better than Michael Knowles calling Greta Thunberg "mentally ill". #BoycottLauraIngraham #FireLauraIngraham,' one Twitter user scolded. 'Laura Ingraham should be off TV #boycottFox,' another added.
:: 9-24-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Strong and Shallow Earthquake Kills at Least 37 and Injures More Than 500 in Pakistan – Roads Destroyed and Terrifying videos
By Strange Sounds - Sep 24, 2019
At least 37 people have been killed and more than 500 others injured in Pakistan on Tuesday after a M5.8 quake jolted several cities in the northern parts of the country including capital Islamabad. Residents in several cities including Peshawar, Rawalpindi, Lahore, Skardu, Kohat, Charsadda, Kasur, Faisalabad, Gujrat, Sialkot, Abbottabad, Mansehra, Chitral, Malakand, Multan, Shangla, Okara, Nowshera, Attock and Jhang also felt the deadly earthquake. Deputy Inspector General (DIG) of police in Mirpur, Sardar Gulfaraz Khan, said that at least 37 people were killed and over 500 injured in Mirpur and surrounding areas due to the powerful quake. Pakistan Meteorological Department’s earthquake centre said the 5.8-magnitude earthquake was located near the mountainous city of Jehlum in Punjab province. According to US Geological Survey, the epicentre of the quake was near New Mirpur Pakistan. Some houses collapsed in Mirpur following the earthquake, Deputy Commissioner Raja Qaiser said. Parts of a mosque also collapsed in the area. Emergency has been declared in hospitals across PoK. TV channels showed videos of heavily damaged roads in Mirpur, with many vehicles overturned. Several cars fell into the deep cracks on the roads. Lt. Gen. Muhammad Afzal, chairman of the National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), said that most of the damage was done in Mirpur and Jhelum. “We are assessing the damage to life and property,” he said. I think this will take some times as several buildings have collapsed and the number of people inside the buildings before crumbling down is unknown. A prayer for them! Source (update), Source
:: 9-21-19 Black Christian Network News 1 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Google Claims ‘Quantum Supremacy’ as Computer Solves the Impossible
September 21, 2019
In what may be a huge milestone in computing, Google says it has achieved “quantum supremacy,” an experimental demonstration of the superiority of a quantum computer over a traditional one. The claim, made in a new scientific paper, is the most serious indication yet that the promise of quantum computers—an emerging but unproven type of machine—is becoming reality, including their potential to solve formerly ungraspable mathematical problems. Essentially, Google purports to have pulled off a stunt on a quantum computer that no classical machine—not even the world’s most powerful supercomputer—can replicate. Fortune obtained a copy of Google’s paper, which was posted to NASA.gov earlier this week before being taken down. The Financial Times first reported the news. A Google spokesperson declined to confirm the authenticity of the paper and its results. NASA did not respond immediately to a request for comment. A source at Google familiar with the situation suggested, however, that NASA accidentally published the paper early, before its team’s claims could be thoroughly vetted through scientific peer review, a process that could take anywhere from weeks to months. If the paper holds up under the scrutiny of the scientific community, it will herald a watershed moment in quantum science. Its central claim counters doubt that some unforeseen law of nature may prevent quantum computers from operating as hoped. “Quantum speedup is achievable in a real-world system and is not precluded by any hidden physical laws,” the Google researchers write. Further, they predict that quantum computing power will “grow at a double exponential rate,” besting even the exponential rate that defined Moore’s Law, a trend that observed traditional computing power to double roughly every two years. The experiment The experiment described in the paper sampled randomly generated numbers produced through a specialized scenario involving quantum phenomena. The researchers said they determined that their quantum computer beat regular computers at the task, which involved calculating the output of certain specialized circuits.
“While our processor takes about 200 seconds to sample one instance of the quantum circuit 1 million times, a state-of-the-art supercomputer would require approximately 10,000 years to perform the equivalent task,” the researchers said. Google’s quantum computer, dubbed “Sycamore,” contained 53-qubits, or “quantum bits,” a measure of the machine’s potential power. The team scaled back from a 72-qubit device, dubbed “Bristlecone,” it had previously designed. The researchers estimate that performing the same experiment on a Google Cloud server would take 50 trillion hours—too long to be feasible. On the quantum processor, it took only 30 seconds, they said. “Quantum processors based on superconducting qubits can now perform computations…beyond the reach of the fastest classical supercomputers available today,” the researchers write. “To our knowledge, this experiment marks the first computation that can only be performed on a quantum processor.” Click here to read more.
Source: Fortune
:: 9-24-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
It's Time To Declare The Democratic Party A National Terror Threat With Them Pushing For A Political System In America That's Already Led To 'Death By Government' For Tens Of Millions!
REMEMBER! Official Govt Docs Labeled Most Americans As Potential Terrorists Under Barack Obama
September 24, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die
According to this incredibly important new story over at the DC Clothesline that Steve Quayle and Whatfinger News had linked to on their websites on Tuesday, the head of the Department of Homeland Security, Kevin McAleenan, has officially declared that 'white nationalists' are the new terror threat. Reporting within their story that leftists are absolutely giddy as the post-Constitutional system created in America following the attacks upon us on 9/11, allegedly created to go after radical Islamic terrorists in far-off lands, is turned against the American people here in the USA, this declaration of white nationalists being a major terror threat in America isn't grounded in reality as Conservative Activist Candace Owens recently told Congress. And with Democrats almost across the board now pushing for socialism aka Communism for America, and Americans and the world having absolute proof that Communism across the planet has led to more than 100 million people being brutally slaughtered by 'government', PROVING that the political system Democrats are trying to bring in to America is much more of a TERROR THREAT than so-called 'white nationalists' ever could be, why aren't McAleenan and the DHS going after the entire Demonrat party for pushing for a political system in America that almost always leads to 'death by government', with hundreds of millions slaughtered by such totalitarian political systems? Well as the DC Clothesline story points out, this is about the establishment regaining control of the narrative and the move goes hand in hand with the FBI declaring “conspiracy theories” a “new domestic terrorism threat” and DARPA/the Pentagon moving to suppress “fake news” on social media. Yet as anybody paying close attention knows, the CIA long ago invented the term 'conspiracy theory' in an attempt to debunk anyone questioning the official government cover-up of the John F. Kennedy assassination carried out by members of the 'deep state'. And as Dr. Don Boys had reported in this September 17th ANP story, America is largely a mess because historians, the media and educators got away from publishing or teaching 'reality' and failed to follow the principled maxim: NEVER report a lie and NEVER refuse to publish the truth! (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And with the DC Clothesline story containing the image above picturing all of 2019's mass shooters proving beyond a shadow of a doubt that the DHS is just pushing demonrat/globalist talking points, with anybody claiming that those mass shooters pictured are 'white supremacists' obviously having a serious vision problem that needs to be addressed, we can't help but come back to what was going on in America prior to President Trump being voted into office; Christians, Conservatives, Patriots, supporters of the US Constitution, 2nd Amendment enthusiasts, Preppers, anti-globalists and pro-America law abiding Americans were being demonized, put on 'terror watch lists', for simply opposing open borders and globalism. So, a question to Kevin McAleenan and/or the DHS public servants who are now reading this. Are you all simply handmaidens and petty servants to the globalists who have long been working to destroy America and our national sovereignty? And why haven't you labeled the entire Democratic party, which is now pushing for a political system in America that has already brutally slaughtered over 100 million around the world, a terrorist organization? Certainly 'government' MURDERING 100 million Americans or more at some point in the future should Socialism/Communism arrive here is much more of a 'terror threat' than some crazy white guys! And with demon-rat run cities all across America now turned into crime and disease ridden wastelands, nearly all of the demon-rat presidential candidates pushing for America to become a 'sanctuary nation', (thus ensuring the same kind of 'collapse of everything' demonrat policies are bringing to their own cities for America), the demon-rat gun grab agenda now fully out in the open thanks to Beto O'Rourke remarks at the Dem debate earlier in September and now, this Old-Thinker News story reporting we're officially moving away from a Constitutional system to an 'algorithm and analytics driven' social credit system similar to the totalitarianism we're now witnessing in China, Americans are absolutely right to be concerned. From this DC Clothesline story.: From VICE, “DHS Just Finally Recognized White Nationalism as a Major Terror Threat”: Department of Homeland Security is finally, officially recognizing white supremacist terror as a major national security threat in the U.S. — a threat that’s coming from the inside. Acting DHS Secretary Kevin McAleenan on Friday unveiled the department’s new counterterrorism strategy, which for the first time places major emphasis on countering the threat of white nationalism coming from inside the U.S. Trump resisted calls to do just this in the past but Acting DHS Secretary Kevin McAleenan is pushing through with it. McAleenan is a die-hard leftist that Trump appointed who made a splash in June by allegedly sabotaging a major planned ICE raid by leaking details to the press. The news will come as some relief for national security and extremism experts, who for years and with increasing urgency have sounded the alarm about the threat of white nationalist terror. After the Christchurch mosque attacks in March, President Donald Trump himself shrugged off the idea that white nationalist terror posed a major security threat. His administration has also defunded and dismantled DHS programs that were designed to counter violent extremism, including far-right extremism. At a House committee hearing earlier this week, experts stressed that the U.S. was woefully ill-equipped to counter the threat. DHS was created in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, and since then its counterterrorism strategy has been largely focused on the threat posed by foreign groups, like ISIS and al Qaeda. Friday’s announcement and formal recognition of white supremacist terror marks a major turning point for the department. White supremacists are replacing Muslim terrorists as the new boogieman used to strip Americans of their rights — complete with fake stories about WMDs and everything. With the demon-rat party now pushing to bring the most brutal and authoritarian of all forms of government into America, a form of government that relies upon forced compliance and the complete and total subjugation of its people, we have to take a look back at this important story by Michael Snyder over at The Truth Wins written back in August of 2013 when Barack Obama was still in office. Titled "72 Types Of Americans That Are Considered “Potential Terrorists” In Official Government Documents", please take a look at the list we've republished below and let us know in the comment section at the bottom of this story if you know ANYONE who WOULDN'T be put on this God-awful list. Below is a list of 72 types of Americans that are considered to be “extremists” and “potential terrorists” in official U.S. government documents. To see the original source document for each point, just click on the link. As you can see, this list covers most of the country…
1. Those that talk about “individual liberties”
2. Those that advocate for states’ rights
3. Those that want “to make the world a better place”
4. “The colonists who sought to free themselves from British rule”
5. Those that are interested in “defeating the Communists”
6. Those that believe “that the interests of one’s own nation are separate from the interests of other nations or the common interest of all nations”
7. Anyone that holds a “political ideology that considers the state to be unnecessary, harmful, or undesirable”
8. Anyone that possesses an “intolerance toward other religions”
9. Those that “take action to fight against the exploitation of the environment and/or animals”
10. “Anti-Gay”
11. “Anti-Immigrant”
12. “Anti-Muslim”
13. “The Patriot Movement”
14. “Opposition to equal rights for gays and lesbians”
15. Members of the Family Research Council
16. Members of the American Family Association
17. Those that believe that Mexico, Canada and the United States “are secretly planning to merge into a European Union-like entity that will be known as the ‘North American Union'”
18. Members of the American Border Patrol/American Patrol
19. Members of the Federation for American Immigration Reform
20. Members of the Tennessee Freedom Coalition
21. Members of the Christian Action Network
22. Anyone that is “opposed to the New World Order”
23. Anyone that is engaged in “conspiracy theorizing”
24. Anyone that is opposed to Agenda 21
25. Anyone that is concerned about FEMA camps
26. Anyone that “fears impending gun control or weapons confiscations”
27. The militia movement
28. The sovereign citizen movement
29. Those that “don’t think they should have to pay taxes”
30. Anyone that “complains about bias”
31. Anyone that “believes in government conspiracies to the point of paranoia”
32. Anyone that “is frustrated with mainstream ideologies”
33. Anyone that “visits extremist websites/blogs”
34. Anyone that “establishes website/blog to display extremist views”
35. Anyone that “attends rallies for extremist causes”
36. Anyone that “exhibits extreme religious intolerance”
37. Anyone that “is personally connected with a grievance”
38. Anyone that “suddenly acquires weapons”
39. Anyone that “organizes protests inspired by extremist ideology”
40. “Militia or unorganized militia”
41. “General right-wing extremist”
42. Citizens that have “bumper stickers” that are patriotic or anti-U.N.
43. Those that refer to an “Army of God”
44. Those that are “fiercely nationalistic (as opposed to universal and international in orientation)”
45. Those that are “anti-global”
46. Those that are “suspicious of centralized federal authority”
47. Those that are “reverent of individual liberty”
48. Those that “believe in conspiracy theories”
49. Those that have “a belief that one’s personal and/or national ‘way of life’ is under attack”
50. Those that possess “a belief in the need to be prepared for an attack either by participating in paramilitary preparations and training or survivalism”
51. Those that would “impose strict religious tenets or laws on society (fundamentalists)”
52. Those that would “insert religion into the political sphere”
53. Anyone that would “seek to politicize religion”
54. Those that have “supported political movements for autonomy”
55. Anyone that is “anti-abortion”
56. Anyone that is “anti-Catholic”
57. Anyone that is “anti-nuclear”
58. “Rightwing extremists”
59. “Returning veterans”
60. Those concerned about “illegal immigration”
61. Those that “believe in the right to bear arms”
62. Anyone that is engaged in “ammunition stockpiling”
63. Anyone that exhibits “fear of Communist regimes”
64. “Anti-abortion activists”
65. Those that are against illegal immigration
66. Those that talk about “the New World Order” in a “derogatory” manner
67. Those that have a negative view of the United Nations
68. Those that are opposed “to the collection of federal income taxes”
69. Those that supported former presidential candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin and Bob Barr
70. Those that display the Gadsden Flag (“Don’t Tread On Me”)
71. Those that believe in “end times” prophecies
72. Evangelical Christians
With official US government documents labeling practically any Conservative or President Trump supporter as a 'potential terrorist' while the FBI under Robert Mueller and Barack Obama worked with radical Islamists to purge from FBI training material anything that was offensive to Muslims as CNS News had reported in this 2018 story, it's quite easy to see where America is headed should, God forbid, a demon-rat president win the 2020 election. And with Democrats/globalists now pushing for the same kind of social credit system in America that they have in China while with their 'impeach Trump at all costs' never-ending banter indicates leftists are further descending into madness, Americans should be absolutely prepared for anything in the days ahead with even President Trump's DHS head now blabbering the globalists 'white supremacist' talking points. And with most demon-rats falling in line behind 'little Nazi Greta Thunberg' in pushing the UN's 'climate change agenda' as heard in the 1st video below from AMTV, as we had reported within this September 23rd ANP story, the 'solutions' that globalists are pushing for to deal with the 'perceived problem' of 'climate change' are actually a much greater danger to the entire world than what they call 'global warming'. With such programs being pushed by globalists such as Bill Gates eventually leading to mass famine and starvation, leading to countless deaths, we see that what the globalists 'global cooling programs', rooted in eugenics and the 'depopulation agenda', are, just like the demon-rat party, much more of a danger to 'the masses in America' than a few 'white supremacists' ever could be.
http://allnewspipeline.com/DHS_White_Nationalists_Antifa_Terrorists.php
[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..
:: 9--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pope Francis Invites World Leaders To May 14, 2020 Global Educational Alliance At Vatican Reptile Hall For ‘Nurturing The Dream Of Humanism’
In addition to the May 14 meeting in the Vatican’s Paul VI Audience Hall, Francis said that a number of seminars on related topics will take place in other locations to prepare for the event. “I invite everyone to work for this alliance and to be committed, individually and within our communities, to nurturing the dream of a humanism rooted in solidarity and responsive both to humanity’s aspirations and to God’s plan,” Francis wrote.
Pope Francis is inviting world leaders and young people to come together at the Vatican on May 14, 2020, for a an event called “Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance.”
In his own words, Pope Francis is now working create a ‘global alliance’ that will ‘foster humanism’, and he wants to hold the kickoff meeting on the 72nd anniversary of the regathering of Israel, in a reptile-shaped building in the Vatican. I know you think I am making this up, but I promise you it’s all true. “And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication: And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Revelation 17:4,5 (KJV) It boggles my mind to consider that anyone by this point could consider Pope Francis to be a man of God in ministry as Paul outlines in the New Testament. Leaving aside for the moment that the Roman Catholic Church is nothing but counterfeit Christianity, Francis is showing his true self more and more these days. Quoting African proverbs favored by Hillary Clinton, working towards globalism, looking to ‘nurture humanism’, there is nothing biblical or Christian about the man. Except for one thing…one really big thing. “And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration. And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.” Revelation 17:6,7 (KJV) The Roman Catholic Church is the MYSTERY, BABYLON found in Revelation 17 and 18, and the leader of that system, the pope, will one day step onto the stage as Antichrist. He will be a world leader who creates a One World Religion that will controls a One World Government, and the religion of that system will be the humanism that Francis loves so much. Is Francis the Antichrist? Time will tell, but every time I have to do an article like this, and there have been many, the chances that he is rise dramatically. Pope Francis To Launch Global Educational Pact Next Year FROM CRUX NOW: “Never before has there been such need to unite our efforts in a broad educational alliance, to form mature individuals capable of overcoming division and antagonism, and to restore the fabric of relationships for the sake of a more fraternal humanity,” Francis wrote in the message announcing the initiative, released by the Vatican’s press office on Thursday. It Takes a Village has become a classic. According to Pope Francis, education today clashes with a process of “rapidification” that traps human existence in a “whirlwind of high-speed technology and computerization, continually altering our points of reference.” As a result, human identity loses “its solidity,” he wrote. According to an African proverb, Francis wrote, “it takes a whole village to educate a child.” When it comes to education, that village still needs to be created, beginning by clearing the ground of “discrimination,” and fraternity “must be allowed to flourish.” According to the pope, this not only includes teachers, students and their families, but wider civil society, including science, sports, politics, and charitable organizations. “An alliance, in other words, between the earth’s inhabitants and our ‘common home’, which we are bound to care for and respect,” Francis wrote. “An alliance that generates peace, justice and hospitality among all peoples of the human family, as well as dialogue between religions.” In addition to the May 14 meeting in the Vatican’s Paul VI Audience Hall, Francis said that a number of seminars on related topics will take place in other locations to prepare for the event. “I invite everyone to work for this alliance and to be committed, individually and within our communities, to nurturing the dream of a humanism rooted in solidarity and responsive both to humanity’s aspirations and to God’s plan,” Francis wrote. According to a statement from the Congregation for Catholic Education, the initiative is a response to a request that came during several meetings Francis had with different personalities of “various cultures and religious affiliations.” The statement said the fifth anniversary of the environmental encyclical ‘Laudato Si’ was an “ideal platform” to launch the event. “The most significant personalities in the world are invited to take part in the proposed initiative, political, cultural and religious, and in particular the young people to whom the future belongs,” the Vatican statement says. “The goal is to arouse an awareness and a wave of responsibility for the common good of humanity, starting from the young and reaching all people of good will.” The statement from the Congregation also said that the new educational pact will aim to heal three “fractures” affecting the world: The first is that which separates reality from transcendence. According to the Vatican, children should be introduced to “total reality,” including openness to the transcendent, healing a “vertical rift between man and the Absolute.”
The second fracture the pact should heal is “horizontal,” between generations, cultures, and within the family, with people who bring different cultural visions and religions, and with those who face financial, social and moral difficulties.
The third fracture is that between humanity and the environment, with an urgent need to “create the conditions for ‘ecological citizenship’” that educates in “responsible austerity, grateful contemplation of the world, and care for the fragility of the poor and the environment.” READ MORE
Pope Francis Launches Global Educational Alliance
In a video message, Pope Francis launches the Global Educational Alliance initiative to shape the future of humanity by forming mature individuals who can overcome division and care for our common home
Now The End Begins is your front line defense against the rising tide of darkness in the last days before the Rapture of the Church HOW TO DONATE:Click here to view our GoFundMe page
:: 9-26-19 Lew Rockwell :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
240 Cubic Miles Of Magma Was Just Discovered Beneath California's Supervolcano
By Trevor Nace Forbes.com September 26, 2019
One of the largest supervolcanoes in the world sits underneath California, lying dormant for the past 100,000 years. Now, researchers have gotten a clearer glimpse into what lies below the Long Valley supervolcano, uncovering 240 cubic miles of magma sitting beneath California. It’s important to start off by saying this absolutely doesn’t mean there is any imminent danger. Experts at the United States Geological Society (USGS) are actively monitoring the supervolcano, and while there has been an uptick in activity over the past four decades, there are no signs of an eruption. What Is the Long Valley supervolcano? While you may have heard quite a bit about the supervolcano sitting beneath Yellowstone National Park, you may be unfamiliar with another major supervolcano in the United States, the Long Valley Caldera. The Long Valley Caldera sits in eastern California adjacent to Mammoth Mountain and measures 20 miles long by 11 miles wide. A caldera is basically a depression formed after the eruption of magma to the surface. As magma fills up the magma chamber below a volcano it expands the crust and the volcano grows. After an eruption, there is a tremendous amount of volume that has suddenly been displaced, which causes the ground above to sink into a bowl-shaped depression, which we call a caldera. The Long Valley Caldera is the depression formed from the supervolcano eruption 760,000 years ago, which ejected hot ash, lava and toxic gas. The eruption 760,000 years ago erupted 140 cubic miles of material from the supervolcano. To put this into perspective, the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens erupted 0.29 cubic miles of material, meaning the Long Valley eruption ejected nearly 500 times that amount of material. If all of the 240 cubic miles of magma found beneath the Long Valley supervolcano were ever to erupt, it would eject over 800 times the volume of material as the 1980 Mount St. Helen’s eruption. This is the reason geologists with the USGS continuously monitor the supervolcanoes that lie dormant beneath America. If and when one does erupt, it will trigger catastrophic destruction and loss of life. Fortunately, there is an extremely low likelihood of any supervolcano eruption occurring in any of our lifetimes. These eruptions happen very infrequently, but when they do happen, the world notices. Read the Whole Article
:: 9--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
DAY OF WONDERS: Facebook Spends $1 Billion Dollars To Purchase Tech Company That Will Allow You To Control Your Computer Using Only Your Thoughts
Facebook has been pushing deeper into augmented reality technology, including the development of a hands-free pair of AR glasses. In 2017, it announced a “brain-computer interface” that could someday let people turn their thoughts into actual text on a screen by monitoring signals in the brain. The CTRL-Labs technology is attempting to solve a similar problem. “The wristband will decode those neural signals and translate them into a digital signal your device can understand,” wrote Andrew Bosworth, Facebook’s head of AR and virtual reality, in a post announcing the deal. “It captures your intention so you can share a photo with a friend using an imperceptible movement or just by, well, intending to.” Facebook Inc. agreed to acquire CTRL-Labs, a technology startup that is building software to let people control a digital avatar using only their thoughts. Back in the late 1990’s there was a Christian film series on the end times called Apocalypse, produced from the Left Behind people and released by Cloud Ten Pictures. They all had to do with life on earth after the Rapture of the Church and showed us a world in the time of Jacob’s trouble, that ends in the time known as the Great Tribulation. From a doctrinal perspective they were hit and miss at best, but they were compelling to watch because we got to see the end times acted out. The second film in the series had a fascinating plot line. It involved an entire world connected to the Internet, now controlled by the Antichrist, and his crowning achievement was giving an unsuspecting, adoring world the “Day Of Wonders”. “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.” Revelation 13:15 (KJV) The Day Of Wonders was, as you might have guessed by now, Virtual Reality. Everyone in the whole world was to be given a headset to see this incredible new world that awaited them there, but what they got when they put them on was anything but that. I won’t spoil the ending for you if you decide to go and watch the movie, and you absolutely should get a copy and see it for yourself. What would have brought a wry smile to your face a few years ago will now instill full on goosebumps when you really consider what is now happening. Take a moment and go visit the Oculus Store to see what I mean.
Facebook to Buy CTRL-Labs Startup for Controlling Computers With Your Mind FROM YAHOO! FINANCE: Facebook, the world’s largest social network is paying between $500 million and $1 billion, according to people familiar with the deal. The closely held four-year-old startup, which has dozens of employees and has raised tens of millions in venture capital, uses a bracelet to measure neuron activity in a subject’s arm to determine movement that person is thinking about, even if they aren’t physically moving. That neuron activity is then translated into movement on a digital screen. Facebook declined to comment on the price of the acquisition. RELATED ARTICLE: Visit the NTEB Archive On The Mark Of The Beast Technology like CTRL-Labs’s may someday be a crucial part of products like augmented reality glasses, where a user might want to control a computer without the need for buttons or a keyboard. “Your hands could be in your pocket, behind you,” explained Thomas Reardon, chief executive officer of CTRL-Labs, at an industry conference last December. “It’s the intention to move, not the movement” itself that controls the avatar, he said. The Strong Delusion “And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” 2 Thessalonians 2:11,12 (KJV) Facebook has been pushing deeper into augmented reality technology, including the development of a hands-free pair of AR glasses. In 2017, it announced a “brain-computer interface” that could someday let people turn their thoughts into actual text on a screen by monitoring signals in the brain. The CTRL-Labs technology is attempting to solve a similar problem. “The wristband will decode those neural signals and translate them into a digital signal your device can understand,” wrote Andrew Bosworth, Facebook’s head of AR and virtual reality, in a post announcing the deal. “It captures your intention so you can share a photo with a friend using an imperceptible movement or just by, well, intending to.” The purchase comes at a challenging time for Facebook, which is under two separate U.S. antitrust investigations. The inquiries mean any acquisition the company makes will be under intense scrutiny from regulators as they question whether Facebook is already too big and powerful. “CTRL-Labs and Facebook are not competitors. Facebook does not currently have or make this technology,” a Facebook spokeswoman said of the deal announced on Monday, adding that the company will work with regulators to secure any needed approvals. “CTRL-Labs’s technology is an innovative input that Facebook hopes will be used to significantly improve the upcoming Facebook AR/VR experiences a few years down the road to fundamentally improve the user experience.” New York-based CTRL-Labs has raised $67 million, according to Crunchbase, and has a high-profile list of investors, including Spark Capital, Google’s GV, Amazon.com Inc.’s Alexa Fund, and Founders Fund. CTRL-Labs employees will join Facebook’s Reality Labs team, which works on AR and VR products. READ MORE
[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..
:: 9--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Irrefutable Proof That Humanity Is Being Terraformed Into Mind-Controlled Slaves Who Will Lose Their Souls-There Is Only One Solution
I am the midst of writing about how many believe, with reason, that President Trump is unwittingly allowing himself to be drawn into a trap in Iran where US military resources will be squandered and America is being set up for a terrible defeat in Venezuela. This will prove to be the impetus for an eventual Red Dawn invasion of the United States. However, in a statement I have never made publicly on the CSS, I strongly believe that the Lord spoke to me and said I need to warn the people about mind control and I need to do it TODAY! This was a perfect storm that is causing me to pursue this article, today. My insider sources, on the upcoming war, are in the midst of downloading me with information. Known contributors to this story, namely, Marilyn Rupar, Alexandra Daley (who will know your socks off with the coming treasonous revelations related to key California Democrats) and Pastor Sam Honnold are ALL in the middle of compiling relevant material. Today is a natural break point and this is no accident. I had a chance encounter with a mind control article, and inner voice (ie communication channel with the Lord) told me to share this with the people. I understand that those that are used to my left-brain, logical approach to reporting are shocked by this revelation. Howevever, it is OK, I will be back to my series on the dynamics of the coming WW III, tomorrow. I feel strongly convicted to share what I have previously known and what I have recently learned. And in the end, I will be issuing a strong warning on what you must do to avoid falling into the pit of mind control. I want to be crystal clear from the beginning. If one controls your mind, they can take control of your soul. This is the ultimate in terraforming. Mike Adams and myself are on the record as stating that the planet is being terraformed. What was revealed to me when the Lord commanded me to report on the latest technology, is that people are also being terraformed, not just the planet. I have previously reported on the fact that former NSA agent, Vance Davis, revealed to me in 1993 that as part of his NSA/NATO training was that there was a war in the cosmos between good and evil. The evil ones wanted to take control of God's most precious possession, the soul. However, the evil ones, under the control of Satan, could not crack the code of the soul, so to speak. Therefore, they have embarked on a mission to destroy humans through such things as transhumanism. Parallel to this strategy is a plot to control minds which could lead to souls being led astray. This is what I have been convicted to share with the readers today. To fully comprehend the message and understand the greatest threat ever posed to humanity, you will have to work at deciphering this article. To fully comprehend how your soul hangs in the balance, you cannot skip any part of this article. The Dawn of Mind Control
I have reported before on the most important bullfight in world history. It happened in the 1960’s, where Spanish neurologist, Jose Delgado was involved in a noteworthy bullfight. Without any real bullfighting training, he bravely stepped into the ring with a very dangerous and deadly bull. However, Delgado had a secret weapon. He had previously implanted a radio-equipped electrode which was implanted into the bull’s limbic system (i.e. emotional center of the brain) which he called “stimoceivers.” Delgado subsequently demonstrated that he could manipulate an organism’s mind and body via remote control technology. Thus, as the bull charged, an invasive electrical signal penetrated the bull’s limbic system and the bull calmly broke off the attack in mid-charge. Delgado found that by stimulating different regions of the limbic system, which controls emotion, Delgado could also induce fear, rage and a variety of other emotions, that he was able to manipulate the type and intensity of emotional reactions. Thus, Delgado discovered the fine art of mind control. Intrigued by his work, Delgado was invited to teach and be a guest lecturer at such prominent universities such as Harvard and Yale. However, in 1968, Delgado went to work at the Stanford Research Institute (SRI) and this is where much of his research trail grows cold. We now know that SRI was a CIA front and was connected to the MK Ultra experiments. In 1974, Delgado abruptly returned to Spain and later became an outspoken opponent of mind control and its potential for harm and misuse by totalitarian societies. Perhaps, he was not on board with the CIA and what they eventually had planned for the American people. In cats, monkeys, bulls and even humans he repeatedly demonstrated that he could control emotion and ultimately behavior. . In one experiment, Delgado stimulated the temporal lobe of a 21-year-old epileptic woman while she was calmly playing a guitar; in response, she flew into a rage and smashed her guitar against a wall, narrowly missing a researcher’s head. Perhaps the most medically promising finding was that stimulation of a limbic region called the septum could trigger euphoria, strong enough in some cases to counteract depression and even physical pain. Later Delgado was able to impact the hypothalamus of a cat and induce uncontrollable rage in the animal. Keep in mind that this technology is over 60 years old. One can only imagine how far this technology has come during that time. Delgado’s famous bull fight and the angry cat are depicted in the following video. “This technology has two sides, for good and for bad, and we should do what we can do to avoid the adverse consequences. We should try to prevent potentially destructive technologies from being abused by authoritarian governments to gain more power or by terrorists to wreak destruction. However, Delgado is a realist as he postulates “can you avoid knowledge? You cannot! Can you avoid technology? You cannot! Things are going to go ahead in spite of ethics, in spite of your personal ethics.” Professor Jose Delgado The above quote from Delgado is a very ominous warning about how serious the subject of mind control is about to to become for every person. After researching Delgado’s past, it is clear that he felt the same about mind control as Einstein felt about the unveiling of nuclear weapons. Mind control has just crossed the threshold and the results are described below. When one extrapolates what this means to humanity, the implications are frightening. It could and does mark the end of all free will. Internet AI and the Interface with Human Brains We are now witnessing that biometrics will be required to access the Internet. The fact is that some what your biometric information because this is the first step in gaining control over your mind. The main threat to humanity lies in the fact that the technology exists to control all of human behavior at one time. A reasonable person would certainly ask “how is that possible?” To answer that question, I refer the readers to Nick Begich’s website in which he details how mass electrical signals can beamed up from an array of antenna and bounced off the ionosphere in either a narrow beam covering a specific and defined geographic area, or it can be reflected back to earth in a broad beam application in which millions could be impacted by one electrical signal designed to change human behavior. We know this technology as Project HAARP. United States Patent 5,159,703, Lowery, October 27, 1992, Silent Subliminal Presentation System, Inventors: Lowery, Oliver M. Appl. No. 458339 Filed December 28, 1989, discusses the microwave technology necessary for mind control. In this patent, we witness the move from the mind control of certain individuals who might have been programmed, which is frightening enough, to witnessing entire populations being controlled. The patent discusses the possibility of impacting millions at a time. The net effect of the technology is enhanced when there is a transducer in the body such as an embedded microchip. Particularly revealing in the arena of mind control, is Dr. Begich’s work on voice to skull technology. In 1997, he displayed this technology for the European Parliament who promptly issued a ban on the use of the technology. Unfortunately, the technology has moved forward in recent years despite the ban. Before you write to me and state that this could never happen, please spend 30 minutes on the Begich website, and analyze the validity of his observations. Begich has done a detailed analysis of the patents associated with HAARP, and very clear conclusions about the intent of these technologies can easily be made after examining the facts. Most awake people are aware that HAARP is a weather modification device. However, as a result of my research, I have come to the conclusion that HAARP’s biggest danger to humanity is the mind-control potential related to this technology. Sadly, Dr. Nick Begich has been warning us about this potential for 22 years and it is only now that significant numbers of researchers are starting to pay attention. Many of you reading these words will doubt the authenticity of these claims. Therefore, go to Dr. Begich's site and review the publicly available patents. After you have convinced yourself, I want the following to sink in. As earth-shattering ahd paradigm-destroying Begich's research may be, it is old history, old technology. The frontier of mind control is upon us and we are in the early stages of becoming the Borg from Star Trek. The Latest on Mind Control The advances are partially secret, however, if one knows where to look and is willing to spend the time connecting the dots, the information is quite overwhelming.
From Harvard: (The document would not let me cite with the URL-Here is the raw URL http://sitn.hms.harvard.edu/flash/2019/scientists-control-rats-movements-minds/
The concept of mind control sounds like something that only exists in sci-fi movies. Until now. Recent work from Zhejiang University on developing a system appears to allow human mind control over the rat’s movements. This “brain-to-brain interface”, or BBI, is achieved by wirelessly coupling the brains of a human operator and a “rat cyborg” and transmitting brain activity in real time. How long until this is visited upon humans as a matter of standard practice? I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but that day is already here. It is no coincidence that this video was sent to me as I was writing a summary of the new mind control technology which can absolutely remove free will. In the interest of simplicity and parsimony, I abandoned my literary construction of the new technology. The follwing video, which cites experts in the field of mind control, including DARPA project managers, is all listed in the following video. This is a must watch. Following your viewing of this video, I want everyone to know that the our free will has been conquered by the Satanists. However, there is a solution and this is what I feel that I have been conviced to share with you following this video. The Solution to Mind Control, Soul Robbing Technology If you reacted like I did, you were shaken to your core as you watched expert after expert tell you that your free will has been conquered by DARPA and various big tech companies. So what is a good person to do? Here is the answer, and it is the only answer. Get on your knees and cry out for God's forgiveness for your sins. Confess Jesus as the son of God. Find a small Bible study group and become a student of the Bible. Pray for protection every day that this technology does not possess you. For this is the ultimate demonic possession in the history of the world. Humanity is being terraformed and you don't have to be one of the victims.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: ::
::]
:: 9-24-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Caribbean and Gulf area battered: Two major volcano eruptions two mag 6.0 major quakes with multiple aftershocks all hemmed in by two tropical storms
Tuesday, 24 September 2019
The Caribbean and Gulf area are currently being battered, just two weeks after Hurricane Dorian devastated the Bahamas we have a scene evolving resembling a Holywood movie epic. During the night two volcanoes erupted, the Popocatepetl volcano near Mexico City and the Poas volcano Costa Rica throw into the mix two mag 6.0 major quakes near Puerto Rico with multiple aftershocks which occurred smash bang in the middle of Tropical Storm Karen which is sitting south of Tropical Storm Jerry. There were no immediate reports of casualties or damage from the earthquake, which the agency said hit at a depth of 10 km (6 miles) about 80 km (50 miles) from the northwestern coastal town of Isabela. According to the Weather Channel, Tropical Depression Karen will bring heavy rain and gusty winds to Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands early this week, but it's too soon to know if it will eventually affect any other land areas, including the mainland United States. Karen is centred more than 100 miles south of San Juan, Puerto Rico, and is moving north-northwestward at 10 to 15 mph. According to Weather News, Tropical Storm Jerry will most likely turn toward the north and northeast early this week, according to the National Hurricane Center forecast. That forecast path will take Jerry near or just north of Bermuda as a tropical storm. A tropical storm warning has been issued for Bermuda, and tropical-storm-force winds (39-plus mph) could develop there by Wednesday. Bermuda could also receive 1 to 3 inches of rain through Wednesday.
http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/09/the-caribbean-and-gulf-area-battered.html
[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.
:: 9-23-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel Update
By Hal Lindsey
On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority. After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/
[ :: 3-22-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc
:: 9-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The Plan All Along
By Hal Lindsey
According to conventional wisdom, just before the elections in Israel, Prime Minister Netanyahu said things so egregious that the United States has been forced to rethink its position as Israel’s friend and advocate before the UN Security Council. But the conventional wisdom is wrong. The change didn’t come as a result of Netanyahu’s comments. His words made a “handy excuse,” but the change in policy was the plan all along. The following is a brief history of how we know this. We know this from several sources. One is a man named Martin Indyk. He served as U.S. Special Envoy for Israeli–Palestinian Negotiations from 2013 to 2014. In effect, he ran the peace talks for the Obama Administration. Indyk now serves as vice president and director of Foreign Policy at the Brookings Institution. That organization recently received $14.8 million dollars from the government of Qatar. The New York Times pointed to that transaction as a classic example of a foreign government buying influence in Washington. Qatar’s philanthropy also extends to several terror organizations, especially Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. Back in February, well before the election, Indyk told the Institute for National Security Studies, “If there is a government in Israel after these elections that decides to pursue a two-state solution, then there is a way forward.” Otherwise, he said things would get ugly for Israel. The Jerusalem Post reported at the time that without a change in Israel’s government, “Indyk warned, there will be ‘international actions’ pursued not by the Palestinians, but rather by the international community ‘in terms of a Security Council resolution’ to ‘lay out and preserve the principles of a two-state solution in the future.’” Security Council resolutions are subject to veto by any of its permanent members. That means that these things could not happen without U.S. approval. So, this ultimate Obama Administration insider — the man they chose to lead what they considered crucial peace talks — warned that the U.S. would turn on Israel if it re-elected Netanyahu. In the understatement of the year, Indyk said such actions would likely be “against Israel’s will.” This means that before the elections and before Netanyahu’s offending remarks (which he didn’t say anyway), the plan was already in place to withdraw support for Israel from the UN Security Council and other world bodies. Blaming the shift on Netanyahu’s manufactured comments is simply a ruse at best. Blessing and Cursing The current strain in relations between the United States and Israel has been well-documented. That relationship stands at the lowest point since Israel’s founding. Statements against Israel made by the President and Secretary of State have been bad enough, but the level of rancor shown by lower level White House and State Department aids has been absolutely stunning. The problem has been characterized as a clash of personalities between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu. But the real problem is Israel’s security. The president and his men seem to believe that the Palestinians will turn into good guys when certain terms have been met – terms that have been debated and rejected, since they will leave Israel undefendable. But Netanyahu and most other Israelis have heard such pipe dreams from previous administrations of both parties, and they’re not buying it anymore. They know the history. They remember their own recent experiences with the Palestinians in Gaza and the disastrous Oslo Accords. From those giveaways, they learned that you will never win by trying to appease an insatiable foe. The new American policy toward Israel has already begun to manifest itself. The recent declassification of U.S. documents pertaining to Israel’s top secret nuclear arms program makes a good case in point. What kind of nation tells the world its ally’s most important secrets? On CBS’s Face the Nation, Peggy Noonan expressed the opinion of most observers when she said, “I think U.S.-Israeli relations right now are in the worst shape I have ever seen them in — the worst shape they have been in since 1948 when America was instrumental in inventing Israel.” That’s an interesting phrase — “instrumental in inventing Israel.” It’s hard to fathom how a 239 year old nation could possibly have “invented” a nation that came into existence over three thousand years ago. Of course, she means the modern State of Israel, but it’s still not in any way an American “invention.” Israel is God’s invention. He created it. He made certain promises to it and about it. No matter what the United States does, God Himself will take care of Israel. While the Bible tells about some terrible times in store for that small nation, it will endure. And God will deal with nations according to their dealings with Israel. In Genesis 12:3, He said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” [NASB] Anyone who thinks that verse refers only to Abraham as an individual and not to the Children of Israel, should look at Numbers 24:9. There the promise is repeated as an oracle from the Lord, but this time specifically to the nation of Israel. “Blessed is everyone who blesses you, And cursed is everyone who curses you.” [NASB] We see the pattern hold true throughout the Old Testament. Even those nations used by God to punish Israel when it strayed, were themselves punished when they treated Israel poorly. Babylon is a perfect example. In 1948, the United States, led by President Harry Truman, became the first nation to officially recognize Israel. He did so only eleven minutes after their Declaration of Independence became official. Warren Austin, the U.S. representative to the United Nations, was so outraged by Truman’s decision that he left and went home. According to the Truman Library, Secretary of State Marshall had to send “a State Department official to the United Nations to prevent the entire United States delegation from resigning.” Marshall did this despite the fact that he and most of the rest of the U.S. foreign policy team had also opposed Truman on the issue. What followed for the United States was an era of growth and prosperity unlike anything in the history of the world. From that time through 1973, the U.S. economy grew by almost 4% a year. Household income grew an astronomical 74%. Compare that to the last few years when we’ve seen household income actually fall. When God said He would bless those who bless Israel, He meant it. In the United States, we’ve seen it with our own eyes. But if He meant one side of the equation, He meant the other side as well. He will curse those who curse Israel, just as we see happening before our eyes to the United States.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-29-2015/
[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying. Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.
:: 9-24-19 Dawn :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump accuses Iran of 'blood lust' in UN speech but says there is path to peace
Reuters Updated September 24, 2019
US President Donald Trump on Tuesday denounced Iran's “blood lust” and called on other nations to join the United States to pressure Iran after attacks on Saudi oil facilities but said there is a path to peace. “We want partners, not adversaries,” Trump said in an address to the United Nations General Assembly annual gathering of world leaders. In his third annual appearance at the United Nations, Trump offered a more subdued tone compared to the bombast of his previous speeches to the UN in 2017 and 2018, looking to convey a more reassuring presence as he asks Americans for a second term next year despite a fresh push for his impeachment among some Democrats. While offering his habitual defence of national sovereignty, Trump tempered his language toward Iran, stressing the US desire for peaceful relations with all and calling for collective, rather than unilateral, action. “America's knows that while anyone can make war, only the most courageous can choose peace,” he said. The September 14 attacks in Saudi Arabia have rattled the Middle East and raised concerns about a broader war. Trump has shown restraint in the crisis, holding back from military retaliation despite pressure from conservative hawks, at least for now. But he promised to keep trying to squeeze Iran's economy with sanctions until Tehran agrees to give up what Washington says is a pursuit of nuclear weapons. Iran has said its nuclear programme has always been for peaceful purposes only. “All nations have a duty to act. No responsible government should subsidise Iran's blood lust. As long as Iran's menacing behaviour continues sanctions will not be lifted, they will be tightened,” Trump said Trump had a stern message for China and its president, Xi Jinping, with whom he is locked in a trade war that is damaging both their economies. He said the world is watching how Beijing handles mass demonstrations in Hong Kong that have raised concerns about a potential Chinese crackdown. “How China chooses to handle the situation will say a great deal about its role in the word in the future. We are all counting on President Xi as a great leader,” he said. Trump has sought to pressure China to agree to reduce trade barriers through a policy of increasing tariffs on Chinese products. “Hopefully we can reach an agreement that will be beneficial to both countries. But as I have made clear I will not accept a bad deal for the American people,” Trump said. Trump was tough on Iran and its leadership, with Iranian President Hassan Rouhani in New York for UN activities amid speculation about whether they might meet to discuss their differences. Rouhani was at his New York hotel, not in the UN chamber, during Trump's speech. Take a look: Rouhani heads to UN in quest to win Iran support against US In remarks to media on Tuesday Rouhani said he was open to discuss small changes, additions or amendments to a 2015 nuclear deal between Iran and six major powers if the United States lifted sanctions imposed on the Islamic republic. French President Emmanuel Macron, trying to create conditions for talks between the United States and Iran, said he hoped there could be progress on Iran on Tuesday after he held talks with Rouhani on Monday. “We have to get back around the table to have a frank and demanding discussion on the nuclear activity, Iran's regional activities, the ballistic missile program, but also to have a larger approach on what sanctions are,” Macron told reporters, without elaborating. “I hope we will be able to make progress in the coming hours.” Tehran has been widely blamed for the attacks in Saudi Arabia but it denies involvement. Over the past week, Trump has tightened economic sanctions on Iran and ordered more US troops to Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates in a show of support for those US allies in the tense region. “After four decades of failure it is time for Iran's leaders to step forward and to stop threatening other countries and focus on building up their own country,” Trump said. “America is ready to embrace friendship to all who genuinely seek peace and respect,” he said.
:: 9-24-19 Breibart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
South Korean Abortionist Kills Wrong Woman’s Child
A South Korean abortionist accidentally killed the unborn child of a woman who wanted to carry to term after mixing up medical charts, local police revealed on Monday. Seoul Gangseo Police Station confirmed that they had booked a gynecologist and a nurse for carrying out an abortion on a six-week pregnant woman after failing to check the patient’s medical information before undertaking the operation. The alleged victim, a Vietnamese national, reportedly entered the hospital for a separate treatment but ended up in a delivery room, where the doctors give injections and perform surgeries. Having failed to properly check her identity, they ended up confusing her for a woman who was scheduled to receive an abortion and consequently anesthetized her before terminating her pregnancy. The patient returned to the hospital the following day after experiencing bloody discharge, where she was told that her child had been aborted. Both the gynecologist and the accompanying nurse were later charged with professional negligence over their failure to confirm the patient’s identity before proceeding with the operation. Police initially considered charges of abortion without consent, although they concluded that the two suspects could not be arrested on such charges as the victim was not aware that she was having an abortion, meaning she could not have consented to nor rejected the procedure. A nationwide ban on abortion was imposed in South Korea in 1953, although the country’s supreme court ordered in April that the law must be revised by the end of 2020, deeming the current ban as unconstitutional. The case was brought to the court after a legal challenge was launched by a doctor prosecuted for carrying out nearly 70 abortions. Under the 1953 ban, both women and doctors carrying out abortions can face even fines or imprisonment, although cases of rape, incest, or risk to their health are exempt. Despite this, approximately 50,000 abortions were carried out in the country in the year 2017. According to a government survey carried out this year, approximately eight out of ten South Korean women said they did not believe the procedure should be criminalized.
:: 9-24-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Puerto Rico rocked by earthquake as storm approaches
Updated on: September 24, 2019 / 5:20 PM / CBS/AP
A magnitude 6.0 earthquake struck near Puerto Rico Monday evening, scaring and rousing many from their sleep in the U.S. territory. The U.S. Geological Survey said the quake hit 49 miles off the island's northwest coast at a shallow depth of 6 miles. Three aftershocks, with magnitudes of 4.7, 4.6 and another of 4.6, hit within less than an hour in the same region at the same depth. Kiara Hernández, spokeswoman for the island's Emergency Management Agency, told The Associated Press there were no immediate reports of damage and that there was no risk of tsunami. She said emergency management officials were already on alert for the approaching Tropical Depression Karen and communicated quickly with mayors and others across the island to check on any damage. Karen strengthened back into a tropical storm early Tuesday, the National Hurricane Center said, and it caused about 29,000 customers to lose power. Its maximum sustained winds increased to 40 mph, with additional strengthening expected. The storm was centered about 35 miles southeast of San Juan and was moving north at about 8 mph. It could bring 3 to 6 inches of rain with isolated amounts of 10 inches. Hernández said crews would be inspecting buildings to ensure their safety. San Juan Mayor Carmen Yulín Cruz also said there was no immediate word of damage. The National Guard also had been activated for the storm, and schools and government offices remained closed as heavy rains were forecast for Puerto Rico on Tuesday, with warnings of possible flooding and landslides. CBS News correspondent David Begnaud retweeted video of a water main break that apparently followed the temblor: Residents react to earthquake Yahaida Zabala, a 46-year-old San Juan resident, was asleep when she felt her building sway Monday around 11:23 p.m. "I rushed into my son's room," she said. "He was sitting like he was paralyzed." They ran down the stairs of their building and stood outside with a small group of people awaiting aftershocks. The quake was felt across Puerto Rico and was the strongest to hit the island in recent years. While Puerto Rico experiences very small earthquakes on a daily basis that no one feels, seismologists have said it's rare for bigger ones to strike the island. The last powerful quake to strike Puerto Rico was in January 2014, when a 6.4 magnitude tremor hit after midnight just north of the island's north coast at a depth of 17 miles. Authorities reported broken windows, a busted water line and cracked floors and walls, along with some power outages. Some 70 aftershocks were reported, with at least three of a magnitude 3.5 or greater. The most damaging earthquake to hit Puerto Rico in recent history occurred in October 1918, a 7.3 magnitude quake that struck near the island's northwest coast, causing a tsunami and killing 116 people.
First published on September 24, 2019 / 2:18 AM
[ :: 7-30-08
pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.
:: 9-24-19 KCRA NBC 3 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
PG&E shuts off power to 24,000 customers due to wildfire risk
Residents in Butte, Nevada and Yuba counties impacted
403 Shares KCRA Updated: 11:10 PM PDT Sep 23, 2019
AUBURN, Calif. — PG&E shut off the power to about 24,000 customers across three Northern California counties Monday evening amid windy weather and higher wildfire risk. PG&E previously warned that the utility may need to cut power to lines across Butte, El Dorado, Nevada, Placer, Sutter, Yuba, Lake, Napa and Sonoma counties. On Monday, PG&E reduced the shutoff plan to include only customers in Butte, Nevada and Yuba counties. Impacts by county: Butte County: 10,24 Nevada County: 7,725 Yuba County: 4,580 Power shutoff began around 5 p.m. Butte County cities that may be impacted are Bangor, Berry Creek, Brush Creek, Feather Falls, Forbestown, Hurleton, Oroville, Palermo, Rackerby and Yankee Hill Nevada County cities that may be impacted are Grass Valley, Nevada City, Penn Valley, Rough and Ready. Yuba County cities that may be impacted are Bangor, Browns Valley, Brownsville, Camptonville, Challenge, Dobbins, Forbestown, Loma Rica, Marysville, Oregon House, Rackerby and Smartville. "For planning purposes, we suggest customers prepare for multiple-day outages," PG&E said in a statement. WHAT LED TO THE POWER SHUTOFF? The wind, bone dry vegetation and low humidity were three critical factors in PG&E’s decision to shut down power to thousands of people living in the Sierra foothills. “This is not a decision we take lightly at all,” PG&E spokesperson Brandi Merlo said. “This is something we do when we're seeing conditions that really threaten the electrical system and threaten our communities and customers.” With safety as a guideline, PG&E decided to de-energize transmission lines in portions of Nevada, Yuba and Butte counties. The decision to shut down the power was based on weather conditions, Merlo said. “We certainly look for gusty winds,” she said. “We look for dry conditions and that heightened fire risk to determine whether we proactively shut the power off for safety.” WHY WAS THE POWER SHUT OFF? Public Safety Power Shutoffs are designed to reduce the threat of wildfire that could be sparked by lines brought down in gusting winds. To help customers through the planned outage, Community Resource Centers have been established across the area.
Auburn Gold Country Fairgrounds: 303 Sacramento Street, Auburn
Sierra College Grass Valley Campus: 250 Sierra College Drive, Grass Valley
Butte County Fire Department Station: 14144 Lakeridge Circle, Magalia
Harrison Stadium parking lot: Third and Mitchell avenues, Oroville
Alcouffe Center: 9185 Marysville Road, Oregon House
Customers can access the very latest on the potential power outages and a list of the community resource centers by visiting the Public Safety Power Shutoff updates page. Officials are also monitoring similar conditions Tuesday and the potential for ongoing outages. WHEN WILL THE POWER BE TURNED ON? A PG&E spokesperson said the utility company anticipates the windy and dry weather to pass by around 9 a.m. Tuesday. After that time and conditions are safe to do so, PG&E crews will conduct safety inspections, complete any needed repairs and begin restoration. "PG&E crews will work to visually inspect each mile of our power lines to ensure they are free from damage and safe to energize," the company said. Officials said PG&E crews can usually restore power within 24 to 48 hours after the dry and windy weather conditions pass. "However, depending on weather conditions or if any repairs are needed, outages (weather event plus restoration time) could last longer than 48 hours," PG&E said. HOW IS CAL FIRE RESPONDING? The National Weather Service issued a red flag warning across the region advising of weather conditions that typically yield easy fire starts and rapid rates of spread. Cal Fire has ramped up resources for the Red Flag danger forecast, adding extra crews to the front lines, in case a fire does break out. “So that puts in excess of 200 additional firefighters and hand crew members pre-positioned in strategic areas around Northern California,” Cal Fire Chief Brian Estes said. The power shutoff could be a preview of things to come. “September, October and even into November are really our most critical (wildfire) months in Northern California,” Estes said. “That’s when we do get a shift from those southwesterly (winds) to that dry easterly or northerly winds.” HOW IS THE COMMUNITY REACTING? Dozens of businesses in the impacted counties could be without power through the night. “I'll be working until after five, so I'll just be here with the lights off I guess,” said Connor Lee, a barista at City Council Coffee in Nevada City. “I understand the point of the shutoffs,” Lee added. “ I can't necessarily think of any way around it -- so it's helpful but also a hindrance.” For many customers, the prospect of losing power came as a real surprise. “This is the first time that we've heard it,” said Nevada City resident Stephen Baker. “I'm very happy that they have this process. It's for our benefit, for our safety.” At Nevada City Chocolate Shoppe, customers seemed supportive of PG&E’s decision. “It's good to have people aware,” said Nevada City resident Anton Marchi said. “Especially with the new alerts going in and a lot of public safety being talked about is definitely a good precaution.” Residents and business owners in Penn Valley were frustrated Monday night. “It’s not the first time, but it is kind of disappointing," resident Dale Restad said. "I’m just glad they’re doing something." His wife Judy Kysor said, “I’m a little frustrated because there’s hardly a breeze.” “I just don’t think it’s right that they do that to us. We have no recourse against them. They just turn it off and make us deal with it,” said Tack Room Bar and Restaurant owner Barbara Martinez. “I have thousands of dollars in inventory in walk-in freezers, walk in refrigerators that are gonna rot.”
https://www.kcra.com/article/memo-transcript-of-presidents-call-with-ukraine/29226388
[
:: 1-17-18
pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready. For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later. But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again. It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment. Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding. Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there. You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are. For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them. Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.
:: 9-24-19 KFI am 640 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
San Francisco Residents are Using Boulders To Keep Homeless Off Sidewalks
posted by Isabella Meneses - Sep 24, 2019 Tim Conway Jr
Residents of San Francisco have finally had enough. They're so tired of tents lined up along their sidewalks by homeless people that they're taking matters into their own hands. According to SF Gate, residents are buying boulders and placing them along their sidewalks to discourage the homeless from setting up their camp on their street. These boulders weigh about a 100 lbs each and about two dozen have been used as barriers across Clinton Park. Now don't worry, it's not completely blocking the sidewalk. People can still walk by, there's just not a sufficient amount of space for tents to be set up. Neighbor David Smith-Tan said that his family received a letter from the neighborhood about a month ago addressing the sidewalk problem. "A bunch of my neighbors, we all chipped in a few hundred dollars and I guess this is what they came up with," he said. Smith-Tan was on board with this idea because many of the tent-sleepers are drug users who will "shoot up and stay overnight." Jennifer Friedenbach, executive director of the Coalition On Homelessness, told KTVU the boulders are an example of "anti-homeless architecture." "We have 1,200 people on the wait list for shelter. That's for tonight. People have nowhere to go," she said. The city does not plan on getting rid of the boulders. Hopefully, this will encourage them to put in more measures to prevent tenting on the sidewalks
:: 9-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Americans Are Arming Up In Huge Numbers, Driven By Self-Protection & Politicians Pushing 'Gun Grabs', With Communist-Socialist Government's The Biggest Mass Murderers In History
By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die September 15, 2019
According to this study on 'Democide', 'death by government' is one of the leading causes of death in world history. With Sheriff's all across America claiming they won't enforce any new un-Constitutional gun grab laws enacted in our country or within their states with at least 20 county sheriff's in the far-left state of Washington leading the way after Washington state voters passed several new gun laws that went against the US Constitution, the Democrat debate on Thursday night quickly showed America the way things will go should 'Robert Francis O'Rourke' (or possibly any Democrat win the presidency in 2020) with O'Rourke insanely spouting words that some Law Enforcement officials have warned could lead to a bloodbath in America: "Hell yes, we're gonna take your AR-15". With O'Rourke quite possibly inciting people to commit violence with that totalitarian claim, what one commenter on this Daily Mail story compared to "Yelling fire in a crowded movie theatre", Texas state Congressman Brisco Cain was hearing nothing of 'Beto's' remarks, firing back at the obvious 'beta-male' on twitter: "My AR is ready for you, Robert Francis." And while 'Beto' soon thereafter reported Cain's remarks to the FBI, insanely claiming that Cain had levied a death threat against him by his twitter remarks that were nowhere near a threat, many pointed out that it was indeed 'Beto' who threatened all of America with his remarks, especially with 'death by government' one of the biggest killers of all upon this planet. The more than a hundred million murdered by socialist government's alone through history prove the points made by Cambodian-American GOP rising star Elizabeth Heng, the Founder of New Faces GOP, in her viral ad run during the Democratic debate exposing socialism for what it almost always leads to - horrific deaths by government by the millions. If you haven't yet seen that video, we've embedded it as the first video at the bottom of this story and as Heng rips AOC and other leftists pushing socialism in America to shreds, she warns us that socialism seemingly always brings 'forced obedience' and massive starvation, leading to death tolls as high as some of those caused by the most deadly diseases in history and reminding us of why our Founding Fathers wisely created the 2nd Amendment to the United States Constitution in the first place. And with the left now pushing for 'socialism' in America, though 'Communism' is what it really is, we are not the least bit surprised that Americans are once again arming up in near record numbers as heard in the 3rd video at the bottom of this story, with 'Beto's' own remarks assuring that tens of thousands more Americans will be buying their AR-15's and AK-47's while they still can in preparation of defending their families from the kind of insane and out of control 'government by force' that Democrats want to bring in to America. And while his remarks during the debate will almost certainly make O'Rourke one of the biggest gun salesmen in the country over the next year, he sunk even further into incredibly poor taste by immediately putting out campaign t-shirts with the lettering "HELL YES, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE YOU AR-15", which amounts to O'Rourke not only 'capitalizing upon' but also 'celebrating' future genocide. So, we'll be taking a look within this ANP story at what's unfolding in America, with the left admitting they want to control every aspect of our lives coming at a time when many leftists are fantasizing about killing Christians and Conservatives while paying especially close attention to this viral new story over at the American Thinker titled: "No Matter Who Wins in 2020, There Will Be Blood". (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) This new story over at the American Thinker is an absolute must read as author William L. Gensert warns why he strongly believes mass bloodshed is coming to America in 2020 no matter who wins. And while we'll continue to pray that such mass bloodshed in America is avoided, as US Navy Vet John C. Velisek had reported in this September 7th ANP story titled "How Long Until 'The Purge' Begins With The Communists Fantasizing About Executing Christians & One Liberal Doctor Calling For Conservatives To Be Killed Then Castrated?", leftists already want President Trump supporters, Christians and Conservatives dead. And with many leftists suffering psychological illnesses in 'Trump derangement syndrome' while antifa terrorists prepare themselves for war, as this American Thinker story points out, mass violence in the future may not be able to be avoided because the left is pushing for it seemingly every day, with the mainstream media and democratic politicians leading the way. From this incredibly important American Thinker story.: The machinations of an illiberal left, on display in its ever-increasing violence accompanied by the ululations of a propagandist media in contravention of an imaginary “white supremacist” right, have riven the nation into diametrically opposed camps. The right will never accept socialism, while the left will accept nothing less. Trump Wins
Those on the left will not allow a Trump victory, even should he win the popular vote and the Electoral College. They are used to getting what they want and like spoiled brats, have learned that tantrums work. Should Donald Trump prevail in his bid for a second term, the left will go insane, deploying every “insurance policy” weapon at their disposal to negate four more years of the Orange Man. What Obama, Comey, and Brennan et al. did to Trump in his first term will seem mild in comparison to what the left is planning should he win. Antifa, the military arm of the Democratic Party, has not spent the last three years practicing and organizing merely to sit on the sidelines. They have used the interregnum to mobilize and learn tactics, while probing to find what government will allow, media will trumpet, and the public will endure. The skirling “resistance” has morphed from pajama-boy blobs of perpetually offended little dictators and pussy-hat sporting shriekers into balaclava-wearing avengers who crave the opportunity to put deplorables in their place and give them the government they deserve good and hard. They will flood the streets after a Trump victory in their Antifa costumes looking to bust the heads of anyone near enough to become part of their 15 minutes of YouTube fame.
It will start in the cities -- the Democrat-run cities, of course -- where the political leadership will provide them a measure of protection against identification and arrest. Seattle, Portland, LA, San Francisco, NYC, Chicago, Atlanta, Boston, and Baltimore, among others, will become flashpoints of unrest. The riots will be portrayed by the media and the Democrats as a groundswell of support for deposing a racist president. They will bemoan the necessity of the violence, destruction, and loss of life, but remind Americans that “the people have spoken.” Some among the Antifa will be championed. In lockstep, both the New York Times and the Washington Post will run headlines calling them: “The New Founding Fathers.” People who fight back will quickly grow in number -- even as the media label them “white supremacists.” Blood will be spilled. China, Iran, Russia, and Venezuela will plead for calm and offer to mediate the evolving humanitarian crisis… And as the American Thinker story also reported, should President Trump lose and any one of the totalitarian, socialist, wanna-be dictators instead take the reigns in America, promising to complete the left's demolition of the US Constitution and take away Americans guns and free speech among other rights, such a situation could quite easily devolve into one of mass bloodshed with very few Americans ready to cave to a dictatorial, totalitarian government. Especially with such government's well known for slaughtering their own people in mass numbers. There's a reason for the phrase 'death by government'. Once again, from the American Thinker story.: Trump Loses The right will never believe the Democrats didn’t cheat their way to victory; in addition to understanding that a Democratic President will undemocratically implement policies by executive order that are inimical to their interests and desires. Many on the right are weary of leaders who prioritize good press over good policy, and who prefer losing gracefully over winning ugly. They believe they did build that and that they have not yet made enough money and are fed up with being portrayed as ignorant and evil just because of political disagreements. Eight years of Obama and three years of watching his slow-motion coup have made them angry. Tone-deaf to this silent majority and emboldened by victory, the new president will borrow Barry’s “pen and phone” and start issuing executive orders throwing open our borders, banning fossil fuels, and of course, implementing “common sense” gun control. Buoyed by media, the new president will start with universal background checks and a gun registry. Eventually, the president will overreach, signing an order for gun confiscation, euphemistically called, “mandatory buybacks.” Antifa and their ilk will flood the streets in support of seizing these “weapons of war.” Media will declare, “It’s the will of the people.” And for the right, that will be the last straw (plastic or paper). The left doesn’t understand that every gun owner is a single-issue-voter; millions will refuse to give up their guns. And, many gun owners in this country will not go “meekly into the night,” there will be “rage” against what they will see as a usurpation of their constitutional rights. Confiscation will go well at first, with gun owners in the cities acquiescing to the knock on the door in the middle of the night and the intimidation of, “Papers please.” But in flyover country, a different scenario will play out. Most gun owners will hide their weapons and most local police departments will accept that, not wanting to jail their neighbors. Resistance will be broad, perhaps encompassing hundreds of millions of Americans. Barack Obama, for once in the dismal history of his efforts to kill the America we love, will be proven correct. Americans do “cling to their guns.” The media will call it “white supremacy,” but a still unregulated internet will be rife with videos of an out of control government battling its own citizens. The president will call for mobilizing the National Guard. Some governors will refuse, and army units now overseas will be sent home to deal with the growing unrest. Mistakes will be made and there will be gunfire in the streets; people will die on both sides. The president will desperately call for martial law. Many Army, National Guard, and police will defect, or desert, or simply refuse orders. What will happen after that is anybody's guess. According to this new story over at Zero Hedge, a new Rasmussen poll has found that nearly 1/3 of Democrats believe the National Rifle Association should be declared a terrorist organization, proving a huge number of Americans no nothing of our Rights enshrined within the US Constitution, believing that it should be against the law for Americans to belong to pro-gun groups like the NRA. Reporting also that 14% of Republicans and 20% of Independents polled agree with those 1/3 of Democrats, the NRA has recently sued the city and county of San Francisco, California for voting to declare it a 'domestic terror organization', filing a lawsuit asking the court "to instruct elected officials that freedom of speech means you cannot silence or punish those with whom you disagree." Yet with 50% of Democrats insanely believing that so-called 'hate speech' should be banned, and those same Democrats considering 'hatred' anything that they disagree with or anything that 'triggers' them, that slippery slope of free speech that we're being pushed down by the left and the globalists has results that can already be seen now in Europe, where merely criticizing the totalitarian political philosophy of Islam has led to imprisonment of individuals doing so, with one Austrian woman convicted for correctly calling the prophet of Islam, Muhammad, a pedophile. 'Truth is treason in the globalists empire of lies'. And while it's quite easy to blame the dumbed down younger generations in America today for not doing their history lessons while they insanely push for socialism, as William B. Stoecker had reported in this March 23rd ANP story, 'socialist indoctrination' has been ongoing in American schools from the elementary level up to the university level for many, many years, leaving most of America's younger generation completely indoctrinated into insanely believing that simply criticizing Socialism or Islam is 'racism'. So with Beto O'Rourke and his failing presidential candidacy leading the way in showing Americans what may come should he or another radical leftist be elected President, and his belief's on the 2nd Amendment echoing those held by many now on the left with 1/3 of them believing the NRA to be a 'domestic terrorist organization', we should get ready for absolutely anything in the following 2+ years with 2020 sure to bring America to a huge confrontation point and seemingly no 'middle ground' with the left surely rejecting any President Trump re-election and hundreds of millions of Americans prepared to reject 'socialism' and the 'forced obedience', 'mass starvation' and 'death by government' that inevitably comes with 'socialism'. In the 2nd video below, a video posted to this ANP story comment section by 'Deplorable D' titled "Innocents Betrayed The True Story of Gun Control WorldWide Graphic Images by JPFO ORG", we see what inevitably happens when a totalitarian government attempts to disarm its citizens and to warn you, it's not pretty. And just think, if 'Beto' the 'beta-male' has his way, this may be coming to America.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Beto_Cries_Over_Alleged_Death_Threat_Civil_War_II_In_America.php
:: 9-13-19 The DoDo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Wild Elephant Brings Her Newborn To Meet The People Who Saved Her
Such an incredible moment
By Lily Feinn Published On 09/13/2019
To Loijuk the elephant, nothing is more important than family — especially now that she is starting one of her own. In 2006, the orphaned elephant was found all alone at only 5 months old, and was rescued by the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust (SWT) in Kenya. She was hand-raised by SWT until she was old enough to return to the wild. Years have passed, but Loijuk still has a close bond with her human family. She returns to the grounds of the sanctuary every month to visit. But in September, Loijuk surprised her former caretakers with a newborn elephant calf in tow. It was clear the proud elephant mom couldn’t wait to show off her baby. The calf, who has since been named Lili, was only hours old — likely born only the night before. Loijuk has never forgotten the kindness of those who helped her. She even invited Benjamin Kyalo, the head keeper, to have a special moment with her newborn calf. “Benjamin was able to get close to Lili (who nestled into his legs), stroke her delicate newborn skin and breathe into her trunk, thereby letting her know who he was via his scent,” Rob Brandford, executive director of SWT, told The Dodo. “Elephants have an incredible memory and sense of smell and our keepers will often breathe into the orphans’ trunks so they can recognize who they are.” You can watch a video of Loijuk and Lili's touching visit here: Lili was quite wobbly on her feet during the meeting, but over the course of the week, Kyalo watched as she got stronger and stronger. "Loijuk has stayed close to the area around the unit, allowing our keepers to watch over her and check how she’s getting on," Brandford said. "Considering September is the peak of the dry season in Tsavo, not the most favorable of conditions for a new baby, we are delighted that Loijuk has returned close to home so that we can help supplement her diet when she visits." In the wild, calves are raised with the help of female relatives within the herd. Loijuk has played nanny to other babies before giving birth to Lili, and now her calf has nannies of her very own — two other wild orphans named Naserian and Ithumbah. Lili will remain with her mom's herd in the wild for life, and if she is ever in need, she now knows there is a safe place she can always return to. Lili is the 31st calf born to female orphaned elephants raised by SWT now living wild, and she is a beacon of hope for threatened elephant populations everywhere “Moments like these are momentous,” Brandford said. “In saving one orphaned elephant’s life, we are not only seeing that orphan thrive but start a family.” "Lili has a brighter future ahead of her than many elephants," Brandford added, "and we look forward to watching this little girl grow up in the wild.”
To support orphaned elephants being cared for by the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust, you can make a donation.
https://www.thedodo.com/in-the-wild/elephant-introduces-newborn-calf-to-her-rescuers
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 9-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
In Communist California, the Only Acceptable Excuse to Avoid Mercury/Aluminum-Laden Vaccines Is DEATH! CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE IS THE ONLY SOLUTION!!!
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 16, 2019 - 12:06.
In Communist California, the only acceptable excuse to avoid mercury/aluminum vaccines is DEATH! Mandatory vaccines is just the beginning of a new flavor of governmental tyranny! Gun confiscation is next and history speaks as to what will follow. Recently, KTAR talk show host, Bruce St. James proclaimed that all vaccines are completely safe and nobody should ever question the efficacy of taking any vaccine. KTAR is the top rated radio station in Arizona. Uniformed and arrogant ignoramuses, like St. James, comprise the bulk of the reasons why I refuse to listen to this false propaganda spreading radio station. Unfortunately, this mindless obedience, despite scientific proof to the contrary, constitutes the continued spreading big pharma's financial goal of forcibly jabbing every arm in America. Please tell us when does any type of medical treatment ever present without the manifestation of symptoms? If Bruce St. James had been in my research course, he wouldn't have made it out of the midterm. Yet, St. James' station allows him to go on the air and spread this vile big pharma serving lies which defy statistical probabilities. I can guarantee you that right now, there dozens of statistics and research professors who are nodding their collective heads in agreement. However, they don't dare say a word because their collective With regard to the "no exucses" vaccine issue. I am awaiting the retaliatory law suits that will inevitably come because some child dies who had a health condition that contraindicated vaccinations. However, in the wisdom of the California's Communist Party (CCP), there can be no exemption, no exceptions, except for death. KTAR used to be a conservative station serving a conservative state. Unfortunately, Arizona has been "Californicated". I have often thought of marketing a T-shirt which says "Don't Californicate Arizona". Has this happened to your state? Texas is being overrun by Californicators who threaten to participate in gun confiscation. Texas school districts are looking at implementing some of the same radicalized sex education programs where they think it is appropriate to propagandize elementary school children with, shall we say, alternative choices for sexual activity. Yes, and Texas politicians have discussed mandatory vaccines without exception. Across the nation, we are even seeing curriculum in which pedophilia is listed as a sexual preference. I hope that these poor young innocent victims have had their vaccinations against STD's because they are going to need them. Since when did we all the state, any state, to supplant parental authority, negate the religious right to refuse certain medical treatments and allow the state to put every at risk all in the name of big pharma profits. Show me the replicated studies which dictate vaccine efficacy in all cases. Oh, we can find an isolated, here and there, in which doctored results demonstrate the desired results. However, that has not prevented big pharma from having their way with our children and our collective health as a society. Because of the nature of California's no exceptions law, children and adults are now exposed to higher rates of Alzheimer's disease, dementia, autism and whole host of other health conditions. Isn't interesting that California does nothing about the leprosy and soon-to-be bubonic plague ridden homeless communities in LA, but they will dictate, to your children what vaccines they must take without exception and regard for their individual health conditions and religious beliefs. One of the fundamental belies of the Communist Party is that the State will raise your child. Who could ever forget the misguided book written by none other than Hillary Clinton, that it take a village to raise a child. I think Clinton meant, it takes the Village People to raise a child. . It is time for civil disobedience! Home-school your children and will not have to worry about the perverts that have invaded your child's school. You will not have vaccinate your children. Also, America is facing the imposition of such onerous liberal policies, that we better hone our civil disobedience skills. Government is taking a dark turn and we better learn how to exist without government cooperation. It is going to get a lot worse and it will not likely ever get better.
:: 9-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Scholar discovers a hidden message in Milton's 350-year-old 'Paradise Lost' which describes the three falls of Adam, Eve and Satan
English poet John Milton first published the epic work of blank verse in 1667
The poem retold the biblical tale of the Fall of Man from the Garden of Eden
In the first letters of certain lines, three instances of the word 'fall' appear
The scholar believes this relates to the falls of Adam, Eve and Satan in the poem
Hidden words have been found in the work before, with one reading 'Satan'
By Ian Randall For Mailonline Published: 07:17 EDT, 16 September 2019 | Updated: 07:33 EDT, 16 September 2019
A hidden message in John Milton's epic poem 'Paradise Lost' that went unnoticed for over 350 years has been revealed by an undergraduate literature scholar. Concealed in the first letters of eight lines in the text, the message highlights the three biblical falls depicted in the poem — those of Adam, Eve and Satan. Researchers had previously found a number of other hidden messages like this in the work, which serve to add or counterpoint the meaning of the main text. One found as recently as the nineteen seventies, for example, spelled out the word 'Satan' as the biblical serpent approached Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. Subsequent studies have scanned the test for similar hidden words, trying to identify by their relevance which ones likely appear deliberately rather than by chance. The use of hidden messages like these was a common literary device employed by the classical poets that Milton admired, such as Dante and Virgil. In total, Milton's epic — and defining — work contains more than 10,000 lines of blank verse, spread over 12 books. Composing the poem was, according to Milton's statement in the first book of the work, an effort to 'justify the ways of God to men'. Literature scholar Miranda Phaal of Tufts University, in Massachusetts, discovered the hidden pattern in the epic poem's ninth book. The message is a type of word play known as an 'acrostic' — a device in which the first or last letters, syllabus or word in a line or paragraph can be read alongside the main text and provide extra meaning. An infamous, if churlish, example of the technique came in a work submitted by the US poet George Rolfe Humphries to Poetry Magazine, which earnt the writer a two-year-long ban with the publication. The first letters of each line of his submission read 'Nicholas Murray Butler is a horses ass.' Butler was a prominent philosopher of the time. The acrostic revealed by Ms Phall appears during an argument in the poem between Adam and Eve, with the first letter of each line reading 'FFAALLAF'. These letters contain the world 'fall' three times — twice when read down the page and once when read in the opposite direction.
:: 3-29-19 Wiki How :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
How to Understand the DEFCON Scale
Author Info | Reader-Approved | 11 References Updated: March 29, 2019
The United States' DEFCON (short for "defense readiness condition") scale is a measure of the level of alertness of the nation's defense forces. The DEFCON scale uses a minimum of 5 (for normal peacetime status) and a maximum of 1 (for situations of global severity, like nuclear war). It's important to understand the DEFCON system both as a matter of self-education and to avoid inaccurate usage (i.e., "We're about to go to DEFCON six.")
Part 1 DEFCON Reference Chart
DEFCON Level Reference Guide[1] DEFCON Level Level of Readiness Historical Precedent
5 Normal peacetime readiness; General "baseline" level during times of peace
4 Increased intelligence-gathering and security measures Sporadically throughout Cold War, War on Terror
3 Armed forces readiness increased above normal levels; Air Force ready to mobilize in 15 minutes Post-9/11 Attacks (2001), Yom Kippur War (1973), Operation Paul Bunyan (1976), Post-Four Power Talks (1960)
2 High readiness; armed forces ready to deploy in six hours Cuban Missile Crisis (1962)
1 Maximum readiness; all forces ready for combat; nuclear war imminent or likely None
Part 2 Understanding DEFCON Levels
1 Learn how to read the DEFCON scale. The DEFCON scale is a way of assigning a numerical value to the readiness of the American military. Higher DEFCON values are used for lower levels of readiness (during more peaceful situations), while lower DEFCON values are used for higher levels of readiness (during tenser situations where the possibility of military action is more likely). A DEFCON level of 5 corresponds to ordinary peacetime, while a DEFCON level of 1 (which has never been reached) corresponds to the most dangerous situations, like thermonuclear war.
Note that different branches of the military can be issued different DEFCON levels. For instance, during the Cuban Missile Crisis, which is generally considered one of the tensest moments in American military history, the Strategic Air Command went on DEFCON 2, while the rest of the military went on DEFCON 3.[2]
2 Use DEFCON 5 for peacetime. A DEFCON level of 5 is a very good thing — this is the condition used to designate normal peacetime military readiness. At a DEFCON 5, the US military takes no wide-scale precautionary defense measures beyond what is ordinarily required.
Note that DEFCON 5 isn't necessarily a sign that the world is at peace — conflicts, even major ones, may be occurring around the world during a DEFCON 5. However, in this case, the military judges that these events pose no significant defense threats.
3 Use DEFCON 4 for heightened alertness. DEFCON 4 is the first level of readiness above the baseline value of DEFCON 5 and thus constitutes a fairly mild increase in readiness (though an increase from DEFCON 5 to DEFCON 4 is certainly significant). This DEFCON level signifies increased intelligence-gathering efforts and, sometimes, the heightening of national security measures. However, it is not usually an indication that the military (or the nation) are in imminent danger of attack.
In the modern world, it is thought that DEFCON 4 is sometimes issued after minor to moderate terrorist attacks and politically-motivated killings, or after would-be plots are uncovered. Presumably, this is done in anticipation of further violence as an attempt to prepare for and prevent it.
4 Use DEFCON 3 for tense military/political situations. Situations that call for DEFCON 3 are serious — though they may not pose an immediate threat to the existence or stability of the American state, they do call for significant vigilance. At this level, American military forces are put on a heightened state of alert in anticipation of mobilization — in particular, the Air Force is kept ready to launch operations with just 15 minutes of notice. In addition, all military communications may be encrypted based on classified protocols.
Historically, DEFCON 3 has usually corresponded to situations in which military action against the US or one of its allies was a distinct possibility. For instance, during Operation Paul Bunyan, which resulted in a DEFCON 3, two American officers were killed by North Korean forces in the Korean Demilitarized Zone (DMZ). In this case, a DEFCON 3 was issued because of the possibility that any errors in the resulting standoff might trigger open war across the Korean border (a politically and militarily tense area then, as it is today).[3]
5 Use DEFCON 2 for major threats. DEFCON 2 refers to a further increase in force readiness just below maximum readiness. Combat forces are readied for major operations within just a few hours. An increase to DEFCON 2 is very serious — these situations carry a significant risk of major military operations against the United States or its allies, including the use of nuclear weapons. DEFCON 2 is typically reserved for all but the most militarily tense of international situations.
The most notable time that DEFCON 2 has ever been issued was during the Cuban Missile Crisis, although this declaration was limited to Strategic Air Command. It is though that this is the only time that a wide-scale DEFCON 2 alert has been issued, though, since DEFCON-related information is usually kept classified, it is not exactly certain how many times this level of readiness has been reached.[4]
6 Use DEFCON 1 for maximum alertness. DEFCON 1 refers to maximum military readiness — it is thought that forces with a DEFCON level of 1 are kept ready for immediate action at all times. DEFCON 1 is reserved for the absolute most dangerous, severe situations, including imminent or ongoing nuclear war involving the US or one of its allies.
Though, as noted above, DEFCON levels are usually kept classified until after the fact, it is thought that DEFCON 1 has never been issued for a branch of the US military before.
Some limited, unverifiable evidence suggests that DEFCON 1 may have been triggered for certain military units during the first Gulf War. [5] If these claims are true, however, they only applied to individual units and not to entire branches of the military.
1 Understand how DEFCON levels are assigned. The exact process that the military uses to declare a DEFCON increase is not perfectly-understood by the public. It is usually assumed that an upgrade in military preparedness is made by the Joint Chiefs of Staff (the highest commanders in the American military) with the approval of the president. However, some anecdotal evidence suggests that top-level military leaders are able to increase the DEFCON level without the president — for instance, some sources report that the Strategic Air Command's decision to issue a DEFCON 2 during the Cuban Missile Crisis occurred without input from President Kennedy.[6] Note again that the precise actions that the military takes at each DEFCON level are, for obvious reasons, kept secret. Thus, most of the information that the general public has on the DEFCON scale is based on old declassified documents or historical DEFCON "spikes" revealed to the public after the fact. Though some non-military, non-government sources may claim to know the current DEFCON level, there is no way to verify this. [7]
2 Be aware of other US alert scales. The DEFCON scale is not the only measure that the US government and military use to rate their readiness against external and internal dangers. These include LERTCON (used by the US and NATO allies), REDCON (used by individual US military units), and more.[8][9] However, the most important alert scale besides DEFCON is likely the EMERGCON scale. These conditions (which have never been issued before) are thought to be issued in the event of nuclear war and include civilian directives as well as military ones. EMERGCON has two levels, which are:
Defense Emergency: Made in the event of major hostile attacks against U.S. or allied forces overseas. Issued by unified commander or higher authority.[10]
Air Defense Emergency: Made in the event of attacks against the US, Canada, or military installations in Greenland. Issued by the Commander in Chief of the North American Aerospace Defense Command.[11]
Note that, by definition, all military forces go to DEFCON 1 in the event of an EMERGCON being issued.
3 Research the history of the DEFCON scale. Though much of the DEFCON scale's history is kept secret for obvious reasons, the declassified information that is available to the public is fascinating in its own right. Conceived in the late 1950s as a means of coordinating NORAD defense efforts between the U.S. and Canada, the DEFCON system has gone through several changes between its creation and its current form today.
For instance, the original DEFCON scale had "sub-categories" for several DEFCON levels: "Charlie" and "Delta" under DEFCON 4 and "Alpha" and "Bravo" for DEFCON 3. In addition, it had an "Emergency" level above DEFCON 1 that greatly resembled the EMERGCON scale described above.
Scribe Note: Click the link below the site has charts and graphics and explainations
https://www.wikihow.com/Understand-the-DEFCON-Scale
:: 9--19 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The man whose state surveillance revelations rocked the world speaks exclusively to the Guardian about his new life and concerns for the future
The world’s most famous whistleblower, Edward Snowden, says he has detected a softening in public hostility towards him in the US over his disclosure of top-secret documents that revealed the extent of the global surveillance programmes run by American and British spy agencies. In an exclusive two-hour interview in Moscow to mark the publication of his memoirs, Permanent Record, Snowden said dire warnings that his disclosures would cause harm had not come to pass, and even former critics now conceded “we live in a better, freer and safer world” because of his revelations. In the book, Snowden describes in detail for the first time his background, and what led him to leak details of the secret programmes being run by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and the UK’s secret communication headquarters, GCHQ. He describes the 18 years since the September 11 attacks as “a litany of American destruction by way of American self-destruction, with the promulgation of secret policies, secret laws, secret courts and secret wars”. Snowden also said: “The greatest danger still lies ahead, with the refinement of artificial intelligence capabilities, such as facial and pattern recognition. “An AI-equipped surveillance camera would be not a mere recording device, but could be made into something closer to an automated police officer.” He is concerned the US and other governments, aided by the big internet companies, are moving towards creating a permanent record of everyone on earth, recording the whole of their daily lives. While Snowden feels justified in what he did six years ago, he told the Guardian he was reconciled to being in Russia for years to come and was planning for his future on that basis. He reveals he secretly married his partner, Lindsay Mills, two years ago in a Russian courthouse. While he would rather be in the US or somewhere like Germany, he is relaxed in Russia, now able to lead a more or less normal daily life. He is less fearful than when he first arrived in 2013, when he felt lonely, isolated and paranoid that he could be targeted in the streets by US agents seeking retribution. “I was very much a person the most powerful government in the world wanted to go away. They did not care whether I went away to prison. They did not care whether I went away into the ground. They just wanted me gone,” he said. He has dispensed with the scarves, hats and coats he once used as disguises and now moves freely around the city, riding the metro, visiting art galleries or the ballet, joining friends in cafes and restaurants. Permanent Record, which is being published on Tuesday in more than 20 countries, charts the shift that took him from working deep inside the NSA and the CIA to Hong Kong, where he handed over a cache of classified documents to journalists from the Guardian. The documents revealed the scale of mass surveillance by the US, UK and their allies. He is high on the US wanted list and faces decades in jail if detained. The US government could seize royalties from the book but the substantial advance has already been banked. Normally averse to discussing his personal life, Snowden opened up in both the interview and the memoirs to speak for the first time about his life in Moscow and even the person he describes as “the love of my life”, Mills. Polls taken in the US in 2013 and the years immediately after showed an almost equal split between those who viewed him as a traitor and those who saw him as a hero. “It is funny that now, six years later, the controversial image that I had has begun to soften.” Even people who dislike him personally were now prepared to accept “we live in a better, freer and safer world because of the revelations of mass surveillance”, he said. One of the Democratic presidential candidates, Bernie Sanders, said he would like to see a resolution that would end Snowden’s permanent exile, while another, the congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, said in May she would pardon him. Fears that President Vladimir Putin might hand him over as a gift to Donald Trump have receded as relations between the US and Russia have cooled. Snowden said it helped that Russia viewed him as useful publicity. “A country whose political troubles are legendary, whose problems with human rights we hear about every single day has finally, somehow, managed to have one bright spot on their human rights record … Why would they give that up?” He toyed with calling his memoirs The New Forever or Welcome to Forever before settling on Permanent Record, which reflects his concerns about the way state-run and private companies are hoarding data. To counter this, he argues for both legislative reform and increased use of end-to-end encryption to protect emails, chat and other communications. But these are not enough, he says, to counter accelerating technological changes allowing greater intrusions of privacy and he calls for a worldwide protest movement, similar to those on climate change. “You have to be ready to stand for something if you want it to change,” he said. “That is what I hope this book will help people come to decide for themselves.” Snowden, 36, lives in a two-bedroom flat on the outskirts of Moscow and makes a living mainly from fees for speaking to students, civil rights activists and others abroad via video link-ups. He was given temporary asylum when he first arrived and now has permanent residency, the equivalent of a US green card, renewable every three years, though he said this was just a formality. He had been on his way from Hong Kong via Russia and Cuba to what he hoped would be sanctuary in Ecuador when the US cancelled his passport, leaving him stranded in Russia. He likes to travel, in spite of being restricted to within Russia’s borders, and has visited cities such as St Petersburg and the Black Sea resort of Sochi. “One of the things that is lost in all the problematic politics of the Russian government is the fact this is one of the most beautiful countries in the world. The people are friendly. The people are warm,” he said. “And when I came here I did not understand any of this. I was terrified of this place because, of course, they were the great fortress of the enemy, which is the way a CIA agent looks at Russia.” In the past, he would not have openly spoken so warmly about Russia, worried about how it might be perceived back home in the US. We met in a flat – not his – on Tsvetnoy Boulevard, near the city centre. A minute’s walk to the left of the flat there is a Starbucks and to the right a Krispy Kreme. Snowden, who loves fast food, said one of the things Americans did not realise about Russia was that almost all the things you could get in the US were available there, apart from, he added wistfully, a Taco Bell. Throughout history, exile meant being cut off from society, “a punishment worse than death”. But exile did not mean that any more, he said. He could communicate with students in New York via video and three hours later do a similar event in Germany. Describing himself as “an indoor cat by choice”, he is happiest sitting at his computer late into the night, communicating with campaigners and supporters. The time difference with the US has made that a necessity. The night before we met he had only gone to bed at 6am. His normal pattern is to sleep until late in the morning. In Permanent Record, he describes how he and Mills met when he was 22 on an internet site, Hot or Not, on which pictures were posted and rated. He gave her a 10 out of 10. She gave him an eight. Seven years later, as he prepared to fly to Hong Kong, he said he did not tell her about his plans to turn whistleblower as this would have made her an accessory. He feels bad she did not know where he had gone. One of the surprises in Permanent Record is the inclusion of extracts from her diary. These are blunt and raw, recording how “pissed” she was at his sudden disappearance, even wondering whether he was having an affair. When the police and FBI were first looking for him, one police officer was suspicious of her. She wrote: “He was looking at me like I killed Ed. He was looking around the house for his body.” When she turned up on Snowden’s doorstep in Moscow, he was braced for a slap but instead she told him she loved him and supported his decision to turn whistleblower. You have to be ready to stand for something if you want it to change. In the memoirs, he writes about his childhood and teenage obsession with computers and games, such as Legend of Zelda and Super Mario Bros. As a teenager, he hacked into a nuclear facility and reported its vulnerabilities to the authorities. An official from the Los Alamos nuclear lab, where the atom bomb was created, phoned his mother to thank him. Permanent Record offers one of the most detailed accounts of what it is like to work inside an intelligence agency in the 21st century. “There are no James Bonds.” He discloses that the NSA increasingly used contractors – he was one for much of the time – rather than employ permanent staff. At a training school for spies, tutors nicknamed him “the Count”, which he is quick to say sounds exotic but was actually because his mannerisms reminded tutors of a Sesame Street character. There was no pivotal moment when he decided to turn whistleblower. He attended, by chance, a conference on the scale of Chinese surveillance of its own citizens. That created a nagging thought that if China was doing it then so too might the US. He searched and found confirmation. The 2016 Oliver Stone movie, Snowden, portrayed him as sneaking the documents out of the NSA by hiding an SD card, about the size of a small stamp, on a Rubik’s Cube. Snowden neither confirms or denies it, knowing one day he may yet face prosecution. “A Rubik’s Cube can be very useful and functions as a distraction device and also functions as a concealment device.” He recalled how his plans almost came unstuck near the end. He had secretly hoarded documents on an abandoned computer, and was moving it. “So I got stopped in the hallway as I’m taking this old machine back and a supervisor says: ‘What are you doing with this machine?’ And I look at him frankly and I say: ‘Stealing secrets.’” They both laughed. But that was exactly what he was doing.
• Permanent Record is published by Macmillan (£20). To order a copy go to guardianbookshop.com or call 0330 333 6846. Free UK p&p over £15, online orders only. Phone orders min p&p of £1.99 Snowden's timeline
21 June 1983 Edward Joseph Snowden is born in Elizabeth City, North Carolina, US.
2006-2013 Initially at the CIA, and then as a contractor for first Dell and then Booz Allen Hamilton, Snowden spends years working in cybersecurity on projects for the US National Security Agency (NSA).
20 May 2013 Edward Snowden arrives in Hong Kong, where a few days later he meets with Guardian journalists, and shares with them a cache of top secret documents he has been downloading and storing for some time.
5 June 2013 The Guardian begins reporting the Snowden leaks, with revelations about the NSA storing the phone records of millions of Americans, and the agency’s claim its Prism programme had “direct access” to data held by Google, Facebook, Apple and other US internet giants.
7 June 2013 The US president, Barack Obama, is forced to defend the programmes, insisting that they are adequately overseen by the courts and Congress.
9 June 2013 Snowden goes public as the source of the leaks in a video interview.
16 June 2013 The revelations expand to include the UK, with news that GCHQ intercepted foreign politicians’ communications during the 2009 G20 summit in London, and that the British spy agency has also tapped the fibre-optic cables carrying much of the internet’s traffic.
21 June 2013 The US files espionage charges against Snowden and requests Hong Kong detain him for extradition.
23 June 2013 Snowden leaves Hong Kong for Moscow. Hong Kong claims that the US got Snowden’s middle name wrong in documents submitted requesting his arrest meaning they were powerless to prevent his departure.
1 July 2013 Russia reveals that Snowden has applied for asylum. He also expresses an interest in claiming asylum in several South American nations. Eventually Ecuador, Nicaragua, Bolivia, and Venezuela offer permanent asylum.
3 July 2013 While en route from Moscow, Bolivia’s president, EvoMorales, is forced to land in Vienna after European countries refuse his plane airspace, suspecting that Snowden was on board. It is held and searched for 12 hours.
1 August 2013 After living in an airport for a month, Snowden is granted asylum in Russia.
21 August 2013 The Guardian reveals that the UK government ordered it to destroy the computer equipment used for the Snowden documents.
December 2013 Snowden is a runner-up to Pope Francis as Time’s Person of the Year, and gives Channel 4’s “Alternative Christmas Message”.
May 2015 The NSA stops the bulk collection of US phone calling records that had been revealed by Snowden.
December 2016 Oliver Stone releases the movie Snowden featuring Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Melissa Leo, Tom Wilkinson, Zachary Quinto and a cameo by former Guardian editor Alan Rusbridger.
January 2017 Snowden’s leave to remain in Russia is extended for three more years.
June 2018 Snowden says he has no regrets about his revelations, saying: “The government and corporate sector preyed on our ignorance. But now we know. People are aware now. People are still powerless to stop it but we are trying.”
March 2019 Vanessa Rodel, who sheltered Snowden in Hong Kong, is granted asylum in Canada.
September 2019 Snowden remains living in an undisclosed location in Moscow as he prepares to publish his memoirs.
:: 9-16-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
EXPLOSION AT SECRET BIO-WEAPONS LAB IN RUSSIA
World News Desk 16 September 2019
An explosion has occurred at the Center of Virology "Vector" Laboratory near Novosibirsk. According to preliminary information, one person was injured in the explosion. Information about the explosion and subsequent fire appeared in the press service of the Government of the Novosibirsk Region. “During construction work in the first building of the SSC“ Vector ”there was a volume explosion, as a result of which one person was injured. The head of the science city Koltsovo, Nikolai Krasnikov, who visited the emergency site, said that there was no threat of biological danger, the situation was under control. The cause of the explosion has not yet been established, ” the press service of the government said. The VEKTOR facility is the biggest and most secretive biological laboratory in the world.
REMINDER: YOU can keep this web site FREE to the General Public by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.
:: 9-16-19 Daily Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Pope Francis Invites Political Leaders To Sign ‘Global Pact’
"Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance"
By Paul Bois @paulbois39 September 16, 2019 43.6k views
Further signaling his acceptance of globalism during an age of increased nationalism, Pope Francis has now invited leaders to sign a "Global Pact" to create a "new humanism." "The global event, set to take place at the Vatican on May 14, 2020, is themed 'Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance,'" reports LifeSiteNews. "The Pope is inviting representatives of the main religions, international organizations and various humanitarian institutions, as well as key figures from the world of politics, economics and academia, and prominent athletes, scientists and sociologists to sign a 'Global Pact on Education' so as to 'hand on to younger generations a united and fraternal common home.'" On September 12, the Holy Father said in a video message that "universal solidarity" can only be achieved by way of a "global education pact." LifeSiteNews noted that Pope Francis issued a "strikingly secular message" on the pact that contained just one reference to God and even echoed former First Lady Hillary Clinton's favorite phrase: "It takes a village to raise a child." "This [Global Pact] will result in men and women who are open, responsible, prepared to listen, dialogue and reflect with others, and capable of weaving relationships with families, between generations, and with civil society, and thus to create a new humanism," said Pope Francis. The Pope added that an "alliance" must be formed "between the earth's inhabitants and our 'common home,' which we are bound to care for and respect. An alliance that generates peace, justice and hospitality among all peoples of the human family, as well as dialogue between religions." The Pope's invitation to a "Global Pact" echoes his recent declaration that the "common good has become global" while criticizing the nation-state for being unable to meet this human need. He, however, did not issue a call for a one-world government. "In the current situation of globalization not only of the economy but also of technological and cultural exchanges, the nation-state is no longer able to procure the common good of its population alone," Pope Francis told the Pontifical Academy of Social Sciences in May. "While, according to the principle of subsidiarity, individual nations must be given the power to operate as far as they can, on the other hand, groups of neighboring nations — as is already the case — can strengthen their cooperation by attributing the exercise of certain functions and services to intergovernmental institutions that manage their common interests." In what was seen as a veiled critique of the pope's stance, Cardinal Raymond Burke later told Rome Life Forum that natural law permits patriotism "in accord with the order written upon the human heart" and "does not make just and legitimate a single global government." "Before the challenges of our time, there are those who propose and work for a single global government, that is, for the elimination of individual national governments, so that all of humanity would be under the control of a single political authority," said Burke. "For those who are convinced that the only way to achieve the common good is the concentration of all government in a single authority, loyalty to one’s homeland or patriotism has become an evil."
https://www.dailywire.com/news/51790/pope-francis-invites-political-leaders-sign-global-paul-bois
:: 9-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Walking Dead Or Survivor? In The First Month After SHTF There Will Be Two Types Of People, Those That Survive And Those That Are Destined To Die
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 16, 2019
With all the talk of economic collapse and recession, along with the very real possibility of an outright bloody civil war in 2020-2021, no matter who wins the presidential election, terrorist attacks, cyber attacks against the nation's grid, earthquakes and weather events, along with the long list of other possibilities that would be considered a SHTF scenario, whether national or local to your area, there are going to be two types of people, those that are prepared and able to survive, and the walking dead. No, I am not talking about the "zombies" come back to life in the popular television series, but those that simply do not have the preparations, or the knowledge, to be able to survive without electricity, a grocery store, restaurants, an ATM, or any other conveniences that the majority of the population in the nation take for granted. Many ANP readers have expressed their preference for periodical prepping and survival pieces, because even the most advanced prepper can learn from the discussions in the comment sections. Throughout the years have seen lively discussions, shared resources, links, videos, books and simply pointers and tips from longtime preppers to help those just starting to prepare for any type of disaster scenario, and readers are encouraged to share any and all of the aforementioned in the comment thread below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) WHAT TO DO BEFORE SH*T HITS THE FAN (SHTF) Back in December 2018, I asked Steve Quayle for some tips on what people should do before any type of SHTF scenario played out and received some great pointers, such as making sure to have a step-by-step plan ahead of time, a short wave radio and plenty of extra batteries, large coolers to put your perishables and frozen foods in, a plan to meet up with family members, lanterns, heavy duty trash bags, and of course emergency survival food and water, along with a porta potty. Related: Disaster Duo includes Weather Wars and Dare to Prepare There are of course other very simple things that sometimes get forgotten, such as a way to cook your food, or even heat your water if needed for the freeze dried emergency survival foods. Many non-smokers that don't carry around or even have lighters, sometimes don't think of having a large supply of boxed matches, or sterno cans to heat food and rooms in your house, if you don't have a wood stove or a barrel stove kit. Of course, duct tape is a must in every household, whether SHTF or not. One of the main questions or concerns observed from people that want to prep, but haven't started yet, is where to begin, because it can seem overwhelming at first, so to start..... begin with prepping for one week. Ask yourself, can you survive for one week with only what is in your home right now if everything went to hell in a handbasket? If not, start there, get enough canned goods, water, toilet paper, medications, etc... to last just that one week. Then move to a month, etc..... WOULD YOU SURVIVE THE VERY FIRST MONTH? As we watch the news, daily we see the very real dangers of SHTF scenarios, some which would force folks to survive long term, and others that would only leave people having to fend for themselves for a week or a month. What we can say with a high level of confidence is those that look at Cuba, where "widespread rationing of chicken, eggs, rice, beans, soap and other basic products in the face of a grave economic crisis," and say "It can't happen here," will be the walking dead in any long term SHTF scenario. Same with Venezuela, where the rich have everything they need, and the poor have nothing because of their socialist and communist policies. The same type of policies Democrats in America are pushing for more and more. Many SHTF scenarios could simply be situations that at the longest would inconvenience a prepper for a short amount of time, while others could be more severe, but if one cannot even survive the first month, there is no way they will be able to survive long term. Imagine if SHTF right this second, if the lights went out, if the water faucets no longer worked, (nor your toilet), you couldn't cook using your stove, you couldn't heat your home in the winter, you couldn't run up to the grocery store, could you survive for even the first month? If the answer is no....then either prepare to do so or accept you will be the walking dead in any type of disaster scenario. POSSIBLE SCENARIOS When thinking of a scenario that would necessitate utilizing survival preparations, most instantly go to the "doomsday scenario," meaning the worst case scenario. Preppers do this because if one is prepared for the worst, they will likely survive anything less than that. Earthquakes, fires, natural weather events, could cause an electricity outage that could last a day, a week, or even a month, and are the most probable, yet with modern day technology being what it is, it is also not out of the realm of possibility of a cyber/terror attack taking out the grid, which could in fact be an event that would cause widespread unrest, looting and rioting. Situational awareness will factor in on any type of electrical outage. Are your neighbors lights out as well? Do you have a method finding out if it is a local outage or national? Would you even know if was a small issue such as a transformer blowing or a disaster-type scenario, such as an EMP attack? If the outage was widespread, then having a way to cover your windows so others do not see you have a light source and wonder what else you have that they do not, would be another smart move. Keeping a number of electronics, not tied to the power grid, in a faraday cage or bag would come in handy as to determining the level of damage as well as what to expect in terms of short- term or long term needs.
Related: BaoFeng BF-F8HP (UV-5R 3rd Gen) 8-Watt Dual Band Two-Way Radio (136-174MHz VHF & 400-520MHz UHF) Includes Full Kit with Large Battery
Other scenarios which do not include an immediate loss of electricity and could range from an economic collapse, which would cause widespread unrest, to a national food shortage. Another scenario which Stefan Stanford highlighted on Sunday is the possibility of an outright bloody civil war after the 2020 presidential election, which in any other time would seem completely unlikely and paranoid thinking. With Democrat contenders quite literally telling American gun owners they would forcefully come for their guns, and gun owners declaring they will fight to the death to protect their constitutional rights, this scenario could actually be marked as very likely if one of those Democrats win in 2020 and actually dare to try it. The other side of the coin is if President Trump wins re-election.
After all, we have already seen conservative journalists attacked and hospitalized, Americans physically and brutally attacked over a red hat, and the paramilitary arm of the Democrats, aka Antifa groups, violently attacking peaceful rallies and conservative college campus speakers. Imagine how much worse they will all get if they fail to stop President Trump from being re-elected? Those are all just possible scenarios, but all of which would require people to prepare, whether to survive without electricity, or to defend their preparations, their families, neighborhoods and their lives. BOTTOM LINE
People do not prepare for survival because they "fear" what could happen, they prepare so that they are ready in case something does, and being prepared means not having to "fear" what comes, but being ready to survive and thrive even if it does. The question here is, are you a survivor or are you one of the walking dead? Below, an older video from October 2018, but handy for the basic top 10 guide for prepping for beginners.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Survivor_Or_Walking_Dead_First_Month.php
:: 9-10-19 Patriot for America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democrats Take Mysterious Trip to Mexico, Now the Secret is Out
September 10, 2019
The deceitful Democrats have taken secret trips to Mexico, and they are not wanting to divulge the reasons why they felt the need to go south of the border. The Republicans have given the dumb Democrats a taste of their own medicine when they started asking for answers. They want to know the details of the trips that have been taken to Mexico while the staff of the dumb Democrats was touring the detention centers. In one instance there is a report where a Democrat was caught telling a migrant exactly how to take advantage of the U.S. Immigration laws. The Democrat’s complaints of the detention centers were nothing more than a distraction so some of their criminal people could go behind the backs of Americans and train people on how to cheat the United States. The Democrats have been caught and now it is time to answer for their crimes. Jim Jordan is the Republican hero that is heading up the questioning. He has found that there were two trips where the staff of the Democrats crossed the border and needed to have Border Patrol escort them back across the border. The secret is out. The disruptions at the detention center were to keep the focus off what these two groups were doing at the border. Jim Jordan has written, “Although you have the authority to direct Committee staff to travel internationally on official committee business, you have not explained why you authorized this travel into Mexico or what you sought to learn through these trips.” Come to find out that the Republicans were never told about the trips. Cummings kept them in the dark because he was up to something illegal. Jim Jordan is onto the truth. He went on to say that the Democrats were wanting “to delegitimize the administration’s border security efforts and vilify the men and women who protect our border.” He went on to point out that many believe that the trips “could continue to result in misleading information about the administration’s border security efforts.” The Democrats that went over the border were up to no good. So far Cummings has not provided an answer to Jim Jordan which makes him look even more suspicious. The Democrats are seeking to sabotage the president at every turn. But they are being discovered. In one instance it was discovered that staff from one Democrats office was caught coaching migrants on how to cheat the system. Something that could be considered to be traitorous. Escobar is the Democrat being accused of such actions. And like every good Democrat denial is the first thing off their evil lips. Jim Jordan has asked several key questions of Cummings as to why they were in Mexico in the first place. This is another instance where the House Democrats believe they are above the law, and they think that they can do whatever they want without having to answer for their crimes. These kinds of actions were well hidden when the Democrats went on their fake tours and caused such a disturbance that they were all banned from ever returning to the centers. Now the world is beginning to see that the Democrats are acting as one big organization with the intent on destroying America. They are coaching the enemies of the country. These are actions of traitors and spies. Each person that went on the border trip needs to be thoroughly questioned and then placed in prison for their part in attempted sabotage of the president’s agenda for the border.
The dubious Democrats are a bunch of people that are rude and crazy. They have caused a lot of problems over the past 10 years that President Trump has had to clean up. And not that he has cleaned up the worst of the mess the Democrats are all fuming mad at him and are wanting to destroy the man from the inside out. They have personally fought him at every turn and now they have been caught coaching the enemy on how they can cause harm to the American people.
:: 9-15-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Several Researchers Are Reaching the Same Conclusions Regarding the Future of Humanity
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, September 15, 2019 - 06:32.
The speaking events in Branson are providing a lot of people with paradigm shifting information. I am awestruck with regard to the degree of correlation among and between the various speakers, The following article will highlight the degree of agreement among Mike Adams, Steve Quayle and myself with regard to what is already underway as we are witnessing the end of an age. The CSS Previously Claimed Depopulation of the Earth Was Underway Four years ago, I first brought up the possibility that mankind was being "terraformed" into extinction through the creation of events and programs designed to end massive lost of life. It was also in the last week I explored the notion, for the 3rd time in last 5 years, that the Earth was being terraformed. I compared the terraforming to the 1997 move, The Arrival. I have known about the attempted terraforming of the planet by entities who are not human and I have known it for over 20 years. Vance Davis and myself have decided to tell all. As I previously identified in an earlier article, the terraforming events are:
Fukushima, which is far worse than most people realize.
The far-reaching effects of the Gulf Oil Spill.
GMO's and the destruction of our collective DNA . I am saying that humans are being terraformed.
Transhumanism spells the end of humanity as we know it
Chemtrails are producing 18% sunlight and this will result in much lower crop yield leading to a global famine.
The implementation of 5G that is so severe that humanity will not survive.
CERN is also a part of this. Some of these terraforming events are opening portals for entry by very evil entities. In the next part in this series, I will detail how each of these six attacks upon humanity is part of a terraforming plot very similar to the movie, The Arrival, in which aliens are heating up the Earth for the purpose of exterminating all life on the planet. Both four years ago and again last week, I stated that the present terraforming programs of the planet were an extension of what was already happening in the cosmos and the conflicts in the cosmos had come home to roost on the Earth. When I first met Vance Davis of the NSA, he told me that in his training that there was a war in the cosmos for our soul between the forces of good (God) and evil (Lucifer). The key prize in this conflict was the human soul but Lucifer could not decipher the code. Therefore, Lucifer decided on a strategy to destroy the human being. The means, as I have previously stated that Lucifer was employing to destroy humanity was the series of false flag attacks which would depopulate humanity. Then the transhumanism age would be ushered in and humanity would be no more. I further stated that I believed in the present time, that every lifestyle that did not end in procreation and live births, would be honored while heterosexuality would be vilified all in the name of depopulation. It is also my expressed belief that the great deception is upon us and these "fakes aliens" are actually servants of Lucifer but will serve the same purpose real aliens in ridding the planet for the purpose of taking over the Earth. As I previously stated, this is why our technology and science are being artificially repressed (eg Newtonian physics vs Hyperdimensional physics). Humanity could easily conquer all resource deficits, but the globalists withhold information in order to manage humanity through artificially created resource shortages. Mike Adams Takes the Cosmology of the Good-Evil Conflict to Higher Level In the past, the Health Ranger, Mike Adams, the founder of Natural News.News Target, has previously expressed the opinion that if and when the first contact with alien occurs, the event may be something other than a celebratory tailgate party. Adams maintains that peaceful, nonaggressive civilizations would likely mind their own business and ignore us like we would ignore an out of the way insect. He previously expressed the belief that aliens would show up on our doorstep, are likely to be very advanced and would likely seek to colonize earth and seize our resources. To prepare for the risk, Adams recommended a planetary-defense initiative and a multi-planet colonization strategy. In the past two years, Mike has put considerably more research and more thought on the topic of alien contact. I had a first row seat as Mike presented his views to a sold-out venue. I don't want to steal Mike's coming thunder, so I will limit my comparison to Mike Adams' observations of this phenomena to outline form knowing the Mike is opening a website in which he will be unveiling his observations and discoveries in much more detailed form. Briefly Mike shares the same idea as I do with regard to the hostile intent of these evil entities and the goal is the complete destruction of humanity. Mike's ideas, in part, can be summarized, but not limited to, in the following: The deliberate poisoning of our food through the insertion of several chemicals he identified in the presentation (eg GMO's).
The repression of technology in order to enslave humanity (eg faster than light travel FTL).
The honoring of any lifestyle that does not result in procreation
The banning of anyone who does not embrace the anti-Christian lifestyle.
The attack on the food supply and the introduction of cannibalism .
The attack of humans through debilitating medical practices (eg unsafe and unproven vaccines).
The entities appearing on the planet are from Satan and they intend to wipe out humanity as we presently know it.
The reasons behind the domination of our particular planet have to with geographic location. In a galactic sense, we are the city on the river that is upstream from all other cities. There must be cooperation between key members of the global elite and the "fake" aliens. In other words, humanity is being sold out by some of our own. (Editor's Note: This is the cosmic version of Hitler's "Brown-shirt factor". When these useful idiots have completed their capitulation and betrayal of humanity, they will be eliminated like the people they are presently oppressing). Even the most ardent skeptic of Mike's research would have a hard time refuting what was said in his presentation.
Steve Quayle Fills in the Gaps and Completes the Story Like Mike Adams and myself, Steve Quayle believes that it is intended that mankind perish from the Earth. I am only going to summarize Steve's research because I know that everything he discussed will soon be available in his various formats. If is Steve's strong contention, which he, in great detail, documents the different types of hostile entities in their various forms. Further, it is clear from Steve's work, that these entities have had great influence over past. Steve's presentation included overwhelming documentation of the influence that these evil entities have had over prior civilizations (eg Native American, Aztecs, et al). The visual documentation that Steve presented at the conference was stunning. I am veteran of the Independent Media, and I sat spellbound through his presentation. The most stunning part of Steve's presentation had to do with the extreme earth-changes and their cataclysmic effects on the people. We are truly bearing witness to the end of the age. Steve made an excellent point in reference to the Bible in that in the upcoming days, the average person will never know what hit them and their hearts will fail them. Steve's research can be followed in his latest video productions and books. These are all available on his website. Conclusion Today, I will be a panelist, at the conference, along with Steve Quayle and Paul Begley as we summarize what we learned this weekend along with where we feel humanity is headed. I never thought that last year's conference on transhumanism could ever be topped. This conference came very close. I would strongly suggest that all that could not attend, and that truly desire to share in this life-changing information, should seek to obtain the DVD's of all the tremendous presentations. The entire conference is available on pre-order for DVDs, as a pre-order price.
:: 9-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Oil Explodes 20% Higher, Biggest Jump On Record
by Tyler Durden Mon, 09/16/2019 - 04:14
Source: Bloomberg
With traders in a state of near-frenzy, with a subset of fintwit scrambling (and failing) to calculate what the limit move in oil would be (hint: there is none for Brent), moments ago brent reopened for trading in the aftermath of Saturday's attack on the "world's most important oil processing plant", and exploded some 20% higher, to a high of $71.95 from the Friday $60.22 close, its biggest jump since futures started trading in 1988. Source: Bloomberg As Bloomberg notes, "for oil markets, it’s the single worst sudden disruption ever, surpassing the loss of Kuwaiti and Iraqi petroleum supply in August 1990, when Saddam Hussein invaded his neighbor. It also exceeds the loss of Iranian oil output in 1979 during the Islamic Revolution, according to data from the U.S. Department of Energy." Furthermore, in light of news that the Saudi outage could last for months, this could be just the start. As a reminder, according to Morningstar research director, Sandy Fielden, “Brent could go to $80 tomorrow, while WTI could go to $75... But that would depend on Aramco’s 48-hour update. The supply problem won’t be clear right away since the Saudis can still deliver from inventory." Of course, should Aramco confirm that the outage - which has taken some 5.7mmb/d in Saudi output after 10 drones struck the world’s biggest crude-processing facility in Abqaiq and the kingdom’s second-biggest oil field in Khurais - will last for weeks, expect the crude juggernaut to continue until the price hits $80, and keeps moving higher. Finally, here is the price summary from Goldman commodity strategist Damien Courvalin, who earlier today laid out four possible shutdown scenarios, and the price oil could hit for each: A very short outage – a week for example – would likely drive long-dated prices higher to reflect a growing risk premium, although short of what occurred last fall given a debottlenecked Permian shale basin, a weaker growth outlook and prospects of strong non-OPEC production growth in 2020. Such a price impact could likely be of $3-5/bbl. An outage at current levels of two to six weeks would, in addition to this move in long-dated prices, see a steepening of the Brent forward curve (2-mo vs. 3-year forward) of $2 to $9/bbl respectively. All in, the expected price move would be between $5 and $14/bbl, commensurate to the length of the outage (a six month outage of 1 mb/d would be similar to a six week one at current levels). Should the current level of outage be announced to last for more than six weeks, we expect Brent prices to quickly rally above $75/bbl, a level at which we believe an SPR release would likely be implemented, large enough to balance such a deficit for several months and cap prices at such levels. An extreme net outage of a 4 mb/d for more than three months would likely bring prices above $75/bbl to trigger both large shale supply and demand responses. What are the broader implications from this move? According to Ole Hansen, head of commodities strategy at Saxo Bank A/S in Copenhagen, "the global economy can ill afford higher oil prices at a time of economic slowdown." But Peter Boockvar's hot take may be the best one. Yet while the inflationary impact from this surge will be transitory at best, it will be interesting to watch the Fed cut rates with stocks at all time highs, and with gasoline prices set for their biggest surge in decades. The good news: at least Trump will redirect his anger away from the Fed and toward slow, lazy, incompetent Saudi engineers, if only for the time being.
https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/oil-explodes-19-higher-biggest-jump-28-years
:: 12-31-14/1-1-15 New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be. For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change. The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control. Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching. There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control.
:: 9-16-19 Gold :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Egon von Greyerz on Commodity TV: STRONG AUTUMN RALLY IN SILVER AND GOLD
September 16, 2019 by Egon von Greyerz
In this interview Egon von Greyerz, discusses with Jochen Staiger of Commodity TV the massive energy accumulated in gold & silver over the last six years. Once this force unravels, it will lead to the next explosive move higher. On how to time the move, Egon commented: Based on the broken Maginot line, at $1,350, a huge rally will unfold this autumn, and simultaneously a major stock market fall. Also: How the governments around the world propel the gold rally by destroying paper currencies Central Banks: ECB, FED, BOJ, PBOC, all promised to debase their currencies by printing unlimited amounts of money in order to support their rotten economies Mega bubbles will implode with an unprecedented endgame of epic proportions Ultimately governments will be the buyers of last resort of worthless bonds, which will lead to a worldwide asset implosion Nightmares unfolding: Massive collapse of asset and debt values, world’s stock markets will enter secular and long lasting bear market Pensioners will suffer 1980 Inflation adjusted gold price should be at $18’000 Silver is massively undervalued, could reach $666
The world awaiting us will be very difficult , a lot of people will suffer
https://goldswitzerland.com/egon-von-greyerz-on-commodity-tv-strong-autumn-rally-in-silver-and-gold/
[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. the
whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North
Korea has declared war on the United States of America.
The whole country can tell you an invasion is
coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless
monetary system is ready to start, the banks will
have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.
But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but
even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you
through this time safely. etc
:: 9--19 The Great Recession Blog:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Why are Bonds Going for Broke?
Subjects (article tags)
bank bailouts bank failures Bank of America Ben Bernanke bonds Bush tax cuts capitalism cashless society China deficit spending deregulation Donald Trump Ebola economic bubble economic collapse economic crisis economic denial economic news articles economic predictions economic recovery epocalypse euro crisis European Union George W. Bush great depression Greek crisis Hillary Clinton housing bubble housing market collapse hyperinflation immigrant labor Iran nuclear crisis national debt occupy wall street oil prices quantitative easing quantitative tightening Reaganomics recession v depression Russia stock market sustainable economics The Federal Reserve the great recession unemployment
Videos that will put the recess in your Great Recession:
A Nobel economist who can think
Cartoon: Capitalism v. Socialism
Cartoon: Quantitative Easing Explained
Cartoon: Trickle-Down Economics
Clearly explained synopsis of US debt
Hitler Attacks Republicans & Democrats
My Tribute in Song to Bank of America
Overdose: The Next Financial Crisis
My Video/Audio Interviews:
2016 Economic Predictions
2019: "The Recession is Now"
All Roads Lead to Rome
Cashless society forming today envisioned in end-time prophecy
Drums for Cashless Society Beating Louder
Epocalypse: Into the 2nd Dip (Video Pt1)
Global Epocalypse Now
Today's cashless society push seen in The Economist and end-time prophecy.
Other Fascinating Links:
321Gold
Daily Collapse
Dollar Collapse
Jay Taylor Media
New Media Journal
Steve Quayle
The Burning Platform
The Daily Coin
Video: Hidden Secrets Of Money
Zero Hedge
Did you know you can convert your 401K or IRA to a self-managed IRA that holds physical assets like gold, silver or property?
http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show _ads.js
« Central Bankers Now Plotting Government Subversion?
Why are Bonds Going for Broke? One argument for last week’s extraordinary plunge in bond prices, which I explored as something that might happen this time of year in one of my earlier Premium Posts, was that bond prices could get crushed by the supersized US treasury auctions planned for September and October as the government makes up for its inability to issue new debt during the debt-ceiling standoff. While pointing out the concern to patrons, I decided in the end for my own investment purposes that the Fed’s termination of quantitative tightening and its return to reducing interest rates would likely offset the impact of the government’s sudden debt expansion. Evidence is solid so far that the ballooning treasury auctions have not been the cause of the sudden collapse in bond prices (rise in yields). (I also got out before the carnage of last week. So what caused the bond breakup? I believe the sudden change in the bond market since September 4 has been due to a few factors. First, the violent momentum trade in stocks in the past week became the biggest stock rollover of its kind since 1999. The change in momentum trading means investors are defensively selling off growth stocks (stocks that have been rising on a bender) and rolling the money into value stocks (stocks of good companies that have remained under priced compared to the rest of the market). That sea-change in market factors likely forced numerous managed funds (such as risk-parity funds that guarantee a certain ratio in stock values to bond values) to sell off bonds, whether they wanted to or not, just to maintain their promised balance between equities and securities. Second, at the same time the momentum rollover was going on, corporations leaped into the bond market with their own sudden record bond issuances to fund future rounds of stock buybacks or refine current debt at lower rates. Inflated supply means raising yields to attract additional buyers into the market. Another way to look at that is that bond prices have to fall to attract buyers. Third, as Goldman Sachs also noted, the rotation, itself, came because… Perceived improvement in US-China trade negotiations and better-than-feared economic data helped ease investor concern about an impending recession, lifting bond yields and sparking the market rotation. What I’ve realized about the stupidity of the stock market with respect to how it rises every time Trump tweets some inane and fake promise about the end of his China trade war is that algorithms were probably not created with any ability to discern the truth value of headlines that are input into their data streams. I presume they take all data at face value. So, garbage in, garbage out. If Trump says China is about to accept a trade deal, the algos bid the market accordingly. Since presidential headlines are undoubtedly given high weight in the formulas, that makes it easy for Trump to tweet the market up. (Of course, I also began writing because mainstream financial reporters/commentators seem to readily accept what is fed to them at face value, too. I found it frustrating how readily they would just parrot the noises they heard.) Finally, inflation may be getting factored in. Treasury yields, especially bonds — because they payout over long time periods — have to factor inflation in dollar-for-dollar on top of any yield investors want to see. The bond market moves yields to track with inflation, and inflation just took its largest jump in years. That could be due to transitory tariffs, but it’s hard to say. In fact, tariffs don’t seem to be the most proximate cause because inflation rose most in services, particularly financial services, not in goods sold. Inflation in services for the first two quarters of 2019 rose 5.5% year-on-year with finance and insurance having risen 32%! Core inflation rose 2.39% year-on-year in August. It’s had similar YoY rises in July 2018, February 2016 and April 2012, but August’s year-on-year rise was the highest in eleven years (since 2008), though still not that significant unless it continues to rise. (See Wolf Richter for more on recent inflation.) Bear in mind, we’re going with the inflation numbers the Fed uses for its decisions and that the bond market steers by, not your actual daily life effect. By those measures, overall inflation was not bad at all. Because energy costs sank, core inflation (the Fed’s preferred measure) was only a little higher than its past highs. (Again, I recognize the numbers the Fed and markets steer by don’t bear much resemblance to your daily reality with tuition costs, food, housings costs (poorly calculated by the Fed) and fuel costs.) Since the bond market got a whiff a week ago of core inflation rising above its previous peaks over the last decade, maybe that added to its troubles this past week. It’s possible the bond market sees an inflation trap coming where, on the one hand, bond investors have been telling the Fed interest rates need to go down more; but, on the other hand, if bond investors see inflation rising, bonds could quickly reverse to make it so the Fed cannot cut rates, lest bonds anticipate more inflation and rise even more, causing the cut in the Fed’s rate to actually tighten the economy by raising financing costs. Treasury markets can exhibit a hypersensitive, knee-jerk reaction to a change in the inflationary picture. (Note that, if inflation starts rising, the Fed’s rate cuts will actually hurt the bond market because they’ll be seen as being likely to drive inflation even faster. For that reason, the Fed may be less likely to cut rates because driving bond yields up to match anticipated inflation is counterproductive in terms of economic stimulus, as is inflation, itself. That would normally be the Fed’s concern; however, as reported in my Patron Posts, the Fed has said it may, in that kind of situation, choose to run the economy hot if necessary on an inflation basis as running above 2% now “makes up” for inflation’s decade-long run below a 2% average. However, reactive bond rates means running the economy hot in terms of inflation won’t help because numerous financing costs that are particularly effected by the ten-year bond rate will also rise. If the Fed does hold back on interest-rate cuts because inflation is rising, its stock-market step child isn’t going to love that and may throw a tantrum. That’s why I say this could turn into an inflation trap for the Fed — stagflation if the Fed goes one way and a stock market that is utterly dependent on Fed largesse throwing a tantrum and crashing if the Fed goes the other way.) Bonds not bursting due to a treasury-induced meltdown The fact that little of the current hit to treasury prices has anything to do with the larger government treasury issues can be seen in how the last three government auctions had rock-solid internals. While yields rose ever so modestly in two auctions, the bid-to-cover ratio for all three of the last treasury auctions has been stable. (Meaning the treasury got a lot more bids than it needed to sell all the bonds it wanted to sell.) In fact, for one auction, the bid to cover was the best since June; for another it was only slightly lower than in recent months. For the 30-year auction, the yield actually dropped to its lowest in three years! The percentage of indirect takedowns (such as treasuries bought by foreign governments) in each auction held about the same or actually improved, leaving US dealers holding fewer bonds they have yet to sell. In all, a stable, maybe slightly improving picture. Take the much-watched 10-year for example: The uptick in yields was historically slight when compared to numerous other yield moves from one auction to the next in the same graph, and the bid-to-cover actually improved. Bearing in mind that the US Treasury stated it would accomplish all of its debt-ceiling makeup this month and next, these are good results as far as treasury auctions go. It’s a global bond breakdown The fact that the plunge in bond prices is not constrained to the US is another indicator that the big change in the direction of the bond market doesn’t have much to do with treasury auctions. The Austrian hundred-year bond, which has been trading at deeply negative rates plunged in price (soared in yields) this month, too — so much that it entered a bear market in a breath-taking two weeks: That looks like a melt-up where prices soar and then crash. Likewise with the soaring problem in global negative-yielding debt, which had risen to a mountain of over $17 trillion as of August. In less than two weeks, it has plummeted worldwide to $14.5 trillion. Not a small fall for such a short time. So, something big is boiling over in the bond market worldwide. Something wicked this way comes Central banks are losing control, and are admitting they don’t even understand what is happening. If you’re confused about what is happening, just as I am in trying to sort out where all of this turmoil is suddenly coming from, you’re in big company. James Bullard of the St. Louis Fed is also confused and seemed to admit recently that even the Fed doesn’t know what to make of the financial changes now playing out in the world: The developed world had experienced a “regime shift” in economic conditions, James Bullard, president of the St Louis Federal Reserve, told the Financial Times. “Something is going on, and that’s causing I think a total rethink of central banking and all our cherished notions about what we think we’re doing,” he said. “We just have to stop thinking that next year things are going to be normal.” Financial Times There is, in other words, no normal in our foreseeable future. Even the central bank’s public narrative sounds confused. “Something is going on” does not exactly reassure one that central banksters have any better understanding than the rest of us about what is happening in their realm of finance. You either have to believe they don’t understand the monster they’ve created (as Bullard sounds above) or that they are beguiling us into thinking they don’t know what is happening (making themselves look foolish) even as some insidious masterplan to crash the world plays out — the 4-D chess view. (As my readers know, I’m of the former camp; but either way gets you to the same serious trouble dead ahead.) The best one gets to, taking Bullard’s words at face value, the CBs are flying by the seat of their pants as they try to figure out why normalization of their policies proved impossible and scrambling to figure out what to do from here. The banks appear to be losing control of interest rates and to be, themselves, controlled by market forces they can no longer contain or fully manipulate. Their policies clearly did not perform as promised, yielding a weak and unsustainable recovery that greatly widened the gap between rich and poor; yet they are already going back to them as if they will create anything more sustainable than they did last time. Our foolish leaders show all signs of being ready to go along with that, and certainly stock market investors are begging for it. Bond investors have, until recently, been pushing for it. CBs are going back because addicted markets demand it. (I’ll be continuing to explore the new emergency plans the CB world is plotting in the Patron Post I’m working on now.) Even more peculiar than the admission above is the sound of banks that most benefited from the bankster bailouts of yesteryear now complaining that the changing financial world is the Fed’s fault due to its recovery efforts. Listen to Bank of America’s disingenuous complaint: Ultra-easy monetary policies have led to distortions across various asset classes…. It [the Fed] also stopped normal economic adjustment/ renewal mechanisms by for instance sustaining economic participants that would normally have gone out of business…. Zero Hedge You mean like Bank of America? Economic participants like Bank of America and its ilk might have gone out of business –as they should have — if the Fed had not wrongfully interfered to sustain them (because they were “too big to fail”). Find that an oddly candid admission? BofA goes on to even more bizarre admissions: We fear that this dynamic could ultimately lead to “quantitative failure,…” which would in all likelihood lead to a material increase in volatility…. At the same time, and perhaps perversely, such a sell-off may prompt central banks to ease more aggressively, making gold an even more attractive asset to hold.“ O.K. I’m sure I never saw that coming. Talk about things you never thought you’d hear a major bankster say: “Buy gold; it may soon be worth more than our money.” That is the world we have now entered, which should tell you all you need to know about how perilous the present times are. Banks stating publicly that CB policies, if continued, will likely be a “quantitative failure” and will make gold more attractive than bank money? (And the banks are now set on continuing them with the European Central Bank having just led the new charge.) As I’ve said for years, the Fed’s recovery plan never had an endgame, so the central banks are scrambling for an end game as their recovery crumbles into a myriad pieces, causing the banksters, themselves, to realize they may be facing “quantitative failure.” This clear failure that is already playing out led the head of foreign exchange at Deutsche Bank to boldly ask all kinds of stark questions at the recent Jackson Hole central-bank symposium: Will the Fed/ECB buy equities? How far are central banks willing to distort underlying value, or is distorting value intrinsic to Central Banking as per the Austrian critique? How much are Central Banks going to be complicit in a collapse in fiscal standards, by buying public sector assets…? Has asset inflation hidden an even more meaningful deceleration in the natural rate of growth that will evident in the next decade? Is it the Central Banks job to do away with business cycle? And at what price? Are we witnessing … a great collapse in confidence and wilder big credit cycle, and greater long-term misallocation of resources? Whoa! Those are some amazing questions for a high executive at one of the world’s largest failing banks (and one of the largest beneficiaries of central-bank largesse) to be asking. It would seem big banksters all over the world are now starting to see the problems manifest that I have always said were baked into their recovery plans. There is nothing happening in these realizations that was not posited on my site as a definite endpoint to the recovery plan we have been on. The only hard part is sorting out whether the major moves in bond market right now mean the bond bubble is bursting or are something more benign. The certain part is the failure of central-bank recovery efforts and the banks’ current public struggle for direction along with their oft-stated concern about maintaining public confidence as their failures play out. Why should the public trust their next plans? (Obviously, it shouldn’t, but it probably will enough to allow them to happen, albeit with a lot more suspicion that makes those plans, as I’ve said from day one, all the more problematic in terms of efficacy.) It’s interesting to see so much of what I’ve been writing about for so long now coming about. It’s also unfortunate. Whether the present bond turmoil is the beginning of a glacial bond breakup or is just due to the rotation in stocks and trade concerns noted above, I don’t know. I’ll just say we had all better watch and be wary when even the biggest banksters can only say “something is going on” that may “likely” lead to “quantitative failure!” Maybe all will be fine soon in the bond world again, or maybe this great glacial ice flow is beginning to roll over — and we just don’t know that’s what is now happening because we’ve never witnessed something this big in order to know what it looks like! On a related note, I’ll add that the sudden steepening of the yield curve that came about because of the past week’s bond carnage is makes my recession predictions all the more likely. As I’ve stated in a couple of previous articles, inversion of the yield curve cocks the gun for recessions, but the reversion back toward the norm, pulls the trigger. Yes, recessions follow yield-curve inversions, as everyone now knows, but not before the yield curve reverts back toward normal. In fact, I’d say this is the penultimate forward indicator that needed to come in for my summer recession prediction to come about. (The ultimate being the first upturn in unemployment, which is also putting in signs of emerging soon.) Whether the massive global bond bubble crashes first or the massive US stock bubble has always been a conundrum to me. What is not in question for me (at least, not much) is the recession we are entering and that the recession will take down stocks. One reason I’m less sure of how and when the bond bubble finally implodes is that a recession may breathe new hot air into the bubble as the Fed reverts to more ultimately failing QE and interest-rate reductions. That QE will without a doubt be much less effective so may not last long before the Fed has to switch to even more drastic manipulations and controls, as I am teasing out this year from the central banksters’ own words. Liked it? Take a second to support David Haggith on Patreon!
http://thegreatrecession.info/blog/why-are-bonds-going-for-broke/
:: 9-15-19 The Economic Collapse Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
If You Think The Price Of Oil Is Skyrocketing Now, Just Wait Until The War Starts…
September 15, 2019 by Michael Snyder
In the aftermath of the most dramatic attack on Saudi oil facilities that we have ever seen, the price of oil has exploded higher. The Wall Street Journal is calling this attack “the Big One”, and President Trump appears to be indicating that some sort of military retaliation is coming. Needless to say, a direct military strike on Iran could spark a major war in the Middle East, and that would be absolutely devastating for the entire global economy. Just about everything that we buy has to be moved, and moving stuff takes energy. When the price of oil gets really high, that tends to create inflation because the price of oil is a factor in virtually everything that we buy. In addition, a really high price for oil also tends to slow down economic activity, and this is something that we witnessed just prior to the financial crisis of 2008. And if this crisis in the Middle East stretches over an extended period of time, it could ultimately result in a phenomenon known as “stagflation” where we have rapidly rising prices and weaker economic activity simultaneously. The last time we experienced such a thing was in the 1970s, and nobody really remembers the U.S. economy of the 1970s favorably. The damage caused by the “drone attacks” in Saudi Arabia was immense. According to the Daily Mail, “huge plumes of black smoke” could be seen pouring out of a key Saudi oil facility… Infernos raged at the plant in Abqaiq, Bugayg, and the country’s second largest oilfield in Khurais yesterday morning after Tehran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen fired a flurry of rockets. Huge plumes of black smoke could be seen coming from the oil facility. Houthi rebels in Yemen have publicly taken responsibility for the attacks, but they may or may not be telling the truth. At this point, U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo is completely rejecting that explanation, and he is claiming that there is “no evidence the strikes had come from Yemen”… Secretary of State Mike Pompeo blamed Iran for coordinated strikes on the heart of Saudi Arabia’s oil industry, saying they marked an unprecedented attack on the world’s energy supply. The strikes shut down half of the kingdom’s crude production on Saturday, potentially roiling petroleum prices and demonstrating the power of Iran’s proxies. Iran-allied Houthi rebels in neighboring Yemen claimed credit for the attack, saying they sent 10 drones to strike at important facilities in Saudi Arabia’s oil-rich Eastern Province. But Mr. Pompeo said there was no evidence the strikes had come from Yemen. And according to Reuters, another unnamed “U.S. official” told them that the attacks came from “west-northwest of the targets”… The U.S. official, who asked not to be named, said there were 19 points of impact in the attack on Saudi facilities and that evidence showed the launch area was west-northwest of the targets – the direction of Iran – not south from Yemen. The official added that Saudi officials had indicated they had seen signs that cruise missiles were used in the attack, which is inconsistent with the Iran-aligned Houthi group’s claim that it conducted the attack with 10 drones. Of course drones don’t have to travel in a straight line, and cruise missiles don’t either, and so we may never know for sure where the attacks originated. But we do know that the Houthi rebels in Yemen are being backed by Iran, and we also know that the Shia militias in Iraq are also being backed by Iran. So whether the attacks originated in Yemen, southern Iraq or Iran itself, it is not going to be too difficult for U.S. officials to place the blame on the Iranians, and we should expect some sort of military response. In fact, President Trump posted the following message to Twitter just a little while ago… Saudi Arabia oil supply was attacked. There is reason to believe that we know the culprit, are locked and loaded depending on verification, but are waiting to hear from the Kingdom as to who they believe was the cause of this attack, and under what terms we would proceed! Of course U.S. airstrikes against Iran itself could ultimately spark World War 3, and most Americans are completely clueless that we could literally be on the precipice of a major war. According to the Saudis, the equivalent of 5.7 million barrels a day of oil production were affected by the attacks. Saudi Arabia typically produces about 9.8 million barrels a day, and so that is a really big deal. When the markets reopened on Sunday night, oil futures exploded higher. In fact, according to Zero Hedge this was the biggest jump ever… With traders in a state of near-frenzy, with a subset of fintwit scrambling (and failing) to calculate what the limit move in oil would be (hint: there is none for Brent), moments ago brent reopened for trading in the aftermath of Saturday’s attack on the “world’s most important oil processing plant“, and exploded some 20% higher, to a high of $71.95 from the Friday $60.22 close, its biggest jump since futures started trading in 1988. As I write this article, the price of Brent crude is currently sitting at $66.89, although at least one analyst is warning that the price of oil could soon shoot up to “as high as $100 per barrel” if the Saudis are not able to quickly resume their previous level of production… The oil market will rally by $5-10 per barrel when it opens on Monday and may spike to as high as $100 per barrel if Saudi Arabia fails to quickly resume oil supply lost after attacks over the weekend, traders and analysts said. Saudi officials have already told us that they anticipate that a third of the lost oil output will be restored on Monday. But because of the extensive damage that has been done, restoring the remainder of the lost output could take “weeks” or even “months”. In the short-term, President Trump has “authorized the release of oil from the Strategic Petroleum Reserve“, and that should help stabilize prices somewhat. However, if a full-blown war with Iran erupts, nothing is going to be able to calm the markets. In such a scenario, the price of oil could easily explode to a level that is four or five times higher than it is today, and that would essentially be the equivalent of slamming a baseball bat into the knees of the global economy. The times that we are living in are about to become a whole lot more serious, but most Americans are not even paying attention to these absolutely critical global events. In famainstream media seems to believect, even the that the new allegations against Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh are more important. That is because they don’t understand what is really happening. Trust me, keep a close eye on the Middle East, because things are about to start breaking loose there in a major way. About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.
[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 9-10-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Democracy Challenged
by Hal Lindsey
On August 18th, the FBI’s Cyber Division issued an “eyes only” alert to state election officials. Various news organizations have now let the cat out of the bag, so I’m not divulging secrets here. The FBI told of intrusions into two different state election websites. In one, computer thieves stole actual voter registration information. Yahoo News Chief Investigative Correspondent, Michael Isikoff, wrote that the flash alert “comes amid heightened concerns among U.S. intelligence officials about the possibility of cyber intrusions, potentially by Russian state-sponsored hackers, aimed at disrupting the November elections.” Imagine Russian hackers deciding American elections. Computerized voting terminals and servers can be hacked. This undermines the very idea of democracy. It strikes locally, nationally, and internationally. Democracy in 2016 is under assault from every quarter. Bible prophecy foretells a future with autocratic rulers and small ruling councils. Critics point out that in the years since the American Revolution, representative government has taken hold all over the world. There are more democracies now than ever. But they’re missing the big picture. Democracy is beginning to unravel. There are dozens of threats to representative government around the world. Perhaps the biggest is that the world’s elites have, for the most part, lost confidence in the voting public. The “great unwashed” voted Britain out of the European Union, and that may have been the last straw for the elites. European Commission president Jean-Claude Juncker represented the thinking of world elites recently, when he said, “Borders are the worst invention ever made by politicians.” Look where that logic takes you. If borders are a bad idea, then individual nations must also be a bad idea. If individual nations are a bad idea, then the only thing left is global government. In another sign that the elites no longer trust the masses, high-end media corporations, run by global elites, have almost completely abandoned old-fashioned fair and accurate journalism. They believe commoners need to be told what to think. And that seems fine with a new generation of reporters trained at elite schools to follow the corporate line. No matter who you plan to vote for in this year’s presidential election, you have to be concerned over the death of journalistic standards. I’m not talking about columnists, editorialists, or those giving commentaries on television. Opinion is fine, but it shouldn't be labeled news. Journalism is based on a tradition of trying to be balanced and fair in the presentation of facts. Everyone has a worldview, and it will color the way they say things. But journalists traditionally strove for accuracy and fairness — objectivity. They didn’t take sides. As much as possible, they simply reported the facts of the story. The Reuters’ “Handbook of Journalism” says, “Accuracy and fairness are the hallmarks of Thomson Reuters journalism.” Most journalistic organizations have a similar credo. It may be in a dusty book on a back shelf, somewhere behind the no-longer-in-use copy machine. But they have it somewhere. They just don’t pay attention to it any more. The new perspective has been well-expressed by the Univision anchorman, Jorge Ramos. The New York Times says he “is often called the Walter Cronkite of Latino America.” Ramos is fiercely, even viciously anti-Trump. He says, “Trump has forced journalists to revisit rules of objectivity and fairness.” Without objectivity and fairness, what does a reporter have? If Donald Trump is bad, give fair and objective news about him, and let voters decide for themselves. But Mr. Ramos clearly wants reporters to stop being fair; stop being objective. Slanting the news equals lying. They lie to their viewers because that’s the best way to manipulate voters. As the leading voice on one of the most watched networks in the United States, Ramos is enormously powerful. Give him credit for honesty at least. Other members of the mainstream media hold the same beliefs, but don’t say it. New York Times Media Columnist Jim Rutenberg wrote, “It’s not unusual to see news stories describe [Trump] as ‘erratic’ without attribution to an opponent.” Then Rutenberg excused the reporters’ lack of objectivity because Trump is… well, Trump. Journalists are simply reflecting their elite boss’s attitude of disdain for voters, and, therefore, for democracy itself. What if other American professionals should sink to the levels of modern journalism? What if others decide that a Trump or Clinton presidency is so dangerous they should stop them with every means available? It would be the end of government that is “of, for, and by the people.” In a conference call with state election officials a few days before the FBI alert, Homeland Security Secretary Jeh Johnson warned of cybersecurity concerns, and offered his department’s help in securing local voting systems. That’s good . . . except, do you fully trust Homeland Security? What if that department’s computer engineers are as willing to trash professionalism and integrity as Jorge Ramos - the new CNN, or the New York Times? Local election officials certainly need federal help. Few communities can afford the kind of security needed to defend against modern computer hackers. And we can’t allow the Russian government, or American kids in basements, to alter U.S. election results. Representative government only works when there is a broad societal consensus on the supremacy of integrity. So another clear path to one world government and the Anti-christ is prominent on the horizon.
https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-1-2016/
:: 9-15-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Israel's election on Tuesday will be target of cyber-attacks'
Dr. Gabriel Weimann to ‘Post’: Highly doubtful Israel built digital defense against cyber attacks this time after capabilities were missing in April vote.
By Maayan Jaffe-Hoffman September 15, 2019 23:38
At the conclusion of the April 9 election, an Israeli watchdog group exposed a network of hundreds of social media accounts, many of them fake, used to smear opponents of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and to amplify the messages of his Likud Party. Shortly before that, in January, it was reported that Iranians had been using hundreds of fake accounts on Israeli social media pages, in an effort to sow social division and influence the then upcoming Israeli election.
Read More Related Articles Netanyahu vs. Gantz: Rivlin's dilemma - analysis
right before Israelis go to the polls, due to the proximity of the two elections as well as the immediacy and scale of the threats, it is highly doubtful that Israel has built a digital defense against cyberattacks this time around either, said Dr. Gabriel Weimann, a professor of communications at the University of Haifa. He told The Jerusalem Post that this Israeli election is likely to be marred by online election interference just like the last election, something that will only be fully understood after Tuesday. “Today, through social networks, it is possible to spread false rumors, promote ‘fake news,’ incite and radicalize discourse, cause harm to candidates and parties, widen social rifts and plunge election campaigns into an abyss of extremism, distrust, sectarianism and violence,” Weimann said. “Israeli society is divided, stratified and split; it has religious, economic, social, ethnic, national and ideological conflicts,” he said. “An inciting discourse could deepen divisions, widen gaps and create polarization and radicalization.” In the last election, Israel feared that it would be the target of Russian interference, much like the United States was alleged to have been in 2016. Before the April vote, Nadav Argaman, head of the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency), made a statement about a “foreign power” interfering in the Israeli political system via the Internet. He said that a foreign country was trying to use cyber abilities to interfere in Israel’s upcoming election. Then he said that he did not know what that country’s political purpose was, but that “it is trying to intervene – and I know what I am talking about.” Weimann said, however, that it was not just Russia who interfered in the last election. Terrorist organizations and state sponsors of terrorism were also included on the map of online threats, having the goal not of targeting a specific campaign but to interfere in Israeli political discourse in general. “I see it as classical terrorism – the spread of chaos and fear to terrorize a population: just without explosives, bombs, rifles, killing or so on,” he said. Weimann said these organizations are “fully aware” of the existence of the use of online platforms for attacks, and have used “hard” attacks to harm Israel in the past. For example, members of terrorist organizations and their supporters have tried to disrupt critical systems and websites, hack into accounts and more. In 2017, Hamas created dozens of fake profiles of young, beautiful women who reached out to IDF soldiers and extracted classified and sensitive information from them. Dozens of soldiers fell into the trap. The next year, Hamas tried to hunt soldiers through a WhatsApp application. WEIMANN SAID that a recent study conducted by two Hebrew University professors, who were both former Shin Bet officials, reviewed the digital weaknesses in the Israeli election campaign, which they broke down into three categories: 1) attacks on the election process 2) attacks on political players – parties, candidates and campaigns, and 3) attacks on social networks that could influence public opinion or discourse. The study found that despite recent reports about Blue and White Party leader Benny Gantz’s cell phones, Israel could defend itself against “hard” interference, such as disrupting computer systems of the election administration, hacking campaign managers’ computers, leaking party data, etc. But what about “soft” attacks – which are considered less violent, but which Weimann said can influence election results? “Here, the Israeli defense will face more difficulty,” he said. “Social networks can be breached by anyone – and the ability to manage, control and block content is in the hands of private companies like Facebook, Google and Microsoft, whose powerlessness has already been demonstrated.” Weimann said that these cyber terrorists use three main tools: avatars, bots and trolls. An avatar is a fictional digital character that appears on the web and pretends to be real. A bot is a software application designed to perform actions online by mimicking a normal user – a kind of robot that poses as a human user. A troll is a user whose entire purpose is to provoke and inflame the discourse by writing controversial, false or slanderous statements. A troll can be real, an avatar or bot. While it may be too late for Tuesday, Weimann said that steps can be taken to protect countries in the future and that Israel is at the forefront of the industry. The first step is monitoring. “Several countries decided to establish public and private research and monitoring bodies to work to examine dissemination on social networks, expose the lies and manipulations, and report them to the public,” he said. The next step is to identify the attackers and inform the social media companies about them, which can then block or remove the attackers. Finally, another idea is to “vaccinate” the public through a public information campaign on how to identify fake information and how to avoid spreading it. A full report will only be issued after Election Day, he said, and “based on the last election five months ago, I don’t think we’ll find that the cyber influence has stopped.” And he doesn’t envision it stopping anytime soon, either. “It’s like a game of chess: I move, you make a move to respond to my move,” he said. “That’s how it is in cyberspace.”
:: 9-15-19 Military :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
White House Says Bin Laden Son Killed in US Operation
The Canadian Press 15 Sep 2019
WASHINGTON — The White House announced Saturday that Hamza bin Laden, the son of the late al-Qaida leader who had become an increasingly prominent figure in the terrorist organization, was killed in a U.S. counterterrorism operation in the Afghanistan-Pakistan region. A statement issued in President Donald Trump's name gave no further details, such as when Hamza bin Laden was killed or how the United States had confirmed his death. Administration officials would provide no more information beyond the three-sentence statement from the White House. American officials have said there are indications that the CIA, not the U.S. military, conducted the strike. The CIA declined comment on whether the agency was involved. The White House statement said Hamza bin Laden's death "not only deprives al-Qaida of important leadership skills and the symbolic connection to his father, but undermines important operational activities of the group." It said Osama bin Laden's son "was responsible for planning and dealing with various terrorist groups." The U.S. officials had suspected this summer that Hamza bin Laden was dead, based on intelligence reports and the fact that he had not been heard from in some time. The officials spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss intelligence matters. Defense Secretary Mark Esper told Fox News Channel in a late August interview that it was "my understanding" that Hamza bin Laden was dead. A U.S. official familiar with the case who spoke on condition of anonymity about intelligence-gathering said bin laden was killed in the past 18 months. Confirming such a high-profile death can take a long time, said the official, who declined to say what led the U.S. to report bin Laden's death with certainty. The younger bin Laden had been viewed as an eventual heir to the leadership of al-Qaida, and the group's leader, Ayman al-Zawahri, had praised him in a 2015 video that appeared on jihadi websites, calling him a "lion from the den of al-Qaida." Bin Laden's death leaves Zawahiri with the challenge of finding a different successor. The U.S. government in February said it was offering $1 million for help tracking down Hamza bin Laden as part of the State Department's Rewards for Justice program. The department's notice said he was married to a daughter of Abdullah Ahmed Abdullah, an al-Qaida leader and Egyptian charged for his role in the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in East Africa. They were said to have two children, Osama and Khairiah, named after his parents. He was named a "specially designated global terrorist" in January 2017, and he had released audio and video messages calling for attacks against the U.S. and its allies. To mark one 9-11 anniversary, al-Qaida superimposed a childhood photo of him over a photo of the World Trade Center. Video released by the CIA in 2017 that was seized during the 2011 U.S. raid that killed Osama bin Laden showed Hamza bin Laden with a trimmed mustache but no beard at his wedding. Previous images have only shown him as a child. Hamza bin Laden is believed to have been born in 1989, the year of the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan, where his father became known among the mujahedeen fighters. His father returned to Saudi Arabia and later fled to Sudan after criticizing the kingdom for allowing U.S. troops to deploy in the country during the 1991 Gulf War. He later fled Sudan for Afghanistan in 1996, where he declared war against the U.S. As al-Qaida's leader, Osama bin Laden oversaw attacks that included the 1998 bombings of the U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, as well as the bombing of the USS Cole off Yemen. He and others plotted and executed the 2001 attacks against the United States that led to the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan. U.S. Navy SEALs killed the elder bin Laden in a raid on a house in Abbottabad, Pakistan, in 2011. This past March, Saudi Arabia announced that it had revoked the citizenship of Hamza bin Laden. The kingdom stripped Osama bin Laden's citizenship in 1994 while he was living in exile in Sudan when Hamza bin Laden was just a child. It was unclear where Hamza bin Laden was at the time of the Saudi action. Hamza bin Laden began appearing in militant videos and recordings in 2015 as an al-Qaida spokesman. "If you think that your sinful crime that you committed in Abbottabad has passed without punishment, then you thought wrong," he said in his first audio recording. After the Sept. 11 attacks, a U.S.-led invasion of Afghanistan sought to topple the Taliban, an ally of al-Qaida, and seize the elder bin Laden. He escaped and split from his family as he crossed into Pakistan. Hamza was 12 when he saw his father for the last time — receiving a parting gift of prayer beads. "It was as if we pulled out our livers and left them there," he wrote of the separation. Hamza and his mother followed other al-Qaida members into Pakistan and then Iran, where other al-Qaida leaders hid them, according to experts and analysis of documents seized after U.S. raid that killed Osama bin Laden. Iran later put the al-Qaida members on its soil into custody. During this time, Hamza married. In March 2010, Hamza and others left Iranian custody. He went to Pakistan's Waziristan province, where he asked for weapons training, according to a letter to the elder bin Laden. His mother left for Abbottabad, joining her husband in his hideout. On May 2, 2011, the Navy SEAL team raided Abbottabad, killing Osama bin Laden and his son Khalid, as well as others. Saber and other wives living in the house were imprisoned. Hamza again disappeared. In August 2015, a video emerged on jihadi websites of al-Zawahri introducing "a lion from the den of al-Qaida" — Hamza bin Laden. Since then, Hamza had been featured in al-Qaida messages, delivering speeches on everything from the war in Syria to Donald Trump's visit to Saudi Arabia on his first foreign trip as president. But he hadn't been heard from since a message in March 2018, in which he threatened the rulers of Saudi Arabia.
[ ::
12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 9-15-19 World News Abilk.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Hurricane tracker: Three MASSIVE storms could smash into US as Humberto gains strength
Redactor by Redactor | @ | September 15, 2019 10:04 pm
The Native Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has identified three weather disturbances in the Atlantic Davy Joness locker. One already well-established system is Tropical Storm Humberto, which is look for to become a hurricane on Sunday. Humberto is currently whipping out winds of 65mph as it changes north at 7mph. For the storm to be categorised a hurricane it needs winds of at least 74mph. The way is currently located about 165 miles east-northeast of Cape Canaveral in the US regal of Florida. Although the storm is not forecast to make landfall on the Sunshine Phase, NOAA has warned Humberto may bring swells during the next few times. These swells could cause “life threatening surf and rip course conditions” during the next few days, the agency said.
READ MORE: Typhoon WARNING: Florida to be hit by cyclone STRONGER than Dorian
Gusty breaths are still affecting portions of the northwestern Bahamas and Humberto, only a unite of weeks after Hurricane Dorian hit the Abaco Islands and Grand Bahama. The end toll currently stands at 50 after Dorian wreaked spoliation but search and rescue teams are still searching through destroyed close ti. Meanwhile, a small low-pressure system is producing an elongated area of disorganised lavishes and thunderstorms over the central tropical Atlantic. The system is expected to slowly result during the next day or two, NOAA said.
[ :: 12-30-01 At the altar after PM Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.
:: 9-14-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
At least 6 dead as torrential rain floods coastal Spain
Updated on: September 14, 2019 / 7:18 PM / CBS/AP
Record rainfall claimed two more lives in southeastern Spain as it caused widespread flooding. The overall death toll rose to six from the storms, authorities said Saturday. An estimated 3,500 people are missing, according to BBC News. Emergency rescue workers saved thousands of people during the storm that slammed into the Mediterranean coastal regions of Valencia, Murcia and eastern Andalusia this week. Local authorities said some towns and cities reported their heaviest rainfall on record. The downpour forced the closure of airports in Almeria and Murcia as well as intercity train lines, major roads and schools. A fifth victim was found late Friday by police in the village of Redován. News agency Europa Press reported that police said the 58-year-old man was swept away by rushing waters when he got out of his vehicle. A sixth victim was confirmed by authorities on Saturday — a 41-year-old man in the town of Orihuela, where the Segura River overflowed its banks on Friday. One man was killed after getting stuck inside a flooded tunnel, BBC News reports. Reuters reported that another man was found dead in the village of Redovan in Valencia after leaving his home on foot earlier on Friday. Acting Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez flew over the devastated areas in a helicopter on Saturday. "We deeply lament the news of a new victim in Orihuela," Sánchez wrote on Twitter. "All my warmth and solidarity for the people affected by the heavy rains. Together, we will deploy all our resources and aid to help the population and return things to normal." The storms in this area are a yearly metrological phenomenon, but they have been particularly fierce this fall, turning fields into lakes and roads into surging rivers of mud that sweep away everything in their path. The rain let up a bit Saturday after drowning the area for two days. Spain's weather service decreased the alert for rain from "extreme danger" to "at risk" as the storm moved westward toward the country's central region. Some residents trapped by the floods had harrowing escapes. Some had to be airlifted by helicopter from the rooftops of buildings surrounded by water. Four people were stranded on top of cars in a flooded tunnel until help arrived by boat and jet ski. Sixty other people were pulled from rising waters at a campsite that was completely surrounded by rushing water. Interior Minister Fernando Grande-Marlaska said Friday that 3,500 people had been rescued from perilous situations. Police and emergency workers answering calls for help were backed up by 1,000 soldiers.
[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..
Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red
one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to
remove peace from the earth. And there was war and
slaughter everywhere. (NLT)
[ :: 9-23-12
pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: ::]
:: 9-16-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
U.S. "Locked and Loaded" to Proceed over Saudi Oil Refinery Attack UPDATED 6:58 AM EDT "ACT OF WAR"
World News Desk 16 September 2019 UPDATED 6:58 AM EDT (see bottom) "Act of War"
President Donald Trump has confirmed the United States is "locked and loaded" over the attack upon the Saudi Oil Refinery and is awaiting verification amid discussion on "how to proceed." Sources in Washington are now openly saying War with Iran is now likely and could begin THIS WEEK. Vice President Pence and Defense Secretary Esper were summoned to the White House for unscheduled Security meeting which ended around 1:00 PM EDT Sunday afternoon. Trump tweets came shortly after. INTEL ASSESSMENT This could turn into all out war with Iran. And worse. If the U.S. strikes Iran, it is extremely likely Iran will fully retaliate . . . with missiles raining down on US bases within 2,000 kilometers AND ON (US ALLY) ISRAEL. At that point, anything can happen. Not to put too fine a point on it, but this really could finally lead to global nuclear war; not immediately but some number of moves into the future, especially if Russia and China become involved on the side of Iran. They might be sick enough of America that out of the blue THEY make a first strike against us. The stakes are extremely high right now. It is undeniable that "someone" launched an attack on the largest oil refinery in the world when they attacked the Saudi refinery and Saudi oil fields. THAT was an attack upon the GLOBAL oil supplies, and THAT is an American national security interest. Put simply the Genie may be about to come out of the bottle for the first time since August 1945. Just Keep in mind when this all goes down: Saudi ARAMCO was about to make the world's largest IPO on Wall Street next month, which China wanted... Here is an image of the damaged Saudi Refinery: Zooming-in, you can see very clearly these were missile hits; the holes in the tanks are visible: UPDATE 6:27 AM EDT -- Missiles impacted the Saudi Oil Refinery from the NW through Kuwait. One missile engine has been positively identified as an Iranian Howazey missile which crashed and was discovered in Kuwaiti desert. Here are photos of that crashed missile from Kuwait: Now, here is a publicly-released image of an Iranian Sumar Cruise Missile. The booster section at the rear fires at liftoff, then detaches. Look at the tail fins and compare them to the photos above: U.S teams in Saudi are in possession of fragments of an Iranian Howazey missile at one of the Oil areas attacked. UPDATE 6:58 AM EDT -- Iran launched nearly a dozen cruise missiles and over 20 drones from its territory in the Aramco attack says senior US official THIS IS IT
***** BULLETIN ***** 7:02 AM EDT -- All military bases overseas have gone to DEFCON 3. Assets are rapidly being moved. UPDATE 7:42 AM EDT -- Iran has warned that it is prepared for “fully fledged war” after the United States accused it of launching devastating drone attacks on two oil facilities in Saudi Arabia.
Scribe note: Go to the site for a full list of CIVILIAN WAR PREPS
:: 9-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Tensions rise as striking General Motors workers try to block salaried staff from entering Flint plant - just hours after 49,000 walk off the job over failed contract negotiations for better pay and more jobs
Some 49,000 General Motors walked off the job at midnight on Sunday
United Auto Workers union began national strike after contract talks hit impasse
Came after manufacturer's 4-year contract with workers expired without an agreement on a replacement
UAW officials said the two sides remained far apart in the contract negotiations
It has been described as the first major stoppage at GM in more than a decade
Analysts say work stoppage could cost GM $50million in daily losses before taxes and interest
Workers are demanding pay raises as well as increased production in plants that the company has made idle
Management is trying to bring costs under control in uncertain economic environment made worse by tariffs and rising prices of raw materials
By Afp and Associated Press and Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters
Published: 19:51 EDT, 15 September 2019 | Updated: 13:30 EDT, 16 September 2019
Tensions were high on Monday morning as striking autoworkers physically blocked salaried employees from reporting to work at General Motors in Flint just hours after some 49,000 union members walked off the job, shutting down 55 of the company’s facilities across nine states. Dozens of United Auto Workers picketers held signs and stood in front of two main entrances at the Flint Assembly Plant before dawn on Monday. The striking workers did not allow GM employees through, resulting in a long line of pickup trucks and SUVs that stretched around the block, according to the Detroit Free Press. The vehicles needed to be rerouted after picketers locked and chained the entrance gates on one of the streets adjacent to the plant, according to the Freep. While production workers are on strike, there are white-collar employees who must still report to work. One woman was driving a Ford Focus and started using profanity at the picketers who were causing her to be late to her security job. The woman was seen using her cell phone to call someone when one of the other GM workers asked her why she was driving a Ford. The woman was visibly angry at the question. ‘We're just trying to slow down whatever they're doing in there,’ said James Fisette, a fork truck driver who has worked for GM for 18 years. ‘We're telling GM that we're not backing down. They are trying to get through and our people have been hit four times.’ Another picketer, James Bothell, said he was ‘bumped’ by a vehicle fender belonging to an employee who was eager to get to work. Bothell has worked for the company for 23 years. During that time, he has built motors on the assembly line for the Chevrolet Silverado and GMC Sierra. ‘Thing is I think most of these people on salary get it - 95% are nodding their head as they pass by,’ he said. ‘I think a strike is long overdue, to be honest. ‘In 2007, we opened up our contract and gave away a lot of things, like vacation days and cost-of-living increases and holidays.’ Some picketers responded to the backlash they say they have received on social media. 'People on Facebook call us a bunch of lazy nobodies,' Brian Boswick, 46, told MLive.com. Boswick has worked for GM at the Flint plant for 22 years. '[People say] we don’t work for a living. Normal, average people could not do what we do for eight to nine to ten to twelve hours a day, six to seven days a week. 'Our bodies are conditioned to do what we do. We spend a lot of time away from our families and friends to make sure these trucks get out the door. 'We put a lot blood, sweat and tears into this.' STRIKE COULD COST GM $50 MILLION IN EARNINGS A DAY About 49,000 General Motors workers walked off the job at midnight on Sunday as the United Auto Workers (UAW) union began a nationwide strike. The move to strike, which the Wall Street Journal described as the first major stoppage at GM in more than a decade, came after the manufacturer's four-year contract with workers expired without an agreement on a replacement. Local union leaders met in Detroit 'and opted to strike at midnight on Sunday,' the UAW said on its Twitter account. 'This is our last resort,' Terry Dittes, the union's lead negotiator with GM, told a news conference after the meeting. 'We are standing up for the fundamental rights of working people in this country.' GM could withstand a short strike, as the company has more than 820,000 vehicles in inventory, according to Bloomberg News. That means the company has enough supply for about 80 days. Nonetheless, an estimate by Credit Suisse shows that the company stands to lose $50million in earnings per day as long as the strike drags on. STRIKE 'COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED' IF GM DIDN'T DELAY OFFER Dittes told General Motors that if the company had made its latest offer earlier, the union may not have gone on strike. The letter from Dittes, the UAW's vice president, to GM's chief bargainer says the company waited to make the offer until two hours before the contract expired Friday night. He says it would have been possible to reach an agreement and avoid a strike if the company moved sooner. UAW officials said the two sides remained far apart in the contract negotiations, with disagreements on wages, health care benefits, the status of temporary workers and job security.
https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7467275/General-Motors-auto-workers-call-strike-US.html
:: 9-16-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Iran seizes another oil tanker in Strait of Hormuz as Gulf crisis erupts
IRAN is believed to have seized another oil tanker passing through the Strait of Hormuz.
By Joey Millar
PUBLISHED: 12:06, Mon, Sep 16, 2019 | UPDATED: 15:24, Mon, Sep 16, 2019
The Israeli Broadcasting Corporation is reporting another ship has been seized in the gulf. Correspondent Amochai Stein said on Twitter: “Iran has seized another oil vessel in the Strait of Hormuz. Iran's Revolutionary Guard arrests a vessel and 11 crew on 'diesel smuggling charges'." It comes after Iran said accusations it had a role in the attack on Saudi oil installations were "unacceptable" and "baseless", after a senior US official said the Islamic Republic was behind it. "These allegations are condemned as unacceptable and entirely baseless," Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Mousavi said in remarks carried by state TV. On Sunday, a senior US official told reporters that evidence from the attack, which hit the world's biggest oil-processing facility on Saturday, indicated Iran was behind it, instead of the Yemeni Houthi group that had claimed responsibility. Donald Trump waded into the row by issuing a fierce warning to Iran that America was "locked and loaded" in a chilling esponse to the oil field attacks. The US President said on Twitter: "There is reason to believe that we know the culprit, are locked and loaded depending on verification, but are waiting to hear from the Kingdom as to who they believe was the cause of the attack, and under what terms we would proceed." He then said the US had 'PLENTY OF OIL!' despite the attacks on the fields. Last night the US issued satellite images an intelligence backing the claim that Iran was behind attacks on major Saudi oil facilities. According to the New York Times, ABC and Reuters US officials pointed 19 points of impact from bombs or missiles and evidence indicated the attacks had come from a west-north-west direction - not Houthi-controlled territory in Yemen, which lies to the south-west of the Saudi oil facilities. US officials suggested launch sites in the northern Gulf, Iran or Iraq were a more likely source of the missiles. And a close-up image of damaged tanks at the Abqaiq processing plant seemed to show impact points on the western side. Iran's semi-official Students News agency ISNA reported Iran's Revolutionary Guards have seized the the vessel for allegedly smuggling 250,000 litres of diesel fuel to the United Arab Emirates. A reporter for ISNA said: "It was detained near Iran's Greater Tunb island in the Persian Gulf. “The crew have been handed over to legal authorities in the southern Hormozgan province." Mr Trump said on Monday the United States would help its allies.
Taking to Twitter he said: “We don't need Middle Eastern Oil & Gas, & in fact have very few tankers there, but will help our Allies!" The latest reported ship seizure by Iran follows a series of incidents involving shipping around the Gulf after US sanctions on Iranian oil exports took full effect in May.
:: 9-14-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Trump floats possible defense treaty days ahead of Israeli elections
By Alexandra Alper 2 days ago
WASHINGTON, Sept 14 (Reuters) - U.S. President Donald Trump said on Saturday he had spoken with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu about a possible mutual defense treaty between the two nations, a move that could bolster Netanyahu's re-election bid just days before Israelis go to the polls.
:: 9-15-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
US Officials: Scope, Precision of Saudi Oil Attacks Show Iran to Blame
Sunday, 15 September 2019 05:06 PM
The scope and precision of drone attacks on Saudi Arabian oil facilities show they were launched from a west-northwest direction rather than from Yemen to the south, where Houthi rebels claimed responsibility, senior U.S. administration officials said on Sunday. U.S. officials pointed to satellite imagery showing 19 points of impact on the oil facilities. The attacks on Saturday risk disruptions to the world's oil supplies, and oil prices were expected to jump on Monday. The officials said they had additional evidence they would reveal in the days to come that would show that Houthi claims of responsibility for the attacks were not credible. Read Newsmax: US Officials: Scope, Precision of Saudi Oil Attacks Show Iran to Blame | Newsmax.com
Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll "There's no doubt that Iran is responsible for this. No matter how you slice it, there's no escaping it. There's no other candidate. Evidence points in no other direction than that Iran was responsible for this," an official told a small group of reporters, speaking on condition of anonymity. The officials declined to say where they believe the attack was launched. "There are two options, and we have our opinion on which it was," a second official said, noting the Iraqi government has said it was not from Iraq. The United States is working with Saudi officials, who have said they have seen signs that cruise missiles were used in the attacks, the officials said. More than 17 systems were deployed, they said. Not all systems reached their targets, and some were recovered north of their intended destination, they said. "The Houthi have never struck this far afield in the past because we don’t think that they have that capability. And the Houthi have never struck in this precise and coordinated fashion before," a second official told reporters.
https://www.newsmax.com/politics/saudi-oil-attacks-iran/2019/09/15/id/932763/
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.
:: 9-15-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Netanyahu: After Jordan Valley and settlements, I’ll annex other ‘vital areas’
Prime minister says moves to be done in coordination with President Trump and argues, in election pitch, that he is only one capable of negotiating with US leader
By TOI staff Today, 3:02 am
Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Sunday that if reelected he plans to annex additional “vital” parts of the West Bank beyond the Jordan Valley and the major settlement blocs, and do so in coordination with the United States. Netanyahu, who is campaigning ahead of Tuesday’s election, thus widened his pledge from last week to extend Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley — about a quarter of the West Bank — as soon as he puts together a coalition if successful in the elections, and subsequently to annex all West Bank settlements in coordination with the Trump Administration. Speaking to Army Radio, Netanyahu vowed to also apply Israeli sovereignty to “vital areas” outside the settlement blocs, but did not elaborate. He also spoke of a phased process of annexations coordinated with the Trump administration. In the interview, Netanyahu was asked about a map published earlier in the day by right-wing Yamina candidate Naftali Bennett, that Bennett claimed was the long-delayed Trump peace plan’s scheme for dividing the West Bank between Israel and the Palestinians. His party later acknowledged it had “compiled” the map itself based on various reports. The alleged plan, shared by Bennett on Facebook together with a map, shows what the Yamina candidate called “islands” of Israeli control surrounded by a majority of the West Bank set aside for a Palestinian state. Netanyahu called that map “fake news,” noting that the US administration had made plain that the map was not its own. He said he did not have his own map as he was waiting for the release of the Trump plan after the elections. (Yamina subsequently acknowledged that the map was “based on compiled statements by the prime minister, the US administration, and former minister Bennett’s knowledge of the negotiations.”) “The question of who will ensure the future of Jewish settlement is clear,” Netanyahu said. “Who will be able to negotiate with President Trump? The other (candidates) won’t be able to stand against US pressure,” he said, noting he withstood “immense pressure” from the Clinton and Obama administrations to halt settlement construction. “This is a historic opportunity, because after the epic holding battle I led against pressures to return to the ’67 lines, I am now turning the direction of our history,” Netanyahu vowed. “Instead of withdrawals, evacuations and concessions, we are now turning toward recognition and rights.” Netanyahu has had his call to annex the Jordan Valley panned as an election ploy, with critics saying he could have done it at any time in recent years if he really wanted to. But the prime minister said the timing was part of a process. “There are stages that have to happen,” Netanyahu said. “I caused them (the Trump administration) to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel, after that to move the embassy there and then recognize our sovereignty over the Golan Heights.” “And now after immense diplomatic efforts, I am laying the groundwork for applying Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley as our eastern defensive wall, and after that, over all the settlements, and over other vital areas, inside the (settlement) blocs and outside the blocs,” Netanyahu said. “And all that, I want to do together with President Trump.” 2019. Photo by Marc Israel Sellem/POOL Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Sunday that if reelected he plans to annex additional “vital” parts of the West Bank beyond the Jordan Valley and the major settlement blocs, and do so in coordination with the United States. etc Netanyahu, who is campaigning ahead of Tuesday’s election, thus widened his pledge from last week to extend Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley — about a quarter of the West Bank — as soon as he puts together a coalition if successful in the elections, and subsequently to annex all West Bank settlements in coordination with the Trump Administration. Speaking to Army Radio, Netanyahu vowed to also apply Israeli sovereignty to “vital areas” outside the settlement blocs, but did not elaborate. He also spoke of a phased process of annexations coordinated with the Trump administration. In the interview, Netanyahu was asked about a map published earlier in the day by right-wing Yamina candidate Naftali Bennett, that Bennett claimed was the long-delayed Trump peace plan’s scheme for dividing the West Bank between Israel and the Palestinians. His party later acknowledged it had “compiled” the map itself based on various reports. A map of the West Bank that purports to show the final arrangement proposed by the Trump peace plan, with Israeli-controlled areas in blue and white, and a Palestinian state in black. (Facebook screen capture) The alleged plan, shared by Bennett on Facebook together with a map, shows what the Yamina candidate called “islands” of Israeli control surrounded by a majority of the West Bank set aside for a Palestinian state. Netanyahu called that map “fake news,” noting that the US administration had made plain that the map was not its own. He said he did not have his own map as he was waiting for the release of the Trump plan after the elections. (Yamina subsequently acknowledged that the map was “based on compiled statements by the prime minister, the US administration, and former minister Bennett’s knowledge of the negotiations.”) “The question of who will ensure the future of Jewish settlement is clear,” Netanyahu said. “Who will be able to negotiate with President Trump? The other (candidates) won’t be able to stand against US pressure,” he said, noting he withstood “immense pressure” from the Clinton and Obama administrations to halt settlement construction. “This is a historic opportunity, because after the epic holding battle I led against pressures to return to the ’67 lines, I am now turning the direction of our history,” Netanyahu vowed. “Instead of withdrawals, evacuations and concessions, we are now turning toward recognition and rights.” Netanyahu has had his call to annex the Jordan Valley panned as an election ploy, with critics saying he could have done it at any time in recent years if he really wanted to. But the prime minister said the timing was part of a process. “There are stages that have to happen,” Netanyahu said. “I caused them (the Trump administration) to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel, after that to move the embassy there and then recognize our sovereignty over the Golan Heights.” “And now after immense diplomatic efforts, I am laying the groundwork for applying Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley as our eastern defensive wall, and after that, over all the settlements, and over other vital areas, inside the (settlement) blocs and outside the blocs,” Netanyahu said. “And all that, I want to do together with President Trump.” US President Donald Trump, left, welcomes visiting Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to the White House in Washington, March 25, 2019. (Manuel Balce Ceneta/AP) “This will finally determine our eastern border,” Netanyahu said. “There is no map, I’m waiting for President Trump after the elections.” His comments come after the cabinet approved a proposal on Sunday to begin legalizing a wildcat outpost in the Jordan Valley after Attorney General Avichai Mandelblit rescinded his opposition to the plan. Mandelblit had initially argued that the plan was being advanced by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu out of “electoral considerations.” Shortly before the vote to begin legalizing Mevo’ot Yeriho, the cabinet meeting paused for Mandelblit to hold a last-minute consultation with Netanyahu and national security adviser Meir Ben Shabbat. During that conversation, Mandelblit was made privy to “recent developments in policy along with the prime minister’s and national security adviser’s assessment that there is urgency in the decision to establish the settlement by the government at this time,” a statement from the attorney general’s office said, without specifying what that information was. A source with knowledge of their conversation said Netanyahu told the attorney general that Trump’s peace plan will likely put such outposts at risk for evacuation and that the government must act immediately to legalize Mevo’ot Yeriho and “combat” the plan before it is introduced, ostensibly shortly after Tuesday’s election. Mandelblit subsequently agreed to rescind his opposition to the proposal. On Thursday, the attorney general issued a legal opinion saying that it had been drawn up based on “electoral considerations” and that while the government has a right to advance decisions to strengthen Israeli settlement in the West Bank, “during an election period, the outgoing government is obliged to act with restraint when it comes to the decisions taken and the allocation of resources.” While the international community considers all settlement activity illegal, Israel differentiates between legal settlement homes built and permitted by the Defense Ministry on land owned by the state and illegal outposts built without permits, often on private Palestinian land. Separately, during the cabinet meeting Netanyahu updated ministers on his appointment of a team led by Prime Minister’s Office director Ronen Peretz that will be responsible for formulating the plan to annex the Jordan Valley. Netanyahu said his plan to apply Israeli sovereignty over all West Bank settlements will “come up” as part of the upcoming US peace initiative. Netanyahu’s annexation plans have sparked a cascade of international condemnations. Critics say it could inflame the Middle East and eliminate any remaining Palestinian hope of establishing a state.
:: 9-8-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
'Anarchist Extremists' In The FBI's Crosshairs - Antifa Groups 'Increasing Risk Of Armed Conflict,' According To FBI Phoenix Document
By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 8, 2019
An exclusive Yahoo News report on Friday revealed an internal document from May 2019, by FBI Phoenix, which assesses a variety of "anarchist extremists" (AE's), finding it "very likely" they are increasing the targeting of U.S. Government law enforcement personnel and facilities along the Arizona border, which they say is "increasing the risk of armed conflict."
Note - It is important to note that this assessment and nine-page document was created before the July 13th attack on an ICE facility in Tacoma, Washington, by a man armed with a rifle, and incendiary devices that he threw at both the facility and nearby propane tanks, at one point setting a vehicle on fire. The man was shot and killed by law enforcement in the midst of his attack. The report, which is embedded below, also assesses "The AE threat to Arizona will likely grow in intensity and frequency in the near mid-term." According to the footnote added, mid-term is considered to be within "6-12 months." On page three of the FBI Phoenix document, under the heading of "Anarchist Extremists Likely Are Increasingly Using Firearms To Further Operational Goals and during Confrontations with Opposition Groups in Arizona," they base their assessment on "recent reporting indicating the AEs are training with and seeking firearms for 'direct action' and countering opposition groups, including government entities." They specify a number of those reports, highlighting public statements by both Antifa and Border Liberation Front (BFL): The first example cited was that BFL organizers planned for camps in Texas and Arizona to serve as staging platforms for on-site armed support of the migrant caravans. BFL also planned training in fighting and combat, and encouraged members ot bring personally owned firearms. In that same section they reference previous reports which revealed they intended to "purchase firearms from a Mexico-based cartel associate." The next example cited was an Antifa training seminar in April 2018, in Flagstaff Arizona, where "individuals from multiple AE and anarchist-leaning groups received firearm familiarization training," further noting that the trainers had various firearms on display. The footnote on page three describes Antifa, stating "Anti-racist characterize themselves as part of a greater anti-fascist network, commonly referred to by both members and opponents as Antifa. Antifa has included violence in the past against those individuals or groups it opposes, including white supremacists, others perceived as racist, and political groups." The last example they cite references the group called Redneck Revolt, stating that they fundraised for firearm purchases with offers to "act as armed security for various protests and armed components of Antifa protests." Read the document below before we move along to the attempts to designate Antifa groups as domestic terrorists. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) THE LOGISTICAL PROBLEMS OF DESIGNATING ANTIFA AS A DOMESTIC TERROR GROUP On July 18, 2019, U.S. Senators Bill Cassidy, M.D. and Ted Cruz, introduced Senate Resolution 279 (S.Res. 279), titled "Calling for the designation of Antifa as a domestic terrorist organization." In the Senate resolution they listed samples of violence conducted by Antifa groups, then asking the U.S. Senate resolve the following:
(1) calls for the groups and organizations across the country who act under the banner of Antifa to be designated as domestic terrorist organizations;
(2) unequivocally condemns the violent actions of Antifa groups as unacceptable acts for anyone in the United States;
(3) expresses the need for the peaceful communication of varied ideas in the United States;
(4) urges any group or organizations in the United States to voice its opinions without using violence or threatening the health, safety, or well-being of any other persons, groups, or law enforcement officers in the United States; and
(5) calls upon the Federal Government to redouble its efforts, using all available and appropriate tools, to combat the spread of all forms of domestic terrorism, including White supremacist terrorism.
The problem with the wording and perhaps the main reason that the Senate will not put this specific resolution to a floor vote by all members is because there are dozens of groups that "act under the banner of Antifa," but not all them call for violence, or have perpetrated violence against their ideological opponents. Antifa, in and of itself, is not one specific group or organization. While the ones highlighted in the FBI Phoenix document should be designated as terrorist organizations, as should those that call for "direct action" (harassment, intimidation and or violence), especially armed direct action, as opposed to simply peaceably protesting or counter-protesting, which is protected under the U.S. constitution, others that do not encourage violence or the breaking of laws, should not be painted with the same brush as those that do commit crimes. Increased monitoring of public statements, Antifa group websites, separating those calling for "direct action" from those that do not condone violence in any form, unless in self-defense, is paramount, since many groups provide enough rope to hang themselves with in their public statements. In other words, in order to prevent an overall "police state" type punishment against "wrong think," the government is going to have to be able to designate specific Antifa groups as "domestic terror groups," without throwing the baby out with the bath water, so to speak. With that said, a search, using multiple search engines, indicates that no one that we can find has actually put together a recent comprehensive list of Antifa websites, or social media accounts, in order to go through them to document those actively calling for violence. The one "list" found was put together by Breitbart in early 2017, in a piece titled "The 75 Leftist Groups Trying to Stop Donald Trump from Taking Office," but not all those groups are so-called "anti-fascist" groups, so a deep delve into each would be necessary to see if anywhere on their websites, or in some cases their Facebook pages or Twitter accounts, they call for "direct action" which includes violence and breaking laws. This is a project that would require crowdsourcing, where multiple individuals could go through every piece of literature, resource pages, documents, flyers, and anything else that was provided by the specific group, in order to determine of they were indeed encouraging and inciting violence. BOTTOM LINE While many are justifiably impatient and frustrated that violent Antifa groups have not been officially designated as terror groups, the logistics are not as easy as simply declaring it should be done, but behind the scenes, the FBI, DHS, and local FBI offices are not only aware of the problem and are treating their "activities" as domestic terrorist violence, but are also following up on the tips and the reports and are documenting those violent activities, threats and the increasing risk of armed conflict. Other than officially listing "Antifa" as a domestic terror group, the federal government should be the ones that prosecute the Antifa members arrested for violence in multiple states, rather than leaving it to the local authorities. If each Antifa member arrested for violence was prosecuted for committing a federal offense, labeling those offenses as "domestic terror," these anarchist extremists would be far more hesitant to go out an attack peaceful rally-goers and protesters.
http://allnewspipeline.com/Behind_The_Scenes_FBI_And_Antifa.php
:: 9--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Is Walmart Working With the Govt. to Distribute EVERYTHING When the SHTF?
by Daisy Luther
In conspiratorial circles, it’s long been rumored that Walmarts across the country would become FEMA camps after an epic disaster. Some folks even suggested that once you were in the camp, you would not be able to leave. Sort of like those old roach motel commercials. If you’re not familiar with it, here’s the Wikipedia link for a general overview of the FEMA camp theory. And here are 16 mindblowing facts about Walmart and its arguable quest for world domination. While the FEMA camp theory has some holes in it, a long-time employee of Walmart contacted me to tell me about a direct link between Walmart and the government. We’ll call him Frank. (I generally hate those “unnamed source” articles, but occasionally the option to reveal a source just isn’t there.) Some people will dismiss this article because I promised not to disclose the gentleman’s name or the store where he works. That’s totally up to you. Now, according to what Frank told me, it looks like Walmart’s world domination plan may not have anything to do with housing people after all. The italicized text is Frank’s own words. The connection between Walmart and the government So where do I start? I still work for Walmart, but I’m not sure for how much longer. I’ve been employed by them for 25+ years, but may not survive the next restructuring. I have seen many things and have witnessed a clear connection between Walmart and the government. Remember after the tragedy of September eleventh all the Walmart TVs had the “if you see something say something” commercials playing 24-7. That’s an example of those connections I was talking about. Going back to the early to mid-1990s, the US military studied Walmart logistics system and implemented that technology in their own logistics network. Walmart is a facilitator. We’ll talk more about those logistics in a moment. How everything came to be made in China Why do you think everything is made in China? Walmart approached China in the ’90s to build products. Then they went to the vendors telling them we want you to build your items in China. That way you can make more $ and give us a cheaper price. We know people and will introduce you. This has influenced other large American businesses. Then other companies followed suit. The same goes for managing their employees. What Walmart does, other companies follow. Here’s how Walmart is tied into national preparedness Now let’s apply that philosophy to preparedness. Walmart wants more business, right? Well, if you’re the only store open after a disaster you will have business up the ying-yang. Walmart’s logistics network is coast to coast with its own trucks, warehouses, supply networks, and retail stores. If the power goes down and Walmarts still can operate (with government help and security) how much money will they make? I don’t buy into the Walmart FEMA camp theory. However, I do believe Walmarts will be used as a distribution hub in local communities for essential goods like food and medicine. All of this would be under government control and protection. Need your prescription after an EMP? Stand in line at Walmart with Humvees keeping order. Then there is the psychological aspect. After hurricanes local governments want the Walmarts to be the first businesses to reopen. Why is that? To restore a sense of normalcy to communities and get people to move on. Walmart will most certainly be part of a post-event world. Their warehouses will collect goods, their trucks will deliver under government security, and their stores will provide the distribution place for your food and medicine. All under the watchful eye of the authorities. How Walmart could play a key role in restoring order There is also market saturation. Many communities have a Walmart, but larger cities have several at key locations along major highways and intersections. Perfect places for checkpoints to keep things under control. There are Walmarts everywhere so they could be the face of restoring order. Let me also touch on civil unrest. If an area is acting up, they’ll close the Walmart to force compliance. The camera systems in stores are everywhere and those images pop up everywhere. How many times have you seen a picture of someone stealing or something and have seen this person on FB or some other platform? So that system could be used to identify trouble makers and is, therefore, an intelligence-gathering device. This system is already well known to local law enforcement as a tool of identification. The connections are already in place. Remember, Walmart is a facilitator. I believe the things I have mentioned are one major event from becoming a reality. The systems are in place and the planning becomes more refined every day. What if you could only buy supplies in one store? Imagine a world in which there was only one place you could get supplies. This store is backed and secured by the United States military. This store still has cameras everywhere, it has all the essential supplies like food, medicine, hardware, winter coats. If Frank is right about all this, imagine the level of control that kind of monopoly could provide. If you don’t behave, you can’t get into the store to get the things your family needs. You will be surveilled constantly when you’re in the store. (Heck, you’re already surveilled constantly in Walmart.) Maybe while everyone has been worried about Big Tech and Amazon controlling the country, what we should have been worried about is Walmart. Perhaps Walmart has been quietly positioning itself to be the only source of food, medicine, and supplies available in the aftermath of a national SHTF event. Talk about power. They wouldn’t need FEMA camps if all the merchandise available is owned by one company and that company is in cahoots with the government. What people can do to avoid the power play I’ve been writing for years about the value of storing food and being producers instead of consumers. I have published articles by Selco about barter and trade. In a situation like this, the black market will almost certainly arise, and quickly. The ability to be self-reliant will never be more important than during a time in which distribution is centralized. When you must have a certain life-saving supply, like antibiotics for your child, you will have no option but to comply with the rules of those who hold that merchandise. It’s a chilling thought, isn’t it? What do you think? In a massive SHTF event, do you believe that Walmart would be the only official distributor of necessary supplies? Do you believe they’re already working with the government? Please share your thoughts in the comments below.
https://www.theorganicprepper.com/walmart-distributor-shtf/
[ :: 7-11-04
pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom
and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle
and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow.
I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her,
then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s
destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or
ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion
of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..
[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc
:: 9-9-19 ABC 10 News San Diego :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Chula Vista church vandalized after opposing controversial Drag Queen Storytime
By: Rina Nakano Posted: 5:59 PM, Sep 08, 2019 Updated: 10:29 AM, Sep 09, 2019
CHULA VISTA, Calif., (KGTV) – The weekend vandalism at a Chula Vista church is being investigated as a hate crime by police, and a pastor believes his church was targeted because of their strong opposition to the city-run children’s event known as “Drag Queen Storytime.” Holy music filled the halls at South Bay Pentecostal Church Sunday, but the walls outside sang a different tune. "Sure enough, at every corner there were phrases, hateful words, and graffiti on the walls of our church," Executive Pastor Amado Huizar said. Huizar quickly covered up the symbols and messages associated with Satan. He said that “there is no doubt” the church was targeted. For the last two weeks, Huizar has been outspoken about his opposition to the Chula Vista Library-sanctioned Drag Queen Storytime event.
"The Chula Vista Public Library said this is a reflection of our community. I beg to differ," Huizar said.
RELATED:
-- Faith group rallies against drag queen event
-- Protesters clash over Chula Vista library's Drag Queen Storytime
-- Drag Queen Storytime ignites controversy in South Bay
Huizar believes the event is not age-appropriate, nor should it be a public, taxpayer-funded program. "If the people want to make that happen, do it at a private setting, at a book store or at a home, but not at the Chula Vista Public Library," Huizar said. Huizar said the church's surveillance system captured two men parking their sedan in the church parking lot at around 3:00 a.m. Sunday and walking toward the building. Fifteen minutes later, they are seen jumping back into the car with what looked to be spray cans in their hands. Huizar filed a hate crime report with Chula Vista police and asked for increased patrols. "I'm all about diversity. I am all about inclusiveness," Huizar said. "When you do something like a ‘drag queen story hour,’ you are excluding a segment of the populous who are not in favor of this because of what we experienced today or scared to speak out." Despite what happened, Huizar said he will not back down. "I'm very sad," Huizar said. "I'm heartbroken, but I am going to continue to speak."
10News learned Huizar would be meeting with Chula Vista Mayor Mary Salas on Monday morning. He hopes to convince her to cancel the public event or have it moved to a private event, like the upcoming South Pay Pride Festival. If not, Drag Queen Storytime will go on as scheduled at the Chula Vista Public Library Civic Center Branch on Sept. 10.
[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.
:: 9-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Leprosy Could Be The Next Public Health Crisis To Hit Los Angeles
by Tyler Durden Sat, 09/07/2019 - 10:15
Authored by Jennie Taer via SaraACarter.com,
Leprosy cases are emerging in Los Angeles County, according to a recent study revealed in a Reuters Health report and its co-author Dr. Maria Teresa Ochoa of Keck Medical Center of the University of Southern California, Los Angeles told Reuters Health that she’s urging the public to “fight the stigma.” The disease commonly referred to as “Hansen’s Disease” is curable when treated expeditiously, according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC Scientists believe it is spread through particles in the air, but also say contact must be “prolonged” and “close.” An infected person can suffer mild to severe damage to the body’s “skin, nerves, and mucous membranes.” Moreover, patients can lose feeling in parts of their bodies and suffer permanent blindness. Dr. Victor S. Santos, who works with a team of researchers at the Federal University of Alagoas, in Arapiraca, Brazil, told Reuters, “As leprosy has been a neglected disease with a high potential to cause deformities, especially when it is not treated properly, I would like to reinforce the need for early identification of cases in the community with the adoption of active case search and screening of household and social contacts from all index cases,” he said. “Such measures could minimize leprosy-related problems, as physicians and other health professionals could better care for these patients.” Dr. Ochoa and her team studied 187 infected patients between 1973 and 2018. The report found, according to Reuters Health, that 16 percent of patients suffered “loss of protective sensation” while 26.2 percent of patients had a “visible deformity.” The problem is that cases go undiagnosed and patients aren’t symptomatic for an average of five years, according to the World Health Organization. According to the CDC, patients with early diagnoses adhering to a combination of 2 or 3 antibiotics make full recoveries.
https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-09-06/leprosy-could-be-next-public-health-crisis-hit-los-angeles
[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..
:: 9-7-19 SRSrocco :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
The China Silver Wildcard & What’s Next For The Silver Price
TOPICS:China SilverSilverSilver Price
Posted by SRSrocco in News, Precious Metals, Videos on September 7, 2019
China may turn out to be a major wildcard for the silver market and price in the future. There are two parts of the equation in regards to the Chinese silver market that are explained in my newest video update. Also, after the silver price shot up to $19.75 rather quickly, what’s next for the shiny metal? Some analysts are suggesting that the silver price is overbought on a weekly basis and may experience a significant correction. While it is normal for an asset price to correct after a large run-up, the precious metals seem to be heading into NEW TERRITORY. Sure, the silver price could experience a correction after shooting up $5.50 over the past few months, but it could also remain overbought for an extended period, very similar to its price action in late 2010. I explain these in my newest video update, The China Silver Wildcard & What’s Next For The Silver Price: One of the important aspects discussed in the video is China’s heavy reliance on the Base Metal Mining Industry to supply the overwhelming majority of its silver needs. The chart below shows how Asia, mostly China, receives only 3% of its silver mine supply from primary silver production. Why is the data in this chart relevant? Again, I explain it in the video with several more charts why China could be a Major Wildcard for the silver market and price moving forward. Lastly, I would also appreciate my followers to consider supporting the SRSrocco Report either through PayPal or Patreon. I want to thank all those who already support the website and youtube channel. It takes a great deal of time to put together this information which I don’t believe you can find anywhere else on the internet. If you are new to the SRSrocco Report, please consider subscribing to my: SRSrocco Report Youtube Channel.
HOW TO SUPPORT THE SRSROCCO REPORT SITE: I would also like to thank those foundation supporters, who have chosen to become a member by making donations through PayPal to further the research and publishing work at the SRSrocco Report. So please consider supporting my work on Patron by clicking the image below: Or you can go to my new Membership page by clicking the image below: Check back for new articles and updates at the SRSrocco Report. You can also follow us on Twitter, Facebook, and Youtube below:
https://srsroccoreport.com/the-china-silver-wildcard-whats-next-for-the-silver-price/
:: 9-8-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Mystery Babylon Exposed
38,334 views
Israeli News Live Published on Sep 8, 2019
The identity of Mystery Babylon has been suppressed for more than a millennia now the whore's forehead is being exposed and her sins that she committed in Babylon that caused her to forfeit her rights as the true priest of God
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-GcRFDNkqB0&feature=em-uploademail
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 9-8-19 Kurt Nimmo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Israel and US Introduce Tech “Solutions” to Destroy Political Activists
September 8, 2019 Kurt Nimmo
If you’re interested in the backstory on Jeffrey Epstein—a story largely ignored by the corporate media—read Whitney Webb’s How the CIA, Mossad and “the Epstein Network” are Exploiting Mass Shootings to Create an Orwellian Nightmare. The subhead reads: “Following another catastrophic mass shooting or crisis event, Orwellian ‘solutions’ are set to be foisted on a frightened American public by the very network connected, not only to Jeffrey Epstein, but to a litany of crimes and a frightening history of plans to crush internal dissent in the United States.” Webb mentions convicted felon Oliver North: Perhaps most disturbing of all, whatever technological solution is adopted by the Trump administration [to address mass shootings], it is set to use a controversial database first developed as part of a secretive U.S. government program that involved notorious Iran-Contra figures like Oliver North as a means of tracking and flagging potential American dissidents for increased surveillance and detention in the event of a vaguely defined “national emergency.” North and associates used PROMIS (Prosecutors Management Information Systems) software to build this database. The software has a rather colorful past. “The PROMIS software was created by INSLAW Inc., a company owned by a former NSA intelligence officer named William Hamilton,” writes Ed Encho. The software was modified for espionage purposes to include a ‘back door’ that could be used for spying on those that it was sold to… It is important to keep in mind the period when PROMIS was stolen in the early 1980’s and the fact that the technology boom was still years in the future which should give one an idea to just how far advanced and therefore how important that it was to those who would use it in order to promote a sinister agenda. Richard Fricker writes for WIRED: Designed as case-management software for federal prosecutors, PROMIS has the ability to combine disparate databases, and to track people by their involvement with the legal system. Hamilton and others now claim that the DOJ has modified PROMIS to monitor intelligence operations, agents and targets, instead of legal cases. North’s “sinister agenda,” in addition to covertly working with the Nicaraguan Contras to overthrow the Sandinista government, included Rex-84, a classified plan to round-up and intern political dissidents. This was exposed by the Miami Herald in 1987. One of Lt. Col. Oliver North’s first National Security Council assignments involved helping the government’s chief crisis-management agency update its secret wartime contingency plans, according to sources familiar with North’s work. The sources, one present and two former government officials, said that until 1984 North collaborated with the Federal Emergency Management Agency in revising two crisis- management contingency documents and staging national emergency simulations. During the hearings on Iran-Contra in 1987, then Rep. Jack Brooks questioned North directly on Rex-84. [Congressman Jack] Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster? Brendan Sullivan [North’s counsel, agitatedly]: Mr. Chairman? [Senator Daniel] Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that? Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation. Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, I’m certain arrangements can be made for an executive session. The “highly sensitive and classified” plan to identify and target political activists is not a new or innovative concept. It began in earnest with the FBI’s cross-referenced “ADEX” list in the 1960s. The FBI, then known as the General Intelligence Division (GID), began indexing names shortly after the First World War. The “reserve Index” of this voluminous list (more than 10 million people were indexed by 1939) set aside people who would be “arrested and held” in case of a national emergency. The system was tweaked with the “Custodial Detention List” (also known as the “Alien Enemy Control” list) used to round-up Japanese-Americans during the Second World War. Since that time, the government has combined its numerous lists of potential detainees and whittled it down slightly to eight million people. The revised list is codenamed Main Core. The government has added names to this list since the 1980s when North was plotting his Continuity of Government plan to suspend the Constitution. Michael Snyder writes: It turns out that the U.S. government is not just gathering information on all of us. The truth is that the U.S. government has used this information to create a list of threats to national security that the government would potentially watch, question or even detain during a national crisis. If you have ever been publicly critical of the government, there is a very good chance that you are on that list. Christopher Ketchum of Radar Magazine writes: There exists a database of Americans, who, often for the slightest and most trivial reason, are considered unfriendly, and who, in a time of panic, might be incarcerated. The database can identify and locate perceived ‘enemies of the state’ almost instantaneously.” He and other sources tell Radar that the database is sometimes referred to by the code name Main Core. One knowledgeable source claims that 8 million Americans are now listed in Main Core as potentially suspect. In the event of a national emergency, these people could be subject to everything from heightened surveillance and tracking to direct questioning and possibly even detention. Whitney Webb has done an exemplary job of connecting the dots on the Epstein case. She painstakingly links the efforts of US and Israeli intelligence to track and target political activists (in the case of Israel, Palestinians). Israel, like the CIA, has spent a lot of time and money underwriting tech startups. The objective is to create a surveillance system focused on “pre-crime,” that is to say using social media, the internet, email, cellphone tracking, and other data to form a profile of potential enemies of the state and their political behavior—for instance, organizing a boycott of Israel or revealing the manifest crimes of the United States government. Israeli and US tech companies, Webb writes, are “marketing themselves as ‘technological’ solutions to mass shootings while also doubling as covert tools for mass data collection and extraction, the end result is a massive surveillance system so complete and so dystopian that even George Orwell himself could not have predicted it.”
Following another catastrophic mass shooting or crisis event, aggressive efforts will likely follow to foist these “solutions” on a frightened American public by the very network connected, not only to Jeffrey Epstein, but to a litany of crimes and a frightening history of plans to crush internal dissent and would-be dissenters in the United States.
[ :: 2-25-15
pm service 2d word :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
::]
:: 9-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
A New Phase of Red Dawn Preparation and Activity Has Commenced
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 9, 2019 - 13:16.
As followers of this website, it is clear that a Red Dawn invasion of a weakened invasion is planned. We are now witnessing the unveiling of domestic terrorism on a larger scale designed to weaken America. Meanwhile, south of our border, the Russians have moved in heavy armor in large numbers and are awaiting a sufficiently weakened America before attacking. This report exposes the beginnings of this two-pronged action. MS-13 is on the loose and the Russians are moving tanks into Nicaragua after signing a naval agreement with Ortega. The following is a report that is multifaceted and the content is very disturbing. This report contains some elements that I have been warning about for years. Some of my revelations related to the growing military threat in Central America have been met by a few with extreme derision. The critics of the Red Dawn threat, south of our border, will literally have heart attacks with the revelations that are going to be coming out over a period of time. Paul Preston, the President of New California and myself are literally getting proof that the threat that will one day attempt to militarily cross our southern border has been preceded by a domestic terror threat of unthinkable violence. Over the past year, Marilyn Rupar, Alexandra Daley and myself have uncovered incontrovertible proof that the Mexican drug cartel interests in this country are controlled by the Communist Chinese. In the past, I have also revealed from a high level confidential informant that when the United States is sufficiently weakened, Russia and China, under the UN flag, will attack the United States. Both nations have a plethora of 5th column paramilitary forces already inside of the country. The three of us have linked these interests into the Democratic Party as has former Congresswoman, Cynthia McKinney and former Congressman, Alan West, along with researcher, Trevor Louden. All point to the covert places in place inside of the United States that largely gained entrance to this country in the last Central American migration five years ago. Even the most unaware are cognizant of the fact that the UN and prominent globalists, such as George Soros, are involved. We know key Democratic figures, through the CALEXIT affiliations are involved. Even disgraced FBI Director, Comey, stated on July 4, 2017, that ISIS has a presence on all 50 states. In 2014-15, I detailed, though insider information about how this government, under Obama, was facilitating the entry into this country by hitmen from the cartels and we called them MS-13. Paul Preston and the Growing Domestic Threat to the United States On Labor Day, Paul Preston was doing show prep for his popular radio show when he received a call before 5:00 am from a law enforcement listener of my show who was located in the Santa Barbara area. Like many in the media, Paul was just beginning to follow the burning boat story on local TV channels from Los Angeles when his law enforcement listener surprised him with his stunning revelations. In a nearly two hour phone call with Paul on Sunday, September 9th, he revealed to me that this source was impeccable and had never been wrong. The source revealed that the burning dive boat, the Conception, was blown up as a “hit” on several people in the boat. From my conversation with Paul, I have narrowed it down to three individuals. One figure, to be named later, had Epstein connections. Personally, I am sold on this connection without more information. However, the other two alleged targets of this terrorist attack have my attention. Paul Preston revealed the following both to me on the previously mentioned phone call and on his website: The hit centered around M.S. 13 the international cartel gang that arose in Los Angeles in the late 1980s who were taking out people involved in human trafficking and drug smuggling. In later conversations it was revealed there was a money laundering element involving two of the victims. We broadcast that morning that the fire may have been a hit by M.S. 13 and there would be more information coming. By noon time I was getting calls that news sources around the nation were stopping their coverage of the story except those in the local area. For example, Fox and CNN literally stopped covering this event. Local TV did not, but the national media did. Even Drudge pulled back information on the event from his website. Please keep in mind that as I relate the following, I am reminded of the fate of the battleship Maine. This was another instance in which a ship was blown up, along with all the enlisted men and only the officers survived. In the case of the Conception, the crew survived, except for one missing crewman who many suspect was a participant in the crime. Subsequently and based on new information, Paul Preston posted a Facebook post to Agenda 21 Radio on Friday September 6, 2019. Preston immediately posted this to his website:
“30 + Dead: MS-13’s Callous Disregard Of Collateral Damage: Folks in positions of authority and power are avoiding an ugly truth as if they dare not touch it like the third rail in a subway. I did however have a few folks make contact because they did not want the truth to be ignored or worse yet to have it deliberately swept under the table. A few days ago a couple of criminals were wiped out and over 30 innocent victims were sent to their graves years before their times. The innocent were in the wrong place at the wrong time and those given charge of the safety and security of those aboard their vessel deserted their responsibilities and aided in the deaths of those innocents. A casual observer could put two and two together and ask a meaningful question as to how it was that the crew managed to survive the inferno while their passengers did not? Would cowardice be the only thing that those crew survivors had in common or were there lives spared through foreknowledge and complicity? Again, people might ask reasonable questions given the tally of the dead and the convenient selfish actions of the crew. As I chatted with folks close to the scene and the investigation and those who have experience with gang related activities the details shared with me were that MS-13 has recently employed a strategist in their quest to effectively wipe out enemies or authorities that get in their way. They have never been shy about direct action, nor have they been bothered by collateral damage. They find themselves in every state with a mandate to profit from the misery of others either from the sale of illegal substances, stolen goods, kidnapping, murders for hire, or paying for political influence – these are not choir boys and they have proven their viciousness on a national scale without caring that they will be exposed as the deliberate beneficiaries of the recent carnage. When police freely share information that is at the moment hidden from public view, you know that some consciences are bothered and there is a fear that justice will not be administered to the guilty. Should the public be bothered, be worried, be fearful? Or would all of the aforementioned by appropriate given this new level of effectiveness on the part of a major lawless element of American society? I am suggesting that we should be bothered, worried, and fearful if the swift execution of justice is not seen to be levied against the lawless”. What I learned next is stunning. A couple, who I will not yet identify, for the time being pending the gathering of more data, had deep connections to a casino interest in Southern Arizona and the casino and Native land extended into Mexico. This gave the cartel interests and corrupt government forces direct access to the American based casino. This casino was allegedly the site of much money laundering and just like the Vegas mobs in the 1960's and 1970's, the mob dealt harshly with those who would skim money. This cartel hit, via their MS-13 assassins which killed 30 innocent citizens demonstrates the viciousness of the cartels and their MS-13 subordinate. However, this story does not end with the individual story of this brutality. Re-enter Marilyn Rupar and Alexandra Daley. Their independent research along with my own efforts have clearly revealed that the cartels are beholding to communist Chinese interests. I have documented this fact dozens of times on the CSS and on our radio show. I have had confirmation of this fact by a multitude of insiders ranging from the DEA to the Border Patrol to the FBI. I even mentioned yesterday a partial list of California politicians who are in bed with the Communist Chinese (eg Feinstein, Harris, Pelosi, et al). I have documented for three years the Chinese connection to CALEXIT. These groups are now being unleashed. I had a DHS agent recently tell me that the false flag (my term) shootings are happening every other week. He said that they expect them to increase with regularity and intensity and will culminate with more loss of life. The blowing up this ship meets the criteria. He also said that he expectation is that we are building for more major disruptions (eg Oklahoma City Bombing, 9/11, etc). We have clearly moved into this zone. Remember, this is Chinese led. Paul Preston also told me a Chinese operative that is operating in Stockton, CA. and has been brought in to coordinate these actions. Further, I have also learned that under this person's direction an incendiary device was used to blow up the ship. I have also learned that the media lied about the ship being 3 miles out to sea. It was twenty yards off of the coast. One of the crewmen is missing. The operating hypothesis is that he was part of the plot and set off the device and swam to shore and disappeared. This is a classic MS-13 hit. But the ramifications of this case cannot get lost in the details of the case. First, our MSM is complicit in covering up the event. Sometimes, it is not what the media says that is important, it is what they do not say. After the other shootings, there was a media frenzy to interview survivors and family members and friends of the victims. Media coverage went on for days until the public grew weary. However, in the case of the blowing up of this ship, the opposite happened. There is a distinct lack of coverage and the human elements that draws viewers was all but ignored. In other words, the fix is in and this event was too hot for the MSM to handle. I have long said that with the importation of groups like ISIS, the cartels and MS-13, that it was only a matter of time until America was brought to her knees by a coordinated attack from these groups. I have previously stated that these attacks will be coordinated and are designed to paralyze the US. I have also stated that when America is sufficiently weakened, the Russians and Chinese will invade. Steve Quayle and myself have discussed this on my radio show many times. We are now officially entering this period where is America is in the early stages of being carved up like the proverbial Thanksgiving turkey. You will not believe what I have uncovered in the past 2 days. For people, who maintain there is no Red Dawn threat, you might want lock and load while you are reconsidering your position. The awakening of these 5th column domestic terrorists inside of the United States is being accompanied by very serious and new military activity south of the border. When one begins to understand these events, the domestic terror under the direction of the communist Chinese and the gathering of military forces south of the border by the Russians is no accident. This is clearly a coordinated activity. The Growing Central American Military Threat South of the US Border Marilyn Rupar sent me documentation of a growing heavy armor Russian presence in Nicaragua. I began to research this and I confirmed and even went further than Marilyn's expressed concerns of what this threat could soon mean to the United States. NICARAGUA Sept. 4, 2019
Russian shows it's continued presence as Tanks roll in Managua, Nicaragua parade
https://twitter.com/Ruptly/status/1169157382460624896
*** this is to remind Nicaraguan people that RUSSIA not Ortega is in control of their government.
Like an undeclared martial law, no?
In July 2018- Russian snipers literally BLEW THE BRAINS out of protesters heads with Dragunov guns (their brains had to be picked up from the streets) As one can see from the information originally posted, the report came from a tweet which showed Russian tanks parading in a military parade in the capital city of Nicaragua at a military parade. The following is a presentation of three short Youtube videos by the people who posted the tweet. This is extremely concerning. In a very concerning discovery, Nicaragua and Russia have a signed mutual defense pact which involves their respective Naval forces. The first thing that came to mind is that a weakened America will not just be attacked through the southern border, there could be an amphibious attack as well from the Gulf, with the help of the Cubans and one the coast of California where one has to wonder if Diane Feinstein and Kamala Harris will be there to greet them when they land. Conclusion Why would the Russians be parading their tanks in Nicaragua? Wouldn't it be cheaper just to send a delegation? It would be but that is not the objective. The clear objective is to hide these tanks in plain sight. They can only be there for one purpose and it is not to participate in parades. Let me play the role of Captain Obvious. The domestic coordination of Russian troop build up in this hemisphere coordinated with the emergence of 5th column terrorist activity within the United States cannot be dismissed as coincidence. This is the beginning of the take down of America. I personally suspect that these forces along with riots, which will be artificially created (eg Antifa) along with embedded terrorists and embedded Chinese are about to unleashed upon America in advance of the election that the Deep State democrats will learn that they cannot win. Armed revolution with the combined forces of foreign militaries and domestic terrorists will comprise the Red Dawn force. For those that have read my previous articles on Red Dawn would agree that the threat is taking shape in a clear and definable manner
https://thecommonsenseshow.com/new-phase-red-dawn-preparation-and-activity-has-commenced
:: 9-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Alien Disclosure Taking Place At Branson This Week
Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 9, 2019 - 11:59.
This past Saturday, I popped into a recent UFO conference in Phoenix with my former news director, Annie DeRiso. I got to hear the presentations of two individuals that you will hear in Branson this week. Wow! I was mesmerized at the quality of the presentations by Chase Kloetzke and George Knapp. I walked away feeling like I had witnessed history and when you see these two at Branson, you will be overwhelmed at their expertise and scientific command of the subject. Chase Kloetzke
Chase Kloetzke is the Deputy Director of Investigations and Special Assignment Team Manager for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON). Known for her investigatory prowess and forensics expertise, Chase is one of the world’s foremost experts on the UFO phenomenon. She is also a retired employee of the Department of Defense where she worked as a Master Trainer and held the position of Physical Force Readiness: Program Developer. Chase is personally engaging and can command the room. But from this person who would be everyone's friend at a social event, she is a deadly serious researcher. I personally come from academia and was very impressed with her professionalism. George Knapp
George Knapp has been the only journalist to take a hard look at the UFO issue at the risk of his professional reputation. Knapp turned the world onto Area 51 and produced what is still considered one of the finest UFO documentaries ever produced, UFOs: The Best Evidence. Knapp has brought with him an air of credibility to the UFO subject. He is also unafraid to expose frauds in this field and has worked closely with NIDS on the Skinwalker Ranch. Personally, I was spell-bound by George. He is so fact-drive and his facts related to the UFO phenomena are many!!! I was so very impressed with his knowledge of how far the government is openly expressing interest in the UFO field. This is no longer the field of investigation that is accompanied by the giggle factor. George's presentation is not for the faint of heart. But Wait, There's More In recent weeks, I was fortunate enough to personally interview LA Marzulli, Mike Adams and Steve Quayle. All three of these researchers add to the professionalism and knowledge of the ET phenomena. Here is summary of the credentials of these three truth-seekers.
LA Marzulli L. A. Marzulli is a prolific author, lecturer and filmmaker. Best known as the host of the celebrated Watchers Film Series, in which he travels the globe investigating the enigmas of UFOs, ancient prophetic texts, the Nephilim, elongated skulls, and other high strangeness. Marzulli is a popular speaker at conferences and churches worldwide, and a frequent guest on television programs and radio interviews. I recently interviewed LA on the CSS and this interview will give the readers just a glimpse of what is to come in his Branson presentation. Mike Adams I have personally interviewed Mike Adams for the past several years. Mike Adams, aka the “Health Ranger,” is the publisher of NaturalNews.com, Science.news and author of “Food Forensics.” Natural News empowers consumers with factual information about synthetic chemicals, heavy metals, hormone disruptors and many other items. Mike Adams will unveil stunning new evidence that planet Earth is being terraformed to annihilate the human species and many native lifeforms in order to prepare the planet for “reseeding” by non-Earth entities. Steve Quayle I have interviewed Steve more times than I can count. Steve Quayle is a world renown researcher and author who has published over ten books on a wide variety of subjects ranging from ancient giants, to the UFO phenomenon, to the Nazis and Antarctica, to the rise of transhumanism. Since his days as a popular radio talk show host, Quayle has been arming his audience with the knowledge to prepare them for the heart-stopping realities that are coming upon the Earth.
[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..
:: 9-9-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
Thought Control Inc: Big Corporations & Gun Control
By Daniel Greenfield - September 9, 2019
The recent gun control moves by Walmart and Kroger are the continuation of a larger program by the Left to impose gun control through major corporations whose sway and sphere of control is almost comparable to that of monopolies. In my recent pamphlet, Thought Control Inc, I discussed how the project had begun with big banks and financial institutions. It was the spring of ’18. March for Our Lives had held its signature event in Washington D.C. without making much of an impact. Blue states and cities already suffered from rigid gun control. And in red states and cities, politicians on both sides of the aisle had learned the hard way that the Bill of Rights had some passionate supporters. But two days earlier, Citigroup, the 4th largest bank in the country, had announced that it was unilaterally imposing its own gun control regulations by requiring that its “small business, commercial and institutional clients, and credit card partners” implement its favored restrictions on firearms sales. Next month, Bank of America, the 2nd largest bank, fired its own shot at the Second Amendment by announcing that it would refuse to underwrite securities for companies that manufacture what its vice chairman called “military-style firearms.” Even as the campaign to pressure elected officials into imposing gun control was losing ground, the financial industry was subverting the political system. At the intersection of March for Our Lives, Citigroup, and Bank of America lay the hidden hand of the 10th wealthiest man in America. When donors wrote checks to the photogenic teens clamoring for a gun ban, the money was routed to the “March For Our Lives—Everytown Support Fund.” Everytown had been formed out of two of Michael Bloomberg’s gun control front groups. Ed Skyler, the Citi exec who announced the gun control policy, had been Bloomberg’s former Deputy Mayor. And Bank of America made its announcement to Bloomberg, the billionaire finance industry titan’s eponymous news service. Michael Bloomberg had set up multiple front groups and spent hundreds of millions on buying elections with little to show for it. But in this coup against the Second Amendment, he and his fellow industry titans bypassed the voters in a plot to deprive hundreds of millions of Americans of their civil rights by attacking the firearms retailers and manufacturers that utilizing those rights depended on. “What if the finance industry — credit card companies like Visa, Mastercard, and American Express; credit card processors like First Data; and banks like JPMorgan Chase JPM, and Wells Fargo were to effectively set new rules for the sales of guns in America?” Andrew Ross Sorkin had written in a New York Times column. “Collectively, they have more leverage over the gun industry than any lawmaker.” Sorkin, who had coordinated part of the boycott, was laying out a vision of financial monopolies banding together to wipe out the Bill of Rights. The vision was integral to Thought Control, Inc., as a whole. Earlier, BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, had announced that it was pressuring gun manufacturers to adopt its gun control policies. In its press release, it boasted that Dick’s Sporting Goods “will no longer sell assault-style rifles” and that Walmart and Kroger had imposed age limits. “We will monitor these and other companies to assess their policies and practices in light of evolving societal expectations,” it warned. These social expectations were not those of Americans. The voters of the country could express those directly. Instead, they were the social expectations of a powerful elite imposing its will on the public. A number of the statements by the most powerful financial institutions in the country claimed that they had to act because elected officials had failed to pass the laws that met with their approval. “We have waited for our grief to turn into action and see our nation adopt common-sense measures that would help prevent firearms from getting into the wrong hands. That action has sadly never come,” Ed Skyler at Citigroup declared. Skyler then proposed to “convene those in the financial services industry” and “leverage collective action to encourage responsible practices by all who sell firearms.” In plainer terms, the financial services industry would form a cartel to sideline the voters, and Citigroup, Bank of America, BlackRock, and other industry titans would determine our laws and our rights. Bank of America and Citigroup’s assault on the Bill of Rights was not, as some argued, free enterprise. Not only did the country’s biggest banks wield abusive monopolistic powers, but they had employed their political influence to generate massive bailouts, $45 billion in loans, a $100 billion guarantee[3] against losses on toxic assets for BOA, and $476 billion in loans and guarantees for Citigroup. Bloomberg’s own gun control efforts had their origins in government resources misappropriated during his tenure as New York’s mayor. The economic coup against the Second Amendment was not capitalism in action. Instead, it was the fusion of industry monopolies empowered by government officials enforcing a social agenda while bypassing the voters by routing it through powerful firms. And it was backed by pressure from elected officials opposed to the Bill of Rights. At a House hearing titled “Holding Megabanks Accountable,” Rep Carolyn Maloney blasted Wells Fargo CEO Timothy Sloan for not having followed the example of other banks that had gone “above and beyond the law” by imposing her idea of “common-sense gun safety policies” on its customers. “I believe in corporate responsibility,” Rep. Maloney declared. “I’m proud of the two banks who’ve come up and said we don’t want to finance gun slaughter.” “There’s more than one way to skin a cat, and not everything has to be done through legislation explicitly,” Rep. Ocasio-Cortez said. “We can also use the tools that we have here to pressure change in other ways as well.” What Democrat elected and unelected officials had not been able to accomplish in any of the three branches of government, their covert fourth branch of private sector powerhouses could achieve. The Obama administration had already used Bank of America and Citigroup to route a fortune to its political allies. Bank of America had been hit with $16.6 billion in fines while Citigroup faced a $7 billion tab.[2] Hundreds of millions of dollars were instead diverted, at a favorable rate, to left-wing groups. In the spring of ’18, the Democrats had lost their grip on all three branches of government. But the fourth branch was still operating, and it had gone to war against the Bill of Rights. The Obama administration had eroded the boundaries between government and the private financial sector. The financial institutions that benefited from this blurring of the lines are conspiring against the Bill of Rights. You can find the Thought Control Inc, pamphlet, which discusses how major corporations are going after the Bill of Rights, at the Freedom Center here.
Courtesy of The Washington Standard Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield
More Gun Control….
Time to RESIST the GUN GRABBERS!!! Our Forefathers Would Have NEVER Accepted This Tyranny
Too bad! Mass shootings will backfire on gun-grabbers
Heads up! How to defeat a Red Flag confiscation
FBI Uses Oregon’s Red Flag Laws to Seize Marine’s Guns For Threatening Antifa
WARNING! After mass shootings, Republicans now CAVING to “red flag laws” that will end your Second Amendment rights
Anti-Gun Attorney General – CHECK, Anti-Gun ATF Director – NOMINATED. Are We Being Set Up Full-Blown Gun Confiscation?
Gun Confiscating Presidential Candidate Kamala Harris: “I Will Take Executive Action” On Guns If I Am President
https://dcdirtylaundry.com/thought-control-inc-big-corporations-gun-control/
:: 9-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
This Is It! Repeal Of The Second Amendment Is Coming, Dems Believe
Whether they get it done or not, they sure as hell are trying and it will spark biggest civil war world has ever seen!
Infowars.com - September 7, 2019
Alex Jones breaks down how the Democrats believe they are at the cusp of permanently repealing the Second Amendment in a prelude to their world government takeover, but fail to realize that stripping Americans of one of their most important God-given liberties will backfire and ultimately push the country into a civil the likes of which the world has never seen before. 2020 Democratic candidates like Beto O’Rourke have openly called for gun confiscation, and the New York Times has written several op-eds justifying ending the Second Amendment. The city of San Fransisco has also labeled the National Rifle Association as a domestic terror organization despite the fact no mass shooter had any ties to the gun rights organization. The reality is, violent crime has steadily decreased in the U.S. since 1990, according to FBI statistics. Additionally, statistician John Lott of the Crime Prevention Research Center extensively documented the national crime rate in conjunction with the percentage of Americans who concealed carry and found that violent crime has decreased as concealed carry permits rose. Lott also found that crime was lower in the areas where law-abiding citizens armed themselves versus places where gun control measures were enacted. For example, the high-crime city of Detroit, Michigan, saw a drop in violent crime after pro-Second Amendment police chief James Craig took control of the police department in 2014. He bolstered police forces and encouraged citizens to protect themselves with firearms, which resulted in a decrease in violent crimes by double digits. Unfortunately, despite this data, the Trump administration has even indicated it may go along with a plan to have Big Tech systematically determine who is “fit” to own a gun based not on the courts, but in arbitrary indicators of mental health by the Deep State’s HARPA project.
https://www.infowars.com/this-is-it-repeal-of-the-second-amendment-is-coming-dems-believe/
[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that. For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.
